THE TRANSACTIONS THE LINNEAN SOCIETY LONDON. LON DON: PRINTED BY RICHARD TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S HOUSE, SOHO-SQUARE; AND BY LONGMAN, REES, ORME, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMAN, PATERNOSTER-ROW; - : AND WILLIAM WOOD, TAVISTOCK-STREET, COVENT-GARDEN. oen ; —ü Lá 4$ MDCCCXXXIII. MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN. THE TRANSACTIONS OF ETT LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDO N. VOLUME XVI. PART THE FIRST. LONDON: PRINTED BY RICHARD TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S HOUSE, SOHO-SQUARE; AND BY LONGMAN, REES, ORME, BROWN, AND GREEN, PATERNOSTER-ROW; AND WILLIAM WOOD, STRAND. — t —— MDCCCXXIX. Cu II. HE C O.N T.E N T S PART L Remarks on the Comparative Anatomy of certain Birds of Cuba, with a view to their respective Places in the System of Nature or to their Relations with other Ani- mals. By W.S. MacLeay, Esq., M.A., F.L.S. Com- municated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean So- ciety ~- - - - - E - - p. The Generic Characters of Formicaleo ; with the De- scription of two new Species. By the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A. F.L.S. F.G.S. - - - p. 4T The distinctive Characters of two British Species of | Plecotus, supposed to have been confounded under the Name of Long-eared Bat. By the Rev. Leonard | Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo- IV. gical Club of the Linnean Society - E p. A Description of the Mammary Organs of the Kan- garoo. By John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S. - p Descriptions of some new Species of Birds belonging chiefly to the rare Genera Phytotoma, Gmel., Indi- 53 61 cator, T = CONTENTS. cator, Vieill., and Cursorius, Latham. By Mr. Benja- | min Leadbeater, F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo- ` gical Club of the Linnean Society - - p. VI. On a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. By Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S. 4 L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society - - p. VII. Description of a new Species. of Agama, brought from the Columbia River by Mr. Douglas. By Thomas Bell, a F.R.S. & L.S. - - - - p. VIII. Ta of a Species of Tringa, killed in Cam- bridgeshire, new to England and Europe. By William Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society E - > p. IX. An Account of Margarodes, a new Genus of Insects found in the Neighbourhood of Ants Nests. By the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A. F.L.S. - p. X. Description of a new Species of Phalangista. By fh Be, Esq. XXL he — " p. XI. On an undescribed Spices of the Genus Phollanus. By Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater, F.L.S. EE XII. Observations on some Species of the Genera Tetrao and Ortya, natives of North America; with Descriptións of Four new Species of the former, and Two of the latter Genus. By Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. — - p. 85 95 105 109 115 121 129 133 TRANS- TRANSACTIONS lens THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. I. Remarks on the Comparative Anatomy of certain Birds of Cuba, with a view to their respective Places in the System of Nature or to their Relations with other Animals. By W. S. MacLeay, Esq., M.A., F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Sted ege Read Nov. 21, 1826; and April 17, ‘1897. Tue Fre is now happily gone past when ec oe ettot ght that the infinite variety of ~animals which — inhabit this globe owed their origin to the unsuccessful efforts of Nature before she could attain the human structure as her term of perfection. Nor is the grand object of comparative anatomy now conceived — to be the reference of every animal structure to man,—a mode of viewing Nature that tends to point out distinctions rather than affinities,—but to be the formation of such a collection of recorded facts of comparative organization, as may determine in some degree the use of the various organs; and above all, may lead us to the better knowledge of the natural arrangement of the animal kingdom. For comparative anatomy, indepen- VOL. iik- - B T. dently 2 Mr. W. S. Macrzax on the Comparative Anatomy ` dently of its pathological or medical relation to the human frame, has these two most important objects ; namely, either . the ascertainment of the variations of a general plan of struc- ture with reference to the particular exigencies of the species to which such variations are applied, or the study of the variations of general plans of structure with reference to the great plan of creation, English writers on comparative anatomy have rarely looked beyond the first of these objects; and yet the last is not only the more important of the two, but involves in it the former . as a minor consideration or mean by which we may arrive at its attainment. And thus we find, that an anatomist may labo- riously investigate the structure and use of an organ, without having the least idea of ascertaining the place held in nature by the animal to which this organ belongs: but no zoologist can be satisfied that he has ascertained the place of an animal in nature, without fully investigating the structure and use of its various organs ; since on this structure and on this use depends all his knowledge of its place. It is therefore to be regretted, that in England the arrangement, or consequence, is so often separated from the facts from which that consequence is, or ought to be drawn; that, in short, while in one place we see the zoological consequence. without the facts from which it has been deduced ; in another we observe the bare statement of ana- tomical facts, without the-great consequences to which these lead, and indeed too often without any view beyond the possible use of the various organs to the particular animals dissected *. — ‘> With comparative anatomy,:as it may tend to elucidate human pathology or ‘medical science, naturalists perhaps have little to or ICTU E * ‘Such works indeed as Paley S Natural Theology. book most see not ir its physiological facts, but for its mode of reasoning upon ‘them,—have another object ; to wit, the proof of the existence of design in particular structures by the tracing of effects to their respective causes. yi oe of certain Birds of. Cuba. | 3 do: but as, to say the least, it is somewhat oracular to advance positions of arrangement without deigning to state the observed facts on which they are grounded, I trust that not merely zoology, but moreover that species of comparative anatomy upon which zoology must always rest as its firmest basis, lies peculiarly within the province of the Linnean Society. "A good authority on this subject has said: ‘* L'histoire naturelle d'un animal est la connaissance de tout l'animal. Sa structure interne est à lui autant et peut-être plus que sa forme exterieure*.— Depuis que l'histoire naturelle prend enfin la Nature pour base de ses distri- butions, ses rapports avec l'anatomie sont devenus plus intimes. L'une de ces sciences. ne peut faire un pas sans que l'autre en profite. Les rapprochemens que la première etablit indiquent souvent à l'autre les recherches qu'elle doit fairet." - If, how- ever, some comparative anatomists will lose sight of the con- nexion between the two sciences, and thus of the grand object of their art, thereby subjecting themselves to that imputation of dryness and contraction of ideas, which has been (I should hope, rather hastily) applied as well to the English zoologists as comparative anatomists ł, let the zoologist at least Íree himself from the charge; and x the union n of the one.science, which affords facts, with the oth ‘us the mode of arrang- ing them, let him endeavour to approach ‘‘ cette methode na- turelle unique qui doit faire le but de tous les naturalistes." I have been led to these remarks, because, subject in a parti- cular degree to error as an individual like myself must always be, who has not had the benefit of a regular anatomical educa- tion, I venture to lay before the Linnean Society some. observa- tions on the anatomy of birds,—less. indeed in the expectation that they can merit attention in themselves, than in the sen P - * Cuvier, Lec. d' Anat. Comp. vol. 3. p. xxii. + Ibid. vol. 1. p- xvii. l Ibid. vol. 1. p. xvii. x B2 "that 4 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Comparative Anatomy that they may induce others, whose opportunities of anatomical - research may have been more extensive, to lay the results of their respective investigations also before this Society. Nor, little versed as I am in the study of vertebrated animals, would I even now venture upon this subject, did not my residence in an intertropical climate afford me facilities for examining par- ticular genera, which the more experienced naturalist at home must in vain hope for. And as to restricting our dissections in the present state of natural history to a few European ani- mals, it has been admirably observed, that one solitary species neglected may serve to unfold an exception sufficient to destroy the most plausible system... The following observations, there- fore, crude as they are, may derive some portion of value from being linked with the more accurate and scientific researches of ornithologists on European birds; my aim being to enter upon the description and anatomy of such birds only as present struc- tures peculiar to intertropical countries, comparing them with other birds, which, from being inhabitants of Europe, are better known. I shall not, however, attempt to describe new genera, or name new species, as well on account of my deficiency in the requisite ornithological knowledge, as on that of my inabi- lity to refer to-large-museums and extensive libraries, both of which are indispensably necessary for such undertakings. I need scarcely say, that this department of ornithology is in every respect capable of being infinitely better executed at home. tese a The general view taken of ornithology by Mr. Vigors in the last volume of the Linnean Transactions may easily be conceived to be too interesting to me as an individual not eventually to have made it a most important question with me, as a naturalist, to ascertain the accuracy of his various positions. As, however, I cannot help fearing, that in the course of the investigation he has of certain Birds of Cuba. 5 has been swayed in no small degree by warmth of friendship,— perhaps, for this very reason, I am the more incapacitated from coming to any correct decision on the merits of his paper. I shall consequently say little on the subject; except that, if any remarks of mine may have withdrawn his attention from the old method of first classifying organs or particular parts of structure; and then arranging animals according to this arbitrary division, and may have induced him, on the contrary, to consider the mode in which the structures of animals vary,—it must be con- fessed that he has developed, with reference to that mode, one class of animals much further than I have done. Birds now form the only class in zoology which has been arranged accord- ing to the variation of structure; that is to say, it is the only class of animals in which a naturalist has attempted, if I may be allowed the expression, to work out the place of every genus hitherto discovered. Every other class of animals, whether ver- tebrated or unvertebrated, requires still to be wrought out in a similar manner; and each genus not only to be placed with reference to its affinities and analogies, but, moreover, the rea- sons to be given in detail for this position. The great multi- tude of annulose forms that exist in nature, has given me small hope of ever being able to say Fknow the natural position of every described genus in sates: but I have endea- voured, both in the Hore Entomologice and in the first number of the Annulosa Javanica, to ascertain the place of some of the genera which constitute the natural group of Mandibulata,—a group of the same rank as that of birds. As to new views or principles in natural history, this mode of studying the variation of structure in different animals, in pre- ference to classing them according to an arbitrary division of organs, is perhaps the only one to which I can justly lay full claim. Itis possible, indeed, that Hermann in his very remark- . able 6 Mr. W.S. Macuzay on the Comparative Anatomy able work, entitled Tabula Affinitatum Animalium, and published in 1783, may have intended to keep some such principle as this in view: but as with him, unfortunately, the slightest analogy constituted an affinity, we may understand how he found it impossible to trace the mode in which structures vary, and much more so to apply the maxim of variation to arrangement. On a cursory glance at the principles of arrangement laid down by Aristotle*. at the commencement of his Historia Animalium, he * [t can scarcely be doubted that Aristotle would have followed this principle, as well as have made the proper distinction between affinity and analogy, if he had looked less to the differences of particular organs and more to the affinities of general struc- tures. Indeed he appears to have had a glimpse of the two great principles of natural arrangement, and. was only ignorant of the proper mode of using them. His views of the subject are really curious when compared with our modern notions of zoology. The parts of animals, he says, either agree with or differ from each other in four prin- cipal ways.—Now here, at the opening, lies the grand cause of his not thoroughly un- derstanding the matter: forif he had said, that Animals themselves, instead of their organs, may be arranged by four methods, it will be manifest, from the enumeration of his four methods, that he could not have failed to arrive at the truth. — 1. Organs, he says, may be arranged, first, according to the natural groups (xara to yiv0s, OF xaT eios), which, as for instance Birds or Fishes, depend on a similar construc- tion of parts. That relation, he proceeds to state, which the whole bears to the whole, the group being the same, the part must bear to the part. Now this is an axiom whicb, however true with. respect. to quantity, will not hold good with respect to struc- ture: for were it true, it would follow that, i in the natural group of . Aves, for instance, a frugivorous bird could not have the same form of beak as a bird of prey; whereas we know the contrary. The fact is, that if Aristotle had said that animals and not their parts are to be arranged according to their natural groups, he would have expressed the great principle of natural affinity : but a mathematical axiom made him unluckily think, that the classification of organs was the same thing with the classification of the animals to which they belong. : 2. Secondly, he says, Organs may be arranged according to their excess and defect. - (xa tmepoxny xou exAenjiy). This being entirely a consideration of quantity, and not of form, his mathematical axiom comes into play. His opinion is accordingly correct, that animals are capable of a binary distribution, depending entirely on the excess or defect of particular organs ; as where he instances birds being divisible into those with long EES VE ga eer $ E $r E e A p Z [3 > a x A td a : E- 2 pi of certain Birds of Cuba. 7 he may also be supposed by some to have understood this doc- trine of variation in animal structure; but it is easy to show, that although this extraordinary man understood it to a certain degree, he confined himself in ‘the passage in question to the division of organs,—a course of reasoning that led him quite away from-tlie"conclusions he would indubitably have arrived at; had he followed the variation of general structure. Still I shall not be ek ape if the originality of even this principle be y in : . ` some long and those with short Bealls: i into those with crests ‘and those without crests, &c. &c. This is the’ most arbitrary, and. therefore, Tsu ppose, the oldest of all modes of arrange- ment; and,-as Aristotle expressly says, it is so easy, that any one may adopt it. 1 have said a few words on its merits in the Hore Entomologice, p. 188; but the truth is, that proceeding entirely on the notion of division, and not of affinity, it is a method which is applicable to all sciences whatsoever, as much as to zoology. It has nothing to do with the natural system, which must of course depend upon affinities. 3. Thirdly, Organs may be arranged according to their analogies (xaT avaAoyia), as, for example, when we compare the claw with a hoof, or the feather of a bird with the scale of a fish: for, says he, what a feather is to the bird, a scale is to the fish. Had he said, that animals instead of their organs may be arranged according to their analogies, it is evident that he would have then distinguished relations of analogy from those of affinity, Aristotle being too profound a logician to use the one word for the other, | But the instances pe by him A his eed n" that the word ayaAo ice signifie irison of form semblanc vin form. So that the proper | translation of the passage i is, that similar organs may be arranged according to their difference of structure, as when we compare a claw with a hoof, or, as he himself does: in another part of his work, the wing of a bird with the fore-foot of a quadruped. It does not appear in this place very clear, whether Aristotle intended to apply his ma- thematical axiom, and to say, that organs being arranged in this manner, the animals may also. Although such a mode of reasoning will not lead to any false conclusions, it is far from being an obvious mode, at that early period of natural history, for bim to have. adopted. If he did not intend to call his axiom into action, he only stopped at the resting-place of comparative anatomists in general, who often trace the modifications of an organ without ever thinking of their use towards natural arrangement. If, on the other hand, he did intend to apply it, my claim to the priority of arranging animals by | their variation of structure, would at first sight seem to be in danger. But it remains to be considered, whether in this event his SEEE arrangement (niidag allowance j for 8 Mr. W.S. Macteay on the Comparative Anatomy some day disputed with me; for when the question was asked, ** [s there any thing whereof it may be said, See, this is new ?" —the answer was, “ It hath been already of old time which was before us." And certain it is, that the doctrines of quinary dis- tribution, of the circular progression of a series of affinity, and of analogies, as distinct from aflinities, have all been in some measure advanced by authors prior to the publication of the Hore Entomologice. Indeed it would add little to our convic- tion of these being great natural truths, to find that only one writer had observed them, and that others had taken them for granted upon his assertion. Accordingly we learn, that the number five has had an importance in the construction of the for the difference in point of information) would have been similar to that of the ** Règne Animal distribué après son Organization;" that is, a description of animals according to a set of groups founded on a difference of structure ; or whether it would have been an arrangement of animals according to their gradual change of structure. The Historia Animalium is conducted on the first plan, not on the last. 4. Fourthly, Organs may be arranged according to their situation (xara TY» Seciy) ; as, for instance, animals having pectoral mamme, in opposition to those which have them . abdominal. Here again his axiom, that the relation which the whole bears to the whole the part must bear to the part, would fail him, if indeed he intended to apply it ; for two tribes of animals widely asunder from each other, may yet have a similar situa- tion of parts. Yet the variation of position of similar parts is one of the most important considerations in zoology, as may be imagined from its being the very princip > upi which the Philosophie Anatomique of M. Geoffroy Saint Hilaire is grounded. Apt as we are to adopt methods of arrangement, without investigating the principles by which we are guided, we must always reap advantage from examining the mode of reasoning pursued by one who, although among the earliest of naturalists, was so much in the habit of scrutinizing his ideas. He was aware that animals may also be divided according to their scenes of action, their economy, &c.; and he has, in fact, given us sketches of such classifications: but he had entered too deeply into zoology not.to per- ceive that these considerations depend on the structure of their organs. He therefore thought, that the best arrangement of animals must depend on that of their organs ;—and so far he was right. I only go a little further than he did, in saying, that this arrange- ment ought to depend not on that of the organs, but on their variation of structure. universe of certain Birds of Cuba. 9 universe given to it from the days of Plato and Cicero*, that Linnzeus, Pallas and Desfontaines, have mentioned certain ana- logies in nature as distinct from affinities* ; and that one of the most distinguished zoologists of the present age and a foreign member of this Society, Professor Gotthelf Fischer of Moscow, has stated the progression of certain series of affinity being in cir- clesł. Ican safely say, however, that as I arrived at the know- ledge * The ancient authors on this subject, however, really deserve but little attention ; for they all arrived at their conclusions by the à priori mode of argument,—a mode totally inapplicable, nay even injurious, to a science like Natural History, which must always depend upon experience and observed facts. + Aristotle in the Historia Animalium, lib. ii. c. 1. says, when speaking of animals generally, Ta pev xar avadroyiay adiahopa woyov, Tw yevsi be érepa. Now if this passage be taken literally, we must give him full credit for making the distinction between affi- nity and analogy. But I confess, that on looking at the context, and above all, at his explanation of an arrangement xar’ ayaAoyiay, as above mentioned, I suspect that his idea of analogy did not reach beyond the comparison of organs: as when we say the wing of a bird represents the hand of a man; which comparison, however necessary to the full understanding of the analogies between different beings, is very far from ex- pressing the whole of them. However this may be, it is curious to observe that so little attention should have been paid to this observation of the father of natural history, that **some animals, which sene in T are yet different e 1 each. other in affi- nity." » : ail wo 1 ‘Tt seems to me to be quite unnecessary to anere in pon mems what Plato meant by saying, that in nature all things terminate in their contraries, —an expression which Linnæus borrowed in his Diary, and appears to have attached meaning to as con- nected with the number five. Such disquisitions are as little likely to prove satisfac- tory, as those arguments drawn from the first chapter of Ezekiel, which led a Northern writer, Mr. Macnab, to declare a circle to be the plan of Nature, long before I attained the knowledge of the fact by observation, Naturalists have nothing to do with mysticism, and but little with d priori reasoning. ' I have therefore infinitely less hesitation in citing the following passage from Hermann :—“ Neque enim ad aflinita- tem indicandam per omnem charte latitudinem. diducere lineam placuit, sed inter nomen et charte marginem posuimus asteriscum qui flexà in orbem chartà incidit i in similem alium cujus ope duo in utraque extremitate posita corpora inter s se conem guntur, unde miré implicite et concatinate inque circulum redeuntes affinitat s tai VOL. XVI. P | 10 Mr.W.S. Macrzax on the Comparative Anatomy ledge of these several truths by the observation of Nature alone ; so I first saw their dependence upon each other, their general application, and their necessary derivation, from the practice of studying the method in which animal structures vary. How far shadowy and unconnected notions on the above subjects may affect the claims of the Hore Entomologice to public attention I shall not pretend to determine; but it is my duty, on the other hand, to say, that I was surprised on looking lately among the notes and explanations of the plates (page 181), at the end of a work published at Moscow in 1808 by Professor Fischer, and . entitled “Tabule Synoptice Zoognosie in usum Auditorum edite," to find the following remarks : ** L'auteur trouve dans la Nature organisée une opposition remarkable qui pourroit étre exprimée par deux cercles en mouvement, qui se touchent ou qui se croisent en deux endroits. Les magis patescunt."— Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 37. Such are the words of a naturalist con- summately versed in the observation of facts, as well as in the speculations of philo- sophy ; but whose learned work is a singular example of the consequences of mistaking relations of analogy for those of affinity, inasmuch as it presents us at the same time with an inexhaustible mine of information, and an almost inextricable mass of con- fusion. I ought in this place further to mention, that Hermann (p. 8.) cites the fol- lowing words from Eusebius Nieremberg, Nat. Hist. lib. iii. c. 3.—* Scilicet per con- textum Natura assurgit paulatim et sine saltu velut continua procedit tramá. Nullus hiatus of certain Birds of Cuba. 11 Les deux points des cercles* qui se touchent, designent deux termes extrémes, deux circonstances inexplicables pour le natu- raliste. 1. La moisissure produite par la corruption des ma- tières animales; 2. L'origine des animaux infusoires par celle des matières vegetales. Les bornes de cet ouvrage ne permet- tent pas un developpement plus ample de cette idée qui presente une verité à poursuivre." Again, in page 184 is the following pamjes :—** Il ne faut pas croire que la serie des Mammifères soit à considerer dans une direction droite comme une suite. J'ai fait voir à mes élèves qu'elle forme une galerie ou l’'obser- vateur se trouve au milieu, ayant les espèces d'animaux de ces côtes. C'est-à-dire, l'auteur s'imagine que chaque serie de la première division dont les doigts ou pieds ne sont reunis par une membrane, trouvera des analogues parmi les animaux de la seconde division, dont les doigts ou pieds sont reunis par une membrane.. Une representation des genres de Mammi- feres en cercles entourant le centre ou est placé l'homme, et se touchant mutuellement, suivant que les proprietés de differens =e est, Em fractio, nulla dispersio formarum, invicem connexæ sunt velut annulus annulo.” Another quotation from Hermann, which, although it relates only to a particular case of the circle, I cannot refrain from giving, as dt corroborates the view I take of Reptiles in the l'omologice, p- 1 963, is as follows :—* Demum per Serpentes in circulum quasi per amphibiorum ordinem rediens affinitas deduci iterum ad primum genus potest, Testudinem. Testudo serpentina L. ‘cui caput ser- pentis, cauda etiam longa quasi serpens inter testudines testas traductus esset. Caude apex ungue incurvo armatus quem Testudo scorpioides ostendit in serpente aliquo redit." p.970. * It is rather curious to compare this Seren with those which I have ‘given, Poz Entomologice, p. 212. and Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. p. 65. This, indeed, I believe to be the first instance of a diagram being employed to express the relations existing between natural objects; for Hermann’s Table, as given at the end of his work, is any thing but a diagram : it is more confused than the Mappa Geographica of Linneus, or the nets more lately devised,—both of which have expressed analogies as if eni had been affinities. c2 ; | animaux 12 Mr. W. S. Macrzax on the Comparative Anatomy animaux se ressemblent seront peut-étre la plus conforme à la Nature *." On the appearance of Mr. Vigors's View of ae naturally became anxious to know whether the affinities there stated held good; and on my arrival in Cuba resolved to exa- mine anatomically those forms which, from being extra-Euro- pean, had been little studied.—My observations on the subject I propose to lay before the Society from time to time, as I may have it in my power to make them ; and for the present, I shall preface the description and anatomy of two birds having rather peculiar forms with a few remarks on the affinities of Vertebrata, and the comparative anatomy of Birds in general. . Mr. Vigors in his paper has very fully discussed the external structure of this charming class of animals; and by following carefully the variation of their external structure, he has arrived at an arrangement which will be valid to demonstration as the natural one, if by watching the variation of the internal struc- ture we can obtain the same result: for be it always borne in mind, that a natural arrangement will stand any test. It is not that by tracing the variation of one organ we are led to a natu- ral system, and by tracing that of another we are led to an arti- ficial one; since in fact every organ, although not €— con- venient, when viewed with reference to the changes undergo, leads to the same result, and the variation of all organs is expressed by the natural systemt. If it be well said by * In these few sentences we find the first dawn of so many truths; and as they do not profess to give us more than the dawn, it is unnecessary in this place to state the points in which I differ from Professor Fischer. I owe it to him, however, both as a naturalist and a friend, that I should make the above quotations from a work, which I only became acquainted with last year, when I purchased it at the sale of the library of-a lamented member of this Society, Mr. Thomas Smith,—a library well known to naturalists as rich in almost every department of their science. + See Hore Entom. p. 454. M. Cuvier, am of certain Birds of Cuba. 13 M. Cuvier, that the natural history of an animal is the know- ledge of every thing that regards that animal,—then Natural History, as a science, is only studied in effect when we are engaged in the pursuit of the natural system. It is not, there- fore, so much the difference between organs, that we ought to lay stress upon, as the mode in which they vary ; from which truth arises another, namely, that in those groups where the variation of an organ is at its maximum,—or, in other words, where the . differences between the various states of an organ are the most, —there such an organ is of less consequence as a principle of division characterizing large groups; for it is the mode of vari- ation that we ought to attend to. "Thus in the Natatores, the number of cervical vertebre is at its maximum of variation ; in the Grallatores, the form of the beak is at its maximum of variation ; in the Rasores, the number of lumbar vertebrz ; in the Insessores, the economy and nature of food ;—and so on. 'The primary divisions, therefore, of these several large groups of birds, will not depend upon the above respective circumstances, although by tracing the variation of them we are enabled to apply corrections to the place that may have been assigned each species from other considerations, as e to its next of kin in natural affinity. . ae Generally speaking, Mammalia have more vertebre in their spine than Birds: but this is scarcely to be imagined a mark of their superior perfection; for man, undoubtedly the chief of Mammalia, has one of the lowest numbers of vertebrz that the class presents. The variation of the number of vertebrz in Mammalia is not at all conducted on the same principles as that in birds: in the latter class this number varies in every possible way, yet on the whole is tolerably regular in its variation. In Mammalia the number in some respects, such as that of the ver- tebree of the cervix, is almost constant; and yet with respect to 14 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Comparative Anatomy to the whole spine, the irregularity of the number of vertebrze is so great, that even neighbouring species,—such as the dog and wolf, the camel and dromedary, the horse and quagg ga,—differ widely in number. Nay more, the same species sometimes presents a variety of number in the vertebral joints. The dif- ference, moreover, between the maximum numbers of vertebrae in Mammalia and birds, as hitherto observed, is 17 in favour of Mammalia ; while the ditference between their respective mini- mum numbers, as hitherto observed, is 9,--Mammalia having also the least. Hence, according to what has been said, the differences of the number of vertebre in Mammalia is of much less consequence, as connected with natural arrangement, than those in birds. te "den Now let us watch the general variation of the EE of spinal vertebræ in birds; for which purpose I must construct my tables upon the data afforded by those which are given by M. Cuvier in his Leçons d' Anatomie Comparée, although I am far from conceiving them to be correct. ` Number | Maximum num- | Minimum num- | Extent Orders. of species |ber of vertebrze in|ber of vertebrze in of ` Observations. examined. the spine. the' spine. variation. 1. Rarronms a pocas BG, TT i = 3 : ; n into account, be- 2.IwsEssonEss .| 21 - + Be 99- —HL -9- cause Cuvier does not give Pica. Loxia. the number of Soer gian Cb vertebrae. 3. RasorEs .. 7 55 37 18 Struthio. Meleagris. — Hemantopus is excluded, : ; because Cuvier does not 4. GRALLATORES| 13 - rs F = 39 7 give the number of verte- olopax. umenius, bræ in the coccyx: x: Petrel is not included, i i ; z ecause Cuvier does not 5. Natatores .| 12 " 56 89 17 giyo Abe set OF sacral . V ygnus. Larus. vertebra, Hence, of certain Birds of Cuba. 15 Hence, so far as we are authorized by these data, we learn, that the variation in the number of vertebra is least in the Raptores and greatest in the Rasores: yet, singular as it may appear, there is evidently some species of relation existing between these two orders; which relation made Brisson, in his General Arrangement, and Hermann in his Tabula Affinitatum, place them next each other in affinity. The Phasianide and Vulturide have been observed to agree in various respects by Buffon, Humboldt, and other naturalists* ; and whether we regard the general agreement of the respective orders to which they belong, in the naked cheeks, cera, or form of beak, or of some species in the number of vertebre, there can be little doubt of the reality of some connexion between them. Again, on looking at the above table, we find that the num- ber of vertebre is greatest in the Ostrich and Swan, of all birds ; in the former the number of articulations being 55, in the * See Humb. Obs. Zool. on Vultur gryphus, Pl. V I I.—]1t is a story current in the Island of Cuba, that when the Havana was taken by Lord Albemarle in 1762, the English soldiers seeing the Gallinaza Aura Vieill. feeding, as it is often accustomed to do, among the domestic fowls in a farm-yard, took them for Black Turkeys; and were only undeceived by the disgustingly putrid odour which these voraciou: birds emit on being | handled, The name under which the bird is known to all our English colonists, trkey- and M. Vieillot’s generic n name Gallinaza, adopted from the Spanish as mentioned by Acosta, have both reference to the relation which this Vulture undoubtedly bears to the Rasores. See also L'Histoire du Nouveau Monde, 1640, p.145. Hermann says, p.167 :—“ Gallinarum cum Accipitribus affinitatem aliquam illud indicare poterit, quod animalis cibi cupidinem qui in cohortatibus nostris Gallinis conspicitur, domestica forte vite debitum urgeat Buffonius, aut quod incurvum accipi- trino subsimile rostrum et magna statura Tetraonis Urogalli, vel Meleagridis Gallo- pavonis forma colorque et denudatum caput quibus comparare illi Vulturem Auram itineratores solent rapacium avium ideam aliquam revocare possit." Aristotle, who seems also to be aware of this relation between the two orders, distinguishes the Ra- sores as modvyova, and the Raptores as odvyoyova. Pliny says, * Alterum Tetraonum genus Vulturum magnitudinem excedit, quorum et colorem reddit :" Rs pro- bably, to the Capercailzie. Tatter 16 Mr. W.S. Maorzax on the Comparative Anatomy latter 56. Now there is also some relation indubitably existing between these two birds, which may serve to account in some degree for that general connexion which almost every observer must have remarked between the Anatide and Gallinaceous birds*. On comparing the Ostrich and the Swan, we notice, that different as they are in their economy, in the structure of their feet, and even general form, they nevertheless present an ap- proximation in the length of neck, form of beak, vegetable food, enormous crop, muscular gizzard, long cecums, and, finally, in the structure of the male organs of generationt, so different from those of all other families of birds. These two similar relations existing between the Raptores and Rasores on the one hand, and between the Natatores and Rasores on the other, may appear extraordinary: but it would be inconsistent with what I believe to be the general plan of Nature, did they not obviously occur to us; for the opposite points of a circle of affinity always exhibit such alliances, as I first observed in the approximation of the genus Hybosorus to JEgialie, and of Eu- chlora to Areoda 1. Let us now form another table of the cervical vertebrz, from the same data that enabled us to produce the last; previously to which, however, I may remark, that it is a curious characteristic of the Pc that, with the exception of one species, (w it is 9,) the number of cervical vertebrae Eirodghout the class * « Facies nuda papillosa Anatis betae que præ alis mansuescit et chortalis fit videtur Anatis genus ad Gallinas diducere posse."— Herman. Tab. Aff. p. 160. A number of concordances in organization between them may be found detailed in the Leçons d' Anat. Comp. + Règne Animal, vol. i. p. 299. i See also Hore Entom. p. 319 and p. 403, where this relation is more developed. It is the Affinity of Transultation of M. Agardh (see Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. p.’50.), which Mr. Vigors has so well applied to account for the relation existing between the Fissirostral and Scansorial tribes of Insessores. (See Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. p. 432). is of certain Birds of Cuba. 17 is constantly 7. In birds on the other hand, of all the ver- tebrze, the cervical vary the most in number; and indeed, on the length and flexibility of the neck, which in this class are generally produced by an increase in the number of joints, de- pends much of the economy of the species. Number | Maximum num- | Minimum num- | Extent Orders. of species| ber of cervical | ber of cervical of Observations. examined. vertebra, vertebrze, variation, 1. RaPTORES.. 8 14 11 3 Pandion. Buteo. F2. INsEssogEs .| 22 13 9 4 - : Corvus. Fringilla. + I have added one Rasorial i bird, Columba passerina, to 3. RASORES .. 8 18 12 6 the number examined by Cu- Struthio, Col, passerina f. vier, because I find that it presents the minimum num- " ber of cervical vertebrze yet 4. GRALLATORES| 14 19 12 cbetresd la liear of Da : Grus. Hemantopus. trei. 5. NarATORES .| 13 23 12 11 i Cygnus. Larus. Here then, we first observe that the two Normal groups have the least number of cervical vertebra, and the three Aberrant the greatest. In the next uae we see that. the variatii the number of cervical s least in the Raptores, and greatest in the ctm qure however, the num- bers in two very remarkable genera, Gypogeranus and Tachy- petes *, are not known. The * Although this bird has only been of late years well known, the important affinity existing between the Raptores and Natatores was known to Hermann, who says, p. 145 :—* Cataractes genus à cl. Brunnichio conditum precipue cera rostri basin tegente differt assimilis hic in re Falconibus. Poterit aded qui velit cum istis avibus conjungere, et e Falconibus precipué cum F. leucocephalo, qui simili feré modo con- generis Halieti parasitus est: de qua re vid. Catesby, et Cataractem Skuam haud secüs ac Falcones rapacem esse terrestremque rapinam exercere et anates gallinas imd agnos predari Sibbaldus, Willughbeius, Brunnichius fidem faciunt." And again, VOL. XVI. D (p.15, 18 Mr. W.S. Macirav on the Comparative Anatomy "The following table relates to the variation in number of the dorsal vertebrze, or those to which the ribs are attached. Number | Maximum num-| Minimum num-| Extent Orders. ofspecies| ber of dorsal ber of dorsal of Observations. examined. vertebrae. vertebrae, variation. z 1. RAPTORES. . 8 8 7 1 ; Pandion. Vultur. 2, ĪNSESSORES .| 22 AB ee 245 3 3. RasoRES .. 7 11 es i 4 Casuarius. . Meleagris. i 4. GRALLATORES| 14 RA. 9 7 2 Grus. Ciconia. : According to Mr. Burton 5. NararogES .| 13 | > 11 Ex roa tomen occ ramar. ; ; Cygnus. - Pelecanus, has seven ribs. Here the variation is least in the Raptores, and greatest in the Rasores and Natatores; where again, by the bye, it is worth noticing, that the Swan and Cassowary agree in possessing the maximum number of ribs which the whole class of birds em sents. We now come to a table of the variation in number of the sacral vertebra, founded on the same data; which table, how- eversa is less. oerhaps to be depended upon | than the e in i Me ai l — p. 154, in BRS of the genera Dionis and Phaetón, he ga, that they appear * non inter se modó cognati ob longissimas alas, altissimum volatum et vivendi ra- tionem, sed et Pelecano Aquilo conjuncti eandem ob causam, unde in eàdem tabulae linea juxta-positi et cum Falcone Halieto simili modo in pisces quibus victitat ex alto irruente conjuncti." I was much pleased, when off the coast of Martinique, to behold the Tachypetes floating over the Diamond Rock just like an eagle. The sailors assured me, that he. often seizes his prey with his talons; and on referring to the Histoire Naturelle et Morale des Iles Antilles de l’ Amerique, published in 1658, where there is a very detailed account of the Fregates, I find the following passage :—* Ils se placent si bien du costé ou les poissons volans doivent faire leur saillié que dez qu'ils sortent de l'eau ils les recoivent en leur bec ou en leurs serres." p. 148. consequence 14 E = E E of certain Birds of Cuba. 19 consequence of these vertebre being in birds always soldered together, and therefore very difficult to count. Number | Maximum num-| Minimum num- | Extent Orders. of genera; ber of sacral ber of sacral of Observations. examined, vertebre, vertebr2, variation. : 1. Raprores. . Bs 12 or 2 - Bubo. Buteo. 2, INSESSORES . 99 13 5 Corvus. Alcedo. $. RASORES . . 7 20 10 10 Struthio, Meleagris. 4. GRALLATORES| 14 15 7 8 ge ie Faig, The Petrel is not taken into : i considerati as Cuvier 5. NATATORES . 12 15 10 5 docs EE a eA rad Anas. Sterna. ber of its sacral vertebra. Here we see that the two Normal groups have the least number of sacral vertebra, and the three Aberrant the greatest. We see also that the number varies te mail, in B Raptores, LA most in the Rasores. The fifth and last table = I shali offer relates to the ver- tebræ of ne COCs > zd PEL LT ee pass : ‘Number aio nimum ne mn-j] i ? at " i edis. ~ [ram nuin Misi d m Saat | iida = examined, vertebræ. variation, 1. RAPTORES. . 8 8 7 1 Aquila. Aquila, Pandion 2. INsEssoRES .| 22 9 6 3 Hirundo. Loxia. 3. RASORES . . 7 9 5 4 | Struthio. Meleagris, f 4. GnALLATORES| 5jg4-1--— = gy 12H pomi is not taken Ciconi consideration, because š — adi z. not give its num 0} coccy ver- 5. NATATORES.| 13 9 i 7 2 tebre. 4E E nser, On 20 — Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Comparative Anatomy On reviewing the above five tables, we find that the amount of variation in each order respectively may be expressed by the - following numbers : Ruptores -~ eA 11 T H pone i Insessores . . . . . 24. eT —— 42 Aberrant .. E. Grallatores .... 25 UNatatores , . .... 39 Hence we learn, that the whole number of vertebral joints varies most in the three Aberrant groups, and least in the two Normal ; that it varies much less in the Raptores than in all the other orders ; that it varies the most in the Rasores ; and that the degree of variation is nearly alike in the Rasores and Natatores, and in the Insessores and Grallatores. We also perceive from the first of the five tables, that the least number of vertebrze occurs among the Insessores, and the greatest among the Natatores ; the difference between the maximum in Cygnus and the mini- mum in Loria being no less than 23 vertebre. Among the Mammalia the minimum number hitherto observed is in the genus Pteropus, and the maximum among the Cetacea; both thus showing a parallelism of analogy with birds. The minimum number is 24, the maximum 73, the difference 49. I have entered into this subject at some length, "not merely because it affords us a curious test of the accuracy of Mr. Vi- gors’s general arrangement of the orders, but also in the idea that it might help to solve a problem of great difficulty ; namely, which two of the five orders of Birds lead us to the contiguous classes of Mammalia and Reptilia? 'The argument may be thus stated :—The vertebral axis is the great characteristic of the sub-kingdom Vertebrata, to which all these three classes belong. In Birds, as a class, moreover, we find the number of vertebr:e to of certain Birds of Cuba. 21 to vary much less than in Mammalia; and consequently, to merit in them more attention as a ground of division, Finally therefore, we may conclude, that in that order of Birds where this great principle of structure varies the most, there Nature is—if I may use the expression ooking out for the structure of some other class. ee aa Coan — HEP This mode of reasoning is, I am fully aware, not aem its defect ; but if it can be admitted to possess any value, it follows, that we must look among the Rasores and Natatores for the outlets from the class. And as there cannot be the least doubt of the Natatores* approaching to the Chelonian reptiles, we must consequently look among the Rasores for the approach to Mammalia. Now this agrees with theory, inasmuch as it is from the two extremes of the three Aberrant groups that we should expect to pass into the contiguous classes. i i But this question is of such extreme importance to zoology, that it ought not to be dismissed slightly. I trust, therefore, that I shall scarcely be deemed to trespass upon the time of the Society, if I here attempt to investigate three subjects, which have exercised the m of. naturalists from the earliest periods of their science, and which are a: follows: 1. The true Parnlopics mm between the orders of Birds and those of Mammalia. 2. 'The connection of the various orders of Mammalia in their own series of affinity t. 3. The point of nearest approach made by Mammalia to | T : Birds, * Bonneton this account divided the order i into Aves Aquatice and Aves Amphibia. See on this subject Hore Entomologice, p. 263, et seq. + I ought here to acknowledge, that the subject of the natural division of the Mam- malia has been taken up by a writer in the Annals of Philosophy for November 1826. This gentleman not only shows much acquaintance with the class in detail, but has ingeniously developed a number of natural approximations, Unfortunately, however, first 22 Mr. W.S. Macrzaxy on the Comparative Anatomy Birds, and the point of nearest approach made by Birds to Mammalia. In the discussion of these subjects I must not be expect to produce any original facts. This, indeed, would not answer my purpose; since, in all similar questions, the instrument which is at once safest for the wielder, and most forcible against those for whom it is intended, is the argumentum ad verecundiam. ` First, asto the orders of Mammalia :—there is one to which we must all look with peculiar interest, as being that of which Man forms the type. Great as is the gulf between Man and the Ourang Outang, between the Bimana and Quadrumana of Cu- vier, it is impossible not to see, with Linn:us, that they possess many characters in common *, and consequently impossible not to agree with him, that they form one group, which may be distinguished from all others by the general structure of their first by not carefully investigating the value of the analogies on record, and then by trusting to the theory of parallelism in preference to the less fallible guide of affinity, he has produced a series, which, in the conclusion, he himself discovers not to be valid. Whether the affinities of his minor groups be of superior value he does not enable us to judge, as no reasons whatever are given for them. This mode of proceeding is the more to be regretted, from his evidently being conversant with the various forms of Mammalia, and from his having pointed out the orders in a very lucid manner; from which I have not failed to derive advantage. This much, I fear, cannot be said of the contents or affinities of these orders ; and therefore, as he has done me the honour of referring to my views of the subject (and his paper, indeed, purports to be a quinary distribution of the class), I may, perhaps, be allowed to express a hope that the ques- tion may be followed up. One thing is sure, that nothing can be easier than to make five groups, provided we do not conceive it necessary to prove them to be natural. Having, therefore, stated his propositions, he will be expected to prove them either by original observations of his own, or the recorded ones of others. At present his paper proves nothing, ascertains nothing; but leaves every affinity to be pointed out. I need scarcely say, that without some such proofs in detail of the connection between the component parts of the group, and thus of its unity, his propositions must remain dubious, and all new names without authority. * Aman. Acad. vol, v. p. 67 el seq. skull, Aa te Sa gh RR teda i: m as ae Ane A E r3 e of certain Birds of Cuba. 23 skull, teeth, fingers, nails, organs of generation, and pectoral mamm:e. It is the only order of Mammalia that has not been pointed out and named by Aristotle* ;. but as he has subdivided it, and shown the affinities of the principal groups composing it, it is easy to imagine, that if he could have sacrificed the natural pride of philosophy so much as to class himself with any inferior species of animal, he would have named this group also. Ray may be said to have perceived it, from calling the group raga- rwv e, Which evidently includes Man; but by some mistake, he has forgotten to make any mention of Man in his system. This order was aptly termed by Linnzus Primares ; and the natural construction of it was the most original as well as important fact that he ever demonstrated in the natural history of Mammalia. Another natural group which all zoologists have perceived, * Notwithstanding the number of ancient and modern writers who have employed themselves in commenting on the Historia Animalium of Aristotle, Iam not aware that any tabular view has ever been given of this naturalist's arrangement of Mam- malia and Birds, unless that given by ZElian, lib. xi. c. 37. ed, Schneid, be so considered. This is owing to Aristotle's commentators, with the exception of Ray, Scaliger, and Schneider, being all ignorant of the science, -As for Ælian, he was not merely igno- rant of natural history, but, moreover, without capacity to understand i it, as appears pe the manner in which he _ the common-place book, w hich has come down to Aristotle's work is, on the othe “invaluable. The astonishing talent he ween for observation and ara teet not indi appears by comparing him with his followers among the ancients, but also when he is compared with the most profound of modern zoologists. The following tabular view of his arrangement, where his own nomenclature is given, will best show the truth of this opinion. How far he has been improved upon either in arrangement or nomenclature, may thus be easily understood. The Table ought in particular to be compared with that given, p. 60 of the Synopsis of our great countryman Ray, who perhaps was the most original zoolo- gist, after Aristotle, that ever existed. In mentioning this subject, I do not refer to Pliny, because the few passages of his entertaining work that relate to arrangement are borrowed from Aristotle; and not having been understood in the original, are miserably deteriorated in the translation. Natural History is, perhaps, the last of all sciences that a mere compiler ought to meddle with, | nan , Systema ‘ginby * * * ‘S24 sasojdey 'Sno0404 77 1 10 T DTE E “814 so1088s2su[ up Ha t tro 'seuy '' "vapay * ‘Mq So10gu[[e17). Lou Bibi op '$10214 SIIOSBY “ONIONS "T vM *gue[ug * ' *snnba * * 'sog '' *sn[oure?) * * *sng'' *seudo[ * * "soyd ` ' g * “sn °° ‘oytjsadsa, * * “BION °° 'OUoH ** ‘VIdWIX "814 S210j€)€NI eee "uum 9127) ` *uuyT enjpq "uuv]T Vod uug emag esce .sŮpoto’ "uurT Ao, ** "uurT S99 "uum SIPUN eseoevaece ve @ { l | 1 [ i ***** soylepx o ‘any soiassuq * ** 43g20dunda 02 s13 10YALyNg $130, "uuvT S91suM "AED ero totttt t CTS "ttt *poosoaphaig "m "uwrT eau) e o € à à» "020583 ees eee ge 8^«26026$6292092925^9»^€ $12N33200»0] "T "uurT æu so 4e ^ e o € e. oo gil P à o * 9 6/8 * ^ »dodo23lxT]I | "ang 299337) ‘any vpadiog eese Cee ere ewe sestee "DINDNNDU34D ‘ang €yuvurumg aragoxaduirl 102343% 39 vt ‘ododosnday è "an? €ureurpa() "an? e1oaiume?) 5.75 69r ttn vXaampdny "any nuapoy PYYOX AMIN “ang visydonayg vdazunridey ‘angeueunipen?) ‘any vuvurng 5734024 $0449 Q SNO e à sb babe ee sio o op o EN te eee X40 009 6-9.» od e » 0 09 9 * ee 4019 DLAogoryanX lir a9 wy, vulgpÁgowq »2409o"yaDX | 09120xlig11T ugiXoy lipXoiy ** pdoxy "any vaplosoqolg vulopÁqoeq e 9 »-»9»5620299 «* et eee ee ugiXoayory ‘any eiqrqdury * **** 5 * * b49rlmduas]T n440900DXdp» 39 v], hav vı 4010 0240900pXdn» url 30 vy, s121DN4. $0443 Q SNOL *s1220 19X9 SA01900d2 sn0 5014000 SAOL 39 T, ^N 4 *51330 19X9 sao1990dut snot so14090 sno. 30 wt *pXa4oaga? * * ^ ' tt VVOITIV M 'sisN2xonXpdg *p ‘any souuaduoq * * Eu DET T TO P ssd PA V.LOVILAV | | windoy [4 V.LOVIVO® "wurg sandy * temet tttm eee se nm o pXaamhrio p te) A ^ "any sSa1osuvog * **'* 43920dul3 01 s13 1002300 ONY 'SioNlxvND. 4300220400115 VLIA® f “ny — 00 “onp soy >- wmdiQ diam c5 'VLOd4lH | 'VvXOLOO ü IH pyaaxppiy | J ugestx vi DEMNM VVOIIV 1 197 aA TM - 1 M We DY VIVI iod "uwT = ix sp4 10% n4409 - terpeurure W - aes "Inf obrin e ia Bony UUN pJ oo evqadaudvao »^"vXolooz | -hoy | 'V VOI V d.L3.L *| vLvingIn5Nn 4 H D240 snXaam spt my viaogoprin 9g PL'I "unjpapduioo anboupsuur] ounwaany umay ja wnyounuppj wnoojojswp putajsfig: “UDT *jtiqojisAu[ * * VIKIVNV ) ~ “UDT v]€109113A '"WNIV NI J E [:*ponurtioo 930N] > VOZ DA TD L Mr. W. S. Macrzav on certain Birds of Cuba. 25 is the xagyugodorra of Aristotle, the Carnivora of Ray, and Fere of Linnzus. ‘Their claws, their abdominal mamme, and their organs of generation, separate the Feræ from the former order. Another natural group. is distinguished from the preceding under the title of ra un zagyaægoðora by Aristotle; who did not, however, seize its true character*. "This remained in obscurity until Ray described certain animals as ** Quadrupeda vivipara pede multifido herbivora binis prelongis dentibus anterioribus in utráque maxillà seu Leporinum genust.” Linneus saw the truth of the order as thus characterized, from all others; but changed the name to Glires, which has given way among the - disciples of Illiger to the clumsy appellation of Prensiculantia, and among those of Cuvier, to the very applicable one of Ron- geurs or Rodentia. A Member of the Linnean Society may, however, be permitted to retain the name of GLIRES. Another most natural group was pretty well understood and characterized by Aristotle under the name of ra ge» ovx apdodorra, all other viviparous quadrupeds being appodorra,—that is, fur- nished with cutting-teeth or incisors in both the upper and under jawf. He also penei them as not furnished with claws: but. with- hoofs;-which-occasióned ‘Ray, who understood the value of the group, to call it Ungulata, all other quadrupeds being Unguiculata. Somehow or other, Linnzus unfortunately lost sight of this group, and contented himself instead with * Tt is not clear whether Aristotle placed this group among the au¢odovra or not. My only reason for thinking he did so is, that he places them in opposition to the xagyagotoyra. If, however, the word appo8ovra means circumdentata,—a signification that it will bear,—then it is clear that he could not have meant the Glires to be _ included in this group. + Raii Syn. p. 204. t Augobo», utrinque dentatus. ; VOL. XVI. E some 96 | Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Comparative Anatomy some of Aristotle's subdivisions of it, which are all excellent. The group of UNGULATA has not, — Pp the eye of M. Cuvier. ! | The last order we have to mention is the z7rady of Aristotle, Cetaceum genus of Ray, Cete of Linnzus, and Natantia of Tli- ger. It is in truth a group which cannot fail to strike the most ordinary observer, from the limbs taking the form of fins, and the whole animal the form as well as habits of a fish. — Every Mammiferous animal may be reduced to these five orders; that is, may be assimilated, in a greater or less degree, to one or other of the following typical forms; viz. Man, the Lion, the Horse, the Whale, and the. Mouse. I shall show hereafter how these five orders form a continued series returning into itself, so as to be a natural group. In the mean time, I must recall to the attention of the reader the orders of Birds as defined and arranged by Mr. Vigors* ; and to which definitions and arrangement I have just applied so severe a test, only to corroborate their icc and to make them display additional harmony. © | T ogi When we have heard the Parrot or Malniaté pealine: ; Ferien we have witnessed the former feeding itself as it were with a hand; when; in.short, we have reflected on the remarkable intelligence and development of brain throughoüt the wh order of Insessores, to which both birds belong,—there Bias been no one, perhaps, dull enough not to compare them to ‘Primates. Æliant says: * Te pe aAa Tuy aiia OQVEU) EVOTOMES, HAI TN YAwTTy Pbeyyerces, dingy avbewrov.” I allow, indeed, that it is difficult to follow the opinion of the great naturalist of France, who, i igno- . Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. p. 406, et seq: + Ed. Schneid. lib. I. c. xx. With respect to the particular case of Parrots, 1 cannot do better than refer to the ample collection of classical quotations given on this subject in the Zoological Journal, vol. ii. p. 40, &c. : rant TOUT ROTTRETRTINDINSTEUORUEERRDEES of certain Birds of Cuba. 27 rant of the true nature of relations of analogy, imagined that the Psittaceous tribe of Birds ought to occupy the first step in the scale of nature below Man: but we cannot help adopting the notion of Linnzeus in the Systema Nature,—that although not near him in construction, they are yet analogous to him in various important respects. And, adopting this notion, we must place the whole order of Insessores, to which Psittacus belongs, opposite to the Primates, of which Man forms the type. The analogies existing between Birds of Prey and Carnivo- rous Quadrupeds having been noticed by Aristotle, who called both groups yaupuwyaæ, were enlarged upon by Plutarch”. Among a host of moderns who have been struck with the resemblance, I may particularly mention Linneus, who in his Systema Nature has expressly called his Accipitres ** Feris ana- logi ;" and Buffont, who has treated the subject at length and with his usual eloquence. I conceive, therefore, that no one can object to the propriety of ee plating the Fere "pipere to the Raptores.: rd The analogy betweeh Aquito Birds and E Mamoa scarcely requires the mention of the authority of Linnæus to make it be — Satis is indeed so evident, that ‘Hermann, according to his. custom, ‘for a relation of affinity +. - In both orders ihe usi appendages of the vertebral axis dwindling into fins, and the two undivided posterior appen- dages being placed so far behind on the axis as to show that both were intended for motion in the water rather than on land, are circumstances of themselves sufficient. to c € the placing. -of the Cetacea opposite to the Natatores. - "Two orders still remain in each class to be Fotisidered : the Glires and Ungulata among the Mammalia; and among Birds, * On this subject, see Zool. Journ. vol. i. PAA: p. ST; | t Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 153. E 2 the 28 | Mr. W. S. MacrEay on the Comparative Anatomy the Rasores and Grallatores. The relations of analogy pointed out by Linnzus between Mammalia and Birds are, as Hermann has observed, not always correct; and his errors have arisen from the misfortune of his not detecting the natural group of Aristotle and Ray, which the latter has called Ungu/ata. Having only been able to seize Aristotle’s subdivisions of ra pev ovx aupodovre, he lost the parallelism of analogy, and fell, as I shall hereafter show, into very glaring mistakes. In the Systema Nature, however, he has mentioned that very striking analogy which appears between his groups of Gralle and Bruta ; that is, according to the parallelism of analogy, between the orders of Grallatores and Ungulata, since the Bruta, as we have seen, do not form an order, but only a natural subdivision of the Ungu- lata. That this analogy is demonstrably true, I deduce from the following facts. Of their respective classes, the orders of Ungu- lata and Grallatores contain examples of the longest legs in pro- portion to the body,—witness Camelopardalis and Hemantopus. Both orders present us, in groups not exactly aquatic, with in- stances of the toes being soldered together, as the Horse; or connected together by a web, as the Flamingo. Both orders present us with the greatest elongation of muzzle or facies, — witness Myrmecophaga, or Antilope* and Scolopax; and also with the most depressed form of muzzle,— witness Hippopotamus and Platalea, which genera also afford us the truest specimens -of Wading Vertebrata. In both orders we have the most elon- gated claws,—witness Megalonyz and Parra. Both orders afford us the swiftest animals in running,—as the Horse and Tachydro- mus; and the most pugnacious on account of love,—as the Bull and Machetes. The Bull moreover and the Butor (or Bos- taurus, for hence comes the bird’s name), afford us the loudest and hoarsest voice of their respective orders: where we have * Particularly A. bubalus L. also of certain Birds of Cuba. > 29 also the most remarkable instances of the upper and under man- dibles touching each other merely at their base and point; as Myrmecophaga, or the whole of the ræ per ove epqQoborra. of Ari- stotle, and Anastomus* Illig. Both orders exhibit ornamental appendages to the head,—as the antlers of the Stag and the crown of the Crane ; and both afford us the only instances of true horns, —as Bos or Rhinoceros, and Palamedea L. To see a hundred such instances of resemblance it is only necessary to walk into a museum. I shall therefore only further say, that both orders contain polygamous animals, are generally gregarious, and more graminivorous than granivorous, being essentially inhabitants of marshes and savannahs. Thus then, with Linnzus, I place the Bruta, or rather the whole order of Ungulata to which they belong, opposite to the Grallatores. Four orders in each class being now disposed of, it follows by parallelism of analogy, that the Glires ought to be placed oppo- site to the Rasores. But setting theory wholly aside,—is this position true in factt? age Linneus, from the above-mentioned error in his series of affinity, considered the Rasores to be analogous to his group of Pecora. But Shin: group: SE to Aristotle and Ray, is only a subdivision of Unga —which have, I consider, been now proved to be us to the Grallatores. If, therefore, Linnzus be right in making his Bruta analogous to the order of Wading Birds, it follows that his Pecora must be so also. * The genus Aramus, which I have killed in this island, also presents the peculiarity of the mandibles not meeting towards the middle of the beak. ^F The ancient name of Struthio Camelus, as well as the form and habits of the Ostrich, show indeed a relation of analogy to the Camel; but then we are to recollect, - in the first place, that the Ostrich is at the osculant point or confines of the orders of Gralle and Rasores; and secondly, that such slight variations of the parallelism of analogy often appear, although, as has been said, Hore Entom. p. 403, I think it pos- sible that even these are subject to rule. : The 30 Mr.W. S. Macrzax on the. Comparative Anatomy The analogy of the Rasores- to: the Ruminating Animals was first, T. believe, mentioned by Linnzeus in the Systema Nature. It has» since ~his days. been copied and. copied, until now it almost becomes a sort of heresy to inquire into its accuracy. I am not, however, aware that. any reason for this analogy has ever been assigned, beyond the fact,—that one order affords the principal part of those birds which are domesticated by man for purposes of food; and the other, the principal part of quadru- peds which are destined to the same purpose. Now, granting even this domestication not to be the work of: art, but to be an analogy really existing in nature; I would observe,—setting the whole family of Anatide aside,—that the Glires afford us many - eatible or- domesticated animals, such as -the Capromys and Rabbit; and the Grallatores afford us similar instances in the Snipe and Psophia. -If some-Rasores be said, like the Pecora, to havé ornamental appendages to the head, so it must be re- membered has the Crowned Crane; whereas no rasorial bird is truly horned, like the Palamedea. But it may be worth while to take into consideration successively the grand characteristics of the Rasores, as given by ornithologists to sistinguish them from all other birds. The Rasores are, properly speaking, frugivorous birds ; by which I do not mean eating fruits only, but.all.i anner-of. : or grain... Now this character of being frugivorous: Sasi much more to the Glires than the Ungulata, which are truly herbivorous, and only feed on grain in an artificial or domesticated state. To begin, then, with the rasorial or scratching powers of gallina- ceous fowls; these are certainly the most burrowing of frugivo- rous birds: now the most burrowing of frugivorous quadrupeds are certainly not the Ungulata, but the Glires. These birds are characterized by the ‘shortness of their wings and the weakness of their pectoral muscles. Now if we inquire whether it is among the . of certain Birds of Cuba. | 31 the Glires or Ungulata that we find the corresponding appen- dages of the vertebral axis, —that is, the fore-feet most shortened, —the answer will be, certainly not:among the Ungulata; where, on the contrary; the Giraffe has them extraordinarily lengthened: but among:the Glires we have the Jerboa, in this respect almost a bird. -.In' general, moreover, this latter order is distinguished, like the: Rasores, by the strength of those muscles of the two posterior appendages of the vertebral axis or hind-feet, that con- tribute to locomotion. Gregarious habits distinguish the most of the Rasores; so they do in a still more extraordinary manner the Glires. ‘Many are insectivorous in: both orders, and some omnivorous. The muzzle or facies of Glirés is short and round, very like that of Fere, there being a direct relation between the two orders. The facies of Rasores is also short and round, very like that of Raptores (the order analogous to that of Fere); and there is also a direct relation between these two orders. Many Rasores perch and nestle on trees; so do many of the G/ires. The Rasores generally feed on hard grain, which they pick up with their hooked beak, and masticate in a triturating gizzard : the Glires feed also on hard substances, which they | gnaw v with their strong. hooked incisors, and masticate with the ae : - ften rudimentary. “In both - orders the fal varies "fron an extraordinary length, as in the Squirrel and Pheasant, to being very short, as in the Hare and Partridge. Mentioning these two last animals together, we are reminded of a beautiful analogy, stated thus by Hermann, p. 167. *"Tetrào Lagopus, ut et hic aliquam cum Mammnalibus analo- giam adducamus, triplici respectu Lepori analogus quod digitos subtus lanatos habet, et quod Leporis” variabilis more hyeme colorem mutat, et quód carnis sapore et colore leporinam refert." No orders in their respective classes. present the tail so spread out and flattened as the Glires and Rasores, witness the Beaver and 32 Mr. W.S. Macrzax on the Comparative Anatomy and Peacock. In both orders the sense of hearing is much developed. In both orders we find animals, such as Squirrels and Pigeons, with their toes perfectly free ; and others, as Hy- dromys and Phasianus, which have them united at the base by a membrane. Castor is an aquatic animal, having some relation to Cetacea ; Struthio is a terrestrial animal, approaching to Na- tatores. And so on relation comes so fast upon relation, that I know not how we can for a moment hesitate to place the Gres opposite to the Rasores. I conceive it now to be demonstrated, that, so far as rélates to the analogies existing in nature between the orders of Mammalia and Aves, we ought to place them thus: Animals typically. l..Fzi& |... CAEDINOUUMÉ 2 rua. t tes 1. Raprores. 2. PRIMATES ...-. UPTON a ERO TIRE EL 2. Ixsrssonzs. S GUES.: |... IFUEIVOFOUB s e o ee te he es 3. Rasonzs. 4. UNGULATA . . . . . frequenting the vicinity of water. . . 4. GRALLATOREs. &.-CRTACRA . olv aquatic. Los cov. «cite rei FS 5. NATATORES. The above series of Mammiferous orders is only adapted ana- logically to that of Birds, as given by Mr. Vigors*, and founded by him on relations of affinity. I now, therefore, come to the examination of the second.subject ; namely, 'l'he Connection of . the above Orders of Mammalia in their own Series of Affinity. And commencing with the Primates, as the universally acknow- ledged point of departure, I find Hermann in 1783 writing of Monkeys as follows :—** Ex alterá parte minutissime istee Ame- ricanz et delicatule species quas Sagoinos vocant, unguibus acu- tioribus et magis in arcum curvatis, mintriente voce et omnia ar- rodendi instinctu, ipsá demüm corporis exilitate Glirium familiz sunt conterminz. Sienim à S. argentate capite recedas, nonne * Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. p. 406. et of certain Birds of Cuba. 33 et forma et cauda et ipse quoque pollex tuberculum nonnullo- rum glirium pollicare referens, muris alicujus majoris esse vide- tur? Ipsum gliribus nonnullis solenne superius labium fissum redit in Simid Midd: sed omnium maximé ultimam et gliribus magis vicinam Simiam Jacchum putaverim, que et ipså caudæ prolixà hirsutie et scandendi more Sciuro propior est." p.69. Accordingly we learn that Sonnerat discovered an animal in Madagascar, which was described by Gmelin as Sciurus Mada- gascariensis; which was by Geoffroy made the type of the genus Cheiromys, or Handed Rat; and by Illiger in his Prodromus placed next to the genus Galago, which is one of the Primates. In the Régne Animal of M. Cuvier, p. 208, however, this Mon- key-Squirrel goes back to its old place among the Rongeurs, with a mere hint of its affinity to the Quadrumana ; which affi- nity, however, is again reckoned so strong by M. de Blainville, that in the third table of his Comparative Anatomy we discover it occupying a place among the Primates, as the type of a group to which he gives the name of Myspitheques or Ape-Mice. Hence I conclude it allowable to pass from the Primates to the Glires. -~ Again: on looking among the Glires of Linnwus in the Systema Nature, ed. 12, I find an animal called Cavia Ca- pensis, which obtained this place and name from Pallas, and retained them with Erxleben and Hermann, although the latter says: “E densá summé affinium animantium turba eligemus Caviam Capensem, anomalum illud animal, quod ob privam in- cisorum dentium formam ac situm, inferiorumque quaterna- rium numerum et totam interiorem structuram separatum ut constituat genus Linnzo et Schrebero promereri visum est, ast alio multo respectu Caviis Americanis, preeeunte Pallasio, conjungi dignum. Sed connexum preetereà voluimus cum Bra- dypode, cui nescio qui habitus formaque corporis contracta, digiti connati, magnusque costarum numerus cognatam faci- VOL. XVI. F oo unt.” 34 Mr. W.S. Macutay on the Comparative Anatomy nt." p.83.. Hermann finally gave it the generic name of Hy- rax, which Illiger adopting, placed the animal itself in his Pro- dromus, p. 95, as the link between the Cavies and the Bruta of Linneus. - In the Règne Animal, we discover this puzzling genus forming together with the Rhinoceros one small group of -the Ungulata, with the observation that, ‘en les examinant bien on trouve qu'à la corne prés ce sont en quelque sorte de Rhino- ceros en miniature.” (vol. i. p. 240.) Hence it is allowable, I conceive, to pass from the Glires to the Ungulata. When Dampier and Ray assigned the name of Sea Cow to the Manati of the West Indies, they probably gave the hint of that anatomical affinity to Ungulata, which has been followed up and proved by subsequent zoologists. Accordingly, Linneus went so far as to place the Manati among his Bruta. And M. de Blainville, trusting entirely to the principle of division, and ignorant of the maxim of variation, has said* that, **le Lamantin appartient au groupe qui contient les Elephans dont il n'est qu'une modification propre à vivre dans l'eau." Now, though it is difficult to look at a Manati or Dugong, and call it an Elephant, it is impossible to deny that it is a modification of the Pachyderm form ; and therefore we cannot refuse our assent to the accuracy of M. Cuvier in making the Herbivorous Ce- tacea follow the hee in he: arrange Animal. Arrived thus, then, among FS enormous nEmA which Nature points out to us as the direct medium of her transition from the Quadruped form to that of Fish, we proceed in the series of Mammalia to the genera Trichecus and Phoca. It is true indeed, that M. Cuvier, from the artificial plan of the Règne Animal, is obliged to deny this affinity, or at least to make no mention of it in the work: but it has been noticed * Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. Art. Mammifère, p. 141. a from of certain Birds of Cuba. — ° 35 from the earliest ages, and by the most profound as well as ordinary observers. Among the ancient naturalists, Aristotle, and among the moderns, Linnzeus, Buffon, Hermann, and Illi- ger, may be especially mentioned as expressing this affinity : and the following words of Hermann are too apposite not to be quoted.—** Trichecorum ultimus utique esse videtur Manatus, cui jam palm in digitos non distincte nec unguibus armate, nullique posteriores pedes sunt; sed Rosmarus plantarum præ- sentid Phocis propior exsertis dentibus de reliquo cum Hip- popotamo conjunctus." Tab. Aff. p. 127. Our business is to represent faithfully affinities and analogies as they occur, leaving it to time to smooth away difficulties. Although this affinity, therefore, does not coincide with the plan of the Régne Animal,—and we cannot refute the assertion that there exists a direct relation between the Trichecus Manatus and Trichecus Rosmarus of Linnzus,—we must on the other hand grant to M. Cuvier, that Trichecus Rosmarus comes most nearly to Phoca. But does this admission interfere in the least with our plan? Quite the reverse. Our only object is to keep close within the road of affinities; and our advantage in thus following the variation of — e that every n natural relation, mentioned even by such authors as-Hermann, may thus be ex- pressed ; and none need be Lect moe because they do not. fall in with our systems of division. — We thus, therefore, arrive from the Cetacea among the Car- nivorous Quadrupeds or Fere ; for since the time of Aristotle, who placed the Seal among his zægyagoðora, naturalists have never denied this order to be its proper place. Hermann, in- deed, places Phoca among that group of Compeda in which he ranges the Whale; but then he does not the less make it the direct link between that group and the Fere*. * Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 115. | F 2 Being 36 Mr. W. S. MacrzAr on the Comparative Anatomy Being now legitimately arrived among the essentially carni- vorous animals, I may be charged with having omitted to express that most evident affinity which all authors have remarked be- tween the Primates and Fere. This affinity, it will be said, must be granted to exist in nature, whether with Linnzus we place the Bats among the Primates, or whether with M. Cuvier we range them at the head of this naturalist’s group of Carnivores. It is equally true, whether with Schreber, Hermann, and Illiger we pass from Lemur to Didelphis*, or whether with Linnzeus and Erxleben, we place the Opossums among the Fere. But if by carefully following the progression of affinity, we have thus returned to the order of Primates, from which we departed, the group is a natural onet; and the following series, connected by affinity, harmonizes perfectly with that arrange- ment which we before acquired by. comparing them analogi cally with Mr. Vigors’s series of Birds. | 1. Normal Group.. — 1. Frere. Teeth of three kinds, and — a con- tinuous series. = AMPHoDONTA Arist. » 2. PRIMATES. 2. Aberrant Group. 3. GLIRES. Teeth not of three sorts, or not forming _ a continuous series. - ; 4. UNGULATA. "AuaMPHODONTA Arist. 5. CETACEA. _ On reviewing this series, we must recollect that there is an universally acknowledged connection between the Fere and the Glires by means of the Marsupial Animals, or Marsupiauz of * See on this subject particularly, Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 63. + See Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. p. 55. t The Normal and Aberrant groups were distinguished and fütuéd by Aristotle in his Historia Animalium, but have not to my knowledge appeared again in any work, until Mr. Gray had the honour of reviving them in the Annals of Philosophy. Cuvier, of certain Birds of Cuba. 37 Cuvier* ; some, such as Dasyurus cynocephalus, having the den- tition as well as habits of the Fere ; while others, such as Phas- colomys, present us with the structure of a Rongeur. "There is also some sort of relation existing between the Glires and Cetacea, as Hermann*t mentions in alluding to the Beaver and Manati. Hence we get two affinities of transultation or species of relation, which are exactly parallel to those which we have seen existing in Birds between the Raptores and Rasores, and between the Rasores and Natatores. It is a fact as extraordinary in itself, as humiliating for the modern zoologist, that not one of the principal groups of Birds, as given to us in the Régne Animal, escaped the keen eye of Aristotle; nay, there is not one of the orders that has not been named by him. It must still give us a more ample notion of the' ancient naturalist's skill in zoology to find, that not one of Cuvier's principal groups of Mammalia was unknown to him, except the Marsupiaur and Edentés. And, independently of these curious animals being principally natives of the New World, we may conclude that he never saw an example of either group ; else, from the attention he paid to the system of generation and of dentition in the annals he has described, these groups could not have escaped him. — The Edentata have always been reckoned to be a very ano- malous group of animals, and yet they appear essentially neces- sary for the fulfilment of the general plan of Nature. These interesting quadrupeds are divided by M. Cuvier into three smaller groups, of which the types may be considered to be the Sloth, the Armadillo, and the Duck-Bill or Ornithorhynchus of New Holland. Now, with respect to the Bradypode, Hermann says, p. 64: ** Primatibus cognatum est genus Bradypodis mam- mis pectoralibus et aliquali habitu ob quem quondam Linnzus * Règne Animal, vol.i. p. 170. + Tab. Aff. p. 37. cum 38 Mr. W. S. Macrzax on the Comparative Anatomy cum Primatibus conjunxit, ceterum moribus et ingenio im- mensum distans." M. Cuvier also, alluding to the remarkable structure of the arteries in the limbs of the Sloth, says: ** Cette structure se rencontrant aussi dans les loris dont la démarche n'est guére moins paresseuse, il serait possible qu'elle exercát quelque influence sur la lenteur des mouvemens*.” Having thus established an affinity in the Sloth to the genus Stenops among the Primates, we find Hermann again saying, in the same page, * Anomalum Bradypodis genus cum Pecoribus connecte- rem ob quatuor ruminantes ventriculos:" and we find Cuvier in the Règne Animal alluding to the same relationt. Hence I conceive that the Bradypode wil be allowed to connect the Primates and Ungulata. But Hermann, p. 64, connects the Bradypode with Myrmecophaga, as well on account of the strong nails reflexed under the palm and incapable of separate motion, as of their deficiency of incisors. In this opinion he is followed by Desmarest, Blainville, and Cuvier. Indeed, as Desmarest . says, the fossil animal Megalonyr{ makes the direct transition from the Sloth to the Ant-Eater; while on the other hand, the genus Echidna, which was described first by Shaw as a Myrme- - cophaga, and then by Home as an Ornithorhynchus, is universally now allowed to be the link between these two genera. A number of aoiroumyances: kaye made DERS «onaiden. the. Ornitho- E M. e , Blainville, t both j in pe e Bull. dE la Sea Phil. 1816, ee in the Srd table of his Principes d’ Anatomie Serpares, calls them, Quadrumanes Anomaux organisés pour grimper. + In the Lecons d’ Anatomie Comparée, M. Cisjerr makes his family of Tardigrades to be the means of transition from the Edentés to his Pachydermes. In the Bieie. Animal, be places them among the Edentés, with the remark, that the whole of this group are furnished with * de gros ongles qui embrassent l'extremité des doigts, et se rap- prochent plus ou moins de la nature des Sabots.” Linnzus, as it is well known, placed them among his Bruta, with the Elephant and Rhinoceros. t See Art. Megatherium, Dict. d’Hist. Nat. rhynchus of certain Birds of Cuba. ! . 89 rhynchus as approaching the quadruped Reptiles much more than Birds. "Thus, being arrived at an Oviparous animal (or at least one that is close to the oviparous structure) and a Rep- tile form, we detect a connection between the opposite points of the circle of Vertebrata; that is, between the Mammalia and Reptilia, analogous to those relations we have already seen in groups of lower rank existing between the Raptores and Rasores, between the Fere and Glires. Aristotle and Ray had both some vague idea of a relation between Viviparous and Oviparous qua- drupeds. But Hermann, although the Ornithorhynchus was un- known to him, has positively expressed it in the following words : “ Ab iis autem (i. e. à Myrmecophage et Dasypodis generibus) transitus est ad Lacertas et Testudines, quarum illas squamis suis Manes has scuto Dasypodes referunt." The following series, therefore, forms as it were a diameter of the circle of Vertebrated Animals*, passing from the Mammalia to the Reptilia. Primates Ungulata I am far, Secunia Jis — it to 3 supposed. that 1 think the Edentata do not all, or-at least in some degree, enter into the group of Ungulata. -Although this order requires still to be wrought out,—until which be done, nothing can be con- sidered as ascertained on the subject, —I see an evident analogy between certain Edentata and the genus Hystriz, which for the present I can only attribute either to their being in contiguous orders, or to the circumstance of distinct relations of analogy existing between the group of Dasypode Gray, and of Talpide Gray, which last are certainly Carnivorous animals. To explain ! BealypodaDeypols Monettenes Cuo.<-Repfilia "what I mean by the last of these alternatives, I shall first cite * See diagram, Hore Ent. p. 318. the 40 Mr. W. S. Macrzav on the Comparative Anatomy the following words of Hermann :—** Sed Dasypodis Manisque armatum corpus et in globum sese contrahendi instinctus ex eádem Mammalium classe statim Erinaceum revocant Dasypodi connexum quique non modo proximé distantes Sorices Talpas- que sed et interjectà Hystrice omnem Glirium familiam post se trahit." I shall next, in compliance with this hint, place the principal animals of the three groups in such a way as that the zoologist can determine for himself, whether any or what rela- tions of analogy exist between them. | | EDENTATA Cw. GLIRES Linn.. INSECTIVORA. Echidna* Cuv... . ... Echimys Geof. .. ... Mygale Cuv. [o Bl. . . Spalax-Guild.. . .. .. Talpa LZ. Myrmecophaga L. . . . . Sciurus L. ....... Tupaia Raf. 4 Chlamyphorus Har. . .. Hydrochcerus Era. . . . Centenes Jil, Dasypus Le.s «++ eee Hystrix £ aeee Erinaceus L. -I do not attempt to dilate upon this very important subject, because I have not yet bestowed upon it the attention which it requires. ‘The zoologist is left therefore to form his own con- clusions, when he may have studied those very interesting pages of Hermannt, in which this learned naturalist gives his reasons at length (unfortunately too long to quote here) for the existence of relations between Erinaceus and Hystrix, between Sorex and Mus, between Sorex and Elephas, between Mygale and Castor, Sorex and Talpa, and finally, between Spalar and Talpa. If these relations be true in nature, they are all analogical and expressed in the above table, except the relation between Sorex and Talpa, which is one of affinity. In some such manner as this would it appear that Nature, * Echidna is, according to Cuvier, connected with Myrmecophaga by means of its extensible tongue and habits. Myrmecophaga is connected with Dasypus, according to the same authority, by means of the singular genus Orycteropus. + Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 78 et seq. ; p. 90 et seq. : passing | | of certain Birds of Cuba. 41 passing from the viviparous quadruped structure, approaches to that of the oviparous quadrupeds. And it would be an inter- esting subject of inquiry to know, whether the affinity of trans- ultation in the sub-kingdom of Annulosa takes place in a similar way. In Annulose animals, all relations of this kind are usually concealed by Nature under the mask of metamorphosis, as I have shown in the Hore Entomologice, p. 4083; but the remarkable relation existing between the larvee of Neuroptera, such as Myr- meleon, has not escaped the notice of naturalists. The circumstance most deserving of remark in Mammalia, — although it may possibly be the same in all the typical groups of the sub-kingdoms,—is, that the affinities of transultation, which are only visible in smaller groups by means of one or two spe- cies, become here visible by means of whole groups of animals. This, instead of rendering, as might have been expected, such intricate relations more easily understood, has in fact been the great obstacle to the natural arrangement of the class. We are by this time, I trust, in some degree enabled to discuss the third subject: namely, what Mammalia make the nearest approach to Birds, and tme Bine make the nearest moppe _ There are dues neces quadrupeds — possess 5 he power of PO —Bats, Marsupial Animals of the genus Petaurus, and Glirine Animals of the genus Pteromys. We have seen that the Marsupial Animals do not enjoy any distinct form*, but serve * “Les Marsupiaux que nous rangeons à la fin des carnassiers, comme une qua- triéme famille de ce grand ordre, pourraient presque former une ordre à part, tant ils offrent de singularités dans leur économie. Malgré une ressemblance générale de leurs espèces entre elles, tellement frappante, que l'on n'en a fait long-temps qu'un seul genre, elles différent si fort par les dents, par les organes de la digestion, et par les pieds, que si . lons'en tenait rigoureusement à ces caractères, il faudrait les répartir entre divers ordres. Ils nous font passer par nuances insensibles des carnassiers aux rongeurs." Règne Animal, vol.i. p. 169 & 170. YOl«XVI. G merely 42 — Mr. W. S. Macrzrax on the Comparative Anatomy merely as a group connecting the Fere and Glires by the affi- nity of transultation. _A Petaurus approaches closely to a Pte- romys. In the inquiry, therefore, as to the order of Mammalia which approaches most nearly to Birds, we have only to con- sider the Cheiroptera and genus Pteromys. It is clear, that any animal supporting itself in the air so well as a Bat does by means of wings, must not only have strong pectoral muscles, but a crista to the sternum for their attachment... Herein: consists all the analogy which the Bat bears to the Bird.. Here ends all connection between them; and the rest of the order to which the Bat belongs: have nothing in common with Birds. Let us turn therefore to the Gres... On looking at this order, we per- ceive that here, at least, a remark made by Buffon holds per- fectly true. ‘‘ Quoique tous les Animaux Quadrupedes tiennent entr'eux de plus prés qu'ils ne tiennent aux autres êtres, ils s'en trouvent neanmoins qui font des pointes au dehors, et semblent sélancer pour atteindre à d'autres classes de la nature*:" Now, although the Pteromys or Flying Squirrel is perhaps, with respect to powers of flight, not so much of a Bird as a Bat, the order of Glires, to which it belongs, makes several attempts as it were to attain the structure of the class of Birds. - Indeed, ofall. Mammalia, we find. in this order the greatest number of concordances with. Birds; so. that if. we cannot spe- . cify any particular genus as. nearest, we can on the other hand say, that the whole order comes nearest to.that class. Dipus gives us the legs and feet of a Birdt; Sciurus, the feathers] ; Hystrix the quills§; and Pteromys, the wings of a Bird. In Cheiromys the thumb is, as generally in birds, opposed to the otherfingers. Birds have but one exterior opening for the in- testinal canal and the organs of generation :—-no more has the - * Hist. Nat. tom. xiii. p. 330, ed. 4,5 — ck: Herm. Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 117. I Cuv. Règne Anim. i. 204. & Herm. Tab. Aff. Anim. p.118. Beaver. ied, gorss paper, but also with what is usu of certain Birds of Cuba. 43 Beaver. Birds make nests ; and the Glires are the only quadru- peds that do the same. But relations of this last kind depend- ing upon economy are to be suspected ; and therefore I would lay more stress on those of structure which,—the sternal crista of Bats being excepted,—are all in favour of the greatest ap- proach to Birds being made by the Glires: Hydrocherus and Struthio are similarly situated with respect to the disappearance of toes. Of Birds, the Rasores exhibit the most beautiful de- ` velopments of tail; and of Mammalia, the Glires, among which, —as was before alluded to,—the Squirrel is furnished with distichous hairs constructed like feathers. There can be little doubt of the family of Struthionide containing those Birds which make the nearest approach to Mammalia*. This is a point, indeed, which we may consider as proved by Buffon and Hermann. So that, if the order of Glires makes the nearest approach to Birds, and the order Rasores makes the nearest approach to Mammalia, we can imagine the future occurrence of some animal that will render this connexion complete. — ^. The Society will, I trust, excuse this long digression, not merely as an inquiry connected with the accuracy of Mr. Vi- ly reckoned the most interesting branch of Natural History. ^I believe that I have not stated one relation of affinity or analogy without giving my authority for it. 1f such relations, when thus all presented to the view, agree most harmoniously with what has been observed in other branches of nature, we scarcely ought to be surprised ; for we have too long and too eagerly scrutinized Nature, not to be convinced that the grand work of creation, so far from having been, as some fancy, in its origin a mass of confusion, even still * « Grandissimi et penè bestiarum generis Strvthio cameli Africi vel ZEthiopici." Plin. Hist. Nat. lib. x. 1. c 2 presents 44 — Mr. W. S. Macrzax on the Comparative Anatomy presents something better than ine disjointed ruins of a once beautiful fabric. Confining myself now to the class of Birds, and deeming the structure of their beak, wings and feet, to be points of external anatomy, I conceive that part of their internal structure, which is next in importance to the naturalist after the vertebral axis, to be the digestive apparatus; since on this depends the nature of the food, and consequently the mode of living of the individual. Hence the variation of structure in the crop, glandular crop, gizzard, intestines, and ceca of Birds, ought particularly to be studied; and, in fact, has always excited a considerable portion of ornithological attention. Yet unfortunately, from that natural tendency which we all more or less possess to generalize carelessly, there has been made a grand division of Birds into Carnivorous and Herbivorous, where the former was characterized by a membranaceous stomach, and the lat- ter by a strong muscular gizzard*. Now this is all erroneous; the fact being that although the length of the intestine may have some relation to the animal or vegetable nature of the food, the muscular structure of the gizzard depends only on its degree of hardness. Thus Birds destined by nature to feed on soft vege- table matter, have a membranaceous stomach; and those in- tended to prey on hard animal matter, such as Coleopterous or Hymenopterous insects, have a muscular gizzard for trituration. The Humming Bird has a membranaceous stomach ; while the. Pendulinus has a muscular gizzard, although both these genera * “Tt is well known," says Paley in his Natural Theology, p. 271, “ that there are two intestinal systems found in birds :—one with a membranous stomach and a gastric juice capable of dissolving animal substances alone; and the other with a crop and . gizzard calculated for the moistening, bruising, and afterwards digesting of vegetable aliment." Itis much to be regretted that this work should be full of similar errors; which, being in the hands of almost every one, are perpetuated by those who are ignorant of Natural History. suck of certain Birds of Cuba. 45 suck insects out of flowers with the nectar; but the reason of the difference between them is, that the Humming Bird contents itself with soft Tipulide, while the Pendulinus digests hard Hy- menoptera. That the Trochilide should take animal food, we perceive from their analogy to the Hirundinide on the one side ; and that they should also take vegetable aliment, we understand from their analogy to the Psittacide on the other. With both the Hirundinide and Psittacide it agrees in that peculiar anatomical characteristic, of wanting an emargination to the sternum. While on the subject of analogies, I may be allowed to men- tion a series, which, although it is directly deducible from his diagrams, is not expressly mentioned at length by Mr. Vigors. . It is valuable, inasmuch as it may serve to show that the per- fection of ornithological structure and intelligence lies among the Scansores. Mr. Vigors has proved by a chain of examples, that the five groups of Insessores represent the five primary groups or orders of Birds; and so also it would appear that the five groups of Scansores represent the five groups of Inses- sores, and consequently the orders of Dirds. For instance, . Toucans belong to the group of Insessores, so that on this point nothing need be said; but every one must have also remarked the form of beak and prehensile foot of the Parrot to give it an analogy to the Birds of Prey *. The backward position of the legs, with reference to the ster- num, and the disappearance of the hind toe, with other points of structure in certain species of Picide, give a common cha- racter of analogy to them and the Natatorest. The length and | curvature * « [nitium facere lubet à Psittaco quam curvirostrem avem et instructam cerA qua Striges Laniique carent, primo loco post Accipitres ipse quoque Linneus posuit, quin olim cum iis quoque invita licet natura conjunxerat.” Herm. Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 181. + This analogy is the origin of such specific names as Alca Psittacula and Alca Pica. Hermann says, p. 156: “ Pelecanus Carbo rigidà caudá quam solis cum Plotis communem 46 Mr. W.S. MacrzEax on certain Birds of Cuba. curvature of slender beak are common to the Certhiade and Grallatores ; while the Cuculide approach to the Rasores in such genera as Corythair and Musophaga. The following table, therefore, will express several analogical relations of the utmost value. SCANSORES. INSESSORE S. AVES. PsirrrAcipz representing the . < DzNTIROsTRES, and therefore the . . RAPTORES. RHAMPHASTIDZ joining the . . CowrRosTRES, and forming part of . . INSESSORES. Cucutip# forming part of the’. ScANsonEs, and joining the.:... . . RASORES. CERTHIADE joining the . . . . TzNurrostres, and representing the GRALLATORES. Pictp% representing the . . . . Fissrrostres, and therefore the . . NATATORES. communem habet Picorum generi accedit.” And again, (p. 31,) in speaking of the affinities of the Woodpeckers, he says: “ Addite sunt duse species Pici, tridactylus et semirostris, quorum hic affinitatem longinquam quidem, sed tamen aliquam cum Rhyn- chope, item semirostri ave; ille autem cum Alcedine tridactylà indicat.” Neither of these relations, however, are truly those of affinity ; that of Picus semirostris to Rhyn- chops being one of analogy; and that of Picus tridactylus to Alcedo being one of analogy, or if not, of the affinity of transultation. i 11. The TO a cilia ale ES RE II. The Generic Characters of Formicaleo; with the Descrip- » tion of two new Species. By the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, -aB.A. F.L.S. F.G.S. Read November 20, 1827. Tue natural history of the cognate genus Ascelaphus was given at length in a former communication to the Linnean Society : the details of Formicaleo will be found equally complete, with the exception of the ova, which have not yet been noticed. It is remarkable that, after a long-continued search, not a single perfect insect has been found by me in a state of liberty, though the larvze swarm under every rock or shed calculated to pro- tect their pitfalls from the rain and wind; so successfully are they secreted from every enemy by their peculiar mode of rest- ing, and the favourable colour of their bodies. No true Myr- meleon has yet occurred in St. Vincent. Mr. Donovan in his Naturalist's Repository, under the article M yrmeleon libelluloides, plate 139, has committed a great error in mistaking the larva of these insects, which has been so long known, for an apterous female. The valuable characters of this family which the great French entomologist has given in his Genera Crust. et Ins. require some little correction. -He should-rather have said, Antenne &c. apice post mortem compresse ;—these organs, as in the Asca- laphi, shrinking much when dry. Palpi maazillares externi arti- culis quinque.&c. . . . ultimo ad apicem acutiusculo vel obscure emarginato. 48 Rev. L. GuirnpriNo on the Generic Characters emarginato. Palpi labiales articulis tribus, ultimo cylindrico velfusiformi. Larva araneidiformis, predam puteolo vel fraude captans ; mandibulis &c..... tubulosis, perforatis ad succos hau- riendos ; os nullum ; abdomen lateribus pectinatis, vel fascicu- latis. Nympha dum nocte declaratur acetabulum elongatum emittens, &c. In the larvz of those genera of the family which dig pitfalls, we observe long and slender antennule, which are held erect, and are doubtless useful in indicating the approach of their prey by the falling of the sand: in the larve of Ascalaphi they are wanting or obscure. ; INSECTA NEUROPTERA. Fam. MYRMELEONIDEÆ. Guild. Myrmeleonides. Lat. Genus FonwMicarEo. Geoff, Leach. Myrmeleon Auctorum. ‘Character Genericus. Antenne gradatim extrorsim crassiores, subarcuate, thoracis longitudine, articulis minutis transversis: acumine termi- nali minimo. _ x Palpi sex: labiales multó longiores: articulo ultimo incrassato, fusiformi. Oculi indivisi, prominuli. Abdomen longum, lineare. Corpus villosulum. Ale elongate, subequales (quiescentis) deflexee. Stigma indi- stinctum, vel evanidum. Newra post-costalis medio biradiata. Larva obesa, cave magno solido cordiformi: latera abdomi- nalia — YOL« XVI. H of Formicaleo. 49 nalia fasciculata. Pedes 4 antici debiles, ciliati: postici breviores, unguiculis validissimis, ad motum retrogradum idonei. Antennule filiformes, multiarticulate, erecte, pred motus predicande. Oculi suprà plurimi aggregati: subtüs uni- cus. Palpuli breves, capitati, ad radices mandibularum subtüs. Fusulus analis, tubulo retractili. Motu retrogrado, nunc dextrorsàm nunc fessa sinistrorsum sæpè circulos describendo, et arenam capite complanato mandi- bulisque clausis ejiciendo, pedibus anticis alternatim ad- juvantibus, puteolum obconicum admirabilem citó fodit. In fundo corpus sepeliens, mandibulis liberis et expansis predam viaticam inconsciam miseram expectat. Si veró insectum lapsurum fugam atterritum querat, arenulis emis- sis iterum iterumque prosternit, mox captura quasi baliste lapidibus. Succis haustis insectorum cadavera motu capi- tis subitó è speluncá jactat Leo parvulus. Adulta follicu- lum arenulis fusulo connexis condit, cuteque levi interná tegit, exuvias intüs retinens. Nympha arcuata mandibulis in hocce stadio interné serrulatis ! an ad folliculum rumpendum ? — Exuvie hyaline. Quies "brevis. Metamorphosis nocturna. ^ * Pedibus brevibus, tarsis simplicibus, unguiculis mediocribus. 1. FormicaLeo LEACHII. F. fuscescens, flavido maculatus ; alis hyalinis subfalcatis imma- culatis, neuris ciliatis, oculis cupreis, pedibus pallidis. Habitat in arenosis aridis S* Vincentii. Quiescens antennas deprimit, ramulumque alis deflexis amplectitur, difficillime distinguendus. Larva frequentissimé observanda, puteolo designata. Ovum et ovipositio latent. Long. MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN. - 50 Rev. L. Gurtpi1ne on the Generic Characters Long. corp. 11 lin.—Expans. alar. 2 un. 5% In honorem amici Dom. W. E. Leach, M.D. Soc. Reg. et Linn. Socii; inter Zoologos Europe meritó celeberrimi : qui genus hocce à tribulibus bené separavit propter tro- phorum differentiam. Descr. Neure majores interrupté diaphane. Punctulum albi- dum loco stigmatis. Antenne sub lente villosule. Thorax flavido maculatus. Segmenta abdominalia postice flavi- cantia. Genitalia hirsuta. Palpi maxillares externi apice emarginati, ad basin setiferi: labiales articulo incrassato atro. Larva superne nigro-fuscescens; corpore obscure spinuloso, capite rufescente, mandibulis : hirsutis, internè validè tri- spinosis, mandibularum apice unguiculisque posticis ferru- — gineis: capitis maculis, dorsique lineis macularibus nigris : sübtüs maculis lineisque abdominis irregularibus nigris: anus spinosus, spinulis et seepe curvaturá motum adjuvans. Pupa villosula, nigricante-rufescens, nigro varia: membris omni- bus hyalino-pallidis, oculis mandibulisque ferrugineis, ano acuminato. Frons hirsuta antennis supra oculos deflexis. Acetabulum * ? cinereum, nitens. Folliculus orbicularis, operculo nullo. l 33 Pedibus * [s not this extraordinary and regularly shaped body allied to the acetabula found in crustaceous animals before the change of the crust? and which are little stores of calcareous matter absorbed to give solidity to the integuments? In the Myrmeleonide the acetabula consist, probably, in some degree of chitine, the superabundant part of which is expelled by the pupa after its parts have acquired solidity: the centre is of a softer nature, and the crust hardened and brittle. It can hardly be a calculus produced by disease, as it is expelled by every individual of the family, as far as my observations go: perhaps it is more nearly related to the meconium of many animals. Submitted to the operation of acids, —in muriatic, these bodies undergo no change; in nitric, they are instantly dissolved with a great effervescence. In sulphuric, they are but slowly changed. P of Formicaleo. 51 “= pug longis, tarsis hirsutis, ungulá subtüs spinulosd, ungui- — culis elongatis. : 2. FoRMICALEO TARSALIS. F. nigro-fuscescens, flavido maculatus; alis hyalinis immacu- latis subfalcatis, neuris interrupté nigris, stigmate nigro, pedibus flavescentibus atro variis. Expans. alar. 1 un. 9 lin.—Long. corp. 45; un. Habitat in Americes Demerara? Vidi exemplum siccum. Descr. Facies pallida: vertex atro signatus: antenne flaves- centes, atro fasciatz : pedes hirsuti, atro maculato-punctati. changed. In the flame of a candle they burn to a coal, with very slight bubbling, giving out the peculiar smell of animal bodies exposed to fire. Alcohol slightly softens them. The repagula of the Ascalaphi are d affected by sulphuric acid, which imme- diately dissolves them as well as the ova with considerable effervescence. H 2 III. The ( 53 ) III. The distinctive Characters of two British Species of Plecotus, supposed to have been confounded under the Name of Long-eared Bat. By the Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Communi- cated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. Read March 4, 1828: Tue qup Plecotus, originally instituted by Geoffroy for the reception of the Vespertilio auritus and the V. barbastellus of Linnz;us and Gmelin, has not, that I am aware, met with any European additions from the discoveries of later times. I am on this account desirous of drawing the attention of naturalists to a third British species referable to this group, which may be considered either as entirely new, or at least one which has never © been clearly distinguished from the former of the two above mentioned. I am the more anxious to do this, from a strong per- suasion that the smaller species of the Vespertilionide still require much investigation, and that even in our own island many others, besides those recorded, remain to be ascertained. This Bat, of which I have never met with more than one spe- cimen, was discovered some years back, in the month of July, by Professor Henslow and myself, adhering to the bark of an old pollard willow, on the edge of Grunty Fen, in the Isle of Ely. Itisa female; and, in a general point of view, so nearly resembles the Common Long-eared Bat of English authors, that the two might be easily confounded; nor, indeed, did I myself conceive it to be anything more than a young individual of that species 54 Rev. L. Jenyns on the Distinctive Characters species during a long space of time that it remained by me preserved in spirits. It was not till very lately, when I was induced to give the matter à more close examination, that I discovered a well-marked difference between them, and such as, in my opinion, could hardly be looked upon as the result of immaturity alone. This difference, which resides for the most part in the colour and in the relative no less than in the absolute dimensions of the several parts, I shall now endeavour to point out; affixing, in the first instance, such characters to each spe- cies respectively, as may best serve to discriminate it from the other. Reserving the established name of auritus for the larger and more common sort, I propose to distinguish the new species by that of brevimanus, in respect of one of its leading peculiari- ties, to be hereafter noticed. PLecorus. Geof., Desm. 1. P. auritus. Greater or Common Long-eared Bat. P. vellere fusco-griseo, subtùs aliquantò pallidiori ; auriculis oblongis, capite plus duplò longiori- bus; trago ovato-lanceolato; caudá elongata, antibrachium longitudine superanti, apice ob- . tusiusculo. TAB. Lr Fig. i, Vespertilio auritus. Geoff. Ann. Mus. d Hist. Nat. tom. vill. p. 197. sp. 7. Desm. Nouv. Diction. d' Hist. Nat. 2de edit. tom. xxxv. p.478. Mam- mal. (Encycl. Method.) p. 144. sp. 223. Dimensions. of two British Species of Plecotus. 55 Dimensions *. Length of the head and body, from the nose ES CU to the root of the tail 10 of the head of the tail . of the auricle . Breadth of the auricle Length of the tragus Breadth of the tragus Length of the arm of the forearm ofthe thumb . . . of the phalanges of the iddi Fe or the distance from the carpus to the apex of the wing . gr en S Iidias 1D oftheshank . . . 824 Exsertion of the tail beyond the inidvhemnetal B membrane . . ee Hu | tain of the fying membrane. ki o Ma w] 9. 0000-6 H to aeo ——À€ 2. P. Fahin tuer cared Bat. . P. vellere suprà rufo-fusco, subtùs albescente ; auriculis oblongis, capite haud dupló longi- oribus ; trago ovato-lanceolato; cauda anti- brachium longitudine zequanti, apice acuto. "Tas. i. Fig. 2. * These dimensions are taken from a female specimen, with the view of forming a more just comparison between this and the following species. The males are in general a trifle larger. Dimensions. 56 Rev. L. JENYNS on the Distinctive Characters of the auricle Breadth of the auricle Length of the tragus . Breadth of the tragus.. Length of the arm - —~—-— of the forearm of the thumb . of the phalanges of the RR papers ! or the distance from the carpus to the Dimensions. Leugth of the head and body, from the nose EE Lines, tte We root of the tail 7 6670630973 6 of the head 7 of the tail . 9 O 5 CK OCG O- +} © to apéx ofthe winp — = < Sem ene d 8 BOUM 6x :0—— 5 of the shank . .-. EU 54 Exsertion of the tail iy the interfemoral "uos | membrane. . — ~ LoCo 6 gero) 1 Expansion of the flying mémbrine ien 3e mee I shall now detail more in particular some of the leading dis- crepancies between these two species, most of which are drawn from a comparative view of their respective dimensions as exhi- bited in the foregoing tables. It will be observed, in the first place, that in the Plecotus auritus the auricle is much larger in proportion to the body, and longer in proportion to the tragus, than in the P. brevimanus : and again, that in the former species the tail exceeds the forearm in length by three lines; whilst.in the latter these parts are equal. There is nearly as great a difference with respect to the relative proportions of the femur and tibia, which are likewise of equal length in the P. brevi- manus. uude agan A aeaa PA Sus MEI. ue ee of two British Species of Plecotus. 57 manus. On the other hand, in the P. auritus the thumb is somewhat shorter, and the tail not so much exserted from the interfemoral membrane; of which last part it may be also added, that in the P. brevimanus its extreme tip terminates in a fine point, whilst in the P. auritus it is somewhat obtuse and flattened. Another, and perhaps the most obvious distinction, resides in the expansion of the flying membrane, which, viewed relatively as well as absolutely, is by much the more considerable in the P. auritus. This circumstance arises from the greater development of the metacarpal bones and the phalanges of the fingers, as compared with the arm and forearm. In the P. au- ritus, the length of the middle finger, or the distance measured from the carpus to the apex of the wing, exceeds in length the arm and forearm together by three lines, and the forearm taken separately by more than an inch; whereas in the P. brevi- manus the length of this part is less than that of the arm and forearm together, and only exceeds the forearm separately by six lines. It is with a view to this last peculiarity that I have selected the trivial name of this species. Lastly, I may remark, that in the P. brevimanus there is a shallow notch on each side of the interfemoral membrane, about half way between the heel and the extremity of the tail, which in the P. auritus is scarcely visible. The above distinctions, many of which are founded upon a comparative view of the osteology of the two species, can scarcely be considered as the variations of a different age. In- dependently of them, however, these bats, when seen together, . will not be easily confounded, from the great difference in their absolute size, and in the colour,—more especially of their under parts. In the P. auritus, the colour is brownish-grey mixed with dusky, and is nearly the same above and below, being in the last instance merely of a somewhat paler tint. In the P. bre- VOL. XVI. I vimanus, 58 Rev. LEoNARD Jenyns on the Distinctive Characters vimanus, not only have the upper parts a reddish tinge, which in a slight degree pervades the ears, wings, and interfemoral membrane ; but what is more striking, they present a marked contrast with those underneath, which approach to yellowish- white. Moreover, it is worthy of note, that in this last species the hair is everywhere of the same colour throughout its whole length, whereas in the former it is of two Sakei being always blackish at the roots: - | I have contented myself on this occasion with mentioning those particularities which offer points of difference between the two species. Such as are the same in each, including the general appearance of the head and face, the singular formation of the nostrils, the peculiar shape of the auricle, tragus, &c., which are noticed with much accuracy in the Mammalogie of Desmarest and by other authors, I have not judged it necessary to speak of. B ee : It is Paps iaiagthat hazardous to form any conjectures on the habits of an animal from the case of a single individual, or we might have inferred, from the situation in which the above specimen of the P. brevimanus was found, that its natural place of abode was in the open country, remote from the habitations of men, and that during the hours of repose it retired to the. hollows of trees. In this respect it would differ widely from the P. auritus, which resides altogether in buildings, more particu- . larly within the roofs of dwelling-houses, where they may often be observed assembled in clusters of twenty or thirty together in the angles formed by the meeting of the rafters. This bat must certainly be rare in Cambridgeshire, from the circumstance of my never having seen a second specimen *; but it may be common elsewhere, and, as I hinted at the beginning, * Last summer (1827) I had an opportunity of again searching the neighbourhood of the spot where I first discovered this bat, but met with no success. possibly ene -— - ele mmm n - imeem TP i M a pgp aam "et eem E | f of two British Species of Plecotus. 59 possibly may have been confounded with the other species. This circumstance is indeed rendered the more probable from the fact that different authors, describing the Long-eared Bat, have assigned to it different dimensions. On the continent, the larger species appears to have been the one observed, of which very correct descriptions and measurements are given by Geof- froy in the Annales du Muséum, and by Desmarest in the Nouveau Dictionnaire d Histoire Naturelle, and Encyclopédie Méthodique*, . as referred to in the synonyms above quoted ; but of our Eng- lish authors, some appear to have seen one and some the other species. Thus we find Donovan (Brit. Quad. vol. i. pl. 44.) asserts the Long-eared Bat to be ** one of the largest species of the genus that inhabits England ;" whilst Shaw (Gen. Zool. vol. i. p.123.) observes, that it is-smaller than the short-eared or com- mon sort. This last opinion seems indeed to be the more pre- valent of the two... Daines Barrington, Berkenhout, Pennant, and Bewick, all fix the length of this species at no more than one inch and three-quarters ; to which the two last add, “extent of wing seven inchest." I may also observe, that the figure given by Fleming (Philos. of Zool. pl. 1. fig. 1.), though still incorrect with respect to some of the relative dimensions, yet on the whole more nearly approaches to my P. brevimanus. | The concise descriptions of Linnzus, Brisson, and other of * In this last work, Desmarest speaks of a small variety of the Plecotus auritus, found in Egypt, which would appear to border closely upon my new species, and may _ be the same with it; but from the very few particulars that are given respecting it, it is utterly impossible to decide with certainty upon this point. + It is hardly possible that these measurements can be correct. If the length i is meant to include that of the body and tail together, as would appear at least from Daines Barrington’s account (Miscellanies, p. 165.), this bat must be very much smaller than even my Plecotus brevimanus, yet its extent of wing would be greater. If the length of the body alone is intended, it would nearly equal my P. auritus, while its extent of wing would be more than three inches less. 12 the 60 Rev. Leonard Jenyns on two Species of Plecotus. the older authors, to which no measurements are annexed, will apply equally to either species. 7 I cannot conclude this paper without expressing a hope, that it may at least induce others to make inquiry with respect to the bats found in their own neighbourhood. I strongly suspect, that even the two above described are not the only species of Long-eared Bat that are to be met with in this country. I well remember, that about five years since a bat of this kind was brought to me at Ely, which was taken in a bed-room, and which at the time I immediately referred to the Vespertilio auri- tus of Linnzeus, not having then paid much attention to these - animals: however, I am since convinced, from a memorandum I made respecting it, that it must have been a much larger spe- cies than either of the above two, and in point of size more nearly approaching to the Vespertilio Noctula. Possibly this may have been the var. B. of Desmarest, or the Big-eared Bat described by Rafinesque under the name of Vespertilio mega- lotis*.. This, however, cannot now be determined, as the spe- cimen was not preserved., I only mention the circumstance to show that the history of these animals, so far at least as relates to our British species, is still imperfect, and to invite natu- ralists to a further investigation of the subject. EXPLANATION OF TAB. I. Fig. 1. A portion of the Plecotus auritus, exhibiting a compara- : tive view of the anterior and posterior extremities, - the tail, and interfemoral membrane. 2. Plecotus brevimanus, of the natural size. * See Desmar. Mammal. p. 133 (note). IV. A De- Trans. Linn. Sec. Val. ZVI Tab. I. P 00 r2 M ~ | UR Engelmann, Graf, indet K Co. litheg. J. 8. Henshaw del? IV. A Description of the. Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. By John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S. Read April 15, and May 6, 1828. Tue development and growth of the foetus in marsupial ani- mals has long afforded an interesting subject of inquiry for the researches of the physiologist; yet, notwithstanding the nume- rous opportunities for observation supplied by the domestication of the most interesting of these animals, namely, the Kangaroo, it is to be regretted that hardly any information has of late years been obtained upon this important branch of natural science ; for although we are acquainted with a few insulated facts rela- tive to this subject, yet we are at present left in total ignorance respecting the principal object of our researches. We know little or nothing of the nature of those changes which must necessarily take place in the young while remaining in the uterus, or of the mode by which it is conveyed from that part = to the teat: and dissection has hitherto afforded us no satisfac- tory information relative to the peculiarity of structure, which we may reasonably expect to find in those organs, by which the mother is enabled to impart nourishment to the foetus, either - while remaining in the womb, or afterwards, when attached to the nipple within the pouch. With the view, therefore, of affording assistance to those future inquirers, whose time may be devoted to the study of this particular subject, and whose opportunity for observation may be greater than my own, I am induced 62 Mr. Moncae's Description induced to present to this Society a short account of an exami- nation which I have recently "made of the female Kangaroo, both in the virgin and in the impregnated state; with the hope that the result of my dissection, which has enabled me to esta- blish a few hitherto unknown facts, may tend to throw some further light on the physiology of generation in marsupial animals. In the beginning of October last I received for dissection the body of a young female Kangaroo in a virgin state. On opening the pouch of this animal, I found the whole of the interior lubricated by a secretion of a reddish-brown colour, somewhat viscid in its consistence, and of a faint and peculiar odour. This condition of parts I have always observed to exist in these animals during the periods at which the pouch remains unoccupied by the young ; the secretion being very much dimi- nished, or altogether suspended, at the time the young animal is lodged within the part. On slitting open the fore-part of the pouch eub exposing its interior, I was surprised to find that two nipples only were developed, one on each side (tab. 2. f. 1. a.), and that imme- diately beneath each of these a minute circular aperture, resem- bling i in appearance the mouth of a follicle, marked the situa- tion in which we usually find the two additional teats in the impregnated and adult animal (tab. 2. f. 1. b.). This circum- stance led me to examine more particularly the structure of the mammary glands and parts immediately connected with them, which, having been carefully removed from the body, presented upon dissection the following appearances. The substance which appeared to form the mammary Baiti: was of a circular form, somewhat flattened, possessed of a con- - siderable degree of vascularity, and lobulated upon its external surface, of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 63 surface, and closely confined by cellular connections to the skin of the pouch (tab. 2. f. 2. a.). To the upper and outward part of this structure a second glandular substance of smaller size was firmly attached by dense cellular membrane, appearing of a more loose and delicate texture, and possessing less vascularity than the former; of a yellowish-brown colour, and of an oblong and compressed shape (tab. 2. f. 2. b.). From the interior of this second gland a number of white membranous bands resembling ducts passed to the extremity of the teat; and J could discover no further connection, than that afforded by cellular membrane, between the larger glandular substance and the smaller; the teat and the lesser gland, which I have just mentioned, appear- ing to form a distinct and separate mammary organ. As far, — therefore, as my dissections had yet gone, the larger gland appeared altogether unconnected with any structure by which its secretions might be rendered subservient to the purposes of furnishing nutrition to the young. Believing, however, that this structure must be in some way or other connected with the for- mation or functions of those teats which had not yet been de- veloped, I proceeded to examine whether any and what con- nection might exist between these large and. ly glands, and the follicular open ings’ I have already described as occupying the situation of the future teats. : On passing a small probe through one of these openings, I found that the instrument entered a cavity about three-fourths of an inch in length; and on carefully dissecting away the surrounding portions of the gland, it appeared that this cavity was formed by a narrow, membranous, cylindrical canal, which was imbedded in the gland, and extended nearly throughout its whole diameter (tab. 2. f. 2. c.). The connections between this membranous tube and the gland were loose and easily broken down, except at the furthest extremity from the aper- ture, 64 Mr. MoncGaAN's Description ture, at which part the two structures were inseparably united. On making a section of the tube, I found that its cavity was nearly half filled with a secretion precisely resembling that already described as lubricating the interior of the pouch, and that its internal surface was formed by a reflection of cuticle continued from the surface of the pouch through the aperture by which it opened into that part. At the furthest extremity of the canal, and at the part already described as connected firmly with the gland itself, its termina- tion was formed by a rounded papilla, which projected into its interior, resembling in miniature the extremity of the future teat in the adult. On making a section of the papilla, this resemblance was still further increased by the exposure of nu- merous minute vessels, which presented very much the appear- ance of lactiferous tubes, and which passed directly from the expanded base of the papillary projection to its extremity (tab. 2. f.2.d.). By an examination of the extremity of the papilla through a lens, the similarity between that part and the teat of the adult was strikingly shown. From these circumstances, I considered that the identity of this structure with the future teat was rendered more than probable; and it occurred to me, that the only mode by which a development of the organ could take place, must consist. in the complete eversion of the canal, and the consequent protrusion of its puetsny imbedded and papillary extremity. : The canal on the opposite side had not yet been opened: with a view, therefore, of producing an artificial eversion by - mechanical means, I made pressure upon that point of the gland, which I knew from previous dissection to be closely connected with the papillary extremity of the tube, and suc- ceeded at length in completely everting (through the opening already mentioned) the whole of the canal, from one extremity to of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 65 to the other, producing a perfect teat in miniature, in the exact situation at which it is found in the adult impregnated animal (tab. 3. f. 1. a.). . I do not mean to infer from this, that pressure upon this part constitutes the means employed by nature for the development of the teat; but I mention this experiment to prove the possi- bility of eversion without necessary laceration of the part. The natural process by which this change is effected I have had no opportunity of ascertaining; yet in the absence of positive proof, the collateral evidence that such a change must take place seems to me too strong to admit of doubt. The com- plete absence of the third and fourth teats in the young female, and the exact correspondence between the situation of the open- ings of these canals, and the spot to which these supernumerary teats are always found attached, together with the exact minia- ture resemblance to those structures, which an artificial develop- ment produces; and, above all, the total want of any other structures connected with these parts, by which the production of the other teats can be in any way accounted for, —these com- bined circumstances afford evidence which, even unsupported by any other facts, must, I think, be allowed as confirming the correctness of my views upon this subject. I have lately examined a young Kangaroo, préversed i in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and which had but a few days only been received into the pouch (tab. 3. f. 2.). On comparing the extremely minute orifice which forms the mouth of the animal at this early period, with the teats of adult females during the time of suckling (tab. 3. f. 3.), it seems im- possible, from the great size of these parts, that their com- paratively enormous extremities should be received within so small an aperture as that afforded by the minute opening between the lips of the young at this early state of its exist- VOL. XVI. K ence ; 66 Mr. MongGaN's Description ence; but this aperture, minute as it appeared, exactly cor- responded with the extremity of the teat I have before re- ferred to as having been artificially everted; and further ex- aminations of various living Kangaroos, at different periods of | gestation, furnished proof that it is to this lower elongated. teat, and not to either of the upper nipples (which were found perfectly developed in the pouch of the unimpregnated Kan- garoo), that the young are invariably attached ; and from the period the young are first received into the pouch, to the time at which they become separated from the teat, the two supe- rior nipples, and the smaller mammary glands attached to them, perform no functions which can apparently be connected with the process of preparing a nutritious fluid for their support. It is also found, that the size and condition of the true teat are constantly changing, in proportion to the growth of the young to which it gives attachment; that as the young ani- mal increases in size, the teat enlarges; and this structure, —which in the. unimpregnated state will measure barely half an inch, and which at the time the young is first attached to it does not exceed the size of that which I had artificially - everted,—before the young has left the pouch, becomes en- larged and elongated to the extent of nearly six inches. The upper teats, however, remain in nearly the same condition as regards their relative size and form. —S every period of gestation. yat Repeated recent examinations of the living veram ES aio proved, that the lower teats, which for distinction I may term marsupial, invariably diminish, when the young animal has ceased to suckle, to a smaller size than even that which I had artificially produced by eversion; but that, after being once developed by protrusion from their original situation in the substance of the gland, they never again recede to their former condition, aih t a ikl it A tage nli M rt 70 gos HT UI E- A A EEC ee EPEE of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 61 condition, but constitute permanent marsupial teats throughout the rest of life. If a change in any way analogous to this extraordinary de- velopment of the teat in the Kangaroo should be found to occur in other animals possessing marsupial bones, it is possible that this circumstance may have given rise to the difficulty which Meckel and other comparative anatomists (unacquainted with this peculiarity) have met with in their endeavours to detect the perfect teat in the Ornithorhynchus, upon the supposition that young females only had been examined ; since we are informed that the mammary gland only has been discovered, while the existence of a developed and perfect teat connected with that gland has escaped detection. Not having had an opportunity of examining that animal myself, I merely offer this as a matter of conjecture. With these details of the result of my dissection of the mam- mary organs and pouch of the unimpregnated animal, I shall next point out the differences in the structure of those parts, — which I afterwards met with in the dissection of an adult female Kangaroo, which was at the time of its death. suckling a young one nearly sufficiently grown to leave the pouch. As I had in this case an opportunity of examining not only the organs to which I have referred, but also other structures connected with the functions of those parts, I shall describe their different appearances as they presented themselves on examination, in- cluding the anatomical peculiarities of the pouch, the marsupial bones, and the muscles connected with these and other impor- ' tant organs. I must not, however, omit to express my iratibude to the Zoological Society, for the opportunity which was afforded me upon this occasion of continuing my investigation ; having been most liberally furnished from this source with the subject for K 2 making 68 Mr. Moncax's Description making those dissections of which I have now to detail the results. Commencing the dissection upon the superficial covering of the abdomen, and having removed the common integuments of that part, it will be found, that a layer of panniculus carnosus of extraordinary strength and thickness is spread over the whole of the anterior and lateral parts of the abdominal parietes, con- nected closely by dense cellular membrane to the subjacent abdominal muscles, except at the part where the pouch is in- terposed between them ; here it is in like manner connected to the anterior surface of the pouch itself. The fibres of this muscle are arranged in a double order, an indistinct layer pass- ing transversely, the stronger and more numerous passing in a perpendicular direction from the thorax to the lower part of the abdomen, surrounding in their descent the mouth of the pouch, to which they form a sphincter, and terminating by sending off a narrow slip over the fore-part of the pubis, to be attached to the sphincter muscle of the vagina. "The action of this part of the muscle, therefore, would operate in drawing the external opening of the vagina forwards and upwards over the symphisis pubis, and would thus approximate the external organs of gene- ration to the mouth of the pouch (tab. 4. f. a.). | - Whether this approximation takes place in the living animal at- the time the young is removed from the cloaca to the nipple has not yet been clearly ascertained ; but if such were proved to be the case, itis obvious that the action of these descending muscular fibres must be mainly instrumental in bringing these parts more nearly together. The panniculus carnosus being entirely removed, the struc- ture and connections of the pouch were clearly exhibited. The bag is simply formed of a fold or duplicature of the common integument, which, as already stated, is attached before to the _ panniculus See eee captis ios A im HE uc tr e of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 69 panniculus carnosus, posteriorly, and above to the tendon of the external oblique muscle of the abdomen, while the lower and lateral parts of the bag are attached to the mammary gland by the medium of its connection with the teat, and to a muscle of the gland by cellular tissue. This muscle of the mammary gland, which has not hitherto been clearly or correctly de- scribed, is situated immediately above the brim of the pelvis, lying upon the external oblique muscle of the abdomen. It is of a triangular shape, and is attached by a narrow origin to the back part of the pelvis, from which point it passes transversely round the lower part of the belly. In its course it expands, and afterwards divides into two layers, an anterior and a poste- rior ; between these the mammary gland is inclosed ; after which the fibres of the muscle are continued onwards, and passing forward, join with those of its fellow on the opposite side. The pair of muscles, therefore, completely encircle the lower part of the abdomen, inclosing and enveloping between their fibres the mammary gland on each side (tab. 5. f. a.). Neither these muscles nor the marsupial bones belong properly to the pouch ; since the whole of the pouch may be removed from the abdo- minal muscles without disturbing in the slightest degree either the muscles I have just described, the glands themselves, or the marsupial bones and parts connected with them; the pouch being, as I have already stated, nothing more than a fold or duplicature of the skin, covered anteriorly by panniculus car- nosus and common integument, and sobnase only by cellular tissue to the abdominal parietes. The real use of the marsupial bones has not hitherto, I believe, been clearly explained; nor have I been able to meet with any accurate anatomical description of these parts and their sur- rounding connections: I consider it therefore necessary, before I state 70 - Mr. Morean’s Description lstate my own views respecting their physiology, to offer a short account of their anatomical structure. ; The marsupial bones in the female Kangaroo are about three inches in length, long and narrow in shape, and incurvated in form, compressed laterally, presenting a rounded concave edge anteriorly, the posterior edge convex and sharp; the inferior extremity or base, by which it is attached to the side of the symphisis pubis, is enlarged to form an articular surface for its connection with that part. The superior extremity, which gives attachment merely to tendon and muscle, tapering to a flattened obtuse termination. The bones are placed with their rounded. concave edges facing forwards, their bases being in contact, and _ their superior pointed extremities being separated to the extent of from three to four inches. They are confined in this situation partly by ligament and partly by their muscular attachments. By a capsular ligament they are bound to the symphisis pubis; and by triangular ligaments, the lower fourth of their posterior convex edges is connected with the body of that bone (tab. 7. f. a.). The muscles attached to these bones are as follows: first, the tendon of the external oblique muscle of the abdomen closely covers, and is more or less connected with, these bones through- out their whole extent, and by the action of this muscle the bones are brought nearer together. The abdomen of the Kan- garoo is supplied with four recti muscles, an anterior and a posterior on each side. "The posterior and broader muscle is inserted into the base of the marsupial bone (tab. 7. f. 5.) ; the anterior or smaller muscle is inserted by a round tendon into the superior extremity of the bone: this tendon extends through the centre of the muscle, the fibres of which are continued to the point.of its insertion in a double penniform order (tab. 6. f. a.). On the outer side of this tendon the muscular fibres terminate ! at ———— tay of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 71 at the point of its insertion ; while those which are attached to the inner side of the tendon are continuous with another layer of muscular fibre, which arises from the whole extent of the concave anterior surface of the bone, from its superior extremity to its base, passing transversely inwards, to be inserted into the posterior surface of the tendon of the external oblique muscle, along the linea alba. 'Fhis transverse muscle may be considered as part of the anterior rectus, with which it is continuous, and has no connection with its fellow on the opposite side, except by the intervention of the tendon of the two oblique abdominal muscles ; since a tendinous septum, behind the linea alba, is interposed between the points of their insertion. n We are however informed, in an account of the anatomy of these parts published in the Philosophical Transactions by Sir Everard Home, in the year 1795, that a transverse and conti- nuous layer of muscle is stretched between the two bones,—an arrangement of structure which | have not been fortunate enough to meet with in my dissections of these parts. And we are further - assured, that this transverse muscle actually performs the um of a sling, by which the mamma is supported. T confess that I am at a loss to account for the cause ih has given rise to this mistake in the dissection of a recent sub- ject; more particularly as that dissection was made by an indi- vidual whose character as a comparative anatomist has been held in high estimation. 'The author may possibly have met with a singular variety of formation in the animal which was submitted to his inspection, and which may account for the different results of our dissections; but l consider it almost impossible that he can have met with so great a deviation from the natural form and structure of this part, as to justify him in - ascribing to these muscles the use he has assigned to them: for their use is obviously that of moving the superior extremities | « of 72 Mr. Morean’s Description of the marsupial bones towards each other; and being situated immediately behind the mamme, they are altogether prevented by that circumstance from affording the slightest support to the mamma itself. The marsupial bones thus confined in their situation by liga- ments, and by the surrounding muscles in which they lie imbed- ded, afford from their situation a firm inferior support to the abdominal viscera, and form an unyielding partition between those parts and the pouch. But another important purpose seems to be answered by these structures. I have already de- scribed two muscles, which are formed for the purpose of com- pressing the mammary gland; and I have mentioned also the continuity of these two muscles by the interlacement of their fibres over the linea alba (tab. 5. f. a.). These muscles form from their situation a sort of girdle around the belly immediately above the pelvis, and would necessarily, when put into action, press the mammary glands against the comparatively yielding sheet of abdominal muscles which lies behind them, were it not for the marsupial bones, which prevent any compression of the lower part of the abdomen from the action of the mammary. muscle, and at the same time receive the glands themselves upon their concave anterior edges. These edges afford a hard and solid point of resistance, against which the glands are pressed ; and their secretions are thus forced through their ex- . cretory ducts towards the teats. It appears to me probable, that i in the Kangaroo, the loose connection of the mammary gland to the subjacent textures may allow of its being drawn backwards and forwards across the edge of the marsupial bone, by the alternate contraction and relaxation of its proper muscle, and thus the process of emptying its ducts by pressure may be considerably facilitated. That Nature in other cases avails herself of the agency of muscular MÀ s i, LY of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 73 muscular contraction for the purpose of compressing a gland, and thereby emptying its ducts of their contents, we have already sufficient proof. The venom of the Rattle-snake is forced through its perforated fang by a muscular apparatus connected with the secreting organs; and the musk gland of the Crocodile has been shown by my friend Mr. Bell* to pos- sess a muscular investment, obviously destined to perform the same functions as I have attributed to a similar peculiarity of structure in the Kangaroo. The use of a forcible compression of the mammary gland of | the Kangaroo, exerted at the will of the mother for the purpose of ejecting its secretion, will be rendered apparent by an ex- amination of the young at the time it is first attached to the nipple; for the imperfect state of organization in which we find the young of marsupial animals at the time they first make their appearance in the pouch,—more particularly evinced by the state of the mouth and its appendages,—compared with the more mature development of the same parts in the young of other mammalia, renders some provision necessary, by which nutrition should be imparted solely by the agency of the mother ; and this provision is clearly afforded by the injection of the milk into the mouth by the means I have already mentioned, instead of that fluid being extracted by the suction of the young, as in the case of other mammiferous animals. ‘That the secretion of the marsupial mammary gland may be ejected by pressure made upon the part, is rendered probable not only by the exist- ence of a compressing muscle, but also by the structure of the marsupial teat and its proper investments, which I shall next describe. I wish it, however, to be clearly understood, that in the description which I am now giving of the anatomy of these parts, I refer to the mammary organ in the full-grown Kan- * Phil. Trans. 1827, p. 139. t. 11. VOL. XVI. L garoo, 74 Mr. Morecan’s Description garoo, when loaded with its secretions, and at a time when the young within the pouch was several months old; for, as I have before stated, the condition of these parts is constantly changing at different periods of gestation. At the particular period, how- ever, which I have mentioned, as referring to the animal under consideration, the following appearances were presented. On removing the muscle which enveloped the mamma, that part was found, as in the virgin animal, to be composed of two distinct glandular substances, bearing nearly the same relative proportions as in the former instance (żab. 8. f. 1.). In form, ` however, they were somewhat altered ; for the larger gland had now changed from a circular to an oval shape, it was of a pur- plish colour, and possessed of a very high degree of vascularity. The marsupial teat was now found attached to its inner side. In | the former instance, when mentioning the dissection of the virgin animal, it will be remembered, that this gland was described as closely confined to the skin of the pouch immediately behind the follicular openings, which led to a central canal in its inte- rior; whereas, it was now found that its cellular connections were comparatively loose, and that its attachment to that part of the integuments, to which it formerly closely adhered, was now formed .by the medium of its excretory ducts, which, in- closed within their proper sheath, were collected together and disposed in the form of a fasciculus or cord passing from the inner margin of the gland to the marsupial teat. All remains of the follicular apertures in the pouch had disap- peared, the gland was removed from its former situation, and its excretory ducts, formed into a plexus or fasciculated cord, were continued from the gland to the true marsupial teat, exactly through that part of the integuments of the pouch, which, in the virgin animal, was occupied by the aperture I have before alluded to. The T s e TONER TRAD "bum ENT of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 75 The smaller gland appeared somewhat more vascular than that which I had before examined in the younger animal, and was connected by a similar arrangement of ducts with the upper and smaller nipple (tab. 8. f. 1.a.). From the larger marsupial mammary gland about twenty excretory ducts are sent off, these being closely connected together by reticular membrane, and inclosed in a sheath, (forming, as I have stated, a sort of fasci- culus or cord,) are continued to their termination at the extre- mity of the nipple in nearly a straight line. In its course from the gland, this plexus of ducts first passes between the skin of the pouch and the abdominal muscles as far as the base of the mar- supial teat, at which part it enters the teat, and is continued to its extremity, where each duct terminates by a separate opening. A sheath of longitudinal muscular fibres closely envelops this fas- ciculus of ducts throughout its whole extent; and at the point of junction with the gland, these muscular fibres are expanded over the surface of that organ, to nearly the whole of which they are attached by cellular connections (tab. 8. f. 1. 5.). < The use of this muscle is to draw up and shorten the teat, when its ducts are emptied, or to compress that part when this retrac- tion is prevented by a distended state of its vessels: whenever, therefore, the lactiferous tubes are filled by injection from the mammary gland, and the part becomes distended, this muscle considerably facilitates the transmission of the secreted fluid through the teat by compressing the ducts, and thus squeezing their contents towards the extremity of the nipple. ‘Thus the lactiferous tubes within the mammary gland, and the excretory vessels which are sent off from those tubes through the teat, are furnished by Nature with precisely the same muscular apparatus for the ejection of their contents. The compressing muscle of the teat, however, is only capable of performing this office when assisted by that of the gland; for L 2 until 76 Mr. Monrean’s Description until by the contraction of the latter the ducts become dis- tended, no resistance is offered in the direction of the longitu- dinal fibres of the muscle which incloses them ; and we conse- quently find, that when the marsupial teat is empty and flaccid, its contraction (which can be easily felt in the living animal) — diminishes the part to one-fourth of its size when in the distended state; for when empty the teat is drawn up, and the skin which covers it becomes loose and corrugated. "When, however, the teat is distended, the contraction of the muscle would of course tend to produce a considerable degree of pressure upon the ves- sels which it incloses. Having thus endeavoured to prove, that a forcible compres- sion of the gland and teat is necessarily occasioned by tlie con- traction of their surrounding muscular investments, and that by this compression the excretory vessels must be emptied of their contents ; having also mentioned the probable necessity for this provision in the mother, as indicated by the condition of the young, I shall now conclude my account of the mammary organs by describing some other structures which enter into the com- position of the teat and gland. It will be necessary, however, that I should first notice a peculiar and singular change in these structures, which 1 have observed to occur in the living animal, and which is, I conceive, in a great measure dependent upon the existence and functions of other parts which yet remain undescribed. The change to which I allude consists in an e o9 distention or enlargement of the marsupial mammary gland and teat, which is constantly found to take place during the time the young is engaged in the act of sucking. ‘This distention is con- siderably greater than any which could possibly arise from the most forcible injection of the lactiferous tubes; and I have clearly ascertained, by repeated and careful examinations of the of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. TT the pouch in the living animal, that it is produced at will by the mother, apparently for the purpose of preparing the parts for the more ready transmission of milk to the young. On. these occasions the gland and teat will be found of nearly double the size which a full injectment of the ducts is capable of producing. The cause of this additional enlargement however was, as I conceive, explained by an examination of the vascular system in the parts alluded to ; for by continuing the dissection, and care- fully removing the compressing muscles of the gland and teat, it was found that, from the number and size of the veins, any obstrüction to the circulation of blood through these vessels would in itself be sufficient to occasion a degree of distention by Which the extraordinary increase of size in these parts might be adequately accounted for. The distribution of the veins in the marsupial gland is not characterized by any remarkable appear- ance as regards their course; from their immense number, however, the whole surface of the gland presents when closely examined a reticulated congeries of vessels, which, with those of the interior, unite into larger trunks, the greater number of which terminate on the outer convex surface of the gland in a single vessel (żab. 8. f. 2. a.), which passes first between the two layers of the proper muscle of the mamme, afterwards descends upon the tendon of the external oblique, and ultimately empties itself into the external iliac vein. ‘This vessel, however, conveys only a part of the blood from the marsupial gland towards the heart, since another venous trunk, issuing from the inner margin of the gland, descends in a similar manner to the same termination, namely, to the iliac vessels. This vein conveys not only the remaining portion of blood from the gland, but also the whole of that which returns from the marsupial teat (tab. 8. f. 2. b.). Venous circulation, carried on through vessels thus situated, must necessarily meet with obstruction from the action of the compressing 18 ! Mr. Moncax's Description compressing muscles through which they pass ; and it therefore appears more than probable, that whenever the gland is squeezed against the marsupial bone, a greater or less degree of venous congestion, and consequently distention of the part, must be occasioned by the pressure which is made upon the veins through which the blood is returned. That a loaded state of the veins, together with an injection of the lactiferous tubes, . will occasion in the marsupial gland of the dead animal an in- crease of size corresponding to that which is found to exist jin the parts during life, I have proved by the experiment of throw- ing an injection of quicksilver into the ducts, and one of water into the blood-vessels, by which process the exact natural form and capacity of the mamma, as it exists during the period of suckling, is artificially produced. "Thus the extraordinary dis- tention of the marsupial mammary gland to which I have alluded, is, I conceive, produced in a great measure by an enlargement of the vessels which naturally exist in the part; but the extra- ordinary distention of the nipple is partly occasioned by a change which takes place in a peculiar vascular structure which enters into the composition of the teat, and which is formed apparently for this particular purpose: for we find immediately beneath the compressing muscle of the teat, that a layer of loose reticular membrane, forming a bed for a congeries of tortuous veins, is interposed between that structure and the central fasciculus of excretory ducts. The vascular sheath by which this central fasciculus is thus inclosed, consists principally of a dense plexus of veins, which are extremely large and numerous in proportion to the size and number of the arteries which accompany them (tab. 8. f. 2. c.). So great is the vascularity of this sheath, that in many parts it nearly resembles in appearance the corpus spon- giosum of the penis, and like that part is capable of considerable distention, either by an obstruction to its venous circulation in the — a — e —ÓÓÓCL n. iua — — of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 79 the living animal, or by artificial injection after death. The exist- ence of this structure throughout the whole length of the marsu- pial teat, will at once account for the extraordinary enlargement of that part before alluded to; for since the veins of the plexus empty themselves into the mammary vessels, an obstruction to the circulation of blood through their main trunks must neces- sarily operate in producing a congestive swelling both of the marsupial gland and of the teat. I conceive, therefore, that the distention of the nipple at the period of suckling, is occasioned not only by the injection of its excretory ducts, but also by the state of venous congestion which must necessarily occur at that time in the vascular covering which surrounds those ducts, = occasioned by the pressure of the muscles of the marsupial gland upon the trunks of the veins returning blood from the part. Thus it will be understood, that the teat is composed of four distinct structures; first, of the common integuments : secondly, of its compressing muscle; thirdly, of the vascular plexus, which I have just mentioned ; and lastly, of its central fasciculus of lactiferous tubes. I have injected the excretory ducts of the gland with quick- . silver from the extremity of the nipple to their extreme branches, and have met with no unusual appearance either as regards their course or distribution. They are about twenty in number, and terminate by separate openings at the extremity of the nip- ple. The appearance which they present when injected is ac- curately shown (tab. 8. f.2.d.). They are bound together by a delicate tissue of reticular membrane, and are continued a short way into the substance of the gland before they sepa- rate. Throughout their whole course they are possessed of a very considerable degree of elasticity. - Having thus detailed the anatomical peculiarities which I have met with in the marsupial gland and teat, and having en- ^ deavoured 80 Mr. Moncaw's Description deavoured to assign a cause for the changes which I have met with in these parts in the living animal, it now merely remains for me to describe the appearances which presented themselves in the dissection of the smaller gland and teat. This gland, as I have before stated, is not possessed of any great degree of vascularity. Its coverings, as well as those of the smaller teat, are very similar to the investments of the larger organ, but considerably less distinct. From its close connection with the marsupial gland, it derives in common with that organ a strong covering from the compressing muscle of the mamma; . but the compressing muscle of the teat consists of a few scattered fibres only, which cannot without difficulty be distinguished from the surrounding cellular membrane, beneath which a very small and delicate vascular plexus is situated, extending, as in the larger marsupial teat, from the extremity of the nipple to its base, forming a close investment around the excretory ducts of the gland (fab. 8. f. 1. c.). These ducts are extremely minute in size, from fifteen to twenty in number, and closely resemble in their course and distribution through the gland, the larger ducts of the marsupial teat (tab. 8. f. 1. a.). The veins and arteries of the smaller are closely connected with those of the larger gland ; and the two organs so nearly resemble each other in their : anatomical characters, that they can only be said to differ in size and in vascularity. With regard, however, to the use of the smaller gland and teat, this is a point upon which I am unable to arrive at any satisfactory conclusion. I have never found the slightest altera- tion in the condition of these parts during any of the different periods of gestation. The young animal.is never attached to the smaller nipple during the first period of its existence in the pouch; nor have I ever been able to ascertain (although I have taken much trouble to investigate this subject) that at any sub- sequent 5. d Li of the Mammary Organs of ihe Kangaroo. 81 sequent period the more perfectly developed young animal has ever been known to extract any nutritive fluid from the upper and smaller teat. Unless therefore I have recourse to analogy, and compare the smaller gland and teat with the supernumerary mamme and nipples which we find in other animals, any theory which I could suggest relative to their use must be founded entirely upon conjecture. I have now concluded my cnatomboal description of the mam- mary organs of the Kangaroo. At the time I was engaged in the dissection of these organs, I was not aware that a de- scription had already been published of one of the structures described in this paper,—I allude to the compressing muscle of the teat,—the existence of which has been noticed by M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, in the Annales des Sciences for 1826, who has correctly described its use ; although, from the state in which he appears to have received a small portion only of this parti- cular part, his dissection does not seem to have afforded him an opportunity of tracing the exact extent and attachment of the muscle. With the exception, however, of the published account of M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire’s dissection of these muscular fibres, I am not aware that any former anatomist has noticed the pecu- liarities of structure which I have described as existing in the mammary organs of the Kangaroo. Believing, therefore, that many of the facts which I have detailed are entirely new, I have been induced to present the foregoing account of my investiga- tion to this Society, in the hope that by making them generally known, I may be fortunate enough to draw the attention of future physiologists more particularly to this interesting branch of natural science. The facilities which in this country are afforded to those who may be inclined to undertake a course of experimental inquiries "on XYI. —— E oM | X. upon 82 Mr. Moncax's Description upon the living marsupial animal will be found sufficiently ample, and our opportunities for making anatomical examina- tions upon the dead subject are by no means rare. With such advantages therefore, I trust that the time is not far distant when we shall be furnished with a full and distinct account of the object of. our researches ; and that by a detail of connected facts, the pheenomena attending the changes which occur during the foetal life of marsupial animals will be as clearly under- stood as those which take place during the progress of genera- tion in other mammiferous quadrupeds. vem SR EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Ban: I Fig. 1. Represents the interior of the pouch of a virgin Kan- garoo, the fore pàrt of which has been cut away to show— a. The upper and smaller teat. b. The small circular aperture occupying the situation of the fu- ture marsupial teat. A bristle has been — — Page 62. Ried 2. A view of the mammary "—— of the same pouch, shown by removing the skin, &c. from the abdominal ! muscles, and reversing the preparation exhibited in Fig.1. a. The larger gland or true mamma cut open to expose its membranous canal. 6: The upper and smaller gland. c. The unopened membranous canal shown by dissecting away its connections with the gland. d. The canal slit open to show its termination in a projecting papilla. e. A bristle passed through the canal into the pouch.—Page 63, 64. ff. Glands apparently belonging to the absorbent system. - AB. of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 83 Es | Tan. III. l Fig. 1. Interior of the pouch of the virgin Kangaroo, in which .. the lower teat on the right side has been produced by artificially everting-- a. The membranous canal of the mammary gland, and projecting b. Its papillary termination. c. The follicular aperture formed by the opening of the canal, and through which the canal with its papilla is pushed and everted.—Page 65. Fig. 2. Young Kangaroo supposed to be only a few days old, figured to show the contrast between the extremely minute aperture of the mouth at this early period, and the extremity of the marsupial teat as shown in Fig. 3. —Page 65. Fig. 4. Represents the young animal in a more advanced state ; the teat to which it was attached is shown in Fig. 5, which, it will be seen, bears a very close resemblance to that which is produced by the artificial eversion of j | the canal in the mamma, as shown in Fig. 1. a. b. Tas. IV. -Fhe panniculus carnosus of the Kangaroo, covering the fore part of the abdomen, as described in page 68. The muscular fibres will be seen encircling the mouth of the pouch, to which they form a Sphincter. and some of the descending fibres are shown passing over the pubis to be inserted into the cloaca, a. TAB. V. This plate exhibits a view of the interior of the pouch of | an adult Kangaroo at the period of suckling, together * | with the compressing muscle of the mamma. a. Com- pressing muscle. 6. Marsupial teat. c. Upper and smaller teats.—Page 69 and 72. | M 2 e TAB. 84 Mr. Morcan on the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. Tas. VI: | a. The anterior Rectus abdominis muscle.—Page 70 and 71. Tas. VII. b. 'T'he posterior rectus muscle of the abdomen. a. The triangular ligament connecting the marsupial bone with the pelvis; the ligament has been removed on the opposite side, to show the exact form of the bone - itself.— Page 70. : TiD VIII. Fig. 1. Represents the double mamma of the Kangaroo dis- sected.—Page 74. a. Excretory ducts of the smaller gland. 6. Compressing muscle of the marsupial teat. —Page 75. c. Small plexus of vessels. Fig. 2. A view of the blood-vessels and ducts of the true mar- supial gland and teat. | a. Larger vein and artery. b. The smaller ditto.— Page 77 and 78. : c. Dense plexus of veins and arteries. d. Ducts of the gland traced to their termination.— Page 79. V. De- DAN BS x EN SEM MY Aa as SN N Ma Rea ADAN y NN TW Hu [M im i UN W L Edwards, sondage. " m a; ds EST Nea HAMM ae 2 X CUM f Ue o qu Peels ae trs AU ESAN "n us Jrans:Ztunoc. VoL XVI. Tab. 4 — Sn = B: NEUE oe ose IE CJ Canton, del. et scup. CJ Canton, dol et sexdp. SESS SSN Lrans:.Linn: Soc: Vot. VE Tav. 5. WH, P Ll Jp A 7 7 Yi T, A Fi tL o P. L^ aZ A i, 7 he Trans: Linn-Yoc:Vod. XVI rab à CF. Canton, del et scudp. Trans: Linn: Sec:Vol. AVL tah 7 Ju i f jl / i if ——— cR BN W Y Z £ H $ A H CJ. Canton, det. o£ soudp. Trans: Lan, Soc: VoL AVI Tab. &. gee eet pt Ci, ^j 5 3 8 8 Cal 85 ) V. Descriptions of some new Species of Birds belonging chiefly to the rare Genera Phytotoma, Gmel., Indicator, Vieill., and Cursorius, Latham. By Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater, F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. Read December 20, 1825. Amonc the numerous accessions which have taken place to our stock of Ornithology within the last few years, a few species belonging to some of the rarer genera have fallen into my hands, the descriptions of which may not prove unacceptable to this Society. Next to the interest which is excited by the discovery of species that exhibit any novel modification of form, may be considered that which arises from the accession of species to groups either little known, or which are of rare occurrence. The following birds are for the most part of this latter descrip- tion. They belong to genera, of which the species have hitherto not only been much limited in number, but which are so rare as to have come but seldom under the inspection of ornithologists. Ordo. Iwszrssonrs. Vigors. Tribus. Conirostres. Cuv. Fam. Loxriapz. Vigors. Genus. Puytotoma. Gmel. FzgnnEo-nosTRE. PP. brunneum, capite, gulá, caudáque supra | rufis ; rostro nigro, crassissimo. Rostrum 86 Mr. LEADBEATER on some new Species of Birds Rostrum subbreve, crassissimum, basi latissimum, rostri Loxia- . darum robur crassitudinemque in extremum ferens: irre- gulariter serratum ; mandibulá superiore dente conspicuá prope basin armatá ; ¢omiis angulum prope basin forman- tibus. Ale subbreves, rotundate, brunnez ; remigibus suprà fusco-brunneis, subtüs fuscis ; remige secundá prima pauld longiori, tertià quartà quintà sextáque feré zequalibus lon- gissimis, septima octavà nonà decimáque gradatim breves- centibus. -Cauda mediocris, rotundata ; rectricibus dua- bus mediis suprà rufis, czeterüm pogoniis externis rufis, internis fuscis, omnibus subtüs fuscis. Pedes mediocres, fusco-brunnei, tetradactyli; acrotarsiis scutellatis, paratar- siis integris; digitis subgracilibus ; exteriore usque ad arti- culum primum medio connexo; medio elongato, duobus externis subbrevibus, eequalibus ; Aalluce subforti, subelon- . gato, ungue sublongo, subfalcato; unguibus omnibus com- pressis. . Longitudo corporis, 57y; ale a carpo ad remigem quartam,. 24; tarsi, +; rostri ad frontem, 2, ad rictum, 4; altitudo rostri a basi gnathidiorum ad basin culminis 4; latitudo inter unio. al. e have referted this xm to iig — Phytotoma of Gmelin, with the general characters of which it sufficiently accords. The bill, however, is of such extraordinary dimensions, and the bird exhibits in other respects such peculiar characters, that I make no doubt it will be found, when closely compared with the birds of that genus, to form a distinct group from them. Hitherto I have had no opportunity of making such a compa- rison, having never seen a specimen of the true Phytotoma ; and I do not feel myself authorized to form my bird into a new genus without a more accurate knowledge of that group, with which wr wat belonging to the Genera Phytotoma, Indicator, Cursorius, &c. 87 which it is certainly closely allied, than the superficial characters already given of it afford me. I have, however, subjoined a detailed account of the chief characters of the bird in the above description, in order that those ornithologists, who may have the good fortune of being able to compare the species of the true PAytotoma with it, may ascertain how far the birds agree. I have to add, when alluding to the extraordinary dimensions of the bill of the species, that the jaw-bones extend in width even further than the beak itself; the space between them being 4*;ths of an inch, while that between the gnathidia of the lower man- dible is but 4z,ths. The greatest breadth of the skull above is 3ths of an inch. Trib. DrwTrRosTRES. Cuv. Fam. Mznmvrripz. Vigors. Gen. MyyrioruEna. Ill. 2. YAnRnELLII. M. supra brunnea ; strigá superciliari, thorace, crisso, guttisque alarum pallidé fulvis, abdomine albo ; strigá per oculos tectricibusque nigris. Caput saturatiis brunneum ; cauda rufescenti-brunnea. Ros- trum suprà brunneum, subtüs fulvum ; pedes fulvi. Longitudo corporis, 54; rostri, 2; ale a carpo ad remigem ter- tiam, 22 ; caude, 24; tarsi, 14. I have dedicated this beautiful species to my friend Wm. Yar- rell, Esq., whose services as an ornithologist entitle him to this public mark of approbation, and whose long continued friend- ship demands from me this private tribute of esteem. Fam. 88 Mr. LEADBEATER on some new Species of Birds Fam. Svrvrapzx. Vigors. > Gen. Tyrrannutus. Vieill. 3. VIEILLOTI. T. suprà viridi-olivaceus, corpore subtüs strigá- que superciliari utrinque flavis ; capite cristato, alis, caudá, maculáque utrinque abdominali atris ; regione auriculari atro- ceruled ; capite summo crissoque roseis; mento strigdyue ala- .. rum albis. : | Pteromata fulva. Tectrices inferiores albz, nigro notate. Rec- trices extern; apice albo. Rostrum pedesque nigri. Longitudo corporis, 4; rostri, +; ale a carpo ad remigem ter- tiam, 12; caude, 1-2, ; tarsi, 3. I have named this little Wren, which comes from Chili, after M.Vieillot, who first characterized the American species, without the feathers which cover the nostrils, as distinct from the Euro- pean Regulus. = | Fam. Pirnipz. Vigors. Gen. Parpatorus. Vieill. 4. Arricanus. P. supra virescenti-olivaceus, subtüs flavescenti- albidus ; alis caudáque nigris, illis albo guttatis, hac albo ter- minat. . E Capitis nucheque plume fusco ad apicem marginate, gule pectorisque leviter undulate. Ptila guttis rotundis albis frequentibus notata, pteromata guttis similibus terminata. Gene crissumque flavæ. Tectrices inferiores albide. Ros- trum nigro-brunneum ; pedes pallidi. Longitudo corporis, 41; rostri, 1; ale a carpo ad remigem se- cundam, 22; cauda, 14; tarsi G3. This little bird, which has all the general characters of the Australián genus Pardalotus, as well as the usual colouring and markings, was found far in the interior of Africa. It is the | only M e e | belonging to the Genera Phytotoma, Indicator, Cursorius, &c. 89 only species of the genus yet discovered, that does not belong to New Holland. Trib. Scawsonzs. Auct. Fam. Cvucvurripz. Leach. Gen. IwpnpicaTon. Vieillot. The group of Honeyguides, the first account of the interesting manners of which was given by Dr. Sparmann, was sépárated from the Linnzan genus Cuculus, where it was originally placed by systematic writers, by M. Le Vaillant* under the name of Indicateurs; and was afterwards formed into a genus by M. Vieillot, under the scientific name of Indicator. Some con- fusion exists respecting the species already described of this genus. M. Le Vaillant has described and figured two species, which he calls “le Grand Indicateur" and “le Petit Indicateur." Dr. Shaw refers to three species, which he denominates J. Spar- manni (Cuculus Indicator Mill), the bird originally discovered by Dr. Sparmann ; I. major; and I. minor; the two last being the species figured by M. Le Vaillant. M. Temminck, how- ever, includes but two species in the genus, the original Cucu- lus Indicator Mill. (I. Sparmanni Shaw), and the Petit Indicateur of M. Le Vaillant (T. minor Shaw); apparently concluding that the former bird and the Grand Indicateur of M. Le Vaillant (I. major Shaw) are the same species. These birds are of rare occurrence, and I have had no oppor- tunity of ascertaining this point; but I have the good fortune to be able to add the descriptions of two new species, which have been sent to me from the interior of Africa, and which differ totally from all the descriptions and figures of those spe- cies already published. To these I shall add the detailed de- * Ois. d' Afrique. + Analyse du Syst. gen. d'Ornith. p. 73.—1825.—He has eubeequad added a third species in his Planches Coloriées, No. 367. — Nov. 29, 1898. VOL. XVI. N | | scription 90 Mr. LEADBEATER on some new Species of Birds scription of a species I have received from the Cape of Good Hope. "This bird, although it does not exactly accord with the description of the bird originally brought from the same place by Dr. Sparmann, may yet be the female, or a variety of that species ; the descriptions of it being very vague and confused, and the identity of the species being much in doubt. 5. Le VAILLANTII. L. olivaceo-brunneus, subtüs albidus, gul pectoreque flavo-variegatis ; rectricibus duabus mediis fusco- — brunneis, ceteris albis fusco-brunneo notatis. Tectrices superiores flavo leviter marginate, inferiores albide. Remiges olivaceo-brunnec margine interno pallidiore, sub- tùs fusce interne albido marginate. Rectrices prima et secunda albæ apice brunneo, tertia alba apice basique brunneis, quarta et quinta brunnee margine interno albo, duz medic brunnez. Rostrum obscure brunneum, sub- breve, gonyde subfortiter angulata. Pedes nigri, unguibus pallidioribus. | ; Longitudo corporis, 71; ale a carpo ad remigem tertiam, 41, ; caude 34, ; rostri ad rictum 12, ad frontem 1; tarsi 13. This bird has at first sight some appearance of the J. albi- collis* of M. Temminck; and on a. superficial examination might be pronounced either the female or the young male of that species. But the bill will be found to be decidedly distinct; being shorter and stronger, and having a much more acutely angulated gonys than the bill of that bird. I. Le Vaillantii also is of less dimensions than the former bird; and the disposition of the colours, as may be seen by the above descriptions, is different in both. I have named the spe- * The male and female of this species had been originally described and named in this paper; but as the species has been figured by M. Temminck subsequently to the reading of the paper, I adopt his name,—N ov. 29, 1828. cles ———M € belonging to the Genera Phytotoma, Indicator, Cursorius, &c. 91 cies in honour of M. Le Vaillant, who first pointed out the cha- racteristic peculiarities of this group; and whose services in general to science have been of the highest importance. 6. Burnacorpzs. J. olivaceo-fuscus, abdomine albido ; alis dor- soque infimo flavo variegatis ; rectricibus quatuor mediis oli- vaceo-brunneis ; rostro brevi, crasso. Tectrices superiores, primarie externo flava, interne albido marginate, secundariz utrinque flavo marginate ; inferio- res albide. Remiges suprà, externa exceptá, externe flavo interné albido marginate ; subtüàs fusce, interne albido marginate., Rectrices tres extern albe, apice brunneo, quarta alba apice basique brunneis, quatuor medic brun- nee. Rostrum nigrum, mandibulá inferiori basi albidá, . gonyde grandi. Longitudo corporis, 6; ale a carpo ad remigem tertiam 34, ; caude 21; rostri ad frontem 2, ad rictum 13; tarsi $. The bill of this species, although agreeing in general charac- ters with those of the rest of the group, exhibits a decided dif- ference from all, in its shortness and thickness. In this.respect it has nearly the appearance of the Beefeater's bill, partially agreeing in the strong and angulated form so conspicuous in that genus. This analogical resemblance has induced me to confer on the species the name of Buphagoides. 7. SPAnMANNI? I. olivaceo-brunneus, gulá pectoreque albido -~ maculatis; abdomine crissoque albidis, brunneo lineatis, rectri- cibus externis albis, apice brünneis. - Caput parce albido striatum. Alarum plume flavescenti mar- ginate ; femorales crissique in medio brunneo striate. Re- miges inferiores fuscee. Pteromata alba : ptila alba brunneo- R$ ——— variegata. 92 Mr. LEADBEATER on some new Species of Birds variegata. Rectrices quatuor medie brunnez, cetera albz apice brunneo. Rostrum nigrum, mandibuld inferiore albes- cente. Pedes nigri. Longitudo corporis, 1-8; ; ale a carpo ad remigem tertiam 44 ; caude 9-9, ; rostri ad pontem 1, ad rictum 741, ; tarsi 43. Fam. RAMPHASTIDEÆ. Vigors. Gen. Momorus. Lath. 8. Pratyruyncuus. M. flavescenti-viridis, capite collo pec- toreque rufo-castaneis ; strigá per oculos, notisque thoracicis nigris ; rostro latissimo. : Rostrum pedesque nigri. Remiges pogonio externo viridi, in- terno rhachibusque fuscis. Tectrices inferiores virides. Rec- trices suprà virides, rhachibus apiceque atris ; subtùs fusca. Longitudo corporis ab apice rostri ad apicem caudz, 145 unc. ; rostri ad frontem 15, ad rictum 2 ; ale a = ad apicem remigis quarte 51; caude 81; tarsi à The distinguishing character of this bird is its bill, which is flat and broad, unlike the compressed bill of the other three species. "The black stria on the side of the head extends from the rictus of the bill through the eyes, and covers the ears ; those on the throat are formed by detached black feathers, not exceed- ing in this specimen seven in number. The webs of the central tail-feathers are bare for about an inch near the apez, as is usual in this genus. This bird was found in Brazil. Ord. GRALLATORES. Illiger. Fam. CHARADRIADEÆ. Leach. Gen. Cursorius. Latham. 9. GRALLATOR. C. ochraceus, capite dorsoque nigro brunneo- que | r | belonging to the Genera Phytotoma, Indicator, Cursorius, §c. 93 que variegalis ; subtüs parcé nigro lineatus; fasciis duabus parallelis pectoralibus nigris. Rostrum nigrescens. Pedes pallidi. Longitudo corporis, 72; rostri 2; tarsi 2. The extraordinary length of the ¢arsi of this bird brings the group to which it belongs into near contact with the long-legged genera of Himantopus Cuv. and /Edicnemus Cuv., and adds to the number of those groups of the family of Charadriade which are immediately allied to the Gruide of the same order. The stilt-like appearance of the bird has suggested the specific name which I have given it. ; VI. On ( 95 ) VI. On a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. By Joshua Brookes, — Esq., F.R.S. and L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. Read June 3rd and 17th, 1828. Tue science of Natural History is of so unbounded an extent, that perhaps I may be allowed, comparatively speaking, to say, that scarcely a day passes without an opportunity being afforded to zoologists of bringing to light unknown instances of its latent treasures. : The animal which I am at present about to describe has been in my possession for several years; and although there is strong _ evidence of its being new to science, as far as relates to a know- ledge of its real structure, yet, from a variety of circumstances, I have neglected to avail myself of the means so long afforded me; and possibly now it may only be in consequence of the approaching dispersion of my collection that a stimulus is given to exertions, which otherwise might have remained dormant. - The individual in question, which appears to be unique, was obtained, when recently dead, from Mr. Cross, in whose Viva- rium at Exeter Change it had been seen while living, and espe- cially noticed, both by M. de Blainville and by M. F. Cuvier. Each of these distinguished naturalists has described its general characters and habits; but, unacquainted with its:real struc- ture, they have failed in referring it to its correct situation in Nature. By each of them it has been erroneously placed among the Jerboas, under the name of Dipus maximus. The latter | : author, 96 Mr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. author, indeed, appears to have doubted the propriety of this location, and mentions with evident regret, that the loss of the remains of the animal had prevented our becoming acquainted with its organization, and ascertaining precisely its characters. Fortunately, however, the animal, although obscured from notice during so long a period, is yet in a condition for accurate and minute examination. _ The description of its preserved aii and skeleton I have now the honour of presenting to the notice of the Society ; and from the structure of the latter especially, it will be evident that it must be referred to a new genus, to which I propose to give the name of Lagostomus. The form of the teeth, on which so much stress is justly laid in characterizing genera, differs essentially from that exhibited by all the other Rodentia ; from which it is also distinguished not only by the number of its toes, but by various other particulars of its osteology, which I shall now proceed rapidly to describe, assuming occasionally as a point of comparison the skeleton of the Dipus Sagitte, with which it has been generically confounded. The upper surface of the cranium in Lagostomus exhibits the usual form of that of the Rodentia, its sides being nearly pa- rallel, and its occipital breadth scarcely exceeding its breadth immediately anterior to the orbits. In Dipus, on the con- trary, the outline is decidedly triangular, arising from the very considerable dilatation of its hinder part, occàsioned by the extraordinary development of the mastoid processes of the tem- poral bones, which are extremely delicate, and possess, as in man, a cellular structure*. The * The Egyptian Jerboas being known to domiciliate themselves under bushes fre- quented by the Cerastes, so that it frequently, or perhaps generally occurs, that where . the one, there the other is also found ; this particular osseous extension may be destined by Nature, to give increased sensitiveness to the auditory organ, for the greater security In the Chlamyphorus truncatus there are two somewhat similar osseous tumours of the animal. oe. a ee PLDT as hae Mr. Bnooxzs on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. 97 The occipital spine in the Jerboa is very trifling: a singular circumstance, when considered in connection with the upright position continually assumed by that animal; while in Lago- stomus it is most strongly and decidedly pronounced. In both, the orbit is separated from the temporal fossa by a broad and strong bony process ;—a structure which occurs also in Echi- nothrix dorsata, and in Celogenus Agouti; but not in Lepus, Arctomys, Castor, and many others of the Rodentia. The zygo- matic arch is weak posteriorly. | The incisor teeth, as in most of the genera of this order, are two in number in each jaw; they are long, and protrude con- siderably, almost equalling in this respect those of Orycterus maritimus, and exceeding those of any other species, with that exception: those of the lower jaw are rather the longest, and are grooved along the middle line of their outer surface. The molar teeth are four in number on each side of each of the jaws: those of the lower jaw are placed in a very oblique direction forwards and outwards; each of them is composed of two equal portions, distinctly surrounded by a margin of enamel, and closely united, so as to give the appearance of two single flat teeth intimately ossified together laterally. The three anterior molar teeth of the upper jaw very much resemble those of the lower, but are placed somewhat less obliquely : the fourth, or hinder one, differs in having added to it a third portion, which is rather smaller than the others, and is rounded in its posterior outline. In the Jerboa the molar teeth, it is almost unnecessary to remark, are only three in num- ber on each side of the lower jaw: the structure of their crowns, in which the circumvolutions of the enamel are so complicated tumours situated just above the orbits, the use and connections of which are unknown, but which may be probably intended for an extension of the olfactory organ, or possibly for a more elaborate diffusion of sound in its subterranean pursuits. VOL. XVI. o == HS 98 Mr. Bnooxzs on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. as scarcely to be capable of scientific description, is strongly opposed to the very simple form of those of Lagostomus, which present only three parallel lines of enamel, separated by two intervening portions of the osseous part of the tooth. The rami of the lower jaw are arched, broad, and strong, and exhibit very distinctly on their under surface the roots of the molar teeth, and also the course of the incisors within the bone: the angle is very much produced posteriorly : the plate is broad, and is deeply grooved above, behind the molar teeth: the co- - ronoid process is very acute ; the condyle elongated from before - backwards, and the glenoid cavity large, and extended con- siderably in the direction of the condyle. As all the Mammalia have seven cervical vertebrz, with the exception of the Sloth, which has nine, there cannot be any : necessity for referring to those bones for numerical comparison with those of other animals. The number of ribs, and con- sequently that of the dorsal vertebre, is twelve on each side ; that of the lumbar, seven: in both these particulars Lagostomus - agrees with the Jerboa. The sacral vertebra of Lagostomus are three, and the caudal twenty. | The anterior extremity is comparatively shorter than in the greater number of the Rodentia, but is longer and stronger than in the Jerboa. The clavicle is complete. The scapula is rather delicate ; its spine is but slightly elevated ; and the acromion is slender, flattened, and considerably elongated, equalling in length the remaining portion of the spine. The os brachii is strong, has a considerable tubercle at its outer surface somewhat below the head of the bone, and exhibits a tendency to expand into a : ridge (the processus deltoides). The condyles are lengthened transversely, and are widely separated. The radius is about one-fourth longer than the os brachii, and it inclines towards the ulna, which is anchylosed anteriorly with it through about two- Mr. BROOKES on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. 99 two-thirds of its length, by the ossification of the interosseous ligament. The toes are four in number, terminated by small : claws, and the skeleton exhibits not the slightest rudiment of a thumb. In the Jerboa the scapula is still more delicate; the acromion, though slender, does not exceed one-third of the length of the spine; the os brachii is weak, and its deltoid pro- cess a simple but strong tubercle ; the radius is twice as long as the arm-bone, and there is a marked rudiment of a thumb, which is visible even in the living animal. © The general appearance of the pelvis in Lagostomus is de- licate ; it is comparatively narrow, and is wider in its trans- verse than in its sacro-pubal diameter : its position is extremely vertical, whence it appears incapable of affording much sup- port to the abdominal viscera when the animal assumes the upright position. The ossa pubis are but little produced ; their symphysis is slender and much elongated, and the obturator foramen is consequently enormously large. nage The ilia are long and narrow, and their crista, which is blunt, is little expanded. The ossa femoris are straight, strong, and without ridges; they are furnished, like those of the rabbit, squirrel, and some other animals, with three trochanters, the ordinary trochanter major and trochanter minor, with a tro- chanter externus, situated a little below the larger process. The tibia and fibula are nearly half as long again as the femur ; the fibula is complete, extending downwards, and forming the malleolus externus. The os calcis is strong, and elongated backwards: the metatarsal bones are three; they are strong ; the middle one is not quite one-half of the length of the tibia : at the tarsal extremity of the outer one there is a small some- what curved and obtusely-pointed tubercular elongation directed © backwards, as though it were intended as a fulcrum to give additional security to the foot in leaping. A similar formation 0 2 y 100 Mr. Bnooxzs on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. may be noticed in the squirrel and Pteromys. The toes are three, the middle one being the longest and the inner one the shortest. | From this the hinder extremity of Dipus differs most essen- tially. Its femur is arched, with the convexity forwards, and is only half the length of the tibia. The fibula is short, and extends to just below the middle of the tibia, where these bones are firmly ossified together: the metatarsal bone, which is about two-thirds of the length of the tibia, is single, and is terminated by three nearly equal toes, the lower part of the limb bearing in the skeleton a striking resemblance to that of a small tridactylous wader. ; . To this outline of the more remarkable particulars exhibited by the skeleton of Lagostomus, and of the numerous and im- | portant differences which exist between it and that of the Jer- boa, a few observations may be added respecting its relation with those of other rodent quadrupeds nearly approaching to it in size. The Lagostomus has 12 ribs, and consequently twelve dorsal Jerboa. . 12 Squirrel . . 12 —— Rabbit . « 12 —— Marmot... -JS —— Coypus . . 13 —— [ vertebrae, Apouu —. «43 Urio .-...14 Capromys. . 16 —— The Lagostomus . 7 lumbar vertebra. JUD. . XY Squirrel . . 7 — The TU PN op aci Fool PEPERIT Mr. Brooxzs on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. 101 The Rabbit . . . 7 lumbar vertebrz. Marmot . Urson Agouti Coypus . Capromys DAOIN HE Hence it appears, that in the number of the ribs, and of the lumbar vertebre, the Lagostomus agrees with the Jerboa, the Squirrel, and the Rabbit. From the former of these its distinc- tions have been already pointed out. From the Squirrel it dif- fers amply in the want of the rotatory motion of the bones of the fore-arm, and in the number of the toes, which in that animal are five upon each foot. In the Rabbit the fibula is anchylosed with the tibia a little below its middle, as in the Jerboa,—a cir- cumstance which takes place also in the Rat. From the Agouti, with which it corresponds in its tridactyle hinder extremities, it is distinguished by the number of the ribs and of the lumbar vertebra, as well as by various other particulars of the osteology. In the Helamys there are five toes to the fore-feet, and four to the hinder. With the exception of this animal, of the Rabbit, and of the Jerboa, the tibia of Lagostomus exceeds in com- parative length, that of any of the other Mammalia enumerated above. : One circumstance which has been noticed in the anatomical description is worthy of particular remark ;—the bony union of the radius and ulna in an animal, which, from the testimony of accurate observers, who saw it during its life, employed its an- terior extremities in conveying its food to its mouth. This struc- ture, so far as I am acquainted with the osteology of the Mam- malia, is perfectly unique. It has been hitherto regarded as quite at variance with the existence of clavicule, most of the quadrupeds 102 Mr. Bnooxks on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. quadrupeds which use their paws for the purpose of hands de- pending in a great measure for the extent to which they can be so employed, on the perfection or deficiency of these bones, and on the rotatory motion of the radius on the ulna. | .. With the generic character, and with a few observations on the single species on which it is founded, I shall now conclude this paper. | LAGOSTOMUS. Dentes incisores in utráque maxillà duo elongati, prominentes ; maxille inferioris canaliculati, pauld longiores. molares in utráque maxillà utrinque quatuor, obliqui, antrorsüm extrorsümque spectantes, corona simplici lami- natá; maxille inferioris obliquiores bilaminati; maxille superioris tres anteriores bilaminati, posticus trilaminatus. Pedes antici breviores, digitis quatuor. —-— postici elongati, validi, digitis tribus: ossa metatarsi digitis numero zequalia. Cauda mediocris, pilis longioribus pectinatis vestita. Species unica. ; . LAGOSTOMUS TRICHODACTYLUS. | Tas. IX. Dipus maximus. De Blainville. F. Cuvier, Dict. des Scien. Nat. xviii. p. 471. To the original descriptions given from the living animal by M. de Blainville and by M. F. Cuvier it is necessary for me to add but little, their general correctness being shown by a.refe-- rence to the stuffed skin. I have ventured to change the trivial name, as we are at present unacquainted with any congener with which a comparison could be made, and it would be improper to retain the epithet mazimus for a single species. That which I have Mr. BRooxzs on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. 103 have proposed, trichodactylus, is derived from a curious and hitherto unnoticed character, the animal being remarkable for a tuft of bristly hairs on the back of each of the hinder toes. In one important particular the descriptions of the zoologists to whom I have referred differ materially. M. F. Cuvier states, that **]a queue étoit de moyenne longueur, touffue et tout à fait relevée contre le dos:" while M. de Blainville remarks (Desm., Enc. Méth. Mammalogie, ii. 314.) **-La queue du seul individu observé étoit tronquée et mutilée, et il en restoit envi- ron deux pouces.". For this discrepancy I can only account by supposing that the animal seen by the former naturalist was not the same as that described by the latter. Mr. Cross, I believe, received a pair of these animals at the same time, one of which escaped from his cage and was lost. "The individual in question was skinned and stuffed by Mr. Leadbeater, who delivered the recent body to me; and. it is obvious that the tails of the skin and that of the skeleton correspond with regard to length, 7.e. five or six inches. In the stuffed specimen the tail is bushy, of a darker colour than that which prevails over the body, and having the hairs spread laterally, pectinated similarly to those of a My- orus, or of a common Squirrel. The size of the Lagostomus trichodactylus, as described by M. de Blainville and M. F. Cuvier, is that of a full-grown Rab- bit of moderate dimensions. "This, although sufficiently accu- rate, and as correct as the dimensions of any active and savage . animal can be estimated while it is living, is by no means sufficiently precise. I therefore subjoin some of the more im- portant measurements of the skeleton, which I give in preference to those of the skin. From 104 Mr. Bnooxzs on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. Feet. Inches. From the atlas to the tuber ischii- . . . . . 1 O8 crista ilii to the tuber ischii . . . 0 4 Length of the fore extremity from the head of the S os brachii to the end of the longest nail . . O 6 from the head of the os brachii to the ex- ternal condyle. 3: spao 0... 21 from the end of the olecranon do that m the longest las = Oa of the hinder extremity . . . . . . 1 OQ from the trochanter major to the lower portion of the external condyle of the femur O — 3i from the upper surface of the tibia along ` the fibula to the malleolus externus . . . O 4 from the end of the os calcis to the ex- treme end of the middle toe. . . . . dQ 44 The occipital diameter of the cranium of the Lagostomus is 1 inch and &ths, and its diameter between the ascending por- tions of the zygoma 1 inch and &ths. The corresponding mea- surements in the Dipus are respectively zths and 4ths of an inch. EXPLANATION OF TAB. IX. Fig. a. Lagostomus trichodactylus, ) esie ee Half the Natural size. c. Upper jaw, d. Under jaw, _ J . €. Crown of the second molar tooth of the ? left side of the lower jaw, f. Ditto of the last molar tooth of the right side of the upper jaw, J > Natural size. VII. De- wuwprunsbu Ag "VOL d 6 QI LAX 704 ‘2067 wa SUNET — Trans. Linn. soc. Vol XVI. Tab Jo. p 105. ot s | rn 2 t Ns Wiel on OE Es 4 ¥ OUP “UPR rad AAT b des » z P, ( 105 ) VII. Description of a new Species of Agama, brought from the Columbia River by Mr. Douglass. By — Er Esq., F.R.S. § L.S. b BG Read June. Bh LARR: Genus. AGAMA. Ddk: ker: : U AGAMA. Dovenassni ` s ai 83234 Jas. X A. Poris femoralibus utrinque xx. Habitat in ord occidentali Americe Borealis ad ripas fluminis Columbie. : Ix its general form, colours, and marking, this species very . much resembles A. superciliosa, A. orbicularis, and others of the same section of the genus. The head is obtusely triangular, with a distinct ridge overhanging the orbits: the body sub- orbicular and depressed ; the tail tumid at its origin, from whence it becomes rather suddenly contracted, and tapers to its extremity. The head, body, limbs and tail, are covered on the upper side with small raised scales, interspersed with larger ones which are aculeated, and most of them quadran- gular. These form distinct ridges over the eyes, above the ears, across the occiput, and along the sides of the body and tail. The under side is wholly covered with small uniform smooth scales. The gular fold is of considerable size. The colour of the upper part is a mixture of yellowish-white and -— VOL. XVI. cp Nc pm 106 Mr. BELL on a new Species of Agama. piceous disposed in dots, exactly resembling mosaic work, and with distinct, large, irregular ocelli of the latter colour, margined with white, disposed in transverse series across the back. "There is also a white longitudinal central line from the occiput to the end of the tail. The under side is of an uniform faint white colour, and the femoral pores of a sulphur-yellow. | This beautiful and highly interesting species was found by Mr. David Douglass in the course of his late indefatigable and productive researches in the western parts of North America, to whom I am also indebted for the following account of its habits. : It is seen in great numbers in all woodless sandy arid deserts in the interior of the country, on the southern parts of Columbia river. Onthe banks of streams, in thickets composed of Purshia tridentata, Artemisia and Salvia, it was observed by Mr. Doug- lass to take up its abode, in the holes made by species of Lepus, Arctomys,&c., which are alternately occupied by them and several species of Coluber, which resort there for the purpose of preying on these Agame and on the Marmots. It feeds on both animal and vegetable substances. In the stomach were found coleo- | pterous insects, and the leaves of Purshia, Artemisia, and Salvia. Like most others of ihe tribe it is yery Bimble during the sum- mer months, and it i is then difficult to capture it; but in April, when it first makes cg app earance, - Oc ‘tober, before it retires to its winter habitation, being at both seasons weakly, it may be readily taken. At such seasons the traveller is con- stantly annoyed by them during the night, seeking shelter from the cold under his blanket, and is frequently under the necessity of removing these little intruders on his rest. **In April," continues Mr. Douglass, **I have observed the young, not exceeding half an inch in length, perfectly formed, of the same colour and equally nimble with the older ones. "The co- lour p b. f dine p Mr. BELL on a new Species of Agama. 107 lour in all seasons appears to be the same both in male and female. Like the species of the genus Coluber, this lizard is never seen more than a mile or a mile and half from the water ; but, on the contrary, is invariably found in the greatest numbers in its immediate vicinity." The existence of femoral pores in this species is particularly important, as it totally invalidates the generic character of Agama as hitherto given by authors, who have considered the absence of these organs as essentially distinguishing the genus. Whether the presence or the absence of femoral pores is to be considered as a character of sufficient importance, standing alone, to separate species otherwise perfectly similar in every circumstance both of form and structure, can hardly be deter- mined until the use of these singular bodies is ascertained: but in our present state of ignorance on this. point, it is hardly safe perhaps to view it in so important a light ; and as in every other respect this may be considered as even a typical representative of the genus, I should propose rather to alter the generic cha- racter for its reception, to the formation of a new genus by which it would be separated from its immediate congeners. P2 | z VIII. De- ( 109 ) m VIII. Description of a Species of Tringa, killed in Cambridge- shire, new to England and Europe. By William Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. Read June 17, 1828. TRINGA RUFESCENS. Supra’ fuscescente-rufescens, nigro maculata; alis caudáque versus apicem nigris albisque ; tectricibus alarum inferio- ribus versus apicem albis, nigro variis; remigibus subtüs albis nigro guttatis punctatisque ; gulà juguloque rufescen- - tibus; abdomine rufescente-albo. Vieill. Gal. Ois. p. 105. pl. 238. Le Tringa roussátre. Nouv. Dict. d'Hist. Nat. 2de edit. tom. xxxiv. p. 4/0. Encycl. Meth. p. 1090. , Such are the characters and references which M. Vieillot points out as distinguishing the bird he has chosen for his type of the genus Tringa, a species found in Louisiana, and a spe- cimen of which I have now the pleasure to record as a British bird. | : This interesting and prettily marked Tringa was shot early in the month of September 1826, in the parish of Melbourne in Cambridgeshire, in company with some Dotterell (Charadrius morinellus); and passed immediately afterwards into the pos- session of Mr. Baker of Melbourne, by whom the skin was | preserved, and of whom it was purchased for me. An addi- | tional 110 Mr. YannzEnr' Description of a Species of Tringa. tional interest attaches to this specimen, since knowing it to be new to this country; I am besides authorised to add the testi- - mony of Mons. Temminck,—to whom, during his recent visit to London, I exhibited the example now figured,—that this bird is also entirely new to Europe. I have therefore ventured to place a notice of it before the Linnean Society, and add the following description. Ordo. GRALLATORES Vigors. Fam. SCOLOPACIDR, Ejusd. Trinca RUFESCENS. Vieill. 5 | Bore-nreastep Steers. measures one » inch, and koik zm gape to the occiput is also . ene inch: the feathers on the top of the head are dark brown, approaching to black, each feather edged with very light brown, giving a. mottled appearance ; the back of the neck light brown, the dark spots formed by the centre of each feather. minute ; P the. pack very dark brown, the ex- . treme edges only of the ; s light brown: the wing- . — coverts brown, and inter à "appearance between the light brown feathers of the neck and those of the back ; the primaries nearly b lack , tipped with white; the shafts .. white; the tertials brown, edged with light brown; tail- coverts brown, with lighter-coloured borders: the tail cu- neiform, the centre feathers black, the shafts and edges lighter ; the feathers on each side light brown, inclosed by a zone of black, and edged with white. The chin, sides of the neck, throat and breast, light brown tinged. with EP Ree SS Mr. YAnnELLU's Description of a Species of Tringa. 111 with buff; abdomen, flanks and under tail-coverts white, but pervaded also with the buff colour of the higher parts ; the sides of the neck spotted, from the dark centres of the feathers occupying a larger surface than upon the front ; . the anterior portion of the under surface of the wing rufous brown; the outer portion spotted, the under wing-coverts pure white. The shafts of the primaries on their under surface pearl white, the outer web dusky, the inner web also dusky, and plain on the part nearest the shaft, the other inner half of the web beautifully mottled with dark specks ; the secondary wing-feathers also mottled at their bases, and ending in sabre-shaped points, presenting a regular series of lines formed by alternating shades of white, black, and dusky bands, which in the adult bird are well defined, and present a beautifully variegated appearance, peculiar to this species. "The legs are bare for half an inch above the joint; the tarsus one inch and one quarter in length; the middle toe zths of an inch ; the whole of these parts brown; the nails black : the whole -— of the bird eight inches. t single specimen of this Saudpipr deposited in the Paris Museum appears to have served for the descriptions contained in the works already referred to; and this example is probably an adult bird in summer plumage. Wilson's excellent work on the Birds of America does not contain this Tringa, nor is it included in the Continuation, on the same judicious and valuable plan, by the Prince of Musig- nano; neither have I been able to find a notice of this species in any other ornithological work, except those before quoted. It is readily distinguished from all the other birds of this genus - by the peculiar markings of the under surface of the wings. The value of this acquisition to our Fauna is still further. en- -hanced 112 Mr. YAnnELU' Description of a Species of Tringa. hanced by the twofold circumstance, of its extreme rarity, as well as being in a different state of plumage from the only other specimen known. The plumage and the state of ossification of the tarsi prove this specimen to be a young bird of the year; but whether bred in the marshes of the county in which it was killed, or, having wandered from America to the northern part of our island, had accompanied the Dotterell in their southern autumnal visit to the chalk district of Cambridgeshire, can only be conjectured. The extensive range of hills around Melbourne are frequented by Dotterell in considerable numbers for a short period during every spring and autumn, in their way to and from their breed- ing-ground ; and the only locality from which I could ever obtain their eggs was the Grampian Hills. But three of the many additions to British ornithology that have lately occurred having been recorded in the Transactions of the Linnean Society, I take the opportunity this communica- tion affords me, of adding a list of thirteen others, with a refe- rence to the authorities from whom the first notices of these addenda have emanated. The names of the three above men- tioned are also included to complete the list. Loria pytiopsittacus. Parrot Crossbill. See Selby 8 dilusirations of British Ornithology, p-lt ns ` Plectrophanes Lapponica. ‘Lark-spurred Bunting. Linn: Trans. vol. xv. part 1. p. 156. Emberiza hortulana. Ortolan Bunting. Zool. Journ. vol. iii. p. 498. Anthus Richardi. Richard’s Lark. Zool. Journ. vol. i. p. 280 $ 411. Sylvia Suecica. Blue-breasted Warbler. Synopsis of the Contents of the Newcastle Museum, by G. T. For, Esq., F. L.S. p. 298. A ccentor V ree EC NEN i ee es oh or 7 — —" 22 Mr. YannELI's Description of a Species of Tringa. 113 Accentor alpinus. Alpine Warbler. Zool. Journ. vol. ii. p. 281. Scolopax Sabini. Sabine's Snipe. Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. part 3. p. 556. Tringa rufescens. Buff-breasted Sandpiper. (The subject of the present communication.) | Tringa Temminckii. ''emminck's Sandpiper. Zool. Journ. vol. iii. pp. 88 4 302. Gallinula Baillonii. Bailon's Gallinule. Zool. Journ. vol. ii. p. 279. : Sterna arctica. Arctic Tern. Zool. Journ. vol. ii. p. 461. Larus eburneus. Ivory Gull. Bewick's British Birds, edit. 1826, vol. ii. p. 214. Anas Gambensis. Spur-winged Goose. Bewick's British Birds, edit. 1826, vol. ii. p. 296. Anas Casarka. Ruddy Goose. Bewick's British Birds, edit. 1826, vol. ii. p. 313. Anas glocitans. Bimaculated Duck. Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. part 3 p. 559. | Anas rufina. Red-crested Duck. Zool. Forn. jo ii. pp. 492 n 552; and vol. iii. p. 604. - VOL. XVI. Q IX. An (35^) IX. An Account of Margarodes, a new Genus of Insects found in the Neighbourhood of Ants’ Nests. By the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A. F.L.S. Read December 4, 1827. I vse» to imagine that nothing would give me so much pleasure (excepting the discovery of a recent Belemnite), as an oppor- tunity of investigating those curious and minute bodies which have been so often sent to Europe in collections of shells, under the name of ground pearl; and by accident.I have at last been gratified in this respect. | ‘The only person who has lately noticed them is Dr. Nugent, a learned geologist resident in Antigua. In the second part of the fifth volume of the Transactions of. the Geological Society of London, page 463, he informs us, that the ground pearl (erro- neously supposed to be fossil) occurs in the marl of that island, and “is found in prodigious quantity in the furrows of the land when newly turned up." Dr. Nugent appears, however, to have suspected its real nature, for he says, (page 473,) **that though it be derived exclusively from the marl, it may possibly be in some ‘unaccountable manner the production of some recent insect on the surface. The ground pearl generally has an opening as if the larva had escaped ; but in a few cases I have found them without opening, containing a minute portion of mucous matter: the _ negroes then call them live ground pearl. It is singular that | turkeys and other poultry devour these ground pd andi Q2. | I cath 116 Rev. L. GuirpiwxG's Account of Margarodes. death ensues in consequence, unless immediate relief be afforded. Vinegar is poured down the throat, which probably dissolves these substances in the crop, and thus removes the distention they had occasioned. The astonishing quantity in the land puzzles me. I know of no insect sufficiently abundant to pro- duce them in such vast quantity. The ant and the musquito are the only insects whose number bears any proportion to these little substances." With the musquito they are of course in no way connected ; but I have every reason to believe that the animal is placed by a merciful Providence in the dry colonies, as a parasite to keep down the numbers of those little invincible and voracious creatures the ants, which would otherwise swarm in countless myriads uninjured by the rains which thin their ranks in the . mountainous and more rainy islands. They occur plentifully in the Bahamas; and, under the name of ant-eggs, are strung into necklaces and ornamental purses by the ladies. In the rainy climate of St. Vincent they have not been found ; but in the smaller islands of the Government, which, from the absence of gigantic mountain ranges, are subject to continued drought, these bodies are met with in abundance. On a late visit to the Union Island I collected a boxfull; and suspecting that others . had failed in tracing. the animals to maturity from. improperly placing them in too dry a situation, I brought them home in moist marl, and had soon the satisfaction to observe the insects which are here figured issuing from the pearls. I lament to say, that from the distance of this island, it may be a long time before I am able to obtain an animal so delicate and small in its state of ovum and larva; or have an opportunity of observing them in coitu, to ascertain whether there be any apparent difference in the structure of the sexes. ] met with them most plentifully in saintly soil about stones, under 3 4 E 3 3 a a Rev. L. Guitprne’s Account of Margarodes. 117 under which some families of ants had established receptacles for their broods. Many lay near the surface, while others, buried at the depth of many inches, would require (even aided by their strong fossorious legs) the favourable opportunity of a shower to enable them to penetrate to the surface, and attack the congregated larve of the ant. Though armed with a noble microscope, I cannot satisfy myself as to the form of the foramen in the anterior claws, through which the liquid food is pumped, as in the mandibles of the larve of the Myrmeleonide. Ido not remember any other perfect insect in which the mouth is alto- gether wanting, and the food is absorbed by tubes ending in a foramen ; and it will probably be found necessary to constitute a new order for its reception. It is curious, too, that the tubes for feeding should be seated in the anterior /egs. It is well known that the raptorious legs of the Scolopendride are tubular, but this structure is only applied to the injection of the deaden- ing poison by which they kill or stupefy their prey. _ I once thought that the ground pearls were the ova of some insect ; but from the great diversity in their size and shape it was impossible to maintain this opinion: the ova of the same insect rarely differing in any very sensible degree. It was moreover easy to trace on the greater number of specimens, when cleaned, a rostriform projection (tab. 12. f. 5. a.), with several minute and obliterated spots, which seem to mark the position of the legs, or rather, perhaps, the spiracula of the larve: the anal portion of the pearl is also remarkable for five minute and regular spots, two placed in a line, and three (tad. 12. f.6.) smaller ones in a triangle between them. The pearl is irregular in its outline, the smaller specimens are roundish, while the larger ones are swollen on the sides, with the anal termination often bent upwards (tab.12. f.5.). The whole puparium is covered with large caducous scales, - which strongly effervesce and disappear in nitric and muria C 118 Rev. L. Gu1rpiNG's Account of Margarodes. acids, while sulphuric turns them black. Vinegar slowly decom- poses them. Exposed to flame they bubble and burn like horn. A most remarkable circumstance in the history of these ani- mals is, the power which the puparia possess, when placed in too dry a spot, to throw out gradually certain filiform and very long organs, for the purpose of preventing the drying and de- struction of the animal within by obtaining moisture by capil- lary attraction. These organs I have named Siphones (fila ab- sorbentia), a term, | believe, not already selected by Mr. Kirby. They appear tubular, and are composed of parallel friable fibres. At first I readily accounted for their appearance, by supposing that they were delicate filiform fungi which had sprung up on the pearls; but on further investigation it proved that, contrary to the law observed by Fungi, they were thrown out when placed in a very dry camphorated box, or on dry soil ; and that they only sprung from the half-obliterated spots which seem to mark the position of the spiracula of the larva. There can, therefore, be little doubt as to the use of these singular threads, which seem to have no analogues in the animal kingdom, and which imitate in so curious a manner the operation of some vegetable organs. St. Vincent, July 24, 1827. a N SECT A. | Onpo??*. : Gienüs* Masi RODES. Guild. Character Genericus. Corpus obesum, molle. Caput evanidum. Thorax abdomine annuloso vix distinctus. * Ordo, statio, et affinitas omnino incerti. Locum monstret doctissimus amicus Dominus Kirby. B $ - = 5 Trans: Linn So - Vol. XVI. £22. p. Z2 Um] mw Rev. L. Gv1rpiNo's Account of Margarodes. 119 Os julm. Oculi nulli, aut omnino obscuri. His ami Antenne mediocres, filiformes, 7-articulate, sub fronte approxi- mate. Manus validissimze, fossoriz, raptoric, unguiculis foraminatis ? Pedes minuti, breves, gressorii, unguiculis simplicibus. Anus terminalis. Corpus adminiculis scabrum. Motus valde segnis. Ovum ? Larva ? Pupa. —— Metamorphosis subcoarctata. Puparium senor suboperculatum, squamis calcareis MARGARODES FORMICARUM. sas: A1 at mirè frequens in Coloniis aridi Indie Occidentalis: ; an formicarum destructor ? | EXPLICATIO TABUL XII. Figure 1. & 2. Margarodes formicarum auctus. Fig. 3. Long. nat. Fig. 4. Puparium squamá operculiformi infractá. Fig. 5. Idem ad latus visum, rostro projecto (a.). Fig. 6. Puparii anus signatus. Fig.7. Variet J ferruginea. Fig. 8. Puparium siphonibus exsertis. Fig. 9. Idem operculo re- jecto, ad dorsum visum. Fig. 10. Idem ad ventrem visum. Fig. 11. Antrum puparii. Fig. 12. Mag. naturai d ( 121) X. Description of a new Species of Phalangista. By Thomas Bell, Esq., F. R.S. §& L.S. Read November 4, 1828. Ordo. MARSUPIATA. Genus. PuaraNcisTA. Geoffroy. PHALANGISTA GLIRIFORMIS. Tas. XIII. XIV. P, Dorso rufo-cinereo, gulá fulvá, macula post aurem utrinque albá: auribus nudis. Habitat in Australia. c | ; Description. The general form of this animal resembles that of the common dormouse ; but it is larger, broader, and more depressed. The head is broad across the ears, from whence it tapers to the nose, which is somewhat pointed. The nostrils are narrow, and of a semicircular form: the upper jaw, which is elongated, overhangs the under, and almost entirely conceals it. The lips are scantily covered with soft short hair, of a whitish colour, and are furnished with four rows of long black vibrissz, the posterior ones tipped with light brown. The eyes are very large, remarkably promi- nent, and of a jet-black colour: the ears of considerable size, erect, totally destitute of hair, and of an uniform mouse-colour. The teeth are not very easily examined in - the living subject; the incisores, however, are seen to re-- VOL. XVI. R semble 122 Mr. BELL on a new Species of Phalangista. semble those of the other species of the genus; but from the difficulty of examining the back part of the mouth, the molares have not been very accurately observed: they are moreover extremely small, and almost concealed by the gum. The body is particularly flat and broad, and is covered with a very’ soft and thick fur; the hairs which . | compose it being of a gray colour tipped with reddish- . | brown, give the general hue of rufous-gray. The under parts are more sparingly covered with fur of a pale yel- A lowish-gray colour, the yellow predominating at the sides, and especially at the throat. The general colour of the face is also yellowish, the upper and back part of the head assuming the rufous-gray colour of the back: there is a blackish ring round the eyes, which passes upwards on each side to the forehead, where it mingles with the general - | ‘colour of that part. The sides of the neck as well as the , throat are buff. There is a darkish ring partially surround- ing the ears, at the anterior pU iene ids a distinct white spot behind each. | The feet are almost eainiie comodidad by the = when the ani- —malisat rest; and even when in an active state, the breadth of the body, combined with the length of the fur, and the extent to which the skin of the sides is attached to the legs, . namely, as far as the carpi and tarsi, gives it very much the aspect of a Petaurista, to which genus the present species may, I think, be considered as exhibiting a remarkable approximation. The tail is nearly as long as the body and j head together ; it is remarkably broad and thick at the base, -to more than half. an inch from the origin, at which part it becomes contracted, and then gradually tapers to the ex- tremity. It is hairy, being more thickly covered on the upper part, and especially at the base, where it partakes of the Mr. BELL on a new Species of Phalangista. 193 the general colour of the upper parts of the body, becoming more scantily furnished towards the point; and there is, at the extremity of the under part, a narrow space, about half an inch in length, which is entirely naked. ‘The tail is more or less prehensile throughout its whole length, but espe- cially towards the extremity, as is indicated. by the bare patch or line just mentioned : there are slight circular de- pressions at intervals, apparently marking the divisions of the vertebree, which are more distinctly sms hin under- neath. | The feet are perfectly stehende The thumb, as in the other: - species of the genus, is destitute of a nail both on the fore and hinder feet, and the nails of the other toes are very narrow and slightly hooked. © The toes on the fore-feet are nearly of an equal length, and generally stand out in a radiated direction when the animal is standing on a flat surface. ‘The hinder-feet are longer than the fore; the thumb is thick and short, and placed at a greater distance - — from the other toes in the latter than in the former... The two outer toes are nearly of the same length,—the two next shorter, and, like the other Phalangiste, united together, except at the last phalanx, which gives the appearance of one broad toe with two nails, and these are sharper and narrower than those of the other toes. The under part of — the feet is bare, —the upper part s etm. with eee fae solet xs hair. tsnrimo The br: — soon ibe dis escciptiimis dirembéing femnles; the account of the generative organs must be restricted to iiem sex. One of them had brought forth young ones, which re said to have been in the pouch when she was taken, bu — died before e arrival in England. ‘The other app ars not - :3 lee 194 Mr. BELL on a new Species of Phalangista. have been impregnated. When they were first brought to this country there was a very obvious difference in the state of the pouches. The teats, which are four in number, were much larger in the elder specimen, particularly the two anterior ones ; which is directly opposite to the state of these organs in the Kangaroo, as described in the valuable and elaborate paper of my friend Mr. Morgan, lately read before the Linnean Society. At the present time, however, the teats in the two specimens are nearly, if not exactly, of the same size,—an interesting cir- cumstance, as indicating an analogy to these organs in the Kangaroo; in which animal, as shown in the paper just referred to, a similar diminution of the teats takes place after the young. have finally left the pouch. - The cloaca is placed about one- third of the distance from the root of the tail to the pouch. | On examining the characters of this interesting and elegant little animal, it is impossible not to be struck with its general approach to the Petauriste,—a resemblance to which I have already alluded. "The identity of many of its more obvious characters with those of Phalangista nana is too marked not to demand a particular investigation. The history of the latter species is but very imperfectly known ; indeed, the short and necessarily unsatisfactory account given by the celebrated 'l'em- minck in his Monograph of this genus, serves only to raise our curiosity, without affording an opportunity of satisfying it. The small size of that species, being not larger than a mouse, to- gether with some general similarity in the colour and marking, would almost lead us to identify them as one and the same spe- cies, were it not for one striking character, which cannot be mistaken, namely, the surface of the ears. ‘The description of Phalangista nana, as given by the above-mentioned distinguished zoologist, Mr. BzLr on a néw Species of Phalangista. 125 zoologist, has this very obvious character: **les oreilles sont arrondies et couvertes de poils." Now in the specimen from which the present description is given, the ears are so absolutely naked that not even with a lens can the slightest hairiness be. discovered on them. ‘This very marked distinction renders it the less necessary for me to dwell upon the minor differences of colour; the under part of Ph. ana, for instance, = white, that of our species a yellowish-gray *. Two specimens of this beautiful animal are now living in the possession of my friend Mr. Morgan, to whose kindness I am indebted for permission to lay the present account before this Society. He received them from New Holland, according to the declaration of the person who brought them to England, but from what part was not stated. In their habits they are extremely like the dormouse, feeding on nuts and other similar food, which they hold in their fore paws, using them as hands. ‘They are nocturnal, remaining asleep during the whole of the day, or, if disturbed, not easily roused to a state of activity ; and coming forth late in the even- ing, and then assuming their natural rapid and vivacious habits. They run about a small tree which is placed in their cage, using their paws to hold by the branches, and assisting themselves by their prehensile tail, which is always held in readiness to sup- port them, especially when in a descending attitude. Sometimes the tail is thrown in a reversed direction, turned over the back ; and at other times, when the weather is cold, it is rolled closely up towards the under part, and coiled almost between the thighs. When eating they sit up on their hind quarters, holding the * See Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. xxv. 477.— Desmar. Mamm. p. 968.— F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sc. Nat. xxxix. 415.—Temminck, Monog. Mamm. 9. The first reference appears to be the original one, and the others either taken from that or from the specimen which formed the subject of it. food 126 Mr. BELL on a new Species of Phalangista. food in their fore paws, which, with the face, are the only parts apparently standing out from the ball of fur, of which the body seems at that time to be composed. They are perfectly harmless and tame, permitting any one to hold and caress them without ever attempting to bite, but. do not evince the least at- tachment either to persons about them or even to each other. The analogy of these animals to the Rodentia, and especially to the genus Myozus, is. so obvious as to require merely a casual notice of their habits, to strike any one who observes them. It is shown in their nocturnal activity, the nature of their food, their manner of taking it, their attitudes and motions, no less than in many circumstances connected with their external form and characters ; as, the general form of the body, the nature of the fur, the character of the feet, the prominence and remark- able size of the eyes, &c. There is, however, one very im- portant peculiarity of the dormouse, which: has not as: yet been observed to — to our. animal, and coats is its hyberna- tion. ! S | The habits of the dormouse apd squirrel in this respect are universally known. Every one has seen the: eagerness: with which these animals will seize, pick to pieces, and carry to their places of repose, such substances as are placed within their reach for the purpose of forming their winter bed. :But although similar substances have been given to the little animals now described, no attempt has up to the present period (Novem- ber 4th) been made by them to construct their winter habi- tation ; and wherever the wool and other matters are placed, there they take their day's rest, without disturbing or altering |. the arrangement or situation. As both the specimens from which this account is taken are still in health, it may be some time before an opportunity is afforded of ascertaining their anatomical structure ; but whenever such Soo. VoL XVI . Tab 13. p. 227, 4 HL Mr. BELL on a new Species of Phalangista. 127 such an opportunity does occur, it shall not be suffered to pass by unimproved. a | Measurement. oiu. Inches. Lines. Total length . . Length of the head d body tail . Breadth of the head beton the ears Length of the ears Breadth of the ears when dipanddd Breadth of the body when at rest . Height of ditto Breadth of the tail at = origin at-one inch from. base Depth of the tail at its origin. Span of E fore Fa : Length of fared two outer hind-toes . . . the double hind-toe . . . the thumbs before and behihd Distance from the edge of pouch to the cloaca ams» ou oe O OO c 30 oo E e O) t 19 (o i9 -4 Oy T Oy OY — Qt Q( (O Ov o 1 O EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Tas. XIII. Phalangista gliriformis, of the natural size. 128 Mr. BELL on a new Species of Phalangista. Tas. XIV. Pouch and extremities of the same. Pouch and teats, shortly after the period of suckling. Pouch and teats of the unimpregnated animal. Prehensile extremity of the tail. Fore-foot, upper part. Fore-foot, under part. Hind-foot, upper part. Hind-foot, under part. Curl of the tail, observed during sléep. SS. Ba cR XI. On : P Trans, Limajoc. Vol. ITI ( 59129 7) XI. On an undescribed Species of the Genus Phasianus. By Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater, F.L.S. Read December 2, 1828. Tue return of His Excellency the Right Honourable Earl Am- herst from India, has made us acquainted with one of the most splendid examples of the genus Phasianus that has been sub- mitted to the notice of ornithologists for many years past. ; Two males of this new and beautiful species came originally from the mountains of Cochin China, and were presented by the King of Ava to Sir Archibald Campbell, who gave them to the Countess Amherst. Her ladyship retained them in her pos- session about two years, and ultimately succeeded in bringing them both to England alive, but t gui: survived the poraee a few weeks. I propose the name of Phasianus Amherstia (tab. 15.) for this valuable addition to our catalogue, as a tribute due to the distin- guished lady to whom ornithologists are indebted for the know- ledge of this new species ; and I have great pleasure in publicly recording my thanks to her ladyship for the kindness and con- descension with which my request to be allowed to make this bird known to the world through the ee of the €— Society, was immediately granted. - yt: The lovers of science will be farther gralited by the know- ledge, that her ladyship's zeal in this single branch of natural history, enabled her to select and bring over enr 2 500 speci bevoL. XVI. s i e Lo any 130 Mr. LEADBEATER on an undescribed many of which, I have reason to believe, are as yet unknown to European naturalists. The dimensions of various parts of this Pheasant are as fol- lows: 3 Inches. Length from point of the beak tothe gape. . 12 from the beak to the rump |... . . . 13 Longest tail-feather . . cr: BS Point of the beak to the end of the tail por 1 9I Height of the bird when standing . . . . . = Length of the tarsus... eT eee os Length of middle toe and SU NEES OL. di Length af the back ioo o te, eion 2 Length.of the other toes, each! ...... 9.0 .-+) odè d£ Spurs small and short. The general character of this bird and the arrangement of its plumage is similar to that of our well-known Golden Phea- sant. The irides are white, and the naked part surrounding the eyes of a light verditer blue. The feathers « on 1 the top of the head are green; the crest- feathers crimson, and 21 inches in length; the pendant tippet is of a eee "white; each: feather tipped with a dark-green circular band, with a straight band of the same colour across each feather about 2ths of an inch above the end; the whole depth of this tippet is 51 inches, the longest feathers 44 inches ; the neck, back, shoulders, chest and wing-coverts, are of a beautiful metallic green, each feather ending in a broad zone of velvet black ; the wing primaries dusky, with lighter-coloured . shafts, and white outer edges; the greater wing-coverts and secondaries bluish-black ; the breast and belly white; thighs and Trans Linn. J jf í m Me, b pot HE, ^ had CMMI o 97 d rs : Allen, sculp. D. Species of the Genus Phasianus. 131 and under tail-coverts mottled dark brown and white ; the legs light blue. ‘The feathers on the rump are brown at the base, green in the middle, the remaining most exposed portion of a bright saffron-yellow ; the tail-coverts are also brown at the base, the centre portion barred green and white, ending in scarlet, these feathers elongating to the extent of 10 inches, as their place of insertion approaches that of the true tail prima- ries: the first tail primary measures only 29 inches, the plume 1i inch in depth, of a beautiful white ground, with broad bars of green about 3ths of an inch apart, extending in the direction of the web, and mottled across from bar to bar; the third and fourth primaries are the longest, and measure, as before stated, 38 inches each; the inner web narrow, and mottled black and white; the outer web 12 inch wide, with transverse circular dark-green bars about 3ths of an inch apart, on a ground the inner portion of which is grayish-white, the outer pn light chesnut-brown. It may be proper to state, that the splendid appearance these specimens now exhibit in this country, is entirely owing to the very judicious plan of taking off their extraordinary tail-feathers, about two inches from the body of the birds, before consigning - them to the coops in which they were conveyed from India. One of these beautiful Pheasants forms part of my own private collection. | EXPLANATION OF TAB. Xv. Phasianus eer one-fourth oF the natural : size. C: 185...) XII. Observations on some Species of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx, natives of North America; with Descriptions of Four new Species of the former, and Two of the latter Genus. By Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. Read December 16, 1828. Ix the course of a journey across the continent of North Ame- rica, performed in the years 1825, 1826, and 1827, having discovered several species of these genera, not before observed or described, I submit the following notice of them to the So- ciety. TETRAO. 1. T. Urophasianus. Mas, ien tenete ferrugineo ni- groque undulatus, collo anteriore abdomineque imo nigris, pectore albo plumis superioribus rhachibus rigidis, infe- rioribus in medio nigro-lineatis, plumis colli lateralibus elongatis, linearibus : cauda cuneatà, rectricibus subrigidis, acutis. EaD. Brunnescenti-grisea, albo nigroque parcè undulata ; ab- . domine imo nigro, pectore albo nigro-fasciato, caudâ sub- : _cuneata, rectricibus subacutis. aien ae TE T. Tropea., Rf L. Bonaparte i in 1 Zool EAR E ii. p. 2127.74 ug Cock of the Plains. Tomo und Clark’ s Travels, p. 473. Male. Bill black, one inch and three-fourths long : upper man- : - dible Lat dus 134 Mr. DouGLas on some Species dible very strong; nostrils cushioned with fine short silky feathers. Head, neck, back and wings, of a uniform light brownish-gray, waved with black and reddish bars trans- versely. Plumage of the head and neck short and fine, | with a series on the sides of the neck of long white hair- A like feathers, terminating on the hind part of the neck with : decomposed white feathers, which have linear black points, exceeding the length of the plumage by two inches. Throat marked with minute white spots, having a faint irregular white bar running from each eye. Upper part of the breast, immediately below the cesophagus, white, rigid, angular at the points, as if cut with an instrument. C&so- phagus orbicular, naked, yellow. Lower part of the breast bluish-gray, the points of the feathers black i in the middle, linear, more slender than those.on-the neck. Belly black, - with a few scattered white feathers... Vent and legs light ash-gray. Tarsi one inch and three-fourths long. Toes strongly pectinated, the middle one feathered to the first joint. Quills 16, with dusky webs and white shafts. Sca- -pulars and outer coverts same colour as the back; under coverts white. Tail 20 feathers, wedge-shaped, 10 inches longs somewhat rigid, of the same colour as the back: . | ie r coverts black tipped with white. - epus 32 inches. E Girth 92. Weight 6 to 8 pounds. ` endressa : Female smaller, of the same colour as the mide "i Wee white small feathers. Destitute of the series of long hair- like feathers on the neck, and white rigid scale-like ones x which are found on the breast of the male bird. Tail partly _ E- wedge-shaped, somewhat acute. Flesh dark-coloured, and . E but tolerable in point of flavour. Food, buds, leaves and fruit of Purshia tridentata, caret; seeds of Cactus, brown and 1 black ants, and. sand bugs. - Trachea a of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyz. 135 Trachea unusually large, and very strong. Gizzard dispro- portionately large, having but little muscular substance ; and the horny consistence of the inner coat, so conspicuous in most species of this genus, is in the present remarkably thin, in many so thin, that it can only be observed but by - careful examination. The pebbles in it seldom exceed 30 or 40, generally white quartz. Two cecal appendages, mode- rately long, beautifully grooved or longitudinally fluted. The flight of these birds is slow, unsteady, and affords but little amusement to the sportsman. From the disproportionately small, convex, thin-quilled wing,—so thin, that a vacant space half as broad as a quill appears between each,—the flight may be said to be a sort of fluttering more than any thing else: the bird giving two or three claps of the wings in quick succession, at the same time hurriedly rising; then shooting or floating, swinging - from side to side, gradually falling, and thus producing a clapping whirring sound. When started, the voice is Cuck, cuck, cuck, like the Common. Pheasant. They pair in March and April. Small eminences on the banks of streams are the places usually selected for celebrating the weddings, the time generally about sun-rise. The wings of the male bird are lowered, buzzing on the ground, the tail spread like a fan, somewhat erect; the bare yellow cesophagus inflated to a prodigious size, fully half as large as his body, and from its soft membranous substance being well contrasted with the scale-like feathers below it on the breast, and the flexile silky feathers on the neck, which on these | occasions stand erect. In this grotesque form he displays in the presence of his intended mate a variety of pleasing attitudes. "His love- song is a confused, grating, but not offensively disagreeable tone,—something that we can imitate, but have a difficulty ok = = expressing,— Hurr-hurr-hurr-r-r-r-hoo, ending in a fum h llow | tone, : 136 Mr. Dovucras.on some Species tone, not unlike the sound produced by blowing into a large reed. Nest on the ground, under the shade of Purshia and | Artemisia, or near streams among Phalaris arundinacea, care- lessly constructed of dry grass and slender twigs. Eggs 13 to 17, about the size of those of a common fowl, of a wood-brown colour, with irregular chocolate blotches on the thick end. Pe- riod of incubation twenty-one to twenty-two days. The young leave the nest a few hours after they are hatched. In the summer and autumn months these birds are seen in small troops, and in winter and spring in flocks of several hun- dreds. Plentiful throughout the barren arid plains of the river Columbia ; also in the interior of North California. They do not exist on the banks of the river Missouri; nor have they been seen in any place east of the Rocky Mountains. The short notice of this speciesy-by the abdve-quoted distin- guished ornithologist, appears to have been taken from a young male in indifferent plumage ; it is correctly observed by him to represent T. Urogallus in the New Continent. Its vernacular name among the Kyüse Indians who reside on the Columbia, is Py amis. 2... T. Urophasianellus. Mas. Griseo-brunnescens, albo ferru- gineo nigroque undulatus, nuchá alisque albo maculatis, . abdomine albo lateribus brunneo-fasciatis, rectricibus me- , diis elongatis. chests — Fee: Mari tertio minor, subpallidior, cere nigro €—À rectricibus subelongatis. | Male. Bill brown. Head, neck and back, brownish-gray, waved — with bars of a reddish and darker tinge. Plumage of the ~ head and neck short and fine ; breast and belly dusky-white edged with br ownish-gray, and mixed with darker gray or brown spots. Quills 22; webs dusky, with darker shafts ; | : the MENT E 3 ilii aiu MCI ves of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyz. 137 the outer webs white, spotted ; under-coverts bluish-white. Tarsi one inch long, thinly clothed with feathers of the same colour as the belly and vent. Toes scarcely pectinated, having instead small close hard scales. Tail consisting of 18 feathers, pointed, the four centre ones the longest. Length 19 inches. Breadth 12 inches. Weight one and a half to two pounds. Female smaller, darker on the hind part of the neck ; colour less distinctly marked, and the tail scarcely half so long as the male bird. 'The trachea and gizzard of the present spe- cies, as regards muscular consistence and size, differs but little from the preceding. Their flight is swift and steady, with little noise. Their habits approach so closely to those of the former, that to describe them would. be only repeating what has been stated of that species. Suffice it to say, they inhabit the same range of country, form their nests after the same fashion and in similar places, subsist on the same sort of food, having. young at the same season. Eggs 11—15, light ash-colour, about the size of a pigeon’s. The voice is Chick, chick, chick, the sounds running into each other. They are more numerous than the former, with whom they asso- ciate, and seem to live in harmony; they are shy, and difficult to be approached. The flesh is similar to that of the former. 3. T. Sabini. Rufus, nigro notatus: dorso maculis cordiformi- | bus, nuchá alisque lineis ferrugineo-flavis ; abdomine albo . brunneo fasciato ; _rectricibus fasciatis, fascia su ~ latà nigra. nee dis Male. Bill blocking] dua mandible yellow, tipped with . black. Head, neck and body, red, elegantly marked bcd E. = : black spots; those on the rump Eee saffror VOL. XVI. > ig 138 | Mr. Dovcras on some Species loured. Breast and belly yellowish-white with brown bars. Tarsi one inch long, rusty colour. Quills 20, dusky ; outer webs irregularly and faintly brown, spotted ; under-coverts white. Ruffle of 20 short black feathers, without any azure glossiness. Tail 18 feathers, square at the ends, waved or barred with lighter tints, terminating with a black band one inch broad. The three middle feathers speckled, and want- ing the black band, the tips red: under-coverts foxy-red. Female smaller; colours less bright; ruffle shorter, and the bars on the tail less distinct. Length 18 inches. Breadth 13 inches. weights two pounds. Flight rapid, consisting of a quick clapping of the wing, and then a sudden darting or shooting, with scarcely any apparent motion. Food, buds of Pinus, Fragaria; Rubus, Corylus and Alnus, and berries of Vaccinium. Nest built on the ground in coppices of Corylus, Amelanchier, and Pteris, on the outskirts of pine-forests, composed of the slender fronds of Pteris, dry leaves, and grass. They pair in March. Eggs 9 to 11, dingy white» with red spots. These birds are not so common as many others ; they asso- ciate in flocks never exceeding eight or twelve, except for a short time in the early months of spring; at other seasons it rarely happens that more than three or four are seen together. In manner this bird is near akin to the well-known Wood Partridge of the United States (T. umbellus) and the Canadas, particularly in the strong attachment which it has for its young. The over- abundant care which it manifests for the brood seldom fails of directing the steps of the hunter to the nest or young; and should he come within a few yards, out sallies the mother in furious rage, with the tail spread, the wings buzzing on the ground, and the frill raised, to meet the intruder, continuing to 3 run —-( 2 : 4 of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyz. 139 run backwards and forwards; and so great is her anxiety, that she will venture within two or three yards of him. In another respect the present species agrees with T. umbellus, in perching on stumps of decayed trees in the darkest part of the forests, drumming, which is effected in the same way, namely, by giving two or three loud distinct claps with the wings, then others gradually quicker and quicker, until the sound dies in the di- stance,—not unlike the sound of very distant thunder. The voice is a continuation of measured sounds, not unlike the ticking of a large clock, Tuck, tuck, tuck, slowly pronounced, and, when the bird is on the wing, is a sort of chuckling noise. This very fine bird is an inhabitant of the woody parts of the coast of North- . west America, between the parallels of 40° and 49? from Cape . Mendocina on the south, to the Straits of Juan ge Fuca, Quadra, and Vancouver's Island on the north. The name is a tribute to the merits of my friend Joseph Sabina, Esq., whose intimate acquaintance with this widely-dispersed and highly interesting genus, and whose distinguished services in natural history in general, are universally known and justly appreciated. : 4. T. Franklinii. Mas. Saturatt plumbeo-griseus nigro fascia- tus; gulà pectore nucháque nigris, tectricibus suprà et infrà nigris, apice albo. Form. Pallidior, gulà pectore nuchaque plumbeo-griseis. = Beak black ; irides hazel, with a large, bare, lunulated, fringed scarlet spot above the eye. Head, neck and: -back dark = leaden-gray waved with narrow black bars ; throat, breast, . and hinder part of the neck | black. ‘Belly EE ay. Tarsi ` one inch long, light gray. Toes pectinated. Quills 24, the third the longest ; shafts white ; under coverts blui sh- — 7 TJ 140 Mr. Dovuctas on some Species gray. Tail square, of 16 feathers, black, white at the points; upper and under coverts black tipped with white. Length 20 inches. Breadth 14 inches. Weight two pounds. Female a little smaller and of a lighter colour. Head, neck and body, leaden-gray, sparingly white, spotted on the belly. Flesh white, well-flavoured. In manner there is nothing striking in this bird. Its flight is similar to the last-mentioned: the present, however, runs over the shattered rocks and among the brushwood with amazing speed, and only uses its wings as the last effort of escape. Nest on the ground, composed of dead leaves and grass, not unfre- quently at the foot of decayed stumps, or by the side of fallen timber in the mountain woods. Eggs 5 to 7, dingy-white, somewhat smaller than that of Columba Palumbus. I have never heard the voice of this bird, except its alarm note, which is two or three hollow sounds, ending in a yearning dis- agreeable grating noise, like the latter part of the call of the well-known Numida Meleagris. It is one of the most common birds in the valleys of the Rocky Mountains, from latitude 50? to 54°, near the sources of the Columbia river. It may perhaps be found to inhabit higher latitudes. Sparingly seen in small troops on the high mountains which form the base or platform of the snowy peaks “ Mount Hood,” “Mount St. Helens,” and ** Mount Baker,” siiunid: on the western. parts. of the continent. | In habit the present species assimilates more with T. Cana- densis than any other. The unusually long square tail, con- "m under. coverts rof pe: v are tides too = ea to be overlooked. - puberes. root aed Named E — antly tipped with white, as is also the case with the upper pe of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyz. 141 Named in honour of Captain John Franklin, R.N., the ami- able and distinguished Commander of the Land Arctic Expedi- tion, to whom the lovers of American research owe so much. 5. T. Richardsonii. Mas. Pallidé plumbeo-griseus fusco spar- sim undulatus: gulæ plumis in medio albis: abdomine sa- turatiore albo parcé maculato: macula laterali sub nuchá albá: rectricibus nigris, apice albicante. Foem. Minor, brunnescenti-grisea, dorso brunneo fasciato ; sub- tüs albo frequenter notata, rectricibus duabus mediis fer- rugineo fasciatis. T. Richardsonii. Sabine Mss. Beak: upper mandible black; lower pale brown or horn- colour. Irides dark hazel, with a lunulate yellow gra- nulate bare spot above the eye. Head, neck and breast, glossy lead-colour, with a tinge of light gray: and with black, dark, dusky or brown scattered minute spots. Chin finely spotted with white. Ear-coverts fuscous: the hind part of the neck partly white. Scapulars dark, red speckled. Belly light bluish-gray, white spotted, the centre of the feather partly white. Tarsi one inch and a half long. Toes pectinated. Quills 24; shafts white; inner web dusky, outer mottled ; outer coverts brown, speckled; under co- verts white. Tail square at the end, of 20 feathers, black, tipped with white; upper coverts black, speckled at the points; under coverts black, tipped with white. Fonai smaller, brownish, gray-and-white mottled ; the feathers = of the neck with two narrow. odis bars; those of the back with only one, which is broader. The three centre feathers of the tail waved with red fanda; colour of the . Others lighter than in the male bird. Length 20 inches. : : - Breadth 15 inches. Weight two and a half to throni pounds. Flesh | 142 Mr. Dovaras on some Species Flesh white, excellent. Pair in April: nest formed of small twigs, leaves, and grass, on the declivities of the sub-alpine hills, in coppices of Corylus and Betula, very generally selecting the vicinity of mountain rills or springs. Eggs 13 to 19, nearly the size of a common fowl’s, with large and small red sjiecks. Period of incubation three weeks. Food, buds of Pinus, catkins of Betula, Alnus, and Corylus, berries of Fragaria and Vaccinium. The voice is a continuation of distinct hollow sounds, Hoo—hoo hoo, like the cooing of a dove. Flight swift, steady, and particularly graceful, making but little buzzing or clapping noise. On being started from the dark shadowy pine-trees, their usual roosting-place, they descend, or, more properly, allow themselves to fall within a few feet of the ground before they commence flying,—a circumstance which often leads the sportsman to think he has secured his bird, until the object of his attention leaves him, darting and float- ing through the forest. This trait appears to be peculiar to this species. No bird is more readily destroyed; they will sit . with apparent tranquillity on the rocks or pine branches after several shots have been fired. _ In spring they are seen in great numbers basking in the sun on the southern declivities of the low hills, and in winter in the neighbourhood of springs, lakes, or large streams, in flocks of sixty or eighty. They are easily captured by small snares formed of sinews of the deer tribe. Very abundant on the sub-alpine regions of the Rocky Mountains in latitude 52° N. longitude 115° W. Still more numerous in the mountainous districts of — the river Columbia in latitude 48° N., longitude 118° W. Rare on the mountains of the north-west coast. I captured several in April 1825, and in the winters of 1826-7 several more ; the > TR —— of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyz. 143 the birds from this last locality appear larger, the colours more distinct, and the white on the extremity of the tail much broader. I cannot for the present attempt to separate them from the spe- cies found on the Rocky Mountains, as my specimens from the coast are all destroyed; but probably they will be found on comparison distinct. Three or four years ago, Mr. Sabine received specimens of this through the Hudson's Bay Company, probably taken in the mountains near the sources of the river Athabasca. The name was given by Mr. Sabine, in honour of Dr. Richardson, whose varied scientific acquirements have eminently contributed to the advancement of natural history. The present species is nearly allied to T. obscura of Say, one of the birds observed during Long's Expedition to the Rocky Mountains. ORTY X. 1. O. picta. Mas. Fusca subtüs ferrugineo flava nigro-fasciata : - gulá rubra purpurea albo graciliter cinctá: pectore vertice caudáque plumbeis: cristá nigra longissimá lineari ; lineis superciliaribus albis, cauda tectricibus inferioribus ferru- gineis. Foem. Subcristata, gulà pectoreque fusco-ferrugineis, fusco fas- ciatis. | Male. Bill small, black. Crown of the head and breast lead- colour. Crest three linear black feathers, two inches long. -. Irides bright hazel-red ; throat purple-red, bounded: br a - - narrow lnie line forming a gorget above the breast, extending round the eye and root of the beak. ack; scapulars, and outer coverts of the wings, fuscous-brown. Belly bright tawny or rusty-colour, waved with black, the 2 — points of the feathers white. Quills 18 feather Their rth 144. Mr. Doucras on some Species the longest. Under coverts light brown mixed with a rusty colour. Tail 12 feathers, of unequal length, rounded, lead- colour, but less bright than the breast or crown of the head. Tarsi one inch and a quarter long, reddish. Toes webbed nearly to the first joint. Female. Head and breast light fuscous-brown, the middle of the feathers black. Crest half an inch long. Throat whitish or light gray. Belly light gray waved with black, less bright than the male. Under coverts of the tail foxy-red. Length 10 inches. Girth 16 inches. Weight about twelve - ounces. Flesh brown, well-flavoured. From October until March these birds congregate in vast flocks, and seem to live in a state of almost perpetual warfare ; dreadful conflicts ensue between the-males, which not unfre- quently end in the destruction of one or both combatants, if we may judge from the number of dead birds daily seen plucked, mutilated, and covered with blood. When feeding, they move in compact bodies, each individual endeavouring to outdo his neighbour in obtaining the prize. The voice is, Quick—quick—quick, pronounced slowly, with a gentle suspen- sion of the voice between each syllable. At such times, or when. surprised, the crest is usually thrown forward over the beak, and the reverse when retreating, being brought backwards and laid quite close on the back. Their favourite haunts dry upland or undulating gravelly or sandy soils in open woods, or Coppice thickets of the interior; but during the severity of winter, when the ground is covered with snow, they migrate in large flocks to the more temperate places in the immediate icinity of the ocean. Seeds of Bromus altissimus, Madia sativa, and a tribe of plants allied to Wedelia, catkins of Corylus, leaves of Fragaria, and various insects, are their c common food. Nest on the of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyz. 145 the ground, in thickets of Pteris, Aspidium, Rubus, Rhamnus, and Ceanothus, neatly built with grass and dry leaves, secreted with so much caution, that without the help of a dog they can hardly be found. Eggs 11 to 15, yellowish-white, with minute brown spots ; large in proportion to the bird. Pair in March. Common in the interior of California, and during the summer months extend- ing as far northward as 45° north latitude, that is, within a few miles of the Columbian valley. No specimen of this exceedingly interesting bird exists in any collection. Several pairs, male and female, as well as several of the following species, which I prepared with great care in the interior of California, in Novem- ber 1826, I had the misfortune (too painful to dwell upon) to lose, with a multitude of treasures botanical and zoological, crossing one of the rapid tributary streams of the river Multnomah, near its source in the mountains, on my return northwards. On this occasion I lost the labour of fifty-four days of fatigue and anxiety, the too frequent attendants of such (pndextakipgp- poe 2. 0. iUt o cristá rect alisque. supe- rioribus saturate brunneis : his flavo-ferrugineo stratis : capite genis nucháque | brunneo- et flavo-ferrugineo striatis : gulà albá brunneo notatá: abdomine albo guttato. O. Douglasii. Vigors Mss. Bill brown: crest linear, black, one inch long. rides hazel- red. Body fuscous-brown, with a mixture of lead-colour and rusty or yellow streaks. Throat whitish, with brown spots. F Belly foxy-red or tawny-white. Hio. -Qnillsfenthers 18. 2: lars and outer coverts bright brown. Under c light reddish-brown. Tail 12 unequal, fox Legs reddish. Length 9 inches. Girth 12 inches. Weight ten ounces. Flesh pleasant; dark-coloured. Y - Female. Crest scarcely perceptible, darker. VOL. XVI. U 146 Mr. Dovcras on some Species This species appears to be an inhabitant of a more temperate climate than the preceding one, as it is never seen higher than 42° north latitude, and even that very sparingly in comparison to O. picta or O. Californica. The species do not associate together. In manner they are similar, at least as far as the opportunity I had of observing them went. I have never seen them but in winter dress, and know nothing of their nesting. Mr. Vigors, the zealous and enlightened Secretary of the Zoological Society, in his partial kindness has done me the honour of placing my name to this species. To that gentle- man I communicated an account of this bird shortly after my return to England; and subsequently he has had an opportunity | of seeing a solitary specimen in a collection brought home by "ings — — 9 m cim SO pana tem S In addition to Tetrao, I subjoin a few notes relative to some already described species. But, in the first place, I may be permitted to mention a new species, nearly allied to T. Lago- pus, but much smaller, with a white tail, and when in winter- dress, snow-white, without the least particle of black. "This is an inhabitant of the Rocky Mountains and the snowy peaks of North-west America. During my journey across the dividing . ridge in April 1827, I killed several, which, from the extreme difficulties to be surmounted at that early season of the year, I was reluctantly obliged to leave behind me. This loss I do not now regret, as Dr. Richardson was fortunate enough to secure the species, an accurate description of which will be Apei ey by. bimi in his enigi Fauna of Britai North Ameria T z; Lagopuec® Gmelin i is not an uncommon Edo on ae Rocky Mountains ; near the verge of perpetual snow, in latitude 54°; to of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyz. 147 to the north, it is more plentiful ; and itis occasionally seen on similar altitudes contiguous to the lakes of the Columbia. On the north-west coast it exists as low as 45°7’, the position of Mount Hood. This is the same bird as the Scotch Ptarmigan, and has beeu distinguished by Captain Sabine, in the Supplement to Captain Parry's First Voyage, as distinct from the next species. T. rupestris of Gmelin. I did not meet with this bird on the Rocky Mountains, and therefore suppose it is confined to the northern parts of the continent and the adjacent islands, from which it was brought in abundance by the officers of the diffe- rent Arctic Voyages.—For the differences between this and the preceding species, I refer to the accurate examination of Captain Sabine in the work above referred to, as well as to Mr. Sabine's Appendix to Captain Franklin's First Narrative. I am informed by Mr. Sabine, that this is the bird commonly met with in the northern parts of Europe, where it is erroneously considered as T. Lagopus, which species he believes to be ex- clusively confined to the mountains of — and to the northern pagis oh dubai drig (fat as bDescgguen s: T. Saliceti. This bird; so common in Hudson's Bay, appears rare in the Rocky Mountains. I saw only one pair there; it did not come under my notice on the north-west coast. T. Canadensis. As far as I know, this bird has not yet been found to the west of the central ridge of the continenti» A uer individual is occasionally seen contig 10 to: ern that ridge, near the sources of Athabasca —— in n 55° north lati- tude ; but the species does not become in anywise numerous until we reach the low woody countries in a similar parallel. About Lesser Slave Lake they abound, and on the woody plar e s of u 2 WES sien 148 Mr. Doveras on some Species Sascatchawan river, and the streams that flow into Hudson's Bay. T. Phasianellus. Like the last mentioned, is not seen west of the Rocky Mountains. It abounds on the dry undulating cop- pices or prairies of Sascatchawan river, throughout the whole chain of that stream. On the shores of Oxford lake this is the most common bird of the tribe. T. Cupido. In August 1827 I killed several birds of this spe- cies between Red river and Pembina in 49° north latitude. This may, perhaps, be found to be its most northern range. -It did not come under my observation on the western parts of the continent, ieee TRES i-o s bellus. Perhaps no one of the genus extends over such a tract of country, and no one is more varied in plumage than the - present bird. In the valleys of the Rocky Mountains, 54° north latitude, and a few miles northwards near the sources of Peace river, a supposed variety of this species is found,—different from . T. Umbellus of Wilson. On comparing my specimens from that country with some which I prepared in the States of New York and Pennsylvania, and on the shores on the chain of lakes in Upper Canada, L find the following; differences. Ent. the north- mixed gray, having little of that Meis iim: so conspicuous in the southern bird :—secondly, the ruffle consists invariably of ae 20 feathers, these short, black, and with but little azure glossiness ; the crest-feathers are few and short. Should these racte reafter be considered of sufficient importance for ee a distinct. species, it might perhaps be well to call it T. Umbelloides. hr bemir 1 sm P SERIES of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx. 149 I am partially acquainted with two other species of Tetrao, of the greatest interest, but for the present I forbear to describe them; the more especially, as I look forward at no distant period to again resuming my labours on the western parts of the same continent, the result of which, in due season, it will afford me the greatest pleasure to submit to the Society. - y é ‘Tas. 1. Plecotus auritus & brevimanus . Phalangista gliriformis . A. TONNES, Pomme oe (i A CONTENTS PART II. XIII. Account of a new Plant of the Gastromycous Order of Fungi. By J. E. Bowman, Esq., F.L.S. - p. XIV. On the Origin and Nature of the Ligulate Rays in Zinnia; and on a remarkable Multiplication observed in the Parts of Fructification of that Genus. By Mr. David Don, Libr. d S. - E E p. XV. Sor ‘Obserbattors on the Consi Bat of dion with an Attempt to prove its Identity. with the Pipis- trelle of French Authors. By the Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo- gical Club of the Linnean Society - - - p. XVI. Descriptions of the new Genera and Species of the Class Composite belonging to the Floras of Peru, Mexico, and Chile. By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. — - p. XVII. On the Organs of Voice in Birds. By William I5: 159 169 Yarrell, Esg., F.L.S. - - - ~ - p. 305. XVIII. A Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous 2 Mollusca iv CONTENTS. Mollusca of Great Britain. By J. G. Jeffreys, Esq. In a Letter addressed to L. W. Dillwyn, Esq., F.R. and L.S. - - - - E - ^ p. XIX. On Chamemeles coriacea and Sempervivum glutino- | sum. By the Rev. R. T. Lowe, B.A., Travelling Ba- chelor to the University of Cambridge. Communicated by Francis Boott, M.D. F.L.S. - - E p. XX. On the Parasitical Connection of Lathrea Squamaria, and the peculiar Structure of its Subterranean Leaves : in a Letter to Robert Brown, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L.S. By J. E. Bowman, Esq., F.L.S. - - p. XXI. On the Origin of Buds. By the Rev. Patrick Keith, F.L.S. -— oe T ime Qu e ap. XXII. Observations on the Vicia angustifolia of the English Flora of Sir James Edward Smith, P.L.S. By Ed- ward Forster, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L.S. - - p. XXIII. On a new Species of Wild Swan, taken in England, and hitherto confounded with the Hooper. By William Xamel Eq. ELS. - - =- =l p 323 393 399 421 435 To B51 +) XIII. Account of a new Plant of the Gastromycous Order of Fungi. By J. E. Bowmin, Esq., F.L.S. Read February 19, 1828. I sze leave to offer to the Linnean Society the following ac- count of a minute but very interesting individual of the Gastro- ERRATA £0 Part I.—Vor. XVI. Page 11. For * de ces côtes, read “de ses côtés.” Page 14. For “ Bullo," read * Buteo.” Page 19. Erase the word “ Aquila” from the second column of the lower Table, and insert * Bernicla” at the bottom of the third column. Page 41. For “ but the remarkable relation existing between the larvae of Neuro- ptera, such as Myrmeleon, has not escaped the notice of naturalists," read * but the remarkable relation existing between the larvæ of Neuroptera, such as Myrmeleon, and the Arachnida, has not escaped the notice of naturalists." Page 45. No break should take place between the paragraph ending with the words “ Birds of Prey,” and that beginning with the words * The backward position," &c. - Lee EE E E ( A51 ) XIII. Account of a new Plant of t Gastromycous Order of Fungi. By J. E. Bowmitn, Esq., F.L.S. Read February 19, 1828. I sec leave to offer to the Linnean Society the following ac- count of a minute but very interesting individual of the Gastro- mycous tribe of Fungi, recently detected by me in this neigh- - bourhood. ‘Though it does not appear to have been hitherto noticed by botanists, it is not improbable that it may sometimes occur in similar favourable situations. Its extreme minuteness and general resemblance to others of the same natural family, easily accounts for its having been overlooked altogether, or confounded with them. ‘The peculiar elegance of its mature form, were it of sufficient size to meet the common eye, could . pot fail to arrest the attention of the most indifferent. As it is, specimens can be discovered only by the patient explorers of their shaded and secluded haunts: for so ephemeral is their duration, and their texture so perishable, that but few of them can be preserved for future examination. On this account, I regret that I am unable to present any specimens to the Society of the individual in question; but the accompanying plate ex- hibiting its different stages may be relied on as correct. Its height scarcely exceeds. half a line, and its colour differs little from the decaying wood on which it grows. Tab. 16. f. a. represents its natural size both in its early and mature states, but the rest of the figures are all highly magnified. It requires YOL. Xvi. X a good 152 Mr. BowMAN on a new Plant a good lens to distinguish its general structure; and the in- sertion of the filaments into the under surface of the pileus, on which I have founded its generic name («vege ab infra, and snua E — filamentum,) can only be discovered by the compound micro- scope. Class and Order. CryproGamia FUNGI. Natural Order. Gastromyct. Link, Greville. GasTEROMY- CETES. Fries. ENERTHENEMA ELEGANS. Ta». XVI. Gen. Char. Peridium subglobatum, pellucidum, lacteo-albidum, stipite perforante, pileo terminali, filamentis ab infra sur- süm cirratis. | Spec. Char. Sporangium imprimis sessile, globosum, deinde Stipitatum ; stipite infra cylindraceo, superne conico, po- stremó peridio rimoso, evanescente. Crescit gregatim in sylvis opacis apud quercüs ramos decorticatos. t EN 2 E In its earliest stage the capsule or sporangium is globular and stemless, gelatinous, white, and semitransparent (Tab. 16. f. b.) like its kindred genera Trichia, Stemonytis, Arscyria, &c. It soon acquires a stem, and the head becomes spheroidal, the stipes passing through its shorter axis, and having a small cir- cular and rather depressed spot on its apex, which may be termed a pileus or cap (fig. c, d, $c.). "This pileus hardens, and changes its colour toa« ark brown, while the sporangium is still soft and diaphanous ; an lif the latter be examined in this stage of its grc wth b a good microscope in a strong light, very slen- der bros laments may be seen imbedded within its substances | UC | afterwards peque. dou jac white ; the of the Gastromycous Order of Fungi. 153 the change commencing with the parts surrounding the pileus, and the sporules may now be first distinguished in white de- tached masses. "The peridium next assumes a light brown co- lour; and being still partially pellucid, the internal filaments of a darker brown, and the interspersed groups of sporules, are distinctly visible through its shining surface (fig.d.). As the sporules attain maturity, the peridium becomes opaque, and of a full though lively brown; but soon cracking irregularly, and peeling off from the expansion of the filaments, the sporules are exposed; and the sporangium, from their dispersion, loses its regular shape and becomes ragged and broken (fig. e.). The curious and peculiar structure of this interesting plant now first becomes apparent, and causes it to assume a new and © : . altered character. As the seeds disperse, the filaments, hitherto : concealed, are ‘exposed to view; and by the assistance of a high magnifying power, are found to issue from the inferior surface | of the. pileus, as in the genus Hydnum; but infinitely longer in - PS rtion, and occasionally branched. The pileus is also 3 fond XU be fixed ¢ centrally by its under surf: ice on the top of the pedicel or stipes, which rises independently” tly through the axis of the sporangium. When therefore, from ae ripening of the seeds, the peridium bursts, and the filaments are set at liberty, their elasticity or hygrometrical sensibility soon enables them to expand, and to acquire first a horizontal, and afterwards a more perpendicular or erect position. Many of them rise, like a curled lock of £ hais, above the Tiere giving. to the plant 2 a ments during their erection 1 compared to that of the whalebone furled. A few of them may be seen in fis. p just ¢ : *3 e stretchers of an umbrella in the act of its being ur un- cur 154. Mr. Bowman ona new Plant of the Gastromycous Order, $c. from the sporangium ; while fig. f, g, h, and i, exhibit dif- ferent individuals in their expanded state. The filaments are more or less erected or horizontal; but some seem always to retain their original downward direction, like the lower branches of the larch or some of the palm tribe. That portion of the stipes which had been surrounded by the sporangium is very slender, and tapers towards the pileus ; while its lower half is suddenly swelled out to a very dispro- . portionate thickness, and dilated into a thin membranous and glutinous base, by which it is attached to the wood whereon it grows. This kind of base, common to many of these minute parasites, being destitute of fibres or vascular structure, seems to indicate that they require no further nourishment after the sporules are once expanded into the gelatinous mass which is their earliest visible form, or that they derive any further supply from the disengaged gases which float in the dank atmo- sphere in which they live. I first found the Enerthenema in October, and again in December last, on decaying branches of oak deprived of their bark, and lying on the ground in the damp and shady parts of Erddig wood, near Wrexham, Den- bighshire ; a spot not less attractive to the botanist than to the lover of P pistweenque: woodland adi and enbia accessible ( 155 ) | XIV. On the Origin and Nature of the Ligulate Rays in Zinnia ; and on a remarkable Multiplication observed in fhe Parts of Fructification of that Genus. By Mr. David Dón, Libr. L.S. Read November 18, 1828. Tur ligulate rays of Zinnia consist of a foliaceous, persistent, coloured, and highly vascular membrane, with rough, spinously- denticulated edges. ‘They are traversed by two principal trunks of vessels almost parallel to their margin, which branch out into innumerable ramifications through the disk. ‘These trunks, which. are Ecoxiucesd of proper and spiral vessels, may be very distinctly traced from the limb of the ray downwards along the two prominent edges of the ovarium. "The vessels become apparent on the withering of the rays, and the beautiful ai ment of their ramifications constitute then an interesting object. The principal trunks of vessels, thus occupying both sides of the lamina, tend to extend them so considerably beyond the centre, as to constitute frequently two distinct lobes. ‘The want of arti- culation in the tube, visible in the florets of the disk, their con- sistence, and the disposition of the vessels, and their ralasicty tion,—a disposition which is found p cisely th esa the central ovaria, —would seem to prove that the rays of Zin are an elongation of the exterior died Seal o of the ovarium, which in the centre florets are developed into a species of ee leaceous pappus, which is not present’ in the ray florets. | peripherical ovaria are frequently triquetrous, and eac dges 156 Mr. D. Dow on the Origin and Nature edges is occupied by a fascicle of vessels: the two parallel ones, which are also generally the most prominent, develop them- selves into the ligulate appendage ; and the third, which occu- pies the facial edge, terminates abruptly in the sinus. There are other vessels which occupy the space between the three prin- cipal trunks. These circumstances taken together, have induced me to regard the corolla as wanting in the rays of Zinnia. My own observations tend fully to confirm the interesting hypothesis advanced by Mr. Brown respecting the compound nature of the pistillum in Composite. In Zinnia verticillata and multiflora the branches of the style, especially of such flowers as have an increased number, only partially cohere together, are readily separable, and may be traced from the apex of the stigmata to their connexion with the two filiform cords to which the embryo is attached, and which Mr. Brown* regards as a species of placenta. These cords, which are particularly distinct in Zinnia, are slightly thickened at their extremity, and bear a striking analogy to the slender bases of the filaments, which are generally found adherent to the tube of the corolla, as the former are to the sides of the ovarium. ‘The embryo is attached to the inner edge of the extremities of these cords, one of which I have Bese found not adhering to the sete of the ovarium, but ssing dow n its c. tre quite free. In some cases the branches sty ëi are found wholly Bona , so that t 1ey resemble so many distinct Eyle: and they may not unaptly e compared. to tho; of Umbellifere and. Araliacee. The embryo of Zinnia is easily extracted from the ovarium entire suspended between the two placental cords, and surmounted by the style and stigmata ; and there poppears to be no interruption between the branches of the style - and these cords, it occurred to me as ae that dvo would prove on! ya continuation of that. organ. E -n Ei: rami SOC ai: p. 89. =F he of the Ligulate Rays in Zinnia, $c. 157 The parts of fructification of Zinnia vary exceedingly in number, and on this account there is not perhaps a more in- teresting genus in the whole class to which it belongs. While engaged examining a capitulum of Zinnia verticillata in the garden at Boyton in September last, my attention was arrested by a floret of unusual size occupying the centre of the disk ; and on removing and placing it under a common lens, I dis- covered that the limb was divided into 10 lobes; that it had 10 stamina, and 10 stigmata, all perfect. On laying open the ovarium longitudinally, I found 5 embryos occupying the in- terior of its cavity, and connected together in a cluster: they were of unequal size, and their cotyledons were deformed and unequal, and in some instances solitary. I extended my re- searches to other capitula of the same species, and likewise to those of Z. revoluta, multiflora, and pauciflora, and found the deviations from the typical form of corolla frequent in all of them ; and that the limb varied with 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 10 lobes; that the stamina were 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 10; and the stigmata, 2, 3, 4, 5,6, 8, or10. In such florets as had their limb divided into 3 or 4 lobes only, the stamina were sometimes of the usual number, 5; but in the others, the stamina were always found corresponding in number with the divisions of the corolla. The stigmata were found to be indefinite, and generally not in- fluenced by the number of the other parts of the flower: for in the usual form of corolla,—namely, with 5 lobes,—3 were as fre- quently observed as 2, and sometimes, although more rarely, 4, ʻ and 6; and in the 6-cleft corolla they frequently did not e ce: the ordinary number. In those flowers where th 6 segments of the corolla amounted to 8 or 10, the stigmata sometimes ` equalled that number; but in the 10-cleft corolla the stigmata were often found not to exceed 5. With an increased number of stigmata there is always a plurality of embryos : for example de, 158 | Mr. D. Dow on the Ligulate Rays in Zinnia, $c. with 4 or 5 stigmata, the number was two or three ; with 6, three ; with 8, four; and with 10, five; but when they exceeded two, they were found generally to be imperfectly formed and united together, having but seldom more than one cotyledon; and where no increase takes place, as very often happens, the em- bryo is always found to be distorted, and the cotyledons un- equal. It is not unusual to find, even in a floret of the ordinary structure, but with an increased number of stigmata, a mon- strous embryo having several unilateral, dolabriform cotyledons, and a long, filiform radicle. In the perfect embryo of Zinnia the cotyledons are linear-oblong, obtuse, with a straight, subulate radicle scarcely half their length. In conclusion it may be observed, that deviations from the typical form are of rare occurrence in the flowers of Zinnia ele- gans, as in all the capitula of that species, which were examined by me, I did not meet with a solitary instance. The species in which I have found them most frequently to occur is Zinnia ver- ticillata; for almost every capitulum of this species will be found to furnish many examples: and the circumstance of the leaves being frequently verticillate in this species would appear to exert an influence over the parts of fructification, affording a isinge auae. as it appears to me, of the correctness of the sory advanced by M Mr. Brow De seeing. the origin. of those —— imous formed. In Zinnia verticillata I have occasionally mot with Want ine E. having 5 stamina and 5 perfect stigmata. * Linn. Trans. loc. cit. CEN Some (5359 4 XV. Some Observations on the Common Bat of Pennant: with un Attempt to prove its Identity with the Pipistrelle of French Authors. By the Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Com- municated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. Read February 3, 1829. Ir has been usual with every systematic writer upon British zoology from the time of Pennant to the present day, to refer the Common Bat of this country to the Vespertilio murinus of Linneus. Upon the correctness or incorrectness of this con- clusion it were not, perhaps, at this period very easy to speak with certainty ; since many of the descriptions of that author, from the paucity of species then known, are drawn up in such vague and general terms as to admit of application to several others besides the one originally alluded to. It is, however, somewhat remarkable that no one should ever have observed the striking disagreement between our English Bat and that to which the continental authors have continued to give the Lin- nean name, and the consequent impropriety of referring both these to the same species and making them synonymous. This difference resides not merely in the colour and general appe: ance of these two Bats, compares vi the auricle and its operculum, an ) eir relative dimensions,—but most ‘palpably? in their absolute size. In the detailed descriptions of the Vespertilio murinus given by Geot e and Desmarest, we find the average measurements of this Species VOL. XVI. Y eee” 160 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. to be nearly as follows :— Length of body three inches and a half ; head about one inch; tail about two inches; and the extent of wing fifteen inches and upwards. Whereas, in our Common e Bat, the length, measured from the nose to the insertion of t tail, is only one inch and seven lines; that of the head six liebe: j of the tail fourteen ; and the extent of wing rarely, if ever, ex- ceeds eight inches and a half. It will surely be allowed that a discrepancy so great as this,—especially when viewed in con- nection with the other differences above alluded to, which are sufficiently obvious to all who investigate the matter to preclude the necessity of being more particularly pointed out,—is at once sufficient to establish the error of those naturalists who have considered these as belonging to the same species, and to war- rant their separation in future. Which of these two Bats has most claim to be considered as the true Vespertilio murinus of Linnzeus, for the reason before given, it is difficult to decide. Nevertheless, if we may hazard a conjecture, I am inclined to think, from this circumstance of its larger dimensions, that the identity is greater in the case of the continental species than in ours. It is true, that Linnzeus in his concise description says nothing direct about size; but since. mere selon. to the. Kespertilio major of Brisson *, which that | al oot in axlent. of fing it would me synonyms were reas tme idus without vine * In fact, these two authors refer to one another. Brisson quotes the sixth edition of the Systema Nature, and Linnæus in the twelfth edition quotes Brisson.—Brisson was th DNE afix any specific name to this Bat, the edition of the Systema Nature first mentioned. appeared before trivial names were established; and the term Bn thi Pepe was afterwards ES a Linneus i in his later edition to that of murin nce of Bris | | The Rev. L. JENvws on the Common Bat of Pennant. 161 vious examination, I would not rest too strongly upon this point: nevertheless, I conceive that under any circumstances the Lin- nean name should be suffered to rest with the continental species, of which there are so many excellent figures and details by Dau- benton*, Buffont, Geoflroy 1, and Desmarest§, rather than with our own, of which there is not a single delineation or description by any British naturalist sufficiently accurate to admit of its being recognised. Indeed, on this subject, it is surprising to remark the way in which authors have contented themselves with copying the bare and meagre descriptions of their predecessors, without adding anything from their own observation. Of all our English writers, including Martin, Berkenhout, Bewick, Shaw, Stewart, and Donovan, there is scarcely one who has done more than repeat the general colour and dimensions of this Bat, as originally stated by Pennant, or perhaps merely translate the Linnean specifie charactor. And. even in our two latest publications by * Mém. de P Acad. de Seirbes de Paris, ann. 1759. p - + Hist. Nat. tom. 8. p. 126. pl.15.f-1. 00 | X Ann. du Mus. tom. 8. p. 191. pl. 47 & 48. § Mammal. (Encycl. Méthod.) p. 134. pl. 33. f. 2. || In the Animal Kingdom of Mr. Griffith the description appears to be a translation from Desmarest, or at least evidently belongs to the Vespertilio murinus of that author ; yet along with references to Buffon and other continental writers, are associated as synonyms the Common Bat of Pennant and the Short-eared English Bat of Edwards ; : thereby showing that these were considered to be the same as the species described, notwithstanding that Pennant's dimensions of this Ba i omen eder and nine inches for. he Mr. Gr “annex his own, a length equalling four i d of Bury rleem! Dr. Fleming in bis s History of British Animals fallen into the same mistake. He. has likewise taken for his Specie character of our Common Bat that belonging to the Vespertilio murinus of Geoffroy and Desmarest, annexing the usual references to Ray and Pennant; under the idea that all these authors were ceca the. al j KE E — 4 " P 162 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. the description is somewhat more diffuse, there is still the error of confounding this species with the Vespertilio murinus of con- tinental authors alluded to in the beginning of this paper. It would seem, therefore, absolutely necessary to impose a new trivial name upon the Common Dat of this country and to treat it as nondescript, if there be really no further account of it than is to be found in the works of our British naturalists. But before taking such a step, it becomes necessary to inquire whether it may not be recognized among any other of the spe- cies described by foreign authors since the time of Linnzus, however distinct from that with which it has been always con- founded. It does not seem likely that so common a species in this country should be peculiar to it, and not found on the con- tinent, where all our other indigenous Vespertilionide are well known*; neither is it probable, that if it is to be met with in equal plenty abroad, it should have wholly escaped notice. Now - on this point I am inclined to answer in the affirmative; and, though I give my opinion with much diffidence, I would ask, in what essential points our Common Dat differs from the Pipistrelle of Daubenton and succeeding writers. After a careful examina- tion of very many specimens, and an accurate comparison of these with the descriptions annexed by Daubenton and Geof- froy to that species, I can see no material distinction between them. It is true that Daubenton’s dimensions of the Pipistrelle, as well as those given by Desmarest in his Mammalogie, somewhat less than in the generality of our English specimens : but such appear to have been taken from immature individuals ; since the proportions between the several parts are still kept up, and the actual measurements agree in most particulars with. | those of. one or two. small specimens in my possession. Geoffroy, * The Fe empero pygmaus, discovered by Dr. Leachi in € appears as yet to be an exception. however, PUE ET os TUUS haa See ee VLC. ES a cea ait ales The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. 163 however, makes this species larger; and the dimensions which he has assigned for the length of the head and tail and for the expanse of wing are scarcely at all different from the results at which I have arrived. I may add also, that in the British Mu- seum there is a specimen of the Pipistrelle*, sent by Dr. Leach from the north. coast of Scotland, which is even larger than that described by Geoffroy ; and with which I have compared more than once not only my own specimens of the Common Dat, but likewise those so named in the above Museum, after Pennant, without being able to detect any thing like a specific dif- ference. Rather, however, than dwell any further upon the identity of these species, or.stop to point out every mark of similarity between them, I beg to subjoin a more accurate description of our Common Bat than is to be met with in any of our English authors; after which persons will be the better enabled to form theirs own opinions on this subject. VESPERTILIO PIPISTRELLUS. Geof. r V. vellere fusco-rufescente, subtùs pallidiori ; auriculis oatieirian- gularibus, extrorsim emarginatis, capite brevioribus; trago surrecto apice obtuso ; caudá antibrachium longitudine equan- ti, è membraná interfemorali paululim exsertá. - Le Pipistrelle. Daub. Mém. de l' Acad. des Scien. 1159. p. 381. pl.1.f.3. Buf. Hist. Nat. tom. 8. p. 129. pl. 19. f. 1. Mosa peoi s Ann. Mn. d Hist. Nat. tom. 8. * Mr. [rx d Pie British Museum, informed me that he believed this specimen was named i Kuhl, which, if 80 is strong testimony in favour of it bct th am 164 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. Dimensions. Inches. Lines. Length of the body, measured from the nose totbeerootof the tad]... . t+. Leve ade Teal 5. i1... 0 I8 beiak el a ee UR D ofthe auricle . . Q0 Breadth of the auricle at the broadest -— —— Length of the tragus . ebbe cano 2 - Breadth of the tamir- BU SA heii ate Or Penge cl the an —— — —— ee SO BL of thedoreamg: 1-259 V 1 ofthe thumb ; «o. 9 ig we Of the thigh... 4:71. .:..—0 —5 | -oftheshank . . . . csl ‘Distaties. measured from the m€— - Mh apex of the second fmgor- .- — |. 7. 32 o -- measured from the carpus to the apex of the fourth finger . . . € 2e Expansion of the flying "—— i —— M Exsertion of the tail beyond the names in front, Convex behind, T Me upper cum ims occiput remarkably protuberant*: no occipital crest. Muzzle ex- tending three lines beyond the ears, in young specimens ated, which appearance wears off afterwards, | it resembles in all essential p —— which last are alternate iF The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. 165 from the enlargement of the head and the filling up of the sides of the face, when the profile is somewhat altered. Nose obtuse at the extremity, and slightly emarginate be- tween the nostrils; these last reniform, with tumid edges: on each side of the nose, immediately above the upper lip, is a protuberant swelling, formed by a congeries of seba- ceous glands, which, when cut through, are of a yellowish- white colour. Eyes round and very small, situate half- way between the above glands and the ears, and sunk deep in the head; over each, immediately above the anterior angle, is a small elevated wart furnished with a few black hairs: a transverse tuft of rather long upright hair on the forehead, which has the effect of making the head appear more elevated than it really is: rest of the face, including the cheeks, contour of the eyes, and space above the nose, almost naked, particularly in young specimens. Auricle broad; ther more han: mt- as s longos as tho bead, xni, uicit oblong, and dumm. a ; rounded! fend, nearly Straight or slightly bending inwards. In the upper jaw - four incisors, on each side two, of which the first is longest ; in the lower 'aw six, each of which has three lobes; grinders five on either side, above and below ; the first in the upper and the two first in the lower jaw with only one point; of these last-mentioned teeth, the second is longer than the- first; the other grinders in the lower jaw have sach five - points, three on the inner and t tely long a ort. Tur Father long and silky, yellowish : red on the forehead and at the base of the ears, on the rest of the upper parts reddish brown, with the lower half of each hair dusky ; on fia under par 166 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. the hair is wholly dusky, except at the extreme tips, which are of the same colour as above, but paler. In young speci- mens the fur is entirely of a dusky-brown or brownish-gray, in some instances almost black, without any tinge of red, which appears to come afterwards, and to increase in in- tensity with the age and size of the individual*. Nose, lips, ears, flying and interfemoral membranes, dusky. To the above description of our Common English Bat, which has been drawn from an examination of many individuals of different sizes compared togethert, I may, perhaps, be allowed to add two or three remarks in illustration of its habits. Pen- nant, and after him some other of our English authors, describe this species as retiring at the approach of winter into caves, ruined buildings, the roofs of houses, or hollow trees. This is by far too general an assertion. I believe that each of our British Bats has its own peculiar place of concealment, and that, under ordinary circumstances, their respective habits in this particular are always the same. As far as my own expe- rience goes, I have found hollow trees the constant retreat of the Noctule, and the roofs of houses as uniformly resorted to by the Long-eared Bat; whilst the species under consideration I never met with but in the crevices of decayed brick-work, in the cracks of old gateways and door-frames, or behind the leaden pipes frequently attached to buildings for carrying off the rain. They seem peculiarly to delight in the two former situations, + ^ the specimen of the Pipistrelle in the British Museum, the fur is of a renitirk- _ ably red or foxy colour; and this individual is likewise distinguished by its size. ions are all taken from the same individual, recently killed, and whilst . aturalstate. The expansion of the flying membrane varies to eight inches and a half, which fou so that Pennant’s statement of nine inches for this part must be looked upon as Feosdenibiy above the average. - collecting, The Rev. L. JENyNs on the Common Bat of Pennant. 167 collecting, sometimes in prodigious quantities, wherever from the falling out of the mortar they are enabled to insinuate their bodies, and flocking thither, as well for the purpose of conceal- ment during the day-time in the summer months, as for that of undergoing those more profound slumbers which are occasion- ally superinduced by the severities of winter. Again: It is a common remark, that the brumal torpidity of the Bat is liable to be broken through by a sudden increase of temperature, and that these animals appear abroad at all seasons of the year, if the thermometer be above 44°: but as far as my observation goes, this takes place much more frequently at the commencement of winter than towards its conclusion ; and it would seem to me, that though it requires a very reduced tempe- rature,—probably one inch below freezing point,—to throw them into a state of complete torpidity, yet that when this has fairly taken place, one, much higher than would have proved suffi- cient to have put them on wing before its commencement, is necessary to awaken them from their slumbers. Accordingly, we find the Bat showing itself every evening ‘throughout the months of November and December, if the weather be mild and open, and I have even noticed it flying with its usual activity when the thermometer has been down at 38°; and this will often continue to be the case till the setting-in of those severe frosts which usually occur soon after the commencement of the new year: but after the force of the winter has begun to abate, I have in vain looked for the Bat on wing till the beginning or near the middle of March, — the temper bas often risen considerably above 50° of Fahrenheit uu ; It is also worthy of note, that the whole T. | ES nec vation applies only to the species under consideration. The Noctule and the Long-eared Bat show themselves for a longer or shorter period during the summer months, ae to circum- VOL. XVI. Zz Ec Sstances ; 168 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. stances; but these, after having once withdrawn, are not gene- rally seen again till the ensuing season*. Most probably their continuance abroad is regulated by the supply of food, which itself must depend in some measure upon the state of the weather: and from the circumstance of our common Bat being so much on wing in the dead season of the year, it seems likely that the prey of this species may consist chiefly of gnats and small Tipulide, which do not appear to be affected like other insects by the cold of winter. I have only to add in conclusion, that if I am right in my remarks upon the identity of our Common Bat with the Pipis- trelle of French authors, the true Vespertilio murinus must neces- sarily be suppressed as a British species, at least till further observation shall have detected it in this country. * The early retreat of the Noctule was particularly noticed by White, who in his Natural History of Selborne (p. 76.) hints at the possibility of its migration. The same idea seems to be entertained by Dr. Fleming (Phil. Zool. ii. 99.) ; but as I have had this species brought to me from the hollows of trees late in the autumn, and in a very reduced state, I cannot assent to this myself, Pennant also (Hist. Quad. ii. $17.) mentions one that was taken during winter in Flintshire. Moreover, it may be added, that the Bat, though capable of supporting itself in the air for a considerable time by means of its flying membranes, seems on the whole but ill calculated for performing XVL De- XVI. Descriptions of the new Genera and Species of the Class Composite honing the Floras of Peru, Mexico, and Chile. By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. Read January 20, and March 17, 1829. Tue extensive herbaria formed in Peru, Quito, and Chile, by Ruiz, Pavon, and Tafalla, and the Mexican collections of Sessé and Mociño, having by fortunate circumstances come into the possession of Aylmer Bourke Lambert, Esq., whose unwearied zeal in the advancement of botanical science is already well known, I have thought that a description of the Composite, which form an important part of these collections, might not prove unacceptable to the Linnean Society. Perhaps no pepe have made greater sacrifices for science than the Spani Her expeditions and voyages of discovery were fitted out on a most munificent and extensive scale; but unfortunately, the results of them have in but few instances been given to the scientific world. Don Hipolito Ruiz and Don José Pavon, accompanied by two draftsmen, were charged with the botanical mission to Peru in 1777, which lasted eleven years; and their labours were afterwards continued by Don Ju dan noite a Ow investigations were also ex iie. io the pro- vince of Quito, and. e. fertile “district of oe paquil. Don Martin Sess, Don Josef Mociño, and Don Vincente Cer- vantes, were charged with a similar mission to Mexicojá in the 170 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species year 1788 ; but the botanical expedition for the purpose of ex- ploring the vegetable riches of New Granada, under the direction of the celebrated Mutis, was organized on a much more exten- sive plan. From these several expeditions there has resulted an immense mass of materials, the greater part of which still remain unpublished, although many years have elapsed since their col- lection. The whole of the manuscripts belonging to the Peru- vian expedition, having also come into Mr. Lambert's hands, I have been enabled to render the descriptions in some cases much more complete, and to add many circumstances relative to particular species, that could not have been ascertained from an inspection of the dried samples, which, however, are very perfect, and in most instances there are several duplicates of each species. Notwithstanding the labours of Humboldt and Bonpland, whose numerous discoveries have already been given to the world by my learned friend M. Kunth, through whose liberality, while at Paris in the autumn of 1821, I was permitted to examine a considerable part of the Composite contained in the herbarium of M. de Humboldt; a very small proportion of the species in this collection are identically the same with those I am about to describe. I have been successful in determining many of the Composite etm in the work of Hernandez; and to the kindness of my able friend Professor Lagasca Iam indebted for point- ing out to me the various genera which he himself h ' A. small collection from Don Pablo dela Llave has made me acquainted with the genera described in the ** Descriptiones Novorum Vegetabilium.” I have inserted a few species from other sources, partly with a view to point out their relative affinities, and more fully to illustrate the characters of certain ups; but although I may differ widely in regard to the generic distribution of = species, the trivial names given to them of ihe Class Composite. 171 them by their discoverers, if not previously applied to other species, I have scrupulously preserved. In the distribution of the species, and in the formation of the generic divisions, I have followed the comprehensive views of Mr. Brown and M. Cas- sini, whose important labours in this class are universally ad- mitted: and having myself been engaged for several years studying this department of botany,—-of which very few have had so extensive opportunities,—the characters of the groups which I shall have to propose in the sequel, may, therefore, with more confidence be relied on. In order to render the di- visions more intelligible, I shall in the first place proceed to give a descriptive character of the class itself. COM POSIT JE. Adans., een ÉLoR26 seepius hermaphroditi, capitati, toro proprio insenti, sessiles, involucro e sanami» (folia mutata) sæpè plurimis inalusis i5. e CarLvx ovario ) arctè adherens : margo obsoletus- ve da plerumque scissus, aut in pappum formå varium abeuns, nunc (in Zinnid) corollam æmulans ! CoroLLA monopetala, tubulosa, limbo 5-fida (raró 4-fida), æsti- vatione valvata ! laciniis 2 v. 3 connatis nunc bilabiata, aut latere interiore longitudinaliter rupta, explanata, ligule- formis: nervis primariis laciniis alternantibus ! SrAMINA corollz laciniis numero zequalia, iisdemque alterna : filamenta libera v. partim aut omninó corolla tubo adhe-. . rentia, prope apicem articulata! articulo sup .. dissimili: anthera. biloculares: loculis par: ; dinaliter d del solos» mittite 2 ua lis, ieit- | libus ; ; interiore an- 172 Mr.D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species PrisTiLLUM: ovarium inferum, indehiscens: disco epigyno: ovulo erecto, solitario, funiculis 2 pistillaribus manifestis suspenso: stylus e duobus conflatus, indivisus: stigmata 2, sæpiùs so- luta, patentia. Fructus (Achenium): pericarpium indehiscens, monosper- mum. SEMEN : festa duplex; exterior coriacea v. crustacea ; interior membranacea, vascularis, vasis propriis et spiralibus in- structa: albumen nullum. | Embryo dicotyledoneus, erectus, seminis cavitati conformis : cotyledones oblong:e : radicula his persæpè brevior, obtusa, centripeta. Plante polymorphe in orbis temperatis vulgatissime. The Composite constitute the most extensive and the most interesting portion of the vegetable kingdom ; and their distri- bution is so universal, that they form a large proportion of the Flora of almost every country: but countries traversed by ex- tensive mountain-chains, and situate within or near the tropics, are found to be most favourable to the development of the plants of this class: for in the Floras of Peru, Chile, and Mexico, eus appear to constitute a sixth a of the whole pheenogam ected ae of these cov ee est The Composite are related on the o one Jen Cema, Dip- sacee, and Valerianee ; and on the other to Campanulacee and Goodenovie ; but the disposition of the primary vessels in the corolla essentially distinguish them from every other family. he p! pedis. of styles, the inferior monospermous ovarium, the presence of an epigynous disk, show at least a con- sidetabls degree of anal gy, if not of affinity, to the Umbellifere, to of the Class Composita. 178 to whose mode of inflorescence that of Composite may be com- pared, Singular instances of monstrosity are sometimes to be observed in Tragopogon, Scorzonera, &c., wherein the capitula have assumed the form of the compound umbel. I have already had an opportunity of showing that the other parts of fructi- fication in this class frequently experience a remarkable degree of increase in number, and that the stigmata are generally un- affected by the number of the other parts of the flower. I have now to state an interesting example of reduction of stamina in Calliopsis bicolor, a genus widely different from Dahlia and Coreopsis, with which it has been hitherto associated. In this genus most of the florets of the capitulum are quadrifid and tetrandrous ; and, besides the primary vessels, there are others which occupy singly the axis of two or three of the lacinie, but in no instance all of them. These secondary vessels evi- dently arise from the base, and not from the confluence of the primary trunks, as they become fainter near the apex of the laciniz ; and I am disposed to believe, that in many instances the secondary vessels take their rise with the primary trunks. I have distributed the groups in accordance with their natural affinities, at least as far as this was practicable in a linear series : for the families appear evidently to return into each other, ex- hibiting a number of points of contact. Fam. 1. Cicnoracez. Juss. Froscurr ligulati, hermaphroditi, uniformes : ligula apice 5- . dentata, 6-nervia: nervis dh. pue. | afi dentium sinus furcatis — — ANTHERZ cristi membranaceá pellucida coronatz, basi biseta: (setis dentibusve membranaceis) s. ligula simplici truncata aucte. Stigmata libera, filiformia v. semicylindrica, obtusa, papillosa. : ACHENIA 174 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species ACHENIA nunc apice calva. Plante lactescentes. Folia alterna. Flores sæpiùs lutei. This family constitutes but a very small part of the Composite in the South American Flora, being scarcely in the proportion of one to forty-five, while in the European Flora they are gene- rally as one to two. The Cichoracee are readily distinguished from the other families of Composite by their uniform, ligulate, hermaphrodite florets. The primary vessels are five in the tube, but at the sinus, where the corolla splits open and expands into the ligulate lamina, the interior nerve divides into two simple branches, which run along the opposite sides, either directly on the margin itself, or more frequently placed a little within the border. The apparently simple trunks of the inter- mediate vessels divide a little below the sinus of the teeth, and traverse their margins, uniting at the summit of each tooth ; but I have only in one instance, that of Prenanthes virgata of Michaux, detected secondary vessels, and therefore conclude that they are rarely present in the plants of this family. The disposition of the vessels in the lamina of the corolla will be found an important character in distinguishing the Cichoracee from such individuals belonging to other families, whose florets may have assumed an analogous form. | . Besides being lactescent, the alternate leaves, their netvation, and the inequality of their teeth, when present, the irregularity of the corolla in Lobelia, the cohesion of its antherz, and its papillary stigmata, show that many analogies exist between this family and Campanulacee. Trib. 1. pHixnacrz. disce decidi epaleatum. Anthere basi ligula simplici iden brariabea truncatà aucte ! In- volucrum polyphyllum. ee | HIERACIUM. of the Class Composita. 175 HIERACIUM. HrirRACi: sP., L. Involucrum imbricatum. Receptaculum subfavosum. Achenia apice simplicia. Pappi radiis simplici ordine copiosis, persistentibus, setaceo-pilosis. Involucrum multiplici ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum: squamis sæpiùs adpressis. Receptaculum subfavosum: scrobiculis margine elevatis, ciliato-laceris. Flosculi plurimi: fauce extüs barbaté. Anthere appendiculà oblonga diaphaná co- ronate, basi interiore ligula membranacea truncata szpius lacerá instructe. Stigmata semicylindrica, obtusa, recur- vata, cum dimidio superiore styli papilloso-hispidula. Ache- nia tetragona, apice simplicia: angulis sulcatis, levibus. Pappi radiis singulo ordine digestis, copiosis, pilosis, rigi- dis, fragilibus, persistentibus, denticulis plurimis exaspe- ratis, basi distinctis. Herb: polymorphe, radice perenni. Flores lutei, solitarii 0. co- rymbosi. Pappus cinereo-fulvellus. — midi 1. H. strigosum, pilosum ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis acutis denti- culatis ; caulinis sessilibus, paniculà racemosa, caule sim- plici fistuloso. Hieracium hirsutum. Herb. S. et M. In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. 4 . Planta strigosa, pilis copiosis, longis, ;atuli vestita, hispidula. . Caulis erectus, cubitalis, ane simplex, fistulosus. Folia E . radicalia petiolata, : palmaria, lanceolata, acuta, mucronulo obtuso, remote denticulata, Biifibranacea, viridia, subtüs pallidiora, basi attenuata; caulina sessilia, lineari-lanceo- — lata, 3—4-pollicaria, nunc spithamea. Panici racemosa, VOL. XVI. di - strigosa, 176 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species `~ strigosa, multiflora, spithamæa. Flores H. cymosi, citrini. Pedunculi, ut et involucra, pube copiosissimâ pilis glanduli- feris interstincta vestiti ; inferiores remotissimi. Involucrum nigricans, cylindricum : squamis triplici ordine imbricatis, pluribus (18—26), linearibus, obtusis, planis, adpressis, margine membranaceis; intimis subeequalibus. Recepta- culum subfavosum. . Flosculi involucrum longitudine zequan- tes, apice dentibus 5, linearibus, obtusis. Anthere appen- diculá lanceolatá, acutá! membranaceá coronate, basi in- teriore ligulà exiguá lineari truncatá instructe. Stigmata semicylindrica, obtusa, minute papillosa. Achenia tetra- gona, sulcata, glabra, apice simplicia. Pappus pilosus, persistens, fulvellus: radiis duplici serie digestis, rigidis, denticulato-scabris. 2. H. Lagopus, villosissimum ; foliis lanceolatis subintegerri- mis glaucis, caule ramoso multifloro nudiusculo, ligulis 5-fidis. In Mexico. . Sesse et Mocinno.»y . Herba facie H. cerinthoides, pauló tamen minor, similiter cæs- . pitosa et glauca. Caulis pedalis, erectus, teres, flexuosus, ie uno alterove tantim ornatus, inde nudiusculus, in- fi ' | Folia radicalia petii lanceolata, caulina paucissima, mcer tones ERE A acumi- nata. Petioli ut et Cauder, quiiad leporis pedem non pauló ‘c refert, villis longis sericeis, exsiccatione aureis, copiosissi- te ania: vestiti. | ents laxé paniculati, citrini. Pedunculi fili- orn l loses. sInebducraim cum edges ibus, ide is, multiplici brdinb i im- bricatis, of the Class Composite. 177 bricatis, adpressis. Receptaculum leviter favosum, sca- brum. Flosculi plurimi, ligulati, apice profunde 5-dentati, involucro multoties longiores: laciniis linearibus, obtusis. Anthere appendicula ovata acutá ! membranaceá coronat, basi ligula lineari, truncata instructae. Stigmata semicylin- drica, obtusa, minute papillosa. Achenia tetragona, sul- cata, glabra. Pappus pilosus, persistens, cinereus, fragilis : radiis simplici serie digestis, contiguis, rigidis, denticulis exasperatis. I have already proposed * to separate certain species hitherto referred to Hieracium, and characterized by their flat, attenuated achenia surmounted by a dilated epigynous disk, and by their soft capillary pappus disposed in a double series. "This group, which I have named Hapalostephium, | comprises | Hieracium palu- dosum and pyrenaicum of Linnæus, the Hieracium macrophyllum of Pursh, and the Crepis Sibirica of Linnæus. M. de La Peyrouse has referred the H. pyrenaicum to his Lepicaune, an unnatural assemblage, whic independent of the faulty name, deserves to be erased from the catalogue of genera. By the removal of these species, and the Hieracium aureum and fruticosum of au- thors, which do not even belong to the same tribe, the genus, although still very extensive, will scarcely admit of further di- vision. The Hieracium pusillum of Pursh from Labrador I have ascertained by an examination of an authentic specimen to belong to the genus Erigeron of authors. The crest of the an- thers in most of the species of this genus | is obtuse ; but in ihe. two above described, and i in a Hierecius Tib 2, ere : iculum paleis distinctis re- fertum. Anthere | volucrum polyphyllum. pi * Prod. Fl. Nep. p. 165. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. April 1829, p$ 2a2 x isi bidentate. Pappus gu deo 2 178 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species OREOPHILA. Hypocueripis sP., Kunth. Pappus plumosus, sessilis. Involucrum imbricatum. Involucrum subrotundum, polyphyllum, imbricatum: squamis lanceolatis, obtusis, membranaceis ; exterioribus apice la- nuginosis. Receptaculum paleatum : paleis lanceolatis, sca- riosis, uninerviis, acumine longo, setaceo instructis. Flos- culi lineari-ligulati: tubo tenui, ligula 5-dentaté, 6-nerviá, dupló longiore. Anthere appendiculà ligulatà, membra- naceà coronatz, basi dentibus 2, lanceolatis, acuminatis, membranaceis, zqualibus .munite. Stigmata filiformia, recurvata, minutissime papillosa. Achenia oblonga, an- cipiti-compressa, levia. Pappus sessilis: radiis simplici serie contiguis, filamentoso-plumosis, validis, inzequalibus, basi crassiore persistentibus. | Herba perennis, caspitosa, acaulis. Radix fusiformis, cortice fusco obducta, digiti minoris crassitie. Folia numerosa, in orbem acta, humifusa, petiolata, linearia, tunc lanceolata, obtusa, obtusé sinuato-dentata, coriacea, suprà glabra, subtus sed pracipué ad costam mediam pilosa, 2—3-pollicaria. Flos solitarius, sessilis, í in doliorum medio Filet, magnus, aureus. Pappus cinereus. exl mee Herba locis alpinis incola, unde ; nomen ab. opos, opeos, mons, et « po, amo, i. e. planta i in montibus florescens. IIT 1. O. sessiliflora. | Hypochoeris sessiliflora. Kunth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp. Liv. p. 2. | In Peruviz summis alpibus Cordilleras de los Andes Hispa- nice dictis. Ruiz et Pavon. y . The uniform sessile pappus has Jed me to d this plant as constituting | Mem of the Class Composite. 179 constituting a distinct genus, to which, it is very probable, the Hypocheris sonchoides of M. Kunth should also be referred. From Hypocheris, which must now be limited to H. glabra and minima, it will be necessary to separate H.radicata and maculata, essentially distinguished by having the pappus uniformly stipi- tate. This division, first proposed by Scopoli under the name of Achyrophorus, has been very properly adopted by Geertner. The genus Seriola of Linnzus, the Achyrophorus of Vaillant, which also belongs to this family, is characterized by a simple polyphyllous involucrum, and by the rays of the pappus being dilated towards the base. Trib. 3. Lacruczz. Receptaculum epaleatum. Anthere basi bidentatæ. Pappus fugax, mollissimus, capillaceus. CHONDRILLA, L. Involucrum simplici ordine polyphyllum, connivens, basi squa- mulis pluribus calyculatum. Receptaculum nudum. Achenia fusiformia, tuberculata. Pappus stipitatus. ——— Involucrum simplici ordine poly-(8—12)phyllum, cylindricum, connivens, basi squamulis pluribus (8—10) calyculatum : foliolis equalibus, margine invicem se imbricatis. Recep- taculum nudum. Flosculi indefiniti. Anthere appendicula ligulatà v. ovali diaphaná coronatz, basi acuté bidentate. Stylus hispidulus. Stigmata semicylindrica, obtusa, brevia, crassiuscula, minutissimé papillosa. Achenia fusiformia, subtetragona, hinc convexa, inde sulcata, concaviuscula, superne tuberculata, apice in stipitem longum filiforn producta. Discus epigynus depresso-capitatus ! Pappus fugax, tenuissimè capillaceus : radiis duplici ordine copio- sissimis, basi solutis. — =—_— Herbæ foliis radicalibus sæpiùs runcinatis, floribus citrik Lor d culatis. Sect. 180 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species Sect. 2. Involucri calyculo polyphyllo, lineari-setaceo, patulo. Flosculi numerosi. Herbe perennes, caulibus nudiusculis, sub- unifloris. Crinissa. A NEENU duis Rica 1. C. pauciflora, glabra; foliis runcinatis, caule subbifloro. Chondrilla pauciflora. Herb. S. et M. In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. . Herba aspectu 4pargie, perennis, glabra. Radix fusiformis. Caulis erectus, cubitalis, teres, simplex, uniflorus, subinde ramo uno alterove instructus, nudiusculus, hinc inde folio | minore ornatus. Folia radicalia patula; runcinato-pinnati- d fida, lævissima, viridia, 3-pollicaria, basi in petiolum atte- | nuata : lobis remotis, lanceolatis, acutis, integerrimis ; cau- lina inferiora radicalibus conformia; suprema in squamas pinnatifidas abeuntia. Flores magnitudine Apargie Taraa- aci, solitarii, citrini. Involucrum simplici serie 12-phyllum, cylindraceum, glaucum, tenuissime pubescens, longitudine unguiculare, basi squamis pluribus (8—10) lineari-setaceis, patulis, apice nigricantibus munitum: foliolis linearibus, membranaceis, sub apice tuberculo auctis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi plurimi (30), ligulati, 5-dentati: ligulá i 6-nerviâ, involucrum longè superante. Anthere appendi- 3 iem ranaceá DRM basi aan bi- wm tricosa, 4-sulcata, inde depressa, ern TTA tu- berculata. Discus epigynus apice annulo lanuginoso in- structus. Pappus longè stipitatus, mollissimus, fulvellus : radiis tenuissimè capillaceis, duplici ordine copiosissimis, » lo bcne inzequalibus, basi solutis. "9g. Sess glabra ; | foliis: linearibus acuminatis subinteger- rimis, caule unifloro. | In of the Class Composite. 181 In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. y . Herba perennis, cespitosa, glabra. Radix fusiformis. Caules plures ex eadem radice, erecti, spithameei, filiformes, uni- flori, læves, folio unico, lanceolato, integerrimo, sessili ad medium v. pauló infrà, inde squamis aliquot lineari-setaceis muniti, apicem versus pubescentes. Folia radicalia plu- rima, sessilia, linearia, acuminata, glabra, integerrima, v nunc subruncinata, dentibus paucis, magnis, retrorsis in- structa, 2—3-uncialia, sesquilineam lata. Flores citrini, parüm minores. Involucrum simplici serie 12-phyllum, cylindraceum, glaucum, tenuissimé pubescens, unguicu- lare, basi squamis pluribus (8—10) lineari-setaceis, patulis, apice nigricantibus | munitum : foliolis linearibus, membra- naceis, sub apice tuberculo. auctis. © Receptaculum | nudum. Ligule 5-dentate, 6-nervize, involucro feré dupló longiores. Anthere cristà ovali membranaceà coronate, basi biden- ticulatæ. Stigmata brevia, crassiuscula, lineari-lin ingulata, : ' - : x AEIL LI "ati in TS : The simple polyphyllous ibvolücram; independent oF any other character, is alone sufficient to distinguish Chondrilla from Lactuca, its nearest ally. To the normal group of the genus, besides Chondrilla juncea of Linnzus, belong Chondrilla latifolia and graminea of the * Flora T'aurico-Caucasica," and a fourth species contained in the Pallasian herbarium, marked ** Pre- nanthes nova," and which possibly may prove to be the Pre- nanthes aspera of Schrader a ue Wil c liiig able that Chondrilla 1 eviga ' Pursh may | rd abı species of this genus, as the descr paon appears to dicate an intimate affinity to C. Sesseana above described. 182 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species TRACHODES. Involucrum imbricatum. Receptaculum leve. Achenia subfusi- formia, transverse rugosissima. Pappus sessilis ; radiis basi solutis. Involucrum multiplici ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum, cylin- draceum, tubulatum: squamis exterioribus ovatis, obtusis, margine scariosis ; intimis 8, elongatis, lineari-ligulatis, con- niventibus. Receptaculum leve. Flosculi indefiniti (20—24) : ligulis 5-dentatis, 6-nerviis. Anthere cristà ovata acuta! membranaceá coronatz, basi bidentate. Stigmata semi- cylindrica, obtusa, cum apice styli papilloso-hispidula ! Achenia subfusiformia, tetragona, apice attenuato acute quadrangulo, angulis prominulis, costisque solitariis v. binis insterstinctis, rugis transversis elevatis scabra. Pappus ses- silis, capillaceus, mollissimus, fugax : radiis triplici ordine digestis, basi solutis ; intimis crassitie parüm dissimilibus. Herba biennis, e viridi cerulescens. Caulis bipedalis, erectus, ri- gidus, paniculatim ramosus, teres, aculeis minutissimis scaber, : basin versus purpureo-maculatus, vix calamum scriptorium 3 crassitie adequans. Folia radicalia viv spithamea, subsessilia, | spathulata, JURO Cunpigatd, mucronata, margine copiose ES nticu. pol licem v. sesquipollicem lata ; caulina = amplecicaulia, allita lobata : lobis triangulari-ovatis, acumi- natis. Flores citrini? pedicellati, Lactuce virose iis vix majores. Pedicelli squamis ovatis margine scariosis muniti. Pappus niveus. Nomen ad plantæ asperitatem refert, Segen scabrosus. TNI T —. Herb. S. et M. In Mexico — a s Mocsano. c. of the Class Composite. 183 In Sonchus the rays of the pappus are united into bundles at the base, and the receptacle is rough and much dilated. Trib. 4. ScorzonERER. Receptaculum epaleatum. Anthere basi bisetze, appendicula exiguá reniformi! coronate. Stig- mata sæpiùs filiformia, papillosa. Involucrum simplex v. im- bricatum. Picrosta. Involucrum 8-phyllum. Ligule tridentate, 4-nervie! Pappus capillaris, stipitatus. Involucrum simplici serie 8-phyllum, cylindricum, basi omnind nudum : foliolis ligulatis, obtusis, margine invicem se im- bricatis, planis. Receptaculum planum, nudum. — Flosculi plurimi: tubus tenuissimus, filiformis; fauce extüs villosi- usculà: ligulá lineari, tridentatá, 4-nervid. Stamina fere omninó exserta: filamenta capillaria, libera: anthere levi- ter coalite, basi bidenticulate, cristá exiguá brevissimá coronat. Stigmata brevia, semicylindrica, obtusa, papil- loso-pruinosa, arcuato-conniventia. Achenia fusiformia, sul- cis plurimis longitudinaliter notata, glabra. Pappus longè stipitatus, capillaris, mollis, caducus : radiis duplici ordine confertis, scabriusculis, inzequalibus, basi solutis. Herba perennis, levigata, glauca. Caulis erectus, pedalis, ramo- sus, teres, striatus, calamum scriptorium crassitie feré ad- equans. Rami paucissimi. Folia sessilia, lanceolata, inte- gerrima, nunc remotissimó dentata, palmaria v. HUMANS pollicem lata ; inferiora basin versus angus 2; ~ superiora amplexicaulia, basi sagittata. Flores rä, pe- = dunculati. Involucrum unciale, levissimum : foliolis apice puberulis. Flosculi lutei? tenues, involucro longiores. Pap- pus semipollicem longus, cinereo-fulvus. Nomen a rapes amarus. | VOL. XVI. , 25 a: p. in- 184 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species 1. P. longifolia. Tragopogon sp. nova. Herb: Bt PB. In Peruvie alpibus. Ruiz et Pavon. 4. There is no genus with which this can well be compared: it has the involucrum of Tragopogon, and in habit it resembles Cynthia virginica*, the Troximon virginicus of Gzertner ; but the structure of its pappus and florets removes it from every genus to which it bears any affinity. The Scorzoneree are well distin- guished from the rest of Cichoracee by the very short, reniform appendage surmounting the anthers ; that organ in most of the other tribes having an oblong form. This interesting genus concludes the family of Cichoracee ; and we shall now proceed to the consideration of the Labiatiflore, which constitute a much more numerous and interesting portion of the collection. » Fam. 2. LABIATIFLORXE. Dec. et Lag. t FLoscu it difformes, plerumque tubulosi: limbo sæpiùs bilabi- ato-partito, multinervio. ANTHER# appendiculá cartilagineá v. callosá, plerumque elon- gata terminate, basi biaristatze. 3 Stigmata obtusa, Papilloso-pruinosa, rariüs partim v. omninó EN ppo rar des T E Sii Plante non lactescentes. - Folia. alterna. dias pU pur- purei. The Eübiatifiohar y were first proposed as a distinct group by Messrs. DeCandolle and Lagasca in the 19th volume of the ** Annales du Muséum." Professor Lagasca having communi- cated to M; "DeCandolle. his remarks on this family, together with the essential characters of many new genera welcomes to * Edinb. Nis Phil. Journ. l.c. P. 309. it, ) of the Class Composite. 185 it, the paper may thereforé be considered as the joint produc- tion of these two distinguished botanists; but about the same period Professor Lagasca published at Orihuela a. separate treatise on this family, which. he therein denominates Chenan- thophore, with the addition of a few more genera, and several of those occurring in the other memoir are there given under different names. ‘The names comprised in the memoir inserted in the ** Annales du Muséum" have however prevailed, from the more extensive circulation of the work, although the former has the right of priority by some months, as the latter occurs in the commencement of the nineteenth volume, which was published in 1812, the year after the separate treatise by Pro- fessor Lagasca had appeared. In the series of natural affini- ties the Labiatiflore form the connecting link between the Cicho- racez and Carduacee ; and although an exact definition of them is scarcely attainable, yet they appear to me sufficiently distinct to entitle them to rank as a separate family. Some botanists, however, have doubted of. the. » propriety | of this separation, and still think that they ought to be reunited to the other families of Composite ; but it is unnecessary here to argue against s such an opinion,—derived more, probably, from the works of others, than from actual observation,—as little investigation is requisite to see that by this reunion, the limits hitherto well-defined between the Cichoracee and Carduacee would be completely removed : and as no advantage whatever can be derived from this arrange- ment, it is crain prefere b to retain iem asa a distinct group, | marked affinity. Sake S "The obiatifares. E o. exception of a: belonging to the group Perdicee, are gmoney to the western hemisphere ; and they constitute one fifth of the Composite of the South-American Flora, where they appear to o = py the 252 | - uw place 186 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species place of the Cichoracee of the Northern hemisphere, to whom they bear a striking analogy both in habit and structure; but in the Chilian Flora, where this family is more especially abundant, they form nearly one-half of the whole class. 1 have ventured to give the descriptions of a few interesting species from Brazil belonging to this family, whose affinities seemed to justify their insertion in this memoir. Trib. 1. TagixipEz. Receptaculum epaleatum. — Flosculi uni- formes, bilabiati, hermaphroditi. Stigmata soluta, semi- cylindrica, truncata, papillosa. Plante sepiüs fruticose, foliis integris. Sect. a. PAPPO PrLOso. ARIA Poe bc Lam PrsRDP1€cu sp., DL. | Receptaculum villosum. Flosculi indefiniti. Involucrum æquale. Involucrum simplici v. duplici ordine poly-(5—16)phyllum, basi squamis paucissimis s. bracteis amplis munitum: foliolis subzequalibus. Receptaculum densé villosum. | Flosculi in- definiti dedi hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; : labio exteriore li- partito: "Ec Jeata binerviis, apice pube- rulis. Anthere in tubum connate, basi bisetosæ (setis sim- plicibus) apice appendiculá lineari lanceolatå acutá co- riaceA coronate. Stigmata semicylindrica, truncata, re- curva, apice papillosa, nervo manifesto. Achenia subteretia, X nunc compressiuscula, undique papilloso-scabra: disco epi- gyno concavo, parùm dilatato, margine elevato, calloso. Pappus capillaris, caducus : radiis duplici ordine — E basi solutis, denticulato-scabris. | 3 P rülicor E of the Class Composite. 187 Frutices foliis indivisis, floribus terminalibus numerosis, albis aut luteis. * Involucri foliolis simplici serie dispositis. Proprie. 1. T. cacaloides, foliis petiolatis ellipticis subintegerrimis seri- ceis, involucro pentaphyllo : foliolis ligulatis obtusis floscu- lis brevioribus. Perdicium cacaloides. Kunth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp. PI. 4. p. 154. In Peruvià. Ruiz et Pavon. . Caulis fruticosus, erectus, ramosissimus, rigidus, cortice fusces- cente obductus. Ramuli hirsuti. Folia petiolata, ex obo- vata ad ellipticam formam variantia, sed rariüs obovata, mucronulata, integerrima, nunc rariüs perparcé denticu- lata, utrinque sericeo-pubescentia, pollicem v. 2 pollices longa, è semipollicari ad unciam latitudine variantia. Pe- tioli breves. | Flores parvi, fasciculato-corymbosi, numero- sissimi.- Pedicelli sericeo-villosi. Bracteole ad basin invo- lucri subsolitariz, anguste lineares, obtusæ, pubescentes. Involucrum pentaphyllum : foliolis ligulatis, obtusis, æqua- libus. Receptaculum copiosè villosum. Flosculi pauci (5—7), hermaphroditi, bilabiati, lutei; labio exteriore ligulato, ob- tuse tridenticulato; interiore bipartito, revoluto: laciniis linearibus, obtusiusculis, apice barbulatis. Anthere appen- diculà lineari obtusiusculà terminate, basi bisetæ: setis simplicibus. Stigma bifidum : laciniis recurvatis, truncatis, . minute. papillosis. Achenia - linearia, anes 1, minute = Be, Teme =P llaris, flavesce n 2; F caf doliis Peni eae dentatis subtüs lanatis, involucro 10-phyllo : foliolis subulatis flosculis lon- gioribus. Pelican 188 Mr.D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species Perdicium calycinum. Mart. Mss. In Bahia Brasiliensium. Martius.» . Frutex facie /Ethonie fruticose*, erectus, rigidus, ramosissimus, fragilis. Ramuli teretes, undique villis copiosis glandulis mi- nutis pedicellatis interstinctis vestiti. Folia alterna, petio- lata, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, acuté dentata, tum dentibus approximatis subserrata, basi attenuata, subtüs copiose vil- loso-lanata, suprà demüm nuda, viridia, bi- v. tripollicaria, semunciam v. ultra lata. Corymbi terminales, laxè divari- cati. Pedunculi filiformes, minuté glandulosi, pollicares v. bipollicares, apicem versus crassiores, squamis aliquot (2—3) lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis muniti. Involucrum feré Kleinia, simplex, decaphyllum minuté glandulosum, basi bracteolà angustissimá instructum: foliolis lineari- subulatis, erectis, acutis, flosculis longioribus. Receptacu- lum copiose villosum. Flosculi 10—12, hermaphroditi, bi- labiati ; labio exteriore ligulato, patulo, acuté tridenticulato ; interiore bipartito : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, revo- lutis, apice imberbibus. Anthere basi longè biaristatze, ap- pendiculá lineari-lanceolatà obtusiusculà terminate. Stig- ma bipartitum : laciniis recurvatis, semicylindricis, apice truncatis, papilloso-puberulis. Achenia longa, teretiuscula, undique aspere papillosa, apicem versus paululüm angusti- ora. Pappus capillaris, cinereus, : denticulis : asper, caducus. It ESCIER ifii PEI Eaa 3. TES corymbosa; foliis petiolatis lanceolatis integerrimis puberu- lis, involucro 8-phyllo: foliolis lineari-lanceolatis acutis. Perdicium corymbosum. Herb. S. et M. In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. » . lign 10sus, diffusé ramosissimus. Rami teretes, cortice striato cinereo-fusco obducti: Folia sparsa, qni lan- * Edinb. New Phil. Journ. l. c. p. 309. ceolata, CT capillaris, flavescens, denticulis scaber, caducusz> Caulis fruticosus, erectus, ramosus. Rami teretes, c. of the Class Composite. i 189 ceolata, mucronata, margine integerrima, nunc plana, sub- inde reflexa, utrinque cum ramulis pube subtili vestita, sub- tùs costa prominulà, reticulato-venosissima, membranacea, basi attenuata, sesqui- v. tripollicaria, semunciam v. pauló ultra lata. Flores lutei, copiosissimi, laxè corymbosi. Pedun- culi pedicellique densé pubescentes. Bractee inferiores per pedunculos sparsæ, foliis conformes; superiores sensim mi- nores; supremis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, basi attenuatis, margine revolutis, multó minoribus, involucrum munienti- bus. Receptaculum copiose villosum. Flosculi 10—12, hermaphroditi, bilabiati; labio erteriore ligulato, obtuse tridenticulato, patulo; interiore bipartito: laciniis lineari- lanceolatis, revolutis, apice obtusis, barbulatis, marginibus primüm conglutinatis. Anthere setis 2 capillaceis basi mu- nite, apice appendiculà lineari acutiusculà ipsias antherz longitudine coronate. Stigma bipartitum: laciniis semi- teretibus, papilloso-pruinosis, apice truncatis; recurvis. ET a. o t - ia teretia, minute papillosa, et ; ** Involucri squamis duplici AH qaponte. 4. T. glutinosa, foliis sessilibus oblongis integerrimis subtüs lana- tis, floribus corymbosis, involucri foliolis lineari-lanceolatis coriaceis. Perdicium brasiliense. Mart. Mss. non da In Brasilize provincia Minas Geraes vulgd nec Martius. momeo obducti, pilis. glandali sque rnat penná corviná vix crassiores. Folia alterna, sessilia, oblon ga, v. lineari-lanceolata, mucronulata, integerrima, coriacea, suprà gramineo-viridia, reticulato-venosa, parce. incum- benti-pilosa, glandulosa, et glutinosa, te copiose 190 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species reo-lanata, lana villosà nunc lutescenti, sesqui- v. bipolli- caria, semunciam lata. Flores corymbosi, magni, aurei. Corymbus simplex, terminalis pluri-(5—7)florus. Pedunculi robusti, uniflori, teretes, ut et involucrum, glandulis pedi- cellatis omninó induti, viscosissimi, foliolis aliquot (2—4) ceteris foliis simillimis, at perquàm minoribus, instructi. Involucrum duplici ordine polyphyllum: foliolis lineari- lanceolatis, acutis, obtusé carinatis; pretereà bracteole paucze, lanceolate, acute, subtis tomentosz, breviores. Receptaculum dense villosum. Flosculi numerosi, herma- phroditi, tubo longo, limbo bilahjati: labiis revolutis; ex- teriore ligulato, obtuse 3-denticulato ; interiore bipartito : laciniis lanceolato-linearibus, spiraliter convolutis. Anthere appendiculá lineari-lanceolata acuta terminate, basi longè biseta : setis simplicibus, muticis. Stigma bifidum: lobis recurvis, semiteretibus, suprà canaliculatis, apice truncato, papilloso-barbulato. Achenia subteretia longiuscula, undi- que papilloso-scabra. Pappus pilosus, niveus, denticulis scaber. This is totally distinct from the Perdicium brasiliense of Lin- l næus, as will hereafter appear. SoTa dieaticatas. fea: lanceolatis. acuminatis denticulatis basi | auriculatis, floribus panicolatis, involucri foliolis lanceo- E latis membranaceis. j Perdicium divaricatum. Kunth in H. et t B. Noa, Gen. et Sp. - Pl. 4. p. 155. t. 855. 4 P. auriculatum. Bot. Mag. t. 2765. | In Peruviá. Ruiz et Pavon. p. X Caul. fruticosus, teres, flexuosus, ut videtur scandens, diva- ricato-ramosissimus, cortice fulvello pubescente indutus. Folia alterna, sessilia, lanceolata, acuminata, margine den- ticulis * of the Class Composite. 191 ticulis plurimis perexiguis instructa, membranacea, deorsum attenuata, imá basi auriculato-cordata, 3—5-pollicaria, lati- tudine pollicaria v. sesqui-pollicaria, suprà gramineo-viri- dia, nunc glabra, subtüs pallida, villosiuscula. Flores nutan- tes, paniculati, lutescentes. Panicula terminalis, divaricata, multiflora. . Pedunculi flexuosi, pedicellique copiose pubes- - centes... Bracteole paucissime, lanceolato-subulatz, recur- vule, pubescentes. Involucrum duplici serie poly-(13—16)- phyllum, velutinum : foliolis lanceolatis, acuminatis, politis, membranaceis ; intimis plurimüm longioribus. Receptacu- lum villosum. | Flosculi 12—14, bilabiati, hermaphroditi ; labio exteriore ligulato, 3-denticulato ; interiore bipartito : segmentis lanceolato-subulatis, apice puberulis. Anthere ap- pendiculâ lineari-lanceolata obtusiusculá ipsá antherá lon- giore, basi setis 2 simplicibus munitz. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis recurvis, apice truncatis, minute papillosis. Achenia longiuscula, compressa, undique papilloso-glandulosa. Pap- pus capillaris, flavicans, caducus, denticulis scaber. _ The figure given in the Nova Genera et Species is accurate as to the general character of the plant; but the leaves are repre- sented with a perfectly entire margin, which is clearly an error ; for there can be no question as to the identity of the two plants, and indeed the description of M. Kunth shows that the figure is faulty in this respect. Ihave no doubt that the Perdicium auri- culatum given in the Botanical Magazine (tab. 2765.) is really this plant, and that it is not, as there erroneously abated, em. Brazil, but had been pote from Peru. oe - — Involucrum basi bracteis 5. amplis ficis aoallgum : foliolis simplici ordine digestis. Flosculi plurimi. | Alcithoé. 6. T. longifolia, foliis petiolatis lanceolatis acuminatis integerri- — mis levibus. P YOL. XVI. 2€ 192 Mr.D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species Perdicium longifolium. Herb. S. et M. In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. h . Caulis fruticosus. Rami cylindrici, pallidi, perparcé sericeo- pubescentes. Folia (Salicis) numerosa, alterna, brevissime petiolata, lanceolata, acuminata, integerrima, submembra- nacea, utrinque, sed presertim subtüs, adpresse villosius- cula, costá prominulà, venisque plurimis obliquis reticu- latim ramosissimis manifestis, basi v. acutá, v. (in supe- rioribus) obtusa, gramineo-viridia, plerumque palmaria, vix semipollicem lata. Petioli teretiusculi, lineam v. ultra longi. Flores terminales, corymbosi, aurei. Corymbus sim- plex, foliosus, multiflorus. Pedunculi copiose glanduloso- pubescentes, unciales. Bractece 5, ample, foliacez, ovato- lanceolate, acuminate, glanduloso-pubescentes. Involu- crum simplici ordine 8-phyllum : foliolis ligulatis, acutis, co- riaceis, costatis, intüs sericeo-villosissimis, extüs atomis resi- nosis copiosissimis. Receptaculum copiose villosum. Flos- culi plures, (18—20) hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio eate- riore ligulato, patulo, obtuse tridentato ; interiore bipartito, revoluto: segmentis lineari-lanceolatis, apice obtusis pube- rulisque. Anthere appendiculà ligulatà obtusá cartilagineáà antheram ipsam longitudine æquante; basi setis 2 simplici- - ‘bus longis cuspidatis munite. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis vis, apice papilloso-barbatis, truncatis. Achenia te- retiuscula, undique papilloso-scabra. Pappus capillaris, fulvellus, denticulis minutissimis scaber, fragilis, ineequalis, caducus. T. F. alata, foliis decurrentibus ellipticis denticulatis scabris. In Mexico. esse et Mocinno. h. Caulis früticosus, 1s rigidus, ramosus. Rami teretes, fo- liaceo-alati, copios pilosi, scabri. ‘Folia alterna, longè per : caulem of the Class Composite. 193 caulem decurrentia, oblongo-ovata, acuta, mucronuloque corneo munita, utrinque papillis setosis exasperata, viridia, margine denticulata, costa basi penitüs prominenti api- cem versus perexili, venis prominulis obliquis ramosissimis, 2—-3-uncialia, unciam v. sesquiunciam lata. Flores termi- nales, plures, corymbosi. Corymbus simplex. Pedunculi teretes, validi, densé glanduloso-pilosi, semunciales. Brac- teg 5, ample, foliaceæ, ovato-lanceolate, acuminate, co- piosé glandulosz, pollicares v. sesquipollicares, vix semi- pollicem late, involucro longiores, atque obvallantes. Invo- lucrum simplici serie 8-phyllum : foliolis lineari-lanceolatis, acuminatis, coriaceis, apice membranaceis, papilloso-glan- dulosis. Receptaculum dense pilosum. Flosculi aurei, plu- rimi (24) hermaphroditi, bilabiati, omnibus majores; Zabio exteriore ligulato, elliptico, tridenticulato; interiore pro- fundé bipartito : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, pilosiusculis, 1 | spiraliter revolutis. Anthere basi bisetz : setis simplicibus, | . aristatis: appendiculá ligulatà, obtusa, cartilagineá, ipsá antherá breviore. Stigma bipartitum: lobis recurvatis, apice truncatis et papillosis. . 4cAhenia teretiuscula, papilloso- scabra, spadicea. Pappus capillaceus, denticulis scaber, caducus, niveus. 8. T. involucrata, foliis ovato-lanceolatis integerrimis subtùs se- riceo-villosissimis. In Mexico. D. Paullus de La Llave. ņ . Caulis fruticosus, ramosus. Rami teretes, undique villo Folia alterna, sessilia, conferta, ovato-lanc: olata, a acumi- nata, integerrima, uninervia, venis angulo acuto obliquis, plurimis ; membranacea, suprà viridia, glandulis pedicel- latis copiose ornata, subtüs sericeo-villosissima, polli aria. Flores magni, in apice ramulorum panoi (4—5), CO) 2c2 | ucrum 194 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species Involucrum copiose glandulosum, serie simplici 8-phyllum, bracteis amplis, foliaceis, ovato-lanceolatis, mucronatis ob- vallatum : foliolis lineari-lanceolatis, mucronatis, nervosis. Receptaculum copiose villosum. | Flosculi aurei, copiosi, bi- labiati, hermaphroditi, zequales: tubo intüs hirsuto ; labio exteriore ligulato, patulo, apice tridenticulato ; interiore alte bipartito : segmentis linearibus, revolutis, apice obtuso, bar- bato. Filamenta compressa, glabra. Anthere appendiculd ipsius antherz longitudine, ligulatà, coriaceáà terminate, basi longe biaristate : aristis nudis, lineari-setaceis. Stylus filiformis, glaber. Stigmata semicylindrica, truncata, minute papillosa.. Achenia longitudine feré involucri, angusta, te- tragona, minuté papilloso-scabra. Pappus pilosus, fulvo- cinereus: radiis duplici ordine digestis, creberrime denti- culatis, basi solutis, deciduis. rod | This genus constitutes the transition from the- re to the more aberrant groups of the Labiatiflore. The habit and the general resemblance of its flowers to those of the former family, justify the place which I have assigned to it. I have followed Lagasca and DeCandolle in restoring the old name of T'riris, first applied to designate the original species of this genus >A Dr. INN DNE: m the m — ee eme may Pope be ebkord goes distinct fet nstit nt another genus ; but this point I shall leave till further observa- tions shall determine. : | CLEANTHES. Perpic SP., L. Recep tee l ndm Flosculi indefiniti. Involucrum ai Involucrum simplici v. duplici ordine polyphyllum : foliolis sub- eequalibus. of the Class Composite. 195 -eequalibus. Receptaculum convexum, glabrum. Flosculi in- definiti, hermaphroditi, bilabiati; labio exteriore elliptico, obtuse tridenticulato, 4-nervio, patulo ; interiore bipartito : laciniis lanceolatis, acutis, binerviis, revolutis, sepe mar- gine conglutinatis. Stamina tubo inserta : filamenta glabra ; articulo superiore teretiusculo: anthere appendiculá lineari- lanceolatá, acutá, cartilagineo- membranaceá coronate, basi bisetosz : setis compressis, attenuatis, simplicibus, eequa- libus. Stylus filiformis, glaber, basi bulbosus. Stigmata semicylindrica, apice truncata, minute papillosa, recurvata. Achenia subfusiformia, compressa, undique papilloso-sca- bra, 5-costata: costis callosis. Discus epigynus dilatatus, concavus. Pappus pilosus, penitus: radiis Sophia, ordine copiosis, denticulato-scabris. — : pida Herbs perennes, habitu omninó Hieracii. Coulis üttiforus. Folia indivisa ; radicalia maxima, petiolata. Flores corym- bosi, Loppus cinercus. - 1. C. branche zi cem caule angulato, involucri i foliolis | lanceolatis obtusis. Perdicium brasiliense. Linn. Mant. 115. V. ahl. in DES Soc. Hist. Nat. Haf. 1. p. 12. In Brasilià. Arduini. y Herba perennis, tota pilis basi callosis copiose vestita, hispidula. Caulis erectus, angulatus, superne sulcatus, apice ramosus, pedalis. Folia radicalia petiolata, patula, elliptico-oblonga, aut spathulata, sinuato-dentata (dentibus. tuberculo c callos _terminatis, productis, tunc raró.pauló retrorsis), ba ‘huata, costà media subtüs prominula nervisque a acuto oblique transversis instructa, palmaria, sesquiun- ciam lata; caulina plura, multoties minora, sessilia, ine- - ari-lariceolata, margine dentata, revoluta, ubercu 196 Mr. D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species terminata, uncialia v. biuncialia. Petioli unciales, subtüs carinati, basi valdé dilatati. Flores plures (7) corymbosi, magnitudine Hieracii Sabaudi. | Pedunculi sulcati, bipolli- cares, uniflori, undique dense pilosi et glandulosi, basi sæpiùsque supra medium bracteolá lineari-lanceolatà cana- liculatà muniti. Znvolucrum hispidissimum, duplici ordine poly-(14—18)phyllum : foliolis ligulatis, obtusis, basi sub- tüs obtuse carinatis, apice planis membranaceis latioribus- que. Flosculi lutei, numerosi, hermaphroditi, bilabiati : tubo glanduloso, basi 5-angulo, fauce dilatato ; labio exte- riore elliptico-oblongo, obtusé tridenticulato, 4-nervio, ner- vis intermediis profundé bipartitis ; interiore bipartito : seg- mentis lanceolatis, acutis, revolutis, nervis 2 longé intramar- ginalibus. Filamenta glabra ; articulo superiore teretiusculo, dupló breviore. Anthere appendicula lineari, obtusá, sub- faleatà, cartilagineé coronatz basi bisetose : setis com- planatis, attenuatis, æqualibus. Stylus glaber, basi callosá. Stigmata linearia, truncata, minute papillosa, recurva. Achenia subfusiformia, undique papilloso-scabra. Discus epigynus concavus. Pappus pilosus, cinereus: radiis duplici _ ordine copiosissimis, denticulato-scabris, deciduis. The Sabicea amitan oh this ceteri and hitherto lections and gem of the late Sir juin bee Smith h now become the property of the Linnean Society. The acqui- sition of these collections will add much to the honour and credit of the Society, and will tend greatly to advance the science of Natural. History in this country. Now that the number of spe- cies is so- much increased, it is impossible in extensive genera to determine satisfacto rily the older ones, without bar adt to the authentic materials on which they were four | “9, C. He- of the Class Composita. 197 2. C. hieracioides, glabriuscula; caule subnudo tereti, involucri foliolis cuneato-lanceolatis acutis. In Brasilià. Sello. 4. Planta herbacea, leviter papillosa, virens. Radia perennis, è fibris pluribus, fili emporetici crassitie composita. Caules è radice plures, erecti, teretes, subfiliformes, apice tantim ramosi, foliis feré destituti, sesquipedales, pennam corvinam crassitie vix adeequantes. Folia radicalia maxima, petiolata, patula, oblongo-spathulata, repanda, vix ac ne vix sinuata, uninervia, basi attenuata, suprà prope marginem presertim scabriuscula, aculeis minutissimis callosis, subtüs ad costam pilosa, palmaria, latitudine feré biuncialia ; caulina paucis- sima (2 v. 4) plurimüm minora, semiamplexicaulia, lineari- lanceolata, mucronulata, denticulata, uncialia. Fores plu- res (5—7) corymbosi. Pedunculi longi, simplices v. bifidi, copiose papilloso-glandulosi. Bractee lineares, mucronu- late. Involucrum simplici ordine poly(10-)phyllum : foliolis . cuneato-lanceolatis, acutis, concavis, extüs copiose papil- loso-glandulosis, scabris. Receptaculum nudum. — Flosculi plures, hermaphroditi, albi? tubo glanduloso: limbo eodem breviore, bilabiato ; labio exteriore elliptico, obtuse triden- ticulato, 4-nervio, patulo; interiore bipartito : laciniis lan- ceolatis, acutis, binerviis, revolutis, sepé margine conglu- tinatis. Anthere appendiculà lanceolata acuta, cartilagineo- membranaceá coronatz, basi longè bisetose. Stylus filifor- mis, glaber.. basi bulbos. Stigmata semicylindrica, re- - : xo Bie cios; 5 sake. rigidulis Very near akin to the preceding species ; but in that the stem | is pagolar and somewhat leafy, and the whole plant, clot th 198 Mr. D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species bristly hairs. The flowers are also larger; and the leaflets of the involucrum nearly twice the number, and arranged in a double series. The genus, which appears to be a very natural one, is essentially distinguished from Trixis by the naked receptacle. Proustia. Lag. et Dec. Receptaculum pilosum. | Flosculi 5. Pappi radiis penicillatis. Involucrum polyphyllum, imbricatum. Involucrum tubulosum, polyphyllum : squamis ellipticis, integer- rimis, multiplici serie adpresse imbricatis. Receptaculum ‘parvum, copiose pilosum. Flosculi 5, hermaphroditi, bi- labiati; labio exteriore ligulato, tridenticulato, 4-nervio, patulo, demüm revoluto; interiore profundé bipartito : segmentis lineari-lanceolatis, binerviis, obtusiusculis, revo- lutis, primüm conglutinatis. Antherg in tubum connate, basi bisetz : setis simplicibus v. ramulosis : appendicula ter- minalis linearis, acutiuscula, cartilaginea. Stigma bilobum : lobis apice truncatis, papilloso-pruinosis, recurvis. Achenia cuneata, compressa, pilosa v. teretiuscula et papillosa : disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus persistens : radiis duplici ordine copiosis, apice penicillatis. Aghusculas vet 'rutices ramosissimi.. Rolie ais indivisa. Flores * Floribus po. purpureis, ache co orato. | Propriæ. Soe ea ee ee 1. P. pyrifolia, foliis peliointis cordato-rotundis eralibame sub- tüs tomentosis. minutia. uio. Lag. et Dec. in Ann. Mus. 19. p. 70. t. 4. ! pe Talcahuana rime "uie ad COP" tempore — A Arbuscula erecta, ramosissima, . Rami eS c — — 2 P. oblongifolia, foliis. petiolatis odis subtüs In Peruviá. Ruiz et Pavon. Re of the Class Composite. 199 Rami teretes, à casu foliorum nodosi, tomento cinereo de- ciduo vestiti. Folia omninó Mali v. Cydonie, alterna, petio- lata, subrotundo-cordata v. ovalia, abrupté mucronulata, mucronulo brevissimo conico, margine integerrima, v. nunc sepe dentibus pluribus mucronulatis instructa, coriacea, basi nunc rotundata, tunc obsoletiüs cordata, suprà viridia, nitida, glandulisque elevatis copiose ornata, reticulato-veno- sissima, subtüs tomento denso cinereo, demüm flavicanti et partim deciduo, instructa, sesqui- v. feré tri-pollicaria, un- ciam aut sesquiunciam lata. Petioli teretes, dense tomen- tosi, suprà depressiusculi, 3 lineas longi, basi crassiore re- manenti, inde rami tuberculati. Flores purpurei, in thyrso amplo copiosissimi, glomerati, hinc comosi. Rachis et pe- dicelli omninó lanati. Involucrum oblongo-cylindricum, po- lyphyllum : squamis ovalibus, obsolete mucronulatis, coria- ceis; extimis ovatis, levissime lanuginosis, margine ciliatis, adpresse et decussatim imbricatis. Receptaculum punctum pilosum. Flosculi 5, hermaphroditi, bilabiati; labio erte- riore ligulato, acutè tridenticulato, parùm revoluto ; inte- riore profundè bipartito, spiraliter revoluto : laciniis line- aribus, acutis, primùm marginibus leviter conglutinatis. Anthere appendicula lineari acuta cartilagineå terminate, basi bisetee: setis linearibus, compressis, basi ramulosis. Stigma bilobum: lobis crassis, recurvulis, apice obtusis, minuté papilloso-pruinosis. Achenia pilosa. Pappus pur- pureus: radiis basi solutis, apige peniciliene t Precedenti smili Ramë téreles, Ferio, post hoia lapsum nodulosi, tomento cinereo caduco primò vestiti , glandulisque. elevatis persistentibus perparce muniti. Folia alterna, p VOL. XVI. 2 Dp : E Püiolata, 200 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species tiolata, oblonga, mucronata, mucrone brevi subulato recto, margine integerrima v. parce denticulata, coriacea, supra viridia, lucida, reticulato-venosissima, venis siccitate pro- minulis, subtüs dense cinereo-tomentosa, fere bipollicaria, 9 lineas v. parüm ultra lata. Flores glomerati, in thyrsum confertum ovatum dispositi. Pedunculi et pedicelli brevis- simi, dense lanati. Involucrum polyphyllum, decussatim imbricatum ; squamis eaterioribus ovatis, acutiusculis, con- cavis; interioribus oblongis, obtusis, pariter coriaceis, le- vissimé lanuginosis. Flosculi 5, omninó ut in precedente. Anthere basi bisetz : setis basi ramulosis: appendiculá line- ari, acutiusculà. Stigma bilobum : lobis semiteretibus, obtu- sis, crassis, minute papillosis. Achenia pilosa. Pappus fusco- purpureus: radiis apice penicillatis, imá basi connexis. This species is intimately allied to the preceding; but its oblong, and much narrower leaves, appear to constitute a spe* cific distinction. ** Floribus pappoque albis, acheniis papilloso-scabris, teretiusculis. 3. P. reticulata, foliis sessilibus oblongo-cuneatis serrulatis gla- . bris, thyrso composito. laxo. "dene : et Mocinno 2 : In "Mexico: Frutex erectus, rigidus, ramosissimus. Rami sulcati, glabri. Folia sessilia, oblongo-cuneata, quandoque obovata, argute serrulata, coriacea, basin versus integerrima, utrinque gla- E bra, siccitate lutescenti-viridia, costà venisque ramosissi- prominulis reticulata, subtüs punctis numerosissimis resinosis ornata, 3 pollices longa, unciam v. sesquiunciam lata; rameis lineari-oblongis, mucronulatis, vix pollicaribus. Flores f H $ H E * A Ei Š 1 $ H J H ML LL. of the Class Composite. 201 Flores glomerati (glomeruli 4—9-tlori), in thyrsum laxum, obtuse pyramidatum digesti, albi, siccitate flavescentes. Involucrum tubulosum, imbricatum, feré semunciale: squa- mis ovalibus, obtusis, ciliatis, adpressis. Receptaculum pi- losum. Flosculi 5, hermaphroditi, bilabiati; labio exteriore ligulato, obtuse 3-denticulato ; interiore bipartito: segmen- tis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis, revolutis, primüm congluti- natis. Anthere appendicula lanceolatà mutica cartilagineá coronatz, basi bisetz : setis simplicibus, setaceo-subulatis, acutissimis, ipså antherá longioribus. Stigma bilobum, mi- nuté papilloso-pruinosum. Achenia cuneata, compressa, minuté papillosa. Pappus albus, demüm flavescens, deci- duus: radiis tenuissimis, apice penicillatis. 4. P. mexicana, foliis amplexicaulibus cordatis acuminatis denti- culatis membranaceis, corymbis fasciculatis, involucri squa- mis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis. _ Proustia mexicana. Lag. Mss. Perdicium mexicanum. Herd. S. et M. In Mexico. Sesse et Moinet: : Rami erecti, sulcati, pube plandulósk v vestiti. "dolia: m amplexicaulia, cordato-ovata v. oblonga, acuminata, argute copioseéque spinuloso-denticulata, tunc subserrata, membra- nacea, reticulato-venosa, utrinque aspere papillosa, viridia, subtüs et ramuli, preecipué juventute, atomis resinosis aureo- micantibus adspersa, pollicaria v. bipollicaria, unciam lata. — 3 Flores rriena orrae tigi junis Sgodur E- : verra obl ga, tabal d po yphylla | copiose Blandu- losa: squamis ovato-laneeolutis; acuminatis, adpressis. Flos- culi 5, hermaphroditi, bilabiati, albi; labio exteriore ligu- lato, acute tridentato ; interiore bipartito : laciniis, t ljneeri- | 2p2 : bus, 202 Mr.D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species bus, obtusiusculis, revolutis. Anthere basi setis longis, sim- plicibus, acutis munite, appendiculà lineari-lanceolata, obtusiusculá terminate. Stigma bifidum: laciniis semi- teretibus, truncatis, recurvis, papilloso-pruinosis. Ache- nia teretiuscula, papilloso-scabra. Pappus albus: radiis denticulis scabris, imá basi connexis, apice subsimplici ! *** Flores lavé spicati, rosei. Achenia cuneato-trigona, villosa. Pappus capillaris, fusco-purpureus. Harmodia. 5. P. cuneifolia, foliis lanceolato-cuneatis mucronulatis dentatis coriaceis glabris, floribus spicatis. In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. n Frutex erectus, rigidus, facie proteaceá. Rami teretes, glabri, foliosi. Folia alterna, petiolata, bipollicaria, lanceolato- cuneata, mucronulata, coriacea, rigida, glabra, subtüs costa prominente venisque conspicuis reticulata, margine nunc integerrima, nunc denticulata, illinc dentibus paucis ma- joribus ad apicem instructa, inferné attenuata, vix semipol- licem lata. Flores sessiles, solitarii v. per paria remotius- culi, bracteá lineari-lanceolatà mucronata foliacea suffulti, . hinc quasi axillares, in spicam terminalem, nunc basi ra- m dispositi. Involucra polyphylla, imbri- lanuginosa ; gramin, era rallininiere. ob- | tusis, concavis, coriaceis, 1 ne prz è lanu adpressis. | Receptaculum villosgm. - Flosculi A elma- phroditi, bilabiati, rosei ; labio exteriore ligulato, acutè tri- dentato ; interiore bipartito, revoluto : laciniis linearibus, _ . Obtusis. Anthere basi setis 2, longis, simplicibus, acutis . auct, appendiculà ligulatà, acutiusculà, cartilagineá ter- n Stigma bifidum : lobis lingulatis, obtusis, minute papillota recurvis. Achenia cuneata, trigona, sericeo- villosa. of the Class Composite. 203 villosa. Pappus fusco-purpureus, mollissimus : radiis lon- . gis, capillaceis, apice puberulis. ACOURTIA. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi indefiniti. Pappi radiis penicil- latis. Involucrum polyphyllum, imbricatum. Involucrum turbinatum, multiplici ordine polyphyllum, imbrica- tum: squamis lanceolatis, mucronatis, adpressis, integerri- mis, basi dilatatà cum rachi articulatis, deciduis! Recepta- culum nudum, scrobiculatum. — Flosculi plurimi (25—30) hermaphroditi, bilabiati, equales; labio exteriore ligulato, obtuse tridentato, 4-nervio; interiore bipartito, revoluto : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, binerviis. Antheræ appendi- cula lineari-lanceolatá, acutiusculá, cartilagineá terminate, basi bisetosz : setis simplicibus, obtusis. Stigmata linearia, truncata, apice papillosa. Achenia teretiuscula, (semun- cialia) undique papilloso-scabra: disco epigyno parüm dila- tato, planiusculo. - Pappi radis ging i serie nuen, deciduis, apice penicillatis. - iif Planta fruticosa, habitu omninó Serratule, Aian Caulis sesqui- v. tri-pedalis, erectus, rigidus, teres, paniculatim ramosus. Rami sulcati, glabri, virides, nunc sanguinolenti, penne cor- vine crassitie. Folia alterna, amplevicaulia, cordato-oblonga, quandoque superne latiora, subspathulata, mucrone calloso in- structa, margine spinuloso-serrata, posticibus rotundatis, sub- stantid cartilaginea, rigida, utrinque nuda, reticulato-veno- sissima, 2—4-uncialia, pollicem 1 v. sees Slice lata; su mis multó minoribus, sepiüsque integerr ore apice ramulorum. plur cory) iaplomerati, Ser- ratule coronate mognade Pedunculi teretes, glabri, semipollicares. Involucra sepé sanguineo-colorata. Flosculi purpu e" 204 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species purpurei: nervis infra sinus laciniarum dichotomis. Pappus niceus. 1. A. formosa. In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. ņ . This genus agrees with the preceding in the structure of its involucrum, and with Trizis in the indefinite number of its florets; but it is distinguished from both by its naked recep- tacle, and from Clarionia by the structure of its pappus, by its equal florets, as well as by its widely different habit. I have dedicated this very distinct and interesting genus to Mrs. A’Court, of Heytesbury House, Wilts, whose botanical taste and knowledge have long merited for her this compli- ment. Crarionia. Lag. et Dec. | Pznzzia. Lag. Amen. Nat. 1. p.81. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi indefiniti. Pappus capillaris. Involucrum polyphyllum, imbricatum. Involucrum oblongum, cylindricum, multiplici ordine polyphyl- lum, imbricatum. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi omnes : heamaphroditi, bilabiati; marginales majores, radium emu- j exteriore longo; cate emesis obtusé tri- interiore profunde bipartito : : segmen- raliter ses obti aee matgihe Mica uis uti sæpiùs perfacilé pro unico et simplici habitis; disci multoties bre- viores ; labio exteriore elliptico, concavo, obtuse tridenticu- ee Jato; interiore bipartito, spiraliter revoluto : segmentis simi- .. liter con Bitinatio. at latioribus. Filamenta capillaria, gla- , articulo manifesto. dene: appendicula lineari, acuta, COMER : calico of the Class Composita. 205 cartilagineo-membranaceá terminate, basi bisetz: setis ineequalibus, validiusculis, mucronatis, simplicibus. Stig- mata linearia, truncata, revoluta, suprà canaliculata, apice parüm dilatato, papilloso. Achenia teretiuscula v. com- n ngos iuge sadi illie RN ia aar " Shiva: ` pressa: disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus persistens, pilo- j sus: radiis duplici ordine copiosis, scabris, apice simpli- | cibus. | Herbee perennes. Flores solitarii, magni, rubri v. albi. * Caulescentes foliis indivisis. 1. C. spathulata, foliis planis spathulatis. Clarionia spathulata. Lag. Mss. In Chili. Ruiz et Pavon.Y . Herba cswspitosa. Caulis pedalis, erectus, simplicissimus, ali- quandó ramulum unicum protrudit, uniflorus, filiformis, glaber, crassitie penne corvine, apicem versus glandulis pedicellis copiose ornatus. Folia radicalia feré omninó Ot ' lie, numerosa, spathulata, plana, coriacea, margine nteger ve -erenulata, - utrinque leté viridia, glaberrima, subtüs costá validà venisque reticulatis in- structa, basin versus in petiolum attenuata, sesquipolli- caria, ad laminam latitudine unguem adequantia; cau- lina sparsa, plurimüm minora, stricta, subadpressa, lingu- lata, margine integerrima ac cartilaginea, basi dilatatà et . denticulata, unguicularia v. nunc (presertim inferiora) fere uncialia. Flos terminalis, solitarius. Involucrum puc . ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum : Saree: ligulati .. gerrimis, up. minute glandulosis; inte: ' cronulatis, longioribus. F gets Es is ake, bilabiati, albi; labio exteriore Jonge; “ligulato, obtusé tridenticulato, 4-nervio ; inferiore bipartito: segmentis angustissimis, re- volutis, binerviis. Anthere appendiculà lineari, acuta, co- : — loratá, 206 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species loratá, cartilagineé terminate, basi bisetz : setis longissimis, linearibus, complanatis, filamentoso-aristatis. Stylus inclu- sus. Stigma bipartitum : segmentis linearibus, truncatis, recurvis, apice papillosis. Achenia ancipiti-compressa, ad- pressé sericeo-villosissima. Pappus pilosus, inzequalis, cre- berrimé denticulatus, fusco-cinereus. Near akin to Clarionia lactucoides, the Perdicium lactucoides of Vahl (Act. Havn. 1. pars 2. p. 11. t. 5.), which however is readily distinguished by having the radical leaves on long foot- stalks, lanceolate, and obtuse. In other respects both plants are much alike. : 2. C. recurvata, foliis recurvatis linearibus rugosis margine revo- lutis spinuloso-denticulatis. Perdicium recurvatum. Vahl. 4. c. 1. p. 18. t. ads (bona. ) In Chili. Ruiz et Pavon. x . Caulescens, sempervirens, fruticulosa. Caules palmares, dense foliosi. Folia undique versa, basibus valde dilatatis, margine membranaceo-ciliatis, imbricata, sursüm recurvato-patula, linearia, spinuláà cartilagineé albå apiculata, nitida, viridia, Moers gate gevolpin.. dd transversim M cos- paginæ superioris pee denticoli Ese Ero, cartilagineis,. albis, unicá serie digestis, aliisque raró ad- spersis, ornata, pollicaria, sesquilineam lata. Pedunculus solitarius, terminalis, tripollicaris, erectus, filiformis, uni- atoms, = CE sesiones ur foliolis aliquot sparsis, ciliatis, adpressis munitus. - Tavai campanu- We uncle : squamis multiplici ordine adpresse imbri- catis, of the Class Composita. 207 catis, ligulatis, spinuloso-mucronatis, extis papilloso-glan- dulosis, asperiusculis ; exterioribus margine spinuloso-cilia- tis ; interioribus margine membranaceis, integerrimis. Flos- culi hermaphroditi, bilabiati, albi; labio erteriore ligulato, 3-denticulato, 4-nervio ; interiore bipartito, membranaceo, spiraliter revoluto. Anthere appendicula lineari-lanceolatá acuta, basi longè bisetose. Stigma exsertum, bipartitum : segmentis semicylindricis, recurvatis, apice latiore trun- cato, minute papilloso. Achenia ancipiti-compressa, gla- bra. Pappus pilosus, ineequalis, creberrime denticulatus, fusco-brunneus. ** Acaules foliis pinnatifidis, acheniis elongatis, teretiusculis. Palesia. © 3. C. runcinata, foliorum segmentis rotundatis spinoso-serratis undulatis, scapis elongatis, involucri squamis integerrimis. Perezia runcinata. ~ Lag. Mss. In Mexico. — Sesse et Mocinno. c em AE sat Radix fusiformis. Caudex brevissimus, lanatus. Folia plurima, radicalia, breviter petiolata, spathulato-oblonga, runcinato- pinnatifida, membranacea, utrinque viridia, punctis elevatis aspera, siccitate tactu arida (an similiter in vivis?) 3—5- pollicaria, unciam v. sesquiunciam lata : lobis latis, rotun- datis, crebrè inæqualiterque spinoso-serratis, undulatis. Scapi erecti, filiformes, scabri, uniflori, folia longitudine æquantes, apicem versus paululùm crassiores. Involucrum multiplici ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis lan- ceolatis, pungenti-mucronatis, integerrimis, gidis, aliis- que similibus per scapi superius dimidium sparsis. Re- ceptaculum nudum. Flosculi omnes hermaphroditi, bila- biati, nervis infra laciniarum sinus profundè bipartitis ; exteriores multó majores; labium exterius maximum, ligu- VOL. XVI. 2 E = Intum, Tee ee ee a Y 208 Mr. D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species latum, patulum, apice tridenticulatum, nervis 4 zqualiter distantibus; interius profunde bipartitum : segmentis lineari- lanceolatis, binerviis, apice spiraliter revolutis. Anthere appendiculá lanceolatá acuté cristatze, basi longè bicornute. Stigmata linearia, revoluta, suprà canaliculata, apice trun- cato, dilatato, papilloso. Achenia teretiuscula, papilloso-mu- ricata, semuncialia: disco epigyno dilatato, calloso. Pappus longus, pilosus, cinereo-fulvellus : radiis duplici ordine con- fertissimis, scabris, apice simplicibus, inzequalibus. 4. C.? virens, foliorum segmentis ellipticis spinuloso-ciliatis pla- nis, flore sessili, involucri squamis dentatis. In Peruvie summis alpibus Cordilleras de los Andes Hispa- nice dictis. Ruiz et Pavon. y. Herba ex habitu Cl. Magellanice affinis videtur, acaulis, czespi- tosa, intense claréque virens. Radix e fibris compluribus longis crassiusculis composita. Folia in orbem acta, nu- merosa, patentissima, profundé pinnatifida, circumscrip- tione lanceolata, membranacea, tactu arida, rigentia, ses- qui- v. bipollicaria, semunciam lata, basi tenuissimé mem- branaceo-ciliatá, costa validà inferne latiore subtüs con- ; c = doe ovalibus, planis, pareine ciliis plurimis numerosis, es ie Flos soltar sessi- lis. Involucrum polyphyllum : squamis oblongis, mucrona- tis, spinuloso-dentatis. Cetera mihi ignota. HoMorANTHUSs. of the Class Composita. 209 Homorantuus. Bonpl., Dec. HowaNvTnris. Kunth. Prnzzix sP., Lag. Prnpicrr sP., Vahl. Receptaculum tuberculatum. Pappus pilosus. Involucrum du- plici ordine polyphyllum, subæquale. Involucrum hemisphæricum, duplici ordine polyphyllum : folio- lis longitudine æqualibus ; exterioribus dentatis ; interioribus integerrimis, mucronatis. Receptaculum tuberculis trun- catis margine fimbriatis instructum. Flosculi subæquales, hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore elliptico, concavo, marginibus induplicatis, obtuse tridenticulato, substantia crassiusculo, cartilagineo ; interiore membranaceo, bipar- tito : laciniis linearibus, spiraliter revolutis. Filamenta com- planata, glabra, articulo manifesto. Anthere appendicula .. lineari-lanceolatà | ponte, cristate, basi bisetz: setis sim- ~ plicibus, attenuatis. Stylus filiformis. - Stigma. inclusum, . bifidum: lobis ARE a iE aro apice truncatis, papi pruinosis. Achenia compressa, densè hirsuta. Pappus pi- losus: radiis duplici serie digestis, denticulato-scabris, basi solutis, deciduis. Herbae perennes. Folia pinnatifida. Flores solitarii v. corym- bosi. Flosculi cerulei v. albi. Pappus sordidé fulvus. Achenia villis gipreu ferrugineis nitidis tecta. 1. H. pinnatifidus, inermis ; foliorum segm pun ovalibus obtusis ciliatis imbricatis, caule unifloro : ii: s brev iore. Homoianthus. Dec. in Ann. Mus. xix. p. 65. t. 3. f. 2. Homanthis pinnatifidus. Kunth in H. et B.-Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 4. p. 308. qnit 2 E 2 : Chætanthera 210 Mr.D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species Cheetanthera pinnatifida. H. et B. Pl. /Equ. 2. a 170. t. 136. Perezia pinnatifida. Lag. Mss. In Peruviz alpibus summis frigidissimis. Ruiz et Pavon. y. Herba perennis, subacaulis, ceespitosa. Radir e fibris complu- ribus filo emporetico crassitie zequalibus, longissimis com- posita. Caules plures, foliis dupló breviores, erecti, sim- plices, uniflori, teretes, superné pilosi, vix pennam anse- rinam crassitie equantes. Folia radicalia plurima, in orbem acta, patula, petiolata, profundé pinnatifida, circumscrip- tione linearia, obtusa, costá dilatatà, subtüs convexá, ner- vosá, bi- v. tri-pollicaria: segmentis subrotundo-ovalibus, obtusis, inequilateris, coriaceis, suprà punctis numerosis elevatis asperis, subtüs glabris, margine setaceo-ciliatis, seepiüs conduplicatis, invicem se imbricatis, unguiculari- bus; caulina paucissima (2—3) lineari-lanceolata, dupli- cato-serrata, serraturis aristatis, semuncialia, 2 lineas lata, petiolis longioribus membranaceis paginam ipsam latitu- dine penissimé equantibus. Petioli lineares, dilatati, ner- vosi, margine membranacei, basin versus latiores, subtüs striati, 2—3-unciales, 3—4 lineas lati. Flores terminales, solitarii, albi. Involucrum hemisphericum, duplici ordine poly-(24—30)phyllum, æquale : foliolis exterioribus dupli- cato-serratis (serraturis aristatis) foliis caulinis subsimili- bus ; intimis ligulatis, apice rotundatis, mucronato-arista- tis, margine membranaceis, integerrimis. Receptaculum an - tuberculatum? Flosculi omnes hermaphroditi, æquales, bi- labiati; labio exteriore ovali-oblongo, obtuse tridenticulato, substantia crassa cartilagineá, marginibus inflexis concavo ; interiore membranaceo, bipartito : laciniis linearibus, atte- nuatis, spiraliter revolutis. Filamenta complanata, glabra. Anthere basi setis 2 simplicibus attenuatis auctæ, appen- dicula of the Class Composita. 211 diculá lineari-lanceolaté acutà atro-purpured terminate. Stigma bilobum, inclusum : lobis semicylindricis, trunca- tis, minute papillosis, recurvis. Achenia elliptica, com- pressiuscula, dense hirsuta. Pappus pilosus, creberrime denticulatus, fulvellus, deciduus. 2. H. multiflorus, spinosus ; foliis dentato-pinnatifidis, floribus corymbosis. Homoianthus. Dec. l.c. t. 3. f. 6. Homanthis multiflorus. Kunth l.c. 4. p. 14. Cheetanthera multiflora. H. et B. l.c. 2. p. 168. t. 135. In Peruvie locis alpinis frigidis Provinciarum Cante, Tar- mæ, Huanuci, Huamalies, Jauje, et Huarochiri. Ruiz et Pavon. y . Radix fusiformis. Caulis pedalis v. gubal, erectus, foliosus, teres, villis mollibus articulatis viscidis copiosè vestitus, crassitie digiti. minoris. Folia alterna, sessilia, bi- v. tri- 5 icaria, lin eolata, dentato-pinnatifida, coriacea, S c Eu "ubt. villis articulatis copiose vestita: dentibus magnis, triangulari-ovatis, simplicibus v. rariüs tricuspidatis, spinulá albà rectá terminatis. Flores terminales, numerosi (20—30) in corymbum digesti. Pe- dunculi crassi, lanati, bracteati. Involucrum duplici ordine poly-(10—16)phyllum: foliolis ovato-lanceolatis, spinuloso- acuminatis, glanduloso-tomentosis ; intimis margine lato sca- rioso apice producto, hinc abrupté emarginato-truncatis cum mucrone; eatimis margine inde unidentatis. Recep- taculum convexum, tuberculatum : tuberculis : runc satis, mar- gine fimbriatis. Flosculi albo-cerulei, quàm in precedente tripló minores, hermaphroditi, «quales, bilabiati; labio ex- teriore elliptico-oblongo, concavo, subcartilagineo, obtuse tridenticulato; interiore membranaceo, bipartito: laciniis lanceolato- 212 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species lanceolato-linearibus, acutiusculis, primàm conglutinatis, demum spiraliter revolutis. Anthere basi setis 2 simplicibus munite : appendiculá lineari-lanceolatá acuta atro-violaceá. Stigma bifidum: laciniis semicylindricis, apice latiore, trun- cato, minute papilloso. Achenia cuneato-oblonga, pilis rufis hirsutissima. Pappus pilosus, fulvus: radiis creberrime den- ticulatis, mucronulo simplici nudo apiculatis. Obs. Planta Scorzonere peruviane nomine a Ruizio inscripta. Floret tempore pluviarum. Vulgd Escorzonero. Maxime refrigerans et cordialis est: usus ejus communissimus est in omni Regno Peruviano. Ruiz Mss. This genus is intimately allied to the preceding ; but its tuber- culate receptacle, the consistence and greater uniformity of its florets, and its involucrum composed of a double series of nearly equal scales, appear to constitute a sufficient generic distinction. Intimately allied to the last species is the Perdicium squarrosum of Vahl (Act. Havn. i. par. 9. p. 11. 1. 6.), which is, however, distinguished by its more slender habit; by the more numerous and closely disposed segments of its leaves; and lastly, by having much fewer flowers on longer peduncles, disposed in a loose spreading — E c3 Parro EN s fo ae — Lag. et Flosculi neina radiati. Pappi rda is dispositis. Involucrum imbricatum. Involucrum semiglobosum, triplici circiter serie polyphyllum, imbricatum. — Receptaculum nudum, scrobiculatum. Flos- a culi plurimi, hermaphroditi, bilabiati; in periphzerid ma- ores ligula longiore patulo et hinc radium constituentibus ; 'teriore ligulato, 4-nervio, tridentàto ; interiore pro- funde bipaitite= : segmentis lineari-angustissimis, obtusius- culis, Taoa Modes serie of the Class Composita. 213 culis, spiraliter revolutis, margine primüm conglutinatis. Anthere appendicula lanceolatá terminate, basi longè bi- sete : setis tenuissimis, simplicibus. Stigmata semicylin- drica, apice dilatato, truncato, papilloso. Achenia cuneata, compressa, pilosa. Pappi radiis plumosis, simplici ordine contiguis, basi conferruminatis. Herb: caulescentes, niveo-lanate, radice sepè annuá. Folia raro indivisa. Flores pedunculati, purpurei, albi, aut flavi. Li- gulee nervi exteriores longè intramarginales. Pappus niveus. * Involucri squamis multiplici serie imbricatis ; intimis intramar- ginalibus, scariosis, paleas mentientibus. Proprie. 1. L. acanthoides, caule subsimplici, foliis amplexicaulibus pin- s spinuloso-mucronatis.. | n Chili. Ruiz et Pavon. y. ra perennis, niveo-canescens. Radix fusiformis, crassa, fusca. Caulis Subitalis, strictus, simplex, teres, gracilis, uno late: tere eru : ulis numerosis glan- duliferis ahaa cre nam corvinam 1 adzequans. Folia radicalia fere Arctotis FeR pes petiolata, profunde pinnatifida, niveo-lanata, palmaria : segmentis oblongis, mu- cronulatis, tridentatis, v. rariüs sinuato-dentatis, unguicu- laribus; caulina amplexicaulia, pinnatifida, subtüs lanugi- nosa, suprà pallide viridia, et lanugine feré destituta, punc- tis elevatis glanduliferis, scabriuscula, pollicaria v. sesqui- pollicaria: laciniis ovato-lanceolatis, spinuloso-mucronatis, margine revolutis, in T | nosum, "aibdulisque pedicellatis n munitum : squamis multi- plici — imbricatis, — muticis v. Me 214 Mr.D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species Flosculi cyanei, omnes hermaphroditi, bilabiati, tubo cylin- drico limbo zequali; labio exteriore elliptico, obsolete triden- ticulato ; interiore bipartito, spiraliter revoluto : laciniis line- aribus, obtusiusculis, primàm margine conglutinatis. An- there basi longè bisete, appendiculà lineari-lanceolatá ob- tusà terminate. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis semicylindri- cis, apice dilatato-truncatis, minuté papillosis, recurvis. Achenia cuneato-compressa, pilosa. Pappus niveus, cadu- cus: radiis plumosis, basi leviter connexis. 2. L. divaricata, caule diffuse ramosissimo, foliis amplexicaulibus inciso-pinnatifidis. ; In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. © Caulis tripedalis, erectus, ramosissimus, divaricatus, uti cum totâ feré herba glandulis pedicellatis confertissimis necnon lanugine alba parciori instructus. Folia caulina (superiora tantüm vidi) remoté alterna, amplexicaulia, inciso-pinnati- fida, subtüs cost4 prominenti instructa, lanugine niveà ves- - | tita, suprà opaco-viridia, glandulosa, uncialia v. sesquiun- cialia ; segmentis lanceolatis, cuspidatis, margine revolutis, | integerrimis ; imis duobus sagittzte more porrectis. Flores laxe paniculati. Pedunculi filiformes, uti cum involucro copiosissime. glandulosi atque lanuginosi, sesquipollicares. Involucrum subglobosum, truncatum: squamis multiplici or- dine imbricatis; exterioribus ovato-lanceolatis, obtusis, ad- pressis ; intimis longioribus, acutis. Receptaculum scrobi- culatum. — Flosculi flavi, omnes hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; marginales plures (15—16) radium emulantes ; labio exteriore ligulato, tridenticulato, in radio majore patulo, in disco re- voluto; interiore bipartito : segmentis lineari-angustissimis, membranaceis, primò conglutinatis, revolutis. Filamenta capillaria, glabra. Anthere basi setis 2 tenuissimis sim- plicibus of the Class Composite. 215 plicibus longis aucte, appendiculà lineari acuta anthera ipsà longiore terminatw. Stigma bipartitum : segmentis semicylindricis, revolutis, apice dilatato-truncatis, papil- loso-pruinosis. Achenia oblonga, compressa, undique se- f tulosa. Pappus albus, fugax: radiis plumosis, simplici ordine digestis, imá basi connexis. ** Involucri squamis duplici ordine dispositis, subequalibus. Cas- siopea. 3. L. cinerea, foliis petiolatis pinnatifidis : lobis subrotundis den- tatis, involucri squamis mucronulatis. | In Chili, aridis arenosis ad urbem Conceptionis. Ruiz et Pavon. ©. | | Herba facie Senecionis viscose, "veo lanata® Radix capillaceo- fibrosa. Caulis erectus, teres, ramulosus, altitudine per- quàm varius, bi- v. tri-pollicaris, nunc palmaris v. spitha- meus. Folia alterna, petiolata, cuneato-oblonga, sinuoso- = pinnatifida, subtds densiüs lanata, basi attenuata, uncialia |- v. sesquiuncialia : segmentis subrotundo-ovatis,. nunc tra- pezoideo-ovatis, mucronulatis, margine paululàüm reflexis, dentibusque inzqualibus mucronulatis instructis, 3 lineas | longis. Petioli lineares, margine membranaceo-alati, sub- tüs convexiusculi, striati, hinc inde lanati, vix unciales. Flores pauci (3—5) magnitudine et facie fere Senecionis elegantis, pedunculosi, rubicundi. Involucrum globosum, ae oe xaró. pee ordine polypbyllum, imbrica- - Flosculi omnes EET granite ; labio exteriore pe lato, elliptico-oblongo, tridentato ; interiore bipartito ,revo- luto: segmentis linearibus, obtusiusculis, margine congl: VOL. XVI. QF | 7 natis. 216 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species natis. Anthere basi setis longis, tenuissimis, simplicibus aucte, appendiculà lanceolatá acutá terminate. Achenia cuneata, compressa, pilis brevibus adpressiusculis vestita. Pappus niveus, fugax: radiis leviter plumosis, imá basi connexis. 4. L. pulchella, foliis amplexicaulibus pinnatifidis: laciniis ovato- lanceolatis margine revolutis subintegerrimis, involucri squamis acuminatis. In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. ©. Herba niveo-lanata, glandulis pedicellatis copiose munita. Ra- dir fibrosa, annua. Caulis erectus, ramosus, teres, 4—5- uncialis. Folia radicalia petiolata, patula, cuneata, den- tata; caulina amplexicaulia, sinuato-pinnatifida, mucronu- lata, uncialia, margine revoluta, subtüs niveo-lanata, suprà viridia, glandulisque copiosis ornata, vix lanuginosa: seg- mentis ovatis v. lanceolatis, simplicibus, aut raró denticu- latis, apice mucronulatis. Flores pedunculati, rubicundi, magnitudine przcedentis. Pedunculi tomentosi et glan- dulosi, filiformes, graciles, uniflori, pollicares v. sesquipol- licares. Involucrum hemisphzericum, copiose glandulosum, Se à eru : squa i opia: serie d wa rco acumi- diti, bilabiati ; 3^7 exterüóre'] ivu! ulato, pa | lato ; interiore bipartito, revoluto : laciniis Dui MF simis, primüm margine conglutinatis. Anthere appendi- culá lineari obtusiuscula membranaceá terminate, basi bi- ‘sete: setis simplicibus, basi cuspidatis, antherá ipsá pauló J brevioribus. Stigma bipartitum : segmentis semicylindricis, recurvatis, apice dilatato-truncatis, minute papillosis. Ache- nia hispidula. Pappus albus, caducus : radiis plumosis, imá basi connexis. 5. L. glan- of the Class Composite. 217 5. L. glandulosa, foliis sessilibus sinuato-dentatis, involucri squa- mis mucronulatis. Cum precedente. Caldcleugh.o. |. Herba lanugine albA glandulisque pedicellatis copiosissimis præ- dita. Radir fibrosa, annua. Caulis erectus, ramosus, teres, gracilis, spithamæus v. pedalis. Folia radicalia brevissime petiolata, cuneato-oblonga, patentia, acute sinuato-dentata, sesqui- v. tri-pollicaria ; caulina inferiora conformia, sed remotiüs dentata (dentibus mucronulo obtuso terminatis) ; superiora lanceolata, acuminata, nunc integerrima, sub- amplexicaulia, nunc rariüs tripartita! Flores plures, longe pedunculati, intensé rubicundi, necnon majores quàm in precedente. Pedunculi recti, filiformes, uniflori, undique, uti involucrum, copiose lanuginosi atque pilis glandulosis pa- tulis preediti. Involucrum semiglobosum, truncatum, duplici ordine imbricatum : squamis oblongis, mucronulatis, sub- | eis EP margine. membranaceis, Receptaculum culà ; interiore bipartito : segmentis fin 'ari-attenuatis, revo- lutis, primüm margine conglutinatis ; marginales multoties majores, radium zemulantes. Anthere appendiculé lineari- lanceolatá acutiusculà membranaceá terminatz, basi bi- setz : setis simplicibus, acutis, ipsà antherá pauló breviori- bus. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis recurvis, apice dilatato- truncatis, papilloso pruinosis.. 4 chenia cuneata, compressa, The Triris senecioides of Dr. Hookers Exotic Flora eal as we have NNUS stated, to this genus, whose rece tacle i is 2r2 218 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species cumference are clearly nothing more than the scales composing the inner series of the involucrum. The plumose pappus com- pared with that of the inner floret of the partial capitula of Polyachyrus, a genus hereafter to be described, the form and structure of their corolla, the outer lamina of which is tra- versed in both by four distant slender nerves, and the habit of the plants themselves, show that there is a considerable degree of affinity between these two genera. PrirvRvs. Flosculi equales. Pappi radiis plumosis, duplici serie dispositis. ~ Involucrum subsequale. Involucrum duplici ordine poly-(18—20)phyllum, subzequale : foliolis ovato-lanceolatis, trinerviis, apice membranaceo acuminato radiatis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi omnes hermaphroditi, tubulosi, bilabiati, equales; labio exteriore ligulato, 4-nervio, obtuse tridenticulato ; interiore bipartito, demüm revoluto: segmentis linearibus, obtusis, binerviis. Anthere coalitæ, basi longè bisetosz: setis simplicibus : appendiculá lineari-lanceolatá, acuta. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis semicylindricis, recurvis, apice dilatato-truncatis, pruinosis. Achenia elliptico-oblonga, compressa, densé pa- | pilloso-g andulosa, apice angustata, disco parvo. Pappi radiis crassiusculis, eleganter plur osis, mollissimis, Eici ordine digestis, basi dilatata imbricatis! deciduis. - Herba perennis, humilis, cespitosa, facie Dauci v. Efüünante, . setulis erectis, glanduliferis, copiosissimé instructa. Radix fusiformis, ramosa. Caulis erectus, teres, subramosus, tri- - uncialis, vix calami scriptori crassitie. Folia supradecom- posita, dense ‘glandulosa, pollicaria v. sesquipollicaria : seg- mentis linearibus, obtusis, sesquilineam longis. Petioli foliis longiores, maxim dilatato-membranacei ; inferiorum foliorum latiores of the Class Composite. 219 latiores et longiores, basibus caulis partem inferiorem imbri- catim tegentes. Flores terni, brevissimé pedunculati, magni, semiglobosi. Involucrum villis longis articulatis copiose lana- tum : foliolis ovato-lanceolatis, acuminatis, equalibus, discum pauló superantibus. | Flosculi aibi. Obs. Nomen ad pappi structuram refert, a mros pluma, et ovpa cauda. 1. P. daucifolius. In Peruvize summis alpibus Cordilleras de los Andes Hispa- nice dictis. Ruiz et Pavon. X . This is another instance of the many analogies that might be pointed out between the Composite and Umbellifere ; its leaves, their dilated petioles clasping the stem ; the pubescence, and indeed the whole habit, has much the air of an umbelliferous plant ; and without the flowers the acutest botanist would not be censurable for mistaking it for one of that family. The struc- ture of its involucrum, the equality of its florets, and the rays of the pappus arranged in a double series, with dilated imbricate bases, abundantly distinguish it from Leuceria, to which it other- wise comes nearest in affinity. c. PAPPO PALEACEO. TairTILION. Ruiz et Pavon. Receptaculum villosum. Flosculi 5. Ruban hx: in qnit imbricatum. - . I nvolucrum: tubulosum, polyphyllum, iml € r = atu J m erem | En phroditi;h 'bilabiati ; labio exteriore cca t aehtiagadie 4-nervio I — -— radium Mme Mw Sr Tetroluto : 290 Mr.D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species. revoluto : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusiusculis, binerviis, margine primó conglutinatis. Anthere appendiculà lan- ceolatá, acuta, membranaceá ! terminate, basi bisetee : setis simplicibus, nudis, attenuatis. Stigma bipartitum: seg- mentis semicylindricis, recurvis, apice truncato, papilloso. Achenia triquetra, sursim crassiora. Pappi radiis 3 (rariüs 5) paleaceis, linearibus, canaliculatis caducis: apicibus pe- nicillato-plumosis v. ciliatis, involucro longioribus, recur- vato-patulis. i Herb: ramosissime, decumbentes, squarrose. Folia alterna, ses- silia, simplicia, spinoso-mucronata. Flores fasciculato-corym- bosi, aut raró subsolitarii, cyanei v. albi. Pappus niveus aut flavicans. * Pappi radiis apice penicillatis. Proprie. 1. 1 spinosum, foliis pinnatifidis, floribus fasciculatis, pappi ra- diis apice penicillatis. Triptilion spinosum. Ruiz et Pavon Gen. Pl. Fl. Per. et Chil. p.102. 4. 22. Syst. 1. p. 185. In Chili campis et collibus, presertim circa Conceptionis urbem (Ruiz et Pavon); ad urbem S. Jacobi Chilensium. .Caldcleugh. 3. Herba diffusè ramosissima, squarrosa. Radix fibrosa. Caules plures, decumbentes, flexuosi, graciles, t culi, undique copiose pilosi, spithamei v. ped sparsa, sessilia, circumscriptione laioeetates ree revo- luta, utrinque pilosa, substantiá cartilaginea, rigentia, tactu .. arida, subtüs costá manifestó prominente, reverà tamen - ges. ee v. unciam longitudine zquantia ; infe- lora pinnatifida ; Mperiara, inciso-dentata, sive raró inte- acinis | , lanceolatis, apiceque. foliia ipsius mucrone > spinosa. p ri stricto. armatis. Flores tissimi, of the Class Composita. 221 tissimi, fasciculato-corymbosi. Involucrum imbricatum, un- guiculare: squamis bracteisque lanceolato-subulatis, apice patulo elongato triquetro spinoso-mucronatis ; interioribus adpressis, margine dilatato-membranaceis. Receptaculum punctum dense villosum: F/osculi 5, hermaphroditi, radium perbreve, pulchré cyaneum, colore persistente, constituen- tes; labio exteriore subrotundo-ovali, patulo, subtùs concavo, obtuse tridenticulato ; interiore pallide luteo, bipartito, re- voluto, exteriore dupló breviore: /aciniis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusiusculis, margine primüm conglutinatis. Anthere ap- pendiculà lanceolatà acutà membranaceà apice ceruled terminate, basi bisetosze: setis simplicibus, nudis, attenu- atis. Stigma bipartitum: segmentis linearibus, subtüs con- vexis: apice dilatato-truncato, minuté papilloso. dchenia pyramidato-trigona, basi attenuata, glabra. Pappus exsertus, niveus, pulcherrimus : radiis 3, paleaceis, linearibus, cana- liculatis gadugis, pice et oe ap ees pesuiiivetennis Obs. Vulgd Iu Siepreyifil e bolo: forti vermar quorum usus est communissimus ad ornamentum. Januario et Februario. Planta valdè amara est, et ad ar- dores urinæ atque dolores nephriticos levigandos utilissima. Ruiz Mss. 2. T. diffusum, foliis lineari-lanceolatis integerrimis, floribus dif- fusè FN eea pappi radiis apice ^ pericia it p as Foka Piin; 3 enisi: EE spi- — oe subtüs — — revoluta, inte- 292 Mr. D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species » sesquilineam v. 2 lineas lata. Flores laxe diffuséque corym- bosi. Involucri squamis exterioribus lineari-subulatis, apice triquetro spinuloso-mucronatis, patulis, squarrosis ; intimis membranaceo-dilatatis, extùs pilosiusculis. Flosculi radio subrotundo-ovali, albo? Cetera ut in precedente. 'This is intimately allied to the preceding species, of which it may ultimately prove to be only a variety; but I must leave this question undecided until further observations shall deter- mine whether the characters by which they are here separated, are permanent. ** Pappi radiis apice ciliatis. — 3. T. cordifolium, foliis subrotundo-cordatis margine setaceo- spinosis, floribus subternis. Triptilion cordifolium. Lag. in Bot. Regt t. 853. In Chili. D. Place. ©. | Herba attics tenuissimé fibrosá, annua, diffuse ramosissima, lætè virens. Caules filiformes, valdé flexuosi, pubescentes. Folia sparsa, sessilia; inferiora subrotundo-cordata, am- plexicaulia ; superiora subrotunda v. rhombea; cartilagi- neo-membranacea, costà prominente venisque reticulatis ae oram Esnünbotihtu: hinc marginata, utrinque leviter =~ pubescentia, viridia, margine spinis longis setaceis, rectis, | di Varitul pies solitariis, geminis, aut fasciculatim ter- natis armata, ad apicem semper trinis. approximatis, et tunc tricuspidata. Flores numerosi, dispersi, in apice ra- mulorum subsolitarii v. terni, sessiles. Involucrum virens, _ pubescens, polyphyllum, imbricatum, squarrosum : squa- oc lanceolatis, spinoso-mucronatis, carinatis, ineequalibus. eceptaculum de villosum. Flosculi 5, hermaphro- diti, bilabiati; tu eo ; labio interiore bipartito, demüm uu PESTER IUE revoluto, luteo: laciniis. lanceolatis; acuminatis, primum conglutinatis ; of the Class Composita. 223 conglutinatis; exteriore subrotundo, patulo, albo, subtüs concavo, apice tridenticulato. Anthere appendicula lance- olato-attenuatá, apice obtusulá, membranaceá, terminate, basi bisetz : setis lineari-angustissimis, acutis, simplicibus, ipsa antherá brevioribus. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis an- gustissimis, semicylindricis, apice minut? papillosis, trun- catis. Achenia turbinato-trigona, glabra. Pappi radiis pa- leaceis, linearibus, canaliculatis, apice recurvis, ciliatis, flavicantibus. *** Acheniis villosis, pappi radiis apice ciliatis. 4. T. glomerulosum, foliis propriis ovatis: acumine trigono spi- noso ; secundariis glomeratis muticis, floribus solitariis ses- silibus. Triptilion glomerulosum. Lag. Amen. Nat. 1. no. 1. In Chili summis alpibus Cordilleras de los Andes Hispanice dictis. Ruiz et Pavon. h . Planta cespitosa, suéirutesceps.- Caules procumbentes, lignosi, ri- gidissimi, sesqui- v. tripollicares, crassitie feré calami scrip- torii, undique glomerulis sphzricis foliorum secundariorum simulque propriis persistentibus muniti, inde tuberculati, hinc spinosi. Folia propria basi latè dilatata, ovata, imbri- cata, margine membranacea, apice in acumen trigonum, spina subulata, rigidá, valida, recta terminatum producta, persistentia; cetera (secundaria scilicet) in capitulis (ramulis abortivis) axillaribus congesta, minuta, pia obtusissima, subtùs carinata, margine valdè incrassata, apici recurvata, similiter persistentia. Flores termi imeem solitarii, sessiles. : rum polyphyllum, | cri undique. habet: squamis ovali -carinatis; margine dilatatis, scarioso-membrana- ceis, apice spina conicá, valida, perbrevi armatis, con | Receptaculum dense villosum. — Flosculi 5, hermaphrodi VOL..XVI. 260 | Et - bilabiati, 294 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species bilabiati, láctei; /abio eateriore petaloideo, orbiculato, ob- tusétridenticulato, 4-nervio, patulo; inferiore bipartito : segmentis: lanceolato-attenuatis; apice obtusulis, revolutis. Anthere appendiculà ovato-lànceolatà, acuta, membrana- ceá terminate, basi bisetze: setis linearibus, acutis, com- | planatis;,: simplicibus, ipsá antherá feré dupló brevioribus. Stigma bipartitum:: . segmentis recurvis, apice truncatis, minute papillosis.- Achenia trigona, undique villosissima. Pappi radiis 3, paleaceis, linearibus, canaliculatis, caducis : apice recurvato, ciliato, niveo. This curious genus agrees with Proustia, before described, in the definite number of its florets, in its hairy receptacle, and in its imbricate involucrum; but I have placed it here prin- cipally on account of the structure of its pappus, although the difference of this organ is more apparent than real : for the pales, which crown the fruit of this genus, are evidently formed i by the confluence of innumerable fibres, whose extremities even | in this instance are free. Trib. 29. Juxczzx. Receptaculum paleatum, paleis distinctis. Eine uniformes, bilabiati;: hermaphroditi. "Stigmata so- ngusta, obtusa, vix papillosa. ^ cries se sepius Ere paniculatis.- CoerEPG mec if: "SEE qii eat recat Mang = Funcbee D Domeritia. Lag. et Dec. Marrrasia. Lag. Amen. Nat. 1. p. 30. - Involucrum. simplex. Pappus plumosus. Involucrum simplici ordine: polyphyllum, basi squamulis aliquot munitum: foliolis equalibus; basi callosis.-" Receptaculum paleis distinctis, ARRA squamis conformibus copiosè re- fertum. of the Class Composite. 225 fertum. — Flosculi numerosi, bilabiati, hermaphroditi ; labio exteriore ligulato, tridenticulato, nunc trifido ; interiore bi- partito: segmentis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis, revolutis. Anthere appendicula lineari-lanceolatà acuta cartilagineà coronate, basi bisete : setis brevibus, acutis, simplicibus. Stigmata soluta, linearia, truncata, pruinosa, non papillosa. Achenia triquetra, papilloso-scabra. Pappus mollis, fugax : radiis simplici ordine digestis, copiosis, imà basi coalitis, gracilibus, plumosis. Frutices (Peruviani) facie peculiari, feré ad Vitem accedunt. Folia alterna, petiolata, latissima, multiloba. Flores parvi, lutei v. nivei, sepius terminales copiosissimi. Pappus niveus. The numerous points of accordance, both in habit and struc- ture, evidently existing between Dumerilia and Jungia, induced me to suggest the probability of the identity of these two genera, in which opinion I was agreeably surprised to find myself anti- cipated by Sprengel; but the acquisition by this Society of the Linnean herbarium has afforded me the « opportunity of setting this question at rest by an examination of the specimen of the original species of Jungia described in the Supplementum Plan- tarum, which removes all doubt as to their identity. Several capitula being closely associated together at the extremity of the divisions of the panicle, and the presence of small bractez at their base, have no doubt suggested to Linnzus the idea of a compound capitulum. 1, J. ferrugineo f foliis subtàs dens’ tomentosis : : lobis sub c a" J ungia ferruginea. Linn. Suppl. p. 390. In ruderatis et ad margines agrorum in ip comun Conte Peruvianorum. Ruiz et Pavon. h. 262 296 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species Planta fruticosa, subscandens, sarmentosa. Caulis ramosus, teres, glaber. Rami cylindrici, flexuosi, dense pannoso-tomentosi, fulvescentes. Folia remoté alterna, petiolata, 5—7-loba, circumscriptione orbiculato-cordata, suprà pilis brevibus recumbentibus aspera, subtüs venis prominentibus varicosa, | tomento albo copiosissimo obruta, holosericea, 2—3 uncias | longa, latitudine «qualia: /obis rotundatis, repando-crenatis, nunc integerrimis. Petioli unciales, teretes, dense ful- vescenti-tomentosi, basi crassiore inappendiculati, pennam corvinam crassitie czeterüm eequantes. Corymbi terminales, compositi, dense fulvescenti-tomentosi. Involucra sphæ- rica, basi bracteolis aliquot lineari-subulatis munita : squa- mis simplici ordine plurimis (15—20) lanceolatis, acumina- tis, tomentosis, equalibus, margine membranaceis, indu- plicatis, dorso convexis. Palee plurime, lanceolate, acute, membranacee, obtuse carinate, dorso apiceque nigricante puberulis. Flosculi 30 circiter, lutei, hermaphroditi, bila- biati: labiis revolutis; exteriore elliptico-oblongo, obtuse tridenticulato ; interiore bifido : laciniis linearibus, obtusis. Anthere appendicula lineari-lanceolatà acuta cartilagineà .coronatz, basi bisetz : seźżs brevibus, acutis, simplicibus. ; Stylus. tenuis, glaber. Stigmata lineari-lingulata, truncata, . pruinosa. Achenia longiuscula, triquetra, papilloso-scabra. 3 Pappus fugax, albus: radiis tenuissimis, plumosis, * Obs. Rami hujus plante ad sarmenta Vitis 1 non paulo referunt. Vulgó Vingri-Vingri. Floret Februario et Martio. Flores valdé fragrantes, lutei. Ruiz Mss. : The Dumerilia paniculata of DeCandolle is distinguished from this species by the lobes of its leaves being longer, somewhat acute, and the margin more deeply and abruptly crenated, and finally by the trifid ligulate lip of the corolla, =e in this is terminated by three small teeth only. 9. "E spec- of the Class Composite. 227 2. J. spectabilis, foliis pubescentibus : lobis acutis, floribus radi- atis glomerato-paniculatis, ligulis patulis tridenticulatis. In Guayaquilá. Tafalla. v . Planta fruticosa, floribus niveis copiosissimis foliisque latissi- mis viridibus ad florendi tempus ornatissima. Rami teretes, - obsolete velutini. Folia remote alterna, petiolata, subro- tundo-cordata, 7—9-loba, membranacea, subtüs copiose pubescentia, reticulato-venosa, suprà minuté papilloso- setulosa, asperiuscula, 3—5-uncialia, tunc fere spithameea ; ultima plurimüm minora, 5-loba, basi vix emarginata : lobis -semi-ovatis, mucronulatis, acuté dentatis s. rarids integer- rimis; intermedio paululüm majore. Petioli bipollicares, teretes, velutini, basi inappendiculati, concavi. Flores ter- minales, copiosissimi, glomerato-paniculati, nivei, pulcher- rimi. Pedicelli squamulosi, pubescentes. Bracteole line- ares, obtuse, patule, velutine. Involucra ovalia, insertione depresso-umbilicata : squamis simplici ordine digestis, plu- ribus (10—12) lanceolatis, acutis, leviter pubescentibus, dorso convexis, margine membranaceis ind uplicatis, basi callosà subtorulosis. Palee plurime, distinctz, elliptico- oblongz, acutiuscule, obtuse carinate, pubescentes. Flos- culi 21 circiter, bilabiati, hermaphroditi; exteriores majores, radium constituentibus ; labio ezteriore elliptico, triden- ticulato patulo, nunquàm revoluto; interiore bipartito, revoluto: segmentis lanceolato-linearibus, acutis. Anthere appendiculà lineari acuta terminate, basi bisetz : setis bre- vibus, acutissimis, simplicibus. Stigmata linearia, revoluta, Lm apice truncata, pruinosa. Achenia longiuscula, triquetra, | papi oso-scabra. - Pappus niveus, “caducus: radiis apice tantùm plumosis. PLEOCARPHUS. 298 Mr. D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species PrrocaAnPHUs. Involucrum imbricatum. Pappus capillaris. Involucrum triplici serie polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis | lanceolatis, acuminatis, membranaceis ; interioribus sensim | majoribus. Receptaculum paleatum : paleis distinctis, lan- | ceolatis, acutis v. truncatis lacerisque, rigidis, carinatis, margine scariosis. Flosculi plures, hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore ligulato, tridentato, quadrinervio, revoluto ; interiore bipartito : laciniis lanceolatis, acutis, binerviis, re- volutis. Filamenta gracillima, glabra. Anthere in tubum connate, appendiculá lineari-lanceolata obtusá cartilagineá terminate, basi longè bisetz : setis simplicibus. Stylus fili- _ formis, glaber. Stigma bipartitum : segmentis semicylindri- cis, obtusis, revolutis, minute papillosis. Achenia angusta, pentagona, copiose papilloso-micantia, scabra: disco epi- É gyno dilatato, planiusculo. Pappus capillaris, persistens : i radiis duplici ordine copiosissimis, denticulis minutissimis = scabris, apice paulò crassiore vix penicillatis. Caulis fruticosus, erectus, ramosus, teres. Rami cylindrici, undi- que glandulis pedicellatis. copiosè induti, rufescentes. Folia a digte: raka rerit obtysula, v. mucronulo Epenbrent sepe gine exteriore ViNOIUNS, aaien apyendiguliia ; ramea breviora atque angustiora, basi nuda, attenuata, vix tamen . petiolata. Flores lutei, in ramulis pedunculati, solitarii, aut sæpiùs copiosissimi, tunc racemi v. panicule modum emulantes. dunculi uniflori, teretes, ut cum involucro glandulosi, : 4—6 lined longi. Corolle nervi longé infra sinus loborum dicho- tomi, hinc ramis intramarginalibus. Pappus cinereus. Nomen of the Class Composite. 299 Nomen ad receptaculum crebré paleatum refert, a màcos refertus, et kapos palea. 1. P. revolutus. In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. h. - This curious and well-marked genus has been referred to the Jungee entirely from its similarity of structure in the parts of fructification: for its habit certainly indicates no affinity to Jungia, unless we regard the stipule-like appendages of the leaves of Pleocarphus and some species of the former genus as pointing out a connexion. Trib. 3. Porvacuvnrx. Receptaculum paleatum. —Flosculi uniformes, hermaphroditi, bilabiati.: Stigmata. linearia, truncata, apice papillosa. Achenia difformia.. Herbe foliis pinnatifidis. a. PAPPO DIFFORMI. pe . Porxacuynus. | Lag. et. De. 4 inst I wootseelia T totraphy lie biflora, in capitulum congregata. - Flos- culi inæquales. Pappus flosculo interiori elongatus, plu- mosus. Capitulum compositum, globosum, basi squamis aliquot ovato- lanceolatis mucronatis rigidis munitum. Involucella plu- rima, tetraphylla, biflora, paleis ovato-lanceolatis, mucro- natis, lanugine interstinctis interjecta : foliolis imbricatis, oyali-oblongis, apice pmarginhto-tupcatig, scariosis,. colo- E hermaphr j labiat à, ir quales | (exteriore mi- nore) ; labio exteriore ligulato, obtuse tridenticulato, patu- lo; interiore profunde bipartito : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, spiraliter revolutis. Anthere appendiculà lineari- | lanceolata 230 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species lanceolatà acutáà terminate, basi biaristate : aristis line- ari-lanceolatis, deorsüm attenuatis. Stigma bifidum: Jobis lineari-cuneatis, truncatis, plano-convexis, minute papillosis, revolutis. Achenia eateriora cuneato-oblonga, -papilloso- scabra; flosculis veró majoribus (interioribus) longiora, subtetragona. Pappus difformis ; achenio exteriori brevis- simus, setaceus, denticulatus, basi solutá caducus, fusco- cinereus : interiori veró elongatus, plumosus, niveus, invo- lucellum superans, subpersistens, radiis basi crassiore con- ferruminatis, apice mucronulo simplici. Herba habitu omninó Echinopsidis, land nived mollissimá densé obruta. Caulis cubitalis, erectus, ramosus, teres. Folia al- terna, basi auriculatd amplexicaulia, palmaria, runcinato- pinnatifida, viv ultrà semunciam lata, supra parciüs lanata : segmentis rhombeo-ovatis, dentatis, margine recurvis, mucro- nulo reflexo-adpresso terminatis. Capitula spherica, pedun- culata, corymbosa. Pedunculi erecto-patuli, teretes, lanati, pollicares v. sesquipollicares. Involucella nudiuscula, nitida, sanguineo-colorata. Flosculi rosei. 1. P. spherocephalus. In Peruvid.. Ruiz et Pavon. ©. The capitulum | in this genus consists of à congregation of smaller capitula, each containing two flowers. ‘At is precisely analogous to that of Echinops, and may be compared to the compound umbel in other plants. Expansion first takes place in the florets of the apex of the capitulum, as Mr. Brown has already remarked in that of the before-mentioned genus. The compound capitulum, the two unequal florets, each of which is furnished with a distinct kind of pappas, sufficiently distinguish this genus from the following. b. PAPPOo NM d of the Class Composite. 231 b. PAPPO UNIFORMI. GASTROCARPHA. Involucrum 5-phyllum. Receptaculum paleatum: paleis diffor- mibus; exterioribus cucullatis, basi gibbosá, apice truncatis cum mucronulo flosculum quasi involucello proprio obval- lantibus. Flosculi hermaphroditi, bilabiati, equales. Pap- pus paleaceus, brevissimus, polyphyllus. Involucrum 5-phyllum (nunc 6-phyllum) : foliolis ovatis, mucro- natis, equalibus. Receptaculum paleatum : palee difformes ; exteriores 8, periphzricz, simplici ordine digest, foliacee, dilatatze, cucullatze, marginibus ciliatis, fere collapsis, flos- culos marginales sigillatim, quasi involucello proprio, in- cludentes, apice truncate, mucronuloque instructz, extüs basi gibbosá, reticulatim varicose ; cæteræ interiores, line- ari-lanceolate, scariosz, canaliculate, apice acuminato sim- - plici, v. bi- aut tri-cuspidato. Flosculi omnes hermaphro- diti, bilabiati, subzquales (periphericis paulo. majoribus) extüs pilosiusculi; /abio exteriore ligulato, tridenticulato, patulo; interiore multó minore, profundé bipartito, revo- luto, laciniis linearibus, acutis: tubo limbo breviore, apice paululim dilatato. Filamenta capillaria, teretia, glabra, elastica, articulo manifesto. Anthere coalite, flave, ap- pendiculà lineari-lanceolatà, acutá, alba, antherz. ipsius | longitudine terminate, basi longè bisete : setis simplicibus, we Hec ‘ Stylus aliformi De basi bulbosus. Stigm s lil tato. Ache- dift ginalia o bovata, dorso gibbosa, levia ; .. disci pentagona, minute papillosa. Pappus uniformis, pa- leaceus, brevissimus, polyphyllus : foliolis lanceolatis, 1 mu- VOL. XVI. 2H | |. eronatis, 239 Mr.D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species cronatis, ciliatis, rigidis, simplici serie contiguis, persisten- tibus, basi solutis. Herba erecta, ramosa, virens, copiosé glanduloso-villosa, tempore florendi formosa, odorem moscho similem redolens; radice fibrosá, annuá. Caulis teres, flexuosus, spithameus v.. peda- lis; in hortis tamen sepé 5 pedes attingens. Folia alterna, profundé runcinato-pinnatifida, suprà opaca, subtüs lucida, bi- v. tri-pollicaria: in hortis sepé spithamea v. pedalia ; caulinis superioribus bas? auriculatá ampleaicaulibus : seg- mentis lanceolatis, mucronatis, undulatis, lobatis, acutéque dentatis. Flores diffusé paniculati, pedicellati. Involucrum foliaceum, virens, hirtellum. | Flosculi plures (12—16) sin- gulo involucro, nivei. Nob. in Sw. Br. Fl. Gard. t. 229. 1. G. runcinata. Nob. in l.c. Moscharia pinnatifida. . Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Perwv. et Chil. 1. p. 186? Gen. p. 103? ‘In Chili ad Coquimbo (Caldcleugh), ad Valparaiso (D. Bridges). ©. (v. v. etiam in hort.) Whether this be really the Moscharia pinnatifida of Ruiz and Pavon I must leave for the present undetermined, as there exists no pii xe it in their herbarium; and the description of i - ification, both i in the iubimed. account of the genus a nd alse in mete l ciled to "Ginto A Trib. 4. CHETAN TIRER: "Beeeptaiseum epaleatum. . Flosculi difformes ; radii foeminei.. Antherarum setis subplumosis ! Stigmata crassa, obtusa, partim connata. Herbe (Chi- nses) pl rumque nuloeenits, foribus solitariis, magnis, * cd Ei sw e 12 CHETANTHERA. of the Class Composita. 233 CHETANTHERA. CHETANTHERE sP., Ruiz et Pavon. Involucrum polyphyllum, subeequale. Pappi radiis capillaceis, simplici ordine dispositis. — Involucrum depressum, multiplici ordine sang squamis subzequalibus, numerosissimis, foliaceis, perornaté spinu- loso-ciliatis ; intimis membranaceis, integerrimis. Recep- taculum nudum. — Flosculi radii plurimi, feminei, bilabiati, . staminibus sterilibus; labio eateriore ligulato, obtuse tri- lobo, 4-nervio, subtüs villosissimo ; interiore bipartito : laciniis lineari-angustissimis, binerviis apice filo longo spi- rali terminatis; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, bilabiati : labiis subzequalibus ; exteriore obtusé tridentato ; interiore- ovato, emarginato. Anthere appendiculá lanceolata acutá terminate, basi longè bisetæ: setis puberulis. Stigma _ foemineis bifidum : lobis cymbiformibus, obtusis, conniven- tibus; hermaphroditis inclusum: /obis adpressis, plano- convexis. Achenia ovalia, papilloso-micantia. Pappus pillaris: radiis copiosis, inzequalibus, persistentibus, s sca- briusculis, simplici ordine dispositis, ima basi conferrumi- matis. - | Herba radice fibrosá annuá. Caulis spithameus, erectus, simplex v. rariüs divisus, teres, pubescens. Folia alterna, sessilia, ferà uncialia, latè linearia, spinuloso-ciliata, suprà villosa, subtüs | ee ! un VIRA viridia. : Flos terminalis, solitarius, rarà llosulis, AR mu is cma mu- cronatis, maculo atrato, 'ertüs ad. apicem, notatis. Flosculi lutei. Pappus fusco-cinereus. E 2ng 234 Mr. D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species 1. C. ciliata. Cheetanthera ciliata. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Chil.1. p.190. Gen. t. 23. In Chili collibus et campis versus Gnilquilenm oppidum copiosc. Ruiz et Pavon. ©. Chetanthera is here limited to the species on which the genus was originally founded by Ruiz and Pavon. It is sufficiently characterized by its involucrum, composed of a series of loose, foliaceous, and nearly equal scales, and by its capillary pappus. A comparison of the leaves and the scales of the involucrum of this plant affords a most satisfactory explanation of the origin of the latter. There being no sample of this plant in the col- lections of Ruiz and Pavon, the above description has been drawn up from a specimen presented to Mr. Lambert by Mr. Brown. Prosetia. | CHETANTHERE sP., Ruiz et Pavon. Prsnpnicrir sr., Willd. Involucrum imbricatum. Pappi radiis setaceis, simplici ordine dispositis. Involucrum triplici circiter serie polyphyllum, imbricatum, cam- panulatum: squamis. adpressis, lanceolatis, mucronatis, inte- gerrimis ; exterioribus gradatim minoribus. Receptaculum planum, nudum. Flosculi radii plures, foeminei, bilabiati, staminibus sterilibus ; labio exteriore amplo, ligulato, 4-ner- vio, obtuse tridenticulato, subtüs sericeo-villosissimo ; inte- riore tenuissimo, bipartito: segmentis primó margine con- . glutinatis, inde unicum simulantibus, binerviis apice in filo . longo, spirali attenuatis ; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, limbo bilabiati ; labio eateriore elliptico, obtuse tridentato ; inte- riore lanceolato, bifido. Anthere appendiculá lineari acuta cartilagineá į v n erm tm ERE" e JR Marais Lalo ipd lu bia RÀ RA a is v. of the Class Composite. 235 cartilaginea terminate, basi bisetz: setis ineequalibus, pu- berulis. Stylus teres. Stigma clavatum, bilobum: lobis crassis, obtusis, conniventibus. Achenia lineari-oblonga, ancipiti-compressa, tuberculis minutis crystallizatis copiose ornata. Pappus setaceo-pilosus, subpersistens : radiis sim- plici ordine dispositis, denticulis exasperatis, apice attenu- atis, basi conferruminatis. Planta perennis, suffrutescens. Caules ea eadem radice plures, adscendentes, simplices, teretes, viminei, leves, rigidiusculi, fragiles, palmares v. spithamai, imá basi lanuginosi et lignosi. Folia linearia, superné paululim dilatata, subcuneata, spinu- loso-dentata, coriacea, rigida, sericeo-villosa, apice tricuspi- data, dente medio longiori, uncialia v. sesquiuncialia ; radi- calia plurima, erecta, infernó marginibus involutis, penè fili- formia, hinc prout petiolata ; caulina sparsa, breviora, deci- dua, ob basin tanquàm cum caule articulatam. Flos termi- nalis, solitarius, sessilis. Involucrum basi foliis nonnullis bracteatum : squamis eatüs villosis, apice nigro-coloratis, sub- inde sphacelatis. Flosculi aurei, extis de em Tujipures- centes. Pappus flavo-cinereus. Nomen a zpoondvos apricus, quod huic plante apis convenit , prop- tereà in arenosis et campis apricis se delectare videtur. 1. P. serrata. Cheetanthera serrata. Ruiz et Pavon l. c. p. 191. C. Chilensis. Dec. in Ann. Mus. 19. p. 10. t. 3. da. 8. ee Amen. Nat. 1. p.38. ! eee : . Perdicium. Chil ise. Willd. Sp. PL3.p p. 2118 zen In arenosis prope cohen Conceptionis et in Rere Brovincià Chilensium. Ruiz et Pavon. y . This genus differs essentially from the preceding by its imbri- cate involucrum, composed of many unequal, ac prati entire — 236 Mr.D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species scales; and in the structure of its pappus. M. DeCandolle’s description and figure of this plant above referred to, are very faithful; but both he and Professor Lagasca, in adopting the name of Willdenow, who had referred it to Perdicium, were evidently ignorant of its being the Chetanthera serrata of Ruiz and Pavon. 3 BICHENIA. Involucrum imbricatum. Flosculi radii labio exteriore multi- nervio! . Pappi radiis triplici ordine dispositis, apice peni- cillatis.. A Involucrum inadi inédivtat imbricatum : squamis lan- ceolatis, acuminatis, adpressis; intimis elongatis, radium cquantibus. Receptaculum planum, nudum. — Flosculi radii plurimi (15—18), ligulati, bilabiati, foeminei, staminibus sterilibus ;. labio exteriore amplo, cuneiformi, obtuse tri- dentato, coriaceo, glabro, multi-(10 v. 15)nervio ; interiore exiguo, membranaceo, bipartito : segmentis lineari-filamen- tosis, spiraliter revolutis; disci hermaphroditi, tubulato- bilabiati: labiis longitudine æqualibus ; exteriore ligulato, obtusè trilobo ; interiore bipartito : segmentis linearibus, ob- tusis, erectis. Filamenta linearia, complanata, nervo medio manifeste subcarinata. Anthere appendiculà ligulatà, mu- -cronulata, coriaceà terminate, basi bisete : setis ramulosis, plumosis, extremitate simplici, n ations clavatum, bilobum : lobis brevissimis, cr , conniventi-ap pruinosis. Achenia angusta, béinpreso-tetra pone undique copiose papillosa. Pappus pilosus, subpersistens: radiis ineequalibus, triplici ordine piu apice penicillatis, le- viter plumosis. | Herba: perennis, acaulis, cespitosa, land albá, villosd, molli, sicci- tate lutescent , omninó. induta. = Folia ferè Pedicularium quarundam, numerosa, radicalia, petiolata, interruptè bipin- natifida, ati Li of the Class Composita. 237 natifida, suprà demiim nudiuscula ac viridia, bi- v. tri-polli- caria; segmentis primariis remotis, linearibus, obtuse pinna- tifido-dentatis, uncialibus, margine parùm revolutis; aliis in- terjectis, brevissimis, simplicibus, integerrimis s. rariùs uni- dentatis. Petioli unciales, teretiusculi, basi dilatato-concavi, atque invicem se imbricati. Scapi erecti, cylindrici, simpli- cissimi, uniflori, undique copiosé fulvescenti-lanati, apicemque versus squamis aliquot lanceolatis, acuminatis muniti, crassitie penne corvine, longitudine palmares v. spithamai... Flos ter- minalis, solitarius, facie et magnitudine. Galardiz bicolori omnino similis, aureus. Involucrum densé lanatum: squamis fuscescentibus, Pappus niveus. 1. B, areg — — ee eee In Chili ad Coquimbo. | Caldcleugh. x x. A highly interesting addition to this group, for the discs of which we are indebted to Alexander Caldcleugh, Esq., E.R.S. and L.S., who an ther, mare important avocations has not neglected the interne of science during his residence i inia part of Chile hitherto but little explored, but has added much to knowledge of the Chilian Flora, which, as we have already seen, is rich in this department of botany. - I have dedicated this genus to my much-valued friend James E. Bicheno, Esq., F.R.S., the zealous Secretary of this Society, whose merits as a botanist, and whose liberal views in every de- partment of science, dine press pex to. Ade qup imeni : JBiehenin i às m | ( a > number of nerves, whi are rene 10to1 15, aed appa- NIRE all primary, as a are of equal size, traversing in straight — paggiiel lines the corolla from the base to the. "pum w iod they | 238 Mr.D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species become confluent. They occupy the centre of the lacinie, and, unlike the other plants of this family, there are no vessels ter- ‘minating in, or branching off from the sinus. TYLLOMA. Involucrum imbricatum. Flosculi marginales unilabiati! Pappus capillaris : radiis simplici ordine dispositis. Involucrum ovatum, polyphyllum, multiplici ordine imbricatum : squamis integerrimis, mucronulatis, lævibus, coriaceis, ad- pressis ; ¿interioribus oblongis, apice coloratis. Receptacu- lum nudum. Flosculi marginales pauci, foeminei, unila- biati, vix radiati, obtusé tridentati; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, extùs sericeo-villosi, limbo bilabiati : labiis abbre- viatis; exteriore obtuse tridentato; interiore bifido, lobis lanceolatis, acutis, erectis. Stamina tubo infra medium in- serta: filamenta angusta, complanata, glabra, apice atte- nuata: anthere in tubum coalitz, basi bisete : setis longis, ramulosis, subplumosis: appendicula terminalis lanceolato- linearis, acuminata, cartilaginea, antherá ipsáà brevior. Stylus filiformis, glaber. Stigma clavatum, bilobum : lobis abbreviatis, conniventibus, crassis, obtusis, pruinosis, mar- gine incrassatis. Achenia trigona, papilloso-muricata. Pap- =~ pus capillaris, deciduus: radiis simplici ordine contiguis, subaiqualibus, basi. apiceque puberulis. c e Herba multicaulis, lanugine lava parciùs instructa. Radix? ramosa, annua. Caudex brevissimus. Caules procumbentes, cylin- dracei, purpurascentes, 2—4-unciales. Folia alterna, subses- . ~ ilia, in apice ramulorum aggregata, ceterüm sparsa, cuneato- ~ lanceolata, limbata, integerrima, complicata, flexuosa, valdè - coriacea, colore glauco cerulescentia, utrinque glandulis ma- | jusculis, pedi ellatis, sparsis. munita, subtùs costá validá basi valdé dilatatá, hine carinata, semuncialia ; ; juniora pracipu? suprà ” aaae fi a of the Class Composite. | 239 _ supra lanigera : limbo recurvato-patulo, circumscriptione cor- . dato, peripheriá callosá rotundatá luteolà marginato, mucro- nulo perbrevi corneo apiculato. Flores terminales, solitarii, sessiles, foliis numerosis bracteati. Involucrüm longitudine d vir ultra. semipollicare : squamis interioribus apice purpu- | . rascentibus. Flosculi rosei. Pappus niveus. Nomen a rvXos callus, et ropa margo; ob folia ord callosá cincta. 1. T. limbatum. In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. ©. Trib. 5. Perpicrx, Receptaculum epaleatum. Flosculi dif- formes; marginales foeminei: stigmatibus. semicylindricis, obtusis, seepids levibus. Antherarum setis plerumque nu- dis. Herbe perennes, acaules, scapis plerumque unifloris. CHAPTALIA. Vent., Dec. Z ; BI Uis eS oats Tuss1LaGinis SP., Mich. .. Flosculi peripharie feeminei, ligulati, radiati; disci eniin bi- labiati. Involucrum campanulatum, multiplici serie imbricatum: squamis lanceolatis, acutis, membranaceis, adpressis. Receptacu- lum nudum. Flosculi in periphariá: plurimi, foeminei, se- pi. dilig ordine digesti ; 1 extimis elongatis, ligula: | abello inter imo bidenticulato; diss masculi, tabalo bilabiati : "Tibur revolts: ; exteriore tridentato ; interiore bipartito : segmentis lanceolatis: acu minatis. Anthere appendiculà ligulatà obtus: ace VOL? XVI. 2 1 pre eraat 240 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species terminate, basi longè biaristatee : aristis simplicibus, seta- ceis. Stigma masculis inclusum, clavatum, bilobum ; fœ- mineis longè exsertum, bipartitum : segmentis brevibus se- micylindricis, obtusis, recurvis, undique pruinosis. Achenia elliptico-oblonga, ancipiti-compressa. Pappus pilosus, ful- vellus, persistens: radius duplici serie digestis, copiosis, creberrimé denticulatis. | Herbs (Amer. et Asiat.) acaules, perennes, — Folia simplicia, coriacea. Flores sepius albi. * Flosculi feminei duplici ordine dispositi, difformes, labello inte- riore aucti. Foliis integerrimis. 1. C. oblonga, foliis petiolatis oblongis, involucris hirsutissimis. Perdicium oblongum. Herb. R. et P. In Peruviz alpibus prope Panao. Ruiz et Pavon. y. Herba c:spitosa. Radix crassa, premorsa, fibris numerosissi- mis, aliis crassis, aliis capillaceis, instructa. Folia longe petiolata, lanceolata, v. elliptico-oblonga, obtusa, cori- acea, basi parüm attenuata, margine angusto, revoluto, . denticulis semi-ovatis, obtusis, nudis, reflexo-adpressis or- mato; Rise Brus UR erem demüm nuda, costa latius- - culà, transversis ` » que getumelis instructa, sub- aná intertex i2 de m tate fulvescente, oss vestiti] arenes anciatnv. Sésqu 1 lata. Petioli simplices, semiteretes, undique copiose lanati, 3—6- unciales. Scapus solitarius, teres, validior quàm in cæteris sequentibus, uniflorus, undique land copiosissimå fulves- vitstmte Snstraetab, squamis plurimis, presertim apicem ver- | Sus, eolatis, ee nudis, nitidis, coloratis mu- : . Involucrum EET UC" of the Class Composite. 241 pressis, sanguineo-coloratis ; exterioribus lanuginosis; intimis elongatis, acuminatis, radiatis. | Floscul albi; radii plurimi, 30 circiter, foeminei, duplici ordine dispositi, lineari-ligu- lati; extimis multoties majoribus, involucri squamis intimis vix longioribus, obtuse tridenticulatis, radium distinctum constituentibus ; labio interiore minimo, bipartito : laciniis anguste linearibus, obtusulis, ineequalibus, rectis ; disci mas- culi, tubulosi, bilabiati; labio exteriore ligulato, obtusé 3-dentato ; interiore bifido : laciniis lanceolato-linearibus, obtusis. Anthere basi bisete, appendiculé lineari-ligu- lata cartilagineà coronate. Stigma masculis inclusum bi- lobum, clavatum ; foemineis exsertum, bifidum : /obis obtu- sis, papilloso-pruinosis. Achenia elliptica, ancipiti-com- pressa, glabra: disco epigyno dilatato, planiusculo. Pappus capillaris, cinereo-fulvellus, denticulis scaber. - 2. C. ovalis, foliis petiolatis ovalibus, involucris hirsutissimis. Perdicium ovale. Herb. R. et P. — — TM In Peruviá ad Huassahuassi et Gieigrinen -. Rui Herba —— Radix piia fbris inbraak is gissimis, fuscis. Folia plura, radicalia, petiolata, ovalia v. subrotundo-ovalia, coriacea, ora angustissimá, recurvatá, denticulis ovatis, obtusis, nudis, adpressé reflexis, costa media, valida, nervisque transversis atque venis prope . marginem anastomosantibus ; suprà demüm calva, viridia, " uci; inti tense fulvo-lanata : — : des | Sc editae decus. oceani finifitims, icd lana fulvá copiosé vestitus, squamisque nonnullis ianeto- latis, obtusis, membranaceis, nudis, adpressis : IS. 212 242 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species nutans, albus. Involucrum quadruplici circiter serie poly- d phyllum, campanulatum: squamis lanceolatis, mucronulatis, | adpressis, margine apiceque sanguineo-coloratis ; intimis radiantibus. Flosculi radi? plurimi, foeminei, duplici ordine digesti (serie interiore plurimüm minore) ; extimis 20 circiter ligulatis, obtuse tridenticulatis ; labio interiore minuto, obtusé bidentato ; disci masculi, bilabiati : labiis revolutis ; exteriore ligulato, obtuse tridenticulato ; interiore bipartito : segmen- tis lanceolatis, attenuatis.: Anthere basi longe bidristate, | appendiculáà ligulatà, obtusa coronate. Stigma masculis inclusum clavatum, bilobum ; radiis bifidum: laciniis semi- cylindricis, obtusis, recurvis, pruinosis. Achenia elliptica, compressa, glabra: disco epigyno dilatato. “Pappus capil- — laris, pimp scaber, fulvellus. 4 S! C. rotundifolia, foliis petiolatis subreniformibus, involucris levibus. . In pem: altis frigidis Peruviæ ad Pillao. pn et Pa von. Ms Herba cespitosa, facie et magnitudine T'ussilagini Mises s accedens. Radix préemorsa, fibris atro-fuscis, longis, crassis : nseuotec Folia. plurima, radicalia, petiolata, nunc sub- la basi integrá, nunc cordata v. subreniformia, obtusa, suprà ded im nuda, costa validiuscula, nervis oblique trans- versis peragrata, indè reticulato-venosa, rugosa, subtüs land niveá, siccitate fulva, copiose vestita, ord perangusta, re- voluta, denticulisque plurimis, obtusis, nudis, reflexo-ad- — pressis munitá, unguicularia, v. nunc rariüs pollicaria.: Pe- _? toh filiformes, simplicissimi, lanati, sesqui- v. bi-pollicares. - Seapu altitudine. maxime varians, nunc tripollicaris, nunc intalis, T riis Bu ently Rents ie pobidgins, Siba, of the Class Composite. ` 243 pluribus, lanceolatis, obtusulis, nudis, coloratis, adpressis . munitus. Flos: magnitudine T'ussilaginis predicte, albus, mutans. 4nvolucrum polyphyllum, imbricatum, campanu- latum: squamis lanceolatis, acutis, membranaceis, adpressis, demüm glabris, lucidulis, viridibus, raró sanguineo-colo- ratis ; intimis longioribus, radiatis. Receptaculum nudum. | Flosculi radii duplici ordine digesti, feminei, in serie exte- riore 20 circiter, ligulati, radium distinctum constituentes, obtusé tridenticulati: /abio interiore minimo, bipartito : laciniis acutis, lineari-angustissimis, ineequalibus, réctis ; interiore serie consimili, at plurimim minore, discum vix superante ; disc? tubulato-bilabiati, hermaphroditi, fauce dilatati; labio exteriore brevi, ligulato, obtusé tridentato ; interiore bipartito : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, acutiusculis, revolutis. Anthere basi bisete: setis simplicibus: appen- -diculá limeari-ligulatà, obtusá, subcoriaceá. Stigma disci flosculis bilobum, clavatum, papillosum ; radiis bifidum : - laciniis brevibus, semicylindricis, obtusis, pruinosis. Ache- nia lineari-oblonga, compressa, glabra, apice angustata : disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus capillaris, fulvellus, denti- -culis scaber. | | yh wisa SOLUTI. ** Flosculi marginales simplici ordine uniformes, feminei, ligulati, . Amilabiati ! | Foliis sessilibus, pinnatifidis. å. .C. lyrata, foliis sessilibus lyratis ciliato-denticulatis. Hieracium stipitatum. Herb. S. et M. AOI In Mexico. - esse | et Mocinno. x. TER Herba pe Radix crassa, bris co Wes dui, rites RR nnimcón; suprà demüm nuda, viridia, subtàs densé niveo-tomentosa, margine undu- ipolli- . lata, deplnlidqua setaceis copiose ornata, bi- v. trip 244 Mr.D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species caria, sesquipollicem lata: lobis abbreviatis, rotundatis ; terminali amplo, elliptico, mucronulato. Scapus solitarius, - gracilis, filiformis, lanuginosus, squamis paucissimis lineari- bus acuminatis munitus. Flos minor, albus? nutans. Invo- lucrum 4-plici circiter serie polyphyllum, imbricatum: squa- mis lineari-subulatis, dein glabratis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi radii simplici ordine uniformes, ligulati, foeminei, apice acutiusculo, integro ; labio interiore nullo ; disci copi- osi, hermaphroditi, tubulato-bilabiati; labio exteriore ligu- lato, revoluto, obtusé tridentato ; interiore bipartito : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis, spiraliter revolutis. Anthere basi longè biaristate, appendicula lineari-angustá obtusá terminate. Stylus filiformis. Stigma masculis inclusum, clavatum, bilobum ; radii sexsertum, bifidum: /obis brevi- bus, obtusis, pruinosis. .Achenia oblonga, compressa, pilis brevissimis vestita. | Pappus pilosus, fulvellus, denticulis scaber. ; *** Involucri squamis ellipticis, obtusis, disco brevioribus. Flosculi marginales simplici ordine dispositi : labello bipartito, spirali. Antherarum setis ramulosis. Stigmatis lobis brevibus. Foliis petiolate, pie fente. ) oliis "Dabilen jai ais dentatis. integerri- misve, scapo esquamato, involucri squamis obti isis disco brevioribus. Onoseris heterophylla. Spreng. Syst. 3. p. 503? In Monte Video. Sello. y. Herba onan land iactus nivea obruta. Folia plurima, radi- j i lata, lanceolata, acutiuscula, entata jv. oe costa E validis: | Ercdnapienis, T5, tok ib SET QR dE "e bs C. spneer ole having the female flowers disposed in a. dei of the Class Composite. 245 inconspicuis, basi attenuata, utrinque plana, palmaria, vix pollicem lata; aduitiora land fugaci nudiuscula. Petioli bipollicares, canaliculati, superne angusti, basi dilatati, imbricati et villosi. Scapus erectus, filiformis, apice in discum dilatatus, uniflorus, squamis omninó destitutus, spi- thamzeus v. dodrantalis. Jos erectus, magnus, aureus. Involucrum hemisphericum, triplici ordine adpresse imbri- catum : squamis ovatis, obtusis, coriaceis ; intimis oblongis, disco dupló brevioribus! quandoque extimis duabus elon- gatis bracteas simulantibus. Flosculi radii plurimi (17—20), foeminei, elongati, bilabiati, staminibus sterilibus ; labio ex- teriore maximo, ligulato, tridentato, coriaceo, nervis secun- dariis manifestis; inferiore bipartito : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, spiraliter convolutis, primum margine conglutina- tis; disci masculi, tubulosi, tubo 5-angulo : /imbo bilabiato : labiis subzequalibus ; exteriore obtuse tridentato, 4-nervio : interiore bipartito, segmentis linearibus, obtusiusculis, bi- . merviis, apice. revolutis. | Filamenta i articulo, inferiore mi- nuté papilloso. Anthere appendiculé ilatà acutiusculà cartilagineá coronatz, basi bisetosee : "inti compressis, basi ramulosis, vix plumosis. Stylus 5-angulus. Stigma bilobum : lobis obtusis, brevissimis, pruinosis. Achenia ancipiti-com- pressa, dense adpresse pilosa. Pappus capillaris, persistens, cinereus ; radiis denticulatis, scabris, duplici ordine digestis, copiosissimis. | Besides the Chaptalia integrifolia, whi ch wants eo dicium omen of Flora J Tepi béldhg also: v ‘this genus. This latter species has all the characters of my second section ; uble series, 246 Mr.D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species series, will constitute perhaps another section. The Chaptalia maxima of the Prodromus Flore Nepalensis has been improperly referred by me to this genus, being really a species of Perdicium, as constituted by Lagasca and DeCandolle. The Chaptalia run- cinata of M. Kunth being the centre florets with a regular five- cleft limb appears to belong more properly to the following genus. | | OnosERis. Dec. | OnoseEripis sP, Willd., Kunth, |—— gmi ÅTRACTYLIDIS SPa L. Flosculi golipkania fceminei, radiati, bilabiati ; ; disci herrnaphro- diti, tubulosi: /imbo regulari, 5-fido. Involucrum hemisphericum, triplici ordine polyphyllum; imbri- catum. Receptaculum nudum. — Flosculi radii foeminei, bi- labiati, staminibus sterilibus ; labio exteriore maximo, ligu- lato, tridentato ; interiore tenuissimo, sæpiùs bipartito, spi- raliter convoluto ; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi: limbo re- gulari, 5-fido: /aciniis linearibus, obtusis, binerviis. Anthere appendicula lineari-lanceolata cartilagineá coronate, basi bisetosæ. Stigma bilobum : lobis obtusis, pruinosis. Ache- d nia atibipiti-Gompreses; sericeo-villosa. Pappus capillaris, s di alici, unise. digestis, pinicola sca- =u bris. fio mes a Herbae Pi. lanata. oc Phu. v. diviso. - Flores sepiüs purpurei. k O. brevifolia, foliis subsessilibus ellipticis denticulatis scabris venosissimis, flosculis radii labello interiore indiviso.: . In] Miesriden. Sell... . j i PEE rsa fibris c comp 1) qibeegüslengis instructa. Cauder adpressa, of the Class Composite. 247 adpressa, elliptica, obtusa, margine copiosé denticulata, subcoriacea, reticulato-venosissima, rugosa, subtüs pilosa, suprà punctis elevatis scabra, utrinque viridia, pollicaria v. sesquipollicaria. Scapus rectissimus, filiformis, cubita- lis, undique lana adpressá nived obtectus, squamis paucis brevissimis adpressis instructus. Flos erectus. Involucrum hemisphericum, triplici ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis lanceolato-linearibus, setaceo-acuminatis, extüs la- nuginosis ; intimis disco longioribus. Receptaculum nudum, scabriusculum. Flosculi lutei? radi? plures, bilabiati, foemi- nei, singulo ordine dispositi, staminibus sterilibus, radium distinctum constituentibus ; labio exteriore amplo, ligulato, obtusé tridentato, '4-nervio ; interiore lineari-angustissimo, obtuso, canaliculato, erecto, binervio; disci copiosi, tubu- losi, 5-fidi, hermaphroditi: segmentis linearibus, obtusis, . erectis, binerviis. Filamenta gracilia, levia. Anthere ap- pendiculà lineari-lanceolatà mucronatà cartilagineà coro- natz, basi bisetosz : setis ramulosis, subplumosis. — Stigma utriusque bilobum : lobis brevibus, adpressis, obtusissimis, pruinosis. Achenia linearia, ancipiti-compressa, sericeo- villosa. Pappus capillaris, persistens, sordidé cinereus: radiis duplici ordine copiosis, denticulato-scabris. This genus, constituting an intermediate group between Chap- talia and Leria, differs from the former in the regularity of the limb of the florets of the disk, and from the latter in the female florets of the circumference forming. a distinct udis, and bei arranged generally in a single series. The purpur Willdenow, and. the hieracioides : and speciosa of M. K clearly referable to the genus, and perhaps I the Chaptalia runcinata; but I doubt whether any of the other plants pu included in it are really species of this genus. XL. XVI. ZK 248 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species LERIA. Dec. TUSSILAGINIS SP., L. Flosculi disci masculi, tubulosi, 5-fidi ; marginales foeminei, fili- E | formes : limbo abbreviato. Involucrum hemisphericum, triplici v. quadruplici serie poly- phyllum, imbricatum : squamis linearibus, acuminatis, ad- |... pressis, apice coloratis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi |... disci masculi, tubulosi, 5-fidi: laciniis æqualibus.; margi- nales fæminei, multiplici. ordine numerosissimi, tunc dif- formes, extimis ligulatis, unilabiatis, inzequaliter tridentatis vix radiantibus; nunc simplici ordine pauciores, czeterisque filiformibus, superne gradatim coarctatis : limbo parvo, bila- . biato: labiis erectis, abbreviatissimis ; exteriore tridentato ; . 4nteriore bipartito. Anthere basi longè bisetze, appendiculá lineari-ligulata, subcoriaceà terminate. Stigma masculis inclusum, clavatum, bilobum ; feemineis longè exsertum, bipartitum : laciniis filiformibus, lævibus. Achenia fusifor- mia, infernè compressa, 5-costata, apice attenuata. Pap- pus tenuissinié capillaris, nunc stipitatus : : radiis inqua- libus, denticulatis. = tæ. Folia simplicia. Scapi uniflori. sculis foemineis diffor- 3 Leria mutans. - Dec. in nn. Mu .68 gc Tussilago nutans, Linn. Aman. Tod. ay He 406. Sp. PI E p. 1213. . Dens leonis folio subtüs incano, flore purpureo. Sloan. Hist. 1. vd 255. 4. 150. f. 2. | : nulo eris. folio, flore Singulari prrpyrega Plum. In Mexico. Sesse et J 5 i —T-"— of the Class Composita. 249 Herba perennis, czespitosa, acaulis, densé niveo-lanata. Radix premorsa, fibris compluribus, longissimis (5—6-uncialibus), filiformibus, validis, radiculosis. : Folia plurima, radicalia, impetiolata, spathulata, nunc sinuata, nunc lyrata, margine minutissimé denticulata, membranacea, suprà demüm nuda, viridia, subtüs niveo-tomentosa, inferné angustata, 3—4- pollicaria, nunc spithamea, unciam v. 2 uncias lata; lobo terminali maximo, oblongo, obsolete mucronulato. Scapi plures, filiformes, uniflori, undique copiose? niveo-lanati, palmares v. rarius dodrantales. Flos terminalis, solitarius, nutans, roseus, diametro pollicem v. ultra adwequans. Invo- lucrum hemisphericum, polyphyllum : squamis linearibus, acuminatis, quadruplici circiter serie imbricatis, apice colo- ratis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi centrales pauci, mas- culi, tubulosi, superne vix dilatati, regulariter 5-fidi ; ceteris foemineis, numerosissimis, tenuissimé filiformibus ; extimis ligulatis, unilabiatis, inzequaliter tridentatis, involucro pauló | : longioribus, subinde radiatis ; interioribus limbo parvo bila- 1 : biatis: labiis abbreviatis, erectis ; eateriore tridentato ; ; inte- riore bipartito : laciniis linearibus, obtusis, erecto-patulis. Anthere basi setis tenuissimis longis aucte, appendiculá - lineari, obtus4 coronate. Stylus masculis inclusus: stigmate clavato, bilobo, lobis abbreviatis crassis, obtusis, conniventi- bus; foemineis longè exsertus: stigmate bipartito, segmentis filiformibus, obtusis, recurvis, laevibus. Achenia fusiformia, minute papilor basi pape 5-costata, s sponda. stipi- definitis. 250 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species ` Cacalia spathulata. Herb. S. et M. In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. X . Herba cespitosa. Folia plurima, radicalia, petiolata, lanceolato- i spathulata aut elliptico-oblonga, membranacea, denticu- lata, suprà demüm calva, viridia, subtùs niveo-lanata, mol- lissima, 2—3-pollicaria, basi attenuata ; juniora margine revoluta. Petioli lineares, plani, membranaceo-alati, pol- licares v. bipollicares. . Scapi cubitales, subsolitarii, filifor- mes, uniflori, squamis destituti, undique lanuginosi. Flos nutans. Involucrum polyphyllum : squamis triplici circiter serie imbricatis, lanceolatis, acuminatis, coriaceis, lanugi- nosis. Receptaculum nudum. — Flosculi disci copiosissimi, masculi, tubulosi, 5-fidi, longitudine unguiculares, nervis ad sinum divisis, fauce parüm dilatatà: /aciniis lingulatis, apice nervis marginalibus validis confluentibus incrassatis, E obtusis, nervis secundariis recurrentibus ad basin lacinia- P rum usque manifestis ! peripherici foeminei, pauci, simplici : d ordine digesti, uniformes, tenuissimè filiformes, bilabiati, non radiati, fauce coarctati: labiis minutis; interiore bifido, laciniis linearibus, revolutis; erteriore ligulam abbrevia- - tam, linearem, obtusè tridentatam constituente. Anthere basi bisetæ (setis TUUM cuspidatis) appendiculà line- neà , wheal BU afta mas- a 2 d T E 4 3 pipilos s fcemineis longè exserti semicylindricis, obtusis, levibus, recurvis. Achenia fusi- formia, compressa, pilosiuscula, apice tantüm angustata : disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus capillaris, fulvellus, nec _ stipitatus: radiis inzqualibus, minuté denticulatis, duplici ordine ieapiosissimis,. This interesting genus i is pt allied to the lean and Ci- choracee. of the Class Composite. 251 choraceé. Its entire capitulum may be compared with that of Gnaphalium, and its soft stipitate pappus with that.of Lactuca, thus showing that the genus is to be regarded as constituting an osculant group between the three families. The modification of the apex of the achenium proves that the stipitate pappus is not a character of generic importance in Leria. Trib. 6. DrazEuxrzx. Receptaculum subpaleatum. Flosculi (raró dioici !) disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, 5-dentati ; radii ligulati, foeminei, nunc bilabiati. Antherarum setis nudis. Plante sepé fruticose, capitulis plerumque solitariis, magnis, pedunculatis. Driazreuxis. | OATRAOTYZIDIS SP, L^ Dp OxosERIDIS sP., Willd. Flores dioici! Receptaculum alveolatum. Flores dioici! Involucrum sphaeroideum, multiplici serie imbri- catum: squamis innumeris, - lanceolatis, acuminatis, coria- ceis, rigidis, adpressis. Receptaculum alveolatum : alveolis margine laciniato-fimbriatis. Flosculj masculi creberrimi, cylindrico-tubulati, 5-nervii, limbo 5-fidi: laciniis lineari- bus, obtusis, canaliculatis, recurvato-patulis, nervis pro- minentibus apice confluentibus, hinc margine apiceque incrassatis: /igulis plurimis, accessoriis, patulis, substantia coriaceis, obtuse trilobis, 6-nerviis (nervis engen an arum diseum. uin d | 7 simo, sg ORE N Rug binervio, eoriaceo, oreste basi dilatato auctis ; eni sapina filiformes, 5-ner- 252 Mr.D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species 5-partito ; marginales non radiantes, limbo irregulari, ob laciniam quintam (interiorem) profundiüs sejunctam, indè quasi bilabiati: segmentis linearibus, obtusis, subsecundis, canaliculatis, nervis prominulis, summo apice confluenti- bus. Filamenta lineari-angustissima, compressa, glabra. Anthere semi-exserte, in tubum connate, appendiculá lineari-lanceolatà, obtusá, coriaceá, rigidà, ipsá antherá breviore coronate, basi longè biaristatz: aristis lineari- bus, setaceo-acuminatis, canaliculatis, antherá longioribus, eequalibus. Stylus filiformis, basi bulbosus. Stigma mas- culis pentagonum! obtusum, indivisum ; ligulis tereti-cla- vatum, leve, exsertum ; foemineis bipartitum, exsertum : lobis lineari-lingulatis, obtusis, pruinosis, perszpé spira- liter convolutis. Achenia lineari-oblonga, compressa, gla- berrima. Pappus masculis cinereus, caducus: radiis inz- qualibus, paleaceo-setaceis, complanatis, longissimis, den- ticulis spinulosis- exasperatis, apice acuto, nunc subpeni- cilato, infra medium flexuosis, simplici tanttm ordine digestis ; foemineis capillaris, persistens, albus: radiis tri- plici serie confertissimis, denticulato-scabris, longioribus basi latiore subpaleaceá. | Frutices niveo-lanati. Folia alterna, petioláta, integra. Flores - termi T rui per: xelitarii,.: gii. gage, ruc. NUES a Siatevérs Faea et geni raros esse dioicos in hac familia: This is without doubt the most remarkable genus of the whole family. It is dicecious, and, in the structure of the capitula and pappus of the male and female flowers, it differs as much as Antennaria. The male capitula are very much smaller, and besides the- nale florets of which they are composed, there is a single series of ligulate florets, either with or without pistilla, and -= i huie imposuit, ol ob flores of the Class Composite. 253 and having imperfect stamina. The florets of the female capi- tulum differ in the disposition of their laciniz ; for in the central ones the limb is regularly five-cleft, whereas in those of the cir- cumference it is somewhat bilabiate, the inner segment being more deeply separated than the rest. The two sexes of this plant might be readily mistaken for two distinct genera. "The Atractylis mexicana of Linnzus I have ascertained to be the male sex of a third species of this genus. Of this interesting plant, for which I propose the name of Diazeuzis Mutisiana, I have had an opportunity of examining the original sample in the Linnzan herbarium. 1. D. érinereino foliis lanceolatis aguminatis triplinerviis, floribus ‘solitariis. ` int Postao teen) | AMET trinervis. Herb. 7 et p. In Guayaquilà Peruvianorum. Tafalla.y. Frutes erectus, ramosus, niveo-lanatus, sempervirens, omnium -© speciosissimus. Rami teretes, striati, lanugine alba fugaci vestiti. Folia alterna, breviter petiolata, lanceolata, acu- ; minata, margine denticulis plurimis acutis ornata, nunc . raró integerrima, 5-nervia, nervis lateralibus extimis fere obsoletis, hinc quasi triplinervia, membranacea, basi ob- tusá, suprà denudata, leté viridia, et lucida, subtüs lana implexà copiosissimá niveà, demüm fulvescenti, vestita, 3—5-pollicaria, oaa v. iine epe lata. Petioli is feminei n na ine e! ge E : |. metro ie: masculi e minores. Cetera omnind utin charactere generico. : 254 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species 2. D.? serrata, folis ovato-lanceolatis acutis dentato-serratis penninerviis, floribus glomeratis. Carduus mitis. Herb. S. et M. In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. h . Frutex erectus, ramosus. Rami sulcato-angulati, undique om- nino albo-lanati. Folia alterna, brevissimé petiolata, spitha- maa, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, dentato-serrata, dentibus tri- angulari-ovatis, mucronatis, leviter antrorsüm uncinatis, aliis minimis interjectis, penninervia, nervis obliqué transversis, costáque media valida prominentibus, suprà demüm calva, viridia, punctisque elevatis copiosissimis asperiuscula, sub- tùs land albA densé implexá copiosissime vestita, 5—7- pollicaria, 2—3 uncias lata, basi acutá integerrimá. Petioli crassi, brevissimi, vix sesquilineam longi. Flores terminales, plures (5— 10), sessiles, glomerati. Involucra globosa, dense - lanata: squamis multiplici ordine lanceolatis, acuminatis, rigidis, adpressis. Receptaculum planum, scrobiculatum, angulis elevatis, acutis exasperatum. Flosculi perfecti non- düm observati: pappo setaceo, scabro. Having only seen specimens of this with the capitula in a very young state, it has been placed here solely from the habit of the plant itself and from the structure of its involucrum. What relates to the floret still remains s undetermined. . nxrROGL NINE | Receptaculum aculeatum. | Flosculi disci tubulosi, hermaphroditi ; radii ligulati, foeminei. Involucrum .subglobosum, multiplici ordine imbricatum : squamis lanceolatis, acuminatis, coriaceis, adpressis. Receptaculum aculeatum : aculeis subulatis, callosis, rigidis, brevibus, in circulis plurimis dispositis. Flosculi disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, of the Class Composita. 255 tubulosi, equales, 5-dentati, latere interiore profundiüs fissi, hinc limbus perinde obliquus: segmentis lanceolato-linea- ribus, obtusis, erectis, nervis primariis validis, apice con- fluentibus, inde incrassatis ; radii foeminei, plures (10—14), rudimentis staminum omninó destituti, bilabiati; Zabio ex- teriore (ligula) longissimo, obtuse trilobato, coriaceo, subtüs lanato, 6-nervio, nervis per paria utriusque lobi discum oc- cupantibus, strictis, parallelis, apice confluentibus ; interiore profundé bipartito, membranaceo, spiraliter revoluto: seg- mentis lineari-filamentosis, margine primüm conglutinatis. Filamenta glandulosa. Anthere basi aristis 2 longis, atte- nuatis, munite, appendiculá lanceolato-lineari, acutá, co- riacea, rigidà coronatz. Stylus filiformis, basi depresso- bulbosus. Stigma hermaphroditis bilobum : lobis lingulatis, minute papillosis; foemineis tereti-clavatum (lobis primó arcté applicatis), pruinosum. Achenia pentagona, demim glabrata. Pappus fuscescens, basi fulvus; radiis eaterio- ribus brevibus, pilosis; interioribus duplici serie longis- simis, setaceis, supernè dilatato-complanatis, denticulatis, deciduis. Frutex ramosissimus, sempervirens, candidissimus. Rami teretes. Folia alterna, petiolata, lanceolata, acuminata, dentata, cori- acea, penninervia, nervis obliqué transversis, suprà demüm nuda, viridia, polita, subtüs copiosé ut et rami niveo-tomentosa, mollissima, basi cuneatá, integerrimá, sesqui- v. nunc feré tri- pollicaria, unciam, aut et dimidium ad medium lata. Petioli semicylindrici, 2 v. 3 lineas. longitudine. æquantes. Flores purpurei? solitarii, longè pedunculati. Pedunculus cylindri- cus, primó quasi terminalis, sed prodei nte ramulo revera late- ralis, 5—10-uncialis. Radius pollicaris. Nomen a xevrpov stimulus, et kw» lectus, et ab ipso recepta- VOL. XVI. 2X ... eulum 256 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species culum spinulosum, hujus stirpis optimum characterem con- stituens, designare volui. The Onoseris salicifolia of M. Kunth may pinssitiby belong to this genus; but not having had an opportunity of examining a sample of it, I am unable to determine this’point at present. It cannot belong to Onoseris, which has the habit of the Perdicee, and with which tribe the genus must be associated. 1. C. albicans. Hieracium albicans. Herb. R. et P. ar Peruvia. Ruiz et Pavon.r. CH ETACHLENA. Receptaculum favosum. — Flosculi disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, 5-dentati ; radii foeminei, ligulati. | Involucrum semiglobosum, polyphyllum : squamis numerosis- simis, quadruplici circiter serie imbricatis, lanceolatis, in setam longam, recurvato-patentem prodeuntibus. Recep- taculum favosum, dentato-scabrum. Flosculi radii plures, foeminei, ligulati, unilabiati, trilobati, 6-nervii (nervis per paria discum laciniarum occupantibus) feminei? staminum rudimentis; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, 5-dentati, tubo . infra medium angustiore, fauce cylindrica, latere exteriore » profundiüs fissi: nervis 5- primariis ad laciniarum sinus di- visis: dentibus linearibus, obtusis. Anthere appendiculâ lineari-lanceolatá, acutiuscula, coriaceá c coronatz, basi setis 2, longis, tenuissimis, simplicibus munite. Stigma herma- phroditis inclusum, emarginatum, obtusum; foemineis ex- sertum, magnum, indivisum, clavatum, pruinosum. Achenia euneato-oblonga, pilosiuscula. Pappi radiis persistentibus, triplici ordine digestis, copiosis ; interioribus compressis, ri- gidis, serrulatis; extimis brevissimis, pilosis. Herba of the Class Composita. 257 Herba annua; niveo-lanata, facie Cryptostemmatis calendulacei. Radix longissima, descendens, fulvella, fibris plurimis, capil- ` laceis munita. Caules plures, procumbentes, simplices v. di- visi, palmares aut spithamai. Folia alterna, petiolata, ovata, mucronata, sinuato-dentata, nunc sublyrata, dentibus inequa- libus, mucronatis, distantibus, membranacea, maaimé fragilia, triplinervia, subtùs densius lanata, mollissima, pollicaria v. ses- quipollicaria, semunciam v. unciam latitudine equantia ; ra- dicalia longiùs petiolata.. Flores solitarii, longè pedunculati, pulcherrimi, odorati ; diametro sesqui-unciales. Pedunculi filiformes, uniflori, assurgentes, nunc ex ipsá radice ortum ducentes, stricti, palmares v. spithamai, lanuginosi, squamulá unicá setaceá muniti. Radius atropurpureus, viv semuncialis. _ Discus pallidior. Pappus cinereo-fulvellus. its Nomen a yarn seta, et yAawa involucrum. 1. C.odorata. . Leysera odorata. Herb. R. et P. — DEPTHS: . In Guayaquila Peruvianorum. - Tafalla. ©. = E - ai | Chetachlena is intimately allied to the preceding. genus ; ER structure of the florets and pappus proves this most satisfactorily ; and the elongated almost cirrhose points of the scales of the involucrum compared with the tendrils of the leaves of Mutisia, as well as the woolly habit of the plant, and the general resem- blance of the flower, appear to me to indicate considerable affinity to that genus. The leaves of this genus and of Mutisia lanata are extremely, fragile i in the: dued state. Song Recepti citi a scrobiculatum. Pun Jaa E Dbroditi tu- bulosi, 5-dentati ; radii foeminei, bilabiati. Involucrum campanulatum, polyphyllum, basi ations atu, 212 2d 258 Mr. D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species mis quadruplici circiter ordine imbricatis, obtusis, membra- naceis, margine scariosis. Receptaculum depressum, scro- biculatum. Flosculi disci numerosi, hermaphroditi, tubulosi, basi angustati: limbo obtuse 5-dentato, subzequali ; dentibus 2 exterioribus majoribus, profundiüsque sejunctis: nervis ; primariis ad sinum laciniarum bifidis, ramis marginalibus : | radii plures, foeminei, bilabiati, staminibus sterilibus ; /abio eateriore ligulato, elliptico-oblongo, 4-nervio (nervis extimis longè intramarginalibus) apice obtusé tridentato; interiore lineari-angustissimo, recto, acuté bidentato. Anthere ap- pendicula lineari-lanceolatà acuta, cartilagineo-membrana- E cea coronate, basi setis 2, longis tenuissimis, puberulis ipsa | anthera longioribus munite. Stigma clavatum, bilobum : lobis obtusis, conniventibus, minuté papillosis. Achenia lineari-oblonga, compressa, punctis elevatis, crystallinis : copiose ornata: disco epigyno parüm dilatato, concavo. 4 Pappus pilosus, persistens : radiis simplici ordine contiguis, l æqualibus, tenuissimè denticulatis. Herba erecta, ramosa, tenella, fragilis, palmaris v. spithamæa, om- nino glaberrima, radice fibrosá, annuá. Rami elongati, erecto- patentes, filiformes, purpurascentes, nitiduli, virgati, rigidius- culi, foliosi. Folia alterna, sessilia, lineari-subulata, mucro- : nulata, subcarnosa, glabra, subtùs convera, suprà concava, — margine glandulosa, basi adpressá remanenti, semuncialia v. parüm ultra ; — sensim breviora, et in foliolis involucri abeuntia, nunc raró semipollicem longa. Flores terminales, pro ratione plante magni, solitarii, v. pauci laxé corymbosi, sessiles. Involucrum semipollicare, omninó leve: squamis . scarioso-membranaceis, nitidis, nunc purpurascentibus. Flos- culi aurei. Pappus niveus. Nomen ab ev bene, et Ope capillus (i. e. bene — et ad pappum refert, : >g E. sal- of the Class Composita. | 259 1. E. salsoloides. In Chili. Ruiz et Pavon. o. The naked receptacle, the rays of the pappus disposed in a simple series, and the habit of the plant itself, readily distinguish this genus from the rest of this group. Trib. 7. Murisem. Receptaculum nudum. — Flosculi difformes : disci tripartito-bilabiati. Antherarum aristis subplumosis. Stigmata obtusa, pruinosa, partim connata. Frutices sepe scandentes, foliis apice cirrhosis ! Mutista, L. Involucrum polyphyllum, multiplici serie imbricatum : squamis latis, integerrimis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi radii foeminei, ligulati: ligula ampla, multinervia (nervis 10 v. 15 parallels nunc superné dichotomis, extimis longe intra- marginalibus), apice tridentata, fauce sepé ad interiüs den- tibus (labello interiore) accessoriis lineari-setaceis munita : disci masculi: tubo 10-nervio: limbo alte tripartito-bilabiato ; labio interiore bipartito, revoluto, segmentis binerviis ; ezr- leriore multó majore, ligulato, 8-nervio (nervis alternis se- cundariis prope apicem omninó obliteratis) obtuse triden- ticulato. Anthere omninó exserte, in tubum connate, appendicula longissimá, lineari-ligulaté, obtusá, coriaceá terminate, basi biaristatz : aristis preelongis, pubescenti- bus, subplumosis. Stylus basi callosus. Stigma bilobum : lobis obtusis, pruinosis. Achenia linearia, compresso-qua- drangula, glabra: disco epigyno parùm dilatato. Pappus deciduus: radiis validis, compressiusculis, filamentoso-plu- mosis, simplici ordine copiosis, contiguis : villis mollis caducis. + ticos 260 Mr.D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species Frutices (Amer. Austr.) scandentes, Vicias facie emulantes. Folia alterna, pinnata v. simplicia, apice cirrho (foliolis abortivis aut coste elongatione) pinnate partito v. simplici, spirali in- structa! Flores solitarii, magni, speciosi, purpurei v. lutei. The presence or absence of the labellum in the rays is evi- dently a character of no importance in this genus. Its muta- bility even in species otherwise intimately allied, shows that it cannot be employed with advantage as a sectional distinction ; and in those species where it is less developed, I hardly think it of specific importance. ‘The younger Linneus in his description of Mutisia Clematis appears to have mistaken the two lobes of the labellum for the rudiments of stamina. Humboldt and Bon- pland have represented and described their Mutisia grandiflora (Pl. Eq.1. t. 50.) as having the florets of the disk tubular, and equally five-toothed. This is clearly an error, for the origin of which it is difficult to account, as we know of no species with a similar structure; and indeed this character, if really present, would alone be sufficient to justify its removal from Mutisia: but its evident affinity to M. Clematis, which would also have led us to expect the presence of an interior labellum in the rays, in- : ducen usto reject this opinion, : and to regard the description and fig th lantes, nns 02 s iles. as. erroneous in à these respects. I am Bees. satisfied etd ins S : ot served in the Linnzean beris appears to approach : very near to it, even as regards the size of the flower, which is erroneously compared by the younger Linnzus to the Dianthus caryophyllus. They | both. agree in having the leaflets on distinct footstalks, which. the plant efiCananilles appears to want ential This ince! t remarkable Thorens in TM i is s the number of. f in | 4 | i f } f of the Class Composite. 261 in the corolla, which are from 10 to 15 in the florets of the circum- ference, and 10 in those of the disk. These vessels are generally of the same thickness, and all originate from the base; but in the exterior lip of the centre florets, where they are eight in number, the alternate ones are more slender, and disappear before they reach the apex of the lacinie. The number of vessels is uniform in the nine species here enumerated, and there is every probability of its being general throughout the rest of the genus. This character and the pubescent sete of the anthere. show an intimate affinity between Mutisia and Bichenia, before described. * Foliis pinnatis. I-NE lanata, niveo-lanata ; foliis 7-jugis, jnvoluctis subrotundis: squamis appendiculatis cirrhosis, radiis copiosis bilabiatis, caule alato. Mutisia lanata. Ruiz et. Eggo Push, bee, Fi. Peruo. et Chil. p.192. Gen. Pl. t. 23. i In Peruviæ nemoribus prope "Must vicum in Pome vid. Ruiz et Pavon.» . Planta fruticosa, scandens, copiosé niveo-lanata. Caules angu- lati, plerumque 4-anguli, alati: alis foliaceis, retrorsim dentatis, dentibus triangulari-lanceolatis, acutis. Folia al- terna, sessilia, pinnata, palmaria v. spithamzea : rachis sub- tüs convexa, suprà canaliculata, margine alata, basi dila- : . tata: pinnis 6—1-jugis, lanceolatis, Mutin cep ce intege; - rimis, planis, subtüs dense lanatis, supr nudiu: nunc (præsertim in junioribus) lanatis, "her lata decurren- tibus, 2 v. 21-pollicaribus, semunciam v. ultra latis; imis 2 stipulas mentientibus, caulem amplexantibus. Cirrhi o. = liola abortiva) pinnaté partiti: segmentis (3—5) filiformi-— i compressis, Sea e 262 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species compressis, obtusis, spiraliter revolutis. Flores terminales, solitarii, magni, omnium formosissimi, pedunculati, dia- metro feré 3 pollices adequantes. Pedunculi spithameei, cylindrici, penná corvina parüm crassiores, apicem versus foliolis simplicibus cirrhosis muniti. Jnvolucrum amplum, subrotundum, truncatum, longitudine et latitudine 2 uncias adeequans : squamis ellipticis, adpressis, latissimis, membra- naceis, appendice (presertim in exterioribus) sæpè pollicari, lanceolatà, longissime? subulato-acuminatá, apice obtusá, cirrhosà, revolutà auctis! hinc squame involucri, ut om- nibus appareant, tantüm folia sunt mutata. Receptacu- lum planum, nudum. — Flosculi radii plurimi (18—20) atro- sanguinei, foeminei, staminum rudimentis, bilabiati ; labio exteriore ligulam amplam, bipollicarem, 3 lineas latam, subtüs lanatam, obtuse tridentatam, dependenti-patulam constituente ; interiore profunde bipartito : laciniis setaceis, apice bidentatis! revolutis; disci creberrimi, hermaphro- diti, tubulati, tripartito-bilabiati: labiis revolutis; exteriore lineari-ligulato, obtuse tridentato ; interiore bipartito : laci- niis linearibus, obtusis: nervis primariis validis. Filamenta anguste linearia, complanata, glabra, libera. Anthere in tubum connate, nervo manifestissimo instructe, basi bi- aristatze: aristis unguicularibus, inferné attenuatis, basi ramulosis, subplumosis: appendiculd lineari-ligulata, ob- tusá, cartilagineà, ipsà antherd dimidio longiori. Stylus filiformis, levis, basi incrassato-clavatus. Stigma bilo- bum : lobis brevibus, crassis, obtusissimis, pruinosis. Ache- nia radiis tetragona ; disco oblongo-compressa, glabra. Pap- _ pus fuliginoso-cinereus, sesquipollicaris, mollissimus : radiis valde plumosis, imá basi connatis, ramulis demüm deciduis, tunc simplicibus. 2. M. vi- ical IATE E AEEA ie of the Class Composita. ; 263 - 2. M. viciefolia, glabriuscula; foliolis 12-jugis, involucro cylin- drico: squamis inappendiculatis, radiis paucis unilabiatis, caule tereti. | Mutisia vicizfolia. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 62. 1. 490. Willd. Sp. PL 3. p. 2069. Lam. Illustr. 6. t. 690. f. 2. In Chili prope Valparaiso. Ludovicus Née, Ruiz et Pavon. ņ . Planta fruticosa, scandens, Viciis quibusdam facie fere similis. Caules teretes, rubri, striati, tenuissimé pubescentes. Folia alterna, sessilia, pinnata, 3—4-uncialia: rachi teretiusculá, pubescenti, margine superiore anguste alatà: foliolis plu- rimis (10—13-jugis) ellipticis lanceolatisve, acuminatis, inzquilateris, glabris, semunciam v. nunc feré pollicem longis. Cirrhi pinnate partiti : laciniis 3—5, subulatis, ob- tusiusculis, revolutis, semuncialibus. Flores in dichotomiis solitarii, longè pedunculati. Pedunculi cylindrici, striati, minuté pubescentes, 3—5-unciales, apice incrassati. Invo- lucrum tubulato-cylindricum, lzve, bipollicare : squamis la- - tissimis, integerrimis, levissimis, adpressis, nudis, nec ap- pendiculatis ; eztimis brevissimis, ovatis, acutis ; inferioribus oblongis, mucronulatis; nunc in juventute lanigeris. Re- ceptaculum nudum. — Flosculi radii pauci (6—8), foeminei, atropurpurei, unilabiati, ligula oblonga, patenti, obtuse tri- . denticulatà, subtis glabra, involucro dupló breviore, rudi- mentis staminum nullis; disci hermaphroditi, pallidiores, plures (16—17), tubulosi, tripartito-bilabiati : labiis erectis ; exteriore trifido, lobis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis; interiore bipartito, laciniis linearibus, obtusiusculis : nervis primariis validis. Anthere biunciales, appen: liculà lineari, acumi- nata, unguiculari coronate, basi longe biaristate : aristis complanatis, inferne capillaceo-attenuatis. Stigma rain bifidum, segmentis linearibus, acutis, pruinosiad isco bi- VOL, XVI. 9M cd - Jobum, 264 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species lobum, lobis obtusiusculis, minuté papillosis. Achenia ra- diis quadrangula, glabra; disco compressa, levia. Pappus fulvellus, mollissimus, plumosus. 3. M. acuminata, glabra; foliolis multijugis, involucro pyrami- dali lanuginoso; squamis exterioribus ovatis reflexis, caule teretiusculo. Mutisia acuminata. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Chil. i. p. 192. In preruptis, collibus et sepibus Tarmz et Haurocheri ubi- que. Ruiz. 5. | | | Planta frutescens, 6-pedalis. Caulis scandens, ramosissimus, glaber, fragilis, tereti-angulatus. Folia alterna, pinnata, cirrho furcato terminata: foliola lanceolata, acuminata, integerrima, glabra, sessilia: extima minora, subacinaci- formia, leviter decurrentia. Pedunculi terminales, foliosi, uniflori, folio oppositi. Calyx pyramidalis, ovato-oblongus, imbricatus, lanuginosus, extus coloratus: squamis 24, con- cavis; erferioribus ovatis, reflexis ; interioribus lanceolato- cuneiformibus. X Corolluie plures in disco hermaphrodite, flammee ; feminee septem in radio, auree v. flavae. Pappus plumosus. Ruiz Mss. | Qasi i Maii line chinculma. ninguna Floret Maio et Julio. There "hers no specimen of this: species in ithe: Hoenn of Ruiz and Pavon, and as the plant has been only known by the short specific character contained in the work above-quoted, I have thought that the above description, derived from the ma- ipis: € Egit might not prove unacceptable to my botanical — SEGU 4. M. drac REG m: foliolis. subseptemjugis, higli squamis of the Class Composite. 265 squamis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis, radiis copiosis bi- labiatis : ligulis linearibus revolutis. Mutisia arachnoidea. Mart. Mss. M. speciosa. Bot. Mag. t. 2705. In Brasiliá ad Rio de Janeiro. Martius. ». Planta suffruticosa, ramosissima, scandens, land cinereá, copiosá, fugaci, arachnoided vestita, quandoque omninó leviuscula evadit. Caulis 5-gonus. Folia alterna, sessilia, pinnata, pal- maria, patentissima: pinne alterne, 12— 14, elliptico-ob- longe, obsoleté mucronulate, integerrimee, membranacez, basi angustatà substipitate, posticibus szpiüs rotundatis, nec attenuatis, pollicem v. sesquipollicem long, 6—8 lineas latze : rachis simplicissima, purpurascens, suprà planiuscula, canaliculata, subtüs carinata, apice in cirrhum pinnaté par- titum, cujus laciniz filiformes spiraliter contortz, prodeunte. Flores terminales, solitarii, pedunculati. Pedunculi erecti, teretiusculi, inde planiusculi, spithamzei. Involucrum oblon- | gum, cylindricum, imbricatum, apice paululim coarctatum : ~ squamis ovato-lanceolatis ceis, extüs A acuminatis, membran presertim ad oram lanuginosis, nunc omninó glabris ; erte- rioribus patentibus, basi tantüm adpressis ; intimis oblongis, conniventibus, apice rotundatis, mucronulatis, margine la- nuginosis.: Receptaculum nudum. — Flosculi radii bilabiati, rubri, plurimi (15—20) foeminei, staminibus sterilibus, tubo : compressiusculo longitudine involucri: liguld lineari, tri- dentata, revolutá, involucro tripló breviore, quéndegse: bi- partità ; labio interiore pauló breviore, pallido, bi laciniis lineari-angustissimis, spiraliter revolutis, iiim margine conglutinatis; disci hermaphroditi, albi, tubulosi, bilabiati: labiis revolutis; erteriore ligulato, tridentato, 4- nervio; interiore bipartito, laciniis linearibus obtusis, be nerviis. Filamenta linearia, compressa, minutissim i ied an- 2M 2 266 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species dulosa. Anthere in tubum pentagonum coalite, appendi- culà lineari, obtusá terminate, basi bisetosz : setis longis, basi ramulosis. Stylus filiformis, glaber, basi incrassatus. Stigma bilobum : lobis brevissimis, obtusis, papillosis, par- tim connatis. Achenia compressiuscula, disco parüm con- cava, non dilatata, glabra. Pappi radiis copiosis, contiguis, plumosis, cinereo-fulvellis, mollissimis. The appellation of speciosa being so truly inapplicable to this species, I have preferred the unpublished one given to it by Dr. Martius. The plant was imported into this country from some continental nursery, where the name of speciosa no doubt originated. ** Foliis pinnatifidis, basi decurrentibus. 5. M. retrorsa, niveo-lanata ; foliis runcinatis, caule tereti. Mutisia retrorsa. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 65. t. 498. - M. runcinata. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3. p. 2069. Hook. Bot. Misc. 1 Pebet In Chili (Ruiz et Pavon); ad Fretum Magalit Ludo- vicus Née et P. P. King. 5. Planta suffruticosa, sesqui- v. bipedalis. Caulis scandens, cylin- dricus; flexuosus, undique lana fugaci niveà copiose obrutus, | m nudus. Folia alterna, basi decurrenti edentula, lan- , acuminata, runcinata, coriacea, margine revoluta, subtùs densè niveo-lanata, costå prominenti, suprà minis copiosè lanata, et tandem denudata, perlucida, uncialia v. sesquiuncialia, 10 lineas v. paulò ultra lata : lobis triangulari- — ovatis, spinoso-mucronatis. Cirrhi simplicissimi, nunc bi- -= partiti, compresso-filiformes, obtusiusculi, revoluti, glabri, vix unciales. Flores terminales, solitarii, subsessiles. In- volucrum unciale, cylindricum : squamis subrotundo-ovali- bus, adpressis ; exterioribus appendice lanceolata, spinoso- mucronata, Visi a : of the Class Composite. 267 mucronata, ipsà squama breviore, patulà ; intimis mucro- nulatis, margine lanuginosis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi lutei! radii plures (8—14) foeminei, bilabiati, staminibus sterilibus ; labio exteriore amplo, ligulato, obtuse tridenti- culato, patulo ; interiore bipartito, laciniis linearibus, revo- lutis; disci tubulato-bilabiati ; labio exteriore trifido ; inte- riore angustiore, bipartito ; utroque revoluto. Anthere basi setis 2, attenuatis, simplicibus, longis aristate, appendicula lineari, apice inflexá, cartilagineáà, interiüs carinatá coro- nate. Stylus teres, validus. Stigma bilobum: lobis bre- vissimis, crassis, obtusis, conniventibus, pruinosis. Pappus plumosus, cinereus, mollissimus. 6. M. sinuata, nudiuscula ; foliis pinnatifidis basi attenuatis, caule alato. Mutisia sinuata. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 66. t. 499. Willd. Sp. PI. 3. p. 2010. In Chili. RwizcetPavon. 8. | | " Caulis sufitetivoas? scandens, didus: siia a latis; in- terruptis, quòd basin versus attenuatis, ibique obliteratis, nec continuatis. Folia alterna, linearia, pinnatifida, dentata v. grosse serrata, margine revoluta, basi attenuata, decur- rentia, subcoriacea, utrinque nunc leviter lanuginosa, tunc (praecipue in adultioribus) glabriuscula, pollicaria v. pauló ul- tra: lobis ovatis, mucronatis, retrorsis v. seepiüs porrecto-pa- tulis. Cirrhi simplices, subulati, corneo-mucronati, folio di- midio breviores, recurvati, vix revoluti. - Flores terminales, solitarii, sessiles. Involucrum cylindricum, vix longit unciale: squamis subrotundis, adpressis, B simis. mar- gine tantùm lanuginosis ; exterioribus appendice lanceolata, acuminata, stricta, glabra auctis. Flosculi purpurei? radii 8, foeminei, ligulati, unilabiati, staminum rudimentis ; disci 268 Mr.D. Dox’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species - plures (15) tubulato-bilabiati, hermaphroditi; Zabio exteriore ligulato, tridentato ; enferiore bipartito, revoluto. Anthere basi longè bisete, appendiculà lineari cartilagineà coro- nate. Stigma bilobum, pruinosum. Pappus cinereus, valde . plumosus, mollissimus. *** Foliis amplezicaulibus, tantum dentatis. 7. M. ilicifolia, foliis cordato-oblongis spinuloso-serratis veno- sissimis, caule teretiusculo. Mutisia ilicifolia. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 63. 1.493. Willd. in ei. |. p. 2069. Hook. Bot. Misc. 1. p. 7. t. 4. M. spinosa. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Chil. i. p. 193. In Chili copiosé ad Arauco arcem supra Colocolo montem in- tra fossas (Ruiz et Pavon); in summis montibus Chilensibus Cordillera del Planchon dictis, et ad Cucha-Cucha. Ludo- vicus Née. Caldcleugh.»y . Planta suffruticosa, scandens, nunc laná fugacissimá leviter or- nata, tunc glaberrima, glauca. Caulis tripedalis v. ultra, teretiusculus, foliosus. Rami angulati, in plantis adhuc te- neris alati. Folia alterna, amplexicaulia, conferta, subim- H Prigat: cordato-oblonga, arguté zequaliterque dentato-ser- rata ( bus: spigole rigidâ brevissimå terminatis) undu- $i O a, reticulatim venosissima, apice omais costá valida. basi dilatata, apice in cirrho simplici, fili cronulato, spiraliter revoluto producta, voile ers v. sesqui- pollicem longa, 8—10 lineas lata. Flos terminalis, solitarius, brevissimé pedunculatus. Peduncudus squamis aliquot cor- =- datis, coriaceis, denticulatis, apice recurvis munitus. Jnvo- cr tene mablongum, unciale: squamis exterioribus appendice to-lanceolatà, acuminata, reflexo-patenti, coriaceà auctis ; inferi latissimis, adpressis, subrotundis, coriaceis, mu- cronulo Sas of the Class Composite. 269 cronulo recurvo, lanuginoso. Flosculi radii foeminei, plures (8—10) bilabiati, intüs albi, extis purpurei; labio ezteriore elliptico-oblongo, apice tridenticulato, subtis bicarinato ; interiore brevissimo, bidentato, nunc simplici v. obsoleto ; staminibus sterilibus; disci plurimi (20—30) hermaphroditi, tubuloso-bilabiati : labiis revolutis. Anthere basi longè bi- sete, appendiculà lineari obtusiusculé coronate. Stigma bifidum : lobis recurvatis, apice pauld incrassatis, minute papillosis. Pappus albus, mollissimus, plumosus. 8. M. truncata, foliis cordato-oblongis truncatis basi apiceque spinoso-dentatis undulatis subaveniis, caule angulato. In Chili. Caldcleugh. ^ . Planta suffruticosa, scandens, ramosissima, glabra. Caulis an- gulatus. Folia remote alterna, sessilia, amplexicaulia, e basi cordatà oblonga, lobis posticis truncatis, spinoso-dentatis, conniventibus, apice truncata, emarginata, dentibusque 2, . Spinosis, subremotis utrinque ornata, marginibus strictis, "integerrimis ; subcoriacea, rigida, utrinque glabra, , glauco- viridia, sesqui- v. bipollicaria, vix unciam lata, venis vix manifestis, costa utrinque prominulàá levi, in cirrhum lon- gissimum (S—4-uncialem) filiformem, levissimum, apice complanatum, spiraliter revolutum prodeunte. Flores ter- minales et alares solitarii, pedunculati. | Pedunculi filifor- mes, unciales, glabri. nvolucrum cylindricum, pedunculi longitudine: squamis subrotundis ovalibusve, adpressis, mar- gine membranaceis ; eztimis appendice lanceolata, acuta, co- | riaceà, patentissimá auctis; inferioribus apice obso etè mu- cronulatis et lanugine parcissimá barbatis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi radii 8 circiter, purpurei, ligulati, foeminei, involucro longitudine zquales, obtuse tridentati, labello i in- © teriore obsoleto v. bidentieulato ; disci E , tubu- 210 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species lato-bilabiati ; labio exteriore tridentato ; interiore bipartito : laciniis linearibus, acutis, revolutis. Anthere basi bisetz (setis longis basi ramosis) appendiculà lineari, anthera ipsa pauló longiori, apice conniventi, obtusiuscula terminate. | Stigma bilobum: lobis lingulatis, obtusis, pruinosis, sepe n facie interiore applicatis. Pappus valdé plumosus, mollis- | simus, cinereus. For the opportunity of adding this truly distinct species to the genus Mutisia I am indebted to Mr. Caldeleugh, by whom specimens of it as well as of the preceding were transmitted to Mr. Lambert. 9. M. latifolia, foliis basi decurrentibus cordato-ovalibus spi- noso-dentatis integerrimisve subtüs lanatis, radiis copiosis, caule alato. In Chili ad Valparaiso. D. Bridges. ņ Caulis fruticosus, ramosus, scandens, alatus. Rami alati, foliosi : alis 3, latis, foliaceis, dentatis. Folia conferta, amplexi- caulia, cordato-ovalia, coriacea, apice rotundata et emar- ginata, aut omninó truncata, margine dentato-serrata, un- . dulata, dentibus spinoso-mucronatis, utrinque lana fugaci vestita, suprà demüm nuda, viridia, venis siccitate conspi- 151 iy: reticulatis, costa basi latiore, apice in cirrhum longum . (8-uncialem) compressum, obtusum, spiraliter scm prodeunte ; sesqui- v. bipollicaria, pollicem v. sesquipol- licem lata: lobis posticis productis, rotundatis, sinu baseos decurrentibus. Flos terminalis, solitarius, subsessilis. Invo- lucrum magnum, cylindricum, unciale, dense arachnoideo- po am squamis intimis simplici ordine dispositis, limbo .— dilatato, rotundato, membranaceo, margine lanuginoso; ex- erioribus. appendice ovato-lanceolatá spinoso-mucronatá, Flosculi radii — (14) rosei, ligulati, spathulato- . patenti auctis. | of the Class Composita. 271 spathulato-oblongi, obtuse tridentato, multinervio, labello interiore aucti, hujus laciniz lineares, erectæ, brevissime, staminibus sterilibus ; disci circiter 30, tubulato-bilabiati : tubo 5-angulo : labiis revolutis ; exteriore ligulato, obtuse tri- dentato; interiore bipartito: segmentis linearibus, obtusis, revolutis, binerviis. Stamina tubo inserta: filamenta com- pressa, pubescentia, apice articulata. Anthere exserte, in tubum coalitze, appendiculd ligulatà obtusá callosá coro- nate, basi bisetosz : setis longis, compressis, canaliculatis, basi ramosis, nunc rariüs bipartitis. Stylus 5-angulus, basi clavatus, glaber. Stigma bilobum : lobis brevissimis, obtu- sis, minuté papillosis. Achenia ancipiti-compressa, leviter quadrangula, glabra: disco epigyno dilatato, planiusculo. Pappus sordidé cinereus: radiis simplici ordine copiosis, contiguis, plumosis, basi dilatatis, apice mucronulatis. Specimens of this Mutisia were collected in the neighbourhood of Valparaiso by Mr. Thomas Bridges, an enterprising young bo- tanist, from whose exertions we may confidently expect many va- luable additions to the Chilian Flora. Mr. Bridges informs me that the plant flowers in October, and that the rays are pink. 3399* Foliis simplicibus, integerrimis. 10. M. infleza, folis deflexis perangustis cirrhosis, involucri squamis appendiculatis. Mutisia inflexa. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 65. t. 496. Willd. Sp. Pi. 3. p.2010. Hook. Bot. Misc. 1. p. 9. t. 6. M. subulata. Ruiz et Pavon. Burt. cS FH. Peruv. et Chil. E dos MOS. | p | M. ecol "Hook. u rs "p. 11. 4.8. non n Cav. In Chili in sylvis arenosis prope urbem Conceptionis ( Ruiz et Pavon); ad Valparaiso et Cucha-Cucha. Ludovicus Nig LE Caulis suffruticosus, scandens, teres, flexuosus, ramosi S NOL. XVI. 2N us, ut et 212 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species et tota planta lanà fugacissimá leviter instructus, cortice cinereo levi obductus, altitudine maximé varians, nunc altissimus, sæpè 12-pedalis! Ramuli foliosi, tortuosi, angu- lati. Folia (laricina) alterna, sessilia, conferta, lineari-an- | gustissima, coriacea, glabra, leté viridia, nunc leviter la- 9 nuginosa, margine revoluta, integerrima, apice cirrho brevi | trilineari v. unguiculari subulato, mucronulato, revoluto in- - structa, basi nunc rariùs longè decurrentia ; inferiora de- . flexo-patula; suprema erecta, tantàm mucronata; sesqui- | v. tripollicaria, quàm line tertid latitudine vix ampliora. Flores terminales, solitarii, sessiles. Involucrum cylindri- cum, longitudine unciale, demim levigatum ; squamis ex- terioribus appendice lanceolatà spinuloso-mucronatà patulá auctis; inferioribus ovalibus, obtusis, nudis, adpressis. Flos- culi radii sanguinei, plures (8—10), foeminei, staminibus j sterilibus, ligulati, subbilabiati; labello interiore bidentato, > dentibus brevissimis setaceis, nunc rariüs obsoletis v. nullis : 3 ligulá lanceolata, obtuse tridentatá, involucro vix breviore: tubo filiformi, unciali; disci plurimi (20—25) hermaphro- diti, lutei, tubulato-bilabiati:. labiis revolutis ; interiore bi- : partito; altero 3-dentato. Anthere appendicula lineari, : 1 apice obtusa, inflexá, Ipsi antherá feré dimidio breviori | 3 coronatzw, basi biaristate aristis subsimplicibus, sesqui- . lineam longis, sursim Tationsbudit Stylus filiformis. - Stigma bilobum : lobis brevibus, obtusis, pruinosis. -Pappus cine- reus, mollissimus, plumosus. 11. M. linearifolia, foliis erectis linearibus subimbricatis, invo- . lucri squamis inappendiculatis. Mutisia ia linearifolia. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 66. t. 500. M. Jinifolia. ioi Bat. Min; EUIS. £91 ED i mento. 2: ee Née.n. Pesaro Caulis of the Class Composite. 278 Caulis erectus, dodrantalis. Rami teretes, cortice cinereo levi, foliosi. Folia dupló latiora, erecta, subimbricata, linearia, glabra, margine revoluta, mucrone recto instructa, uncialia v. sesquiuncialia, lineam v. sesquilineam lata. Flos termi- nalis, solitarius, sessilis. Jnvolucrum tubulato-cylindricum, sesquiunciale, tandèm levissimum: squamis ovalibus, ob- soleté mucronulatis, dilatatis, margine superiore puberulis. Flosculi radii 8, purpurei, involucro breviores. Pappus al- bus, plumosus. Reliqua ut in precedente, ad quam max- imè, ut videtur, affinis sit hec planta; sed satis discrepat foliis erectis dupló latioribus non cirrhosis, involucro lon- giore squamis inappendiculatis, atque ligulis brevioribus.’ Trib. 8. BanxADpEszz. Receptaculum paleaceo-villosum. Flos- . culi difformes v. regulares, 5-partiti. Filamenta nunc mo- nadelpha! Anthere basi quandoque mutice! Stigmata crassa, panniventia,. piae io pin: Frutices erecti, a integerrimis. To— — di ETEF d. Dracantua. Lag. Bacasiz sr., Ruiz et Pavon. Flosculi radii bilabiati, hermaphroditi ; disci masculi, tubulosi. Pappus difformis. Involucrum oblongum, basi ventricosum, multiplici ordine. poly- phyllum, imbricatum: squamis dténcroN iN. ini gerr cartilagineis ; intimis elongatis, radia - Receptac paleis tenuissimis, capillaceis, longis, I a branaceis, acutis, muticis, spiraliter tortuosis copiosissimè vestitum. Flosculi dissimiles ; disci paucissimi (1—3) masculi, tubulati, 5-fidi, basi calloså, genitalibus omninò inclusis : nervis 3 2N2 ae 214 Mr.D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species validis, infrà laciniarum sinus profundé bipartitis; secun- dariis per paria interjectis, tenuioribus, ultra medium co- rolle obscurioribus, demüm evanescentibus ; peripherice plurimi (10—20) hermaphroditi, bilabiati, unicá serie di- gesti, radiati, tubo longissimo, filiformi; labio exteriore $ amplo, ligulato, patulo, 4—5-fido, 5—6-nervio ; interiore tenuissimo, subsetaceo, canaliculato, indiviso, uninervio. Filamenta in tubum cylindricum connata! membranacea, intüs villosa, nervo manifesto medium cujusque percur- renti; nunc rariüs omninó libera. Anthere coalite, ap- pendice lineari-lanceolata apice uncinatà obtusá cartila- gineáà coronate, valvulis in filamentis decurrentibus, hinc basi simplices, mutica. Stylus hermaphroditis teres, gla- ber; masculis subclavatus, pentagonus, stigmate emar- ginato, imberbi. Stigma hermaphroditis clavatum, bila- biatum : lobis crassis, brevibus, obtusis, apice subdilatatis, superficie minuté papillosis. Achenia turbinata, densé vil- losa. Pappus difformis; peripheria longus, eleganter plu- -mosus, mollis, erectus: radiis simplici ordine copiosis (18— 20) imá basi connatis ; disci setosus radiis plurimis (15— 21) inequalibus, subulatis, validis, recurvatis, hirsutis, vix plu- mosis, suprà planiusculis, ima basi connatis, callosis. Frutices s (Amer. /Equin.) sepiàs spinosi. Folia petiolata, inte- | gerrima, mucronata, sepe fasciculata. Spine (dum adsint folia esse mutata) gemine, subulate. | Flores solitarii sessiles v. plures terminales corymbosi, magni. Flosculi purpurei, sericeo-villosissimi. Pili receptaculi et achenii structurá si- pun. fulvi, Pappus fulvus. irre ii ulis disci nonnullis, tubulosis. | Filamentis in tubum con- natis. : Propriz. | 1; D. spinosa, foliis obovatis mucronatis nervosis, involucris pu- bescentibus ; of the Class Composite. 215 bescentibus ; squamis exterioribus ovatis acuminatis ad- pressis. Barnadesia spinosa. Linn. Suppl. p. 348. Lam. Ill. t. 660? Willd. Sp. Pl. 3. p. 1705. Humb. et Bonpl. Pl. /Equ. 2. p. 116. t. 138. Kunth Syn. 2. p. 360. In Andibus Novo-Granatensibus. Mutis. » Frutex erectus, ramosus, rigidus, spinosus. Rami cylindrici, . striati, leviter sulcati, glabriusculi, cortice purpureo induti. Ramuli dense villosi. Folia fasciculata, petiolata, obovata, abrupté mucronata (mucrone setaceo, reflexo) integerrima, nervosa (nervis pluribus, arcuatis), parüm undulata, utrin- que subvillosa, suprà viridia, demüm nudiuscula, subtis pallidiora, basi attenuata, sesquipollicem longa, feré polli- cem lata. Spine patentes, aciculares, rigide, brunnee, unciæ dimidium et ultra longz, basi sejuncte. Capitula subpaniculata. Jnvolucrum oblongum, basi ventricosum, | obtusum, copiose fulvescenti-pubescens, pollicare ; squamis exterioribus ovatis, acuminatis (acumine subulato, spines- centi), adpressis, callosis, integerrimis ; intimis lineari-lan- _ceolatis, mucronatis, elongatis, erectis, radiantibus. Re- ceptaculum paleis capillaceis fulvis dense obsitum. Flosculi peripherie numerosi, duplici ordine digesti, hermaphro- diti, bilabiati: tubo cylindrico, levi; labio exteriore ligulato, quadrifido (laciniis lanceolato-linearibus, acutis), 5-nervio, subtüs dense fulvescenti-villoso, sericeo ; interiore. minimo, —. simplici, setaceo, canaliculato ; disci 3 tu . . 8-fidi, coriacei, extüs ae talibus longe inclusis. File connata. Anthere ee Tul Belice, Gutte, appen- diculà ligulatà obtuså calloså apice incurvatà coronatee. Stigma bilobum : lobis crassis, obtusissimis, brevib $, 276 Mr.D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species tatis, suprà concaviusculis, pruinosis. Achenia turbinata, fulvescenti-villosissima. Pappus fulvus, dissimilis; herma- phroditis plumosus, mollissimus, radiis copiosis (20—25) basi connatis ; masculis setosus, radiis 20, subulato-setaceis, recurvatis, hirsutis, basi callosis, connatis. The above description is taken from the original sample pre- served in the Linnzan herbarium, and which had been com- municated to Linneus by Mutis. The figure in the Plantes Equinoviales is a good representation of this species; but I am in doubt respecting that of Lamarck, which appears to ap- proach nearer to the following. It is most probable that B. spi- nosa is peculiar to New Granada, and that the Peruvian plant said to be the same, is really distinct, and that it belongs to one of the other species I have enumerated. 2. D. media, foliis obovatis mucronatis subaveniis, floribus co- rymboso-paniculatis, involucris lanatis ; squamis exteriori- bus lanceolatis mucronatis. In Peruvia. Ruiz et Pavon. s. Frutex erectus, ramosus, spinosus. Rami undique cinereo- pubescentes. 'Spine subulate, graciles, semunciales, rectz, diarias nieka Folia fasciculata, brevissimè petiolata, . obovata, mucronata, integerrima, plana, basi attenuata, tilag subsericea, subtùs leviter- canescentia, exsicca- tione obsolet? venosa, pollicaria. Flores dupld minores, in ramulorum apice plures (8—10) cdrytibos- pltmieg lit. Pedunculi uniflori, filiformes, tomentosi, unciales v. sesqui- unciales. Involucra campanulata, longitudine vix uncialia, — basi paululüm attenuata, folio unico sæpiùs bracteata: squa- mis fulvo-lanatis ; exterioribus lanceolatis, pungenti-acumi- natis, demüm reflexis, squarrosis ; intimis elongatis, line- aribus, mucronatis, radiatis, revolutis! — Flosculi radii 15, ligula . Zr ADS aaa sat iy it ok che iar of the Class Composite. 277 ligula semipollicari, laciniis linearibus obtusis: pappo plu- moso, mollissimo, radiis 18—20 erectis; disci 3, infundi- buliformes, limbo 5-fidi: pappo subulato, rigido, radiis 15, recurvatis, hirsutis, dimidii brevioribus. Cetera omnind ut in genere. ! | 3p: A PR pi foliis elliptico-oblongis abruptè mucronulatis reticulato-venosis subtùs sericeis, involucri squamis ad- pressis nudiusculis nitidis. In segetibus Tarmæ Peruvianorum. Ruiz et Pavon. ņ. Frutex biorgyalis, erectus, ramosissimus, spinosus, cortice fusco. Rami dependentes, teretes, glabriusculi, apicem versus le- vissimè puberuli. Ramuli nutantes. Spinæ semunciales, horizontaliter patentes, nec divaricate, fulvæ, nitide. Fo- lia in fasciculis paucissima (3—6) raró subsolitaria, ellipti- co-oblonga, abrupté mucronulata, integerrima, plana, sub- stantiàá tenuiora, ferè membranacea, suprà, nisi ad venas primarias, nudiuscula, subtüs sericea, nervis plurimis ob- lique parallelis, venisque ramosissimis connexis reticulata. . Capitula multó inajora, 8—10 subcorymbosa, terminalia, breviter pedunculata. Involucra oblonga, basi ventricosa, rotundata, longitudine sesquipollicaria, v. pauló ultra: squa- mis siccitate fulvo-coloratis, nitidis ; exterioribus ellipticis, subsericeis, abrupté mucronulatis, adpressis; intimis elon- gatis, erectis ! pease d téliantibug, Flosculi villosissimi. ee ut i in crura liba kao cote Bacasia lanceolata. Ruiz et jenen Mss. In Andibus Peruvie. Ruiz et Pavon. ņ. 278 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species Species distinctissima. Frutex ramosissimus, rigidus, armatus. Rami teretes, flexuosi, glabriusculi. Ramuli folüferi to- mentoso-pubentes, nunc pollicares, inferné de lapsu folio- rum tuberculati. Spine lignez, valide, subulate, diva- ricato-patentes, recte, rigidissime, ad basin ramulorum : geminatim opposite, vicem stipularum fungende, unciales | v. sesquiunciales. Folia alterna, conferta, quasi fascicu- lata, obovato-lanceolata, mucronata, integerrima, plana, coriacea, utrinque avenia, pube ferrugineá atomisque resi- nosis numerosissimis vestita, basi attenuata, petiolo ramis adnato suffulta, costa mediá conspicuá; adultiora suprà nudiuscula. Capitula subsolitaria, sessilia. Involucra ses- quipollicaria: squamis extüs, sed presertim in junioribus, copiose fulvo-lanuginosis, mollissimis ; intimis elongatis, strictis, radiantibus ; eaterioribus ovatis, acuminatis, demüm revolutis, squarrosis. Flosculi radii magis copiosi (20) lon- giores, ligula fere nolan 6-nerviá, tubo involucri vix longitudine, filiformi ; disci 3, infundibuliformes, masculi, limbo 5-fidi. Pappus peripherie radiis (20) eleganter plu- mosis, erectis, mollissimis, validioribus ; disci 18, validis, rigidis, recurvatis, subulatis, hirsutis, inferné crassioribus, ima basi conhatis, : vetera ut in genere. : ES Floscul disci perm tubuloso. . Filamentis in tubum con- natis. COE 5. B. corymbosa, inermis ; foliis sparsis ovato-lanceolatis acu- minatis nervosis, floribus corymbosis, involucris pubescen- sis tibus. — Bacasia corymbosa. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. 1 e. p.189. Hen, 4. 22. In Andium aemori ibi Pavon.* . = s prope Muna vicum Peruvie. Ruiz et Frutex | of the Class Composite. 279 Frutex inermis, erectus, 2-orgyalis. Rami angulati, leviter sul- cati, calamum scriptorium crassitie adzquantes, cortice fusco-cinereo obducti, apicem versus fulvo-tomentosi. Fo- lia sparsa, petiolata, ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, coriacea, rigida, margine callosa, integerrima, suprà glabra, lucida, subtüs villosa, basi attenuata, costa media subtùs prominen- ti, nervis plurimis incurvatis, reticulatim connexis, venosis- sima, sesqui- v. quadri-uncialia, tunc pollicem v. sesquipol- licem lata. Petioli semiteretes, tomentosi, supra canaliculati, semunciales. Flores terminales, numerosi(7—14) corymbosi, Serratule coronate magnitudine et facie similes. Pedunculi teretes, copiose fulvo-tomentosi, semi- v. pollicares. Involu- crum ovatum, multiplici ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum, basi ventricosum ; squamis eaterioribus ovatis, acuminatis, integerrimis, adpressis, cartilagineis, extüs pubescentibus ; intimis elongatis, linearibus, mucronulatis, recurvato-patu- lis, radium efformantibus. Receptaculum paleis capillaceis fulvis tectum. | Flosculi peripherie plures (8—10) herma- phroditi, bilabiati, purpurei, fer’ sesquipollicares ; /abio exteriore maximo, ligulato, patente, obtuse 4—5-dentato, subtüs tuboque sericeo-villosissimo, nervis tantim primariis 5 v. 6, rectis, parallelis; interiore subsetaceo, canaliculato, indiviso; disci unicus, tubulosus, limbo 5-fidus, genitalibus longè inclusis (an sterilibus?) basi callosà, extüs villosissi- mus: lobis ovato-oblongis, obtusis: nervis primariis validis, infra loborama sinus pakti upon secundariin: 2 intersti . tis, parallelis, aedium et a superne obscurioribus, demim eve nescentibu: > T€ ‘non recurrentibus. Filamenta in t NU eem bmnaceum connata, intüs i tiers, inferne tubo flosculi adh:e- rentia. Anthere connate, costd dilatatà, appendice lan- VOL. XVI. 20 ceolato- 280. Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species ceolato-lineari, coriaceá, rigidá, apice uncinatá, obtusá, ipsa antherà quater breviori coronate, basi simplices, mu- tice, ob valvulas basi in filamentis decurrentes. Stylus hermaphroditis filiformis, levis. Stigma bilabiatum: lobis | crassis, obtusis, brevibus, suprà concaviusculis, pruinosis. E Achenia turbinata, fulvescenti-villosissima. Pappus fulvus, dissimilis ; flosculo centrali setosus, radiis 21 inzqualibus subulatis, validis, recurvatis, hirsutis, vix plumosis, basi connatis ; cseteris dupló longior, eleganter plumosus, mollis, radiis 20 circiter, tenuioribus, imá basi conferru- minatis.- | | | *** Flosculo disci solitario, tubuloso. |. Filamentis omnino liberis. Penthea. 6. B. laxa, spinosa; foliis . . . . floribus subsolitariis sessilibus, involucri squamis intimis erectis radiatis. — In Brasilia. Sello. » . Caulis fruticosus, spinosus, diffusé ramosissimus, laxus, cortice fusco obductus. Rami teretes, glabri, atrofusci. Folia nondüm vidi. Spine gemine, aciculares, leves, equales, rigide, patule, basi distincte, semipollicares et ultra. f How pen in nos comit sübsolitarii, sessiles, in cula n laxam di iti. Involucra campanulata, sesqui ollicaria : ia aon airs mucr atis, adpressis, coriaceis, sericeis, demùm leviusculis ; ditépiaPipins gradatim | longioribus, lanceolatis; intimis elongatis, linearibus, acu- minatis, rectis, radiatis. | Receptaculum copiose villosum. Flosculi plurimi, hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio eateriore I mo se esee: € 5-nervio, UTE seri- losi, — mesti = = libera, v of the Class Composite. 281 libera, complanata, glabra ; articulo superiore longo,:sub- stantià crassiore. Anthere in tubum coalite, appendiculá ligulatà obtusa callosà rigidà coronate, basi bidentate : dentibus brevissimis, setaceis. Stigma bilobum: lobis ob- tusis, minute papillosis. .Achenia undique sericeo-villosissi- ma. Pappus difformis ; hermaphroditis plumosus, mollissi- mus; flosculo disci setosus, radiis subulato-setaceis, recur- vatis, rigidis, basi connatis. The character of Bacasia appears to have been constructed entirely from B. corymbosa, whose only point of distinction would consist in the reduced number of male florets, these being soli- tary in each capitulum, while in Barnadesia there are several ; but this must be admitted to be a character too unimportant to be regarded as sufficient to constitute a generic distinction. Ruiz and Pavon in their Systema Vegetabilium Flore Peruviane et Chilensis added a second species to Bacasia, namely B. spinosa, but without altering the generic character previously given in their Genera Plantarum. It is evident they had not examined this plant with due attention, otherwise it would have been im- possible for them to have determined in referring to Bacasia a plant which accords in so few particulars with their generic de- scription, and which proves to be really a species of Chuquiraga. The Diacantha of Lagasca is apparently identical with Barna- desia spinosa, but by no means with the Bacasia spinosa of Ruiz and Pavon, which he has inadvertently regarded as the same plant. The central florets of Barnadesia have eel | hitherto described as sterile, but as the anthers ev y contain grains of perfect — I have considered them a5 male. 202 | CHUQUIRAGA. 282 Mr.D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species CHUQUIRAGA. Juss. JounaNNrIA. Willd. Bacasıæ sr., Ruiz et Pavon. Flosculi regulares, 5-partiti, hermaphroditi. Pappus uniformis. Involucrum turbinato-campanulatum, multiplici ordine poly- phyllum, imbricatum : squamis adpressis, cartilagineis, ex- teriùs gradatim minoribus, costa valida apice in mucronem rigidum subulatum excurrente; intimis elongatis, acumi- natis, radium constituentibus. Receptaculum densè villoso- lanatum. Flosculi indefiniti, hermaphroditi, tubulosi, altè 5-partiti, villosi : fauce intùs densè barbatà! segmentis line- aribus, strictis, apice penicillatis! nervis marginalibus pro- minulis. Stamina disco epigyno inserta: filamenta com- planata, libera, basi tubi corollee adherentia: anthere in tubum connate, appendice lineari-ligulatá cartilagineá co- ronatz, basi biset: v. bidentate. Stigmata lineari-lingu- lata, conniventia, papilloso-pruinosa. Achenia turbinata, undique villosissima. Pappi radiis copiosis, valdé plu- ge mosis, infernè crassioribus, Ide — — ima i connat is , apice simplici. - À Frutices sempervirentes, erecti, ei, Faia ine D nosi. Folia alterna, mar gine PCTs callosa, pungenti- mucronata, coriacea, nitida; aut omnino subulata, spinosa. Capitula terminalia, solitaria, sessilia, erecta, magna, v. plura _ paniculata. Inyolucra ertùs fulvescenti-villosissima, nunc glabriuscula : : squamis /uteo-coloratis. Flosculi aurei. Obs.— Folia sap ore amarissimo gaudent. * Capitulis of the Class Composite. 283 * Capitulis solitariis, sessilibus. Antheris basi bisetosis. Propriw. 1. C. insignis, inermis ; foliis imbricatis, setis antherarum zequa- libus. Chuquiraga insignis. Humb. et Bonpl. Pl. /Equ. 1. p. 153. Lam. Ill. t. 691. Kunth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 4. p.18. Syn. 2. p. 361. C. microphylla. Humb. et Bonpl. l.c. p. 151. t. 43. Kunth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 4. p. 19. Syn. 2. p. 361. C. lancifolia. Humb. et Bonpl. l.c. p. 153. Kunth in H.et D. Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 4. p. 19. Syn. 2. p. 361. In Antisand Quitensium, et alpibus Peruvianis. Jos. Jussieu, Humboldt et Doupiend. k. | | Frutex erectus, ramosus, rigidus, podale: Rami teretes, a casu foliorum cortice scabro cicatricoso obducti. Ramuli adpresse copioseque pilosi, demüm glabriusculi. Folia al- terna, sessilia, confertissima, undique imbricata, ovata, inte- gerrima, margine calloso, incrassato, mucrone brevi, recto, subulato, rigido, pungentia, avenia, substantia crassa, | acea, suprà concava, subtüs costa valida carinata, utrinque viridia, perlucida, juventute villosiuscula, demüm nuda, et exsiccatione praesertim punctis minutissimis quasi resinosis notata, basi angustiora, 4—5 lineas longa, 2 lata. Capitula in ramulorum summitate solitaria, sessilia. Involucra turbina- to-campanulata, multiplici ordine polyphylla, imbricata : 7 squamis adpressis, cartilagineis, rigidis, fisici dd illosi -= simis, nervo percurrente apice exserto prominulo, , subinde mucronatis ; eaferioribus ovatis; interioribus gradati gioribus ; intimis. lanceolato-linearibus, Eben, acumi- natis, erectis, radium constituentibus. rompe dense villoso-lanatum, villis fulvescentibus. Flosculi numerosissi- mi (45—50), regulares, hermaphroditi, Ee profur Barti: .984 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species 5-partiti: tubo pentagono, 5-nervio, substantia crassiore, ex- tùs et intàs dense fulvo-villoso, limbo ter breviore: segmentis linearibus, villoso-plumosis, apice penicillatis, strictis, basi latiore planis, nervis marginalibus prominulis, margine su- perné involutis: villis fulvis. Stamina disco epigyno cum corollà inserta: filamenta linearia, angustissima, compla- nata, ferè membranacea, nervo manifestissimo, basi parüm latiore, imo tubo corollae adherentia: anthere in tubum angustum coalite, longitudine 8-lineares, appendicula li- neari-ligulatà obtusA antherá ipsá dimidio breviori cartila- gineà coronate, basi bisetee: setis aequalibus, compressis, validis, sulco exaratis, 2 lineas longis, extremitate filamen- tosá, spirali, retroflexà. Stylus glaber, 5-angulus, basi in- crassata. Stigmata lineari-lingulata, obtusa, facie interiori canaliculata, cum superiore parte styli atomis resinosis co- piosissimis ornata, conniventi-applicata. Achenia turbinata, undique fulvo-villosissima, hinc convexa, inde biangulata. Pappi radiis pluribus (20—24) valdé plumosis, inzequalibus, inferne crassioribus, simplici ordine digestis, ima basi con- . natis, apice simplici setaceo, brevi: ramulis persistentibus. Obs.—Tabula Lamarckiana, errore pictoris, tubum antherarum T om gomil aihibphin pe: pass without healindion, smiled: the Chuguiraga i insignis and minada. being fully persuaded that the characters relied on, as marks of distinction, are of too transitory a nature to justify the separation of two plants otherwise so much alike. In the Lambertian herbarium are two specimens of C. insignis from M. Bonpland himself, with the branches thickly clothed with : "n ~ "ed. the. young leaves slightly villous, which cir- es regarded by him as ——— the more Mdai, PM of rag ee of the Class Composite. 285 ciduous, and the older branches consequently devoid of hairs, I have no doubt that these two presumed species, as well as the C. lancifolia, will be found to possess the same characters, and that they will prove to be only different states of the same og as M. Kunth has already suspected. . 2. C. spinosa, armata ; foliis patulis, setis antherarum inzequali- bus. Bacasia spinosa. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Per. et Chil. i. p. 188. In Peruvie subalpinis et praruptis frigidis ad Huarocheri, Tarm: et Cante provincias. Ruiz et Pavon. ». Fl. Maio et Junio. Vulgod Clavelon de Serranias. : Frutex bipedalis, erectus, ramosissimus, spinosus, cortice fusco scabro obductus. Ramuli copiose adpresseque pilosi. Folia alterna, sessilia, patentia, ovato-lanceolata, coriacea, plana, ayani margine eglloso Oe ara basi angustiori, spina ! lidà c éiiista, jüveitüte utrinque hirsutissima, | que omninó denudata, perlucida, atomis er con- spersa, semipollicaria, 2—3 lineas lata. Spine proprie (folia mutata) axillares, plerumque gemine, subulate, di- varicato-patentes, sæpè foliorum longitudine. ^ Flores in apice ramulorum solitarii, sessiles, minores quàm in præ- cedente. Involucrum turbinato-campanulatum, ee ordine polyphyllum, iin pieitnm nunc petiit brevis- . Simo undique squamoso suffultum: squamis aes — . A eeolatis,. gue. cronatis, p "p gentibt -villo- mi 1 'escentibus); interioribus iiim fongii oribus ; intimis sinit eot tions, radiatis. Re- ceptaculum dense villoso-lanatum. Flosculi pauciores (15— 20), regulares, hermaphroditi, minis profid 5-partit | segmentis 286 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species segmentis lineari-ensatis, strictis, margine conniventibus, cartilagineis, apice acutis, ints canaliculatis, dense seri- ceo-villosissimis, penicillatis, denique glabratis: tubo cylin- draceo, vix fauce dilatatà, extùs et intüs copiosé sericeo-vil- loso, substantiá crassiore, limbo feré dupló breviore: nervis 5, in tubo simplicibus, ad laciniarum sinus divisis in ramis 2 strictis marginalibus, summo apice confluentibus; secun- dariis nullis. Stamina disco epigyno cum corolla inserta : filamenta libera, complanata, glabra, inferné ferè mem- branacea, nervo manifestissimo, canaliculata, basi dilatata, corolle imo tubo adhærentia ; articulo superiore dupló angustiore, 5-pló breviore: anthere in tubum connate, 5 lineas longz, appendicula lineari-ligulatà obtusá membra- nacea, ipsa antherá dimidio longiori coronatz, basi bise- tosz : setis callosis, strictis, ineequalibus, interiori latere leviter canaliculatis, extremitate filamentosá, spirali, nunc retrofractà v. revoluta, deciduá! Stylus filiformis, uncialis, v. fere sesquiuncialis. Stigma bilobum: lobis lingulatis, obtusis, pruinosis, compressis. Achenia turbinata, undique adpresse villosissima. Pappus fulvus, deciduus: radiis 20 circiter, valdé plumosis, inzequalibus, imá basi in annulum connatis: rachibus setaceis, inferné gradatim crassioribus, apice oed cd sim Mic. - Such i is i5 dec PEE of BE specimens. sat ee spi- nosa contained in the herbarium of Ruiz and Pavon, which will be found to correspond in every essential point of structure with the genus Chuquiraga. It is evident, as I have before observed, thak: this eed had been referred to Bacasia by the above-men- d botanists from habit alone, without any regard to the struc- ower, as the slightest examination pii have con- vinced C" of the i incorrectness of that arrangement. Cavanilles seems >s jà aldea diia. eu » bei D Rel m rV THEN TP S EN of the Class Composita. 287 seems also to have been deceived with regard to the affinity of this plant, as appears by specimens from him in the Lambertian herbarium, marked ** Barnadesia ex Peruviá." ** Capitulis paniculatis. Antheris basi bidentatis: appendiculá terminali, biloba. — Erinesa. 3. C. hispida, foliis elliptico-oblongis acuminatis subtùs ramulis- que setosis, spinis basi coadunatis, pedunculis armatis. In Brasilià. Sello. 5 . Frutev diffusus, spinosus. Caulis teres, cortice cinereo-fusco, demüm leviusculo. Ramuli pilis setaceis persistentibus fuscis copiose vestiti. Spine gemine, in ramulorum folio- rumque axillis precipue posite; caulis erecte, rigide, subulate, durissime, basi coadunatwe, sæpè setis ornate, semunciam et ultra long: ; ramulorum brevissime, recur- vate. Folia alterna, brevissime petiolata, elliptico-oblonga, acuminata, integerrima, obsolete triplinervia, reticulato- venosa, coriacea, suprà glabra, subtüs. hispidé pilosa, basi parüm attenuata, 3-pollicaria, unciam v. sesquiunciam lata. Petioli semicylindrici, hispidi, suprà canaliculati, vix? lineas longi. Flores terminales, plures; subpaniculati. Pedunculi breves, uniflori, undique copiose fulvo-pilosi, spinis solitariis geminisve reflexis, rectis, subulatis armati. Involucra semi- pollicaria, cylindrica : squamis ovatis, spinuloso-mucronatis, coriaceis, adpressis, margine ciliatis ; intimis conniventibus. Receptaculum parvum, dense pilosum : pilis fulvis, britibus. Flosculi 8—10, hermaphroditi, aper tubulosi, tubo intùs villosissimo : limbo: regula wtito : Segments angusté linearibus, acutis, canalicul atis, binerviis, erectis, margine Grliuieén bod pube adpressá fulvá sericeis. Fila- menta gracillima, glabra, inferne coroll tubo adherentia. Anthere in tubum coalitz, basi bidentate : denti bus sequa- Iot xvi. 2P poc libus, 288 Mr.D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species libus, obtusis: appendicula terminalis brevis, ligulata, car- tilaginea, emarginata! Stigma bilamelloso-partitum, cum stylo apice minute papillosum, scabriusculum : lobis planis, mucronulatis. Achenia undique villosissima, fulva. Pappus | fulvus, mollissimus : radiis plumosis, apice mucronulatis, : imá basi crassioribus, nudis et connatis, simplici ordine di- gestis. 4. C. latifolia, foliis ovatis acutis trinerviis, spinis inzequalibus, floribus racemoso-corymbosis, involucri squamis intimis revolutis. In Brasilià. Sello. » . Frutex ramosus, spinosus. Rami cylindrici, leviter sulcati, cor- tice fusco-cinereo obducti. . Folia alterna, petiolata, ovata, v. ovato-oblonga, acuta, integerrima, trinervia, reticulatim venosa, submembranacea, basi latá rotundaté, raró parüm in petiolum decurrentia; palmaria, fer& bipollicem lata, utrinque demüm glabrata ; juniora tamen cum ramulis no- vellis villis adpressis fulvescentibus subsericea. Spine ax- illares, geminz, inzquales, subulate, rigide, divaricate, sæpiùsque deflexze, basi coadunate, trilineares ; altero bre- -o iore... | ietioli brevissimi, a cessa basi lic campanulata: squa- mis mri ME oiiaii, ben FiGalE, coriaceis, ad- pressè imbricatis; intimis elongatis, radium efformantibus, revolutis. Receptaculum magis dilatatum, copiosè pilosum. ai inadilotcuds indefiniti, omnes regulares, hermaphroditi, tubulosi, ji cei, inferne vix attenuati: segmentis linearibus, .:sequalibus, canaliculatis, binerviis, apice barbatis : fau uce nios villosà. - Stamina brevissima, sub fauce inclusa : — filamenta * of the Class Composite. 289 filamenta capillaria, libera, glabra: anthere appendiculá lineari, membranaceá, bifida! coronate, basi obtuse biden- tate. Stigma bilamelloso-partitum : lobis ovalibus, obtusis, revolutis, cum apice styli minutissimé papillosis, scabrius- culis. Achenia turbinata, undique fulvo-villosissima. Pap- pus plumosus, fulvus: radiis simplici ordine digestis, imá basi crassiore connatis. 5. C. paniculata, inermis ; foliis elliptico-oblongis triplinerviis subtüs pubescentibus, floribus thyrsoideis, involucri squa- mis intimis revolutis. In Brasilia ad ripas fluminis La Plata. Sello.n . Caulis fruticosus, diffusé ramosissimus, inermis. Rami angulati, pubescentes. Folia alterna, petiolata, elliptico-oblonga, acuta, triplinervia, integerrima, plana, suprà glabra, sub- tùs copiose pubescentia, denique denudata, basi paululüm attenta FD toil gescivipotlioeme ps: taRétiol eder pepi a Tavoluèriim tain- panulatum, longitudine semipollicare : squamis coriaceis, tomentosis ; eaferioribus ovatis, acutis, adpressis ; intimis linearibus, mucronulatis, elongatis, revolutis. Receptacu- lum dense villosum. — Flosculi 19 circiter, tubulosi, herma- phroditi, limbo profunde 5-partiti: segmentis linearibus, acutis, apice barbatis, recurvis : "nervis: ip runneth? pentagono, substantia | crassiore, pa asi at —sissimo. Stamina tubo : — usa, linearia, complanata, glabra: anth tate, appendiculá lii oticih Nau) biloba ! coro- nate. Stigma exsertum, bilobum: lobis crassis, obtusis, pruinosis. Achenia turbinata, undique dens adpresstque 2 Pe 290 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species pilosissima. Pappi radiis 18, eleganter plumosis, simplici ordine digestis, ima basi connatis, apice truncatis: ra- chibus fulvis, inferné crassioribus: ramulis persistentibus, argenteis. 6. C. vepreculata, foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis trinerviis, spinis falcatis basi coadunatis, floribus thyrsoideis, anthe- rarum appendicula bicuspidata. Ad Caracas. D. Fanning. n. 4 Fruter more Rubi capreolatus, sæpè scandens, ramosissimus, spinosus. Rami teretes, sulcati, pubescentes. Folia alterna, petiolata, ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, trinervia, integer- rima, utrinque (presertim in junioribus) villosa, demüm glabrata, suprà lucidula, basi subacuta, pollicaria v. bi- pollicaria. — Petioli semicylindrici, densé villosi, basi ramis articulati, sesqui v. bilineam longi. Spine interpetiolares, brevissimz, subulate, coadunate, divaricate, arcuate, ri- gidz, fulvescentes, sesquilineares. Flores terminales, thyr- soidei. Thyrsi compositi, multiflori. Pedunculi brevissimi, teretes, validi, tomentosi, uniflori. Involucra oblonga, cy- lindrica, semuncialia: squamis ovato-lanceolatis, adpressis, | Sorineeisy komentosias: oet rectà brevi terminatis ; ; intimis lum ona e tit losculi =m (18—20) uinna, pe prer hermaphrodiss, albi : tubo attenuato, extüs et intùs villoso, 5-angulo, substantia coriaceo, fauci longitudine subequali: laciniis lineari- lanceolatis, obtusiusculis, erectis, villosis, nervis primariis =- marginalibus. Stamina basi tubi inserta: filamenta capil- - laria, glabra ; articulo superiore brevi: anthere in tubum ntagonum coalite, basi acute bidentate, appendicula membranaceá bicuspidatà coronate. Stylus capillaris, 5- angulus. of the Class Composite. 291 angulus. Stigma clavatum, bilobum, pruinosum. dala: Involucrum campanulatum, extis tomento, occuloso, bre : vissimo, c cinereo vestitum, b Ci nct culi purpurei, involucro lo 19iores. An Pappus viv uncialis, sordidé cinereus. Nomen ab avacrpages revolutus, atque ad limbum flosculi revo- lutum refert. - VOL. XVI. 2q | 1. A. ilicifotia, 296 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species 1. A. ilicifolia. In Americá Meridionali. Joannes Fraser. & . From the preceding, Anastraphia is readily distinguished by the insertion of its stamina and by the structure of its pappus, the rays of which are disposed in a single series. The specimen in the Lambertian herbarium was received from the late Mr. Fraser, but in what part of South Auügica LM yas collected is not known. . : . a. ¥ aie, i PENTAPHORUS. Stamina limbi sinubus inserta. Pappi radii setaceo-compla- natis, serrulatis, multiplici ordine collocatis. Involucrum 5-florum, cylindricum, connivens. > Involucrum oblongum, cylindraceum, polyphyllum, imbricatum : _squamis lanceolatis, acuminatis, coriaceis, adpressis, lanu- ginosis ; interioribus conniventibus. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi 5, tubulosi, hermaphroditi, basin versus sensim angustati, limbo 5-partiti: segmentis linearibus, apice cras- siore obtusis, revolutis. Stamina intra limbi lacinias in- serta : filamenta tantüm e sinubus superne libera, capillaria, glabra: anthere in tubum coalite, basi bicalcarate (cal- aj caxibus: linearibus ciim ERA —— lanceo- e lingulatis, pruinosis;’ recurvis. / tr dense losa. Pappus persistens : radiis setaceis, ERE | te- nuissimé serrulatis, mucronulatis, inzequalibus, multiplici - ordine collocatis ; intimis latioribus. Frut > procumbens : ? ramosissimus, diffusus. Rami teretes, cor- ES fusco pesestis famuli: floriferi conferti, brevissimi, centes, semunciales. Folia alterna, sessilia, vix illa Buxi magnitudine adequantia obovata, m mucronulata, in- tegerrima, of the Class Composita. 297 tegerrima, coriacea, basi attenuata, utrinque punctis parüm elevatis, resinosis, et pube brevissimá cinered copiosé instructa, subtüs obsolete trinervia. Flores in apice ramulorum sepiis 5, rariüs 3 v. T, brevissimé pedicellati. Involucrum semipollicis longitudine. | Flosculi purpurei. Pappus cinereus. Nomen e vocibus græcis zevre quinque, et pepo porto, composi- tum. Te Genus a precedente distinctissimum pappi radiis multiplici ordine dispositis, atque involucro connivente, 5-floro, unde nomen. 1. P. foliolosus. In Chili. Caldcleugh. 5. ADDI TOMS AND D RAEGTIQONS,. Mer "Tarxis emn p. 188, invert the sees following | Species. T. glabra, falis petiolatis ovato-oblongis mucronulatis integer- rimis glabris, paniculá foliosá. In Mexico prope Laguna Verde. Schiede et Deppe. ùn. ie Martio: (94071 subtüs visere, 3 jas; Erolutifüt, se qdhiiicialia. Panicula foliosa, multiflora. Bracteole subsolitariz, lineares, acute, involucro dupló breviores. Involucrum 8-phyllum : ; foliolis ai di- linearibus, acutis, pubescentibus, erectis, pu serie trii. 2q2 | E — gestis. 298 Mr.D.Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species gestis. Receptaculum dense pilosum. — Flosculi 8, herma- phroditi, bilabiati, lutei ; Zabio exteriore ligulato, tridentato ; interiore bipartito, revoluto. Anthere appendicula lineari obtusiuscula elongata cartilagineà terminate, basi bisetosz : setis longis, simplicibus, attenuatis. Stigmata soluta, trun- cata, apice minute papillosa. Achenia augusta, angulata, papilloso-scabra: disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus capillaris, denticulato-scaber, cinereo-fulvellus. T. salicifolia, foliis elongato-lanceolatis acuminatis denticulatis subtüàs tomentosis basi auriculatis, involucris multibracteo latis pedunculisque glanduloso-pubescentibus. In Brasiliá. Sello. ». Caulis fruticosus, diffusé ramosissimus, teres, striatus. Rami hirsuti. Folia alterna, sessilia, elongato-lanceolata, acu- minata, membranacea, margine denticulis plurimis sub- setaceis ornata, suprà hirsuta, subtüs cinereo-tomentosa, basi attenuata et auriculata, 4—5 pollices longa, 10 lineas lata. Panicula ramosissima, divaricata. Pedunculi teretes, dense glanduloso-pubescentes. Involucrum 8—10-phyllum, basi bracteolis 5 v. 7, lineari-lanceolatis, acuminatis, patulis — munitum: squamis lineari-lanceolatis, acuminatis, membra- = ances : leviter Seats aaa enin £€— inter- lys equi | : - fauce tubo angusto iR amens dilaati, intis viliek: labiis brevioribus; exteriore ligulato, acutè tridentato ; interiore = bipartito, revoluto: segmentis lanceolato-linearibus, obtu- * p. c diljamenta | fgembrenaces canaliculata, leise , b: iti. licibus longis instructz.. Stig- mata recur rai a apice truncata, minut? papillosa. - Achenia undique of the Class Composite. 299 undique papilloso-scabra: disco epigyno dilatato, concavi- usculo. Pappus capillaris, flavicans. T. mollissima, foliis petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis ser- ratis basi attenuatis utrinque sericeo-villosissimis. In Brasilia. Sello. n . Frutex erectus, ramosissimus. Rami teretes, undique tomen- tosi. Folia alterna, petiolata, ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, serrata, basi acuta, penninervia, utrinque sericeo-villosis- sima, suprà demüm viridia, 4-pollicaria. Flores diffuse corymboso-paniculati. Bractee lanceolate, acute, inte- gerrimz. | Involucrum duplici ordine polyphyllum : foliolis lanceolatis, acuminatis, sericeo-villosissimis ; interioribus an- . gustioribus. Receptaculum densé pilosum. Flosculi plures, hermaphroditi, bilabiati; labio exteriore ligulato, tridenti- culato, 4-nervio; interiore bipartito, revoluto: segmentis lanceolatis, acuminatis, binerviis. Anthere appendicula lineari, obtusa breviore cartilagineà. coronatz, basi bise- tosæ : setis compressis, vix. attenuatis. Ache T ia subpen- tagona, undique copiose papilloso-glandulosa : : disco epi- gyno dilatato, concavo. Pappus capillaris, denticulato- — Scaber, cinereo-fulvellus. Trixis divaricata, p. 190. The flowers of this species are most probably entirely white, although in the dried: state aera bero punea a arien gghonr. This species, as wel j 2 T Triris dos s rengi iii: Jo UNGIA E speciabilis, p. 297, insert 3. of pyramidalis, foliorum lobis obtusis m stipulis - maximis, 300 Mr. D. Dow's Descriptions of new Genera and Species maximis, paniculà amplà terminali, corolle labio exteriore tridenticulato. In Brasiliá ad ripas fluminis La Plata. Sello.». Planta pube brevissimá densé vestita, rubiginosa. Caulis levi- ter angulatus, crassitie digiti minoris. Folia alterna petio- lata, subrotundo-cordata, 7-loba, 5-nervia, suprà planius- cula, punctis minutissimis granulosa, subtüs reticulato- venosissima, varicosa, latitudine 2—3-uncialia: lobis ob- tusis, brevibus, grossé ineequaliterque dentatis, margine - paululüm revolutis. Petioli teretes, 2—3-pollicares, basi dilatatà, concavé. Stipule 2, maxime, foliacez, lobato- dentatz, sessiles, basi parm angustate, 5-nerviz, reticu- lato-venosissime, pollicares v. sesquipollicares. Panicula terminalis, ampla, laxa, tripedalis: ramis elongatis, multi- floris. Pedicelli filiformes, dense pubescentes. Bracteole lanceolate, acuminate, dentate ; ultimis integerrimis. In- volucra simplici ordine polyphylla : foliolis lanceolatis, acuminatis, membranaceis, striatis, pubescentibus. Palee foliolis involucri conformes, lanceolate, acuminate, mem- branacez, concave, striate, margine scariose. losculi 10 circiter, albi, bilabiati, hermaphroditi ; labio exteriore ligulato, revoluto, 4-nervie, obtuse tridenticulato, tubo bre- | viore; interiore bipartito, spiraliter revoluto : segmentis line- ^ atibus, obtusis, b inerviis, adprimüm margine conglutinatis. Filamenta capillaria, glabra. Anthere coalite, appendic lineari, falcatà acutiusculd cartilagineà coronate, basi bi- dentate : dentibus lineari-lanceolatis, acutis. Stylus capil- laris. Stigmata soluta, semicylindrica, recurvata, apice . dilatato, truncato, minuté papilloso. Achenia anguste fu- i: siformia, Em minuté papillosa: disco epigyno dilatato, eu a Rappr: cinereus : 4 ;radiis pluie (28) ele- : ib ganter planiuseu 2 diii Hs PCS of the Class Composite. 301 ganter plumosis, simplici ordine digestis, imá basi con- natis, patentibus, eequalibus. PnosELIA, p. 234. Two new species of this genus have been discovered by Dr. Gillies, of which he has had the kindness to favour me with specimens. ‘The rays of the pappus in these are disposed in a double series. TvLromwa, p.238. The flowers in the specimen of Tylloma limbatum which I had to examine being hardly sufficiently advanced to admit of my | ascertaining their structure with perfect accuracy, I beg to sub- join the following amendments of the character and description from an inspection of more complete specimens, for which I am indebted to the liberality of Dr. Gillies. F losculi radii foeminei, bilabiati; labio interiore brevissimo, erecto, bifido. Pappus capillaris : radiis simpl: lici ord Flosculi radii numerosi (18—20) bilabiati, famina amnibus sterilibus ; labio exteriore amplo, ligulato, obtusè tridenticu- lato, patulo, 4-nervio, subtùs sericeo-villosissimo, nervis lateralibus longè intramarginalibus simplicibus, intermediis supernè bifurcatis, ramis apice confluentibus ; interiore lan- ceolato, acuminato, erecto, bifido, brevissimo; disci her- _ maphroditi, tubulosi, bilabiati: labiis ereetis, abbreviatis ; l = espe obtusè. tridentato,; bi Stagione, bilo a z radii 10, ortis: absque sce it Brem: ; labio ex ‘a . riore ligulato, acuté tridentato ; interiore brevissimo, bipar- — 302 Mr. D. Don’s Descriptions of new Genera and Species Drazruxis? serrata, p. 254. In a collection of dried plants, which Mr. Lambert lately received from Messrs. Schiede and Deppe, is a specimen in flower of this plant, which proves to be a genus akin to Serra- tula; and it is therefore to be expunged from Diazeuzis, to which it had been referred from habit alone, and the following inserted in its place. 2. D. latifolia, foliis lanceolatis acuminatis triplinerviis basi at- tenuatis, involucri squamis ovato-lanceolatis, pappi foemi- nei radiis fasciculatis. Ad Caracas. D. Fanning. » . Precedenti proxima. Rami angulati, sulcati, undique lana fugaci vestiti. Folia brevissime petiolata, latè lanceolata v. elliptico-oblonga, acuminata, triplinervia, coriacea, basi attenuata, margine angustissimo, reflexo, denticulato, suprà nuda, polita, viridia, subtüs land implexá copiosissimá niveá tecta, spithamza, 2 pollices lata. Involucra feminea sphee- roidea : squamis ovato-lanceolatis, mucronatis, coriaceis, adpresse imbricatis, extüs lanuginosis, obsoleté striatis. Flosculi feminei filiformes, limbo 5-fidi: laciniis linearibus, obtusiusculis. Stigmata lingulata, lzevia. Pappi radiis co- za 3 ^'^ piosissimis; Anaidia apice piae cinereis. | ^ Miren pP. 260. i I odii to have added to my remarks on Oe genus; that the presence or absence of appendages to the scales of the invo- lucrum is a character of specific importance only, as may be seen by a comparison of species intimately allied, such as Mu- tisia Clematis and lanata, and M. inflexa and linearifolia. I have v satisfied myself as to the identity of Mutisia grandiflora of H umboldt and Bonpland with the M. Clematis of Dane; from | the Mund of the Class Composite. 303 the examination of another and very perfect specimen of the latter species in the herbarium of the younger Linnwus, now incorporated with that of Sir James Edward Smith. Moutisia viciefolia, p. 363. The specimens of this species from Cavanilles, as well as from Ruiz and Pavon, are marked on the tickets as being from Peru ; but it is stated by Cavanilles in his [cones Plantarum as being a native of Valparaiso in Chile. Should this information be incor- rect, and the plant really proves to be a native of Peru, the M. acuminata may ultimately be found to be identically the same. Morisia sinuata, p. 267. From a specimen I have received from Dr. Gillies, the rays appear to be of a pale pink, almost approaching to white. 'l'he broad base of the leaves, and the continuous wings of the stalks, sufficiently distinguish the M. subspznosa from this species, al- though Dr. Hooker has proposed to unite them. I have also a specimen of this from Dr. Gillies. The rays of M. subspinosa are bright yellow. : Motisia linearifolia, p. 272. I have specimens of this from Dr. Gillies marked M. rigida, nov. sp.? ‘The exterior scales of the involucrum are furnished with a short abrupt point. I have referred to this species, with a mark of doubt, the M. linifolia of Dr. Hooker, which, however, turns out to be a very distinct plant, as I find from examining a specimen with which Dr. Gillies has favoured me. It differs in having perfectly flat leaves, and the exterior scales of the in- volucrum ovate and acuminate. [The continuation of this Paper will be given in a future Part of the Be — YOR. xvi. 2n XVII. On ( S05 ) XVII. On the Organs of Voice in Birds. By William Yarrell, Esg. ‘ F.L.S: Read June 2 and 16, 1829. Tux very liberal manner in which the Linnean Society did me the honour to illustrate a former paper on the Trachez of Birds, has been an additional inducement with me to render this sub- ject as complete as my means of observation would allow: I therefore now submit descriptions and figures of the numerous muscles attached to the different parts of the windpipes of birds, by the action of which their varied and extraordinary powers of voice are produced, with representations of the trachez of four birds, which, though not all entirely unknown, are each of them illustrative of a portion of this subject, and have not been hitherto so represented as to afford a correct idea of their local situation or peculiarities. The organ of voice in birds may be considered as consisting of four parts; the glottis or superior larynx, the tube of the trachea, the inferior larynx with its muscles, and the bronchise ; and the variety of modulation birds are known to possess has its corresponding variety of forms. The glottis or superior le M " n 1 opens into the mouth at the root of the tongue, The long and narrow, encircled by two pair of muscles which govern the size of the aperture, and constitute one of the accessory means by which the sound of the voice is regulated. Birds have no epiglottis or covering over this aperture to prevenim y 2R2 p? 306 Mr. YannELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. particles of food passing into the windpipe; but the surface near the opening is furnished with numerous papillz, pointing back- wards, which assist in directing and convey ME food towards and into the cesophagus. Tas. XVII. Fig. 1. is a representation of the glottis with its surrounding membranes. Fig.2. is a representation of the car- tilages forming the superior larynx. The letters, a, a refer to the principal cartilage, which, when in its natural situation, lies upon the pharyngeal portion, and between the cornua, of the os hyoides or bone of the tongue. This cartilage appears to perform the double office of the thyroid and cricoid cartilages in the higher animals. In substance it is uniformly thin, its shape nearly triangular, one angle placed forwards, the lateral angles curving upwards to support the base of the arytenoid cartilages on its own side. The letters b, b refer to the arytenoid cartilages, supported at their base by the lateral angles of the cricoid car- tilage before mentioned, and projecting forwards in two narrow and thin parallel processes over two-thirds of the orifice formed by the curved lateral portions of the cartilage underneath: each parallel process forming a slight groove on its superior surface by the edges curving upwards. The glottis is closed by a pair of molis (Tas. XVII. Fig. 4, a, a) extending from the upper portion of the cricoid cartilage along the crura of the arytenoid cartilages, upon each outer edge of which they are inserted ; and it is opened by a pair of Biede arising from the lateral and posterior portions of the cricoid te rtilnge; the fibres of which passing over the pair of smaller muscles just described, are inserted upon the inner edge of each arytenoid cartilage (Fig. 3, b, b). The obvious use of these two pair of muscles is to govern the size of the aper- ture. Baron Cuvier in his Lecons d' Anatomie Comparée, vol. iv. p: 490, says, “ Birds have no arytenoid cartilages ;” but the uses Mr. YannELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. — 307 uses to which the two processes already described are sub- servient, and the action and effect of the muscles attached to them, render it difficult for me to speak of them under any better designation. The tube of the windpipe is composed of two membranes, inclosing between them numerous cartilaginous or bony rings, forming a cylinder more or less perfect from end to end. Ossi- fication appears to commence in these rings at the front of the trachea, from which point the bone gradually extends equally on both sides towards the cesophagus as the bird increases in — age: in particular parts, however, of the trachez of some birds the rings are not entirely complete at any age. Various in- equalities of size occur in different parts of the same tube in some species, producing, as might be expected, a particular effect on the voice, to be hereafter explained ; and the length of the tube deserves consideration. "Thus, shrill notes are pro- duced by short tubes, and vice vers; the first are possessed by the Singing Birds, and the reverse by the Waders and Swimmers; but the diameter of the tube has also its influence, large tubes . producing notes low in the scale, and vice versá. The substance of the tube itself has also to be considered, though some ano- malies present themselves. Those birds possessing strong and broad cartilages or bony rings have monotonous and loud voices, while the more slender rings with enlarged spaces between them allow a freedom of motion producing a corresponding €: in the scale of tone. up "The inferior larynx, athe: Tm situation " the organ of voice in birds,—as the experiments of Baron Cuvier have sufliciently proved,—is situated at the bottom of the tube, and is formed sometimes by the approximation of several of the lower rings of the trachea more or less firmly ossified together, and occasion- ally of solid bones; varying in form, being com presai reoni- - " 308 Mr. YARRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. cal, or triangular at its lower surface, (Tas. XVII. Fig. 7, 11, & 12) having a central cross-bone extending from behind to the front, dividing the orifice in two equal parts (Fig. 11 & 12, a,a) ; to the outer side of which cross-bone the inner membrane of each bronchial tube is attached. This cross-bone thus dividing the lower orifice, forms the point of divarication from which the bronchiz arise separate, and go off to the lungs. But a more minute description of this important part will be given, when considering the various muscles connecting the bone of divari- cation with the bronchie. | — The bronchie are formed on the outer sides by membrane interposed between and connecting a variable number of carti- lages which describe only parts of circles, diminishing in size as they approach the lungs, the circle being completed on the inner side by a delicate membrane stretching from the opposite points of the semicircular cartilages, and forming a tube from the orifice of the inferior larynx to the substance of the lungs (fas. XVII. Fig. 9 & 10, c, c). This membrane is called by Cuvier the membrana tympaniformis, and upon its dilatation and contraction, as well as the power afforded of altering the form and length of the bronchiz, some of the varieties of intonation depend. The bronchiz are p.slee slightly attached to each other : Se ca mtm ey he muscles of the glottis or superior larynx are uniformly tvo pair in all the birds i. ean examined: but the mt of the inferior or true larynx, all largely piscis with nerves, vary from one pair to five pair, according to the genus or spe- cies, affording a corresponding increase in the various qualities of the voice. Some few birds have no true muscles of voice at the inferior portion of their trachez. Cuvier describes the King of the Vulture as is being without any ; and this is also the case with the Condor. Tas. XVII. Fig. Se is a representation | of Mr. YaAnnELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 309 of the lower portion of the trachea of a Condor Vulture without muscles or any true bone of divarication, the bronchial rings almost completing the circle, with little flexibility, and the voice of the.bird monotonous. The want of muscles of voice will be more immediately apparent by comparing this representation with those of Tas. XVIII. all of which exhibit various mus- cles attached. The Spoonbill is another instance of a bird without any true muscles of voice. Tan. XIX. is a representa- tion of part of the inside of this bird with the convolutions of its singular trachea in situ: the insertion of the bronchiz into the lobes of the lungs is shown, but no ossification at their junction with the tube of the trachea will be observed, nor any muscles by which variations in the length of the trachea or bronchiz can be effected. "The convolutions of the trachea of the Spoonbill have been described, but I am not aware that they have been figured. The next division, or those birds possessing one pair of mus- cles of voice, is by far the most numerous, including as it dan the genera Falco and Striv, some of the Insessores, all : Rasores, Grallatores, and Natatores, with a few exceptions only, which will be pointed out. I refer particularly to the ` British species of these different orders, as it is with them I am best acquainted. The single pair of muscles with which these idi are pro- vided, arise from the whole outer surface of the cricoid carti- lage ; Eee a they form a sheath round the upper ] art of st panoan ih nts end side, uniformly atta | and not quitting it till arrived at or near Fie Rens oF divarica- tion; when, separating from the tube, they pass outwards and downwards in distinct slips on each side to be inserted upon ae each inner lateral edge of the sternum. "This P "t 510 Mr. Yarre rt on the Organs of Voice in Birds. support the trachea, and serve to accommodate the tube to all the varied inflexions of the neck: they influence the length of the trachea as well as that of the bronchiz, and on account of their place of insertion have been named sterno-tracheal.. Tas. XVIII. Fig. 1. & 2. are a front and side view of a tra- chea furnished with one pair of muscles, in which the letters d, d mark the portion of each muscle going off to be inserted upon the sternum. Tas. XX. Fig. 1. represents the trachea of the Curassow (Craz Alector) with its singular convolution lodged between the shafts of the os furcatorium. Fig. 2. represents the posterior aspect of the same trachea removed from its natu- ral situation to show its single pair of muscles (d, d). Some of the birds possessing two pair of true muscles of voice may be considered as exceptions to a general rule, rather than otherwise, since they belong to those orders which usually pos- sess but one pair. | The Indian Crowned Pigeon, the largest example of the family, exhibits this second pair of muscles (Tas. XVIII. Fig. 3, e). ‘They are formed of a portion of the sterno-tracheal muscles, but taking a different direction. They proceed by - a narrow slip, from that point upon the tube where the first pair of muscles go off to be inserted upon the sternum, down the side of the trachea, to be attached externally to the mem- brane between the lowest ring of the tube and the first ring of the bronchia, as shown in the side view before referred to. By their contraction they shorten the flexible portion of the tube between their points of attachment, and produce tension upon the membrana tympaniformis. Our British Pigeons exhibit a few fibres in the same relative situation. The Wood Grouse is remarkable for its variation in the organ of voice from other Gallinaceous birds. The tube of the trachea is one fourth longer than the neck of the bird, and this excess | forms EE aE EE TN Mr. YARRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 311 forms a free and loose curve or fold within the skin (Tas. XXI. Fig. 1, a). The first pair of muscles of large size are not at- tached to the tube throughout any part of its length as in other birds (Fig. 1, d), but pass separately downwards, becoming connected together below the convolution of the trachea, and inserted upon the os furcatorium or merrythought, at the angle formed by the junction of the two shafts of that bone. About the commencement of the lower third portion of these mus- cles, each of them sends off a narrow slip downwards, which becomes attached on.its own side to a strong membranous sheath that invests and strengthens the lower portion of the trachea (Fig. 1, e), ultimately quitting the tube above the point of diva- rication in the ordinary way, to be inserted upon the sternum, becoming the true sterno-tracheal muscles ; the first pair, from their place of insertion, being called furculo-tracheal, of which we shall hereafter find further examples. Tas. XXI. Fig. 1, isa representation of the trachea and its muscles in this bird, in which another peculiarity will be observed. By the contraction of the first pair of muscles, marked d, the glottis may be drawn downwards two inches below its ordinary or true situation upon the pharyngeal portion of the os hyoides: the length and flexi- bility of the tube of the trachea itself, and the power of with- drawing the glottis just noticed, forming a considerable cavity by the elongation of the pharynx, are principally instrumental - in producing the very powerful voice this bird is known to pos- sess. "The muscles for elevating ane sich the glottis tc its ordinary situation are also shown. > . B - Among the Natatores, which I iin stated generally sessing but one pair of muscles of voice, bere i are four excep- tions known ; the Velvet Duck, the Golden-eye, the Red- breasted ; Merganser, and the Gannet ; these "es possess a seconda pa — of muscles of voice. 2: Eo ~VOL. XVI. 25s 312 Mr. YannELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. The Velvet Duck is remarkable for a hollow bony enlarge- ment in its trachea, situated about two-thirds down the tube, made up of expanded tracheal rings firmly ossified together. Upon each side of this enlargement a small muscle, marked e, arises, which, passing downwards, is inserted upon the inner side of the shaft of the os furcatorium, and the voice is probably in- fluenced by the action of these muscles altering the relative situation of this hollow bulb upon the tube. There is also another peculiarity, which, as far as I am aware, . has not been noticed. On making a longitudinal section of the trachea of this rare British bird, (representations of the inner surfaces of both halves of which are shown at Tas. XXI. Fig. 2, & 3,) it will be seen, that the inner tube of the trachea at its upper part has an aperture on each side, by which it communicates freely with the cavity within the bony enlargement situated im- mediately below the superior larynx, and brings to mind the laryngeal cavities found in some of the higher animals. A slip of paper is represented as passing through both apertures. Letters d, d, represent the ordinary sterno-tracheal muscles. In the Golden-eye, the second pair of muscles is of large size, and inserted also upon the shafts of the os furcatorium. They: arise in part below, and upon a portion of the surface of | ‘ged rings, which form the bulb on the tube of that bird. When the voice is not exercised, these enlarged rings lie folded flat upon each other, but by the contraction of these muscles, the rings are set up at right angles to the axis of the tube, and the air, forced through and vibrating in an enlarged hollow cavity, acquires a degree of power which has obtained for this bird the specific name Clangula. "The trachea of the Red-breasted Merganser has also a perma- nent enlargement of a portion of. the rings, forming a bulb on the tube. It has also a second pair of muscles (furculo-tracheal), which n te ud dila dca o Mr. YARRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. — 918 which go off about half-way between this bulb and the inferior larynx, to be inserted upon the os furcatorium. These muscles are called ypsilo-tracheal by Baron Cuvier, from the form of the bone upon which they are inserted. ‘They seem peculiar to those birds having enlargements of the tube, and figures of the two last-mentioned trachez will be found attached to Dr. La- tham's Paper in the 4th volume of the Transactions of the Lín- nean Society. I have mentioned the Gannet as differing from the Natatores generally in being provided with a second pair of true muscles of voice ; but the second pair in this bird differ materially from the furculo-tracheal muscles already described as existing in the three species of palmated birds having enlargements of the tube. The trachea in the Gannet is uniform in size throughout, and fur- nished with one strong pair of muscles, which, passing down the side of the tube nearly the whole of its length, go off to be in- serted upon the sternum as usual. Underneath and below these there is another pair given off from the inner surface of the first, which pass directly downwards, and are inserted upon the upper surface of a spherical glandular protuberance fixed to the upper or first half-circular bronchial cartilage. The membranous divi- sion between the point or bone of divarication and this first ring is considerable ; and the contraction of this second pair of mus- cles shortens the bronchiz the whole depth of this division, pro- ducing at the same time corresponding tension of the membrana tympaniformis. The protuberances upon the bronchiz here no- ticed are solid, unctuous in appearance, and probably perfor the office of bronchial glands. Tas. XVIII. Fig. 4, & 5, repre- sent the lower portion of this trachea in two points of view. Trachez possessing three pairs of true muscles of voice are confined entirely, as far as my observations have extended, ito one very large family only, the Psittacide ; and these: muse e ui 2s42 pc will 314 Mr. Y ARRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. wil be found uniform in situation and shape throughout the whole of the Parrot tribe. The upper orifice is governed by two pair of muscles as in other birds ; and when mentioning the true muscles of voice, I refer only to those situated near the inferior larynx. As the organ of voice is more complex in these birds than in any of those hitherto noticed, it will be necessary to enter somewhat more into detail. The bony rings forming the tube of the trachea are strong, and of large size at the upper part, diminishing gradually as they approach the point of divarication, which is formed by the lower rings becoming elongated from before backwards, and terminating both before and behind in a small triangular-shaped bone (Tas. XVII. Fig. 8, 6) having its apex pointing downwards. To each side of the bottom of the tube there is attached by intervening membrane a thin crescent- shaped bone (TaB. XVII. Fig. 6, 2), the horns of which, directed also downward, pass below the points of the triangular interposed bones ; the connecting membrane permitting a certain degree of lateral motion in the inferior edges of both these crescent-shaped portions of bone. ‘Tas. XVII. Fig. 6. 7. & 8, represent these parts as they appear when divested of their muscles in the great blue and yellow Macaw. None of the Parrot tribe possess the . cross-bone which usually divides the opening at the bottom of the tube in other birds. The bronchi are triangular in shape and very short, extremely flexible, being. made up principally of membrane with slender semicircular cartilages placed at consi- derable distances from each other, having a broad surface of membrane only between the lower edge of the moveable bones of the tube, and the first bronchial cartilage, to facilitate the requisite alteration in the length of the bronchial tubes. The inner membranes of the bronchi unite at their upper broad edges to form their own. division. between the. bronchiee in the absence of the cross-bone. - t eir - The Mr. YAnRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 315 The first pair of muscles after passing down the sides of the tube in the ordinary way do not quit it to be attached to the sternum, but have their tendons inserted upon the outside of the second pair of muscles, their use being to influence the length of the tube, and assist the second pair in their action upon the bronchie (Tas. XVIII. Fig. 7, d). The second pair of muscles have their origin one on each side a little above the bones of divarication. Somewhat broad at first, they become. - narrower as they pass downwards, and are inserted upon the outer and central portion of the bronchiz at the fourth semi- circular cartilage (Fig. 7, e). The third pair of muscles arise broad and thick from the sides of the last ring of the tube, and are inserted over the whole surface of the moveable crescent- shaped bones below (Fig. 7 & 8, f), their obvious use being that of separating the inferior edges of these bones, thereby enlarging the aperture. Fig.8. represents a side view of the lower portion of the trachea in the Macaw, the three muscles detached from each other to render them more distinct. It may be necessary here to remark that the two sides of a trachea and their attendant muscles are invariably alike, except in some of the Anatide. Fig. 6. & 7. are two views of the same portion of the trachea with the three pair of muscles in situ. Their diffe- rent powers will be obvious on inspection ; the second pair, marked e, performing by their contraction the double office of altering the length of the bronchize, and, pressing upon the pro- jecting surface of the third pair of muscles, which they pass over j diminish the aperture formed by the edges of the moveable semi lunar-shaped side bones. It is to this power of diminishing the aperture these birds are indebted for the notes they are able to produce so high in the scale of tone. : I have never yet been fortunate enough to meet witha bird pos- 7 sessing four pair of true muscles of voice. I proc therefor 316 Mr. Yarreut on the Organs of Voice in Birds. to the consideration of the most complex organ, that furnished with five pair. 'The birds included in this division are all the Corvi, Starling, Thrush tribe, Larks, Buntings, Finches, Warblers, Swallows, c., the organs of voice in which vary only in size. ‘The tube of the trachea is generally uniform:in shape throughout, the bronchie long in proportion, and both parts perfectly flexi- ble. Tas. XVIII. Fig. 9. 10. & 11. are an anterior, posterior, and side view of a portion of the trachea and its muscles in the Raven, which may be considered as the type of this form, and from its size admits of clear explanation. Tas. XVII. Fig. 9. is a side view of the same part divested of its muscles, to show by the prevalence and interposition of membrane the degree of alteration the various muscles are able to effect. Tas. XVII. Fig. 10. represents part of the same trachea, one bronchia hating been removed to show the membrana tym- paniformis, letter c, on the inner side of the other. Tas. XVII. Fig. 11. is a view of the under surface of the bone of divari- cation. Letter a with a cross is the wider posterior part to admit the passage of the esophagus from behind forwards, be- tween the bronchiz, when both are in their natural situation. Letters a, in d 11. & 12. mark the situation of the cross- bone. - oe | Referring npaii: a ichs XVII Figel bis: the pair of muscles which descend on the outside of the trachea, divide at a short - distance above the end of the tube, and send one portion in continuation downwards and backwards, to be inserted upon the extreme posterior end of the first bone of the bronchia, and is marked f. Its counterpart (e) passes from the place of separation downwards and forwards, to be inserted below the extreme point of the last bone of the tube. Within the angle formed by the separation of these two muscles, a third slender and Mr. YARRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 317 and cord-like muscle (d) arises, which goes off to be inserted upon the sternum. The fourth muscle (A) is the shortest of the five, and partly hid by the muscle just described marked f. It arises near the centre of the bottom of the tube, and its - fibres, directed obliquely backwards and downwards, are inserted by tendon upon the extremity of the first half-circular bone. The fifth muscle, marked g, arises also from the centre of the tube similar to the last, but is something longer, oval in shape, and much more fleshy. It has the appearance of being made up of several small muscles in close contact. Its direction is obliquely downwards and forwards, its substance in part hid by the muscle already described, marked e, and it is attached by a broad base to the last bony ring of the tube, to the cartilaginous projection immediately below, and sends one portion to be in- serted upon the extreme end of the first bronchial bone. Fig. 12. represents these five muscles, three of them being partly de- tached for distinction. Should names for these four muscles be considered necessary, they may be called the long anc p anterior and posterior tensors : the muscle, marked d, Fa iis insertion upon the sternum, may still retain the name of sterno- tracheal. Thus, it will be seen, the lungs govern the volume of air as well as the force with which it is expelled, while these muscles influence the diameter and length of the bron- chial tubes. The advantageous size of the organ of voice in the Raven, and its perfect similarity to those of all the song-birds, was my reason for selecting it in illustration of a subject to which, in quality of tone, there is no resemblance; but it must not be forgotten that this bird possesses the power of imitating that most difficult of all sounds, the human voice. | It will appear anomalous that the Perróti; with their three pair of muscles of voice, should possess a greater range of sou nd, " f or 318 Mr. YARRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. or compass of voice, than those provided with five pair ; but it will be seen by a reference that the insertion of the principal muscle shortening the bronchial tube, in the Parrots is much lower down than in any other birds; nor do any of the song- birds possess the power of altering the size of the aperture at the bottom of the tube of the trachea. Considerable advantage is supposed to be afforded the Parrots by their soft, fleshy, human-like tongue; yet it cannot be denied that the Raven, Magpie, Jay and Starling produce a close imitation of the human voice with tongues ER slender and horny. The cele- brated Mocking-bird of America, which I have once had an opportunity of examining, has an organ of voice and tongue precisely similar to our own Song-thrush. The organs of voice in the Mammalia, possessing chorde vo- cales, have been considered to bear some relation to musical instruments with strings; and those of birds, to wind instru- ments. Among the latter, (with most of which there are some - points of similarity,) they appear to me to have a closer resem- blance to the French horn than any other; the bronchiz per- forming the same office as the lips of the musician, and the muscles of the glottis, like the hand, governing the extent of the other aperture. The voices of the Stanley Crane and De- moiselle, with their single convolution in the trachea, are lower in the scale of tone than those of the other species of the same family having no such convolution; and the Common Crane with his elongated double convolution possesses a voice still deeper than the Stanley Crane or Demoiselle. In this circum- stance they also particularly resemble the French horn, the pe formers upon which fix additional circles of tube upon their istrument when required to take a part in any concerted pce üsic that is set i ina i low key. It will perhaps bi be objected, that the utmost priait of motion which i 1 | 3 f Mr. Y aRRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 319 which birds appear to possess the power of exercising over the various parts of their organ of voice, seems insufficient to ac- count for the effects produced ; but it may in answer be urged, that the closest examination or most scientific demonstration of the chord: vocales and muscles in man, with all the auxiliary appendages, afford but an imperfect illustration of the varied and extraordi tfiary powers of the human voice. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Tas. XVII. Fig. 1. The glottis in situ. a, a, a. Part of the pharynx. b. The rima glottidis. 2. 2. CE es of the superi r larynx. 4, à, a. „Cricoid par of the trachea. | 3. b, b. The muscles opening the arytendid: cartilages. _a. Part of the muscle closing the arytenoid carti- lages. 4. Shows at a, a, the muscles closing the arytenoid carti- lages. 5. Part of the trachea of a Condor Vulture (Vultur Gry- phus). a. Part of the tube, b. Point of divaric Bs. adi cis Tite brónchise; arsiz 22 uu = `- 6. Side view of the Dier poki n of the trachea of the Great Blue and Yellow Macaw (Psittacus Ararauna). a. Part of the tube. b. Semilunar bone. c. The - bronchia. zl j 7. Bottom of the tube seen from below, VOL. XVI. a Te 320 . .Mr.YannELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. Fig. 8. Front view of the same trachea. a. Part of the tube. b. The triangular bone between the c i bones. 9, Side view of the trachea of the feci (Gori Corax). a. Part of the tube. b. Point of divarication. c. Bron- chia outside. 10. Another view of the same; one ii being removed to show the inner portion (membrana tympaniformis) of the other, letter c. 11. Bone of divarication in the Raven (Corvus Corax), seen from below. a*. Posterior part. a,a. Cross-bone. b, b. The sides. 12. Lower part of the trachea of the Great Black- backed Gull (Larus marinus). b. The triangular bone of di- varication ; and a, a. The triangular cross-bone. STAP AYEI. Fig. 1&2. Front and side views of a trachea having one pair of muscles of voice. a,b, &c. Refer as before. d,d. The first pair of muscles. 3. Side view of a trachea with two pair of muscles of voice. d. Sterno-tracheal or first pair. e. The second pair. 4 & 5. Front and side views of part of the trachea of the Gan- net (Pelicanus bassanus), having. two pair of muscles of - voice. d,d. The first pair, sterno-tracheal. e,e. The second pair. 6 & 7. Front and side views of part of the trachea of the T Great Blue and Yellow Macaw (Psittacus Ararauna), CES having three pair of muscles of voice. d,d. The first ~ pair. e,e. The second pair. f, f. The third pair. 8. . Side: view of the same, the muscles partly detached for dis inction. - -Letters of reference the s samec Mr. YAnRELL on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 321 Fig. 9. 10 & 11. Front, back and side views of part of the tra- chea of the Raven (Corvus Corax). d. The sterno- tracheal muscle. e. The long anterior tensor. f. The long posterior tensor. g. The short anterior tensor. h. 'The short posterior tensor. 12. Side view of the same trachea, the muscles partly de- tached for distinction. Letters of reference the same. Tas. XIX. Trachea of the Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia) in situ. Tas. XQ : Fig. 1. Trachea of the Curassow (Crax Alector) in situ, seen from before. 2. The same trachea seen from behind. a, a. The con- volutions of the tube. 6. Point of divarication. c, C. The bronchie. d,d. The single pair of mus- cles of voice. - Tan. XKL Fig. 1. Trachea of the Wood Grouse (Tetrao Brogalius), half the natural size. a. The loose portion. c,c. The bronchiz. d. The furculo-tracheal muscles. e,e. The sterno-tracheal muscles. 2&3. Inside views of both halves of the trachea of the Velvet Duck (Anas fusca). d, d. Sterno-tracheal mus- cles. e, e. The farculo-tracheal muscles “we The | = ay e m FS A — XVII. 4 Syn- Trans. Linn. Soc. Vol. XVI. Tab. 17. Td nien. 18 Vol XVI. Linn. Soc. ao š mmu. iis c M Ks ut a "m HM C aed] i T (iti il les " z *» is e x 3 d & n f r Vol. XVI. Fa? Trans. Linn az; 2. é » 06. + s- 3 " š E EN. * e ob NBSS 1) e . XVIII. A Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mol- e lusca of Great Britain. By J. G, Jeffreys, Esq. Ina Letter — addressed to L. W. Dillwyn, Esq. F.R. and L.S. E M Read November 18, and December 16, 1828. Dear Sin, - Ir you think that the following account of an interesting branch of our native Testacea, | compiled from my own observations and a careful investigation of those authors who have written on the — subject, will be found worthy the notice of the Linnean Society, | I shall be glad to avail myself, with permission, of your medium in submitting it to that learned body. The few changes i in sy- stem and nomenclature which I have ventured to propose are very partial, and I am sure that you will think with me that they are justifiable i in an attempt to ascertain uncertain characters, or determine new ones. Ido notlay much stress upon the distinct- ive marks furnished by the animals of this order specifically con- sidered, though I am fully aware of their importance in forming the leading features of the higher divisions. The accompanying catalogue will I believes) be found to gee all iv species 394 Mr. JgrrnEvs on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous . Clas. GASTEROPODA. Auct. Ordo. PNEUMONOBRANCHIA. Putmonks. Fér. Stirps 1.—Animal ; pallio interrupto; testa plerumque spirali obtectum. | FAMILIARUM ET GENERUM Synopsis. Familia I. HELICIDÆ.—Tentaculis quatuor cylindricis, re- ” tractilibus ; quorum superiora ad apicem ocu- a: ligera. Il. CARYCHIADÆ.—Tentaculis duobus cylindricis, contractilibus, ad basin internam oculatis. Iii. LIMNÆADÆ.—Tentaculis duobus compressis, contractilibus ; quorum ad basin externam ,ixbedungnli. oculigeri. = Fase L HELICIDJE. Leach. Tentacula superiora longiora. § Testa transverso-ovatà, absque umbilico. ` 1. Succinea. 2. Vitrina. sopoxicdi dan nume. Ei subcentrali. E Testa rabrita,; "utibillóo —— 4 seu nullo. - ^ — 4. Bulimus. 5. Cianella. te 6. Clausilia. Em 7. Pupa. ladistincta, seu ati EJ 9. Vertigo. E Genus aie PES dS ME Mollusca of Great Britain. 395 Genus I. SUCCINEA. Drap. Animal redundans, gelatinosum : tentaculis brevibus, inflatis : sustentaculo crasso. | | Testa ovato-conica: spirá exsertà; anfractu ultimo majore : apertura ampla._ ! EM OT 1. PurRis. ~ Animal griseo-maculatum. Tentacula concentricé rugosa. Testa ampullacea, fragilis, nitida, glabra, subflava. An- fractus 3. Apertura ovata, marginibus dispunctis. Long. 0.6.— Diam. 0.35. Succinea amphibia. — Drap. Hist. des Moll. ; p. .58. t3. | f. 22, am. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 135. Helix putris. Lm Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1949. i e succinea. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 97. | 2 Dill, Ris Ps 966. . Min nor r, oblonga; a ipertura effus , :Commoti;-iü marshy piai oti tho saieti as the name given to it by ane imports, Shphi- bious. 2. OBLONGA. ~ Animal nigro-griseum. Tentacula ferè conica. — ; Testa ovata, subventricosa, nitida, substriata, rufesce xis cornea. Anfractus 3 v. vix x4, roducti á : | — 9€ Moll. p.59. t.3.f.24. In “pret Ecc, ee es ditch A Britonferry n near Sw ET 396 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Genus H. VITRINA. Drap. Animal redundans : pallii processu spire partem obtegente. esta depresso-conica, fragilissima : spirá obliqua; anfractu ultimo valdé maximo: aperturá oblique lunata, mar- ginibus dispunctis. > 1. MüLLERI. Animal albo-cinereum. Sustentaculum perangustum cras- sum. Pallii processus albus. Testa orbiculata, utrinque convexa, hyalina, politissima, subvirescenti-alba. Anfractus3. Apertura subrotundo- lunata. Long. 0.125.— Diam. 0.175. Helix pellucida. Müll. Verm. p. 16. La Transparente. Geoff. p.38. t. 2? a. Globosa; spirá prominula. In moist woods, in autumn, on the Jungermannia platy- phylla (on which the animal feeds); and under decaying leaves. ‘The shell differs from the following in the spire being more central and produced, and in the form of the aperture, which is slightly angular near the insertion of the .columellar border. ‘The size of the animal is also not so disproportionately = Pros MT MESE 2. DRAPARNALDI: Animal griseum, testam valde superans. Sustentaculum permagnum. Testa depressior, spirá parüm exsertá laterali, perlucida,[sub- iridis. Anfractus 3. Apertura ampla, elliptico-lunata. = - — Long. 0.135.— Diam. 0.25. T bine pellucida. | rer Hist. des Moll. p. 119. t. 8. Ue — Plentifully du XR SL E e Mollusca of Great Britain. iL ahh 28% Plentifully towards the end of autumn at the roots of the Rosa spinosissima, on the Swansea Burrows. 3. DEPRESSA. Animal Testa depressa, lentissimé et irregulariter rugosa, albida. Anfractus 2, vix 3. Apertura lunata. Long. 0.065.— Diam. 0.145. As yet I have only found two dead specimens from Britonferry wood near Swansea. In its general contour this more nearly resembles the true Helices than any of the preceding ones. It is whitish, and has not much of the pellucidity and glossiness characteristic of its genus. The last volution is not so proportionally large and swollen, and the spire is in consequence more central. — 4. ELONGATA. 4 nimal elongatum, panepen entemdni pur fere Ponta. ae Hes | : Testa globosa, s. próminuli pom DP wm vix 2. Apertura ovato-lunata. Long. 0.085. — Diam. 0.15. Vitrina elongata. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 102. t. 8. f. 40. From Britonferry wood, near Swansea ; very rare. cept in the fewer volutions and less orbicular form, (cha- . racters which do not alter with the growth of the shell,) entation of this shell ; is very incor- has he better succeeded in his figures of ae V. diaphan: rect, and byn no means agrees with his description. Nor — 398 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous judging from the appearance of French specimens of that shell in the cabinet of Mr. Dillwyn. Genus III. HELIX. Auct. Animal mediocre: sustentaculo lato, testam equiparante vel parüm superante. Testa conoidea seu depressa: umbilico subcentrali. * Subglobose, inequilaterales ; umbilico indistincto, in juni- oribus perforato. 1. AsPERSA. ; : Animal superne verrucosum, luteo-griseum, fascià dorsali pallidiore. Testa subrotundo-ovata, globosa, solidior, lutea, fasciis quatuor subrufis. Anfractus 4. Apertura subrotundo- lunata: peristomio albo, reflexo. Long. 1.5.— Diam. 1. | Helix grisea. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1247? Dilla. Cat. 2. p. 943. —-— aspersa. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 59. hortensis, Penn. Zool. 4. p. 136. t. 84. f. 129. a. fasciis quinque fuscis angustis. -. B. fascia unica alba, strigisque transversis. F ventricosa, anfractibus ferè Se ^ -Common in old walls, gardens, &c. The var. a is from the neighbourhood of Leith; and the dist i is found on the dry short grass which covers the limestone rocks at Oyster- . mouth near Swansea. = . Although this probably is the Helix grisea of Linnzus, from the great uncertainty which prevails in his descrip- ic the | de species, | do not think that name ought to be retained to the exclusion of the more apt and oe ee CC PITT How Mollusca of Great Britain. 829 now generally adopted one of aspersa, given to it by Miiller. 2. PoMATIA. Animal supern? verrucosum, pallide fgeen gai subtüs gri- seum. ‘Tentacula longiora. | hod r Testa subrotundo-ovata, ventricosa, solidior, fasciis variis rufo-brunneis depicta. Anfractus 4—5. Apertura sub- 5 rotundo-lunata : peristomio crasso, subreflexo. Long. 2.—Diam. 1.5. , Helix pomatia. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1244. Not uncommon in woods of the midland and southern counties of England. Many distortions of the shell occur, but they may be all referred to the same principle, and cannot rank as varieties, which are chiefly influenced by food and situation. 3. ARBUSTOR Ms os es su tè Es Animal verrucosum, brevia. te e 3 Testa globosa, idi fascia unica à fused kacakan flavis insignita. Anfractus 5. Apertura subrotundo-lunata : peristomio reflexo, in junioribus intùs submarginato. Long. 0.75.—Diam. 0.65. Helix arbustorum, Linn. , Syst. Nat. m at 1245. a. efasciata, pellucida. Sustentaculum latum. | Testa rotundata, — solidior, nunc À 4 2v2 unque viridescenti-griseum. — 330 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous .. versé picta interdüm unicolor. Anfractus 5—6. Aper- tura subrotundo-lunata, compressa. Umbilicus per- angustus. Long. 1.15.— Diam. 0.85. Helix nemoralis. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1247. Common in hedges, woods, &c., particularly after showers of rain. Among the numerous varieties of this species I cannot help remarking one, which in its markings and consistency seems closely allied to the H. sylvatica of Continental au- thors, and from which it only differs in being of a rather more globular form, and in having the — a little impressed. 5. HonrENsis. Animal colore varians, plerumque rubicundo-griseum. Ten- tacula grisea. ! Testa rotundata, depressior, nunc varié fasciata, interdàüm unicolor. Anfractus 5. Apertura subrotundo-lunata, costa interiore alba marginata: peristomio albo. Long. 0.85.— Diam. 0.7. , Hex hortensis. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 52. - - nemoralis var. Maton & Rackett i in T Ln, Trans.8. = E 206. Dillo. Cat. 2. p. 949. “Found with the last, though less oudag Linnzus’s variety of his Helix nemoralis, which has been referred by Müller and others to this shell, is probably the H. vermiculata, a Continental species. onoidee, equilaterales ; umbilico angustato. Testa Mollusca of Great Britain. 331 Testa subglobosa, subdiaphana, fragilissima, luteo-fusca. Anfractus vix 5. Apertura lunata : peristomio sim- plici. - Long. 0.225.— Diam. 0.3. Helix fusca. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 424. t. 13. f. 1. From woods in the neighbourhood of Swansea and Cardiff. Mr. J. S. Miller of Bristol, who has described this shell in the Annals of Philosophy as a new species (H. subrufescens), says he has not unfrequently found it in Somersetshire ; but it is at least a local species. 7. Trocuirormis. Animal fusco-griseum, nitidissimum. Sustentaculum per- angustum tenue. Tentacula perlonga, valdé flexilia. Testa superhé conica, globosa; subtis planiuscula ; niti- dissima, glabra, corneo-fulva. Anfractus6. Apertura lunata, compressa. Long. 0.1 ferè.— Diam. 0.1. | E Helix OCHO Mont. Test. ag p. 497. APES, 9. —-— fulva. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 81. t. 7. f. 12. a. subfusca, diaphana. Not uncommon under stones at the bank df an old canal on Crymlin Burrows ; and on the waterflag, and under de- caying wood, in marshy ground, at Marino near Swansea. The var. a. is from Somersetshire. "To this species may perhaps be referred. the Trochus ter- | . . restris of Pennant, said to have bee found by Mr. Huc . on the mountains of | Cumberla ire of that author (which hardly e: | cription) repre- sents quite a different shell. "The Helix fulva of Müller is quite distinct, and is probably the H. edentula of „Drapa - naud. z 8. Montoxi. 339 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous 8. MonToNI. Animal pallidum. Tentacula nigra, respectu corpusculi longa. (Miill.) Testa suprà depressior, nitidissima, glabra; subtus planata, substriata ; lateribus utrinque acutis; pallidé fulva. Anfractus 5. Apertura compressa, subrhomboidea. Long. 0.085.— Diam. 0.11. Helix Trochulus. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 19? From the rejectamenta of the Avon river, near Bristol. I have scarcely any doubt of this species being the Trochus terresiris B. of Da Costa, which is stated by that author to have been found by Mr. Morton in the clefts of a sallow near a pond in Thorpe Mandeville, Northamptonshire, and which, as well as the Trochus terrestris of Pennant, has been referred by Montagu and succeeding authors to the Heliz ele- à gans, a species inhabiting the plains of the South of France. 9. ACULEATA. Animal grisescens, testa erectà incedit. Tentacula per- longa, cylindrica. Testa globosa, lamellis mucronatis transversis aspera, fusca. | As. A pentuna, sllipicerratnndate, Helix eaa Mill. Ver 2 p. 81 TETS spinulosa. Lightf. in Phil. Trans. v6. p. . 166. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 429. ¢ 11. f. 10. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 201. Not uncommon in a coppice at Newton near Swansea. mal feeds on the Hee platyphylla, F0 ran Mollusca of Great Britain. 333 10. LAMELLATA. Animal ; Testa pyramidalis, subglobosa, lamellis muticis numerosis, subfusca. Anfractus 6, parùm decrescentes, subtur- rite. Apertura lunata. — | Long. 0.1.— Diam. 0.1. From the neighbourhood of Scarborough, Yorkshire. Favoured me by Mr. J. S. Miller of Bristol (as well known for his elaborate work on the Crinoidea as for his successful attention to other intricate departments of natural history) under the specific name of holosericea ; but Gmelin's and Ferussac's shell of that name is very different, being. nearly allied to MIS Hes UTI andis ive times tl the pees of this. Fu Sutera? Animal Testa subglobosa, nitidula, diaphana, setis obsita confertis, - cereo-lutescens aut strigata. Anfractus 5—6. Aper- —- tura subrotundo-lunata, intis ue pirum 5 Zaad mio posticè reflexo. * a Long. 0.35. sc jdn: 0.4. Helix sericea. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 62. Drap. Hist. des = — Moll. p.108. t. 7. f. 16,17. Fér. Tabl. p. 44. —-— hispida. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 423. t. 93. f. 3. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 198. =- - velutina, Lam. Hist. des Anim. um Vert... 86? n aperto -—€— detegente. ré CiNGENDA. iV | | Animal albido -Iülescóns ; collo Ee ER Colt. Tent clavata, longiora. | > ^U 4 394 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Testa globosa, suprà depressior, glabra, zonis rufo-brunneis sæpè interruptis depicta. Anfractus 5. Apertura sub- rotundo-lunata: fauce roseá, interne marginata: pe- ristomio postice reflexo. Long. 0.55.— Diam. 0.75. Helix cingenda. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 418. t. 24. f. 4. Maton & Rackettin Linn. Trans. 8. p.195. t. 5. f.6. -— rhodostoma. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 86. t. 5 f. 13,15. —-— strigata. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 911. —-— pisana. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p.82. This species, which is rather local, covers the sandy plains near Tenby in vast profusion, probably affording nourish- . ment to a great number of small birds of the Finch tribe, as I have frequently observed the dead shells collected in heaps, with the apex broken and the animal picked out. 'The beautiful pink gloss observable on the mouths of this and the following species, is entirely owing to the action of, and their exposure to, the sun. In the specimens found in more sheltered situations, the colours and mark- ings are much fainter, and sometimes altogether wanting. — l suspect that Müller confounded this with the next, under the 1 name * Pisana. -AN 13. VIRGATA. TR is Animal purpurascente-cinereum. Sustentaculum crassum, subflavum. | Testa subconica, globosa, glabra, fascid mediA rufescenti- = brunneá aliisque angustioribus sæpè confluentibus cir- n cbe A dnfenctus 6. Apertura suborbiculata, terne 1 nata: peristomio subreflexo. - Long. 04 .— Diam. 0. 6. Helix Mollusca of Great Britain. 335 Helix virgata. Mont. Test. Brit. 415. t. 24. f.1. Maton § Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 195. —-— variabilis. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 84. t. 5. f.11, 12. | —-— pisana. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 911. a. minor, conica, obscuré rubra, fasciata, fauce purpuras- centi. Helix maritima. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 85. t. 9, 10. Very plentiful on all sandy heaths. The variety is com- mon on the sandy plains near Swansea. 14. CAPERATA. . Animal flavescenti-cinereum, superné verrucosum. Sa- tentaculum crassiusculum. Testa subdepressa, subcarinata, striis eatenus exarata, fascia rufescenti-brunneà spiram circumornante aliis- que variis inferioribus. Anfractus vix 6. - Apertura subrotundo-lunata, intüs AU ss Long. 0.25.—Diam. 0.35. | Helix caperata. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 430. t. 11. SX iL Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 196. crenulata. Müll. Verm. 2. p.68? Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 895. —-— striata. Drap. Hist.des Moll. p.106. t.6. nom Common in the same situations as the last. 15. PALLIDA. : EM . Animal griseum; superne fusco-verrucos S stentacu- lum exile. iat oe . Testa. subdepressa, oboe, fragilis, Fosco-pallescens. An- | fractus 6. Apertura EP E marginata. Long. 0.5.—Diam. 0.7. VOL, XVI. 2x E x Helix 336 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Helix pallida. Don. British Shells, t. 157. f. 2. cantiana. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 422. t. 23. f. 1. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 197. a. pauló minor, albida. Helix carthusiana. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 101. t. T. F 3, 4. Not uncommon in parts of Somersetshire and the neigh- bourhood of Swansea : to be seen in hedges after showers of rain. The variety, which exactly resembles some French specimens of Draparnaud's carthusiana in my possession, was presented to me by Mrs. Smith of Bristol, and was, I believe, found by that lady in Gloucestershire. The inha- bitants of this and many of its congeners have a dorsal line or band, of a lighter colour than the rest of the body. It corresponds with the circular lines sometimes observable on the last volution of their shells. : Local names should at all times be avoided ; but where, as in the present instance, two such happen to be applied to the same species, there can be no doubt of the propriety of changing them. 16. CoxcrNNA. Animal rufescens, politissimum. Tentacula longiora. | Testa subdepressa, subcarinata, nitidula, setis albidis valdé caducis sparsa, rufo-brunnea. Amfractus5—-6. Aper- tura subrotundo-lunata, intüs marginata. Umbilicus patulus. Long. 0.2.— Diam. 0.3. a Dinor, candidior; aperturá vix marginata. - Helix RUE. i Mui. Verm. 2. p. 33? -— hispida, y. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 104. t.1. "S "Under 12. _ been followed in this respect by succeeding should have confounded ms vith t w | follon Mollusca of Great Britain. 337 Under stones &c. in dry places in the neighbourhood of Swansea, mixed with the following ; and very plentifully among the rejectamenta of the Avon river, near Bristol. The variety is of a smaller size, more pellucid, and of a paler colour, and was presented to me by Mr. Dillwyn as Irish. Müller's specimens (if this shell be the long-sought- for H. polita of that author) may have been bleached, and conveyed to the habitat mentioned by him (on the banks of torrents in Lombardy) by the waters of a flood. RUFESCENS. Animal nigro-griseum. Tentacula | syperiona çraapiora, valdè divergentia. Testa depressior, glabra, striata, subcarinata, rufescenti- cornea. Anfractus 6. Apertura subrotundo-lunata, intüs marginata: peristomio subreflexo. Umbilicus pa- tulus. - Long. 0.25.— Diam. 0.5. Helix rufescens. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 134. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 420. t. 23. f. 2. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p.196. Dillic. Cat. 2. p. 895. —-— hispida, juniores, et var. helvetica. Müll. Verm.2. p. TA. Common in hedges, gardens, &c. In every stage of growth, from half a line upwards, it is smooth, and not in the least hispid ; and it is surprising that Montagu, who has J ish authors, | | well-known Continental species. - It is either the sisielia o or - hispida, var. 8. of Draparnaud but I am rather inclined to think the former. 2x2 ee 18. Hrsprpa. | 338 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous 18. HISPIDA. Animal griseum. Sustentaculum album, crassum. Testa subdepressa, globosa, substriata, setis obsita confertis. Anfractus vix 5. Apertura subrotundo-lunata, plerum- que emarginata. Umbilicus subangustatus, sinu pro- fundo. Long. 0.225.— Diam. 0.325. Helix hispida. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1244? Müll. Verm. 2. p. 73. | —-— rufescens, var. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 421. —-— conspurcata. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 105. t. 7. f. 23—25. «. minor, albida, striata, subcarinata. B. minor, tenuior; spirá productiore. l y. pauló major, solidior; apertura intùs denticulato-mar- 1 ginata. 1 Common under stones &c. in shady places. "The var. a. is found in moist willow grounds, and may be a distinct species. . is not uncommon on the Swansea Burrows, at the. roots of the Rosa spinosissima. I do not think that Draparnaud's hispida has ever been _ found in this country: ours, which is that of Müller, Da = Costa, and Donovan, and probably also of Linnzus, i is the Helir conspurcata of Continental. writers, and constitutes a variety only remarkable for its more depressed form, and the dark irregular blotches or spots which are often ob- servable on the surface. The spots are noticed by Miiller, . and originate in the mantle of the animal. griseum. "Sditataculum tenue, pellucidum. | Testa VPE TP ee eee ae ee N S m mn em TUUS eT ee NEL PHP PTS ERES ERATES RITE ee te TS — € Mollusca of Great Britain. 339 Testa utrinque depressior, fragilis, albida, fasciá superiore rufescenti-brunneá aliisque sepé divisis inferioribus. Anfractus 5—6. Apertura orbiculata, intüs margi- nata: peristomio subreflexo. Umbilicus valdé patens, sinu profundo. Long. 0.35.— Diam. 0.65. Helix ericetorum, 8. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 34. Common on heaths, sandy plains, &c. It does not exactly agree with any of the varieties of Draparnaud's ericetorum or cespitum. 0. NITIDA. Animal cærulescenti-nigrum, politissimum. Tentacula bre- via, crassiuscula. Testa subdepressa, nitidissima, substriata, fulvo-cornea. Anfractus vix 5. Apertura suborbiculato-ovata : pe- ristomio simplici. Umbilicus patulus, sinu profundo. Long. 0.15.—Diam. 0.275. Helix nitida. | Müll. Verm. 2. p. 39. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 91. —-.— nitens. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3633. —+-— lucida. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 103. t.8. f. 11,12. (var.) Mont. Test. Brit. p. 425? a. pauló minor, striata; anfractibus 6, sensim decrescenti- bus, convexis. B. hyalina, albido-virescens. Not uncommon under stones, at the roots of rashes te in marshy places near Swansea. Some specimens Hiearly equal the largest size noted by Müller, 31 lines of our mea- sure. The var. 8. I received from Mr. Dillwyn as Irish. Gmelin, by changing the name given to this specs by Miiller, has created no little confusion. i. Nifibo LA. 340 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous 21. NiTIDULA. :92. Animal griseo-maculatum, pellucidum. | Sustentaculum al- bescens. Testa depressior, nitida, glabra, cereo-lutescens, subtus albida. Anfractus vix 5, convexiusculi. Apertura magna, subovata : peristomio simplici. Umbilicus plus- quàm patens. Long. 0.2.—Diam. 0.4. Helix cellaria. Müll. Verm. 2. p.28? Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3634, Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 193. nitidula. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 117. 8. minor, albida, diaphana, subcarinata ; anfractibus sensim decrescentibus. Helix nitidula, 8. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 117. t. 8. f. 21, 22. nitidosa. Fér. Tabl. des Anim. Moll. p.41. Not uncommon under stones &c. in sheltered places. The variety is a very pretty shell, and approaches in form to the Helix rufa (Helicophanta, Férussac) of Drapar- naud. Lucina. Animal cærulescenti-griseum. Sustentaculum albidum, pel- lucidum, elongatum. Tentacula flexilia. Testa depressa, pellucida, nitidissima, testacei coloris ; sub- tùs lactea. Anfractus 5—6, planiusculi. Apertura magna, obliquè lunata, emarginata. Umbilicus patulus, sinu profundo. Long. 0.275.—Diam. 0.55. Helix lucida. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 425. t. 93. f: 4. Helix Mollusca of Great Britain. 341 Helix nitens. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans.8. p.198. 652435 -—-— cellaria. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 91. Common ; found with the last. 23. ALLIACEA. 24. Animal nigrescens. Tentacula brevia, cylindrica. Testa supra plana, politissima, diaphana, rufescenti-cornea ; subtüs lactea. Anfractus 4—5, suturé marginata. Aper- tura obliqua, subrotundo-lunata. Umbilicus suban- gustatus, sinu profundo. Long. 0.1.—Diam. 0.225. Helix alliaria. Miller in Ann. of Philos. 1822, p. 379. Under stones &c. in moist situations ; often in company with the H. nitida, but by no means so common. The ani- - mal has a strong odour of garlic, which is very perceptible on its being plunged into boiling water. It is a very distinct species, and differs from the young of the last in the greater depression of its spire, and greater transparency and con- traction of the umbilicus. First described by Mr. J. S. Mil- ler in the Annals of Philosophy for 1822. CRYSTALLINA. Animal lacteum. | Tentacula superiora obtuse cylindrica. Testa suprà plana, vitrea, hyalina, politissima. Anfractus 5, parüm decrescentes, subtàs convexiusculi, suturá sub- marginata. Apertura lunata. Umbilicus peus foramine cylindrico. Long. 0.075.— Diam. 0.125. Helix crystallina. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 293. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p.118. t. 8. f.13—17. Non Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 909. Under 349 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Under stones in moist sheltered situations, but not very common. The shell varies much in size. Dead ones are of an opaque white colour. First noticed as British by Mr. J. S. Miller in the Annals of Philosophy for 1822. 25. ROTUNDATA. Animal pallidé griseum, superné punctatum. Sustentaculum perbreve, hyalinum. Testa depressior, subcarinata, striis argutis divaricatis ex- arata, rufo-maculata. Anfractus 6—T. Apertura com- pressa, suborbiculata, emarginata. Umbilicus valde patens, sinu profundo. Long. 0.125.— Diam. 0.375. Helix rotundata. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 29. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 114. t. 8. f. 4—1. —-— radiata. Da Costa Brit. Conch. p. 57. t. 4. f. 15, 16. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 432. (. 24. f.3. Maton § Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 199. a. viridescenti-albida, immaculata. Common in shady places, under decayed wood, &c. A single specimen of the variety has occurred to me from the . neighbourhood of Swansea. 26. UMBILICATA. Animal nigro-griseum, politum. Tentacula superiora cylin- drica. `- Testa subdepressa, subcarinata (presertim juniores), diva- = ncate striata, brunnea. Anfractus vix 5, suturá exca- - vata. | Apertura compressa, suborbiculata. Umbilicus En patens. at | — — Long. 0.05.— Diam. Qd. Helix Mollusca of Great Britain. 343 Helix umbilicata. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 434. t. 18. f. 2. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 200. Dillo. Cat. 2. p. 915. —-—- rupestris, 8. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. BA. (. T. NC. Very plentiful in the crevices of limestone-rocks near Swansea, Tenby, and other parts of South Wales; and in the rocks near Bristol. 'The animal walks with its shell erect, owing to the shortness of its foot. 27. PyaM Za. Animal nigro-griseum, politum. Tentacula superiora fili- formia, approximata. Sustentaculum longius. Testa subdepressa, pellucida, subtiliter striata, pallidé brun- nea. Anfractus 3—4, globosi. Apertura compressa, suborbiculata: peristomio simplici, marginibus dis- junotise Umoilicus patulus, sinu profundo. i Long. 0.025.— Diam. 0.06. Helix pygmea. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 114. t. 8. f. 8—10. | —-— Kirbii. Shepp. in Linn. Trans. 14. p. 162. At the roots of rushes in a marshy piece of ground at Marino near Swansea. **** Depresse ; peristomio incrassato, reflexo. 28. PuLcHELLA. | Animal croceo-lactescens, pellucidum. Te | via; superiora cylindric 2 Testa pellucida, nitida, subtiliter striata, albida. Bude 3—4, subglobosi. Umbilicus patens, sinu profundo. Apertura suborbicularis : peristomio Subeontintos Long. 0.04.—Diam. 0.1. VOL. XVI. 2Y - Helix 344 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Helix pulchella. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 30. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p.112. t. T. f. 30—32. —-— paludosa. Da Costa Brit. Conch. p. 59. Mont. "Test. Brit. p. 440. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Than $: P193. 1. 5. 7. X a, epidermide laminosá induta. Helix costata. Müll. Verm.2. p.31. —-— crenella. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 441. t. 13. f. 3. Turbo helicinus. Lightf. in Phil. Trans. 76: t. 3. f. i=. Common in moist places under stones, in moss, and at the roots of grass. 29. AcuTA. | Animal suprà nigrescenti-rufum, granulatumque ; subtüs pallidius. | T'entacula superiora longiora. Testa solidior, granulato-scabra, carinata, rufo-maculata. Anfractus 5, subtüs convexiusculi. Apertura trans- verso-ovata: peristomio continuo. Umbilicus patulus. Long. 0.3.—Diam. 0.65. Helix lapicida. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1941. acuta. Da Costa Brit. Conch. p. 55. t. 4. f. 9. ; Not uncommon in the clefts of rocks, under stones, &c. REI ác name of ipii Stone erodar. for this shell. Genus IV. BULIMUS. Bruguière. Animal elongatum. Sustentaculum angustum, testam non equi- aj re. Apertura inzequalis, bd cus seniclausus, PAM. -* Ovato- Mollusca of Great Britain. 345 * Ovato-oblonge ; apice obtuso : peristomio extus reflexo. 1. OBSCURUS. Animal rosaceo-griseum. | Sustentaculum crassum. Tenta- cula superiora subulata, tenuiter arcuata. _ " Testa oblongiuscula, ventricosa, tenuis, epidermide luteo- fusco (praesertim in junioribus) induta. Anfractus 6—7. Apertura subovata, marginibus subinzqualibus: peri- stomio albo, incrassato. Umbilicus angustatus. Long. 0.35.— Diam. 0.125. Bulimus obscurus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 14. t. 4. J. 23. hordeaceus. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n.62. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 125. Helix obscura. Müll. Verm. 9. p. 103. In woods, hedge-banks, under stones, &c. ; but not very common. D mo E uU os oe og eae = au d i c -— a 9. Mostice UTI. Animal pallidum. Tentacula da rias Testa oblonga, ventricosior, ferrugineo-fusca. Anfractus 6—7, reticulato-striati. Apertura subovata, margini- bus inzequalibus: peristomio rosaceo-albo, in columel- lam parüm reflexo. Umbilicus subangustatus. Long 0.6.—Diam. 0. 449: Bulimus montanus. mensis. Mont. Test. Brit. 394. t.11. f.3. ` Maton & Rackett i in Linn: Trans. 8. p.212. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 953. In moist woods of the midland and southern counties of 2*2 gland, 346 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous England, though by no means common. For specimens I am indebted to my friend Mrs. Smith, who found them in Shortwood, Gloucestershire. Mr. Miller also tells me that he has collected several alive from the bark of Viburnum Lantana in woods near Bristol. ** Elongato-oblonge ; apice acuto: peristomio simplici. 3. ÁcuTUE .; Animal pallidé flavescens. Tentacula superiora longa, sub- ulata ; inferiora brevissima. Testa clavata, ventricosa, striata, albida, fasciis fulvis stri- gatis aut obliteratis. Anfractus 8—9. Apertura sub- ovata, marginibus subinequalibus. Peristomium pos- tice reflexiusculum. Long. 0.6.— Diam. 0.2 ferc. Bulimus acutus. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n. 42. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. TT. t. 4. f. 29. Helix acuta (var.). Müll. Verm. 2. p. 100. — -— bifasciata. Pult. Dorset. p.49; ed.2. p.55. t.18. f. 8—10. Maton § Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 210. burke fasciatus. Penn. Brit. VS 4. D. 131. f. 82. PF AIO; Bis a. testa ic Veitriccáiof. fasciis 9 nigro-fuscis pulchré ornata. Abundantly on sandy banks and hi gh plains on many of the western coasts. The Bulimus ventricosus of Drapar- naud, which that author refers to the B. acutus of Müller, EU is nothing more than a variety of this species. Es e Helix (Cochlicella) Clavulus of Férussac (described by - S. Miller in the Annals of Philosophy under the name of Helix. 700 allii), w whic . e found so abundantly in the Pine- ure Mollusca of Great Britain. 347 Pine-pits at Miller's nursery near Bristol, can hardly be said to be thoroughly naturalized. Genus V. CIONELLA. SR Animal glutinosum. Tentacula inferiora brevissima. Testa oblonga seu elongata; anfractu ultimo majore. Apex acutiusculus. Columella subinterrupta. Apertura ca- naliculata, ad basin subeffusa, marginibus inæqualis- simis. Umbilicus nullus. Baron Férussac remarks, that the animals of his Styloides, a group of his subgenus Cochlicopa, and which answers to this division, do not agree in their conformation with those of the true Polyphemi of Montfort. This remark will, I believe, be found to apply equally well to the genus Acha- tina as established by Lamarck, besides the character which seems essential to that genus, of the truncature of the colu- mella being parallel, or nearly so, with the base of the shell. In the genus I have proposed, the columella is slightly interrupted, and forms a channel or sinus in the aperture; though I have not observed that it is attended on the part of the animal by any corresponding pecu- liarity. 1. LuBRICca. Animal nitidum, fuscescenti-nigrum ; subtis pallidius. Ten- tacula inferiora vix percipienda. Testa oblonga, subcylindrica, diaphana, polita, nitidissima, . fulvo-flavescens. Anfractus 4—6, rotundati. Apertura ovato-oblonga, in junioribus ad basin arcuata : peri- stomio sæpè incrassato, luteo, in columellam reflexius- culo. Long. 0.25.— Diam. 0.085. E . Helix 348 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Helix subcylindrica. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1248? Dillo. Cat. 2. p. 952. —-— lubrica. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 104. Bulimus lubricus. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n. 23. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 126. Buccinum obtusulum. Adams’ s Microsc. Essays, t. 25. f. 25. Common in moist places, at the roots of grass, under stones, decaying wood, &c. 2. ACICULA. Animal albidum, pellucidum. Tentacula superiora subu- lata. Testa elongato-oblonga, diaphana, nitidissima, albida. An- fractus 6, turriti. Apertura elliptica, convoluta, rard intus submarginata : peristomio simplici. Long. 0.2.— Diam. 0.05. Buccinum Acicula. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 150. Bulimus Acicula. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n.22. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p.15. t. 4. f. 25, 26. Helix octona. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3653. Buccinum terrestre. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 248. t.8. f.3. dn moss at the roots of grass, &c. in sheltered situations ; very plentifully : among the rejectamenta of streams. I once found it alive in a 3 CORBIS: at Newton near Swansea. - 3. ELONGATA. Animal Testa elongato-oblonga, subturrita, striata, nitida, pellucida, I tescenti-alba. A pracie iae lal acuminati, su- =a 2d Mollusca of Great Britain. 349 Bulimus octonus. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n. 47. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 124. Helix octona, 8. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3653. I am happy in being enabled to add the following very respectable authorities for considering this shell as British. I was lately presented with a specimen which I observed in the cabinet of Mr. Henry Collins of Swansea, who assured me that he had found it a few years ago, in company with the Clausilia nigricans and Pupa umbilicata, in the walls of the old castle at Oystermouth near Swansea. It is a young shell, and has the remains of the animal in it. Mr. Dillwyn also favoured me with a full-grown specimen, which he believes was given him by Miss Hutchins, as collected by that lady in the neighbourhood of Bantry, Ireland. This latter spe- cimen was sent upon the above authority by Mr. Dillwyn to the late Colonel Montagu to be named, who returned it for further information. — The Helix octona of- Janis," "uid: probably also of Dr. Pulteney, is the Helix octanfracta of Montagu and other British authors. Genus VI. CLAUSILIA. Drap. Animal ; corpore angusto, attenuato : tentaculis inferioribus bre- vissimis. Testa fusiformis, elongata, acuminata: spirá sinistrorsá, intüs juxta aperturam ossiculo testaceo resiliente u clauso ta, ex- . plerumque instructà. . A ; o undique libero, = tis: compressa: D. o continu . reflexo. U: mbilicus perangustus. This and part of the genus Cyclostoma of Lamarck (the - = shells of which latter are upiform}y dextra di haua been, -with 350 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous with many others of the land Turbines of Linnzeus, reunited by Férussac under his subgenus Cochlodina; but, as I am inclined to think, without sufficient reason. "The validity 1 of a theory first proposed by our older physiological writers, i that a peculiarity in the form of the shell, attended by a : corresponding formation in its animal inhabitant, is of itself 1 sufficient ground for systematical distinction, has been often questioned, but is I believe at present, with some partial exceptions, pretty well established. But it is most curious that facts, in themselves indicating the closest relation between the animal and its external covering, and which at first seem totally opposed to all the known rules of organi- zation, have at the same time been either disregarded as mere lusus nature, and therefore unworthy of the attention | of the naturalist, or, in the prevailing rage for classification, 3 adopted as generic characters in the fullest and sometimes f most absurd extent. The reversed direction of the spire of | the shell in the restricted order Mollusca is, it is well known, influenced by the position of the circulating and respiratory organs of the animal; and, according to the frequency of its occurrence, and its presumed perpetuation in individuals, furnishes more or less invariable characters in the distribu- .. tion of. that intricate tribe. But I am convinced that the distinction ends here, and that it ought not to be extended to those tribes in which, from the more imperfect organiza- tion of the animals, there is not the same connexion between their external and internal structure. Such is the case with the Nautilide and others of the testaceous Annelides, many = E of the individuals of which have been generically separated upon no other ground than a variation in the form of their , without any regard to the characters afforded by the inhabitant. As we descend i in the scale of animated nature, instances Mollusca of Great Britain. 351 instances of this seeming disorganization are still more numerous, while our researches become necessarily more confined; and we are at last forced to confess how very imperfect our greatest diligence has been, and what a large extent of ground yet remains untrodden in the fields of natural history. * Incomplete ; umbilico perforato. 1. FRaAGILIs. Animal flavo-fuscescens. Tentacula superiora breviora, cla- vata. Testa clavata, subventricosa, striata, pellucida, nitida, fulva. Anfractus 6—7. Apertura compressa, subquadrata, interdàm uniplicata : peristomio simplici, posticé sub- reflexo. : Long. 0.25.— Diam. 0.085. Turbo perversus. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1240. Pupa fragilis. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 68. t. 4. f. 4. Balea fragilis. Leach Mss. Among moss, under the bark of trees, &c., but not very common. The females have their shells much more ven- tricose and with fewer volutions. ** Complete ; umbilico imperforato. 2. NIGRICANS. Animal nitidum, fuscum, superné corru gatu PAMeMo- culum tenuius, angustum. —— ex MS Testa subventricosa, subopaca, bodie dins, nigres- centi-fusca. Anfractus 10—12. Apertura subtrian- gularis plicis 2 columellaribus distantibus instructa : peristomio producto, albido, incrassato. Long. 0.5.— Diam. 0.085. ad VOL. XVI. 2 z . . Clausilia 359 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pnéumonobranchous Clausilia rugosa. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 13. t. 4. f.19,920. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. ©. p. 115. Helix perversa. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 118. Turbo perversus. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 130. t. 82. : f.116. Don. Brit. Shells, 2. t. 12. —-— bidens. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 357. t. 11. f. T. ——- nigricans. Pult. Dorset. p. 46. ed. 2. p. 51. t. 19. f. 10. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 180. ! a. ventricosior; apertura plicis 2 vix 3 — columella- i ribus. B. minor; anfractibus paucioribus. Turbo Everetti. Miller in Ann. of Philos. 1822. p.311. . Common in the clefts of old walls, under stones, &c. Many curious distortions occur of the shell. In one a H prominent medial ridge accompanies the order of the vo- : lutions. 3. PARVULA. Animal Testa gracilis, pellucida, glabriuscula, fulva. Anfractus 9, sutura indistinctà. Apertura uti in precedente 2-pli- cata. cO Long. 0.425 — Diam. 0.07. : Helix (Cochlodina) parvula. Fér. Tab. des Moll. p.63. Of this rare and elegant shell I found one specimen which had the remains of the animal in it, among the re- jectamenta of the Avon river near Bristol. Férussac re- © stricts the locality of the species to France and Switzerland. ^odtisof a much more slender and tapering form than the nin fhe suture. Jens Misael and is. ao smooth and exceedingly transpa Tus 4. P. Mollusca of Great Britain. 353 4. PLIcAaTULA. Animal | : Testa ventricosa, tenuis, pellucida, fuscescens, striis 40—50 ad aperturam confertioribus exarata. Apertura dila- tata, subquadrata, plicis 2 columellaribus distantibus, mediisque 2 vix 3 minoribus instructa : peristomio albo, tenuiore. Long. 0.4.— Diam. 0.1 fere. Clausilia plicatula. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p.72. t. 4. f. 11,18. - Rolphii. Leach Mss. For this shell I am obliged to Mr. Dillwyn, to whom it had been sent by Dr. Leach. Charlton wood, Kent, is mentioned by him as its locality. 5. LABIATA. Animal edi Testa subventricosa, saapa, fasceacenti-comnes, Sinthra- tim striata. Anfractus 10, suturá indistincta. Aper- tura suborbiculata, dilatata, plicis 2 columellaribus in- structa: peristomio albo, incrassato. Long. 0.65.— Diam. 0.125. Clausilia solida. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 69. t. 4, f.8, 9. | Turbolabiatus. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 362. t. il. F 6. —. Maton g Rackett i in hiii Trans. 8. ; ». 180. Dillo. A AE eee m. ; I observed a specimen Ha Ts shell 3 in qi extensive col- lection of Mr. Lyons of Tenby, who said it came from Hyde Park, near the Serpentine river. Ssi 6. Uu um 354 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous 6. VENTRICOSA. Animal i Testa ventrieosior, tenuis, subpellucida, nigro-fuscescens, striis argutis numerosis exarata. Anfractus 12, sutura obliquiore. Apertura subquadrata, dilatata, plicis 2 columellaribus approximatis, mediisque 2 vix 3 mi- noribus instructa : peristomio tenui, feré disjuncto. Long. 0.65.— Diam. 0.125. Clausilia ventricosa. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. T. t. 4. f. 14. Helix perversa (adulta). Müll. Verm. 2. p. 118. Turbo biplicatus. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 361. t. 11. f. 5. Maton § Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 179. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 874. Helix (Cochlodina) ventriculosa. Fér. Tab. des Moll. p. 63. For this also I am indebted to Mr. Dillwyn, who received it from Colonel Montagu as British. It bears some resem- blance to the C. plicatula, but is larger, of a thinner texture, and has the striz much finer and more numerous. The teeth are also differently disposed. The C. ventricosa of Draparnaud constitutes a variety of . this species, distinguished by the more- oval form of the : aperte and more tumid volutions. — T. Drivene Animal pallidé fulvum. Tentacula superiora clavata, longiora. Testa subarcuata, ventricosior, glabriuscula, nitida, pellu- = sida, fulva. Anfractus 10—12. Apertura subrhom- > ea, biplicata: peristomio albo, subincrassato, co- ell: identi: clausio Cn eee ng. O 65 —Diam. 0.135. Clausilia Mollusca of Great Britain. 355 Clausilia bidens. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 68. t. 4. ise. Helix bidens. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 116.. Turbo laminatus. Pult. Dorset. p.46. ed.2. p. 51. t. 19. F.9. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 359. t. 11. f. 4. Helix (Cochlodina) derugata. Fér. Tab. des Moll. p. 63. Not uncommon on the bark of trees in many of the mid- land and southern counties of England. Genus VII. PUPA. Drap. Animal corpore attenuato ; anteriore parte capitis proboscidali. Testa pyramidali-cylindracea ; anfractu ultimo ferè majore: apertura dilatata, marginibus disjunctis, intüs la- mellis continuis coarctata: peristomio extüs reflexo. Umbilicus subperforatus. 1. SECALE. Animal nigrescenti-fuscum, nitidum, superne verrucosum. Sustentaculum angustum, crassum. | Testa cylindracea, in apicem attenuata, oblique striata, pallidé fusca. Anfractus 8. Apertura subrhomboidea, plicis 7—8 albis, nempé 4 columellaribus et 3—4 la- bralibus instructa: peristomio albo. Long. 0.3.— Diam. 0.115. Pupa secale. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 64. t. 3. fa 49, 50 Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 110. — Turbo Juniperi. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 340. | 1. 12. zd 12. ~ Maton Rackett in Linn. Trans. ; P- 182. Dillw. puru VM Plentifully in the crevices of limestone-rocks in some parts of Somersetshire and Gloucestershire. When gente : the 356 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneunomobranchous the shell is clothed with an earthy covering like that of the Bulimus obscurus. This seems a provisional defence to the animal until the teeth of the aperture are completely formed, when it divests itself of its coat by rubbing the shell against extraneous substances; and it is one of the many and va- rious contrivances of nature which we cannot sufficiently admire. | This is not the Grain d'avoine of Geoffroy, to which as well as the Pupa avena of' Draparnaud, Férussac has re- ferred it. The Helix ventricosa of Müller is without doubt this species in its young state. 2. RINGENS. Animal Testa ventricosa, nitida, glabra, fulva. Anfractus 5, suturà lineari. Apertura elongato-lunata, plicis 5, inzequali- bus, nempé 3 columellaribus et 2 labralibus instructa : peristomio fulvo, subincrassato. Umbilicus foramine cylindrico. Long. 0.115.— Diam. 0.065. Vertigo anglica. Fér. Tab. des Moll. p. 64. From the Beauties of Scarborough by Mr. J. S. Miller. EOM - 3. eer x Animal nigro-griseum, politum. Tentacula superiora ar- cuata. . Testa cylindracea, glabra, nitida, fulvescenti-cornea. An- | fractus 5—7. Apertura elongato-lunata, plicá unicá Ee . columellari et alid interdüm tenuiori in ipso columella . labio instructa: peristomio subincrassato. es — foramine cylindrico. | Ecne. Mollusca of Great Britain. | 357 Long. 0.14.—Diam. 0.075. Pupa umbilicata. Drap. Hist.des Moll. p.62. t.3. f.39, 40. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 111. Turbo muscorum. Mont. Test. Brit. p.335. t. 22. s. 3. Maton & Rackett in Linn. rsp 8. p. 182. a. major, fulva, feré edentula. Common everywhere among moss, in the clefts of old walls, &c. The character of “ apertura edentula” given by Linnzus to his Turbo muscorum will hardly suit this species. I rather think that celebrated naturalist has, with Geoffroy, Miiller, and others, confounded it with the following, to which, in- deed, at first sight it bears no slight resemblance. Genus VIII. ALAA. Animal ; tentaculis inferioribus punctiformibus. Testa verè cylindrica. Apertura extùs plerumque marginata, et .. intüs denticulis sive lamellis incontinuis munita, mar- ginibus subzqualibus: peristomio simplici. I have separated this from the genus Vertigo as esta- blished by Férussac, for the reasons stated in my remarks ` on Clausilia. From Pupa it differs in the shell being always of a more cylindrical form, and in having the aperture gene- rally thickened by an exterior rib, and never reflexed. The teeth too, when present, are never laminar or continued on _ the penultimate whorl. The animal agrees in most respects - with that of MN. psal bees vti Bee T MaRa Animal nigro-griseum, nitidum. Sustentaculum crassulum. Testa subventricosa, nitida, glabriuscula, corneo-fuscescens. Anfractus 358 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Anfractus 5—7, suturá profundá. Apertura subro- tundo-lunata, extüs costá fulvá, ints denticulo unico in media columella instructa. Umbilicus subapertus. Long. 0.15.— Diam. 0.065. Turbo muscorum. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1240? Helix muscorum. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 105? Pupa marginata. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 61. t. 3. f. 36—38. -—— muscorum. Lam. Hist. des Anim.sans Vert.6. p. 111. Turbo chrysalis. Turton’s Conch. Dict. Not uncommon in marshy ground, under stones, at the roots of grass, &c. It varies exceedingly in size and the compactness of its spire. 2. NITIDA. Animal Testa dolioliformis, ventricosa, substriata, corneo-fusces- cens. Anfractus4—5. Apertura subrotundo-lunata, edentula, extüs emarginata : peristomio postice parüm reflexo. Umbilicus subapertus. | Long. 0.1 feré— Diam. 0.05. Pupa edeppula, Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 59. t.3. f.28, Vertigo nitida. Fér. Tab. des Moll. p. 64. Turbo offtonensis. Shepp. in Linn. Trans. 14. p.155? At the roots of grass in a rather marshy piece of ground near Swansea, but rare. Mr. J. S. Miller tells me it is found plentifully around Bristol. — [ am inclined to think this is the variety of the Pupa ~ umbilicata noticed by Montagu, who says (with reference to that shell) that it is only half the size, and wants the tooth and marginated aperture. : 3. P oroi. Mollusca of Great Britain. 359 3. REVOLUTA. Animal Testa subventricosa, subattenuata, albida, glabra. Anfrac- . tus 5, sensim minores, suturá levi. Apertura suborbi- cularis, extrinsecalis, edentula, nec marginata: peri- stomio postice subreflexo. Umbilicus dilatatus, com- pressus, foramine cylindrico. Long. 0.1.—Diam. 0.05. Among the rejectamenta of a small stream at Marino near Swansea, where only one specimen has as yet occurred tome. The umbilicus is much more flattened and open than in the rest of the genus. 4. CYLINDRICA. Animal Testa attenuata, pellucida, striis argutis obliquis, pallidé fusca. Anfractus 5, suturá profundá. Apertura ovata, | extüs parüm. marginata, edentula. Umbilicus angus- tatus. Long. 0.075.— Diam. 0.03. Pupa muscorum (a). .Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 59. Vertigo cylindrica. Fér. Tab. des Moll. p. 64. Of this very beautiful little shell I found a single live specimen on the under side of: a loose stone on Durdham Downs near Bristol ; but I regret that 1 did not at it the, etime examine the animal. Ee qe e 5. VULGARIS. | sl eee Animal Sipto-prisefifh,. Blalen Tentacula nudo oculo nequaquàm discernenda, armato punctiformia viden- tur. P^ . VOL. XVI. 3A — . Testa 360 Mr.J EFFREYS on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Testa oviformis, subventricosa, glabra, nitida, rufescenti- brunnea. Anfractus 4—5. Apertura suborbiculato- lunata, marginibus disjunctis, extàüs marginata, intüs 4 lamellis, nempé 1 columellari et 3 labralibus in- structa: peristomio tenui, postice subreflexo. Umbi- licus angustatus. Long. 0.075.—Diam. 0.04. Turbo sexdentatus junior. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 337. Pupa pygmea. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 60. t. 3. f. 30, 31. Vertigo pygmea. Fér, Tab. des Moll. p. 64. vulgaris. Leach Mss. Not uncommon under stones, &c. in sheltered parts of the limestone rocks in the neighbourhood of Swansea and Bristol ; and occasionally found with the following. 6. PALUSTRIS. Animal nigro-griseum, nitidum. Tentacula superiora brevia, ad basin inflata; inferiora sub lente punctiformia. Anterior pars capitis proboscidiformis. Testa dolioliformis, ventricosa, nitida, glabra, fusco-cornea. Anfractus 5. Apertura suborbiculato-lunata, margi- : nibus disjunctis, extùs marginata, sinuata, intùs 6—9 ... amellis, nempè 2—3 columellaribus et 4—6 labralibus i coarctata: peristomio simplici. Umbilicus angustatus. | Long. 0.085.— Diam. 0.05. ES Turbo sexdentatus. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 387. £.12, 7.8. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p.183. Pult. Dorset. ed. 2. p. 52. t. 19. f. 12. E : Pupa A ntiyertigo. Bron. Hist. des Moll. ps G0. 1. $ E. On Mollusca of Great Britain. 861 On the waterflag in marshy ground at Marino near _ Swansea, and among the rejectamenta of the Avon river near Bristol. The Helix minuta of Müller, referred by Montagu with doubt to the present species, is probably the Cyclostoma vitreum of Draparnaud (a variety of the Paludina acuta), and is a freshwater shell. Genus IX. VERTIGO. Müll. Animal corpore attenuato. Tentacula inferiora punctiformia, valdé indistincta. Testa cylindraceo-fusiformis, spirá brevi, sinistrorsà. Apertura extüs marginata, sinuata, intùs denticulis coarctata : peristomio subreflexo. I. PUSILLA. Animal griseum, subtüs pallidius. Sustentaculum angustum. Testa ventricosior, attenuata, glabra, nitidula, fragilissima, pallidé fusca. Anfractus 5. Apertura subquadrata, subtüs rotundata, lamellis 6—7 albis, nempé 2 vix 3 columellaribus et 4labralibus munita: peristomio tenui. Umbilicus subangustatus. Long. 0.085.—Diam. 0.045. Vertigo pusilla. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 124. Pupa Vertigo. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p.61. t.3.f.34,35. Alive under moss in a coppice at Newton near Swansea, and among. the Tecin coia a Be Avon rivet near Bristol. 2. ANGUST IOR. Animal - Testa ventricosior; subdolioliformis, pallide fulva, argute et - 3429 3 lentissimé 362 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous lentissimé striata. Anfractus 4—5, penultimá vix la- tiori. Apertura subtriangularis, dentibus 4—-5, nempe 2 columellaribus et 2—3 labralibus insignita: peri- stomio subincrassato. Umbilicus angustatus. Long. 0.06.—Diam. 0.035. Turbo Vertigo. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 363. t. 12. f. 6. Among the rejectamenta of a small stream at Marino near Swansea, but very sparingly. Besides the very different contour and more contracted aperture of this shell, the circumstance of the teeth being more sunk in some specimens than in others (which pecu- liarly denotes the growth of dentate shells), sufficiently refutes the idea of its being the young of the V. pusilla. Familia Il. CARYCHIADZJE. Leach. Divisio I. Operculo testaceo. | 10. Cyclostoma. Divisio II. Operculo nullo. 11. Carychium. 12. Auricula. Genus X. CYCLOSTOMA. Drap. Animal anteriore parte capitis. proboscidali.- _ Tentacula brevia, | inflata. Oculi subpeduncul: cor Testa turrita: anfractibus cylindricis. Apertura Fibolbiculata : peristomio incrassato, subreflexo, continuo. Operculum nucleatum. 1. - Exzeans. | Animal nimal fasco-griseum : proboscide elongato, contractili. ^ Pesta ova o-c onica, acuminata, solidior, flavescenti-cinerea, sæpè Mollusca of Great Britain. 363 sæpè duplici serie macularum insignita, spiraliter can- cellato-striata. Anfractus 5, ventricosi. Apertura or- biculata. Umbilicus foramine obliquo. Operculum soli- dum. Long, 0.6.— Diam. 0.4. Turbo reflexus. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1238? Nerita elegans. Müll. Verm. 2. p.177. 'Turbo elegans. Mont. Test. Brit.342. t.22. f. 7. Maton § Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 167. Dillo. Cat. 2. p. 863. Cyclostoma elegans. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 32. t. 1. f.5—8. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p.148. Not uncommon at the roots of fern and in the clefts of limestone rocks near Swansea. . TRUNCATUM. Animal pallidum: proboscide elongato. Tentacula brevia, parüm acuminata. Sustentaculum breve. Operculum fragile, arcuaté striatum. (Drap.) Testa elongato-cylindrica, glabra, fragilis, pallide lutescens. . Anfractus 4, suturà distinctà, subcrenatà. Apertura ovata. Umbilicus vix ullus. Long. 0.165.— Diam. 0.065. Turbo truncatus. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 300. t. 10. f. 7. . Cyclostoma truncatulum, £. et y. Drs, Hist. des Moll. p. 40. t.1.f.30,31, |. g e y of this I found a few specimens shined with the Cionella Acicula and other land-shells in some fine sand from Wey- mouth-bay, into which they were probably carried down by some freshwater stream. Mr. J. S. Miller showed me several 364 Mr. Jurrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous several in his cabinet, which he said were from marshes in Hampshire. The Helix subcylindrica of Montagu, which he informs us was sent him by Dr. Pulteney as found ** on water-plants in rivers and ponds in Dorsetshire,” is marine, and a diffe- rent species, though classed with the present by Drapar- naud. Genus XI. CARYCHIUM. Müll. Animal corpore angustato. Tentacula brevia, cylindrica. Testa turrita, elongato-clavata seu fusiformis, spirá acuminatá. Apertura plerumque marginata, intus subcontinuis la- mellis instructa. | * Edentula; peristomio simplici. 1. Fuscum. Animal tentaculis subulatis, ad basin approximatis. In loco tentaculorum inferiorum 2 macule nigre inæ- quales discernende. (Fér.) Testa clavata, obtusé acuminata, rufescenti-brunnea, nitida, lineolis transversis raris impressa. Anfractus 6. Aper- tura ovata: peristomio tenui, postice subreflexo. Um- : iur pene. 7 : - Long. 0.125.—Diam. 0.05. Turbo fuscus. Walker Test. Min. mur. J 42. Mont. Fest Brit: p. S90f ^ 55999 Auricula lineata. Drap. Hist. des Moll. por 563 f. 20, 21. Carychium lineatum. Fér. Tab. des Moll. p. 100. L—— Monstrum spin sinistrorsá. this hitherto obscure shell (if it be indeed the Turbo TTE : by gue to Visier s plate, which was | — Mollusca of Great Britain. 365 published in 1784,) several specimens have occurred to me, and one of the reversed distortion, among the rejectamenta of the Avon river near Bristol. It is, as Férussac, who has given a detailed description of the animal, very justly ob- serves, quite an anomaly in the genus. ** Apertura marginatá, dentibus seu lamellis subcontinuis instructá : peristomio incrassato. 2. Minimum. Animal albido-flavescens, pellucidum. Sustentaculum tenue, dilatatum. Testa ovato-subclavata, acuminata, nitida, pellucida, albida, (sub lente) argute et transversim striata. Anfractus 5, subtruncati. Apertura ovalis, lamellis 3, scilicet 1 colu- mellari et 2 labralibus munita: peristomio subreflexo. Umbilicus vix ullus. "Long. 0.07. —Diam. 0. 045. Carychium minimum. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 195. . Turbo carychium. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 339. t. 22. f. 2. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 184. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 880. Auricula minima. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 57. t. 3. f. 18, 19. Common at the roots of grass, &c. in moist places. 35 Pony UM: Testa laren subfusiformis ^ labia, udi, dilute fusca. Anfractus 7, suturá vix conspicuá marginati. Aper- tura subcordata, sinuata, lamellis 5, nempe 2 inzequa- dibus - 366 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous libus in columella, 2 in columellari labio, et 2 in labio externo: peristomio subincrassato. Umbilicus nullus. Long. 0.25.— Diam. 0.1 fere. Turbo tridens. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 338. t. 11. f. 2. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 181. Pult. Dormi L S p 91. 4. 21. f. 15. - Helix (Cochlodonta) Goodalli. Fér. Tab. des Moll. p.71. Though confined to certain localities, this shell has been lately found in considerable plenty in different parts of Great Britain. For my specimens I am indebted to the kindness of Mrs. Smith, who collected several of them alive about eight or ten years ago on some loose fragments of rock in Brockley Coombe near Bristol. The physiology of the animal yet remains in considerable doubt ; and it is much to be wished that. some naturalist, who has an oppor- tunity of doing so, would attend to the habits and pecu- liarities of this interesting species. The Helix tridens of Müller is more closely allied to this species than has been supposed ; and from its great resem- blance in the form of the shell will probably rank under the same penne. E . Genus XH. AURICU LA. Drap. A US iiis parte capitis. oro roscidali. tei otfacula subu- à lata. ss Testa turrita, fusiformis, spirá acuminata, complet D Facits sese invicem involventes, ultimo plusquàm maximo. Apertura elongata, dimidium teste zequiparans, ad ba- . sin subeffusa, lamellis continuis instructa. Umbilicus this ge us, though from the nature of 3 their Mollusca of Great Britain. 367 their organs of respiration they must rank with the ter- restrial Mollusca, are strictly amphibious, living in the clefts of rocks and the under surfaces of stones which are exposed only by the recess of the tide. "Their food (at least that of the A.denticulata, the only one of which I have observed the animal,) consists of decaying animal and ve- getable substances. It is curious to observe the strange confusion that has taken place among later authors as to the real habitat of this class. Montagu and Draparnaud respectively assigned to their Voluta denticulata and Auricula myosotis a place among the marine and terrestrial Mollusca : the one from having observed the shells with their animals on Alge at high-water mark on the Plymouth coast; and the other on dead and decaying wood on the shores of the Mediterranean. Baron Férussac indeed was perfectly aware of their peculiar organization, but errs in saying that they have the power of going out of the water. The last-mentioned author has arranged them under his GeAy- drophiles, a very interesting sub-order of the pulmoniferous Mollusca, but a much too extensive one, since it embraces . the Voluta tornatilis, Turbo unidentatus, plicatus, $c. of Mon- tagu; all which, from opportunities I have had of examining their animals, I am perfectly assured do not agree with the present division, having a very different respiratory system and a truly marine habitat. The want of the internal spiral septa of the shells first noticed by Montagu i is rers curious. — $n pe E DENTICULATA. a eps Animal griseo-purpurascens. Tentacula brevia, annulata. Proboscis elongatus. Testa oblonga, subventricosa, fragilis, glabra, purpureo- VOL. XVI. 3B fuscescens. 368 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous fuscescens. Anfractus 6—8. Apertura oblonga, in- tùs subincrassata, plicis 3—5 columellaribus instructa : peristomio subreflexo. | . Long. 0.3.— Diam. 0.125. | Voluta denticulata. Mont. Test. Brit. p.234. t.20. f. 5. j a. ventricosior, plicis columellaribus 2 vix 3. Turbo bidentata. Walker Test. Min. Rar. f. 50 & 53. Auricula myosotis. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 56. t. 3. | FAG h | | B. labio interno denticulato. | Voluta ringens. Turton's Conch. Dict. y. major; spirà productiore, aperturz labio denticulato. Voluta reflexa. Turton’s Conch. Dict. Among the rejectamenta of rivers, &c., near their com- munication with the sea. The variety y. is found, unmixed with the common sort, in the clefts of rocks on the Swansea coast near high-water mark, within the influx of the tide. This variety is less ventricose, and has the peristome not so much reflected on the columella. I was at first inclined to consider it a distinct species; but the intermediate gra- . dations are almost imperceptible, and I have been assured itis found, together | with the other varieties, in the crevices our walls at Weymouth. | e "1 saapect ‘that the Voluta hyalina of. Montagu i is only an imperfect specimen of this last variety. — 2. BIDENTATA. kim albidum. — Tentacula perbrevissima, sube | mata. ( Mont.) Testa * ovata, naim, solida, alba, pistons nitida, spirà Mollusca of Great Britain. 369 tura oblonga, plicis 2 columellaribus conspicuis: pe- ristomio subincrassato, postice subreflexo. Long. 0.15.— Diam. 0.085. Voluta Bede Mont. Tests Brit. bound p. 100. TESO 213 931 30 Auricula hidéntdia:' Fér. Tab. des Moll p. 103. From the coasts of Devon; but I have never found it alive. It differs from the following in colour and thick- ness, in the teeth or folds being more conspicuous, and not sunk in the interior of the aperture, and especially in the tumidity of the last volution. 3. Erosa. : Animal Testa ovato-oblonga, solidior, albida, spirå rugosá, sæpè decorticaté. Anfractus 4—5. Apertura oblonga, in- tùs juxta peristomium subincrassata, plicis 2 colu- mellaribus parüm. obtectis munita: peristomio tenui, postice subreflexo. Long. 0.165.—Diam. 0.075. Not uncommon on the Plymouth coast on the under surfaces of stones left bare by the tide. In Mr. Dillwyn's cabinet I observed a specimen which had been sent him by the late Colonel Montagu under the name of Voluta biden- tata. In this the spire is more regularly produced ; and it has Hes eroded ee which d is y characteristig of the 4. Aika oe cis ae, iedh Animal Testa fusiformis, acuminata, tenuis, pellucida, alba, trans- 322 |. veiim 310 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous versim substriata. Anfractus 6. Apertura oblonga, angustior, plicis 2 columellaribus munita: peristomio simplici. Long. 0.175.—Diam. 0.065. Voluta alba. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 235? (not of the Suppl.) Turton’s Conch. Dict. Not uncommon among the rejectamenta of streams, near their communication with the sea. The Voluta triplicata of British authors (if a true Auri- cula) has as yet only been found in Guernsey ; and is there- fore not admissible into the present catalogue. Familia III. LIMNH ADE. Leach. Tentaculis compressis, triangularibus. Divisio I. Testa cochleeformis. S Testa turrita. 13. Limneus. 14. Physa. Tentaculis compressis, subulatis. 8§ Testa discoideà. 15. Planorbis. -Divisio i. Testa patelleformis. See ee 16. Ancylus. Se et Genus XIII. LIMNEUS. Drap. Animal tentaculis brevibus. Sustentaculum latum, anticé bifidum. Testa ovato-oblonga, seu elongata, interdim subconica. Apertura scoxeto oblonga, ad basin effusa : peristomio simplici, po- _ sticé subreflexo : columellá revoluta. | Al the inhabitants of this genus may be truly termed amphibious, ee —— M — volutions ofa some e specimens. 1. 51A BERN Mollusca of Great Britain. 311 amphibious, since the nature of their food frequently obliges them to seek it on wet and marshy ground. During the spring they are greatly infested by a minute slender spe- cies of Gordius, which in number from two to ten attach themselves to the interior of the mantle near its connection with the neck of the animal. Draparnaud called them fila- mentary organs, and supposed that they performed the office of tentacula, probably from seeing them always in motion and appearing to issue from the back of the head. ‘This troublesome parasite does not seem to be stationary, since I have not unfrequently observed it to change its place and take up perhaps more commodious quarters in another shell. It probably constitutes part of the food of the smaller Dy- tiscide. After I had put two sorts (the D. trifidus, and D. cras- sicornis, M.) into the glass vessel where the Limnei were kept, I could not detect any signs of the Gordii ; though in other cases I have known them to survive even after their guardians had begun to putrefy. : The food of the Limnei is animal and Paaie matter in different states of putridity ; which makes them deserve the perhaps not inapt epithet of ** Scavengers of the waters." In the absence of other nourishment they will even devour each other, piercing the shell near its apex, and eating away the upper folds of its inhabitant. This accounts for the mutilated and often imperfectly repaired state of the upper Animal. lubricum, vistidum, sibus, punctis sparsum ci- nereis: pallio gelatinoso spiram obtegente. ( Müll.) Testa subglobosa, ventricosa, nitida, diaphana, fragilis- sima, 372 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous sima, lutescenti-cornea. Anfractus 2 vix 3, spira de- pressá, vix exsertá. Apertura amplissima : peristomio tenui. Long. 0.3.— Diam. 0.2. Limneus glutinosus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 50. Buccinum glutinosum. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 129. Helix glutinosa. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 919. t. 16. f. 5. Sent me by Mr. J. S. Miller, by whom it was found in tolerable abundance in ditches near Oxford. It is the only species not figured by Draparnaud in his Histoire des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles de la France. ** Umbilico transverso, foramine in junioribus obtecto, peri- stomio reflexo. 2. AURICULARIUS. Animal subflavum, punctis aureolis minutis sparsum. Testa subrotundo-ovata, valdé ventricosa, glabra, pellucida, pallidé fulva, spirá parüm exsertá, acuminata. An- fractus 4. Apertura ovalis, perampla. Long. 1.25.—Diam. 0.85. PETAH auricularius. Drap. Hist. des M oll. p. 49. tt. f. 28, 99. “Helix auricularia. Er inn. . Syst. Nat. E p. 1250. a. pauló minor; spirá exsertiore striis argutis transversis exarata. Buccinium Auricula, var. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 128. Helix limosa. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 381. t. 16. f. 1? m iios ux dnd fakes in most of the midland counties i in Mollusca of Great Britain. 313 has been generally referred to this species, is rather a good representation of the L. pereger. Indeed the L. auricu- « larius has not been figured in either of that author's works ; and the only distinction made in the Historia Animalium Anglie between the two species is by designating the former ** maxime.” 3. ACUTUS. Animal virescenti-fuscum, punctis nigris et flavis minute sparsum. Testa elongato-ovata, ventricosa, glabra, subpellucida, ful- vescens, spira obliquá, acuminata. Anfractus4. Aper- tura ovata. | Long. 0.65.— Diam. 0.375. a. pellucidior, striis remotis transversis. Plentifully in a large pool on Crymlyn Burrows, unmixed with any of the other Limnei except L. truncatulus. Young shells are of a more elongated form than those of either the L. auricularius or L. pereger. It appears to be intermediate between the two last-named species ; and I hesitated at first, knowing the great variation to which this genus is subject, to separate it from the L. auricularius, to which it is closely allied through its variety: but, independently of the more oblique and less ampullaceous form, and of its being in- variably of a thicker consistency than that t shek the 4 cit- | g cumstance of the two species ver bei zethe "i me in my opi | y are not distinct, lam roeland: that ne: prea difference will be found to exist between any of the three species. | . It is admirably described and figured (Plate VII. fig.12.) — in 314 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous in Schroter’s Flusskonchylien. A specimen in Mr. Dill- wyn's cabinet, and which, if I mistake not, he said was also from the locality above mentioned, is named in Col. Mon- tagu's handwriting as both Helix auricularia and H. lutea. à. PEREGER. Animal colore varians, plerumque flavo-maculatum. Ten- tacula flexilia. Testa ovato-oblonga, subventricosa, glabra, lutescens, seepé limo foedata, spirá acutá. An- fractus 4—5. Apertura ovata. Long. 0.65.— Diam. 0.325. Limneus pereger. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 50. t. 2. f. 34—37. Buccinum peregrum. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 130. Helix putris. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 139. t. 86. f. 137. peregra. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3659. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 373. t. 16. f. 3. a, major, subovata ; spirá brevi, acuta. Limneus ovatus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p.50. t. 2. f.30, | 31. 8. ovata; peristomio reflexo, subincrassato. % ovalis, ampullacea ; spira vix exsertà. Helix lutea. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 380. t. 16. f. 6. ` à. minor, oblongiuscula ; spirà acuta, sutura obliqua. Common every where in ditches, ponds, &c. It is ex- ceedingly variable in size ; some of the variety a. from Ire- land exceeding an inch and a quarter, while few specimens of the variety 6. attain a quarter of an inch in length. Young E shells. of the varieties B. and y. are remarkably ampul- T x no hesitation i in aing the Helix lutea of Mon- tagu Mollusca of Great Britain. 315 tagu to a variety of this species, having found it both in a living state, and thrown up together with other varieties on the sea shore near Swansea within the influx of the Briton- ferry river; but it would be curious to ascertain by what chemical process they receive their additional thickness. 5. MAJOR. Animal lutescenti-fulvum, subtis pallidius. Tentacula sub- conica. Testa ovato-subulata, acuminata, glabra (sub lente seriatim arguto-striata), fragilis, albescenti-fusca. Anfractus 6, subangulati. Apertura ovata. Long. 1.65.—Diam. 0.85. Limneus stagnalis. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 51. t. 2. 3,35, 39. Lymnza stagnalis. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 159. | Helix sup “Tinn. Syst: Nat. 1. p- 1249. a, pellucidior, minus gibbosa. —— B. albida, teretior ; suturá obliquiore. Helix fragilis. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 369. t. 16. f. 7. Bulimus fragilis. Lam. l. c. 6. p. 123? Not uncommon in lakes, ponds, &c. Specimens of the variety 8, which I have received from C fordeltine,. in ali SE HER agree with a a small specimen in the cak name co Hood The ie fe 6. Plate VIL of Schróter's Flussconchylien, referred by Gmelin to the Linnean | fra- gilis, seems to agree well with this variety ; but his fig. 8. VOL. XVI. 3c E — o oo —. Plate 316 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Plate VII. (referred by Montagu to the same shell) is only a very distinct variety of the L. pereger, specimens of which I have seen from France. This last is I believe the Lym- nca intermedia of Lamarck. 6. COMMUNIS. Animal lutescenti-fuscum. Tentacula subconica, acuminata. Testa oblonga, acuminata, glabra, interdum spiraliter ru- gosa, et sub lente striis transversis seriatim dispositis ornata, fusco-cornea. Anfractus 6—1. Apertura ovata: labro intùs sæpè violaceo, subincrassato. Long. 0.875.—Diam. 0.325. Limneus palustris. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 52. t. 2. f. 40, 41. & t. 3. f. 1, 2. Helix limosa. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1249? palustris. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3658. Buccinum palustre. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 131. Stagnicola communis. Leach MSS. Very common in ditches and slowly-running streams. 7. ELONGATUS. Animal nigrum. Tentacula albida. (Müll.) | Testa oblongo-cylindracea, - acuminata, fragilis, pellucida, glabra (sub lente pulchre seriatim. striatula), albido-lu- tescens. Anfractus 7—8, teretes. Apertura elongato- ovata: peristomio vix postice reflexo. Long. 0.525.— Diam. 0.175. | ionen iooenius. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 53. t. 3. ue leucostoma. Lam. Hit. des Anim. sans Vert. Helix Mollusca of Great Britain. 377 Helix octona. Linn. Syst. Nat. 4. p. 1248. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 138. t. 86. f. 135. —-— octanfracta. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 396 & 588. ll f d —-— peregrina. Dill. Cat. 2. p. 954. a. subovata ; anfractus 6, quorum infimus dimidium teste subzequans. Buccinum glabrum. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 135. In many parts of the North of England; though a local shell. The variety is from Yorkshire. The outer lip of the aperture is often thickened exteriorly by a white rib. 8. TRUNCATULUS. Animal cinerascens. Tentacula brevia, acuminata. Testa ovato-oblonga, acuminata, fragilis, substriata, flaves- centi-cinerea. Anfractus 6, ventricosiores, superné an- gulati, sutura excavatà. Apertura oer Long. 0.425.—Diam. 0.2. Limneus minutus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. - 55. t. 3. J. 5—T. Buccinum truncatulum. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 130. Helix Fossaria. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 312. t. 16. f. 9. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans.8. p.211. t.5. f.9. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 964. Bulimus peregrus. Brug. Fu. Meth. fe AO, ae a. minor, cornea, ventricosior. foe | B. magis cyli drica, fulva Nerita minuta. : wm M aT EA ANS. nearly every where in eher: often found in marshes occasionally overflowed by the sea. The variety 8. is remarkable for its more cylindrical i 3c2 c m obtuse 318 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous obtuse apex, and the deep umbilical perforation which is not interrupted by the reflexure of the peristome. 9. TINCTUSs. Animal nigrescenti-fuscum. Sustentaculum amplum. Testa ovata, subconica, ventricosa, fragilis, pellucida, gla- bra (sub lente ut in L. elongato seriatim striatula), vio- laceo-cornea, spirà brevi, obtusà. Anfractus 4—-5. Apertura ovata: peristomio vix postice reflexo. Long. 0.225.— Diam. 0.15. In a marshy piece of ground at Marino near Swansea. It seems to be an intermediate species between the L. trun- catulus and the following. 10. GRAYANUS. E minea Grayana, first. given. to it E Dr. Ii. Animal Testa ferè conica, subventricosa, acuminata, nitida, pel- lucida, substriata, violascenti-cornea. Anfractus 6. Apertura subovata: peristomio simplici, postice albo, reflexiusculo. Long. 0.125.— Diam. 0.08. Sent. me by Mr. J. S. Miller under the name of Assi- r. Leach. . From the Greenwich marshes. DETRITUS. Animal 2 dea. ovata, subconica, subventricosa, solidula, alba, sub nte spiraliter striatula. Anfractus 6, suturá vix ünctà. Apertura oblongiuscula, ube she sub- incrassato : T — tenui, subreflexo. — PE Mollusca of Great Britain. 379 Long. 0.6.—Diam. 0.4. Helix detrita. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 101. Pult. Dorset. p- 49. 2d edit. p. 56. t. 19. f. 26. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 384. t. 11. f. 1. —-— substriata. Gmel. —— Nat. 1. p. 3667. Dillz. Cat. 2. p. 958. Given me by Mr. Dillwyn, who thinks he procured them from the neighbourhood of Bantry, Ireland. I place it last, as a doubt may reasonably be entertained of its be- longing to this genus; or indeed to the Limneade at all. ‘Mr. Bryer is said to have found it in several streams in Dorsetshire ; and Dr. Turton says that he has himself seen it alive in Freshwater, Dublin. It is not the Bulimus ra- diatus of Bruguiere and Draparnaud. | Genus XIV. PHYSA. Drap. Animal tentaculis. filiformibus. - Sustentaculum perje latum, anticè integrum. — Testa sinistrorsa, oblonga, ampullacea. Aperiare oblongo, ad basin effusa: peristomio simplici: columellá revoluta. 1. FONTINALIS. . Animal nigro-griseum. Tentacula albida. Pallium amplum, in lacinias divisum. uem Testa ovetooblagun. yentripoem fragilis, diaphana, nea; | -= Physa fontinalis. Drap.E Hist. dei $ Moll. p.54. t.3. f. 8, 9. ! = Bulla fontinalis. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1185 ES Planorbis Bulla. Müll. Verm. Z. p.167 — — T E a. major, 380 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous a. major, ventricosior, albida. B. ovalis, fulva; spirá prominula. Bulla rivalis. Maton § Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 126. t. 4. f. 2. y. oblongiuscula, fragilissima, resiliens ; apertura oblonga, angustiore. Planorbis gelatinus. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 170? 6. minor, globosa. Bulla fluviatilis. T'urton's Conch. Dict. On aquatic plants in slowly-running streams. The variety 8., which has I suspect been mistaken by the learned authors of the Catalogue of British Testacea for a distinct species, is of a paler colour, less fragile texture, and has the spire, which consists of from five to six volutions, more produced. Such I have received from Oxfordshire, of alarger size. In the Physa acuta of Draparnaud, specimens of which I have from one of the North American lakes, the spire is nearly exactly central; and, though not more pro- duced, tapers to an exceedingly fine point. ‘The aperture is also narrower and more elongated. The variety a. was favoured me by Mr. Dillwyn, who in company with Dr. . Leach found itin a small stream on Monazallach mountain near Kilmacthomas, Waterford. - The animal is phytophagousy fedes principally on water-cresses and other aquatics. The spawn is cast inthe ` beginning of April and following months, and at first ap- pears a globular and confused mass, of a clear white colour ; . but in process of time and before the young are excluded, | cM form alters to oblong, and the embryos are very distinctly , in number from three to ten, inclosed in its gelatinous and now transpar it covering. In about a month or five : : weeks, Mollusca of Great Britain. | 381 weeks, the young, with their testaceous coats completely formed, and about the size of a pin's head, burst their en- velope, and immediately enter upon their new functions, swimming and walking with great activity. 2. Hypnorum. Animal nigrescens. Tentacula superné albida. Susten- taculum latum. Testa elongato-fusiformis, subventricosa, acuminata, fragilis, diaphana, polita, fulvo-cornea. Anfractus 7, valdé tur- rii. Apertura oblonga. Long. 0.5.— Diam. 0.2. Physa hypnorum. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 55. t. 3. f. 12, 13. Bulla hypnorum. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1185. Planorbis turritus. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 169. In slowly-running streams in many parts of Great Bri- tain. Some specimens before me, from the garden ponds of Fremington-house, Devonshire, are of unusual size, measuring full three quarters of an inch in length. I have only found them in the hottest days of the summer and autumn months on the surface of the water, where they lie floating with their shells downwards. | Genus XV. Ee Müt. E | DE tentaculis filiformibus, acum [ ın an- Testa po r'apfacnbis € 'aceis : sertà : aperturá subrhomboideàá, ere indue | bus: peristomio simplici. 389 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous * Anfractibus plurimis, connexis. 1. VORTEX. Animal violaceo-fuscum. Tentacula albida. Testa supra subconcava, glabra, tenuis, pellucida, fusces- centi-cornea, subtüs plana, carina marginali. A»frac- tus 6—8, sensim decrescentes. Apertura compresso- rhomboidea. Long. 0.065.— Diam. 0.4. Planorbis Vortex. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 158. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 44. t. 2. f. 4, 5. Helix Vortex. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1243. a. anfractu ultimo in carinam superne obliquato. B8. minor, carina obsoleta. Planorbis Vortex, 8. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 45. t. 2. ES T eld spirorbis. Mill. Per: 9. p. 161. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 153. Helix spirorbis. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3624. Mont. Test. Brit. p.455. t. 25. f. 2. Common in ditches, kc. The presence of a keel, and the consequent flatness of the under side, are not constant onara ters. Sete Oe 2. CoxToRTUS. Animal fuscum. — Tentacula brevia, pallida: Testa suprà subconcava, subtüs concava, perforata, glabra, tenuis, pellucida, fulvescenti-cornea. Anfractus 8, ex- _ tus rotundati, suturá excavatá. Apertura valdé com- ong. 0015. Diam. 0.25. E | = Se " Planorbis Mollusca of Great Britain. 383 Planorbis contortus. Müll. Verm.2. p.162. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 42. t. 1. f. 39—44. Helix contorta. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1244. In ditches, &c. ; but more local than the last. ** Anfractibus paucis. 3. ConNEvs. | Animal nigrum. Tentacula longa, curvata, sordidé cinerea. ( Müll.) Testa suprà concava, perforata, subtis plana, subumbili- cata, tenuis, substriata, castaneo-fusca seu cornea. Anfractus 6, extus rotundati. Apertura subdilatata : peristomio reflexiusculo. Long. 0.45.—Diam. 1.25 feré. Planorbis corneus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 43. t. 1. f. 49—44. Purpura. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 154. Helix cornea. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1243. In slow rivers and large pools of the midland counties of England. 4. TURGIDUS. Animal Testa suprà planiuscula, subtis plana, lateribus ipeque- lissimis, utrinque - bulis, frag " Rees inzqualis. | m : Long. 0. T —Dism. 0. 55. Planorbis albus. Shroter Flussconch. t. 5. f. 28. Helix turgida. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3684 T. VOL. XVI. 3D TN, Page 384 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous A single dead specimen only has as yet occurred to me of this curious shell, which was found in Crymlyn Bog near Swansea. It is totally different from any other British Planorbis; and has somewhat the form of the last. ‘The whitish bands remarked by Shróter on the body volution j of his specimens are wanting in this. 5. UMBILICATUS. Animal nigrescens. Tentacula rufa. (Müll.) Testa supra umbilicata, subtis plana, subperforata, carina marginali distincta, tenuis, substriata, flavescenti-cor- nea. Anfractus 5—6, rotundati, globosi. Apertura subrotundo-rhomboidea. Long, 0.175.—Diam. 0.6. Planorbis umbilicatus. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 160. marginatus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 45. t. 9. f. 11, 12. Helix complanata. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1249. Dillo. Cat. 2. p. 897. —-— Planorbis. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p.133. t. 83. f. 123. Maton & Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 188. 1.5. FB ^m ditches, &c. Young shells show ‘scarcely any trace of a keel; and, independently of the oreater thickness and convexity of the volutions, they cannot be mistaken for the following, in which the carina is in every stage of growth equally distinct on both sides, owing to the greater slope of the body. whorl. 6. p imp im. o x Animal fuscum. Tentacula incurvata, opaca. — — = | Testa Mollusca of Great Britain. 385 Testa suprà umbilicatula, subtàüs convexiuscula, vix per- forata, utrinque in carinam acutam obliquata, lateri- bus subinzequalibus, tenuis, substriata, flavescens. An- fractus 6, subdepressi. Apertura angulata. Long. 0.2.—Diam. 0.65. Planorbis carinatus. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 151. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 46. t. 2. f. 16. Helix Planorbis. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1249. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3617. —-— complanata. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 450. t. 25. f. 4. —-— planata. Maton 4 Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p.189. 4.5. f. 14. — In ditches, &c. ; but I have never found it mixed with the last. 7. LuTESCENS. Animal pallide iii Tentacula pellucida. (Mont.) Testa dilatata, valde. depressa, suprà umbilicatula, sub- perforata, subtùs convexiuscula, utrinque in carinam acutam prominulam obliquata, lateribus æqualibus, fragilissima, hyalina, glabra, albido-lutescens. Anfrac- tus 4 vix 5. Apertura acuta, angulosa. Long. 0.125.—Diam. 0.5. Planorbis lutescens. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 153. cdam. co Hebe carinata. Mont. Tat t BO 1. o Planorbis Jis. - , P E stagnant pools i ins counties of Eng- land ; often mixed with the last, but much less common. Schróter has noted all the three last species, though, as is evident from his referring his figure of the Planorbis ca- 3n2 >o o finatus 386 Mr. Jzerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous rinatus in his Einleitung to the Helix complanata of Linnzus, he has not separated the other two. His fig. 13. Pl. V. of the Flussconchylien is an exact representation of the PL. lutes- cens ; and in speaking of his ** Heliz planorbis crassa" (our Pi. umbilicatus), he says, “ The specimen from Hamburgh is black, with the keel sharp and visible on both sides. Much confusion existed in Müller's time as to the Helix Planorbis and complanata of Linnzus; nor has it been in any wise removed by succeeding authors. In their eager- ness to adapt their new discoveries to the pages of that illustrious naturalist, they seem to have lost sight of the circumstances under which even the latest edition of the Systema Nature was written, and to have given him credit for trivial distinctions, which it was scarcely possible could, in that state of science, have been attended to, and which often they themselves but imperfectly understood. The Helix Planorbis of that work has been referred by the three authors who have last treated on the subject of British Con- chology, to as many distinct species; and nearly as great uncertainty has prevailed as to the true H. complanata. 8. DRAPARNALDI. Animal — Testa utrinque sübumbiliaids perforata, cariná media sub- prominulà, lateribus zequalibus, tenuis, pellucida, gla- bra (sub lente transversim argutissimé striata), lutes- centi-fusca. Anfractus 5, convexiores. Apertura dila- tata, subrotundo-rhomboidea : peristomio libero. Long. 0.1.— Diam. 0.325. 3 | Planorbis ie er. Hist. des Moll. p. 45. t. 2. Piinorbis a AER es Mollusca of Great Britain. 387 Planorbis deformis. Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 154. Helix rhombea. Turton’s Conch. Dict. ? —-— Draparnaudi. Shepp. in Linn. Trans. 14. p. 158. Sparingly among the rejectamenta of the river Taaf near Cardiff. It somewhat resembles an over-grown spe- cimen of the following; but differs in the disproportionate size and medial carina of the last volution, and, above all, in its colour and fine transverse striz. 9. ALBUS. 10. Animal grisescens. Tentacula longa, flexilia. | Testa utrinque subumbilicata, perforata, tenuis, pellucida, reticulato-striata, albida, epidermide fusco induta. Anfractus 5, convexiores. Apertura subrotundo-rhom- boidea: peristomio vix soluto. m . Long. 0.075.—Diam. 0.2. Punon albus. Müll. Verm. 2. p.164. . hispidus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 43. t. 1. J.45—18. Lam. Hist.des Anim.sansVert.6. p.154. Helix spirorbis. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1244. —-— alba. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3625. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 459. t. 25. f. 1. Common on aquatic plants in ditches and slowly-running streams. The term ‘souvent hispide," applied by Dra- » parnaud to this shell, may perhaps 4 ae a orig inated in an accidental erosion of the ph lennis. — —— E. GLABER. Animal E Testa suprà planior, subtüs umbilicata, utrinque perfo- rata, 388 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous IE D deel minor, albida, striis rarioribus.. Seu rata, tenuis, nitida, diaphana, glabra, alba. Anfractus 4 vix 5, convexiusculi. Apertura subrotundo-rhom- - boidea: peristomio vix soluto. Long. 0.05.— Diam. 0.175. Found with the last; though much less common. It is a much more depressed shell than the Pl. albus, of a white colour, more polished and transparent, and is destitute of any markings. ‘The upper side is uniformly more even, and the under exceedingly concave. IMBRICATUS. Animal grisescens. Tentacula longa, flexilia, acuminata. Testa depressa, supra planior, subtüs convexiuscula, um- bilicata, tenuis, pellucida, transversim imbricato-stri- ata, fulva, epidermide fusco lamelloso induta. An- . fractus vix 3; ultimo in carinam obtusam obliquante. Apertura subrotundo-rhomboidea : peristomio soluto. Long. 0.015.— Diam. 0.1. Planorbis imbricatus. Müll. Verm. 2. p.165. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 44. t. 1. f. 49—51. | Turbo nautileus. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1241. Gmel. — Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3612. Bc nautilea..- Ment. Test. Brit. p. $54. t. 25. f. 5. Planorbis cristatus. Drap. l. c. On the Iris Pseudacorus (on the decising lese of which - the animal feeds), in pools and ditches, in the autumn ; but ce Dot common. 12. Tae E- = = | Animal nigrum. Pasaka latum. Testa M roa —— HÓNE Mollusca of Great Britain. 389 Testa depressa, utrinque planior, subumbilicata, subtis perforata, fragilis, diaphana, politissima, ferrugineo- cornea aut albida. Anfractus 3—4; ultimo in carinam acutiusculam utrinque obliquante. Apertura elongata, angulata : peristomio non reflexo, columelle insidente. Long. 0.05.— Diam. 0.175. Planorbis nitidus. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 163. — complanatus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 45. t. 2. f. 290—292. Helix fontana. Lightf. in Phil. Trans. 76. t. 2. f. 1. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 462. t. 6. f. 6. On aquatic plants in ditches ; but not very common. 13. LINEATUS. Animal griseo-fuscum. Tentacula filiformia. (Lightf.) Testa suprà convexa, subtüs planior, perforata, utrinque subumbilicata, | ragilis, | diaphana, politissima, albido- lutescens. Anfractus 5—-6 ; ultimo in carinam infe- riorem obtusam utrinque obliquante, septis internis 3 vix 4 albis partito. Apertura elongata, angulata: pe- ristomio non reflexo, columellz insidente. Long. 0.15.— Diam. 0.275. Planorbis nitidus. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 46. t. 2. f-11-—192.— : Helix lineata. Walker Test. Min. Rar. t. 1. Jf 28. E eee lacustris. - Lightf. in Phil. Tra 16: 1.1. = r F 2 7 ‘ty specimens were re prcoeited to me by Mr. f s. Miller, and I believe came from the neighbourhood of London. The internal plates seem to stand in the place of the teeth or folds which barricade the apertures of mang other Mol- ^o lusca; 390 Mr. Jerrreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous lusca; and, I should think, would not impede the free ingress and egress of the inhabitant. They are noticed by Miiller and Draparnaud, and were considered by the former (to whom both species appear to have been known) as the marks of growth or repair. Genus XVI. ANCYLUS. Müll. Animal tentaculis brevibus, cylindricis, subtruncatis. Susten- taculum antice integrum. Testa conica: apice acuto, recurvo: spirá nulla. 1. FLUVIATILIS. Animal grisescens. Sustentaculum postice dilatatum. Testa ovata depressiuscula, vertice subcentrali, posteriüs inflexo; fragilis, nigrescenti-fusca, transversim radiato- striata, intàs cerulescens nitida. Apertura subovata. Long. 0.125.—Diam. 0.25. Ancylus fluviatilis. Müll. Verm. 2. p. 201. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 48. t. 2. f. 23, 24. Patella lacustris. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1260? Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 143. ——— fluviatilis. Da Costa Brit. Conch. 1. t. 2. f. 8. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3711. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 482. VOUS a. major, pellucidior, viridescenti-albida ; vertice elatiore. ^ On stones in running streams. The variety is found in cold mountain springs, and has often a greenish tinge, pro- | _ bably arising from some minute adherent Conferva or other adventitious matter. - 2. LACUSTRIS. Mollusca of Great Britain. 391 2. LAcusTRrs. Animal nigrescens. Tentacula breviora. Testa oblonga, subdepressa, vertice excentrico ; fragilis, membranacea, concentricé substriata, nigrescens. Apertura oblonga. Long. 0.1.—Diam. 0.35. Ancylus lacustris. Müll. Verm.2. p. 199. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p. 47. t. 2. f. 25—27. Patella oblonga. Lightf. in Phil. Trans. 76. p. 168. t. 3. f. 1—5. lacustris. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3710. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 484. ! On water-plants in ditches, lakes, &c.; though rather a local species. It is not uncommon in Blackpill marsh near Swansea, mixed with the Planorbis nitidus. ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. Page 324, for Cianella, read Cionella. Hzrix FOSCA, p. 330. Animal lutescenti-griseum, dorso flavescenti. Tentacula prelonga, flexilia. Since writing the above list, I have discovered this local ; _species.i in great abundance in moist parts of Penll /— HELIX NITIDA, p. 339. The variety 8. is found not uncommonly under leaves, decaying Boleti, $c. in the woods at Penllergu co C MME (voL. xvi. SE Limnevs E: 392 | 3 small variety of communis ; ; _ dissimilar in its form from that shell, cé . after a careful examination, and d 3 MNA = specimens of both species, be b ri TiSL unite them H to but so very = ET T E» : pem t Pear M ACRES ES MES A = A eee s ius XIX. On Chamemeles piace and Sempervivum glutinosum. By the Rev. R. T. Lowe, B.A. Travelling Bachelor to the Uni- versity of Cambridge. Communicated by Francis Boott, M.D. F.L.S. Read June 2, 1829. IN the 13th volume of the Linnean Transactions, Mr. Lindley has described, under the name of Chamemeles coriacea, a plant which was originally discovered by Masson in Madeira, and named Crategus coriacea. ‘This description appears to be the only one, founded upon an examination of specimens, in exist- ence; the accounts given by DeCandolle and Sprengel in their latest works being apparently wholly derived from it, and not claiming to rank as independent descriptions by furnishing any fresh or additional particulars of their own. It may therefore be inferred that the plant is of sufficient rarity to render the’ completion of its history a matter of interest. This must be my apology for undertaking the task without having it in my power to consult Mr. Lindley’s original paper and description ; for which reason I shall confine myself principally in this place to an account of the fruit, which, not E mentioned by. DeCan- | : iginal uu and description of Mr. Lindley; on which account I am de- sirous it should be honoured by a place in-the Transactions of ‘the Society in which they have already appeared. di pon $22 = C. coriacea 394 The Rev. R. T. Lower on Chamemeles coriacea C. coriacea is one of the rarest plants in Madeira ; and at pre- sent I am only acquainted with one locality for it. ‘This is on the sea-cliffs to the eastward of Funchal, about a mile out of the town along the Canico road. As this is a direction very likely to be taken in a short botanical ramble by a casual visitor, it might well be supposed by such a person that the plant was far more common than a longer residence would discover to be the case. It grows at the summit on the extreme verge of the cliff (in this place about two hundred or three hundred feet high), or on its perpendicular face a little lower down, forming a thick evergreen bush about four or five feet high, with something of the habit of the pomegranate (Punica Granatum). The soil (if soil it can be called) an arid crumbling tufa, mixed with basaltic debris. The flowers are produced abundantly in the months of December, January, or February, according to the earliness of the autumnal rains. Very few of them come to perfection, and the fruit is not ripe before the following November or De- cember. It is indeed so rarely perfected, that from the whole of the bushes, five or six in number, which had been covered the same month of the preceding year with a profusion of flowers, I only obtained, last December, eleven in a full-grown ripe state. - When thus mature, the fruit or haw is quite smooth and even, of a globe ose-oblong subpyriform. shape, flattened or truncate at . the apex, and depressed or with a small hollow in the centre, which is nearly covered and concealed by the converging, withered and blackened, or discoloured segments of the calyx. It is about the size of the fruit of Crategus oryacantha, which indeed it exactly resembles externally in every thing but colour; this eing in the present plant, when fully ripe, pale yellowish- | white, or rather a rich cream-colour. Length, at most half an inch; breadth, ; three-eighths. | Fisk (sarcocarpium) thick, i.e.a “little and Sempervivum glutinosum. 395 little more than one-sixteenth of an inch ;' mealy, rather dry and insipid, much resembling in flavour the fruit of C. oxyacantha, but rather bitter. "When first cut or broken, the flesh is quite white internally, but changes almost immediately to a reddish rusty-brown if the cut or fracture be transverse, not so remark- ably if otherwise: it invests an uniformly single, one-celled carpell, of an ovate or rather oval form and smooth, i. e. not in any way conspicuously furrowed or even rough, with a slightly prominent suture up one side; but in all states perfectly closed, and not bursting or splitting open. "The substance of this (the endocarpium) is of irregular thickness, very hard and bony. Seed single, erect, narrow-elliptic, narrowing at each end, and even pointed at the upper; invested with a thin light-brown skin (spermodermium). Its substance (amygdala) is pale green- ish internally ; and a transverse section shows it to be beauti- fully convolute spirally, or composed of two leaves or lamine applied face to face andi rolled gne: VAM in à iore tudinal direction. TOL AOSI ; o ra ak ug Ee 5 Tirage peyss The Ae is extracted nearly Verbal koui notes müde on the fresh fruit; but in more botanical language it will stand thus : Fructus: pomum calyce baccato carpelloque solitario con- stans. Epicarpium glabrum, tenue. Bercocar pium. crassiusculum, farinoso-carnosum, S spermum : Memi efecto. 0 Spermodermium tenue, glabrum, membranaceum. ze | Amygdala: cotyledonibus foliaceis, contiguis, convolutis. ^ 396 The Rev. R. T. Lowz on Chamemeles coriacea By a misapprehension, easily accounted for, it has been stated that this plant is called **.Buao" in Madeira. It is not uncommon here, as perhaps elsewhere, with a countryman when hard pressed for a name, to conceal his ignorance by coining an extempore one for the occasion; or rather, possibly, by taking the first that occurs of some similar object or plant. In the case of the present plant, it is therefore probable that some countryman who was applied to for its Portuguese name, misled by a fancied resemblance, really mistook it for the Buao; which, as any common Portuguese Dictionary will confirm, is the common garden Box (Buzus sempervirens). Misled myself by the above statement given in DeCandolle's Prodromus, on my first arrival here I made all possible inquiry after the Buro of Madeira; and the result of every requisition for a supply, never failed to be a huge bunch of common Box, or Buxus sempervirens, pro- cured from some garden, of all which in Madeira it is a favourite and constant inmate. Various disappointments of this sort confirmed a suspicion, entertained from the first, of the impro- bability that the common and well-known name Buzo (Anglice Box) should be properly applied, peculiarly and par excellence, to another quite different plant. These ideas have been since strengthened to certainty, since my discovery of the true Chame- oriaced, by the assurance that it is not at all known or ui shed by any particular common name here : and indeed the plant i is far too rare and unimportant as far as. regards prac- tical utility, to render it probable it should have obtained one. Among the few plants of much importance in their domestic uses peculiar to Madeira, Sempervivum glutinosum, or Ensaiüo as it is called by the country-people (pronounced In-say-oung or En-sai-yound), is distinguished for the use made of it by fisher- men in pre: z their lines. This species, belonging to a genus which pe ulia rly characterizes the xegstation of this island | as and Sempervivum glutinosum. 397 as well as of the Canaries, grows in the greatest abundance on the rocks in all parts: and though particularly plentiful on the sea-cliffs, it is by no means confined to maritime situations, but occurs in almost equal abundance in the interior to a consider- able elevation. All parts of the plant, but the stems particu- larly, are covered with a clammy viscid secretion, as if coated with moist varnish. It is probably this, chiefly, which renders the plant so useful to the fishermen in preserving their lines and defending them from the action of the salt-water. This is the account they give themselves of its use; to which may perhaps be added, the stiffness and smoothness it gives, rendering them less liable to entangle. 1t also, no doubt, in some measure strengthens them, and diminishes friction ; and fe dark: colour renders them less visible in the water. It is thus applied.—A large quantity of the plant being col- lected, the stems are bruised with stones (usually by children), till the bark can be readily stripped off; the leaves and young shoots or flower-stems being rejected, as, perhaps, containing a weaker, less viscid juice, which would too much dilute the rest: the bark thus collected, is pounded in a rude mortar, till its fragments are sufficiently small to allow a handful of them to be rubbed with a cloth backwards and forwards along the outstretched lines till they are well saturated with the juice: they are then coiled up, and put to steep till the following day in some alkaline liquid, (usually common urine,) when the rubbing is again repeated, if necessary ; that is, if the line does not appear uniformly black and evenly coated in all parts. If when dried there still appear . in it any knots or inequalities, it is put to soak in sea-water, for the purpose of softening previous to any more rubbing. When quite finished, it has become black, perfectly smooth and even, . and shines as if coated with varnish, or rather with the wax used by shoemakers, whose waxed threads it much resembles, except 598 The Rev. R. T. Lowe on Cham«a«meles coriacea, &c. except that it is not at all clammy. It is also rather hard and stiff, but still perfectly flexible. Some affirm that the first rub- bing with the pounded bark is sufficient, if well and thoroughly done, the others being merely to remove inequalities: while others say, that three or even four rubbings with bark are necessary. This want of agreement proves it perhaps immate- rial. Funchal, Madeira. XX. On present season detected some interesting pecu -^( 809 ) - peculiar Structure of its Subterranean Leaves: in a Lett Robert Brown, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L.S. By J. E. Bo&man, Esq., F.L.S. XX. On the Parasitical Connection of Lathrea Squamaria, ap Read November 3, 1829. T uz study of Vegetable Physiology, comprehending the affini- ties and properties of plants, and the relation they bear to the animal kingdom, constitutes, doubtless, in every point of view, the most important as well as the most delightful branch of botany, and claims for it a rank among the natural sciences, to which it would not be intitled, if confined merely to nomen- clature and system. "Though the general laws which govern the structure and oiconomy of vegetables be now tolerably under- stood, there are many deviations from them, which offer to the philosophic botanist subjects peculiarly worthy of his study and investigation. Here a vast and almost unexplored field lies before . him, where analogy can contribute little assistance, and where his. progress must be proportionably slow and unsatisfactory. Perhaps the most striking exceptions to the prevailing laws are found in the tribe of parasitic plants, whether they be Phzenoga- mous or Cryptogamous. Having in the course of. the last and eculiarities in an indi- vidual ut the former of f these ie the Lathraa Squamaria*, + vids * It is uspět shit we Shave two British species, or at least varieties of this pine. I have in Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History, vol. 1. p. 105, stated. the « differen VOL. XVI. SF >t 400 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection which I believe to be new to botanists, I venture to lay them be- fore the Linnean Society. ha I regret that my attempts to investigate the germination of the seeds and the character of the cotyledons have not yet been fully satisfactory. The two last seasons I sowed the seeds be- tween dead leaves, in pots filled. with the soil in which the plant grows, and placed them in its native situation: but in both in- stances they failed to germinate; at least they still remain in- active. Neither have I been able, by dissection, to trace any division of the cotyledons. However, in one of my attempts to ascertain the parasitical connection of the plant, I detected among the mass of roots, when cleared from the soil, what proved on examination to be a minute embryo. This I have represented, both of the natural size and also in two positions highly mag- nified, at. Tae. ae Hagel a, b, C. Though the otiam between c our r Welsh plant; and that figared in English Poisi, tab. 50, und the dee scription in English Flora, vol. 3. p. 128; to which I may add, that all the specimens which have afforded the materials of the present paper, have the upper lip of the co- rolla entire, or very slightly notched; while in the authorities just quoted, it is repre- sented as deeply cloven. In Curtis’s figure (British Entomology, vol. 4. tab. 160) i it is undivided. The height of the flowering stems, in favourable situations, is even more gigantic than I have stated in Loudon’s Magazine, being sometimes 15.or even 18 inches, bearing from 50 to 60 flowers; on one I counted 63. The subterranean stems -are often from 2 to 9 feet long, surrounded at intervals of 5 or 6 inches by thick irregular whorls of cylindrical, often forked’ branches, closely beset with scales; and | it is often in these parts so swollen and distorted, that it can with difficulty be traced through the labyrinth. [ts usual habit is horizontal, producing at the upper whorls, 1, 2, or 3 flowering branches, which are the only parts that ever emerge into day; and it sometimes happens, that the whorls which bear them one season throw up none the next, and vice versá. New branches are added to the subterranean stems every season, and the extremities of the old ones are lengthened out by fresh shoots, both being clothed with a delicately white and succulent herbage, which is permanent and never renewed. TAB. XXII. Fig. 2. is decisive as to their perennial character, the smaller scales just above the crown of the root (a) being evidently those of the embryo plant. unfortunately Wer " of Lathrea Squamaria, $c. ` 401 unfortunately are not in a perfect state, their situation and foot- stalks are sufficiently apparent, and refer it to the Dicotyledonous family*. The four scales and the radicle were perfect; but from the minuteness and delicacy of the embryo I could not satisfy myself whether the larger rudiment of the cotyledon consisted of the petiole only, or the decaying and collapsed state of the whole lobe. Those most conversant with the com- pound microscope can best appreciate the difficulty of correctly defining such minute objects amid the deceptions arising from the discordant reflections and evaporations of the fluid employed, and of the surrounding lights and shades. From viewing it in different directions and in a variety of lights, as well as from the . close resemblance of its scales in shape and texture to those of the perfect plant, I was however assured of its being an embryo Lathrea, before I noticed thé solitary tubercle near the extre- mity of one of its radical fibres. This determined me, in the absence of its more complete development, to take the sketches already referred to, though I lay them before the Linnean So- ciety with less confidence than any other in the series of draw- ings which elucidate this paper. After many ineffectual attempts, I at Nargth succeeded in obtaining specimens of the Lathrea with its real original root ; and this part so satisfactorily helps us to understand the early growth of the plant, that the failure of observations on the ger- mination of the seeds is the less to be regretted. I caused a circular trench, about two feet in diameter, to be dug round the * The oily nature of the seeds, and the uniform ligneous feticulated fibre in which the sap-vessels of the subterranean stem are interspersed, though without a concen- tric arrangement, support this view: but I do not think the sap-vessels have a spiral structure. "The bark consists of a simple cuticle, and a broad circle of spongy cellu- lar tissue, which ranges round the woody fibre, and occupies more than half of the radius of the stem. 3r2 flowering 402 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection flowering stems of a young plant, carefully cutting and sawing . off all the roots of the Ash-tree (under which it grew) that came in contact with the spade, without disturbing the central mass. When the trench was sunk lower than the horizontal roots of the tree, I caused the labourers to undermine the insulated lump on all sides, and to lift it carefully into a large garden basket, in which they carried it into a neighbouring and rather rapid stream: here, by repeated and cautious agitation, I at length washed away all the soil, leaving exposed the roots and fibres of the Ash, and the subterranean stems of the Lathrea com- | pletely matted and entangled together. On separating them, I had the satisfaction to find the parasite with its root, of the size, shape, and habit represented in Fig. 2. This clearly shows its true character, and solves the problem, that though its base is not inserted into the stock, as in Orobanche, but is spindle- shaped and terminates in many forked fibres, it is strictly para- sitical, each fibre being furnished with very minute tubercles, which fix themselves on the roots of the tree to extract their — juices. It is only by means of these that the fibres can perform their office of ducts. As these tubercles are also copiously found on the fibres of the subterranean stem, and will be best described with it, I shall for the present defer the detail of them, noticing only two or three of an extraordinary size, which may be seen in Fig. 2. b, on the upper part of the caudex of the root. These are of a much firmer and more woody texture than the smaller ones, and their interior organization is more complex, though they perform the same functions. A magnified longitu- dinal section of one of them is shown in Fig. 4; but it will be better understood hereafter. The exterior of the caudex is of a red-brown, and tolerably smooth ; its texture is solid and woody. A cross section of it exhibits very numerous angular cells con- nected by a fibrous network, which forms the solid portion. j It ~r nar d -of Lathrea Squamaria, &c. 403 lt is évident from an inspection of Fig. 2, that in an early stage of its growth the embryo-stem, contrary to the almost universal rule, avoids the surface, and takes a downward direc- tion in common with the root. The intention of this is sufhi- ciently apparent; for when once it finds itself among the roots and fibres of the tree, it no longer continues to descend, but spreads Aorizontally, fixing its tubers upon them, and com- mencing its attacks on every hand. ‘This is one of those in- stances of adaptation effected in direct opposition to an esta- blished law, which fills us with unceasing wonder, and cannot fail to exalt our views of the Mighty Author of Universal Na- ture. A necessary consequence of the downward tendency of ` the young stem is, the contrary direction of the flowering branches, one of which is shown at.c, in Fig. 2, evidently seek- ing its natural element, the atmosphere. They are invariably curved at their base till they acquire a perpendicular position, and are the only portion of this singular plant which ever ap- pears above the surface of the soil. As this takes place before the trees acquire their leafy honours, it weakens the opinion, that their unnatural and sickly hue is owing to a deficiency of light. . It seems probable, from the sound and healthy appearance of the root, and from the large tubers on the caudex being in full activity, that it continues for many years; at all events, that it does not decay as soon as the smaller tubers of the stem have begun their operations. Yet I have little doubt, that if it were possible to separate the root from the stems without disturbing them, they would receive adequate and ample nourishment from their own tubers to supply the Severe stems they respectively produce. | I shall now endeavour to describe the nature of the parasitical pusece of our plant with some minuteness, as it has hitherto been 404 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection been very imperfectly understood. Its subterranean stem throws out from between the scales many succulent and tender fibres, bearing a profusion of minute tubercles or bulbs, which fix themselves upon the roots of the Ash, Hazel, &c. and extract their juices in the manner shown in Fig. 3. These tubercles are principally formed near the extremities of the fibres; they are either solitary or in groups of two or three, and bear some external resemblance to small beads, or the knotty excrescences on the roots of some leguminous plants. ‘The connecting fibres are so tender, that it is difficult to get them up without breaking off the tubers, which are left behind upon the root of the stock. ` The tubers are brown, semiglobular, and succulent, and usually not larger than a small pin head ; so that, even should a few remain on the fibres after being dug up, they might escape observation among the soil that adheres to them. Hence I attribute their having so long escaped the notice of botanists. Neither these tubers nor their fibres are to be found in the very spirited woodcuts of Matthiolus, Parkinson, or Gerarde*. Sir . J. E. Smith (English Flora, vol. 3. p. 128.) alludes to the fibrous character of the root; but though he says he believes it to be parasitical, he does not explain in what way. On first washing the Ash roots, I was astonished to find some of them thickly studded with the tubercles adhering closely to the bark on all sides, and to the fibrous roots of the parasite, in the manner I have represented in Fig. 3. To remove all doubt on this head, I traced these fibres from the tubers to their insertion in the stem between the imbricated scales of the Lathrea, and, by the aid of the microscope, through its cellular bark to their junction with the ligneous part which ranges round the medulla. It was ne- * The figure in Matthiolus is the largest and best of the three; but the flowers in all are too small, and too thinly scattered on the stem. The cut in Gerarde (edit. 1597) is a copy from Matthiolus, but reversed and on a smaller scale. cessary of Lathrea Squamaria, ác. 405 cessary to ascertain this, as many of the tree roots are con- - stantly found entangled between the scales. - When the tubers are first formed on their fibres, they are nearly round (Tas. XXII. Fig. 5. a.), but after their attachment to the bark they become compressed and semiglobular. On being carefully removed, their under surface at the point of contact has an irregular warty appearance, arising more from the firmer texture of the vessels about to be described, than the almost gelatinous substance in which they are imbedded. These ap- pearances are shown in the magnified figure 5, as is also the surrounding lacerated cuticle, which probably excludes the at- mosphere in the soil from all interference with the process of un- natural exhaustion. Tas. XXIII. Fig. 1. & 2. represent highly magnified perpendicular sections of the tuber attached to the root of the Ash (of which latter, the portion shown is a trans- verse section). Fig. 2. represents it cut through longitudinally in the direction of its fibre: and Fig. 1. at right angles with, or across it. A reference to these will help the Society to under- stand its organization and functions. The tuber consists of a succulent and nearly homogeneous substance, showing only a cellular texture near its circumference, which gradually becomes more delicate interiorly, and in the central parts is entirely want- ing. From its under surface, or point of attachment, it sends down a tap or funnel-shaped process, generally straight but sometimes curved, which penetrates through the cortical layers of the root to various depths into the alburnum, but never into the solid woody fibre. The tap does not send out any lateral auxiliary branches i but a single filament or duct passes through it, thickening in its progress upwards ; and on its entering the body of the bulb dividing into several branches, each tra- versing its substance in a tortuous manner, and frequently intersecting the others, but finally approaching and unitedly | forming 406 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection | forming a confused mass under the point in contact with the fibre. By this system of vessels the food of the parasite is doubtless alienated and conveyed along the root-like fibres into its subterranean stem ; and from their dispersed and sinuous course within the tuber, it is probable the sap may there undergo a necessary change. ‘These vessels consist of a close series of minute semi-opake oval bodies, and have a moniliform or beaded structure. Tas. XXIII. Fig. 3. shows a transverse section of a tuber and its central vessels. Some of the many tubers I examined, differed materially from the rest, and deserve attention, from the light they appear to throw upon the nature of the action excited by parasites in general. The section Tas. XXIII. Fig. 4. is one of these ; it is divided in the direction of the fibre and of the vessels of the Ash root on which I found it. The interior of the tuber was more densely and uniformly cellular than usual; and instead of the meandering. group of beaded ducts in the centre, it had on each side, near its circumference, a separate set of anastomozing vessels, strong and darker coloured near their contact with the fibre, but becoming gradually paler and more delicate as they approached the middle and lower portions of the tuber. Each fascicle communicated with the fibre by a single detached trunk, and the spaces be- tween a few of the larger reticulations only, were transparent ; the remainder of the section being much more opake than in Tas. XXIII. Fig. 1. & 2. Here also was no trace of the funnel-shaped process ; and the only symptom of derangement or disease in the bark and alburnum of the Ash root, was a number of small globules, mostly detached, but more closely congregated beneath the centre of the tuber. Both the funnel and dark anastomozing vessels just described, were wanting in other tubers ; but they contained the transparent globules, which were also seen more perfectly formed in the alburnum under- neath. of Lathrea Squamaria, $c. 407 neath.. One had a dark group of them under the fibre, but in- stead of a regular set of tortuous vessels through its centre, it had well-defined but mostly detached globules interspersed, and indications of a tap striking downwards into the alburnum. Several others had a tap in different stages of development,. sometimes irregular and ill-defined. In some, the globules (which were filled with fluid) seemed to have formed fissures or cavities in the alburnum, similar to those in Tas. XXIII. Fig. 1. & 2; while many of the tubers were without either tap, beaded vessels, or the transparent globules, and consisted only | of the delicate cellular substance already described. I think it probable that all these, including the section Fig. 4, were tubers in the early stages of their action on the parent root; and that the globules interspersed in them and in the bark and alburnum underneath, with a central tendency, were preparing the way for the yet undeveloped inferior ap- pendage or funnel. ~- It is difficult to conceive how so delicate and succulent a substance can penetrate the comparatively hard bark and alburnum of the root, but by means of some chemical change, or corrosion effected by the union of their respective juices. The irregular fissures or cavities in the alburnum ex- hibited in Tas. XXIII. Fig. 1. 2. & 5, are generally present under those tubers which have pierced it with their funnels. The septa and parts immediately in contact are frequently brown and discoloured, indicating disease from being drained of their sap. They are always surrounded by a light-coloured border, as in the figures, probably a new layer of liber formed by the reno- vating power of Nature to check the progress of the morbid action. Beyond this border, the surrounding parts are con- stantly sound and healthy, the injured portion seldom extend- ing wider than the space covered by the tuber. I am inclined to think that the tubers are renewed annually, VOL. XVI. 3G like 408 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection like the radical fibres of trees and perennial plants. This opinion is strengthened, from a larger portion of those which I have ex- amined in October and November having had taps inserted into the returning vessels of the alburnum, than those I have ex- amined in the spring, the greater number of which had short or imperfect taps, and were often without the interior system of beaded vessels. Ifa root on which they have fixed be carefully examined, some minute scars may be observed on the bark, each divided, by a straight fissure with prominent lips, into two equal parts. These are the cicatrized wounds caused by old and de- cayed tubers, some of which may be seen of the natural size on the broken extremity of the Ash root (Tas. XXII. Fig. 3. a) ; and a magnified transverse section of one, with the cavities within, surrounded by its margin of new liber, at Fig. 5. The organization of the large tubers of the caudex differs from that of the small ones of the extremities, in having a more crowded system of beaded and nearly parallel vessels (instead of: the central intersecting set of the latter) distributed through its whole substance. ‘These vessels are intersected by:a dark- coloured regular cone, in the situation represented in the longi- tudinal section (Tab. XXII. Fig. 4.), which seems to consist only of a more dense assemblage of the vessels themselves, and whose entire figure would be that of the concave bottom of a glass bot- tle. A cross section of this tuber exhibited its numerous vessels in detached spots. The tap was broken off in the root of the stock, but its situation is indicated by the letter a. I now pass on to that portion of this singular plant from which it: has severally been called Dentaria, Squamaria, and ‘Toothwort, and whose true character seems to have puzzled both the older and more modern botanists ; I mean the squamze, or tooth-shaped scales. Matthiolus (Comm. in Lib. quartum Di- oscoridis, p. 314: edit. Ven. 1583.) evidently took them for roots ; ** Radiee e. a A E E DENM o LAM a of Lathrea Squamaria, $c. 409 ** Radice nititur albicante, magna, succosa, fragili, compactili squa- marum congerie:” yet it will scarcely be contended that his **miro sane nature artificio elaborata" refers to anything beyond their exterior appearance. Linneus, Withering, Willdenow, &c., also call them roots; and the able author of Vegetable Physiology * considers them as **scaly appendages to the roots." Sir J. E. Smith in English Botany (vol.i. tab. 50.), and in his Introduction to Botany (chap. xii.), also calls them roots, though he was sub- sequently led (English Flora, vol. iii. p. 128.), from the analogy of this genus to Melampyrum, to refer them to their true cha- racter of a subterranean herbage. He seems nevertheless, incorrectly I presume, to confound them with the bracteas of the flowering branches, which he distinctly calls leaves. The idea of their being roots, though erroneous, was venial enough from their underground situation, and is probably as old as a knowledge of the plant itself. It has perhaps been per- petuated among botanists by a remark made by Linnzus, and alluded to by Mr. Brown in his very luminous paper on the Raflesia: (Linn. Trans. vol. xiii. p. 226.), “that the whole tribe of parasitic plants are distinguishable by the imperfect development of their leaves, and the entire absence of green colour." The learned author last quoted justly observes that plants parasitic on roots are chiefly thus distinguishable. This rule however is not universal, an exception being found in the genus Cuscuta ; which, after the decay of its original root, has no connection whatever with the earth, but is nourished and supported solely by radicles fixed upon the stems of other plants. Many if not all of the foreign species of Cuscuta have a similar economy, and are destitute of leaves and of green colour; in- deed I know of no plant without true leaves that is green. I * No. XIV. of the Treatises published by the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge, p. 29. col. 2. 362 p am 410 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection am therefore inclined to believe that the pale and sickly hue of such parasites, whether fixed on roots or. stems, results at least as much from this circumstance as from the surreptitious nutri- ment on which they feed. The absence of true leaves consti- tutes one essential physiological distinction between Cuscuta and Viscum ; and though Listera Nidus avis, Monotropa, and Orobanche are parasitic on roots, they are also destitute of leaves furnished with pores. Allsuch plants are consequently incapable of draw- ing sustenance from the atmosphere, and of being acted on by the powerful stimulus of light, and can only derive the necessary supply of food through the medium of their lower extremities. It may be said that as they find their food ready provided for them by the stock on which they grow, leaves would be super- fluous ; and that Nature, in depriving them of these usual organs of assimilation, has, in the plenitude of her power, prepared it for them through the medium of a foreign source. But this does not explain the cause of the absence of green colour; in- deed the instance of the Misletoe renders the reasoning incon- clusive. This plant is perhaps more strictly parasitical than any of those just named, yet it is green ;—a necessary conse- quence, as I conceive, of having leaves, though they be sparingly supplied with pores *. I hope to make it appear that the Lathrea differs in struc- ture from all the parasites just named ; and that, though it be * I have observed that the Misletoe dies with the tree on which it grows; and from a notice in the Magazine of Natural History (vol. ii. p. 294.), it seems that the La- threa does so too. It has long been doubted whether Listera Nidus avis be strictly parasitical. Whatever it may be in the earlier stages of its growth, it certainly is not so in its more advanced state. If it be carefully got up in a clod, and the soil after- wards washed from around it, the base of the central root or caudex may be seen to terminate in a short curved spur, which tapers to a fine point, and evidently is not at- tached to any other vegetable. The cuticle of the stem and its bracteas has no per- spiring pores. | parasitic mr ar atrii io it is io o DAR diii e. of Lathrea Squamaria, $c. All parasitic on roots, it is copiously supplied with £rue leaves, while it shares, in common with them, the appearance indicative of the want of those organs. Assuming for the present that the tooth- like scales of the subterraneous stem are really leaves, the appa- rent anomaly will be reconciled by reflecting that their functions . are necessarily performed in the total absence of light, that essential agent in the production of the common livery of the vegetable kingdom. Neither is their cuticle perforated by any pores. In order to ascertain if light would produce any change, on the 20th of November last I carefully laid them bare and washed away the soil; but after having been as much exposed as their gloomy situation would admit till the middle of January, they had not acquired the slightest approach to a green colour, nor any absorbing pores. Frost now set in; and on again examining them on the 5th of February, I found the uncovered parts blackened and destroyed by this unnatural exposure. A head of flowers has since shot up within two inches of the spot, without any change in its natural appearance. i "The general shape and character of the leaves, though they vary considerably in detail, are known to most botanists, and may be understood by reference to Tan. XXII. Fig. 2. & 3, and Tan. XXIII. Fig. 6. 7. & 8. If their outer or convex surface be viewed attentively by the naked eye, especially those on the newly formed branches, a number of longitudinal parallel strize, or tubes, may be observed under the cuticle, whiter and more diaphanous than the contiguous parts, but having no apparent orifice or external communication. On dissecting the leaf, these are found to be so many hollow cells or chambers imbedded within its solid succu- lent substance; and varying in number from six to twelve accord- ing to the size of the leaf. A lens of moderate power shows their interior surface to consist of a variety of irregular corrugations or tortuous ridges, which increase the superficial area very con- siderably. 412 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection siderably. A longitudinal section of one of these cells may not - inaptly be compared to the folds within the helix of the human ear; but its usual form may be seen in the magnified perpendi- cular section, Tas. XXIII. Fig. 7; and its cross section in Fig.8. 10. & 11. The compound microscope shows every part of its sur- face to be lined with innumerable oval transparent glands or pa- . pillze, some sitting, but for the most part raised on pedicels of va- rious lengths, and all pointing towards the centre of the cavity. These glands are so minute as to be barely visible with the lowest magnifier of the compound microscope. ‘Their situation may be seen in Fig. 10. & 11; and their shape, very highly magnified, in Fig. 12. They are marked by four longitudinal depressions, which indicate as many septa or valves within, the intermediate spaces being hollow (see d. and e. of Fig. 12.); but I have not been able to ascertain whether the apex of the gland, or the pedicel, be perforated. They have a very beautiful ap- pearance under the compound microscope, either in a trans- verse section of the cell, or when the lining of the cell is viewed as an opake object. On account of their extremely delicate texture, they soon shrivel up as the section dries. _ Though satisfied, from the elaborate structure of these secret chambers, that they were destined to perform some important office, and that they must, some way or other, have an exterior communication, it was not till after repeated observations and many tedious and unavailing efforts, that I had the good fortune to discover it. Ifthe longitudinal section ofthe leaf and one of its cells (T'as. XXIII. Fig.7.), or the more highly magnified part of it (Fig. 9.), be attentively examined, a very narrow interstitial opening or passage may be traced from a. inwards, between the incurved lower edge of the leaf d, and the underside of the leaf- stalk e, and leading into the inclosed wider space within, b This inner space (a cross section only of which can be shown in aloa NM € mi p REPE. a rm e aae enna ac ius of Lathrea Squamaria, $c. 413 in this figure) runs along the whole underside of the leaf be- neath the course of the dotted line a. b. of Taz. XXIII. Fig. 6; and communicates, by means of an oblong narrow orifice (Fig 9. c.), with the bottom of each of the perpendicular leaf-cells. This appearance may be best detected in a very thin longitudinal section of the leaf placed under the microscope ; and though the inner curvature of the leaf d. will sometimes adhere to the leafstalk e, and close the aperture, the application of a needle or bristle will immediately discover it. The cuticle of the leaves is destitute of pores on both its surfaces*. When highly magnified, it appears to be traversed by an irregular net- work of veins, the reticulations a little prominent, and connected by a.transparent but strictly imperforate membrane. Keeping in view this very curious and singular structure, I think its ceconomy cannot be misunderstood; viz. that the squamee or scales of the subterranean stem are real leaves, and that the prominent glandular papille of their interior cells perform the office of true cuticular absorbents. Under ordinary circumstances, leaves freely exposed to the action of the air and of light, and provided with a porous cuticle, receive carbonic acid gas. into the cells of their parenchyma, where the oxygen is separated and thrown off, and the carbon assimilated with the hydrogen imbibed by the roots. But in the case of the Lathrea, where they are destined to perform their functions, not only in the dark, but buried in the earth, such an arrangement would have been inexpedient ; it is therefore substituted by another, " * So is the cuticle of the flower-stem, the individual flower-stalks, the calyx, and both surfaces of the bracteas. The copious woolly hair on the flower-stem and calyx, when highly magnified, appears jointed like a bamboo cane, and tipped with a globular or oval summit; but I cannot ascertain whether they are perforated. The bracteas have neither the internal cells nor the bladders of the true leaves; but there are often several at the base of the flower-stem, of an intermediate character, being partly succu- lent and chambered like the latter, and partly thin and solid like the former. admirably 414 Mr. BowMAN on the Parasitical Connection admirably adapted to their peculiar circumstances and situation. Had the cuticle been furnished with air-valves, the soil would have continually clogged and impeded their office; they are- therefore removed by a contrivance, as beautiful as wise, and placed within the convoluted chambers excavated for them in the . interior of the leaf, where they perform securely and unseen their destined office. If it be doubted whether, from the unusual form and prominence of these papille, they are the real ab- sorbents of the leaves, I would hint the probable advantage of some such arrangement to enable them more effectually to act upon the very small supply of air admitted into the cells, which is, moreover, always in a stagnant state. It will not, I think, be contended that they absorb moisture rather than air; and as this forms the grand distinction between roots and leaves, I trust I have satisfactorily proved them to be the latter ; though, þe- cause their functions are performed in the dark, one material effect of these organs is not produced. The succulent or solid portion of the leaves also deserves atten- tion from its singularity of structure. It consists altogether of a framework of cellular substance, chiefly in hexagonal compart- ments, resembling a number of hollow dodecahedron crystals closely fitted together (see the sections, Tas. XXIII. Fig. 10. & 11.). Each cavity, besides the watery juice which fills it, contains several oval or pear-shaped and perfectly transparent bladders, quite detached from each other and from the sides ofthe cells, and | lying over one another in an irregular manner (see Tas. XXIII. Fig.13.). They are from their minuteness invisible to the naked eye, but exhibita very curious appearance in a thin section of the leaf under the compound microscope. In one of these sections, placed between.the talcs of an ivory slider in April 1828, they still retain their original shape and size; from which I at first concluded they were distended with air. Subsequent experi- ments Ad. RS Sao iiis cu ey ği ER ue nte of Lathraa Squamaria, &c. 415 ments have, however, proved them to be filled with a glutinous or mucilaginous fluid of much greater specific gravity than water ; in which, though no larger than particles of the finest pollen, they sink as freely as grains of sand. As they are not attached to the sides of the cells, they may be easily separated by macerating the leaf in water, and carefully removing the fecula with a camel-hair pencil, when they will be found at the bottom like a mass of impalpable particles of pounded glass. On evaporating the water, and submitting them to a very considerable dry heat, they still remain distended ; but on bruising them with the flat side of a knife, they give out a fluid, which, though it becomes stiff and fixed by heat, almost immediately regains its viscidity by re-absorption from the atmosphere. From their extreme minuteness this experiment can only be tried by collecting the bladders in considerable quantity and examining the expressed fluid under the microscope. In pure alcohol they generally remain quiescent, not more than one in fifty, even of the small- est, ranging about like particles of pollen similarly treated. When held over a spirit-lamp, either in distilled water or in alcohol, they burst simultaneously, but the shrivelled transpa- rent skins still lie at the bottom of the fluid. The mucilage diluted in alcohol retained its transparency ; in distilled water it gave a red tinge to blue litmus paper, but did not affect the red litmus; and on dropping into it a little diluted sulphuric acid, a few milky or opal-coloured flakes were formed. No sensible effect was produced by prussiate of potash or super- acetate of lead. I tried in vain to crystallize it by evaporation ; indeed, when removed out of a dry atmosphere, it almost imme- diately resumed its viscidity. I am therefore disposed to con- sider the contents of these bladders, a kind of liquid sugar, in- capable of crystallization, from the little free acid it seems to contain; and that it is secreted from the aqueous juices in MEL. XVI... 3H t Wwnmch 416 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection which the bladders float, to minister to the support of the plant during the decay of the old and the formation of the new tubers. The scaly roots of Lilium candidum and the tunicate ones of Narcissus are provided with similar bladders in their cel- lular substance, which also are detached and sink in water. In the former they are smaller and more numerous than in La- threa; and those in the upper portions of the scales are chiefly concentrated round the fascicles of spiral sap-vessels. It is worthy of remark, that the cuticle of these scales has also no absorbents, nor do they become green by long exposure to light. | | I have already hinted, that the partial shade in which the Lathrea is always found cannot be the sole cause of its pale and sickly colour. Many other plants, which grow promiscu- ously with it, flourish, and severally possess their full and pecu- liar tints of green*. These all draw their nourishment imme- diately from the soil; have leaves furnished with cuticular pores, and are powerfully attracted by light. Not so our Lathrea; for . when its flower-stems have acquired their full altitude, they are | always perpendicular; and in groups of twenty or thirty in the most umbrageous situations, the rows of flowers (which have always an unilateral direction) are as frequently turned from the only side on which light is admitted as towards it. I have repeatedly witnessed this singular fact; and have even seen it come up within, though near the door of, a dark hovel, without the stem or its lowers evincing any tendency to incline towards the light. Again, it will be recollected that the various species of Orobanche and Cuscuta show no inclination to put on the usual vegetable robe of green, though not hidden “from day's garish eye.” It is therefore, I conceive, in the structure and * Such as Melica uniflora, Sanicula europea, Allium ursinum, Scilla nutans, Geranium Robertianum, &c. &c. » ie mode W of Lathrea Squamaria, óc. 417 mode of growth, that we must endeavour to find a solution of this problem. | By laws which almost universally prevail in the vegetable kingdom, plants imbibe moisture from the soil by means of their radical fibres, and gases and moisture from the atmosphere through the medium of pores in the cuticle of their leaves. These elements are conveyed into the parenchyma, where innu- merablé and inconceivably delicate organs, stimulated by light and heat, throw off the oxygen and retain the hydrogen and carbon. ‘These essential ingredients at once produce the green colour, and are converted, by a mysterious and hidden process, into the several substances of the vegetable body. Parasitical plants, in one or more respects, and in different ways, are excep- tions to these general laws. Though the Lathrea, unlike many - of its tribe, has leaves amply supplied with absorbents, these organs are doubly concealed in a cold subterranean laboratory, and there destined to breathe in darkness; while the flowering stem,—the only part in contact with the light,—is destitute of those cuticular pores through which air can be admitted, and by means of which the ordinary functions can be performed. The materials and the stimulus are at hand, but for want of the proper apparatus they cannot act. Again: the radicles of the Lathrea do not imbibe moisture immediately from the soil, but extract the already assimilated juices of its foster-parent; and whether we suppose these juices to be derived from the inner cortical layers after the accession of carbon through the leaves, or from the alburnum, where they are in a less combined state ; they probably contain no free hydrogen to minister to the gene- ration of the green colour. They may also undergo a further chemical change, either in consequence of the partial disease occasioned by the attack of the tubers, or in passing through the substance of the tuber itself. We know that in the dark, plants 3H 2 invariably 418 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection invariably acquire a pale and sickly tint for want of the stimulus of light to fix the carbon and throw off the oxygen. DeCandolle says, that under such circumstances they are without perspiring pores. We also know, that the etiolated parts of some varieties of Celery, the under surface of the leaves of Nymphaea, Hydro- charis, &c. &c. are tinged with the same beautiful violet hue as the flowering-stems of the Lathrea. ‘These striking coincidences render it probable that the cadaverous appearance of our plant is chiefly owing to the absence of leaves and of pores on the flowering-stems, to the condition of the absorbents of the sub- terranean leaves, and to its subsisting on food elaborated by a foreign agent. But in what manner, and in what degree, each of these causes operates and combines, Chemistry has not yet discovered ; nor will she probably be ever able to draw aside the impenetrable veil which checks our researches, and baffles the proud philosophy of man. By the aid of the microscope we can often detect the mechanical contrivances by which various operations in Nature are effected ; we can explore her laboratory, determine the elements, inspect the apparatus, and witness the results. But we can no more explain the delicate and subtle chemistry by which, in the vegetable body, the air inhaled by the leaves is assimilated with the juices drawn up through the roots, and converted into woody fibre, and into innumerable secretions, odours, and colours, than we. can tell how, in the animal, distinct and discordant fluids are all elabo- rated from the blood, to support the various functions of life, and the organs of sense and intelligence ! ~ EXPLA- L x * pens. Linn. Soc Wol IVL Tab 82 pI. y - - gs grtt 7- | POM g j; pem Trans. Linn. Soc. Vol. XVI Tab 235 419.. " a * *9 of Lathrea Squamaria, $c. 419 “EXPLANATION OF: THE PLATES. Tas. XXII. Fig. i as embryo plant: a, the. natural size ; b and €, highly magnified in different positions. . 2. An entire plant, showing the large tubers on the caudek 3 of the root at b; the small ones on the fibres, and a | young abortive flower-stem, c, in its progress towards the surface of the soil. 3. Portion of a subterranean stem with its tuberiferous fibres, and a portion of an Ash-root with some of the tubers fixed upon it. a. Wounds in the bark oe by old decayed tubers. te 4. Longitudinal section of part. of. the caudex and one of aa its Tare tubers magnified, showing its complex system of vessels; some of which, towards the „base, a, are cut through transversely.. : es ` Portion of a fibre with a. DNI bar Seine its attach- ‘ment; and another torn from the bark, showing the lacerated edge of the cuticle and the reticulated por- tion in contact with the bark. "The dark central spot is the branching off of the exhausting vessels :—highly magnified. TAB. XXHL- Fig. l. Pispiodicsl section of a tuber cut aeross its. fibre, showing its beaded system of vessels, the insertion of its tap-shaped base into the alburnum, and the bor- der of new liber formed round the cavities to stop the progress of the diseased anm a. Section of the con- necting fibre. -` Si gabe 2. Ditto, ditto, in the direction of its fibre. Fig. 3. 420 Fig. 3. ~J 10. TL 12. 13. Mr. Bowman on the Lathrea Squamaria, $c. 'l'ransverse section of a tuber and its vessels. . Perpendicular section of a tuber at an early stage of its attachment to the bark. a,b,c, d. The bark, albur- num, solid wood, and pith of the tree-root.— Fig. 1. 2. 3. & 4. are all highly magnified. Transverse section of the cavity formed in the root of the Ash under an old decayed tuber, with the sur- sounding border of the new liber to check the pro- gress of the injury :—highly magnified. . Exterior surface of a subterranean leaf. The dotted line a, b indicates the direction of the inclosed space which communicates with the interior chambers. . Perpendicular section of ditto, and one of its chambers. Transverse section of ditto passing through its imbedded chambers.—Fig. 6. 7. & 8. are equally magnified. . The lower portion of Fig. 7. enlarged ad libitum, to show the passage by which air is admitted into the cells of the leaf, in the direction of a,b. b. Is the space inclosed by the incurvation of the base of the leaf, d; and c. The orifice into the cell, f. e. The leafstalk. | Transverse section of a leaf, more highly magnified than Fig. 8, showing its cellular texture, and the convolu- tions of the chambers, with their papilla. One of the chambers of ditto, still more highly magni- fied, to show more distinctly the papille scattered over its inner surface. a,b,c. The papillz very highly magnified. d,&e. Per- pendicular and transverse sections of ditto, showing their valves and interior cells. Minute pear-shaped bladders lodged within the cavities of the cellular substance of the leaf. : XXI. On SS a Att PI te s mane ( 491 ) XXI. On the Origin of Buds. By the Rev. Patrick K ax L.S. - Read April 7, 1829. Puxrorocisrs have been at all times much puzzled to account for the origin of buds. Hence the variety of opinions which they have advanced, or advocated, on the subject. Pliny be- lieved them to be formed from the pith, but without giving us any particular account of the ground of his belief *. Mal- pighi believed them to be formed from the pith, or from the cellular tissue which he regarded as viscera peculiarly destined to the elaboration of the sap and protrusion of future buds +. Du Hamel seems to have entertained different opinions upon this subject at different periods. In the outset of his researches he believed buds to be formed from the wood or pith of the former year. But what are we to say of the first year itself? Afterwards he regarded them as proceeding from pre-organized germs ex- isting in the proper juice, and deposited by it in the course of its descent from the leaves, so as to pervade the whole plant. Where the pre-organized germs were themselves formed, I think we are not told. But his proof of their existence is as follows : —Having taken some cuttings of a willow, he stuck them in the ground, and made them, at the same time, to pass through a barrel filled with earth, so as to have a portion exposed to the air between the ground and the barrel, and another portion pro- jecting above the top of the barrel. The part inserted in the * Nat. Hist. lib. xvii. cap. 21. + Anat. Plant. 13. ground 422 * The Rev. P. KrrrH on the Origin of Buds. ground produced roots, and the part passing through the earth contained in the barrel produced also roots; but the other two portions produced branches. It was of little consequence whether the cuttings were inserted in the ground by the upper or under extremity, as relative to their original growth, and they vegetated even when made to pass through the barrel ho- rizontally. Hence Du Hamel concluded that germs both of the root and branch are dispersed throughout the whole extent of the plant, and are developed as the exigency of the case requires *. Others have contended that buds are generated only from the plexus of the vessels of the inner bark; because, perhaps, it is from the inner bark that the union of the graft and stock is effected in the well-known operation of grafting. Mr. Knight seems to have embraced the opinion of Du Hamel with some slight modifications. I do not mean to say that he has adopted the appellation, or even the notion of pre-organized germs. But he contends that buds are generated in the albur- num by means of the agency of the descending proper juice ; and thus dispersed, as we may infer, over the surface of the whole plant. His proof is as follows :—The runners connecting the tubers of a potatoe with the root were intersected and im- mersed by both portions in a decoction of logwood. The de- coction passed along in both directions. But it was in the di- rection of the tubers that the proof wanted was elicited. For there, the decoction was found to have passed through an ela- borate plerus of vessels between the bark and alburnum, which was seen to approach the skin at the base of the buds}. Hence it was inferred that buds are formed by the agency of the de- scending proper juice in its passage through the vessels of the inner bark. * Phys. des Arb. liv. iv. chap. v. T Phil. Trans. 1808, p- 289. Also The Rev. P. Kxrru on the Origin of Buds. 493 Also the alburnum, according to Mr. Knight, possesses the power of regenerating buds. A number of plants of the Apple, Pear and Plum, which were raised from seed in the spring of 1802, were again cut down to the collar in the autumn with part of the root exposed. In the beginning of the following spring, protuberances were observed on the bark of the ex- posed roots, which were found to be processes issuing from the alburnum. They were incipient buds, and were ultimately pro- truded into shoots. Experiments upon the stem and root of aged trees gave the same result; establishing, as Mr. Knight thinks, the position, that the alburnum, or the proper juice de- posited in it, possesses the peculiar property of the organizing of buds; whence it follows, as a corollary, that the origin of any bud is not more deeply seated in the stem than the layer of alburnum from which it is protruded into a shoot. This common doctrine of Du Hamel and of Knight, and I might add of Mirbel also, is combated by a late writer on the subject of Vegetable Physiology ; who contends, in direct op- position to their theory, that all buds protruded from the sur- face of the plant, at whatever period of its growth, have been ori- ginally formed at the centre of the stem or branch on which they appear; that is, in the original or annual shoot; and have been pushed outwards horizontally through every additional layer of alburnum while yet in a soft state, though it requires some peculiar excitement to protrude them into shoots, which may not occur till after a period of many years *. The bud in its progress outwards is represented as leaving behind it a pale streak of parenchyma indicating its path, which is in the di- rection of the medullary rays, and very perceptible in a trans- verse section of the Willow taken near the place of the pro- trusion of a young shoot. This rule can apply only to woody * Library of Useful Knowledge. VOL. XVI. 91 plants 424 The Rev. P. Kzrrn on the Origin of Buds. plants which have their diameters augmented by the addition of annual and concentric layers. It may include dicotyledonous perennials ; but dicotyledonous annuals, and monocotyledonous plants, as well as plants without cotyledons, it cannot possibly apply to. due : It is admitted that buds, though not originating as above, may be produced from any layer of alburnum by artificial means ;—what are these means ?—but it is contended that Na- ture never protrudes a branch-bud except in the aforesaid way. At all events, the discovery is not entirely new. It is at least as old as the researches of Mrs. Ibbetson, who saw, as I be- lieve, through the medium of the microscope, the buds in the very act of crossing the concentric layers on their way to the alburnum, and who has advocated and illustrated the fact and the doctrine with the most laudable zeal*. She thought, in- deed, that the bud is originally formed in the root, from whence it ascends by ** the line of life" —that is, the medullary sheath— till at last some unknown but potent and irresistible cause gives it a horizontal direction, and forces it ultimately to the circum- ference, in spite of all intervening layers of wood, however nu- merous and however hard. "This was indeed very difficult to believe ; and was, as I should suppose, never much believed. . But the subject was not left to be elucidated merely by the labours of Mrs. Ibbetson. It had long occupied the attention of M. Du Petit-Thouars, a French botanist distinguished for his able Illustrations of the Plants of Madagascar. In a paper entitled De la Terminaison des Plantes, and read at a sitting of the Royal Academy of Sciences on the 7th of October, 1816, he exhibits the result of his observations, and develops his views at some length. The following extracts will show that the doctrine of the central origin and horizontal protrusion of buds * Phil. Mag. vol. 45. 56. comes "md Å — i » TM o ETT ce RE, n E " The Rev. P. Keiru on the Origin of Buds. 495 comes from his hands considerably improved. ‘A partir de là [the terminal bud], je peux redescendre jusqu'à la base, en suivant une ligne plus ou moins droite, que je regarderai comme l'origine de toutes les branches, c'est l'axe de l'arbre." Again,—** A mesure que l'augmentation en diametre a lieu, ce Bourgeon s'eloigne de plus en plus de son point de depart ; mais à tel point qu'on l'examine, on apercoit toujours une trace horizontale qui le lie à la moelle centrale. Ainsi, si, comme cela arrive quelquefois, on en trouve un sur un tronc d'un pied d'epaisseur, il est evident qu'il se sera écarté horizontalement de six pouces de son point de depart." This view of the subject approaches very near to that of the writer who now advances the doctrine in opposition to the views of Du Hamel and of Knight. Indeed they are both very . similar to the view of it that was originally exhibited by Du Ha- mel himself. Having taken the trunk of a Lime-tree of about four or five inches in diameter, and about the middle of which there was a bud, and having cut it asunder obliquely in the di- rection of the bud, Du Hamel found that he could trace a ray of a whiter shade than the rest of the wood, extending from the pith to the bud. Hence he concluded that the bud is formed from the pith, and that the ray extending from the one to the other is with propriety denominated a medullary ray *. "This conclusion he afterwards abandoned; but it is evident that it embraces the doctrine in question, the ground of which I have lately been induced to investigate with some care. 1 had been looking out, in the course of last summer, for a good subject of inspection, and found rather opportunely the stem of a Willow of about twelve or thirteen years old, which having been felled in the preceding winter or spring, was left lying on the ground, at its full length, and in rather a moist situation, and was in the * Phys. des Arb. liv. i. chap. iii. 312 month 426 The Rev. P. Kerra on the Origin of Buds. month of August furnished with a number of young shoots pro- truding from its upper surface. These shoots were evidently formed posterior to the felling of the stem ; and if the doctrine was true, they were of course traceable to the centre. Accord- ingly, having taken a number of transverse sections of the stem of the above Willow, I found that I could, in all cases, trace the path of the progress of the bud by means of the streak of paren- chyma, extending from the centre, or nearly so, to the base of the shoot. There were many other streaks terminating, not in shoots, but in an emerging point between the alburnum and bark, which point contained, no doubt, a bud that might have been protruded into a shoot in some future year, if the tree had been allowed to continue growing. There is a capability afforded no doubt in the annual protru- sion of the bud into every additional layer of alburnum, that ac- counts well for the ready supply and regeneration of buds which almost all perennials furnish when lopped or accidentally muti- lated. The fact is evidently hostile, as far as it goes, to the opinions of Du Hamel and of Knight, but it does not amount to a refutation of them: for that which is true of the Willow may not be true of every other tree. There are some trees in which no trace can be observed of the horizontal streak of parenchyma, from the origin of the shoot to the centre of the stem. Saiveccrs At the same time, the opinions of Du Hamel and of Knight, though strongly sanctioned, are not altogether indisputably established by the facts which they adduce in support of them. For it may be said that the result of their experiments would have been the same, whether we suppose buds to originate at the centre, or at the circumference. The buds had, indeed, gained the circumference; but whence they came, or by what route, there is no positive evidence to show. Yet this question might OE i ea hg her ne The Rev. P. Kerru on the Origin of Buds. 427 might have been decided by experiments made by the above or by other phytologists many years ago, if the experimenters had but instituted them with that particular view. Dr. Hope’s ex- periment, for example, might have decided it. If any bud is- sued from the wood that was formed within the displaced and hollow bark of the Willow on which his experiment was made ; then buds are, to say the least, occasionally generated and pro- truded into shoots without having been formed originally at the centre, and without having come horizontally to the circum- ference. So also in the experiments of Du Hamel and of Knight, —if any shoot issued from the new layers that were su- perinduced by vegetation over a decorticated portion of albur- num that had been left exposed to the action of the atmosphere, so long as to destroy its vitality, then were buds generated and brought to the circumference through a route different from that of the horizontal channel. Yet as no fact of this sort has hitherto been observed or recorded, as far as my reading or recollection goes, and as wounds by decortication or by excision are con- tinually happening and again healing up, I began to think of looking out for examples, which, if they existed, it could not be very difficult to find. | On the 20th of September last I observed a shoot actually issuing from the lip formed over the section of a lopped branch of a Lime-tree. The tree grew in the garden of the Vicar of Ashford in Kent. In what did the bud originate? In the lip, or in the truncated branch? On the 25th I caused a portion of the trunk to be sawed off, so as to expose the origin of the bud as much as possible. ‘I'he inspection of it was not decisive, as the lip was the growth of one year only, and the bud seemed rather to have come from the interior of the wood. On the 30th of the same month, I observed in my walks an Elm-tree of about eight or nine inches in diameter, and twenty feet 428 The Rev. P. Kerru on the Origin of Buds. feet in height, the stem of which had been wounded some years ago, by a portion of its bark having been stripped off to the ex- tent of about ten inches in length by five or six in breadth, and at about a foot and a half from the ground. On the edges of this wound was formed a lip of new bark and wood, narrowing its extent, and forming a margin of between two and three inches in breadth. The surface of the lip was marked with ridges and furrows indicating a growth of at least three years ; and from the last and innermost ridge there had issued two shoots of several inches in length in the course of the preceding summer. Now it was to be inferred, that these shoots could not have originated in, nor proceeded from, the pith or central layers of wood, because the vitality of the outer layer had been destroyed by means of its exposure to the atmosphere, in consequence of the decortication of part of the trunk ; so that it could no longer afford a passage for a centrifugal bud. Nor could these shoots have made their way to the place of their protrusion, from any - given point in the sound part of the layer that was partially decorticated ; because in that case the buds would have had to travel across the divergent layers, which there is no proof of their being able to do, or example of their having ever done. On the 13th of October I caused a horizontal section, pene- trating to a sufficient depth, to be made both above and below the shoots, and the portion between the sections to be extracted. The inspection of the extracted portion corroborated my infe- rences in every particular. The buds had no radiant nor radical - connexion with the centre of the stem, as was evident from the intervening layer of dead wood, to which the bark and wood of the lip were indeed vegetably agelutinated, but not connected by a continuity of living growth. Beyond that layer the medullary rays began anew, and took a totally different direction. Hence it follows irresistibly,that the shoots in question originated merely in The Rev. P. Keiru on the Origin of Buds. 429 in the lip, and sprung from buds, which, if not formed by, were yet conveyed to, and deposited in, the alburnum through the medium or agency of the proper juice, without having ever been connected with the pith or central layers of the incipient stem, and without having been annually protruded towards the cir- cumference through each successive layer of wood. Thus the doctrine of Du Hamel and of Knight is established indisputably, at least to a certain degree, and corroborated by a new and irrefragable proof ; whilst the deductions of the writer who combats it have been shown to possess less of the character of universality than we find to be claimed for them, and to rest upon an induction of particulars rather too limited in its extent. Particularly it has been shown by the above facts, that “an ad- ventitious bud, or bud appearing on an old stem or branch," does not always ** originate in a germ generated at the develop- ment of the stem or branch on which it appears," and that a " plant may contain latent germs besides those which are annually carried outwards in a horizontal direction. - If it be said that the central origin of the bud, deneihie with its horizontal protrusion, is the rule, the position will readily be admitted, at least with regard to the subjects already examined, and perhaps with regard to others also. Yet it is quite as important to know the exception, as to know the rule itself; because exceptions are the means which Nature has recourse to in extraordinary cases. It may be but seldom that buds are protruded in the way I have now stated, or that the shoots issuing from them are augmented into branches of any great importance. But the same thing may be said of buds issuing - from the surface of a large trunk, even after having finished their horizontal course. They seldom attain to any great size, unless the stem is truncated, when the others would doubtless do the same ; and it is those shoots only that are protruded in the first year 430 The Rev. P. Kertu on the Origin of Buds. year of the stem's growth, before it has acquired anything of horizontal extent, that constitute the leading branches. Still it may be said that the origin of the bud is not yet fully accounted for, as it is its path that has been traced and rendered visible rather than its source. If we are to trace buds to their earliest indications of existence, it will be neces- sary to go back to the seed. In many seeds the rudiments of buds may be discovered in the protuberance that is usually formed at the collar of the embryo plant*, at first a simple vesi- cle; afterwards, as germination advances, an enlarged globule ; at last, in the matured shoot, a distinctly visible body ; one or more buds crowning the shoot, some protruding from its sur- face, and many, as it appears, imbedded in the alburnum. How have they been generated? and how dispersed or distributed through the plant? Either we must suppose that the embryo plant contains already in miniature all the buds to which it can ever possibly give development, arranged, as we must also sup- pose, in a determinate order, and waiting only the occurrence of such conditions as shall afford the nutriment necessary to ve- getable growth, and give dispersion or distribution to the buds by the general expansion of the whole. Or we must suppose _ that the bud or buds already existing in the embryo plant have the power of generating new buds, which the plant has the power of propelling to their appointed stations. The first hypothesis, which is that of Leibnitz, is encumbered with many difficulties, as embracing the doctrine of the invo- lution of all future generations in the first individual of the spe- cies ;—thus, baffling the powers of the most acute imagination, and explaining nothing after all. It is indeed so thoroughly enigmatical as to stand but very little chance of being ever gene- rally adopted. Yet if we embrace, without modification, the * Keith’s Phys. Bot. ii. 389. doctrine — The Rev. P. Kr1ru on the Origin of Buds. ` A81. doctrine of the writer, who discards the hypothesis of Du Hamel - and of Knight, I cannot see how we are to do without it; as he seems to acknowledge no movement of any individual bud be- yond that which must arise from the general expansion of the whole shoot, excepting a horizontal movement. But if it has been. shown that buds do occasionally issue from points on the surface of the stem, to which they could not possibly have come by any horizontal channel, then we shall be compelled to ac- count for their appearance in some other way. 'l'he second hypothesis is not without its difficulties, any more than the first; but it accounts much better for the anomaly in question. "The impenetrable veil which overhangs the subject of generation, whether animal or vegetable, whether seminal or by a bud, conceals for ever from the observation of man the. commencement of those recondite and mysterious processes by Which the operation is effected, and leaves us no resource be- yond that of watching its future results, and forming our opi- nions by inference. Hence the hypotheses of Du Hamel and of Knight, by both of which we have the means of conveying buds to every new layer of wood in all imaginable cases, not ex- cepting even the case that I have now presented to the notice of this Society; and yet we need not confine ourselves to the . precise terms or principle of either the one or the other. Du Hamel gives to the plant a profusion of what he calls pre-orga- nized germs, but I do not recollect that he specifies their origin. Mr. Knight gives to the proper juice an unlimited capacity of forming and of dispersing buds,—which may be thought to be rather too gratuitous, particularly as his experiments do not so much prove that buds are formed by the proper juice, as that they are nourished by it. But if it is admitted that one bud has the capacity of generating others like itself, the difficulty is surmounted. Say that this process is effected by the bud or VOL. XVI. 5x : buds 432 - The Rev. P. Kertu on the Origin of Buds. buds lodged in the embryo plant, or protruding from the sur- face of the shoot, and the new formed bud, or rudiment of a bud, a minute, and insulated, and imperceptible globule or fila- ment; there is nothing incredible in the supposition of its being carried upwards with the current of the ascending sap in its passage through the alburnum ; or, of its entering even the plexus of the vessels of the inner bark, being again carried downwards with the current of the descending and proper juice, as well as ultimately deposited in a situation favourable to its future evolution. The necessity of accounting for the appearance of the bud and shoot that originated in the lip of the closing wound of the Elm-tree,—that is, in a new layer of alburnum that was spreading over the surface of an old and dead layer,—renders the adoption of this or of some such hy- pothesis indispensable. Not that the horizontal progression of the bud as a general rule is to be denied. "The fact is esta- blished beyond a doubt. But that the exception to the rule must be accounted for also ; and even upon the principle of the . rule itself, I am not sure that the longitudinal progression of the bud may not be occasionally wanted, if it were but to bring buds up to the point of their horizontal protrusion. _ If we admit the above process in the shoot of the first year, we shall have no difficulty in extending it to the shoots of future and succeeding years. The buds crowning the primary shoot or distributed over its surface, will evolve and develope their parts in the manner of the bud of the embryo plant; and the buds of future shoots, in the manner of those of the primary shoot; so that the growth of the primary shoot is an epitome of the growth of the whole plant; and that which illustrates the one will illus- trate also the other. "There may be error in our inferences: but if the microscopic observations, to which I have already alluded, are good for anything, we must believe that buds do actually ascend à %. is ND A us 31 " "or > »" -— ^ B WI C o eda sob PERDE oni pm ee ue rein s ae The Rev. P. Kerru on the Origin of Buds. 433 ascend the stem either through the tubes of the medullary sheath, or through the tubes of the alburnum, or through both; and although botanists have hitherto had their doubts with regard to the accuracy of the observations in question, yet, after the novel and extraordinary views of Nature which have been opened up to us of late by a microscopical observer of undoubted ability and veracity, we must not be surprised at the wonders seen by others, nor discard their alleged facts without due examination. 3.32 XXII. Obser- ( 485. ) XXII. Observations on the Vicia angustifolia of the English Flora of Sir James Edward Smith, P. L. S. By Edward Forsgfér, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L. S. Read December 15, 1829. ExcovnAcrp by the readiness always shown by our late re- vered President to listen to any suggestions made by me, though they were contrary to his own preconceived opinions, I venture to offer to the Linnean Society some remarks on the Vicia an- : gustifolia of the English Flora, to which I have been led by perceiving a Vicia lately figured under that name in the Supple- ment to English Botany, for the continuation of which useful work the public are greatly indebted to the sons of the able coadjutor of Sir James Edward. Smith. I trust the eminent botanists who have furnished and described the Viċia, n. 2614. of that publication, will receive the freedom of my statements with the same candour with which they would have been met by - my late friend. When, fortunately for the botany of Great Britain, the her- barium of Linnzus came into the possession of our founder, he very soon perceived that some few plants had been erroneously referred to the Species Plantarum.of Linnzeus, by Hudson in his Flora Anglica,—a book which is less consulted by authors of the : present time than it ought to be,—for it is certainly a work of great merit, and it may fairly excite wonder that more mis- application of the Linnzan nomenclature does not occur in it. It 436 Mr. Forster on the Vicia angustifolia It.was ascertained by the examination of the herbarium, that the Vicia lathyroides of Hudson was not the plant intended by Linnz;us, which in the first edition of the Flora Anglica, pub- lished in 1762, is referred to Ervum soloniense, and in the second edition of 1778 is placed as a variety of Vicia lathyroides : this - was not improperly referred to Ervum soloniense, for it seems that Vicia lathyroides and Ervum soloniense are the same plant, (vide English Flora, vol. 3. p. 283.) Hudson's error consisted in calling the Vicia sylvestris, sive Cracca major of Ray, Vicia lathy- -roides, and in his second edition placing the Vicia minima of Rivinus, the true Linnean V. lathyroides, as a variety. This being the case, Smith in his Flora Britannica and in English . . Botany published the Vicia minima of Rivinus, Vicia minima precox Parisiensium of Dillenius in Ray's Synopsis, as the V. la- - thyroides of Linnzus. So far he did well: but finding that Lin- nsus in his Species Plantarum had placed the Vicia semine ro- tundo nigro of Bauhin's Pinar, which is the Vicia sylvestris, sive — Cracca major of Ray, together with Vicia folio angustiore, flore rubro of Dillenius, as one variety of V. sativa, accompanied with an observation, ** Varietas 8. foliis angustioribus sublinearibus ;^ and also finding that the first of these is in the herbarium pinned to the sativa, marked H. U. (Hortus Upsaliensis), he followed his great master in continuing both these plants as varieties of that species. Subsequently, however, he was induced by the observations of the late Thomas Furly Forster **to re-examine the matter;" and accordingly in the English Flora he has adopted the Vicia sylvestris, flore ruberrimo, siliqua longa nigra of Ray, or the Vicia folio angustiore, flore rubro of Dillenius, as a species, under the name of Vicia angustifolia, stating it to be the V. an- gustifolia of Sibthorp, but not of Roth, or Willdenow, or Rivi- nus; to this he was led by a specimen in his own herbarium, received from Sibthorp, which specimen evidently is the Vicia sylvestris, of the English Flora of Sir J. E. Smith. AST ` sylvestris, flore ruberrimo, siliqua longa nigra; but it may be doubted whether Sibthorp distinguished the two plants ; for his specific character, as well as his reference to Roth and Rivinus, belong to one, and the synonyms of Ray and Hudson to the other. We still, however, unfortunately find the Vicia sylvestris, sive Cracca major remaining in the English Flora as a variety of V. sativa. ' | Having continued to pay attention to this subject ever since the separation of the true Linnean V. lathyroides from that of Hudson, I have remained steady in my opinion, that the V. sa- tiva B. of Linnzus and Smith is specifically distinct from the cultivated Vetch, though I allow their great affinity. . Having an opportunity of examining the truly invaluable her- barium now deposited in the Museum of this Society, I conceive with Professor Hooker, that it must be satisfactory to the British botanist to know what is the Vicia angustifolia of the English Flora, and therefore I have been induced to make these obser- vations and to submit the following arrangement, though in so doing I stand opposed to Linnzus, Smith, and Hooker; yet I feel confident, supported as I am by the accurate Ray, the labo- ‘rious Hudson, together with Roth, and a host of authors ancient and modern: indeed, I have in some measure the sanction of my friend Borrer, who, by presenting the Vicia, n. 2614. of English Botany to be figured as V. angustifolia, clearly takes it away from V. sativa, though he was not aware that it is not the V. angustifolia of the English Flora, but the V. sativa 8. of that work, and the V. angustifolia of Roth and Willdenow. It being an invariable maxim with me never to swerve from the good practice of keeping the trivial name of the first author | who established the species, since the reformation of the bota- nical nomenclature by Linnzus, I am reluctantly obliged to adopt that of angustifolia from Roth, and therefore to give some other 438 Mr. Forster on the Vicia angustifolia other to the V. angustifolia of Smith *. Ido not call it nigra, ` though so designated by Linnzus as a variety, because he in- cluded two plants of the old botanists under his 8. nigra; and as the rule has never been considered absolute when the name - was only that of a variety, I conceive it right to follow Roth, who has taken a much older, and certainly a much better name, though perhaps it is one which is still more applicable to the species to which it is given by Smith. 1l. VICIA SATIVA. V. leguminibus subsessilibus binatis erectiusculis, foliolis ellip- tico-oblongis ; inferioribus retusis, stipulis dentatis notatis, seminibus, globosis lzevibus. V. sativa. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1037. Huds. FI. Angl. ed. 1. 278. ed. 9. 318. Sm. Fl. Brit. 769. Engl. Bot. v. 5. t. 384. Engl. Fl. v.3.281. Willd.v.3. 1104. Hook. Fl. Scot. 215. Pers. Syn. v.9.307. DeCand. Prod. v. 2. 360. Vicia. R. Syn. ed. 1.199. ed. 2. 188. ed. 3.390. Hist. v. 1. 900. Dod. Frum. 134. Pempt. 530. Riv. Tetrap. Irr. f. 54. Ger. 1052. f. 1. Ger. Em. 1227. f. 1... Lob. Ic. v. 2. 75. Camer. Epit. 390. Trag. Hist. 624. Lyte Herb. 483. V. vulgaris sativa. Bauh. Hist. v. 9. 310. Park. 1072. V. vulgaris, semino nigro. Bauh. Pin. 344. V. major sativa vulgaris. Mor. Oa. v. 2. 62. sect. 9. t. 4. f. 12. B. ** V. sativa vulgaris semine albo. Bauh. Pin. 344.” Huds. Anglis Vetch or Tare. Habitat. On the margins of cultivated fields, self-sown, but not a.native. It does not appear that this is a native of Europe. In the * l am sorry to observe some botanists of the present day totally regardless of this act of justice, adopting without scruple and without reason, the name given by any modern author who happens to be in fashion. Smithian of the British Flora of Sir J. E. Smith. 439 Smithian herbarium: there is a specimen marked ** Tangier, . M. Durand, 1503," but no note whether cultivated or indige- nous. I do not understand the variety 8. which I have inserted from Hudson; it cannot be the Summer Tare, for the seeds of that as well as of the Winter Tare are black : these differ in habit, _ the summer variety coming up erect, whereas the winter variety is more procumbent, a circumstance deserving the attention of - botanists. 2. Vicia ANGUSTIFOLIA. y. leguminibus subsessilibus subbinatis, foliolis lineari-lanceo- latis ; inferioribus obcordatis, stipulis dentatis notatis, semi- nibus globosis levibus. V. angustifolia. Riv. Tetrap. Irr. t. 55. Roth. Germ. v. 1. 310. v. 2. 186. Willd. v. 3. 1105. Ehrh. Herb. 57. Engl. Bot. Suppl. f. 2014. Pers. Syn. v. 2. 307. | . V. lathyroides. Huds. Fl. Angl. ed. 1. 919. ed. 2. 318. (excluding the synonym of Herm. Parad. 242, which belongs to V. la- thyroides Linn.). Relh. Cant. ed. 1. 274. V.sativa 8. nigra. Linn. Sp. Pl. 1. 1037. V. sativa 8. Sm. Fl. Brit. 10. Engl. Fl. 9.3. 281. Relh. Cant. ed. 2. 281. | V. sativa ô. angustifolia. DeCand. Prod. v. 2. 361. Vicia. Matth. Valg. v. 1. 501. V. sylvestris, sive Cracca major. Raii Syn. ed. 1. 19. ed. 2. 188. -ed. 3. 321. Hist. v. 1. 902. Lob. Ic. v. 2. 75. Ger. Em. 1227. f.4; and Johnson's additional remarks, excluding Ge- rarde's own description, and. his English name of Strangle . dare or Tine. V. vulgaris sylvestris, semine parvo et nigro, frugum. Bauh. Hist. v. 2. 319. | : V. semine rotundo nigro. Bauh. Pin. 345. FEL. Xv. SL V. syl- 440 Mr. Forster on the Vicia angustifolia V. sylvestris, semine nigro et variegato. Moris. Ox. v. 2. 6s. secto Qo tea fr 1k Aphaca vera, Vicia Matthiolo. Dalech. Hist. 478. Arachus. Lyte’s Herb. 483. Arachus, seu Cracca major. Park. 1071. Cracce primum genus. Dod. Frum. 161. Pempt. 542. Anglis Wild Vetch. Habitat. In dry pastures and cornfields, common. Confusion seems to have taken place very early in regard to this species; for in Gerarde's own edition of his Herball, the. Vicia sylvestris, Strangle Tare, 'Tine or Wild Fetch, can scarcely be intended for it, the figure being totally unlike it, resembling Ervum hirsutum, to which his description is more applicable. * Strangle Tare, called in some countries Tine, and of others Wilde Vetch, is a ramping herbe like unto the common Tare, ramping and climing among corne where it chanceth, that it plucketh it downe to the ground, and overgroweth the same in such sort, that it spoileth and killeth not onely Wheate, but all | other graine whatsoever: the herbe is better knowne than de- sired, therefore these few lines may serve for the description." "This is probably taken from Dodoens, who in his Historia Fru- mentorum Leguminum Palustrium et Aquatilium Herbarum ac eorum que eo pertinent, printed in 1569 under Cracce alterum genus, has an excellent figure of Eroum hirsutum, with the fol- _ lowing observation: ‘‘ Provenit utrumque vicium una cum se- getibus, quibus cœli statu humido admodum perniciosum est, tunc enim cito incrementum sumens confestim segetem præ- ` occupat, teneramque pertinaci vinctu crebrisque circumvoluti- onibus, deorsim trahit, delapsamque erigi non patitur ac ca- _lamitosam ipsam efficit." Johnson in his edition of the Herball has erroneously changed the figure of Vicia sylvestris, adding, ** sive m—— of the British Flora of Sir J. E. Smith. 441 ** sive Cracca major” to the name, and substituting the very block of Dodoens's Cracce primum genus, which is generally supposed to be Vicia angustifolia ; and from the breadth of the leaflets I have been induced to refer to it as such, notwithstanding that the pods are solitary. Lyte in his Niewe Herball, or Historie of Plants, 1578, which isa translation of a French version of the Cruydeboeck of Do- doens, has this plant: the figure it is true is not very good, and is the same as Turner in his Herball, 1568, puts for the cultivated Vetch; yet his description leaves no doubt on the subject: **Arachus is much lyke to the Common Vetche, in stalkes, leaves, and coddes, but in all these much lesse. The ` stalkes be tender, weake. and slender, with cornered trayles or square crested edges. "The leaves are spread abroade like the other Vetche, but cloven and parted above at the endes, into two or three clasping tendrelles. The flowers be smal, of a light purple, or incarnate colour, and do growe uppon the stalke selfe, as the flowers of beanes or common Vetches do, without any foote stalkes. The coddes be small, long and nar- rowe, wherein is couched sixe or seven seedes of a blackishe colour, harde and smaller than Vetches.” John Bauhin observes: ** A Viciá sativa semine potissimum differre videtur, quód admodàm parvum et rotundum, copi- osum (ad octona eximere memini) in siliquis angustioribus, lon- gioribus, magisque teretibus, quàm vicie sepium, minus hir- sutis et fer glabris, que sicce nigrescunt." Ray says: ** Hujus speciem seu varietatem majorem obser- vavimus (ego et D. Dale) in marginibus agrorum quorundam supra molam fullonicam Bockinge in Essexia." What this is T know not. Then follows in another paragraph, copied from his edition of 1690, in which the discovery of the large variety is not noticed: **Vicie sative similis est; flores habet pulchre : 312 purpureos, 442 ` Mr. Forster on the Vicia angustifolia purpureos, umbilico albo, ad singulas foliorum alas plerumque binos raró ternos, in solo steriliore singulos duntaxat; siliquas longas, teretiusculas, rectas, semina octo aut decem continentes, ex fusco- et luteo-viridi varia, non penitus nigra, prout ea de- - scribit J. Bauhinus. Variat ergo seminum colore." ‘The differ- ence from Vicia sativa is also pointed out in Ray's Historia Plan- - tarum. E Hudson, who it must be remembered includes Vicia angus- tifolia Roth, V. angustifolia Smith, and V. lathyroides Linn., remarks: * variat foliis imis obcordatis, retusis et obovatis, superioribus linearibus et lanceolatis, quaternis, senis, octonis, et subinde denis; floribus solitariis et geminis ; stipulis maculatis, nimis affinis Viciz sative. 3. Vicr4 Bonanrir. V. leguminibus subsessilibus solitariis, foliolis linearibus; infe- rioribus obcordatis, stipulis dentatis notatis, seminibus glo- bosis leevibus. V. angustifolia. Sm. Eng. Fl. v. 8. 282. Spreng. Syst. v. 3. 264 (excluding the reference to Roth). Sibth. Oz. 224 (exclu- ding the synonyms of Roth and Rivinus). . angustifolia 8 acuta. Pers. Syn. v. 2. 307. .lathyroides. Dicks. Hort. Sicc. fasc. 4. 12. . lathyroides 8. Huds. Fl. Angl. ed. 1. 279. ed. 2. 319. . Sativa y. Sm. Fl. Brit. 770. . . sylvestris, flore ruberrimo, siliqua longà nigrà D. Bobart. Rai Syn. ed. 2. 188. ed. 3. 321. . folio angustiore, flore rubro. Dill. Giss. App. 47. . vulgaris, acutiore folio, semine parvo nigro. Bauh. Pin. 345. Habitat. On heaths and in pastures, on a gravelly or chalky soil. I apprehend the following remark of John Bauhin applies to this plant: * Huic" (V. angustifolia Roth) “ affinis, si non eadem, << M << of the British Flora of Sir J. E. Smith. 443 eadem, angustissimis foliis ac tenuissimis, longiusculis, flore pulchro, purpureo, à me reperta, cum essem Monspelii, inter saxa." : So also Ray: ** An eadem precedentis speciei ? Varietatis secunde." r I have arranged this as a species in deference to the great authority of Smith rather than from my own judgement, being, . with John Bauhin and Ray, inclined to doubt whether it be right to do so. As the name of angustifolia is already applied, I have called it Bobartii, in honour of Bobart, whose name Ray has taken, and who was probably the discoverer of it in Oxford- shire *. Whether it be considered as a species, or only a variety of V. angustifolia, I hope the Editors of the Supplement to English Botany will give a figure of it in a future number, the V. sativa and V. angustifolia being now well represented in that work. - 4. VICIA LATHYROIDES. Of this species I have nothing to remark, except that V: icia la- thyroides purpureo-ceruleis floribus, Herm. Parad. 242. 1. 242. Raii Hist. v. 3448. ought to be added to the synonyms, and not referred to V. angustifolia. Hermann, whose figure and descrip- tion are excellent, received it from Scotland, sent to him by Sutherland. Ray inserts it in his Historia Plantarum, v. 3. copy- ing the description from the Paradisus. I cannot close these remarks without expressing my regret, that in the English Flora the synonym of Ray, V. luteo flore syl- vestris is removed from Vicia lutea to Vicia hybrida. Having, with many other botanists, gathered V. lutea on Glastonbury * As the elder Bobart, the first supervisor of the Oxford Garden, died in 1679, and this plant is not mentioned in the first edition of Ray's Synopsis, it was probably his son and successor in the care of the garden whose name Ray has adopted. Tor-hill, 444 Mr. Forster on the Vicia angustifolia, &c. Tor-hill, it seems probable that it was this species which Ray intended, though we have the evidence of a specimen in the Smithian herbarium, marked ‘from Glastonbury Tor, Somerset, A.B. Lambert, Esq.”, that Vicia hybrida has also been discovered . there. V. levigata is likewise well authenticated by specimens . from the same gentleman, found near Weymouth. have never seen the latter growing; but from the specimens in the above- mentioned herbarium it appears to me that V. lutea, V. hy- brida, and V. levigata agree in general habit, differing only in the vexillum and legumen, both of which in V. hybrida are hairy, and in V. levigata smooth, whereas in V. lutea the vex- illum is smooth and the legumen hairy. The V. levigata ap- pears to be unknown to foreigners, though discovered in this country many years since, and mistaken by Hudson for V. hy- brida. There are native specimens in the Banksian herbarium, from Portland Island, gathered by Lightfoot in 1774. XXIII. On | ( 445. ) XXIII. Ona new Species of Wild Swan, taken in England, and hitherto confounded with the Hooper. By William Yarrell, Esq. F.L.S. | ; . | Read January 19, 1830. Ir is now about six years since I prepared and preserved the trachea and part of the bones of a young Wild Swan, shot in this country, which, possessing peculiarities I had never ob- served in the bones of the Hooper at any age, induced me to believe it would prove to belong to a distinct species. At the sale of part of the valuable Museum of Joshua Brookes, Esq., I became possessed of the sternum and trachea of a Wild Swan which had been prepared by Dr. Leach, and presented by that distinguished naturalist to Mr. Brookes; this also, from its anatomical structure, appeared to be distinct from that of the Hooper, and is now ascertained to belong to an adult bird of the same species as the bones of the young one just men- . tioned. I was presented in December last, by I. B. Daker, Esq., with the sternum and trachea of a third example of this new species, shot at Yarmouth during the winter of 1827-28, and of which . I had an opportunity of examining the skin while under prepa- ration for mounting for that gentleman's collection at Hard- wicke Court. : In age and consequent developement of structure, this third example was intermediate between the two I at that time pos- sessed, and proved a valuable addition. During the late severe weather, Wild Swans were unusually numerous. 446 Mr. YARRELL on a new Species of Wild Swan. numerous. More than fifty were counted in one flock at Wit- tlesey-mere. Among a considerable number which have been forwarded to the London markets for sale, I have been most unexpectedly fortunate in securing five examples of this new species, of different ages; and possessing thus a series of gra- dations in structure, which it is the object of this memoir to describe, I have no doubt of proving them to belong to a spe- cies entirely distinct, though hitherto confounded with our more common winter visitor the Hooper ; ornithologists having as yet admitted but one species of Wild Swan in their systematic cata- logues of European Dirds. : In size the new species is one-third emiáller than the Hooper at the same age. The plumage is first grey, afterwards white, tinged with rust-colour over the head and on the under surface of the belly, and ultimately pure white. The beak is black at the point, and orange-yellow at the base; this last colour ap- pears first on the sides of the upper mandible, and afterwards covers the upper surface in front of the forehead, to the extent of three quarters of an inch, receding from thence by a convex line to the lower edge of the mandible at the gape; the nostrils are oblong and open; the irides orange-yellow ; the wings have the second and third primaries the longest and equal, the first and fourth half an inch shorter than the second and third, and also equal; the tail consists of eighteen feathers, gra- duated, cuneiform ; the legs, toes, and claws, black. In anatomical structure the new species differs much more decidedly from the Hooper than in its external characters. "l'he principal difference is in the trachea, which forms one of the best distinctions in the separation of nearly allied species throughout this numerous family. | The tube of the wind-pipe is of equal diameter throughout, and descending in front of the neck enters the keel of the ster- num, which is hollow as in the Hooper, traversing its whole | length. a tim A į TOE Tn ğ Mr. YARRELL on a new Species of Wild Swan. 447 length. Having arrived at the end of the keel, the tube then gradually inclining upwards and outwards passes into a cavity in the sternum destined to receive it, caused by the separation of the parallel horizontal plates of bone forming the posterior flattened portion of the breast bone, and producing a convex protuberance on the inner surface. The tube also changing its position from vertical to horizontal, and reaching within half an inch of the posterior edge, is reflected back after making a con- siderable curve, till it once more reaches the keel (Tas. XXV. Fig. 3.), again traversing which, in a line immediately over the first portion of the tube, it passes out under the arch of the os furcatorium ; where turning upwards and afterwards backwards, it enters the body of the bird to be attached to the lungs in the usual manner (Tas. XXIV. Fig. 1.). This is the state of de- velopement in the most perfect bird I have yet met with. The . degree next in order below, differs in having the horizontal loop of the trachea confined to one side only of the cavity of the ster- num, both sides of which cavity are at this time formed, but the loop of the tube is not yet sufficiently elongated to occupy the whole space (Tas. XXV. Fig. 2.); and the third in order, being that of a still younger bird, possesses only the vertical insertion of the fold of the trachea (Tas. XXV. Fig. 1.); yet even in this specimen the cavity in the posterior portion of the sternum already exists to a considerable extent, and will be ob- served to be more capacious on that side to which, judging by the preceding example, the loop of the trachea is first to be de- termined. ; These are the pissiliudiós of structure which belong to the tube and sternum. The bronchiz are very short; but the flex- ible part intervening between the bone of divarication and the bronchial rings is considerable, producing an effect to be here- after noticed. This elongated, flexible, and delicate portion, “VOL. XVI. 3M being 448 Mr. Y ARRELL on à new Species of Wild Swan. — being defended on each outer side by a distinct membrane, attached to the whole edge of the bone of divarication ; and posteriorly to a slender semicircular bone on each side, by which it is supported. The muscles of voice with which this bird is provided, pass down, as usual, one on each side of the trachea till the tube is about to enter the cavity in the keel, they then quit that part of the tube to be attached to the ascending portion of the curve, which they follow, ultimately branching off a little short of the bone of divarication to be in- serted upon each side of the sternum (Tas. XXIV. Fig. 1. & 2. Letters d. d. d). The stomach, a true gizzard, is only half as large as the same part in the Mute Swan, and one-third less than that of the Hooper; the intestinal canal is uniform in calibre, coiled up in seven oblong folds, measuring from the pylorus to the end of the rectum ten feet two inches, with two cæca of ten inches each. . . In their general external appearance, the Hooper and this new species are similar; and that they have been so long con- founded together is probably owing to the circumstance that thé Hooper, when first gaining its white plumage, is but little larger than the adult bird of the new one. The head of the new species is however shorter, and the elevation of the cra- nium greater, in proportion to the size of the head; the beak narrow at the middle, and dilated towards the point. The wings when closed do not extend quite so far beyond the roots of the tail feathers; the tail itself is somewhat more cuneiform ; and the toes appear shorter in proportion to the length of the tarsi. In the Hooper, the sides of the beak are parallel, the bright yellow colour at the base of the upper mandible ex- tends along each outside edge even beyond the line of the nos- | trils, and occupies a much larger space comparatively than in the new species. But the following relative measurements of the Mr. YaAnnELL on a new Species of Wild Swan. .. 449 the oldest and most perfect specimen of each sort I have been able to procure during the present winter, exhibit the real dis- tinctions in a manner not to be easily mistaken. New-species. Hooper. Weight . ea ges. ou TENE 24 ]bs. Ft. Inch. Ft. Inch. Point of the beak to the end of the tail 3 9 97g Width with wings extended . . . 6-3 T^ 30 Point of beak to the edge of the forehead 0-831 0^ ^44 SFO O 43 0 51 occiput . 0-°* 64 Q oag Carpus to the end of the primaries . O 201 0 251 Tail feathers in number 1g —- 20 Length of tarsus . O° St pev — middle toe 05r 0 61 L— —2 intestines. — .". 7 ; .710 g 191919 ceca . | O 10 Q 414 breast bone . 0- 6f 0 8 Dépi of insertion of the erithea’ Hiiti 0-- ‘SE ors Length of bronchial tubes. . . . . O ud 0-9 The anatomy of the Hooper is too well known to require further notice, except on some points of comparison. The fold of the trachea confined within the keel, never departs from the vertical position in this species at any age; nor have I ever. seen, in the oldest examples, the slightest appearance of exca- vation in the sternum itself. In the new species, on the con- trary, the trachea will always be found to have assumed the horizontal direction in old birds; and even when young, the sternum is excavated to a greater depth ready to receive the fold of the trachea, to be developed at a subsequent period. The depth of the insertion of the fold of the trachea in the old 3M 2 Hooper 450 Mr. YARRELL on a new Species of Wild Swan. Hooper is but 3 inches in a breast bone of 8+ inches in length ; while the depth of insertion in the new species is 53 inches in a breast-bone of only 62 inches. The bone of divarication, placed perpendicular to the base of the sternum, is in the adult birds of both these species of the same height, that is, 14 of an inch from top to bottom, and is therefore much larger in proportion in the new species ; in this bird also it is considerably convex on each outside. The bone of divarication in the Hooper is com- pressed, and the membrane connecting this bone with the bron- chial rings is not provided with the semicircular bone and mem- brane which so remarkably assists in sustaining and protecting the same delicate structure in the new one. The bronchial tubes in the Hooper are invariably long ; those of the new bird are as invariably short ; but the arrangement of the muscles of voice, and the beautiful manner in which the inner ascending curve of the trachea is supported by a tendinous fascia (as shown at Tan. XXIV. Fig. 2.), are the same in both birds. By a paper in the Philosophical Transactions, vol. 56. p. 204. it appears, that a wild Swan of this new species, brought alive from Philadelphia, but which died soon after, had been dissected by Dr. Parsons, but without considering it to be distinct from the Hooper. Hearne met with both species of our Wild Swans at Hudson's Bay, and the following two short extracts from the published account of his ** Journey to the Northern Ocean" refer particu- larly to this subject. “ Swans.—There are two species of this bird that visit Hud- son's Day in summer ; and only differ in size, as the plumage of both are perfectly white, with black bill and legs. "The smaller sort are more frequent near the coast, but by no means plentiful, and are most frequently seen in pairs, but sometimes single, probably Mr. YARRELL on a new Species of Wild Swan. 451 probably owing to their mates having been killed on their pas- sage north." .. ** The windpipes of both these species are found to be exactly alike, though their note is quite different. In serene evenings, after sun-set, I have heard them make a noise not very unlike that of a French-horn, but entirely divested of every note that constituted melody. "The voice of the larger is much harsher and louder than that of the smaller." If we consider these Swans to be identical with our birds, of which there can be but little doubt, it is difficult to account for the statement here made, that the windpipes of the two species were found to be exactly alike; except by supposing, either, that the object of the Indians in obtaining these Swans being a lucrative traffic in the feathers and skins, only external exami- nation of the denuded bodies of the birds took place, when the trachez of both would be seen to enter the hollow keel in the same manner ; or, as the birds of the new species attain their white plumage before the trachea assumes the horizontal direc- tion and insertion, and as old birds are known to be most diffi- cult of approach by the hunter, such Swans only of the rarer sort were examined, as exhibited when the breast-bone was cut into, merely the vertical insertion of the trachea common to the Hooper: The difference in the voices of the two species will be ac- counted for on the principles assumed in the description of the organs of voice in birds. The large and irregular calibre of the tube in the Hooper produces the loud and harsh sound; the superior quality of tone, and increased power of modulation in the new species, are owing to the smaller and more uniform tube, and greater flexibility of the bronchie. The new bird appears to frequent all the localities common to the Hooper. From an article on the Hooper in the Supplement to the Ornithological 452 Mr. YARRELL on a new Species of Wild Swan. Ornithological Dictionary, it appears Mr. Montagu considered the structure of the trachea in the new species, which he has accurately described, as the sexual distinction of the male Hooper, and the figure in Dr. Latham’s paper, as representing the form common to the female; but this assuredly is not the case. Dr. Latham, M. Temminck, and others who have de- scribed the tracheal structure of the Hooper, have stated it as common to both sexes of that bird, and my own multiplied observations confirm the fact. I have examined males and fe- males of both species. Several examples of this new species are now ascertained to be in British collections. The Museum of the Cambridge Phi- losophical Society contains one. There is one in the possession of Edward Lombe, Esq. of Great Melton, who has an excellent collection of British birds. A third was shot in the winter of 1827-28 by Colonel Hawker. These three were preserved by Mr. Leadbeater. A specimen was also killed in February 1829 near Haydon Bridge, upon which bird some remarks have been lately made before the Natural History Society of Newcastle, by Mr. Richard Wingate of that town. I have also had the pleasure of presenting three specimens, which furnished part of the materials for this paper, to the collections of the British Museum and the Linnean and Zoological Societies. It is my intention, and on this occasion I anticipate the ac- cordance of every British naturalist, to devote this species, which, I trust, I have proved to be distinct and unnamed before, to the memory of our late unrivalled engraver on wood, the justly celebrated Bewick. The instruction and gratification which thousands have derived from the beautiful and animated delineations of this most faithful illustrator of Nature, in all her varied scenes and objects, entitle him to this tribute; and I rejoice in the opportunity this new species affords me of attach- ing ^y d ETE 2 Y UUOUPEUT hg PAUWI a aoe å 33 3 A i : 13 a à . ! E 3 a : ja A Ei H þa a x A N Mr. YARRELL on a new Species of Wild Swan. 453 ing his imperishable name to so valuable and interesting an example among his own most admired and favourite subjects. Ordo. Narmaronrs. Illiger. Fam. Anatipm. Leach. Genus. Cygnus. Meyer. * Bewickü. C. rostro semicylindrico atro, basi aurantiacá, cor- pore albo, caudá rectricibus 18, pedibus nigris. And the better to distinguish the Anas Cygnus (ferus) of Linnzus, I venture to propose the following specific character : ferus. C.rostro semicylindrico atro, basi lateribusque (his ultra nares) flavis, corpore albo, caudá rectri- cibus 20, pedibus nigris. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Tas. AALS. Fig. 1. Side view of the sternum and trachea of Bewick's Swan. a. The keel; b. sternum; c,c. trachea; d,d. muscles of voice; e. bone of divarication ; f. bronchie. 2. Front view of the same part, the anterior portion of the trachea turned aside to show the inner ascending part of it, the muscles of voice, and the tendinous fascia by which both are supported. Tan. XXV. Fig.1. Upper surface of the sternum of a young bird. E Fig. 2. 454 Mr. YARRELL on a new Species of Wild Swan. Fig. 2. Upper surface of the sternum of an older bird, showing the loop of the trachea occupying one side of the ca- vity only. Part of the slender plate of bone being cut away. 3. Upper surface of the sternum of an adult bird, the cavity | wholly occupied by the loop of the trachea. Part of . the plate of bone being also cut away. All the representations are one-fourth less than the na- tural size. Soc. Vol. ZVI, Tah 25 Q Trans, L Printed by Engelmann £i DIRECTIONS FOR PLACING THE PLAT EX. Tas. 16. Enerthenema elegans . . . , . to face page 152 7.4 18. 19. > Organs of Voice in Birds . . . LCS. E . J29 20. 21. J 22. ; d Lathews Soyani . —— ouo os ag 24. Anas Bewickii- gc Aue acc st MM 25. oS ae cr See Re eg 7 N OC CTIONS. T TRANSA o NDON E [o NDON: MDCCCXXXIII. L ag £ mz. o P T | is F (oi v) II. IIT. IV. 34. C. QN FE: Ne Ts. Remarks on the Comparative Anatomy of certain Birds of Cuba, with a view to their respective Places in the System of Nature or to their Relations with other Ani- mals. By W.S. MacLeay, Esq., M.A., F.L.S. Com- municated by the Podlkbam Club of the Linnean So- ciety - - - - - - - p. The Generic a of Formicaleo; with the De- scription of two new Species. By the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A. F. L.S. F.G.S. - - 55: Ms The distinctive Characters of two British Species of Plecotus, supposed to have been confounded under the Name of Long-eared Bat. By the Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo- gical Club of the Linnean Society E - p- A Description of the Mammary Organs of the Kan- garoo. By John Morgan, Esq., F. L.S. E p. Descriptions of some new Species of Birds belonging chiefly to the rare Genera Phytotoma, Gmel., Indi- cator, Vieill., and Cursorius, Latham. By Mr. Benja- min Leadbeater, F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo- gical Club of the Linnean Society - E E p. On a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. By Joshua Brookes, Esq:, F.R.S. & L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society - E p. VII. Description of a new Species of Agama, brought from the Columbia River by Mr. Douglas. By Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S. 4 L.S. - E - - p. VIII. 4T 53 61 85 g- 105 De- iv —— CONTENTS. VIII. Description of a Species of Tringa, killed in Cam- bridgeshire, new to England and Europe. By William | Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S.° Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society - E E - p. IX. An Account of Margarodes, a new Genus of Insects found in the Neighbourhood of Ants Nests. By the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A. F.L.S. E p- X. Description of a new Species of Phalangista. By Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S. - - p. XI. On an undescribed Species of the Genus Pasch. By Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater, F.L.S. ^ p. XII. Observations on some Species of the Genera Tetrao and Ortya, Natives of North America; with Descriptions of Four new Species of the former, and Two of the latter Genus. By Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. - p. XIII. Account of a new Plant of the Gastromycous Order of Fungi. By J. E. Bowman, Esq., F.L.S. - p. XIV. On the Origin and Nature of the Ligulate Rays in Zinnia ; and on a remarkable Multiplication observed in the Parts of Fructification of that Genus. By Mr. David Don, Lir.L.S. - - - p- XV. Some Observations on the Common Bat of Pennant : with an Attempt to prove its Identity with the Pipis- trelle of French Authors. By the Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo- gical Club of the Linnean Society - - - p. XVI. Descriptions of the new Genera and Species of the Class Composite belonging to the Floras of Peru, Mexico, and Chile. By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. - p. XVII. On the Organs of Voice in Birds. By William 109 115 121 129 133 151 155 159 169 Yarvell, Fe, FES: -i - - p: 905 XVIII. A Synopsis of the Testaceous Diluhóhoiredokitt Mollusca CONTENTS. Mollusca of Great Britain. By J. G. Jeffreys, Esq. In a Letter addressed to L. W. Dillwyn, Esq., F.R. and L.S. - - - - - - : p. XIX. On Chamemeles coriacea and Sempervivum glutino- sum. By the Rev. R. T. Lowe, B.A., Travelling Ba- chelor to the University of Cambridge. Communicated by Francis Boott, M.D. F.L.S. - - E p. XX. On the Parasitical Connection of Lathrea Squamaria, and the peculiar Structure of its Subterranean Leaves : in a Letter to Robert Brown, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L.S. By J. E. Bowman, Esq., F.L.S. - XXI. On the Origin of Buds. By the Rev. Patrick Keith, F.L.S. E - - p. XXII. Observations on ‘the Vicia angustifolia of the English Flora of Sir James Edward Smith, P.L.S. By Ed- ward Forster, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L.S. - - p- XXIII. On a new Species of Wild Swan, taken in England, and hitherto confounded with the Hor By William Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S. - - E - p- XXIV. A further Description of the Anatomy of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. By John Mor- gan, Esg., F.L.S. E - - - - p. XXV. On the Anatomy of some of the Organs of Deglu- tition in the Capybara (Hydrocherus Capybara). By John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S. - sepin aai Du XXVI. Notice of several recent Discoveries in the Struc- ture and Economy of Spiders. By John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S. E - - 7 x p. XXVII. Remarks on the Pulvilli of Facts: By John Blackwall, Esg., F.L.S. = - - p. XXVIII. An Account of the Mode of Growth F. young Corals of the Genus Fungia. By Mr. Samuel Stutch- bury, A.L.S. - - - - = * p. 323 393 399 421 435 445 455 465 an 487 493 XXIX. On vi CONTENTS.. XXIX. On the remarkable Formation of the Trachea in the Egyptian Tantalus. By Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S. g L.S. - - - E - p. XXX. A Supplement to the ** Synopsis of Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain.” By John Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq., F.L.S. - E p. XXXI. On- the Osteological Symmetry of the Camel ; Camelus Bactrianus of Aristotle, Linneus and Cuvier. By Walter Adam, Fellow of the College of Physicians of Edinburgh. Communicated by R. Brown, Esq., ld LS - - - E E E p. XXXII. Remarks on a certain Kind of Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. By Charles Daubeny, M.D., F.R.S. & L.S., Professor of Chemistry in the Unien of Oxford - E ~ E - p. XXXHI. On the Plant which yields the Gum Ammo- niacum. By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. - p. XXXIV. On the Pausside, a Family of Coleopterous In- sects. By Mr. J. O. Westwood, F.L.S. - p. XXXV. On the Organs and Mode of Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. By Robert Brown, Esq., EPIS - - - - - p. XXXVI. Description of a new Species of the Genus Pinus. By Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. Communicated by the Horticultural Society - - = p. XXXVII. Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society of London - - ; = - p. Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society - p. List of Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society p. Donations to t^e Museum of the Linnean Society - p 499 505 525 587 599 607 685 747 751 (71 187 795 EXTRACTS BEATRACTS FROM THE MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. November 2, 1830. AyLMER Bourke Lamsert, Esq., V.P. in the Chair. Tus Draft of an Address, proposed to be presented to Hrs Masesty, was read and approved of, as follows : ** To Tug Ktne’s Most Excectent MAJESTY,’ * The humble Address of the President and Fellows of the ** Linnean Society of London. * Most GRACIOUS SOVEREIGN, ** We, Your Masrsty’s most dutiful and loyal subjects, the ** President and Fellows of the Linnean Society of London, * beg leave to tender to Your Masestry our most cordial ** congratulations on Your M 7zsTY's accession to the Throne ** of these Realms. | ** Whilst expressing our sincere satisfaction at this auspicious * event, we are anxious also to offer our condolences, with ** those of our fellow subjects, to Your Mazzsrv, on the de- ** cease of our late August Monarch, Your Masezsty’s Royal VOL. XVI. b ** Brother, viii Extracts from the Minutes of the Council * Brother, the glory of whose reign, and whose protection of ** all the Sciences and useful Arts, must be gratefully remem- “ bered by an enlightened nation. From the paternal and bene- ** ficent feelings which Your Mazzsry has evinced towards all ** descriptions of your people, we venture to hope for a con- * tinuance of the same gracious patronage to our Corporate * Body, which it experienced from Your Ma»;rsry's lamented * Predecessor; and we earnestly pray that Divine Providence * may vouchsafe to bless with a long and happy life both ‘Your Masesty and Your Royal Consort THE QUEEN, * whose conspicuous example in the practice of all those vir- * tues which improve society and adorn domestic life, reflects ** lustre on the Throne, whilst it insures the admiration, respect, ** and affection of your people." Ordered —That a Letter be written to the President, re- questing him to take Tur Kine’s Pleasure as to the time and manner of receiving the Address and becoming the Patron of the Society. December 21, 1830. RosrnT Brown, Esq., V.P. in the Chair. The Vice-President read a Letter addressed to the President, from Sir Robert Peel His Mas;zsrv's Principal Secretary of State for the Home Department, as follows : — * My Lord, Whitehall, Nov. 18, 1830. * I have had the honour to lay before Tue Krxc the loyal and dutiful Address of the President and Fellows of the Linnean Society of London, which accompanied your Lordship’s Letter. of the 15th of November, which Hrs Mazrsrv was pleased to receive in the most gracious manner. ** And of the Linnean Society of London. ix ** And I have the satisfaction to inform your Lordship, that His Majesty has been pleased to signify his consent to be the Patron of the Linnean Society of London. * I have the honour to be, * My Lord, * Your Lordship's very obedient Servant, (Signed) * Ropert Peet.” «The Lord Stanley, M.P. &c. &c. &c." His Mazzsrx having been thus graciously pleased to declare himself the Patron of the Society, a Deputation, consisting of the President, Dr. Maton (Vice-President), Mr. Forster (Vice- President), and the Secretary, waited upon His Ma;zsrx by appointment on December 14th, for the purpose of receiving His MazzsrTY's Signature, declaratory of his Royal pleasure ; when His Masesty was graciously pleased to inscribe his Name in the Society's Charter-Book. ( 455 ) XXIV. A further Description of the Anatomy of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. By John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S. Read April 6, 1830. Havine upon a former occasion presented the Society with a description of certain changes which take place in the struc- ture and functions of the mammary organs of the Kangaroo, during the period of approaching puberty, as well as during several different periods of gestation ; I now beg leave to offer a few additional facts relative to the anatomy of these parts, which I have recently been made acquainted with, by a dis- section of a much younger animal than any that I had previously examined. x | | It will be recollected, that in my former communication I described the anatomical peculiarities which I had met with in the mamme of the adult, and in those of the half-grown animal. I then stated that in the pouch of the adult and impregnated kangaroo, we always find four distinct and perfectly formed teats, two being placed on either side, one above the other ; and that each of the four teats is attached to its respective mam- mary gland: whilst in the younger and unimpregnated animal (when nearly approaching the age of puberty) only two of the four adult teats can be discovered ; these being the upper on each side. I pointed out the mode in which the two lower ones became developed : viz. by the protrusion and eversion of mem- branous cylindrical canals imbedded in the interior of the VOL. XVI. 3N lower 456 Mr. Moncae's Description of the Anatomy lower mammary glands. Each of these canals was described as terminating at one extremity by an open mouth upon the sur- face of the skin, the opposite end of the tube being closed by a papillary projection (the future nipple). "The lining membrane of that tube was represented as forming a sort of pouch from its reflection over this papillary termination. ‘Thus in the de- velopment of the inferior teats on each side, the membranous tube or canal becoming everted from the protrusion of the im- bedded nipple through its external opening, its lining membrane must necessarily be turned inside-out to form a cutaneous cover- ing for the protruded teat. "This process of eversion, which is somewhat similar to the replacement of an inverted finger of a glove, is peculiar to marsupial animals. _ In the paper to which I refer, I have also stated that the inferior mammary glands on each side are very much larger than the upper ones; that the young of the animal when first received into the pouch is invariably found attached to one of the two lower teats; and that the milk during the whole period of suckling is furnished by the inferior mamme. The upper teats, which I had found perfectly developed in the half-grown subject, were compared to those supernumerary organs of the same kind which are so frequently met with in other mammife- tous quadrupeds. I have thought it necessary to refer thus far to my first paper on this subject, in order to render the details of my present communication more clearly understood. In the month of October, 1828, I obtained a living female kangaroo, the pouch of which contained a young one still adhering to the marsupial teat, the size of the young at the time being about equal to that of a small rat; its skin was entirely destitute of hair, of. alight flesh colour, and constantly lubricated by a viscid moist secretion of a brownish red colour, which secrétion was spread also over the whole of the interior of the pouch. | | Since s of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 457 Since I became possessed of this animal it has been my en- deavour to overcome by domestication its natural timidity and shyness, with a view of being thus enabled to ascertain, by a very frequent examination of the interior of the pouch, some additional facts relative to the changes which are known to take place in the economy of its contents during different periods of gestation ; since we can expect by such a mode of investigation alone to obtain any satisfactory information respecting the obscure process of parturition in marsupial animals. My at- tempts to domesticate the kangaroo have been completely successful, the principal obstacle with which I had to contend being the extreme timidity of the animal. I found, however, after it had been in my possession a few weeks, perfectly ex- cluded from any object of alarm, and accustomed to feed from my own hand, that I was permitted, without any effort on the part of the animal to prevent me, to introduce my hand into the pouch, and to make, for as long a period as I could wish, and as frequently as I thought proper, the most complete examination of the young one wiihiu, and of the teat to which it was adherent. After about six weeks the inliirel beans dapt: fami- liarised, and would follow either myself or my servant about the lower part of my house like a dog. As the young one had been already delivered into the pouch, my observations were of course confined to the condition of the ` pouch and teats during its growth: these may perhaps appear of a nature too trivial for the subject of a communication to the Society ; yet, as we are at present so completely in the dark respecting the ultimate object of our researches, —namely a knowledge of the mode in which the foetus is passed from the uterus to the teat,—and as it is therefore impossible to deter- mine how far a few insulated facts my assist in bringing our 3N 2 inquiries 458 Mr. Morean’s Description of the Anatomy inquiries to a satisfactory termination, I am induced to state briefly the result of my observations, before I describe the ana- tomical peculiarities in the mammary organs, to which I have already referred, and which were made known to me by a dis- section of the young animal in question. In speaking of the reddish brown secretion of the pouch upon a former occasion, I stated that it was very much diminished, or altogether suspended, at the time the young animal is lodged within the part. I have now ascertained from repeated exami- nations, that in the unimpregnated state this secretion is always darker in colour, and more viscid in consistence than during gestation ; that after the young has been brought into the pouch it becomes of a lighter red and more fluid, and that when the young has dropped from the teat and is perfectly covered with hair the secretion cannot be detected by its colour, although, from a slight moisture of the interior of the bag, it is probable that it still exists in an altered condition. Its use in lubricating the imperfectly formed animal and the cavity in which it is contained, as a means of preventing friction between the two, must be obvious to every one. After I was enabled to examine the pouch as freely as I wished, my first endeavour was to ascertain whether a marsupial animal so imperfectly formed, and in such an immature state, could be considered as existing in a condition analogous to that of the suckling young of other mammiferous quadrupeds. There can be no doubt that such is not the case when it is first attached to the teat; for then I have already shown, that in its state of imperfect organization its nourishment is injected by the mother through the teat into its adhering mouth, instead of being extracted by the young itself, as in the case of other mammiferous quadrupeds. I may also state, that when, in the very early periods of extra-uterine existence, the marsupial fetus has been separated from the teat, of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 459 teat, its life has been destroyed in every instance which I have hitherto met with. It seems therefore fair to infer in such cases, that the organization and general condition of the mar- supial young is intermediate between the state in which we find other classes of mammalia whilst inclosed in the uterus and after they have been brought forth; for it must be manifest, that in such cases the re-union of the lips of the immature ani- mal to the separated teat is prevented by an absence of those powers of volition with which other newly born quadrupeds are invariably endowed. Numerous other arguments, which I need not now instance, might be brought forward in proof of the fact, that the first period of extra-uterine existence in marsupial ani- mals is intermediate between the two states which I have just mentioned. | aud ! Now, as somewhat more than a mere matter of curiosity, it may be interesting to future inquirers to know at what period the re-union of a separated marsupial young one from the teat can be effected ; since at that period it may be presumed that the immature animal is no longer receiving involuntarily the nourishment of the mother ; and since we have reason to believe that it is at this time that the intermediate state of existence to which I have alluded will have ceased. This can only be known by repeated experimental examina- tions, made by others whose opportunity must be much more extensive than my own ; and for their information therefore I have to state, that I have repeatedly separated from its adherent teat the young of the kangaroo whilst perfectly naked and ap- parently blind, and at a time when its size was not equal to that of a large Norway rat; and that I have in more than one in- stance prevented a re-union for nearly two hours, with a view of ascertaining how far a constant supply of milk under such circum- 460 Mr. MonGcaw's Description of the Anatomy circumstances was necessary to the existence of this animal. 'The result of such experiments has proved to me, that in this advanced state it is decidedly a voluntary agent, and must be considered as having outlived any intermediate state of exist- ence between foetal and perfect life ; for in all my experiments I found that the young one, at the age I have mentioned, was respiring, and capable of applying its mouth to the teat of the mother. At what earlier period the same artificial separation may be effected without destruction of its life, I must leave as a question for others to decide. In the beginning of February the young one was completely covered with hair; and at this time the red secretion from the interior of the pouch, which had for many weeks been gradually diminishing, was no longer per- ceptible. In the following June it left the pouch for the first time, and being somewhat awkward in finding its way back again, an assistance was afforded by the mother in the following way. 'The parent bent down until her belly nearly touched the ground ; she then introduced her fore paws into the opening of the pouch, and thus pulling the aperture wide open at the same time that it was lowered nearly to a level with the ground, a very easy access was afforded for its tenant. This was fre- quently repeated for the first month after the young had left the bag. | Having dissected a suckling kangaroo in which two elon- gated and perfect marsupial teats were apparently found to have conveyed nourishment to a single young one, I was sur- prised to find that, in the animal to which I am now referring, only one and the same teat was affording a supply of milk throughout the whole period of suckling, this being the one to which the foetus was adherent when first received into the pouch. The of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 461 The different degrees of development met with in the mam- mary organs of the two animals have been since fnn explain- ed to me in the following way. ‘Where a number of female kangaroos have been confined in the same inclosure, and have borne in their pouches their respective young of nearly the same age and size, —under such circumstances it has now and then happened that two of the little ones, having escaped from their pouches, have formed an association and returned to the common pouch of one or other of the mothers ; the animal therefore which is thus destined to carry double, must of course be called upon to furnish a double supply of nutriment for the tenants of her pouch: it appears to me, then, that whenever such is the case, the additional supply is afforded by a sympathetic and increased action of the vessels of the opposite mamma, in consequence of which a correspond- ing secretion of milk is produced, and of course an equal en- largement of the mamme and teats on both sides. "That such might have been the cause which gave rise to the development of two mammz and teats in the kangaroo which I had formerly examined, is rendered probable from the circumstance of her having been confined in company with others which were also bearing young. Iam unable however to prove the truth of the position which I have advanced by other than circumstantial evidence and analogical deductions; since I have never had an opportunity of examining the pouch of any of these animals under the circumstances mentioned. 1 may however remark, that I have never met with a single instance in which two teats had been — in the same moe: M the eer of a single young one. — With this brief noide of the esie which I have lately ob- deris in the condition of the pouch and its contents, I have now to describe the appearances presented on dissection of the mammary 462 Mr. Moncaw's Description of the Anatomy mammary organs of the young animal, which died about two months after it had entirely quitted the pouch, and at an earlier age than any I had previously examined. On opening the pouch after death, I found that not one of the four future teats was to be discovered (Fig. 1.), but that four distinct follicular apertures occupied the situation in which the nipples are afterwards found to protrude: from this circumstance I had no doubt that not only the lower, but the upper teats also, of the kangaroo were originally formed from the eversion of follicular canals, of which the external apertures were thus ex- posed, and that consequently the analogy which I had drawn between the superior teats of this animal and the supernumerary nipples of other quadrupeds, was applicable to their functions only, and not to any similarity in their structure and develop- ment. The fact that all the four teats in the kangaroo are formed in precisely the same way, was clearly proved by a dissection of the mammary glands in the young animal before me ; for on tracing the course of the upper follicular openings, I found in them an exact correspondence with that peculiarity of structure which I have already described as existing in the lower mammae previous to the appearance of their nipples (Fig. 2.). At this early period of life, however, it will be seen that the four glands are of nearly the same size, and that they have not yet acquired sufficient magnitude to envelop completely their mem- branous canals. | It appears then from this dissection and from my former one, that the young of the kangaroo at a very early period of life is devoid of any external mammary organs ; that their first appear- ance is shown in the development of the two superior and appa- rently supernumerary and useless teats ; that subsequently the inferior teats are protruded from their respective glands, and that = 26p Vot. XV/. Tab Trans. Lian. Soe Pig. 2. N N SN: NN \ NS SN of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 463 that from these alone does the future young receive nourish- ment; that each of the four teats exists prior to its external appearance in the form of a follicular membranous canal, ter- minated by a projecting nipple, which becomes everted and protruded from its imbedded situation in the mammary gland, to form a permanent medium of communication between the mouth of the young and the secreting gland from which its nutriment is derived. EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXVI. Fig. 1. A view of the interior of the pouch of a young kangaroo, showing the four follicular apertures through which the future teats are protruded. Fig. 2. Dissection of the mammary organs of the same, disi the glands, membranous canals, and imbedded and unde- veloped nipples. VOL. XVI. 30 XXV. On ( 465 ) XXV. On the Anatomy of some of the Organs of Deglutition in the Capybara (Hydrocherus Capybara). By John Morgan, Esg. F.L.S. Read June 15, 1830. Tus very great advantage which a zoologist derives from the study of comparative anatomy, in the systematic arrangement of the different genera and species composing the animal king- dom, must be acknowledged by every one who has turned his attention to this branch of natural science ; and it will therefore be unnecessary that I should offer any apology for presenting the Linnean Society with a paper upon a subject almost exclu- sively anatomical. | The details of my present communication may perhaps appear of trivial importance ; but as the dissections I have to describe are, I believe, entirely new, and as it is probable that the pub- lication of new anatomical facts (although insulated and appa- rently of little interest in themselves) may eventually form a groundwork for the more important discoveries of our successors, I am induced to lay before this Society a short account of some anatomical peculiarities hitherto undescribed, which I have met with in dissecting certain organs connected with the process of digestion in several species of the order Rodentia. It is now more than a twelvemonth since I examined the body of a Capy- bara, one of the largest animals of the order to which it belongs, and in which therefore I conclude that the prominent distin- 302 guishing 466 Mr. Moncaw on the Anatomy guishing characters are more strongly marked than in most other species of the rodent animals. | The stomach is formed by a single membranous bag (Tas. XXVII. Fig. 1.), and as inthe case of other mammiferous vege- table feeders, in which we find this simple form of stomach, it will be seen by reference to the plate (Tas. XXVII. Fig. 2.) that the cæcum is large and complicated in proportion. Having met with nothing requiring particular notice in the remaining part of the alimentary canal, I proceeded to examine more particularly the structure of the mouth and throat. The grinding surfaces of the molar teeth are of very considerable extent, as will beseen in Tas. XXVIII. ; and it must be obvious how necessary such an arrangement of parts must be to the health of the animal, when we consider the nature of its food, and the simple structure and limited functions of its most important digestive organ, a provision being thus made for the proper mastication of the hard vegetable substances upon which the animal must occasionally subsist. I found however, upon further examination, that there was another structure hitherto unde- scribed, by which the process of perfect mastication is rendered indispensable to the passage of food from the mouth to the stomach. The structure to which I allude, and by which the possibility of swallowing any portion of unmasticated nutriment is prevented, was shown in an extraordinary formation of the velum palati mollis, or soft palate: this membrane, which in ` other animals generally forms an imperfect floating septum, suspended from the back part of the roof of the palate, and interposed between the cavity of the mouth and pharynx, I found in the Capybara (and in some of its congeners) to be much more extensive in its attachments and different in its form and uses. ! : On separating the jaws and examining the fauces, the mouth I appears P —————————————— a a of the Capybara. 467 appears to terminate in a nearly blind pouch ; for the commu- nication with the pharynx seems as if shut by a strong mem- brane of a funnel shape, of which the concavity recedes towards the throat. (Tas. XXVIII. a.) — This membrane is an extended velum palati, attached to the whole circumference of the fauces and root of the tongue, and is prevented from forming a complete septum by the existence of a small, central, circular aperture, by which a communication between the mouth and the pharynx is established for passage of food ; so that through this small membranous funnel, or strainer (if I may be allowed the expression), it is physically impossible that any considerable portion of unmasticated nutriment should find its way by natural means, from the mouth into the alimen- tary canal : and from this circumstance the first process towards digestion must be rendered certain and complete ; for the grosser particles of food must remain in the mouth from the inter- position of the membranous sieve or strainer, which is thus placed between the organs of mastication and those of digestion. 'The same provision for the complete mastication of all solid substances, previous to their being swallowed, will be found in others of the same group. Ishall, however, confine my descrip- tion of the anatomy of these parts to the dissections I have made of the Capybara, as the parts are more fully developed, and more clearly seen in that animal than in any other I have met with. On removing the mucous membranes of the mouth and pharynx from the anterior and posterior surfaces of the whole of the velum palati, the muscles which support and lie between the two membranes were exposed, and were as follows. The circumference of the funnel is supported on each side anteriorly by a strong muscular column, which arising from a projecting point in the middle of the os hyoides, passes through a deep groove in the fore part of the bone, to be continued up- wards 468 Mr. Morean on the Anatomy wards behind the tongue, with the muscular structure of which its fibres at the lower part intermix. Each muscle ascending from behind the root of the tongue passes on the side of the funnel between the two layers of mucous membrane, forming the anterior and posterior surfaces of the velum, its fibres be- coming more diffused and spreading over the upper part of the velum to join above the funnel with those of its fellow on the opposite side; the superior termination of the two muscular columns thus intermixing appears to be insensibly lost upon the palative membrane. | The two muscles are torneis with a thin circular band of muscular fibre, which forms an anterior sphincter to the circum- ference of the funnel. On the posterior part of the velum a lateral support is afforded in the same way by a band of muscle on each side, which having an attachment above to the palate is continued downwards, to terminate by intermixing with the muscular structure of the pharynx. These two posterior slips of muscle are connected above and below the aperture in the velum by transverse fibres. To the four supporting muscles which I have now described, and which may perhaps be considered as analogous to the pil- lars of the fauces in other animals, the circumference of the funnel will be found attached by the connection of its muscular. fibres with those already described: these are arranged in a circular order, and form a complete sphincter over the whole cone, by the contraction and dilatation of which the passage of any substance through its central aperture must be assisted or prevented. ^ It will beseen by the drawing in which these parts are re- presented (Tan. XXX.), that when any substance is passing from the mouth to the pharynx, the conical projection of the velum must necessarily pass over the epiglottis, and thus prevent the ve P" Pee Veit TR : a Ee — of the Capybara. 469 the entrance of any part of the food into the larynx and trachea. It will be further seen that the membrane of the velum is so closely united with the epiglottis as to render it impossible to admit the projection backwards of the one, without the com- plete closure of the rima glottidis from the depression of the other, thus affording an additional protection for the entrance to the air passages. The principal use, however, in the peculiar form of the velum palati, which I have described, appears to me to have reference to the digestive organs, and to be confined almost entirely to the process of deglutition. EXPLANATION or rue PLATES. Tas. XXVII. Fig. 1. Stomach. Fig. 2. Cecum. Tas. XXVIII. Head ;—the lower jaw, dislocated on one side, to show a sec- tion of the mouth ; b, pharynx, and a, funnel-shaped velum palati. Tas. XXIX. a. Root of the tongue, cut through to show the anterior mus- cular pillars of the velum palati, 5. vy $5.7 Fig. 1. Posterior view of the muscles of the velum palati; a, sphincter muscle of the funnel; b, posterior muscular pillars. ! 2. Os hyoides. 3. Connection of the epiglottis with the membrane of the velum palati ; a, epiglottis. | XXVI. Notice T XVL Tab. 27. Soc. Vor 3 L An. Pans, A Hf f $ AN : ; i Eo 4 4 AS — ii j) 7 lert. feulp. rE a a D nton. del pel & sr) XXVI. Notice of several recent Discoveries in the Structure and Economy of Spiders. By John Blackwall, Esq. F.L.S. Read January 18, and February 15, 1831. Å monce the various species of Spiders which capture their prey by means of snares composed of the animal secretion emitted from their spinners, it would be difficult to select any, the Geo- metricians alone excepted, whose structure and economy are better deserving of investigation than those of Clubiona atrox. Whoever inspects closely the web of this very common species, cannot fail to be struck with the singularity of its appearance, and will naturally feel a desire to be made acquainted with the process employed in its formation. Such, at least, has been the case with myself; and I have experienced no small degree of disappointment, in not being able to obtain any information on the subject from those authors whose works I have had an opportunity of consulting. This unsuccessful examination of the labours of naturalists, many of them distinguished for the extent of their learning, the minuteness of their researches, and the comprehensiveness of their views, induces me to believe it probable that the inquiry may not have had that attention bestowed upon it which it undoubtedly merits. As it is one, however, which for some time past has occasionally occupied a portion of my leisure hours, I shall proceed to detail the results of my observations ; trusting that if they should not possess that VOL. XVI. : 3 P novelty 472 Mr. BLACKWALL on the novelty which, notwithstanding my limited knowledge of the writings of foreign zoologists, I am disposed to claim for them, still they will not be found wholly devoid of interest. The favourite haunts of Clubiona atrox are the branches of trees and shrubs growing against buildings ; crevices in old walls; and the corners of windows. In these and similar localities it fixes its residence and fabricates its snare. On the objects surrounding the spot selected for its retreat, it extends - to a considerable distance, but without any apparent regularity of design, a number of fine shining lines intersecting each other at various angles, to which it attaches other lines, or rather fasciculi of threads, of a more complicated structure, and of a pale blue tint, nearly approaching the colour of skimmed milk. These compound threads, or flocculi, which in exposed situations retain their delicate hue for a short period only, (old webs being generally of a dull or sullied white, not at all advantageous to their appearance,) are arranged on the first- spun glossy lines both in longitudinal and transverse directions. When recently produced, they adhere strongly to such insects as come in contact with them, and, though perfectly inelastic, may be drawn out into fibres of extreme tenuity. A communi- cation between the snare of this spider and its retreat is esta- blished by means of a funnel-shaped tube of a slight texture, whose smaller extremity is in immediate connection with the latter, and, indeed, sometimes constitutes the animal's abode. Not unfrequently two or more tubes occur in the same web, by one or other of which the spider usually effects its retreat when disturbed. . If a newly formed flocculus: be minutely examined under the microscope, with a pretty high magnifying power, it will be found to consist of six lines, presenting an appearance similar to that represented by Tas. XXXI. Fig. 1. ‘Two of these filaments are straight Structure and Economy of Spiders. 473 straight and exceedingly attenuated ; and upon each of them is disposed a tortuous white line inflected into short curves and loops like a ravelled thread of fine silk. A pale blue band, thickly distributed on each of the inflected lines in numerous irregular curvatures, completes the flocculus. The flexures of the pale blue bands are more widely extended than those of the white tortuous lines on which they occur, and to them the adhesive property of the snare is chiefly to be ascribed. In attempting to determine by experiment the cause of adhesion in the blue bands, I ascertained that bodies with highly polished surfaces, such as the bulbs of thermometers and burnished metallic rods, if carefully applied to them, may be withdrawn without deranging their structure, though the viscid globules in the nets of Geometric Spiders adhere to the same bodies as soon as they are brought into contact with them. From this circumstance I was led to infer that the blue bands are fibrous, although their structure is so exceedingly fine that I cannot detect it even with the assistance of the microscope ; and that the imperceptible filaments of which they are composed adhere to objects, not in consequence of being glutinous, but solely by attaching themselves to inequalities on their surfaces. The following brief description of the manner in which the flocculi are fabricated, and of the curious apparatus employed in the process, gives additional weight to this opinion. There are on the upper joint of the tarsi of the posterior legs of Clubiona atrox two parallel rows of spines, moveable at the pleasure of the animal, which may readily be discerned by means of a lens having a magnifying power of ten or twelve. They are situated upon a prominent ridge on the abdominal side of the superior region of the joint, commencing just below its articulation with the tibia, and terminating in a strong spur near its lower extremity. The spines composing the upper row É Srg have ATA Mr. BLACKWALL on the have a considerable degree of curvature, and taper gradually to a fine point; those of the lower row being stronger, more closely set, and less curved. Inclined towards each other, the two sets, in the performance of their functions, describe a series of acute angles whose vertices are directed down the joint. This important appendage constitutes a striking specific charac- ter, which ought on no account to be omitted in descriptions of Clubiona atrox. When the spider purposes to form a flocculus, it presses its spinners against one of the glossy lines composing the founda- tion of its snare, and emitting from them a small quantity of liquid gum, attaches to it several fine threads, drawn out by ad- vancing the abdomen a little, and kept distinct by extending _ the mammule laterally. The foot of one of the hind-legs is then applied to the superior part of the upper tarsal joint of the other hind-leg, a little above its articulation with the lower joint of the tarsus, and the curious apparatus of spines, above de- scribed, is brought immediately beneath the spinners at right angles with the line of the abdomen. By a slight extension of the joints of the hind-legs the apparatus is forced backwards across the mammule, the diverging extremities of which it touches in its transit, and is restored to its former position by a corresponding degree of contraction in the joints. In pro- portion to the continuation of this process, (and it is not at all unusual for the spider to pass its spiny apparatus across the points of the mammul several hundred times in rapid succes- sion,) the inflected lines of the flocculus are found to be pro- duced, the spider making room for them as they accumulate, by elevating and at the same time advancing the abdomen in a small degree, which it effects by slightly extending the joints of the third pair of legs, and contracting those of the two anterior pair. As this operation is generally accomplished in the night, it moi e s. a A —À Structure and Economy of Spiders. 415 it can seldom be seen to advantage, unless artificial light be employed, some skill in the management of which is required in order to avoid disturbing the spider. "The modus operandi, as nearly as I can ascertain it by the most diligent observation, appears to be this. ‘The points of the lower row of spines are protruded between those of the upper row, and in passing across the extremities of the mammulz comb out the tortuous lines, which run into numerous flexures in consequence of not being kept fully extended. The purpose subserved by the upper row of spines seems to be the extrication of the tortuous lines from the spines of the lower row, by a slight motion outwards, which disehgages their points. Now, were the blue bands glutinous, this mode of proceeding would be quite unavailing ; it is only on the supposition, therefore, that they have a fibrous structure, that their adhesive property can be satisfactorily explained. When a sufficient quantity of the inflected filaments is produced, the spider again applies its spinners to one of the glossy lines, and attaches the flocculus to it. In this manner it proceeds with its labours, occasionally employing the combing apparatus of both hind-legs, till the web is completed. Should any of the flocculi be destroyed, or rendered almost useless by having their adhesive property impaired, new ones are constantly added to the snare. A more exact idea of the mechanism of the combing appara- tus than can be conveyed in words, will be obtained by inspect- ing the accompanying plate (Tas. XXXI.). Naturalists appear to concur in the opinion, that the tarsi of | spiders are armed at their extremities with three claws, which occupy the upper and anterior portion of the foot. ‘That this is the case with some species cannot be denied ; other species, how- ever, belonging to various genera, Mygale avicularia, Drassus me- 3 lanogaster, - 416 Mr. BLackwAtut on the lanogaster, and Salticus scenicus, for example, have only two claws on each foot; and if the tarsi of the larger Geometric Spiders indigenous to Great Britain, such as Epeira cicatricosa, Epeira Diadema, and Epeira apoclisa, be examined under the microscope with a high magnifying power, it will be distinctly perceived that the inferior part of their feet is provided with several claws, whichhave a considerable degree of curvature, are finely pointed, and are furnished with tooth-like processes on the under side (Tas. XXXI. Fig. 4.); and should the investigation be extended to other retiary spiders, the feet of many species which con- struct complicated snares will likewise be found to exhibit a similar organization. As the best means of guarding against errors, to which the inspection of limbs defective in structure might conduce, it is advisable to select the legs of vigorous individuals which have recently moulted, whenever such can be procured. The supernumerary claws were first observed by me in exa- mining the feet of Epeira apoclisa ; and in every instance I counted as many as five, which, with the three upper ones previously known, give a total of eight claws on the same foot, distinguishable at a glance from the coarse setaceous bristles in their vicinity. "There is also a strong moveable spine inserted near the termination of the tarsus of each posterior leg on the under side, which curves upwards at its extremity, and exhibits a slight irregularity of outline at its superior surface. The function performed by these spines is an important one. By the contraction of their flexor muscles they are drawn towards the foot, and are thus brought in immediate opposition to the claws, by which means the animal is enabled to hold with a firm grasp such lines as it designs to attach itself to. Now, as the spines and the spinning apparatus are the most eflicient instruments -— wc ^ Structure and Economy of Spiders. 477 instruments employed by the Geometric Spiders for the purpose of suspension, it is obvious why they usually direct their heads downwards when they occupy the centre of their nets. As several difficulties present themselves in the prosecution of these researches, occasioned chiefly by the impracticability of comprising all the claws in one distinct view ; and as I have not yet succeeded in procuring instruments of sufficient delicacy to enable me to accomplish the dissection of exceedingly minute objects under the microscope, I cannot completely satisfy myself at present whether the number and arrangement of the addi- tional claws are uniformly the same on the feet of such spiders as I have ascertained to be supplied with them ; though as regards the larger species I am thoroughly convinced that this is the case, and I have reason to think that it will ultimately prove to be so with the rest. In pursuing the inquiry, these particulars, of course, will claim my especial attention. Itis not at all surprising that the Geometricians, which em- ploy their feet in the fabrication of complicated nets, should have them more amply provided with claws than those species which use theirs principally as instruments of progression. An estimate of the number of viscid globules distributed on the elastic spiral line in a net of Epeira apoclisa of a medium size, will convey some idea of the elaborate operations performed by the Geometric Spiders in the construction of their snares*. The mean distance between two contiguous radii in a net of this species, is about seven tenths of an inch; if, therefore, the number 7 be multiplied by 20, the mean number of viscid glo- bules which occur on one tenth of an inch of the elastic spiral line at the ordinary degree of tension, the product will be 140, * For a circumstantial account of the manner in which the Geometric Spiders con- struct their nets, see the Zoological Journal, vol. v. p. 181. et seq. the 418 Mr. BLACKWALL on the the mean number of globules deposited on seven tenths of an inch of the elastic spiral line; this product multiplied by 24, the mean number of circumvolutions formed by the elastic spiral line, gives 3,360, the mean number of globules contained between two radii; which multiplied by 26, the mean number of radii, produces 87,360, the total number of viscid globules in a finished net of average dimensions. A large net, fourteen or sixteen inches in diameter, I have found, by a similar calculation, to contain upward of 120,000 viscid globules, and yet Epeira apoclisa will complete its snare in about forty minutes, on an average, if it meet with no interruption. Astonishingly great as this number of globules is, each is separated from those ad- jacent to it by a sensible space; indeed the material of which they are composed is so fluid, that they run together the mo- ment they are brought into contact. The globules and the intervals between them may be distinctly seen with the assist- ance of a magnifier of the power of ten; and it would appear from the following passage extracted from Micrographia, p.202, that they did not escape the notice of Dr. Hooke. **I observed further," he informs us, **that the radiating chords of the web were much bigger and smoother than those that were woven round, which seemed smaller, and all over knotted or pearled with small transparent globules, not unlike small crystal beads or seed pearls, thin strung on a clew of silk; which, whether they were so spun by the spider, or by the adventitious mois- ture of a fog (which I have observed to cover all these fila- ments with such crystalline beads), I will not now dispute." Messrs. Kirby and Spence, in their Introduction to Ento- mology, vol. i. Letter xiii. state that “the net of the garden spider is composed of two distinct kinds of silk; that of the radii not adhesive, that of the circles extremely viscid :” and this difference, they remark, ‘when it is considered that both sorts Structure and Economy of Spiders. ' 479 sorts proceed from the same instrument, is truly wonderful." The fact, however, is even more extraordinary than it is repre- sented to be by those distinguished naturalists ; for not only the garden spider, but every geometric species with which I am acquainted, employs three distinct kinds of silk, if a liquid gum can with propriety be termed silk, in the construction of its net. The boundary lines, radii, and first formed spiral line being unadhesive, and possessing only a moderate share of elasticity, are evidently composed of a different material from the last formed spiral line, which is exceedingly viscid, and elastic in a remarkable degree. Now, the viscidity of the elastic spiral line may be shown to depend entirely upon the globules with which it is studded ; forif they be removed by careful applica- tions of the finger, a fine glossy line remains, which is highly elastic, but perfectly unadhesive. As the globules, therefore, and the line on which they are disposed differ so essentially from each other, and from the rest of the snare, it is reasonable to infer that the physical constitution of these several portions of the net must be dissimilar. When exposed to the desiccating influence of the sun, and of air briskly agitated, the nets of geometric spiders speedily lose their adhesive property ; but when formed in situations from which light is excluded, and where the atmosphere is not liable to be perceptibly disturbed, I have known them retain their viscidity for a long period. In a net of Epeira Diadema con- structed in a glass jar, which was placed in a dark closet where the temperature was not subject to great or sudden fluctuations, the globules preserved their adhesive power almost unimpaired, and the last-formed spiral line its elasticity for more than seven months. The belief that spiders are incapable of ascending the per- pendicular surfaces of polished bodies without the assistance of VOL. XVI. 3Q lines 480 Mr. BLACKWALL on the lines emitted from their spinners is so widely extended, that an attempt to prove its fallacy in particular cases will, in all proba- bility, be received with some distrust: nevertheless, the fact that several species have the power of traversing vertical panes of window-glass in any direction whatever, unsupported by a single filament, may be easily confirmed by experiment. Among the British spiders observed to ascend with facility well cleansed windows, and the sides of glass jars in which they have been confined, I may name Drassus melanogaster and Salticus scenicus. The latter species is extensively known, and may be readily , procured in warm sunny weather in summer, on the walls of old buildings having a southern aspect. On examining the legs of these animals under the microscope, with a view to discover the means by which they support them- selves against gravity, I perceived that the tarsi are provided on the underside with numerous appendages curving down- wards, which are slender at their bases and dilated towards their extremities. The idea immediately occurred to me that these appendages may perform the office of suckers, and that the spiders are probably enabled to adhere to the upright sides of smooth objects by atmospherical pressure; but being sensible that mere conjecture, however plausible it may appear, is the bane of Natural History, I resolved to investigate the subject experimentally. Having obtained spiders of the above-named species, in various stages of growth, I found that the larger indi- viduals experienced greater difficulty in ascending glass than the smal'er ones, which in numerous instances were capable of moving slowly on an ordinary window-pane, even in an inverted position, or with the back downwards. It was evident also that physical strength (other conditions being the same) gave its pos- sessor a decided advantage in this respect. When highly polished glass of a superior quality was employed, the difficulty was con- siderably Structure and Economy of Spiders. 481 siderably increased ; and in all cases, those spiders effected an ascent with the greatest effort, which, in proportion to their bulk, had the inferior surface of their tarsi most sparingly fur- nished with the requisite apparatus. These results, some of which are in direct opposition to the hypothesis I had previously entertained, determined me to inspect the tarsal appendages more minutely than I had hitherto done; and a peculiarly favour- able opportunity unexpectedly presented itself. Three living specimens of Mygale avicularia having been brought accident- ally to Manchester in dye-woods imported from the West India Islands during the present year (1830), I availed myself of the circumstance to examine under the microscope the appendages with which the tarsi of this gigantic species are so abundantly supplied; conceiving that their structure would be exhibited to greater advantage in a recent subject than in individuals which have long occupied a place in the cabinet. In this expectation I was not disappointed ; and I shall now proceed to describe the organism of the appendages, which is much more complex than I had anticipated.— Each consists of a slender bristle fringed on the sides with exceedingly fine hairs gradually diminishing in length as they approach its extremity, where they occur in such profusion as to form a thick brush on its inferior surface, giving the part that dilated appearance already alluded to. ‘This structure, as far as my researches extend, is common to the tar- sal appendages of those spiders which are able to ascend the perpendicular sides of smooth bodies without supervenient aid ; and the minute bristles with which the tarsal cushions of many insects, remarkable for their ability to walk up glass, are fur- nished, appear to possess an organization closely analogous. The hold upon objects which the setaceous bristles give to the spiders provided with them seems to be purely mechanical, depending, in a great measure, on the numerous points of con- 3Q2 tact 482 Mr. BLACKWALL on the tact they present. Ata very low estimate, there are on the slender bristles which form the brushes occurring on the inferior part of the tarsi, and the terminal joint of the pediform palpi of adult females of the species Mygale avicularia, more than 6,000,000 hairs of extreme delicacy, a large proportion of which can be applied by the spider to bodies with plain surfaces. If the finger be drawn gently along the underside of the tarsi, from their extremities towards the tibize, they will be found to adhere powerfully to the cuticle ; the sensation occasioned by this pro- ceeding exciting in the mind the idea that they are smeared with some viscous matter. There can be no doubt, therefore, that the influence they exercise is in the direction indicated by this observation. A setaceous bristle from one of the tarsi of Mygale avicularia, very highly magnified, is represented by Fig. 5; and care must be taken not to confound these tarsal appendages with the compound hairs which clothe the limbs of some spiders (Aranea domestica in particular), one of which is represented by Fig. 6, on a large scale. Dr. Leach, in treating upon spiders in the article Annulosa, published in the Supplement to the Encyclopedia Britannica, p. 435, remarks that ** when about to cast their covering, they suspend themselves in some corner, and creep out of a crack which takes place on their back, gradually withdrawing their legs from the skin, as if from a glove.” With deference to so accomplished a zoologist, I may be allowed to observe that this statement is not in strict accordance with my own experience ; and as I do not remember to have met with a satisfactory account of the moulting of spiders in the course of my reading, I shall endeavour to diücidnte this curious subject, by giving such par- ticulars relative to it as have fallen under my notice. Considering. the apparent uniformity of the process by which this important change in the external condition of spiders is effected, Structure and Economy of Spiders. 483 effected, it will suffice to detail the. proceedings of a single spe- cies; and as Epeira calophylla is of frequent occurrence about retired buildings situated in the country, and, consequently, may be procured without difficulty, I shall select it for the pur- pose. Preparatory to casting its integuments, this spider spins several strong lines in the vicinity of its snare, from which it suspends itself by the feet and a filament proceeding from the spinners. After remaining for a short time in this situation, the corneous covering of the thorax gives way,—not in the medial line of the dorsal region, as Dr. Leach's statement would seem to imply, but laterally, disuniting immediately above the inser- tion of the mandibles and legs, so that the head and thorax are the first parts liberated. The line of separation pursues the same direction till it extends to the abdomen, which is next dis- engaged; the extrication of the legs being the last and greatest difficulty which the spider has to overcome. As the suspensory filament connected with the spinners of the exuviz is consider- ably shorter than the legs, and does not undergo any sensible alteration in length, the abdomen, during the process of moult- ing, becomes gradually deflected from its original horizontal direction, till it assumes a vertical position nearly at right angles with the thorax. By this change of posture, attended with numerous contortions of the body and alternate contractions and extensions of the limbs, the spider is ultimately enabled to accomplish its purpose. The spines with which the legs are provided no doubt contribute to facilitate the operation greatly ; for as they are directed down the limbs, and are moveable at the will of the animal, when it has partially withdrawn the legs from their sheaths by contracting them, it can prevent them from re-entering by slightly erecting.the spines and thus bring- ing their extremities in contact with the inner surface of the integuments. When the spider has completely disengaged itself from 484 Mr. BrackwaALL on the from the slough, it remains for a short period in a state of great exhaustion, suspended solely by a thread from the spinners connected with the interior of the abdominal portion of the cast skin, which is much corrugated and drawn together. The entire process, as above described, occupies the space of about twenty minutes. After reposing a little, the spider further attaches itself to the suspensory lines by the claws of the feet; and when its strength is sufficiently restored, and its limbs have acquired the requisite degree of firmness, it ascends its filaments and seeks its retreat. | Having frequently witnessed the moulting of spiders in their natural haunts, and also in a state of captivity, and having care- fully examined the cast skins of numerous species belonging to the genera Epeira, Theridion, Aranea, Clubiona, Drassus, Salticus, &c., in the precise situations and under the same circumstances, apparently, in which they have been left by their former occu- piers, | am thoroughly persuaded that the process is a very uniform one. Intimately connected with the renovation of the integuments is the reproduction of the limbs of spiders. For this interesting discovery we are indebted to the late Dr. C. Heineken, whose investigations relative to the subject are published in the Zoolo- gical Journal, vol.iv. p. 284 & 422 ; and I am happy to bear tes- timony to the general accuracy of his conclusions. The reproduction of the palpi does not appear to have been noticed by Dr. Heineken; but that these members, after suffer- ing mutilation, are restored in the same manner as the legs, I have clearly proved by repeated experiments. That mutilated members are not always reproduced at a subsequent moulting, even when it takes place at a period considerably after the infliction of the injury, is rendered evident by the following remarkable fact. On the 13th of July, 1830, a male specimen | of mA ZA Trans, Linn, Soc: Vot XVI Tab, B p.a Structure and Economy of Spiders. 485 of Clubiona atrox had the palpus and the second leg on the right side divided, the former néar its base, the latter about the middle of the femur, and on the 15th of the succeeding month it cast its skin; yet, though all the other limbs were renewed, the stumps only of the mutilated members were reproduced. In cases where spiders spontaneously throw off their legs at the suture, or have them partially removed by amputation, it would be desirable to ascertain in what state the rudiments of the limbs to be reproduced exist just previously to the act of moult- ing, as there is something mysterious in their extraordinary development during that process. For the drawings which accompany this communication, I am indebted to Mr. John Parry, of Manchester ; and it gives me much pleasure that I am enabled to employ his skilful and accu- rate pencil in a manner so congenial to his taste, as in illustra- ting new and interesting facts in natural history. oo sacco loire m — EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXI. | Fig. 1. A newly formed flocculus highly magnified. - Fig. 2. A representation of the tarsus of one of the hind-legs of Clubiona atroz, highly magnified; a, the upper row of spines; b, the lower row of spines; c, the spur at the lower extremity of the apparatus. Fig. 3. A view of the superior joint of the tarsus, highly mag- nified; a, the upper row of piles: b, the lower row of spines; c, the spur. Fig. 4. The foot of the right anterior leg of Edfira Diadema, highly magnified. Fig. 5. A setaceous bristle from one of the tarsi, magnified, of Mygale avicularia. Fig. 6. A compound hair from the Aranea domestica, magnified. XXVII. Remarks p sam 2] XXVII. Remarks on the Pulvilli of Insects. By John Black- | wall, Esq., F.L.S. | Read, February 1, 1831. Ix the Physico-Theology of Dr. Derham, p. 363, note b, it is stated that ** diverse Flies, and other Insects, besides their sharp hook'd Nails, have also skinny Palms to their Feet, to enable them to stick on Glass, and other smooth Bodies, by means of the Pressure of the Atmosphere." This opinion, which appears to be almost universally adopted by the entomologists of the present day, has derived additional weight from the investiga- _ tions of Sir Everard Home, whose papers relative to this curious subject, illustrated by figures of the parts employed in climbing, engraved principally from drawings made by Mr. Bauer, are published in the Transactions of the Royal Society for 1816. These researches are regarded by Messrs. Kirby and Spence (see their Introduction to Entomology, vol. ii., Letter xx111.) as having * proved most satisfactorily, that it is by producing a vacuum between certain organs destined for that purpose and the plane of position, sufficient to cause atmospheric pressure upon the exterior surface, that the animals in question are en- abled to walk up a polished perpendicular, like the glass in our windows, or with their backs downward on a ceiling, without being brought to the ground by the weight of their bodies." To dissent from a theory so generally received, including among its advocates numerous illustrious names, may, perhaps, be deemed VOL, XVI. 3R presumptuous ; 488 Mr. BLACKWALL on the Pulvilli of Insects. presumptuous ; nevertheless, as facts absolutely irreconcileable with this supposition have been forced upon my attention, while engaged in examining the evidence by which it is supported, T shall, with every sentiment of respect for the high authorities to whom I stand opposed, submit my views to the consideration of candid and intelligent naturalists. Concerning the structure of the instruments by means of which flies ascend the vertical sides of smooth bodies, various opinions have been promulgated. Some authors compare them to sponges, and conjecture that they are designed to contain a glutinous secretion capable of adhering to well cleaned glass. Dr. Hooke describes them as palms or soles beset underneath with small bristles or tenters, like the wire teeth of a card for working wool, which he conceived give them a strong hold upon objects having irregular, or yielding surfaces; and he imagined that there is upon glass a kind of smoky substance penetrable by the points of these bristles*. According to the observations of Sir Everard Home, they are expanded membranes, having their inferior surface granulated, and their edges beautifully serrated}; while Messrs. Kirby and Spence, on the contrary, remark that they are downy on the underside and granulated aboveil. 3 9b | _ The want of accordance so conspicuous in the preceding ac- counts induced me to inspect the parts minutely under a good compound microscope, when it was immediately perceived that the function ascribed to them by Dr. Derham and Sir E. Home is quite incompatible with their organization. Minute hairs, very closely set and directed downward, so completely cover the inferior surface of the expanded membranes, improperly deno- * Micrographia,p. 170—171. + Transactions of the Royal Society for 1816, p. 323. I Introduction to Entomology, vol. ii., Letter X XIII. minated Mr. Brackwarr on the Pulvilli of Insects. 489 minated suckers, with which the terminal joint of the tarsi of flies is provided, that it cannot possibly be brought into contact with the objects on which those insects move, by any muscular force they are capable of exerting: the production of a vacuum between each membrane and the plane of position is therefore clearly impracticable, unless the numerous hairs on the under- side of these organs individually perform the office of suckers, and there does not appear to be anything in their mechanism which in the slightest degree countenances such a hypothesis. When highly magnified, their extremities, it is true, are seen to be somewhat enlarged; but, whether they be viewed in action or in repose, they never assume a figure at all adapted to the formation of a vacuum. Satisfied that this difficult pre: must admit of a solution more consistent with the various phenomena it comprehends than the popular one here controverted, I determined to insti- tute an experimental investigation of it. Accordingly, having procured living specimens of the House-fly, Musca domestica, and of the large Flesh-fly, Musca vomitoria, I inclosed them in clean jars and phials of transparent glass, the interior surface of which they traversed in every direction with the greatest facility, walking upon it even with their backs downward, while they remained in full vigour; but when enfeebled by exposure to cold, or when fatigued by over exertion, the identical individuals ascended the sides of the same jars and phials with considerable difficulty, falling from them in numerous instances, and they were entirely incapacitated for adhering to them in an inverted position; yet when their physical energy was restored by repose, or an increase of temperature, they again repeated their most extraordinary feats with all their original promptness and dex- terity. Flies which are unable to maintain an inverted position on 3n2 highly 490 Mr. BrAckwarr on the Pulvilli of Insects. highly polished bodies will frequently adhere firmly, with their backs downward, to glass rather defective in polish, or slightly , soiled; indeed, I may remark generally, that the results of ex- periments, similar to those detailedabove, will always be modified by the vigour of the insects aud the state of the glass vessels with regard to cleanness and polish. These facts plainly indicate that flies are not supported on the vertical sides of smooth bodies by the pressure of the atmo- sphere, nor by the aid of a glutinous secretion, but by means strictly mechanical, as Dr. Hooke has suggested: he erred, how- ever, in supposing that the hairs on the underside of the tarsal membranes are pointed, and that there is a smoky substance on glass which they penetrate. One other link in the chain of evi- dence was wanting to place the matter beyond all dispute, and that, the kindness of Mr.W. Hadfield of Cornbrook has enabled me to supply. With his assistance, and the help of his air-pump, it was demonstrated to the entire satisfaction of several intelli- gent gentlemen present, that the House-fly, while it retaius its vital powers unimpaired, can not only traverse the upright sides, but even the interior of the dome of an exhausted receiver; and that the cause of its relaxing its hold and ultimately falling from the station it occupies, is a diminution of muscular force attributable to impeded respiration. < Having thus established the mechanical theory of the move- ments of flies on polished perpendicular surfaces, I shall offer a few remarks on the apparatus by whose instrumentality they accomplish their purpose. In structure and function it bears the closest analogy to the pulvilli of insects, which, if named with reference to the most important office they perform, should be termed holders or supporters. It consists of expanded mem- branes, varying in size, figure, and number in different species, the edges of which are plain, not serrated, as Sir E. Home asserts, est Posse renee. a Lac bros d) i , oa T Mr. Buackwatt on the Pulvilli of Insects. 491 asserts, though when placed in such a situation relative to the eye of the observer that the hairs connected with them are fore- shortened, they certainly present an appearance which, on a superficial view, might lead to the latter conclusion. If the slender bristles on the inferior surface of the pulvilli of some of the larger Coleoptera, Prionus cervicornis for example, be very highly magnified, each, beside the numerous short hairs which project from its sides, will be found to have a small dense brush of exceedingly minute hairs at its extremity; and as the hairs on the pulvilli of flies, and many other insects belonging to various orders and genera, with which I have experimented, perform a function similar to that exercised by the bristles, and also exhibit a striking resemblance to them in external appear- ance, it is extremely probable that they are analogous in struc- ture; though from the smallness of their dimensions, I have not yet been able to satisfy myself that this is the case by direct observation, notwithstanding I have employed the highest mag- nifying power at my command. The hold which insects are enabled to take of any roughness or irregularity of surface by means of the fine hairs composing the brushes must be very considerable; and whoever examines the most carefully polished glass in a favourable light with a powerful lens, will speedily be convinced that it is not free from flaws and imperfections. That some species of spiders can support themselves against gravity on the sides of polished bodies by the assistance of a mechanical apparatus similar in principle to that employed by insects in like circumstances, I have announced in a communi- cation recently made to the Linnean Society *; and the fact affords a strong collateral proof of the truth of my theory. I am aware that the males of several aquatic beetles have the tarsi of the first and second pair of legs supplied on the under- * See preceding paper, ** On the Structure and Economy of Spiders,” side 492 Mr. Buackwatt on the Pulvilli of Insects. side with numerous cup-shaped suckers of various sizes, which have their edges (the larger ones atleast) beautifully fringed with delicate hairs. These suckers, which probably serve to facilitate the intercourse of the sexes, are remarkably conspi- cuous on the tarsi of the males of a very common species, Dyticus marginalis, and unquestionably give them a firm hold of smooth objects occurring in water, a liquid whose specific gravity rather exceeds their own; but that they are inadequate to the support of this insect, the average weight of which is about twenty-eight grains, on the vertical sides of dry, polished bodies, in so rare a medium as air, I have had frequent oppor- tunities of remarking. My chief object in adverting to these singular organs on the present occasion, is to guard entomolo- gists against the error of supposing that they correspond to the pulvilli of insects, which, as I have endeavoured to show, ditfer from them essentially both in structure and function. XXVII. 4n ME LL Ld Ud Lu riu al re eect OE iem MAD Mat et ns [ 493 ] XXVIII. An Account of the Mode of Growth of young Corals of the Genus Fungia. By Mr. Samuel Stutchbury, A.L.S. - Read January 19, 1830. As I trust that the Linnean Society will receive favourably any new observations upon natural history, I beg permission to lay before them the following facts in regard to the young state of corals of the genus Fungia, which I met with in the Society Islands and the Paumotu's or Low Islands forming part of the Dangerous Archipelago. Having a strong wish to travel and see the productions of nature in tropical climates, I agreed to accompany a voyage undertaken by a company formed in the year 1825, for the pur- pose of fishing for pearls in the Pacific Ocean. My engagement was as a collector in natural history. | On our arrival at Tahiti a number of natives of that island were (as is generally the practice in such voyages) engaged as divers, and we proceeded to the Dangerous Archipelago, which — is one of the best grounds for the pearl fishery in the Pacific. The specimens of Fungia which I have seen, generally lie in hollows of the reefs, where they are in some degree protected from the more violent agitation of the sea by the surrounding portions of branching coral, which inclose the hollows and, at the same time, allow sea water free access through their inter- stices. | It appears, that although the older and larger individuals are quite unattached and present no mark of former attachment, yet that 494 — Mr. SrurcusUun on the Growth of young Corals that in the young state they are fixed sometimes to rocks, and frequently to the dead remains of one of their own species. In this state they grow upon a footstalk, and generally remain at- tached till they acquire the size of nearly an inch in diameter, when they separate at the top of the peduncle*. At this time the coral, when divested of the fleshy part, shows a circular opening beneath, through which the radiating plates of the upper surface are visible. In a short time a deposit of coral matter takes place, which cicatrizes the opening, the marks of which however can be traced for a considerable time; at length the increase of this deposit, which continues with the growth of the animal, entirely obliterates all appearance of it. It will not appear surprising that this circumstance should hitherto have been unnoticed, when it isrecollected that it has very rarely occurred to naturalists to visit the places of their growth, and that to general collectors the smaller specimens would appear hardly worth the trouble of preserving and bringing home. The sheltered situations in which the Fungie are found are peculiarly well adapted to their nature, as they would be liable to injury if they were exposed to the full force of a stormy sea; and the circumstance of their being attached in the young state is a beautiful provision of Nature for their preservation at that — as from their "hehe: nei when first ruere they * The following is cd from my J saree? written at the time. “Thursday, January 4, 1827.—This day went to the reefs with two natives to col- lect some specimens of the Madrepora fungites. Succeeded in obtaining one specimen, which illustrates a fact respecting their growth. This is a dead coral having a number of young living corals attached to it by a pedicle : thus it appears that, when very young, they are attached until about the size of a shilling’; you may then perceive a line of demarcation, at which mark the larger ones are easily separable, the lower portion being dead. Thus it would appear that an action takes place similar to sloughing, the larger corals of this genus having no trace left of attachment. These corals appear to inhabit very shallow water.” would, iilo M M LL ME qut iine egg res celeron nn it EP ENR RE of the Genus Fungia. 495 would, if unattached, be exposed to great injury even by a slight agitation of the water. I have also to remark upon this fact, that the Fungie while attached agree in every respect with Lamarck’s genus Caryo- phyllia, more especially in their early state, when the radiating plates are first developed. At this time their upper discs are scarcely larger than the stem, but they soon begin to spread and show indications of their characteristic form. There are not unfrequently instances of smaller individuals remaining fixed to large ones in a living state, and such speci- mens are not unfrequent in collections at corals ; but in all such cases that I have seen, the younger ones are attached to the under side of the old one, and I believe them to be cases of accidental attachment. | I consider the specimens found at Tahiti, which are figured in the accompanying plate, to belong to Lamarck's species of Fungia agariciformis, of which there appear to be many va- rieties. ‘These have closer plates than those from Sincapore, and smaller serratures along their edges. In the Paumotus, which are principally coral reef islands inclosing a lagoon studded with smaller reefs, I met with a spe- cies which I have not observed elsewhere, and do not remember to have seen figured in any work on natural history. One is re- presented in Tas. xxxii. Fig. 6. a, b. The coral is of an ovate form, flatter in proportion than F. agariciformis, and thicker in substance, but the lamellze are much thinner and more numerous. As I believe that these characters will prove : sufficient to consti- tute a distinct species, I propose to call it Fungia Paumotensis. The Fungia limacina occurred frequently among the Society Islands, but I did not find it in its young and attached state. The figures represented in the accompanying plate are all taken from specimens collected in the voyage above mentioned, In Ellis’s Zoophytes (page 146.) is the following passage, VOL. XVI. 35 quoted 496 Mr.Srurcusury on the Growth of young Corals quoted from Rumphius, in regard to the animal of F. agarici- formis. **'The more elevated folds or plaits have borders like the denticulated edges of needlework lace; these are covered with innumerable oblong vesicles formed of a gelatinous sub- stance, which appear alive under water, and may be observed to move like an insect." | I observed these radiating folds of the animal, which secrete the lamellz, and which shrink between them when the animal contracts itself on being disturbed. They are constantly moving in tremulous undulations; but the vesicles above described ap- peared to me to be air-vessels, placed along the edges of the folds ; and it is some confirmation of this opinion, that the vesi- cles disappeared when the animal was touched. 'This arrangement of air-vessels would very materially assist in keeping uppermost the convex disc of the coral, and be of vital importance to the young polype at the time of separation, and subsequently, in keeping it upon the surface of its sandy bed: or if they were moved by a sudden roll of the sea, which would lift even the most ponderous, and possibly convey them a considerable distance, they would be again deposited in their natural position. That they have no power of turning themselves I proved during a sojourn of six weeks at Tahiti, by placing a healthy specimen with its upper surface downwards, during which time it remained in the position placed, and the vitality of the points of contact with the rock upon which it was laid, was destroyed. In Fungia limacina I have seen instances where the coral, having been accidentally placed, and permanently fixed in such unusual positions, has adapted itself to its new situation, by increasing upon its edges and forming a new convex surface. Since writing the preceding, it has been pointed out to me that in April 1828, some months after my arrival in England with of the Genus Fungia. 497 with the specimens above mentioned, a slight notice of this sub- ject appeared under the article Fungia in the ** Encyclopedia Metropolitana"; and I regret that xii I communicated to the author of that account some remarks on the corals which I had collected, I was not aware that he intended to publish a notice of this discovery; as I could have given him more particulars upon the subject. That writer states, ** that they seem, when young, to be coni- cal, and attached to some marine body, often their parent, by the base, which is contracted into a kind of stem;” and ** when young, the coral has the appearance of a solitary Caryophyllia ; in this state the animal only occupies the upper surface, but. when it is full grown and free it completely ?ncloses the coral." As long as the young Fungia retains the form of a Caryo- phyllia it is entirely enveloped by the soft parts of the animal; but as the upper disc of the coral spreads, and it assumes its characteristic form, the pedicle is left naked, and the soft part extends only to the line where the separation afterwards takes place. I consider the cases in which young Fungie are found fixed to the underside of others of the same species, to arise from the accidental attachment of the young polype, when detached from the ovarium of the parent, and by the motion of the water floated underneath a larger one of its own species, the edges of which were not so even as to touch the rock or coral on which itrested, at every part of its circumference. In such cases the soft parts of the older specimen would continue to cover the short stem of the younger individual, and hence its separation from its pedicle would be prevented. 3s2 EXPLA- 498 Mr. Stutcusury on the Growth of young Corals. EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXII. Fig. 1. represents part of a large dead specimen of F. agaricifor- mis, upon which a great number of young ones have grown. Many remain still attached; and at a. are seen the foot- stalks from which others have been separated. ‘This speci- men, which is the finest that has been found, is now in the collection of Dr. Bright. A part only is represented, but enough is shown to illustrate the subject. A com- plete drawing of this very rich specimen would be a most laborious work. Fig. 2. a, b, represents two of the young of F. agariciformis growing attached to one of the lamellz of a dead coral of its own species. Fig. 3 and 4 are upper and under views of two specimens of the same species, taken soon after they had separated from their peduncles, in which the lamellz are distinctly seen on the under surface. : Fig. 5. A larger individual of the same. In the under view the place where it was formerly attached can be clearly traced, but the part has been covered with a deposit of calcareous matter similar to the rest of the coral, and the lamellz are no longer distinctly seen. Fig. 6. Two views of Fungia Paumotensis in a similar state to the preceding. XXIX. On : 26 Tub: XIX p. 4 Prnied by CHullmandel, ^n / Y T 7 VA (aed eb athog. ve à Go ( 499. ) XXIX. On the remarkable Formation of the Trachea in the Egyptian Tantalus. By Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S. & L.S. Read March 16, 1830. Or all the organs with which animals are furnished, the vital organs justly excite our highest admiration ; and in contempla- ting the great variety of conformation in the thoracic viscera in various species, the physiologist is frequently at a loss to account for the function of their striking peculiarities of structure. The subject of the present observations is the trachea of the Tantalus Ibis, or Egyptian Tantalus*, a bird rarely imported in a living state, and probably the present specimen of that organ is the only one of the kind in Europe. Iam not aware that there is any record of a similarly constructed trachea having been found in any other genus of the feathered tribe. This bird died shortly after its arrival in England ; and being sent to Mr. Leadbeater for preservation, he kindly presented me with the body in a recent state. - As there is not any unusual occurrence in the upper part of the trachea, I shall proceed immediately to describe that por- tion of the organ which is contained within the thorax. Here a lateral compression takes place of about three inches in lenght, and an inch in breadth; the part thus compressed is larger and rounder at one margin than it is at the other, where * The preparation of this organ was presented to the Zoological Society, and may now be seen in the Museum of that Institution. it 500 Mr. Bnooxzs on the Formation of the Trachea it is almost acute, but having a small indentation inferiorly. It is formed of flattened minute rings (connected by intervening membranes) firmly ossified at their rounded edge. From the lower extremity the bronchi separate; these decussate each other in a very extraordinary manner, as may be seen in the specimen. The membranous spaces between the rings of the bronchi are very distinct; and I must confess myself at a loss to account for this singular arrangement. The trachea occupies the anterior surface of the cesophagus at the entrance into the thorax. This proceeds to its destination between the bronchi. Probably one reason for the compressed figure of the inferior part of the trachea may be for the purpose of allowing large erpetalous animals to descend in deglutition with greater facility than could otherwise happen without impediment to respiration; for in consequence of the ossified structure of this singular por- tion of the aspera arteria, neither the pressure of the individual by its volume, nor by its struggles in articulo mortis, would cause obstruction. Perhaps it is not possible for the naturalist to investigate any subject more fraught with interest than the pulmonary organ in birds, the more striking peculiarities of which exist in some of the genera of the order Grallatores ; for instance, in the Gruide, the Platalea, and, as it now seems, in the Tantalus. They are found also in the Anatide almost universally ; and although the genus Anser is an exception, nevertheless the Anser semipalma- tus, an Australian goose, is singularly furnished with the most contorted trachea of the whole aquatic tribe. _ The species of the genus Cygnus are remarkable for the con- tortions of the trachea within the carina of the sternum, but the domestic swan is altogether an exception, and presents another discrepancy in the number of the ribs. The form of the trachea in the Fuligula nigra (Black Scoter) is the most simple among the in the Egyptian Tantalus. 7 501 the ducks, having only a trifling enlargement of that organ and of the bronchi. E The Cracide and Capricalee (Urogallus) exhibit also ma- nifestations of similar conformation, as well as an individual of the Cassican family, described by M. Lesson in his ** Manuel d'Ornithologie," under the title Phonygama Keraudrenii, and probably in other birds whose larynges and tracheæ have not as yet fallen under my notice. The very remarkable circumstance of the trachee in many birds, especially those of the order Natatores, being ossified and composed of various pieces, and each ring being entire (not as in man and mammalia, having a muscular membrane occupy- ing the posterior third part of the canal), which possibly can only be accounted for from the apparent necessity of the air being required to remain in the body of the animal, rarefied in readi- ness for the purpose of raising itself, whenever it may be induced to wing its flight through the atmosphere ; and assuredly aquatic birds must be rendered very buoyant in consequence when swimming. The bodies of the pelican (Onocrotalus), gannet (Sula), and chaja (Palamedea Chavaria) may be inflated almost like a blad- der between the skin and muscles; so also, but partially, that of the powting pigeon, the adjutant, marabou, and tachypetes, but particularly the emeu, whose trachea, somewhat below the middle of the neck, being there deficient in cartilaginous rings, is formed into a membranous sac, which can be distended at pleasure : and everybody has seen the male turkey, in the pride of dominion, enlarge its breast and even menace the spectator ; faculties clearly tending to accelerate progression when required. With few exceptions, birds, having a crop, are not furnished with inflexions, or obvious deviations from the apparent ordi- nary 502 Mr. BnRooxzs on the Formation of the Trachea nary structure of the trachea: quans, curassows, the caperkally, and Phonygama Keraudrenii, are instances of those exceptions. Nothing striking in this respect occurs in individuals of the order Raptores, all of which have an ingluvies, with an os furci- forme very strong, and bent concavely for its support; whereas in the Rasores the same bone is of so delicate a nature, that in one of the largest species, the turkey, it is even of a slighter texture, in proportion to the size of the bird, than in all the other genera. This circumstance arises probably from the spe- cies of this order being constructed more for walking than flying; the turkey especially, whose migrations are sometimes of considerable extent, performing them chiefly on foot. The Struthionide have no perfect os furciforme. I hope to be understood as not implying that there is no peculiarity of the larynges and tracheæ, except in some genera; for I believe all have the admirable mechanism of the organ of voice differently constructed, with corresponding muscles, and distribution of nerves, producing those various modulations of sound so familiar to us, and destined for the excitement of love, as well as for other purposes. It would seem superfluous in me to offer further observations on this head, after the luminous representations which are to be found in different authors, demonstrating these facts, but more particularly by Mr.Yarrell, who favoured the Society with highly interesting details of this curious subject, illustrated by prepa- rations, and drawings of the remarkable forms of the labyrinths, larynges, divaricating septa, and extensive contórtions of the trachez in various species, as well as of the appropriate muscles, some of which were before altogether undescribed. It may be thought worthy of remark, that the Tantalus affords the only instance, I am acquainted with, except the spoonbill, | of in the Egyptian Tantalus. 503 of a bird that feeds on large living animals, having a very ob- vious augmentation of the trachea. As in the spoonbill also, in which the formation of the lower portion of the trachea is the same, the inferior larynx of our bird is deficient, as are likewise the muscles, and consequently it is found to produce few varia- tions of sound. Neither the adjutant, the largest of the Gral/atores, nor the stork, heron, pelican, gannet, corvorant, or loon, has any such structure. Of thejabiru and albatross I cannot speak with any certainty. VOL. XVI. ST XXX. A Sup ( 505 ) XXX. A Supplement to the ** Synopsis of Testaceous Pneumono- branchous Mollusca of Great Britain." By John Gæ yn Jeffreys, Esq., F.L.S. Read June 21, 1831. Monz extensive opportunities and the assistance of scientific friends enable me to offer a few remarks, by way of addition and correction to the list of Mollusca which the Society lately did me the honour of publishing in their Transactions. Except in a very few instances I shall, as before, only notice such habi- tats for the species as have fallen under my own observation, or oeen communicated to me by others. SUCCINEA. S. putris var. a. Linn. Trans. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 325. Mr. Alder, in a valuable paper on the land and freshwater shells of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, which is to be found in the first volume of the Transactions of the Natural History Society of that place, describes this variety under the specific name of oblonga. Dr. Leach fell into the same mistake ; and has moreover, in his inedited work on the British Mollusca, referred it to the S. ob- longa of Draparnaud. It is a very variable species. S. oblonga, p. 325. Sparingly in ditches on Braunton Burrows, North Devon. I observed specimens in the Hon. Lady Elizabeth Finch’s collec- 3T2 tion 506 Mr. Jurrreys’s Supplement to the “Synopsis of tion of British shells, and also in Dr. Turton’s cabinet; in both cases mixed with the other sort. VITRINA. V. Mülleri, p. 326. V. beryllina. Pfeiffer, Sand-und-wasser Schnecken $c. i. p. 41. Tof. ii. fig. 1. V. pellucida. Mr. Alder, Catal. 'The distribution of this species over our island appears to be very extensive. It is also mentioned in the Appendix to Welsh and Whitelaw's History of Dublin, under Captain Brown's name of Helix elliptica, as found at Ferbane and other parts of that neighbourhood. ‘The animal has the same carnivorous pro- pensities as the smaller Limacide and Testacelli; and I once detected no less than seven individuals busily engaged in feed- ing on a scarcely dead earthworm, which was faintly writhing about, and endeavoured in vain to get rid of its assailants. V. Draparnaldi, p. 326. Helicolimax Audebardi. Férussac, Prodr. p. 21. In addition to the locality before mentioned, I have to add that I lately found a single specimen on Mount Edgecumbe near Plymouth. It is an intermediate species between the last and the Helix diaphana of Draparnaud. V. elongata, p- 327, lege Dillwynii, Jeffreys. This being a different species from the V. elongata of Drapar- naud, I have-ventured to dedicate it to my much esteemed friend, L. W. Dillwyn, Esq. of Penllergare, the well known author of several standard works on natural history. HELIX. H. pomatia, p. 329. This species appears to be most attached to chalky soils and | those Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain.” 507 those of an oolite formation, perhaps on account of the quantity of lime which is necessary for the secretion of its shell and win- ter epiphragm. H. fusca, p. 330. Common in moist woods of the North of Devon. It fre- quently exceeds the size mentioned in the former part of my Synopsis. H. trochiformis, p. 331. In the same situations as the last, Wiltshire and Devonshire. Rathgael House, County Down, Ireland (Mr. Cleland); Eton, and Tenby ; Rev. Dr. Goodall. H. Mortoni, p. 332. Box, near Bath, rare. H. aculeata, p. 332. In moist woods of Devon and Wiltshire H. lamellata, p. 333. * Animal pale grey,” Mr. Alder; who very obligingly furnished me with specimens of this and other rare species of the North of England. H. sericea, p. 333, lege globularis, P3 ui Animal albidum, anteriüs griseum. Sustentaculum bre- vius crassum. Abundantly in the South of Devon: also at Tenby (Rev. Dr. Goodall); and Salisbury. Neighbourhood of Dublin: Appen- dix to Welsh and Whitelaw’s Hist. of Dublin. "The H. sericea of Draparnaud is a very different species from this. The name of granulata, given to the present by Dr. Tur- ton and adopted by Mr. Alder, is objectionable, as indicating an imperfect appearance of the specimens ; but I rather doubt its being distinct from the H. hispida. It is not uncommon in many 508 Mr. Jurrreys’s Supplement to the “Synopsis of . many parts of Switzerland and on the French side of the Jura ; but has not I believe been found in more southern districts. H. cingenda, p. 333. Whitsand Bay, Cornwall. * Balbriggan Strand": . App. to Welsh § Whitelaw's Hist. of Dublin. H. virgata, p. 334. The variety « is very plentiful on Braunton Burrows, North Devon; and Mr. Alder has sent me a charming thin milk-white variety with a band of the same colour. The H. neglecta of Draparnaud may, I think, be referred to another variety. Pfeiffer’s var. « and both his figures for this species (variabilis, P.) belong to the H. cingenda. H. caperata, p. 335. H. Thymorum. Pfeiffer, i. 37. T Taf. ii. fig. 21, 22. Var. a. candida, zonà submarginali fusca, duabusque ap- proximatis inferioribus. H. candidula. Fér.? Of this very beautiful variety I found a few specimens on the downs which overhang Whitsand Bay near Plymouth. Pfeiffer at first called it a variety of his H. Thymorum; but he seems afterwards to have considered it as a distinct species in the Sy- stematic Table at the end of his work. The point of difference between it and the caperata seems to be the same as that which is made to distinguish the Pecten opercularis and lineatus of British conchologists. H. pallida, p. 335. Common in many parts of Surry and Kent. Neighbourhood of Dublin: App. to Welsh § Whitelaw’s Hist. of Dublin. Young shells are hispid, a character common to this and many of its continental congeners. | 15 bis. rsen opere E Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain.” 509 15 bis. rufilabris. Jeffreys. Animal testaceum aut griseum, superné croceo-verru- cosum. Tentacula longa flexilia. Testa subdepressa, subglobosa, glabra, nitidiuscula, cro- ceo-pallescens. Anfracius 5—6. Apertura subro- tundo-lunata, margine rufo, limboque sz pé eburneo instructa. Long. 0.25.—Diam. 0.5. H. Carthusiana. Miiller. H. Carthusianella. Drap. p. 101. pl. vi. f. 31, 32. Fér. 47. Var. a. minor, convexior. H. (Helicella) Olivieri. Fér. p. 47. Mr. J. F. Stephens (who presented me with specimens) says he found it many years ago in great abundance about Dover ; and subsequently at Brighton and other parts of that line of coast. Little Hampton, Sussex: Mr. J. E. Gray. Dr. Leach, in his admirable (though as yet inedited) work on the British Mollusca, says that ** Mr. Gibbs discovered this species to be an inhabitant of Britain in 1814, and com- municated it to Montagu, who named it in his MSS. H. Gibbsii.” It was, I believe, first publicly recorded as British by Baron de Férussac in his Concordance Systematique pour les Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de la Grande Bretagne. I did not notice this species in the former part of my Synopsis, from a supposition (perhaps not altogether unfounded) that it had been naturalized in this country by an importation from the opposite coast of France. Certain it is that on a late visit to Dover, I could not, after a long and strict search, find any traces of its having inhabited that neighbourhood. The above description of the animal has been taken, faute de mieux, from specimens collected by myself in Normandy. H. concinna, . 510 Mr. Jurrreys’s Supplement to the “Synopsis of H. concinna, p. 336. H. depilata. | Pfeiffer, i. 35. t. ii. f. 18? By a careful examination of many hundred specimens from different localities, I am inclined to think that the above-named species must be eventually referred to the H. hispida. It is the H. rufescens of Swiss authors. The variety a abounds in the environs of Dover and the opposite coast of Calais. The H. plebeium of Draparnaud is sometimes found in com- pany with this species, and is probably another of the numerous varieties of the H. hispida. H. rufescens, p. 337. Var. « alba. Neighbourhood of Salisbury ; and rejecta- menta of the Thames at Dattersea. H. hispida, p. 338. The H. conspurcata of Draparnaud is different from this spe- cies, being allied to our H. caperata. Dr. James Lindsay, in a letter addressed to Roderick Impey Murchison, Esq., F.R.S., and lately read before the Society, states his having found the H. obvoluta alive and in consider- able plenty in Ditcham Wood near Buriton, Hants. Mr. G. B. Sowerby had previously favoured me with a specimen from the same place. But its confined locality and the circumstance of its having remained so long unnoticed by British authors might warrant a suspicion that it may be of the same recent and preca- rious indigenousness in this country with the H. Carthusianella. H. ericetorum, p. 338. I am quite satisfied of this being the H. cespitum of Drapar- naud. . A more produced variety was obligingly favoured me by the Rev. R. T. Lowe, who tells me he found it many years ago in great abundance at Iona. H. nitida, — aie Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain." 511 H. nitida, p. 339. Devonshire; Somersetshire; and the neighbourhood of Lon- don. The H. excavata of Messrs. Bean and Alder appears to be the variety a of my Synopsis. H. nitidula, var. a. p. 340. H. pura. Mr. Alder, Catal. 21 bis. radiatula. Animal nigrescens. Tentacula breviuscula. Testa depressior, nitida, cornea, subtiliter et elegantissime striata. Anfractus 3—4; suturá distinctà. Apertura suborbiculato-ovata ; peristomio simplici. Umbilicus valdé patens. Long. 0.05.— Diam. 0,125. H. radiatula. Mr. Alder, Catal. ^ The stric are fainter on the under side and do not quite reach to the umbilicus.—Among decaying leaves and moss in woods of the North of Devon, Kent, and Wiltshire. For the discovery and publication of this elegant little species we are indebted to Mr. J. Alder. H. alliacea, p. 341. Var. a pauló major; spira productiore. Under stones and logs of wood on Mount Edgecumbe near Plymouth. H. rotundata, p. 342. Var. « sparingly among the rejectamenta of the Thames at Battersea. Dinton Hall, Bucks: Rev. Dr. Goodall. By the kind permission of Dr. Turton, I have examined his specimen of the Helix rotundata Conch. Dict. It is, as I sus- pected, only a distortion of the above variety, and answers to the var. 8 of Pfeiffer, who refers it to the H. perspectiva of Mühl- VOL. XVI. 3v field. a 519 Mr. JEgrrnEvs's Supplement to the ** Synopsis of field. The upper volutions are nearly flat, and the umbilicus very patent. I possess a specimen from the neighbourhood of Dover, which seems to connect the two species. H. umbilicata, p. $42. Torquay; Dr. Turton. Cloonoomy Barracks and at Cove, plentiful; App. to Welsh & Whitelaw’s Hist. of Dublin. My friend M. D'Orbigny of Rochelle was good enough to set me right as to the identity of Draparnaud's H. pygmea with this species; and from his intimate acquaintance with that author during his lifetime, and having been for many years a contem- porary and fellow-labourer in the same pursuits, I have no doubt of his correctness. Mr. Sheppard's name of Kirbi should therefore be retained for the following species. H. pygmea, p. 343, lege Kirbii. Woods of the North of Devon. Neighbourhood of Bristol ; Mr. J. S. Miller. 'Tor Abbey Wood (Gen. Bingham); Rev. Dr. Goodall. H. acuta, p. 344. Kent; and South of Devon.—**Near Belfast (Dr. MacDon- nel): and by Mrs. Travers at Belgrove ;" App. to Welsh & White- law's Hist. of Dublin. | . Bur1Mvs. B. Montacuti, p. 345. Occasionally found on the Kentish Downs.— Neighbourhood of Dublin: App. to Welsh § Whitelaw’s Hist. of Dublin. Dr. Turton has described in the Zoological Journal, No.VII. p. 363. a well known Sicilian species under the name of Bul. - tuberculatus; but I can hardly think the information he received as to its habitat can have been correct. D. acutus, p. 346. I was Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain.” 513 I was wrong in saying the B. ventricosus of Draparnaud is a variety of this species; though the transition to our species through the variety ais certainly very slight. This last variety Mr. Lowe tells me he found in great abundance on Iona island in the summer of 1824. CIONELLA. C. lubrica, p. 347. Var. a virescenti-alba, hyalina. Pentifully in the grounds of Tawstock (Sir Bourchier Wrey’s) House, near Barnstaple, North Devon. CLAUSILIA. C. nigricans, p. 351. Var. a. alba. Dinton Hall, Bucks: Rev. Dr. Goodall. C. parvula, p. 352. There is a specimen of this shell in Dr. Leach’s Cabinet, Bri- tish Museum. C. plicatula, p. 354, lege Rolphii. Animal nigrescens, superne valde corrugatum. Susten- taculum angustius. | C. pumila. Pfeiffer, iii. 41. Taf. vii. fig. 16? I believe this to be a distinct species from the C. plicatula of Draparnaud; and Leach's name of Rolphii (which has been published by Mr. Gray in one of the Numbers of the London Medical Review for 1821) should perhaps be adopted. C. labiata, p. 353. Not an uncommon species in Sicily and the Ionian Archipe- lago. Mr. G. B. Sowerby furnished me with specimens from the late Mr. G. Humphrey's collection ; and he supposes that it was through the same channel introduced into Montagu's Bri- tish Catalogue. Mr. Lyons informs me that his specimen was presented to him by Miss Pocock. l 3v2 .. C.ven- 514 Mr. JErrnzYs's Supplement to the “Synopsis of C. ventricosa, p. 354. Animal nigrescens, pede dilutiore. Tentacula breviuscula. Not uncommon at the roots of willows, and among the rejec- tamenta at Dattersea Fields. Eton; rejectamenta at Weymouth, and parts of South Devon; Rev. Dr. Goodall. C. derugata, p. 354. Var. a: alba, hyalina. Neighbourhood of Bath, rare. Darnwood: Kent ; Mr. J. F. Stephens. Dr. Turton favoured me with the C. papillaris of Draparnaud as British. It is rather narrower in girth, with the peristome not so thick and reflected as in South-European specimens; but as the Doctor could not give me the exact locality of his shells, and Baron Férussac has pronounced this, with (deservedly) the Helix octona and Bulla rivalis of British authors, as exotic to this country, I cannot for the present give ita place in my catalogue. Pura. P. Secale, p. 355. Jaminia Secale. Risso, Prod. de l Eur. Mér. iv. 88. Devizes, Dr. Turton: and my friend Doctor Gibbon of Swansea showed me some specimens which he had received from the neighbourhood of Brecon, South Wales. Mr. J. E. Gray tells me that he once found a specimen of the Pupa cinerea (Draparnaud) among the rejectamenta of the Thames at Battersea; and I have since myself detected an im- perfect specimen at the same place. P. ringens, p. 356. * Animal dark lead colour above and white below." Mr. Alder, Catal. P. bidentata. Pfeiffer, i. 59. Taf. iii. fig. 21, 22. P. Muscorum c. Id. iii. 61.? P. am- Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain." 515 P. umbilicata, p. 356. P. unidentata. Pfeiffer, i. 58. Taf. iii. fig. 19, 20.? P. Muscorum b. Id. iii. 61. Var. a. P. Muscorum. Pfeiffer? P. Muscorum a. Id. ? Jaminia (Leach?) Muscorum. Risso, Prod. de P Eur. Mér iv. 88. ALBA. A. marginata, p. 357. Pupa Muscorum d. Pfeiffer, iii. 61? Jaminia marginata. Risso, iv. 88. A. nitida, p. 358. Animal griseum. Tentacula superiora breviuscula, cla- vata; inferiora vix (etiam cum lente) discernenda. Vertigo edentula. Pfeiffer ? Pupa edentula. Mr. Alder, Catal. Jaminia edentula. Russo, iv. 88. North Devon, and Surry. The Alea revoluta of my Synopsis is an old and bleached specimen, with the aperture placed more extrinsically than usual. A. cylindrica, p. 359. Animal rufo-nigricans, nitidum. — Tentacula superiora paululüm arcuata. Pupa minutissima. Pf.? I have added a description of the animal from specimens taken in the South-west of France, where it is not uncommon in situa- tions similar to that of the British specimen before noticed. 4 bis. sUBsTRIATA, Jeffreys. Animal nigricanti-griseum. Tentacula superiora longius- cula, gracilia ; inferiora bulbiformia. Sustentaculum angustius. Testa 516 Mr. JzrrnzEvs's Supplement to the ** Synopsis of Testa subdolioliformis, ventricosior, nitidula et (preeser- tim ad apicem) argute striata, fulvo-cornea. Anfrac- tus 4—5, globosi. Apertura suborbiculato-lunata, extüs parüm marginata, subsinuata; intis 5—6 lamellis, nempé 2—3 columellaribus et 3 labralibus instructa : peristomio tenui, subreflexo. Umbilicus angustatus. Long. 0.06.— Diam. 0.04. Vertigo 4—5-dentata. Studer, Catal. V. pygmea. Pf.? V. similis. Férussac, Prodr. 64. Pupa sexdentata. Mr. Alder, Catal. — In a marshy piece of ground near Rawleigh House ( Mrs. Bar- bor's), Barnstaple, together with the last and following species, rare. The first intimation I had of this very desirable shell having been found in Britain, was through the Baron de Férussac, in whose cabinet at Paris I observed specimens which Mr. Bean had sent him from Scarborough as the Turbo sexdentatus of Montagu. And Mr. Alder (who was aware of its distinctness from Montagu's species) has since obligingly presented me with a fine series from the neighbourhood of Newcastle-upon-Tyne. A. vulgaris, p. 360. Jaminia 5-dentata Risso, iv. 88? A. palustris, p. 360. eS Jaminia 7-dentata. Risso, iv. 88? Under ash-boughs which had lain long on the ground; not uncommon in several places about Bath; rejectamenta at Bat- tersea, rare; and with the last species. : VERTIGO. V. pusilla, p. 361. Jaminia Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain.” 517 Jaminia heterostropha. Risso, 88. Moist woods of the North of Devon, rare. Dr. Turton. V. angustior, p. 361. V. Venetzia (Charpentier). Férussac, Prodr. p. 65? In the Honourable Lady E. Finch's collection of British shells. Mr. Stephens also possesses a young specimen from Battersea Fields. CYCLOSTOMA. We are indebted to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley for an elaborate paper in the Zoological Journal, on the Animal of the C. elegans, which, together with its neighbouring genera the Helicina and that comprising the Cyclostoma maculatum, &c. of Draparnaud, might conveniently form a new order by itself intermediate be tween the Pulmonobranchia and Pectinibranchia of Cuvier. CARYCHIUM., C. fuscum, p. 364. Two specimens in a moist wood near Barnstaple, Devon- shire, Miss Hill. And Mrs. Griffiths of Torquay, who also some time ago found this species in considerable abundance near Ilfracombe in the same county, has confirmed to me Férussac's description of the animal. C. politum, p. 365, lege GOODALLI. Animal fuscescenti-nigrum, nitidum, lubricum. Tenta- cula superiora cylindrico-clavata. Carychium Menkeanum. Pfeiffer. Pupa Menkeana. Pfeiffer. Azeca tridens. Fleming, B. A. p. 269. Mr. Alder, Catal. -= Warley-wood near Bath: Mr. Miller. Amersham, Bucks: Rev. Dr. Goodall. Having also myself lately discovered this species in great abundance in woods of the North of Devon, I am fully assured that 518 | Mr. Jerrreys’s Supplement to the ** Synopsis of that it is not a Carychium, the animal having four tentacula, the two upper ones ocellated at their extremity. Indeed the ap- pearance of the animal and its shell (the latter being slightly channelled at its base when young) bears so close a resemblance to the Cionella lubrica of my Synopsis, that I have no hesitation in assigning it a place near that species. As the character indicated by the word politus is common to all the hitherto known species of Cionella, I cannot do better than adopt for this the name of Goodalli, which Baron Férussac has proposed in honour of my kind and much respected friend the Provost of Eton. Pfeiffer is, I believe, the first author who has noticed it out of this country. AURICULA. A. alba, p. 369. Animal album. — Sustentaculum latius, hyalinum. Alive in crevices of the rocks at Ilfracombe and Linton, North Devon. 4 bis. A. multivolvis. Jeffreys. Animal Testa ovato-fusiformis, ventricosa, solidior, glabra, nitida, castaneo-albescens. Anfractus 12 connexi, superne parüm crenati: spirà obtusé acuminatá. Apertura oblonga, angusta; plicá unicá ad inferiorem partem columellz discernendá : peristomio simplice. Long. 0.3.— Diam. 0.15. Voluta bullaoides. Montagu, Suppl. p. 102. t. 30. f. 4. Tornatella bullaoides. Fér. 108. Baron de Férussac favoured me with the specimen above de- scribed, which he had received with two others from Mr. Bean of Scarborough, as found on that coast. It has the habit and aperture Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain.” 519 aperture of a true Auricula; but I have not ventured to break my solitary specimen to examine the internal structure of the spire, which I consider the main test of distinction between that genus and Tornatella conchologically considered. The upper whorls are very small in proportion; and the last, as usual in the genus, occupies more than two thirds of the entire shell. Mr. Clark of Bath, whose well known zeal and industry as a British conchologist is more than equalled by his accuracy, has since informed me that he discovered a specimen some years ago among a parcel of West Indian shells of no great value. This is an interesting fact, and must leave the indigenousness of this species (at present at least) in some doubt. The section of Auricula (Conovulus Lam.), to which this be- longs, are all natives of tropical climates. LIMNEUs. L. glutinosus, p. 371. Dr. Goodall possesses specimens in his cabinet marked as from * Scarborough ; Swaffham ; Windermere; Oxford; Eton; and Deal marshes.” Wittleseamere ; Mr. Stephens. From this latter place I have seen specimens which measure full three quarters of an inch in length. Stanmore, Middlesex ; Mr. G. B. Sowerby. L. pereger, p. 374. Var. y. Gulnaria lacustris. Leach’s British Mollusca (inedited)? | Ead. Brit. Mus. The Limnei ovatus, vulgaris and pereger of Pfeiffer, all appear to belong to this species. L. major, p. 375. Var. 8. Surry and Croydon cui. BEA uncommon. The Physa scaturiginum of Draparnaud, which Dr. Turton has noticed as British in one of the Numbers of the Zoological Journal, is the fry of this species. VOL. XVI. Sx This 590 Mr. JgrrnEvs's Supplement to the ** Synopsis of This section of Limneus belongs to M. Risso's genus Leachia, and the Stagnicola of Dr. Leach. | L. communis, p. 376. Var. a. magis elongata, labro intus vix reflexo. Dorking, Surry : Mr. Stutchbury. Var. 8. minor, testacei coloris, truncatulo affinis. L.fuscus. Pfeiffer i. 92. Taf. iv. fig. 25? Common in marshes along the banks of the Thames from Battersea to Woolwich. The gradation from one to another of the different species of European Limnei is so very slight, that unless, as M. Blainville once expressed to me, the stagnalis, palustris and pereger are excepted, there would properly be no species at all. L. elongatus, p. 376. Ireland (Rev. James Bulwer); Scarborough (Mr. Bean) ; and Norfolk (Dr. Leach); Rev. Dr. Goodall. L. Grayanus, p. 378. does not belong to the Pulmonobranchia ; but (on account of its animal) would form a curious anomaly in Férussac's sub- genus Paludina of the genus of the same name. In the form of the shell it approaches to some of the smaller Melanie. L. detritus, p. 378. : I have seen Dr. Turton's specimens of his Helix detrita, which are a true Bulimus, and very different from the above species. Dr. Pulteney's cabinet in the Linnean Society’s mu- seum contains several; but I did not observe any appearance of bands. It is, however, a very doubtful species both as to its habitat and locality. Férussac refers it without a doubt to a variety of the Bulimus radiatus of Draparnaud. Puysa. Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain." 521 Puvsa. 1 bis. P. alba. Phyza. Risso. Animal Testa spherico-ovata, ventricosa, fragilis, diaphana, stri- atula, alba. Anfractus 3—4, globosi; suturá exca- vata; spirà brevissima, acutiore. Apertura larga, ovata. Long. 0.275.—Diam. 0.175. Physa alba. Turton in Zool. Journ. No. vii. p. 363. t. xiii. fo 8. Dr. Turton says, this rare and eminently beautiful species was sent him by Mr. Blomer as from the river Towin, North Wales. Lady Elizabeth Finch did me the honour of presenting me with a specimen, which I believe was procured through the same channel. Mr. Sowerby has this species from Sicily; and I fear Dr. Turton has been deceived or mistaken in its British locality. P. hypnorum, p. 382. Var. a. minor, magis oblonga. In pools on Crymlyn Burrows near Swansea, rare. Colour a deep and bright bronze. PLANORBIS. P. Vortex, p. 382. The variety a of my Synopsis is abundant at Battersea; and the other below the Thames about Woolwich. P. corneus, p. 383. Neighbourhood of Dublin: App. to Welsh & Whitelaw’s Hist. of Dublin. P. lutescens, p. 385, lege disciformis. i 3x2 Not 592 Mr. Jurrreys’s Supplement to the ** Synopsis of Not the Planorbis lutescens of Lamarck, as I had supposed. P. Draparnaldi, p. 386. P. albus «. Pfeiffer, 3. 64? In the Honourable Lady E. Finch's collection of British shells, mixed with the P. albus. The Helix rhombea of Turton’s Conchological Dictionary should be referred to a variety of the Planorbis umbilicatus, and not this species. My error arose from having seen in the late Mr. Miller's cabinet, specimens of the above, which Dr. Turton had named “ Pl. rhombeus.” P. albus, p. 387. P. reticulatus. Risso. P. nitidus, p. 388. Abundantly in a pool on Wandsworth Common near London ; and more sparingly in Battersea marshes and other parts of the neighbourhood. The shells are frequently infested by the ova of a small aquatic insect. | Var. a. dupló minor, subtüs laté umbilicata. This was given to me by the Provost of Eton, who received at from Mr. Bean of Scarborough, and may possibly be a distinct species. Its form is intermediate between the Pl. nitidus and lineatus. | P. lineatus, p. 389. P. clausulatus. Férussac, Concordance 4c. ANCYLUS. This genus, as M. Rauq remarks, has not ceased from being bandied about from one family to another; and even now, its proper position among the Scutibranchous (for it is quite certain they do not belong to the Pulmonobranchous) Mollusca, is far from Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain." 593 from being determined. In this, as well as the genus Patella, to which it is most probably allied, I have frequently observed individuals out of their natural element, and only occasionally in the enjoyment of a few spray drops of water which fell from the sides of the rock to which they were attached. XXXI. On ( 595 ) XXXI. On the Osteological Symmetry of the Camel; Camelus Bactrianus of Aristotle, Linneus, and Cuvier. By Walter | Adam, Fellow of the College of Physicians of Edinburgh. Communicated by R. Brown, Esq., V.P.L.S. Read April 19, 1831. Tue objects in this paper are, to state correctly the dimen- sions of the several bones of a large quadruped; to trace the mutual relations of these dimensions; and thus to exem- plify the general osteological form in animals of similar con- figuration. The dimensions are arranged in tables, so as to show not only the symmetry of the Camel, but also the aberrations from the apparent normal proportions of a species, and the inequa- lities of the right and the left sides in an individual animal. The Camel has been selected to illustrate the general type of its class on account of the stature of that animal rendering these slighter differences more evident than in man and in other animals of inferior size. As such differences must always be limited by the characteristic symmetry of the species to which an animal belongs, none other than the most exact measure- ments would have been of value. The accuracy that has been attempted will not, it is hoped, be thought needless in a general inquiry. The bones measured are those of a Baggage-camel from Ben- gal, and constitute one of many osteological specimens, for whose 526 Dr. WALTER ADAM on whose examination the writer of this paper is indebted to the liberality of Professor Jameson. The bones are described in accordance with the nomencla- ture of Dr. Barclay. The terms ‘lateral,’ ‘mesial,’ ‘rostral,’ ‘caudal,’ are applied to all the bones, as expressing the aspects of the sides, the mesial plane, the muzzle, and the tip of the tail. The terms ‘ basilar’ in the head, : ‘sternal’ in the neck and trunk, signify the aspects of the base of the head and of the breast- bone ;—in common language, * downwards' in the head and trunk, ‘forwards’ in the neck. The terms * coronal’ in the head, * dorsal in the neck and trunk, signify the aspects of the forehead, and of the back-bone ;—in common language, * upwards' in the head and trunk, * backwards' in the neck. In the limbs, besides their more correct denominations of ‘atlantal’ and ‘sacral’, for ‘fore’ and ‘hind’, two further terms are necessary : These are, * proximal" towards the trunk, ‘digital’ towards the extremity of the limb. The adverbial termination is ad. Of the Head. The height, the breadth, and the basilar length of the cra- nium are very nearly in the proportion Lu Ec The union of the lower jaws; the height from the angle of the lower jaw to the summit of the occiput; and the length from Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 597 from the muzzle to the upper margin of the occipital fora- men, are in the proportion 1::9..5.9. The common difference of the palatal, the coronal, the basi- lar, and the extreme lengths of the cranium, is the breadth of the cranium at the temporal fosse: these lengths in the animal examined being respectively 12;:«.:15;;,18; 121 Inches; The chief measurements of the coronal breadth of the head are in consecutive proportion as the numbers - 8... 2, 4. 3041 Those on the level of the zigomatic arch are also in consecutive proportion nearly as the numbers 90,9, -8. <4: While the chief measurements of breadth on the level of the palate are consecutively as the numbers 3% te. T. Of the Vertebre.—Cervical Vertebre. In the accompanying Tables, the dimensions of the bones of the neck are very minutely stated. This minuteness will be deemed the less superfluous, if it be considered that these bones, from their remarkable size, may be viewed as an enlarged re- presentation of the type of the similar bones of the human body and in other mammalia. The dimensions of the atlas and of the second vertebra of the neck are, on account of their great importance, given apart; and an endeavour has been made to trace the correspondence of their dimensions with the dimensions of the other cervical vertebrae. | The lateral extent of the atlas is equal to the distance between the inner margins of the orbits. The atlas, besides VOL. XVI. : oY its 598 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the its articulation with the occipital condyles, affords support to the lower jaw;—whence that graceful carriage of the head, so frequent a theme of the fervid eulogy of the Arabian poets. The sternal length of the 2nd vertebra of the neck is three times that of the atlas, and half the coronal length of the head. In this bone, the dimensions of length, the distance between its arteries and the breadth of its articulation with the 3rd cer- . vical vertebra, are even numbers of proportional parts. The other dimensions are odd numbers of these parts. The succeeding bones of the neck diminish in length, while their dimensions of breadth and thickness increase. The decrements of length are irregular. Of the breadths, those of the rostral balls of articulation in- crease uniformly. ‘The extremes, namely, the rostral globular articulations of the 3rd and of the 7th cervical vertebre, are, ERO The other augments of breadth are irregular. But in the ex- tremes, the rostral ends of the plates that shield the gullet and trachea, are, 91139, 254i While the breadths at the roots of the rostral oblique processes of the | same B: boii tue 3rd and 7th cervical vertebrz) are, | 5 t. 31:09. Min the celvidil vertebrae of bes Camel, a depressed rudiment of a process appears on the dorsal ridge of the 5th vertebra. The 6th and 7th have complete spinous processes. : A scabrous elevation on the lateral surfaces of the sternal plates that shield the gullet and trachea, marks the incipient transverse processes that in the lumbar vertebrz attain their full development. In the cervical vertebrae of the animal examined, a curtail- ment of the caudal oblique oe of the 6th on the right side, and noeh: c || | al i | | | Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 529 and perhaps the defective ossification on the right side of the 3rd and 4th over the nerval canal, show the tendency to exert the muscles of the right side more than those of the left. Dorsal Vertebra. The labours of the animal have much altered the form of the bodies of the dorsal vertebre. The sternal length from the 3rd to the 10th inclusively appears to be the sixth part of the basilar length of the head. In this dimension, the sternal length, the 1st dorsal vertebra corresponds with the 11th ; as does the 2nd with the 12th. The greatest elevation of the spine is at the 3rd dorsal ver- tebra; the extreme length of that bone equalling the greatest extent of the pelvis towards the mesial plane. The spinal lengths, rostrad and caudad from the 3rd dorsal vertebra, diminish irregularly ; but so that the spinal length of the 7th dorsal vertebra is the same as that of the 1st. The spinal length of the 12th and last dorsal vertebra is equal to the length of the 1st rib, and to the greatest breadth of the head. The spinal epiphyses that form the nucleus of the hump, are nearly steatomatous in the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th dorsal ver- tebrz ; as also in the 9th and 10th. In the other dorsal verte- bre the epiphyses are externally osseous. From the 1st dorsal vertebra to the 10th, the — — the margins of the roots of the spinous processes diminishes a third. In the same interval, the distance between the extremi- ties of the transverse processes diminishes a fourth. The natural breadth of the bodies of the dorsal vertebra seems to be not greater than the wideness of the nostrils: but, owing to the great weights borne by the animal, the enlargement is . such that these bones are an instance of exostosis rather than 3r9 of 530 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the of normal proportion: though still that enlargement has been controlled by the laws of symmetry. The greatest breadth is attained at the connection of the 5th with the 6th dorsal vertebra: there the pressure of the burthens has evidently been most severe. The breadth so increased equals the cerebral bulge of the cranium. As a further exemplification of strength gained under toil, and of disparity in ossification, it may be deserving of notice, that the right sides of the caudal margins of the 6th and 7th dorsal vertebra project as a socket over the contiguous rostral margins. Lumbar Vertebra. The lumbar vertebre diminish in length and in height as they approach the sacrum. The transverse processes occupy somewhat of an oval space. The other dimensions of breadth increase towards the sacrum. The distance between the extremities of the 1st lumbar ver- tebra is equal to the spinal extent of the last dorsal vertebra, which has been stated to be also equal to the length of the Ist rib, and to the greatest breadth of the head. The sum of the differences of the distances between the extre- mities of the transverse processes of the lumbar vertebre is equal to the sum of the breadths of these vertebre at the roots of their rostral oblique processes. The Sacrum. The caudal height of the sacrum is the third of its rostral height: while, again, the rostral height is two thirds of the sternal length, and equal to the caudal height of the cranium. The rostral breadth of the sacrum equals the height of the ist lumbar vertebra. The caudal breadth is half the length of the bone over the nerval canal. The Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 531 The Tail. The dimensions of the bones of the tail, relatively to the other bones of the body, are perhaps more curious than interesting. The sum of their lengths is equal to the greatest spinal extent in the dorsal vertebrae, namely, to that of the 3rd dorsal ver- tebra. The sum of their transverse breadths is equal to the greatest transverse extent in the lumbar vertebrze, namely, to that of the 5th lumbar vertebra. The sum of the breadths at their oblique processes equals the sum of their spinous heights: and both are equal to the greatest transverse aperture of the pelvis. - The sum of their rostral thicknesses is twice the caudal height of the head: and the tip of the tail may be compared with the aperture of the auditory canal. Of the Ribs. The longest of the twelve ribs are the 7th and the 8th. The length of each of these equals the length of the spine of the sca- pula, being the greatest extent of that bone. The decrements of length in the other ribs, rostrad from the 7th, and caudad from the 8th, are such, that The 6th rib corresponds with the 10th, ne Sih... . — < Mith the ii. II SUE —. . . . with the 120. The sum of the lengths of the titelve ribs i is about ten times that of the longest rib. | At the sternal end of the ribs the breadth is greatest. The broadest are the 4th and the 5th; their breadth equals that of the cranium at the temporal fosse. The sum of the breadths of the ribs at their sternal ends is eight 532 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the eight times the breadth of the broadest rib, and equal to the length of the cubitus from the summit of the olecranon to the carpal articulation. The sum of the breadths of the ribs where broadest and the ulnar length of the cubitus, the longest bone in the body of the Camel, exceed the greatest width of the chest by the common difference of the 4 longitudinal dimensions of the cranium. The width of the chest, as stated below, is equal to the greatest length of the head. "The costal breadths and the length of the cubitus are therefore 5th proportionals to the 4 longitudinal dimensions of the cranium. It will be observed in the Tables, that the ribs on the right side have been more ossified than those on the left. Of the Cavity of the Thorax and of the Sternum. The cartilages of the ribs being entire in the animal examined, the dimensions of the cavity of the chest are seen to agree with those of the separate bones of the body. The greatest width of the chest is equal to the greatest length of the head. The length of the sternum is three fourths of the greatest thickness of the body, namely, from the caudal end of the sternum to the summit of the hump at the 6th dorsal ver- tebra. E | The length of the caudal portion of the sternum is twice the length of the 3rd and of the 5th portions; and is equal to the distance between the inner margins of the orbits. The rostral breadth of the caudal portion of the sternum is twice its caudal breadth, and also twice its rostral thickness. The thicknesses of the other portions of the sternum increase by regular augments as they approach the caudal portion. Of Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 533 Of the Scapula. The scapula bears to the pelvis the relation of similar position in regard to the limbs, and also in some degree that of conformity. But as in the Camel this bone, towards the summits of the dorsal vertebrz, terminates in a thin tendinous expansion, the osseous boundary cannot be very accurately distinguished. The greatest breadth of this expansion is four times the greatest dimension of the glenoid cavity. The length of the spine of the scapula, which is also the greatest extent of the bone, is four times the distance of the termination of the process of the spine of the scapula over the glenoid cavity, from the furthest point on the margin of that cavity. : Of the Pelvis. The breadths of the pelvis rostrad from the acetabula are even numbers of proportional parts. The breadths caudad from the acetabula, including the acetabular breadth itself, are odd num- bers of proportional parts. The difference of the greatest and the smallest breadths of the pelvis caudad from the acetabula is one third of the greatest breadth rostrad from the acetabula: while the difference of the greatest caudal breadth and the acetabular breadth is half the difference of the greatest and the smallest rostral breadths. Again: The smallest rostral breadth of the pelvis equals its smallest mesial height from the union of the ossa pubis to the floor of the nerval canal of the sacrum.; quu brosse The chief dimensions of ihe pelvis: are identical with the chief dimensions of the head. | 1. The greatest dimension of the pelvis, being through the mesial plane, is equal to the greatest length of the head. — 2. 'The 534 Dr. WALTER ÁDAM on the 2. The greatest mesial extent of the pelvis is equal to the coronal length of the head. 3. The length of the union of the ossa pubis is equal to the length of the union of the lower jaws. 4. The lateral length of the pelvis is equal to the distance from the muzzle to the caudal surface of the zigomatic inclo- sure. 5. 'The greatest rostral breadth of the pelvis is equal to the zigomatic length of the head. 6. The acetabular breadth of the pelvis is equal to the greatest breadth of the head. 7. The greatest caudal breadth of the pelvis is equal to the distance from the muzzle to the end of the pterygoid pro- cesses. | Of the Limbs. The lengths of the four long bones of the atlantal limbs, in- dependently of processes and elevations, are ETRE as the numbers 22. 28. 20. 6:—Sum 76. The similar lengths of the four long bones of the sacral limbs are consecutively as the numbers 28. 23. 20. 5:—Sum 76. The correspondence is obvious : The second number of the atlantal series is identical with the first number of the sacral series. The last number in each series expresses the difference of the first and the second numbers of the series. The penultimates are identical, and the sums are equal. Osteologically, Notwithstanding the dissimilitude of flexure in the atlantal and the sacral limbs ; The sums of what may be termed their articular lengths are e m The Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 535 The articular lengths of the metacarpus and of the metatarsus are identical; as appear to be the articular lengths of the cubitus and of the femur. The difference of the articular length in the first and second bones of each limb is equal to the length of the first pastern of the limb. In all animals there seems to be a normal locality for the entrance of the arteries that nourish the interior of the bones: but these arteries being liable to the same variations as the tubes that convey the fluids to the less compact substances of the body, the distance of the medullary arteries from the joints is here unnoted. The bones of the atlantal limbs of the Bactrian Camel are, in their breadth and thickness, more robust and more symmetrical than the bones of the sacral limbs. The middle breadths of the atlantal limbs are consecutively, 9. 9. 6. 4 proportional parts :—Sum 28. Their middle thicknesses are consecutively, B 0 3 proportional parts :—Sum 18. And their middle girths are consecutively, 30. 26. 20. 12 proportional parts :—Sum 88. The middle breadths of the sacral limbs are consecutively, 7. 8. 5. 3 proportional parts :—Sum 23. Their middle thicknesses are consecutively, 6 5 4 proportional parts :—Sum 13. And their middle girths are consecutively, 22. 20. 17. 10 proportional parts:—Sum 69. — So that the thickness of the first pasterns being omitted, the sums of the middle breadth, thickness, and girth in the atlantal limbs are even numbers of proportional parts ; while the similar dimensions in the sacral limbs are odd numbers of these parts. VOL. XVI. 3z There 536 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the There is also an identity in the excesses of the sums of the middle breadths, and of the sums of the middle thicknesses in the atlantal limbs, over the sums of the similar dimensions in the sacral limbs. It may be further remarked, that if to the four girths of the sacral limbs, that of the calcaneum be added, the sum of the five sacral girths is seven eighths of the sum of the girths of the four atlantal limbs : The sum of the five sacral girths being 77 proportional parts. The sum of the four atlantal girths being 88 proportional parts. It would be tedious to dwell on the proportions of the various processes and elevations of the bones of the limbs. In the accompanying Tables, osteologists will find their dimensions in the Bactrian Camel noted with every possible accuracy. The proportions of the rudimentary bones of the feet, of the carpus and tarsus, and of the ungual bones, are withheld; as, in an articulated specimen, these bones cannot be exactly mea- sured. From what has been now stated, it appears that throughout the dimensions of the bones of the Bactrian Camel there is such an agreement, that many of the dimensions are continued pro- portionals, and that the mutual relations of nearly all admit of a very simple expression. Corresponding relations have been found to prevail in the . bones of every species of animal examined by the writer of this paper. The prosecution of his investigations has been thwarted by unforeseen obstacles. Under more favourable circumstances, should what has been observed in the Camel be fully verified in other animals, it will result, 1.. That | | | 4 d Pi wa T adr d aN Frese Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 537 1. That though the hardness and durability of bones peculiarly fit them for inquiries similar to that detailed in these pages ; yet as the bones always arise from and are moulded by the softer tissues, the whole organic system is determinable in its proportions. 2. That the relation of the forms of extinct animals to the forms of animals now living,—the affinities of species and genera,—the simultaneous growth of the parts of the same animal, and the rates of such growth comparatively in other animals ;—the improvement of domestic races,— even the structure and development of the human frame,— are all matters both of physiological and of numerical study. ‘3. That Zoology is, to an equal extent with the departments of knowledge that regard inanimate things, susceptible of a classification established on the sure basis of number. EDINBURGH, November 1830. 322 TABLES. 538 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the TABLES. In the first columns of the following Tables are the actual measurements of an individual Camel, taken with compasses and callipers, of a radius suited to the extent of the bones; the girths of course otherwise. The measurements of the first columns are in the next column adjusted to the normal proportion, on the assumption that the aberrations in the form of an individual animal from the perfect form of its species may be at least as great as the inequalities of the right and the left sides of that individual animal. But the numbers assigned for these normal proportions are meant rather as an indication of what they may be, than as an averment that they really are as stated. Several, especially of those given for the vertebral dimensions, must be erroneous: they have been inserted for facility of comparison. Few adjustments exceed a quarter of an inch,—trifling in so large an animal,—and being placed beside the number of the actual measurement they can lead to no mistake. It is not improbable, that the symmetry of the swift Drome- ` daries will be found to be much more complete than that of the Baggage-camel. The proportional parts in the penultimate column are 72nd parts of the basilar length of the cranium. This length being in the animal examined 18 inches, the proportional parts are the numbers in the preceding column multiplied by 4. The differences occupy the last column. The relative position of the numbers in the Tables is the same as that of the parts measured. The Roman numerals over the dimensions of the dorsal and of the succeeding vertebra, refer to the corresponding dimen- sions in the cervical vertebrz. Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 539 Dimensions of the CRANIUM in the Bactrian Camel. Dimensions in the Mesial Plane. Supposed| Dimen- Normal | sions in | Diffe- Actual Measurements. Dimen- | Proport. | rence. : sions. | Parts. Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Length) in the Mesial Plane. Mesial Coronal Length. Distance in the mesial plane from the corono-rostral margin of the nose, To the corono-caudal margin of the occipital plate. . . . + .15:05|15:00| 60 Distance in the mesial plane from the extent of the intermaxillary bones rostrad, To the corono-caudal margin of the occipital plate . . . . . . . . .2090|21:00| 84 Mesial Zigomatic Length. Distance in the mesial plane from the extent of the intermaxillary bones rostrad, To the corono-caudal margin of the occipital foramen . . . . . . . .19:45|1950| 78 Mesial Basilar Length. Distance in the mesial plane from the extent of the intermaxillary bones rostrad, To the caudal margin of the palate . . . - « .1-r85/[1200| 48 Distance in the mesial plane from the extent of the intermazillary bones rostrad, 1 To the basilo-caudal margin of the occipital foramen. . . . . . . . .1800|1800| 72 Length of the Union of the Basilar Maxille. Distance on the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the (basilar) i TN To the caudal termination of the union of the basilar maxille . . . 642, 650 | 26 Corono-Basilar Dimensions (Height) of the Cranium in the Mesial Plane. Distance in the mesial plane from the surface of the palate at the interval disjoin- ing the rostral from the latera! teeth, To the summit of the nose . . . . . 375| 375 15 Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal margin of the palate, To the frontal hollow over the orbits, at the corono-orbital arteries . . Powe (i866 1 IET 19 Distance in the mesial plane from the basilar surface of the cuneiform process of the occipital bone, To the summit of the sagittal ridge . : Distance in the mesial plane from the basilar surface of the basilar margin of the . occipital foramen, To the summit of the occipital plate - - - 440| 450 | 18 Distance in the mesial plane from the basilar surface of the coronal margin of the l occipital foramen, To the summit of the occipital plate . . . Eu o 200i 275] 11 Caudal and greatest Height of the Head on each side of the Mesial Plane, Similar dimen- sion (on the left side). . 13:05 Distance from the caudal termination of the basilar margin of the right basilar maxilla, To the mesio-caudal sum- mit of the occipital plate (on the rightside) . . . . 13:05 13 00 52 24 24 445| 450| 18 - 540 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the CRANIUM Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Length) on ~ Lateral Ba On the Right Side. Distance from the rostral extremity of the right intermaxillary bone, To the rostral margin of the socket of the large coronal- — canine tooth on the right side M Distance from the rostral extremity of the right intermaxillary bone, To the caudal — margin of the socket of the right coronal — subsidiary canine tooth . . . . - Distance from the rostral extremity of the right intermaxillary bone, To the rostral margin of the socket of the right corono- rostral molar tooth . - Distance from the rostral extremity of the right intermaxillary bone, To the extre- mity of the process on the caudal surface —— of the socket of the (right corono-caudal) molar tooth ... .—. 12 L2 9 Distance from the rostral extremity of the right intermaxillary bone, To the caudo- lateral extremity of the right pterygoid pro- Qs. ee V UE *oÉ Distance from the rostral margin of the socket of the (right corono-) rostral molar tooth, To the caudal margin of the socket of the (right corono-) caudal molar tooth. + 2: 4 1250 14:38 ‘Supposed Dimen- Actual Measurements, alee Proparts Diff. sions. | Parts. Lateral Zigomatic Length. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. Distance from the rostral extremity of the Similar dimen- right intermaxillary bone, To the lateral sions on the margin of the right rostro-orbital artery . 8:08, left side . 822| 825] 33 Distance from the rostral extremity of the right intermaxillary bone, To the inner Similar dimen- - 8 surface of the right orbit at the orbicular sions on the groove .- 4. ^ an Vor ce Ww TOOT MENS. 1080110291 AX Distance from the rostral extremity of the right intermaxillary bone, To the furthest Similar dimen- 9 point of the inner surface of the caudo-late- sions on the ral margin of the right orbit . . 1234] leftside. . 12:48] 12:50| 50 Distance from the rostral extremity of the Similar dimen- 12 right intermaxillary bone, To the caudal sions on the surface of the zigomatic inclosure . . 15°52| leftside. . 15:48 | 15:50 | 62 Distance from the rostral extremity of the right intermaxillary bone, To the rostral Similar dimen- 7 margin of the entrance of the auditory ca- - | sion on the nl. . ... . » + . « + + . + 4730} leftside . . 12301 17:25 ] 69 Distance from the caudo-mesial margin of | the occipital plate, To the furthest point Similar dimen- 28 | on the internal surface of the caudo-lateral sion on the i margin of the right orbit. . . . . . 1020| leftside. . 10:10|10:25 | 41 | Distance from the caudo-mesial margin of Similar dimen- | the occipital plate, To the inner surface of sion on the 4 : the right orbit at the orbicular groove . . 11°30! leftside . . 11°43] 11:25 | as Distance from the rostro-coronal margin of Similar dimen- ~ || the right zigomatic inclosure, To its caudo- sion on the = a p Coronal marpin - «c os cim um weet left pide . 3°55} 3:50| 14 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 541 in the Bactrian Camel. each side of the Mesial Plane. p- pe Dimer- [Supposed Dimen- surements, See dei | pyg —— Rome | somes | pur sions. |. Parts. sions. | Parts. silar Length. Lateral Length of the Basilar Maxille. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. Similar dimen- Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor Similar dimen- à sion on the teeth, To the caudal margin of the socket of the ng: sion on the left side . 203| 2:00| 8 large 'basilar canine tooth . 3:26| leftside . 3°26} 325] 13 Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor Similar dimen- I Similar dimen- 10 | teeth, To the caudal margin of the socket of the di oye sion on the sion on the basilar subsidiary canine tooth . . : . . 488] leftside. 491] 500] 20 | left side . 458| 450| 18 Similar dimen- 7 |Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor Similar dimen- 10 sion on the teeth, To the rostral margin of the socket of the (right sion on the left side , . 626| 625| 25 basilar) caudal molar tooth : a o 2. QU MRNA. 7:65] 7:50] 30 25 22 Similar dimen- Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor Similar dimen- sion on the teeth, To the caudal margin of the socket of the uis sion on the leftside. . 1238 | 12:50 | 50 basilo-) caudal molar tooth ; . 12°90] leftside . . 13:07 | 13:00 | 52 Similar dimen- 7 | Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor Similar dimen- 14 sion on the teeth, To the corono-caudal extremity of the coronary sion on the leftside . . 14:25 |14:25 | 57 process of the right basilar maxilla . . . 16°53} leftside. . 16:50|16:50| 66 Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor Similar dimen- 4 teeth, To the basilar margin of the articular surface sion on the of the condyle of the right basilar maxilla. : . 1750] leftside. . 17:47 1 17:50 | 70 Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor Similar dimen- 9 34 | teeth, To the caudal margin of the basilar maxilla at sion on the its Coronal termination . .-. . . ... 1/799] Mau . 1790118500! va Similar dimen- Ken Distance from the rostral n of the socket of the (right Similar dimen- stn bad sion on the Iu oic basilo-) rostral molar ae To the caudal margin of sion on the aes left side . 5'74] 5°75 | 23 the socket of the (right basilo-) caudal molar tooth. . 550| left side . 5°50; 550| 22 Distance from the basilar margin of the right basilar max- Similar dimen- 14 illa at its caudal termination, To the coronal extremity sion on the d of its. Commiiary process 3 1e. o. - sae S99] lett side, 895| 900| 36 | 542 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the CRANI UM Transverse Dimensions (Bre 1 Supposed; Dimen- Supposed| Dimen- Normal | sions in 3 Normal | sions in| | - Actual Measurements. Dimen- | Proport. Dif. Actual Measurements. Dimen- | Proport, pi. É sions. | Parts. sions. | Parts. i Coronal Breadth. Zigomatic Breadth. Distance coronad and rostrad between the lateral surfaces of the margins of the nostrils . 2:69| 275 | 11 Smallest distance between the lateral surfaces of the coronal maxille interveningly to the nos- 2 trils and the orbits. Being over the rostral mo- BUM . id nier... 75. 229519295 9 Distance between the mesial margins of the co- 5 Distance between the hollows of the orbicular rono-orbital arteries; in the frontal hollow over grooves on the mesio-rostral margins of the Bou 3 ww... . S F00] r00 4 orbits . S Y 34 Y 620, 625 | 25 Distance between the lateral margins of the co- g | Distance between the lateral terminations of the rono-orbital arteries; in the frontal hollow over caudal margins of the orbits. Being the great- We Oe s E ES S s AS TO 6 est breadth of the head... . . . . 925] 92b 1 99 Smallest distance between the hollows of the 6 Distance between the latero-hasilar extremities temporal fosse immediately caudad from the of the occipital plates, Being immediately cau- i. OM. Qu o9. S 05V 0001.9 00... 18 dad from the entrance of the auditory canals. 5:90| 6:00 | 24 Distance between the lateral surfaces of the ce- 3 |Distance between the hollows of the grooves that rebral bulge ofthe cranium . . . . . . 8:80, 375 | 15 separate the occipital plate from the occipital MEME S. S s o; o 38:10| 3:00 | 12 Greatest distance between the lateral margins of the occipital condyles . . . . . . 3:42| 3:50 | 14 Dimensions of Apertures. Dimensions of the Nasal Passage. Dimensions of the Orbits. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. Distance from the inter- nal surface of the hol- low of the orbicular groove of the right or-. É c —. bit. To the nearest Similar dimen- Distance iuternally between the lateral margins point on its caudo-late- sion on the of the entrance of the nasal passage 223| 225 | 9 ral margin . . . . 220| leftside. . 230| 2:25| 9 Greatest distance from : : 3 the inner surface of the Smallest distance internally between the lateral 3 | coronal margin of the surfaces of the nasal passage. Being over the right orbit. To,the in- Similar dimen- caudal margin of the palate and the caudal ner surface of the oppo- sion on the molar teeth pq uu ee eee © One FON site basilar margin . 2°28 | leftside. 2:47 | 2:25 e- Distance internally between the lateral margins 2 of the caudal termination of the nasal passage. 2'00 | 2-00 8 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 543 in the Bactrian Camel. adth) of the Cranium. u Dim | Dimen- j pyon MN Diff penes sions in | +... | Actual Measurements. Dimen- | Proport. Actual Measurements. Dimen- | Proport. Dif. sions, | Parts. sions. | Parts. Basilar Breadth. Breadth of the Basilar Maxille. Smallest distance between the lateral surfaces of the corono-maxillary bones; immediately ros- Greatest distance between the lateral surfaces of trad from the great canine teeth . 2:951 9:25 9 the sockets of the large basilar canine teeth . 2:50] 2:50 10 Smallest distance between the lateral surfaces of 3 ]| the basilar maxille, interveningly to the large 5 Greatest distance between the lateral surfaces of canine teeth and the (caudal) subsidiary ca- the sockets of the large coronal canine teeth. 2:95 | 3:00 | 12 nines . 1°33 | 1:25 5 Smallest distance between the lateral margins of 7 | Greatest distance between the sockets of the (cau- 2 the palate at the interval disjoining the rostral dal) subsidiary canine teeth of the basilar max- from the lateral teeth . . 1:15] 1:25 5 HM V o. 55 171) 1°75 7 | Distance between the lateral surfaces of the -— 16 | Greatest distance betweén. the cnudo-basilar 19 | ets of the (corono-) caudal molar teeth . 5:25| 5°25 | 21 margins of the basilar maxille . . 657| 650 | 26 Distance between the external surfaces of the 14 Distance between the lateral surfaces of the ba- 3 partitions forming the lateral inclosures of the silar maxille at the coronal terminations of nasal passage caudad . . 1°85 | 175 7. the caudal margins ; 5:82| 575 | 23 Distance between the eaudo-latéral extremities 6 | Distance between the lateral extremities of the 3 of the pterygoid processes 3:25| 3:25 | 13 condyles of the basilar maxille . . . 658| 650 | 26 Distance between the lateral surfaces of the co- 3 ronal extremities of the coronary processes of the basilar mmxillé 1-20... 2 5-5 .5. 0901 $75 ]- 88 Distance between the mesial margins of the ar- terial canals on the mesial surfaces of the basi- 19 lar maxillz and basilad from the sockets of their ^ . . caudal) subsidiary canine teeth . . . 1:02| 1-00 4 Dimensions of Apertures. Dist mas the mesial extremities of the processes on the mesial surfaces of the basilar 4 maxille immediately caudad from the sockets Dimensions of the Occipital Foramen. OF the cadal molar teeth 1-97 | 2:00 8 Greatest distance between the lateral and the me- Smallest distance internally between the lateral sial surfaces ofthe right " l surfaces of the occipital foramen 1'28] 1:25 5 basilar maxillae. Being at the pene-caudal mo- Similar dimen- lar tooth on the -— sion on the Distance in the mesial plane from the internal ] ddp v Nox . 163] leftside. . 165) 1:25] 7. surface of the coronal margin of the occipital : foramen. To the internal surface of the Ju cag site basilar margin . ; 150} 1°50 - Dimensions of the Auditory Canal. idth of the aper- Width of the aper- E ture of the audi- ture of the audi- | - torycanalrostro- ‘(Similar di- tory canal coro- imilar di- caudally on the mension on no-basilarly on mension on right side, . . . *30| the left side *31| the right side. . -38| the left side *33 4A VOL. XVI. 544 . Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the CERVICAL VER | Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Le | S ed Supposed ji I Nord Dimen- II Normal | Dimen- di = Dimen- | sions in x : Dimen.|sionsin| | | sions of | Propor- | Diff. of Sterno-| Propor- | Dif | - = : Mesio- | tional : rostral | tional | | $ Actual Measurements. sternal | Parts. Actual Measurements. Diagonal} Parts. Í Length. Length. Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the sternal surface, To the caudal margin of the sternal surface, To the caudal Cist, | margin of the same surface . . . . 255| 2:50 10 margin of the dorsal surface . . 3°25 | 3:25 13 Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral rounded margin of the sternal surface, To 20 | rounded margin of the sternal surface, To the sternal margin of the ball of articula- the marginal termination of the dorsal sur- Ful üoscsudad) . uso c4:7001]1 7501-96 face caudad . |. . . eis 5o 2 8004:8990 17. MN g E Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal 3 | Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal Ar. > margin of the ball of articulation rostrad, To margin of the ball of articulation rostrad, E the sternal margin of the ball of articula- To the marginal termination of the dorsal Š | 3rd, | tioncaudad. . . . i1iscnooe85 1.620 1 OF : surface eüdad . > .- in 5202. 15742:00 | 700.1 o8 Q ^ x > | 4th, ee S o 6:50 | 26 á (odium ete es yee 000] 0791 MER Meise tena lee packed gute cel oo o oo o ooo G 6th, | . : 9'28 | 525 ETSI S os tn TEC 25 ENS. 2: 4H. e e. 5..... SOR LOB 16 CS. 0S. v Vo. v $7 TT. DEEST EE 3861 |3850 | 154 | 34 4320 |43.25 | 173 Supposed S sed| i Normal | Dimen- al | Dimen- 2: Dimen: | sions in VI. Dimen. | sions i sions of Papen Diff. Actual Measurements. of Sterno-, Propor- Mesio- | tional caudal | tional Actual- Measurements, — dorsal | Parts, Diagonal Parts. Length. Length, Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal margin of the dorsal surface, To the caudal margin of the sternal surface, To the rostral fist, margin of the same surface . . . . 255 | 2501 10 margin of the dorsal surface. . . . . 3:50 | 3°50 Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral 14 | Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal : process of the spinous ridge, To the margi- ; margin of the ball of articulation caudad, E nal termination of the dorsal surface cau- To the rostral process of the spinous ridge E sd| dad. . . has ux Ros Zac 895 | 600 24 on the dorsal surface . . . . . . . 6701) 675 5 = > d | ea ue oooocol mweet uL ME] — — —— — — tes P Pee ee serios uo qm o SENE PES ai} ee ee ee WI TS fie woe eS Qi] OMIT MO $ vec: Ro: 5-05. UU Ue "URL. o doi. o3 ..uUIm | P dl he iid EE o o o 42. 055 55s . 93d9S| $0 38 S pol. 1. 7 7. 5. 0 PENNE MOM 32:00 |31/75 | 127 | 26 41:12 | 41°00 TEBRZ in the Bactrian Camel. ngth) in the Mesial Plane. Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 545 Sterno-dorsal Dimensions (Thickness) in the Mesial Plane. men- - III. Dim. of Dime IV. Dima. cm Rostro- | Propor- | Diff. sions of | Propor- | Diff. spinal | tional Rostral.| tional Actual Measurements. Diagonal) Parts. Actual Measurements. Thick. | Parts. Length.|- - ness. Distance in the mesial plane rostrad, from the sternal, To the dorsal surface . i 2:10 | 2:00 8 ist : Distance i in the mesial plane, from the dorsal margin of the spinous ridge, at its greatest 1 elevation rostrad, To the nearest point on the sternal surface 2:34 | 2:25 9 2nd Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral Distance in the mesial plane from the dorsal c margin of the sternal surface, To the cau- margin of the spinous ridge, at its greatest ei dal extremity of the spinous process elevation rostrad in 3rd, 4th, and 5th, (in l E 6th and 7th from the termination of the > e spinous process over the nerval canal,) To 3 the nearest point on the sternal surface 2:42 | 2:50| 10 l 8rd | S 2:82| 2:75 | 11 2 4th A 3:26 | 3'25 | 13 " 5th i d c2 5. ee 86 282| 275 | 11 6th : : Mm 7 » : Ta . 872 | 875 | 35 : . . < - 970| 375 | 15 Tth J 1577 |1575 1-63 | 7 19:46 | 19-25 | 77 | 11 : Supposed! Supposed ; * 5 Di ^ VIL. gems VII. Dunen: | sons in |. of Caudo-| Propor- | Diff. sions of | Propor- | Diff. spinal | tional U tional Actual Measurements. Diagonal) Parts. Actual Measurements. Thick- | Parts. Length. ness. Distance in the mesial plane caudad, from É the sternal, To the dorsal surface . 2°82 | 2°75 11 ist ^ Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal surface of the caudo-sternal protuberance, 6 To the caudal summit of the spinous ridge So Be on the dorsal surface . 433 | 4:25 17 2nd Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal || Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal c margin of the sternal surface, To the rostral tiga of X — IE Te 3 3 : : e nearest point on the dorsal surface E — (C—— caudad; in the 6th and 7th, To the common E termination caudad of the caudal margin of P< the spinous process, and of the internal a surface of the nerval canal. . . . . . 3°57 | 850- 14 i 3rd | 3 - (0978 375| 15| , | ath : v ae . 405 | 4°00 16 0 5th 6:50 | 6°50 26 + Se qu SE Ea 400 | 4:00 16 9 6th 830 | 825 | 33 «cvi 504 4:50 18 Tth | 14:80 |1475 | 59 | 7 27:05 | 26:75 | 107 | 13 4A2 Dr. WALTER ADaM on the 546 Dimensions of the CERVICAL VER Rostro-Caudal Dimensions (Length) on each Supposed Normal Di 5 X. IX. cg rane : , e ke "| Diff. terno. Actual Measurements. iaseral Parts, Actual Length. On the Right Side. On the Left Side, On the Right Side. Distance from the sterno-lateral sinuosity of the rostral margin, To the dorso-lateral Fist sinuosity of the caudal margin . . 3°80 ” | Distance from the caudal margin of the ster- i Distance from the caudal margin of the dor- nal division of the arterial canal rostrad Similar di- sal division of the arterial canal rostrad (at (at the sternal root of the slender rostral mension the dorsal root of the slender rostral spoke,) P spoke), To the sinuosity on the caudal on the left To the sinuous surface caudad, at the root 8 | end,| margin of the sternal plate . . . + 4°32 | side 422 | 4:25 17 of the caudal oblique process — . 3:92 * Similar di- 4 Smallest distance from the sinuous sarii S Smaller distance from the sinuosity on the mensions rostrad, at the root of the rostral oblique P rostral margin of the sternal plate, To the on the left process, To the sinuous surface at the |S 3rd, | corresponding sinuosity caudad . . 5°32 | side . 5:42 | 5:25 21 j root of the caudal oblique process . . 4:40 > S | ath, ME . 5°38 528 | $25 | 21| , . 4.36 5th, . kc 472 4:94 | 4:75 19 Y . 4:48 6th, po eacus dii 457 | 450| 18 i . 3°47 7th, 1:52 1-48 | 1:50 6 1:53 25-86 25:91 |2550 | 102 | 19 25:96 Rostro-Caudal Dimensions (Length) &c. (continued). Oblique Sterno-dorsal Dimensions Supposed I al . XII. Dinar at XII smallest | ons | ig Dorsal | Parts, Actual Measurements. Length Actual of Nerval Canal. * On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. - Distance from the rostro-lateral marginof the dorsal surface, To the caudo-lateral margin fist, | ofthe same surface š SUP e 494 . 402 | 4:00 16 Smallest distance from the sinuous margin on the right side of the rostro-mesial process of - Similar di- tei the dorsal surface, To the caudal margin mensions 7 " of the same surface, between the spinous on the left 8 | end,| ridge and theright caudal oblique process . 5°80 | side 5'80 | 5-75 | 23 E Smallest distance interveningly to the spinous Similar di- Distance from the rostro-lateral extremity of ‘4 4 dorsal ridge and the oblique processes, from mensions 1 the sternal plate, To the nearest mesial Pe the rostral margin of the dorsal surface, To on the left point on the spinous dorsal ridge; in 6th, ; E 3rd, | the caudal margin of the same surface. . 5:30 | side . 5°62] 5:50 22 i To the rostral process over the nerval canal 5'15 — $ IE y 4:80 - pos | 525] MI " " $ ^ 3 6:09 | i cox D 3 . 468| 475| 19 ; te . 6:60 l i . 660 . E c 24:64 25°45 |25-25 | 101 | 11 2441 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 547 TEBRE in the Bactrian Camel. Side of and parallel to the Mesial Plane. Supposed) Supposed Diae Dimen- XI. ormal 2 sions of — in Dif es | Sions in Tasai | Sonal | Dorso. | Frohal | Dif Measurements, Sinuous | Parts ptu Merina. ss abe A : Length. É On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side, Distance from the rostral margin of the atlas : dorsally, To the caudo-lateral extremity of Similar di- the bone, Being the length of the inclined mension plane of the rounded margin whereon the on the left caudal edge of the basilar maxilla rests in Similar dimension on side . 979] 3975 15 the elevated position of the head . 5:54 | the left side . $'86| 575 23 ist 7] Similar di- 0 mension Distance from the right rostral extremity of 10 on the left the dental process, To the caudal margin Similar dimension on c EM. 375| 3°75 15 of the right caudal oblique process . . . 8:36 | the left side . 825 | 8:25 aa and | $ Similar di- $ 5 mensions 3 | Distance from the rostral margin of the ros- 0 - on the left tral oblique process, To the caudal margin Similar dimensions on d side . 435 450| 18 | | of the caudal oblique process . . . . 8:20| the left side 818| 825 | 33 ý srd | È . 450| 450| 18| | dread T £555 8:18 828 | 825 | aaj , jt g 4°50 | 4:50 18 $ (o4 Xe db eta VJ : 810| 8:00 | 32 9 5th uno 444.1.375 15 9 do cde cine icc ME " 750| 750| 30 i 6th | e264 41-50 6 . 6:48 . 6°30 | 650 | 26 7th J 26°08 | 26°25 | 105 | 15 51:94 52-47 |52:50 | 210 | 17 on each Side of the Mesial Plane. | S d S i oppose XIV. my Dimen- | Dimen- Dimen- | Dimen- sions of | sions in | Dig, sions of | sions in | Dif, Rostro- | Proport. Caudo- | Proport. Measurements, Lateral | Parts. Actual Measurements. lateral | Parts. Height. Height. On the Left Side, On the Right Side. On the Left Side. ist | "E Similar di Distance from the rostro-lateral extremity of es Ei ilar di- the sternal plate, To the summitof the ele- | B| mensions vation of the spinous dorsal ridge in the 4th, < Pn the left šth, and 6th cervical vertebræ, And to ae & side 5:03 | 5:00 20 4| the caudo-dorsal extremity of the spinous E a 6:07 | 600 | 24 " process oftheTth . . . . . . . . 644 630| 650| 26 e 4th | 9 6:60 | 650 26 ô Cc. PU. Ee . 6:95 . 6:90 | 7:00 28 r 5th . 6:60 | 650 | 26 V ips x * |990| ss 6th ; . : . 844 846 | 8:50 34 2 7th J 3 24:30 | 24:00 96 | 6 31:00 | 124 | 12 548 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the CERVICAL VER Transverse Dimensions (Bre S d S d AV. Normal Dimen- XVI. cam Dimen- Dimen- | sions in Dimen- | sions in sions of | Propor- | Diff. sions of | Propor- | Diff, Rostral| tional Rostro- | tional Actual Measurements. Poe Parts. Actual Measurements. P Parts. Distance between the mesial margins of the arterial canals on the sternal surface of Cist, the atlas | eT ua. cpi 2°55 | 2°50 10 Distance between the lateral rounded mar- 5 2nd, | Distance between the lateral margins of the gins of the rostral articulation 3°63 | 375 | 15 E rostral globular surfaces of articulation; E that surface being in each cervical vertebra 3 gel. connected with the similar caudal surfaces Distance between lateral extremities of ster- > í 3rd, | of the vertebra preceding . 2:00 | 2:00 8 : nal plates rostrad . 4:61 | 4:50 18.|.. — J E 4th, . 2:30 2:95 Ee] 1 . E $ P" 5*80 5:75 23 i S 5th, E a . 248 | 2:50| 10 i 6:05 | 6:00 24 3 6th, . 275 | 275 | 11 i : 5:26 | 5:25 | 21 : ENS E LR : . 9:98| 3:00| 12 : . . 606) 600| 24 1251 |1250 | 50 | 4 33:96 |33-75 | 135 | 20 Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) on the Sternal Aspect (continued). Supposed Su sed ‘ Sere Dimen- XX. ps Dimen- sions of | Sion m Dimen- | sions in : : Trans- | Propor- | Diff. sions of | Propor- | Diff. yeo tional Caudal | tional Breadth. ; Breadth. Distance between the lateral margins of the caudal globular surface of articulation, con- nected with the similar rostral surface of ( 2nd, the 3rd cervical vertebra . . ... . 29:0 | 2-00 8 ; 1 : Distance between the lateral margins of the g caudal globular surfaces of articulation, 2^ 9 - mote A connected with the similar rostral surfaces 5 | Srd, | Smallest distance between the sinuosities of the succeeding vertebre . 29:14 | 2:25 9 P4 4th that disjoin the transverso-sternal process d 1s ^| of the 7th cervical vertebra from the cau- Ro 5, 3. wo ee ee ee 1 i3 5th, | dal ball of articulation 2 2-79 | 9-75 | 11 $ > | 6th, : : 278 | 275 | 11 | , 7th, fee TOEIC S Ws. ss oe ee eee RIB il : 3:56 | 3:50 | 14 2-92| 2:775 | 11 15°97 | 15°75 | 63 | 6 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 549 TEBRZ in the Bactrian Camel. adth) on the Sternal Aspect. : Supposed | icis aii XVII. Normal | Dimen- XVIII. ` | Normal | Dimen- si rad sions in| — Dimen- | sions in inerme- | Per Di roel Wg | DIE Actual Measurements. Sternal | Parts Actual Measurements. sternal | Parts. Breadth. Breadth. Distance between the caudo-lateral extremi- ties of the atlas ; Being the greatest breadth Oe iit hs os dal ke no 6:22 | 6:25 25 ist, ) Smallest distance between the rostral origins Distance between the lateral extremities of 10 of the sternal plates =. =. e . a . « ADL. 1925 & the sternal plates caudad . . . 977 | 3:75 15 ?nd Smallest distance between the lateral margins Ç of the sternal plates, interveningly to the 9 4 zi rostral and the caudal distance between Distance between the lateral extremities of 8 these plates . - + + + + + 947 | 350| 14 | | | the sternal plates caudad - 475) 475) 19} , |srd b= . 368 | 3:75 | 15 i ero . 498 | 5'00 | 20 9 | 4th | 8 T 4'10 | 400 | 16 3 . 457 | 450| 18 į [5b - uer lake e 2. 5: VIRI VET IM 3 pa 7c... OOS 1 4179 19 6 6th Es sa : - 0504] 550] SS 618 | 625 | 25). |7thJ 2277 |2275 | ex | 17 3510 |35:25 | 141 | 24 Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) on the Dorsal Aspect. Supposed Supposed XXI Normal | Dimen- XXIV. Normal | Dimen- pie, | dona in | pg ine, | dom in| Rostro- price xx Caudo- tal zem Actual Measurements. — Parts. Actual Measurements. eet Parts. Breadth. Breadth. Greatest distance dorsally between the late- ral surfaces of the rostral processes of the atlas, forming the socket for receiving the occipital condyles . . . . . . . . 895| 400| 16 ist 7 Distance between the lateral surfaces of the rostral terminations of the slender spokes 6 extended rostro-caudally over the rostral en- : j c largement and division of the arterial ca- — Distance between the lateral margins of the 3 ms. ... —— —, - -— 25012500] 106 caudal oblique processes. . . . . . 315| 325 | 13 end | & Distance between the lateral margins of the 3 : 1 - rostral oblique processes . pF. «v. 990] $95 13 EST "UE Cuna 296 | 3:00! 12 1 3rd rs . 981 3:25 13 i E REPRESS 6 13 0 4th E . 3°60 | 3:50 14 0 (cu qUE SíAÉ. 22s P ESL PUE l 10 2 5th 1^ . 3°62 | 3:50 14 2 . ies : ..9:00| 3:75 |- 15 2 6th 4:02 | 4:00 16 4 í «TIDI 425 | 17 | - | 7th J 2417 |2400 | 9e | 12 1979|2075 | es | 6| - Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the CERVICAL VERTEBRÆ in the Bactrian Camel. Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) on the Dorsal Aspect (continued). y reg Su pa orm: bein ormal | Dimen- XXII. Dim en; — XXV. Dimen- ries ons o ` i 5 Rostro, | Propor- | Dif Caudo. | ional | Actual Measurements. am Parts. Actual Measurements. ious Parts, Breadth, Breadth. fist, | Smallest distance laterally between the late- ; ral surfaces of the rostral processes of the Distance between the mesial margins of the atlas, forming the socket for receiving the arterial canals on the dorsal surface of the occipital condyles . 370 | 3775 15 atlas caudad . : 79:20] $25] 18 ; Distance between the lateral surfaces of the 8 Smallest distance betireen thie laterals sinuous g E end vertebra at the attenuation in the mid- surfaces at the roots of the caudal oblique € |?nd,| dle of the bone . 1°30 | 1°75 7 processes . i 1:26 | 1°25 5 c Smallest distance between the lateral sinuous 1 0 ae surfaces at the roots of the rostral sy 8 | Std, | processes. Ta . 6. . 2°00 | 2:00 8 ? 125 | 1°25 5 5 | ath, Lia | 248 | 250| 10 | | 150] 150] e| 50 | . 5:95 | D 920 + 31 " 1°60 | 1°50 6 l 6th, . 318 | 325 | 1s 3 180] 175) 7] L7th, è . 3°94) 400) 16 . 29:12] 2:00 8 19°90 | 20:00 | 80 | 17 12:79 | 12°50 | 50 | II Supposed XXIII Normal Dimen- caf sions in | 7 Inter- | tional m at Actual Measurements gear | Paru Breadth. ist, | Distance between the mesial margins of the arterial canals on the dorsal surface of the atlas rostrad. . . 2:32 | 2:25 9 Smallest distance between the lateral s su rfaces on the dorsal aspect, interveningly to the ar- 4 aa Mem oblique processes . 1-28 | 1°25 5 2; Smallest. distance between the lateral wairfeces x on the dorsal aspect, interveningly to the 0 rostral and the caudal oblique processes . 1:25 | 1-25 5 1 : eme s DOE. -. + 1.44] 1:50 tij LI . . * LJ * LI . LI . . FOs 1:50 6 1 . . . . . . - . * . . . r72 175 7 1 ^ : n S - « « 210) 2:00 8 11°68 |11:50| 46 | 7 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 551 Dimensions of the DORSAL VERTEBRÆ in the Bactrian Camel. Rostro-caudal Dimension (Length) in the Mesial Plane. Sterno-dorsal Dimensions (Height) in the Mesial Plane. I. Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the sternal surface, To the caudal margin of the same surface. III. Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the sternal surface, To the caudal junction of the solid bone of the spinous processes with the osteo-steato- matous epiphyses that form the nucleus of the hump. III. Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the sternal surface, To the caudo-dorsal ex- tremity of the osteo-steatoma- tous epiphyses that form the nucleus of the hump. VOL. XVI. a se Dimen- " e^ Dimen- u ; Dimen- p 5 — Actual Mea- Normal Di- | Propor- | Diff, [Actual Mea- Normal Di-| Propor- | Diff, |Actual Mea- Nohal Di- | Propor. | Diff surements. | mensions. | tional surements. | mensions. | tional surements: | mensions. | tional Parts. Parts. Parts. fist, 2-70 $4250 £4 : 12°50 | 1250} 50 ,] 13°95 14:00 | 56 " 2nd, 2:40 2:50 10 å 13:55 13:50 54 5 14:50 14:50 58 8 srd, 3:20 3:00 12 ó 14:85 14:75 59 3 16:45 1650| 66 " Ath, 2:98 3:00 12 : 14:10 14:00| 56 9 15°80 15°75 | 63 3 [- 5th, 3:20 3:00 12 ð 13:40 13:50 | 54 1 15°05 15°00 | 60 á £ 4 oth, 3:10 $00| 1a) j| 1520) 1325) sa| .| 1455| 1450; 58 i > | 7th, 2-95 3:00| 12 : 1250 | 1250| 50 13:90 | 1400| 56 ; d = | 8th, 2°85 300 | 12 5 12°75 12°75 | 51 z A Joh, | 310} 300| 12 : 12-25 | 1225 | 4e| | 10th, | — 3:00 300 | 12| , 1r25]| > 11°95 | 46 ; 11th, 2°73 275) 11| , : 10°05 | 1000| 40 5 (12th, | -245 | 2:50| 10 930| 995| 37 34°66 34:50 | 138 | 5 94°10 94-00 | 376 18 | 159-80 | 15975 | 639 | 39 VII. VII. Distance in the mesial plane from | Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal margin of the sternal | the caudal margin of the sternal surface, To the rostral junction | surface, To the rostro-dorsal ex- of the solid bone of the spinous] tremity of the osteo-steatoma- processes with the osteo-steato- | tous epiphyses that form the matous epiphyses that form the| nucleus of the hump. nucleus of the hump. MD rist, |- ; ; 1100| 1100| sa| ,| 1245 | 1250| so| | «bl. POT. è 12:00 12:00| 48 12:35 12:25 | 49 ? 4 - 15.0 3rd, 23. : 12:90 13:00 | 52 9 13°80 13°75 | 55 í 4th, : : 12:55 1250| 50 ; 13°95 14:00 | 56 ; B | sth, ie 1785 | 1275| si| ,| 1320| 1935| saj . E 6th, : 12:00 | 1200} 48 ,| 1205) 1200) 48 i P reh, na : | 1100} 11°00} sa| ,| 11-30) 1135| 45| , È | sth, ; 1065 | 1050| sa| „| 1080| 1075| 43| , A | oth, qe. 9:90| 1000| 40 S| 1020) 1095 si, Whi e 2 9:35 9:25 | 37 9:50 9:50| 38 : SP INS Hal s fo" e : v^ 9:45 9:50| 38 a 12th, . . uf 9-00 9:00 36 114:20 | 114:00 | 456 | 25 | 13805 | 138'00 | 552 | 28 4B 552 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the DORSAL VERTEBRE in the Bactrian Camel. Transverse Dimensions (Breadth). XV. XXIII. XVI. Distance between the rostro-late- | Distance between the lateral mar- | Distance between the lateral ex- ral margins of the sternal por-| gins at the roots of the spinous] tremities of the transverse pro- tions (the bodies) of the dorsal| processes of the dorsal verte-| cesses of the dorsal vertebra. vertebra. bre. "acis Dimen- Dimen- x 4 Dimen- i i ions i se sions in Actual Mea-| Normal Di- Penk Diff. [Actual Mea- Nob Di. Prepon: pis; [Actual Mea- Normal Di- Propor: | Diff. surements. | mensions. | tional surements. | mensions. | tional surements: | mensions. | tional Parts. Parts. Parts. fist, 1:88 1°75 y l 1:48 1:50 6 4:96 5:00 20 * 2nd, 1:52 150| °6 i 1:36 : 4:40 450| 18 i 3rd, 1:72 1:75 7 1:42 4:99 4°25 17 2 0 d | 4th, 2°26 2°25 9 å 1:50 1:50 6 4:38 4°25 17 0 - | 5th, 3:90 3:25 13 i 1:40 : 440 4:25 17 * $ 6th, 3°78 3-75 | 15 i 1:32 4°25 425} 17 B =) 7th, 2:80 2775 | 11 i 1:22 125| § 4°22 425) 17 i A | 8th, 2°40 250 | 10 1 1:94 > 3:90 4'00 | 16 F 9th, 2:16 2:25 9 i I7 3:96 4'00 16 i 10th, 1:97 2-00 deem 1:00 L00| 4 3°65 3°75 | 15 F 11th, 2:00 2:00 8 ò ‘97 3°65 3°75 15 ; |. 12th, 2:00 2-00 8 1:17 3:34 3:25 13 27°69 28°75 | 111 | 17 15°25 49°33 49:50 | 198 | 7 XX. XIX. Distance between the caudo-late- Smallest distance between the si- ral margins of the sternal por- nuosities that disjoin the trans- tions (the bodies) of the dorsal verse processes of the dorsal ver- vertebra. tebre from the caudo-lateral mar- gins of the sternal portions (the bodies) of the vertebra. rist, 2°26 2°25 9 ol' 2:85 2:25 9 » and, 2:30} 2°25 9| ,[- 3:05 $00} 12) , 3rd, 2:82 2:75 11 ELS i 3:22 3°25 13 A _ | 4th, 2°88 2°75 11 i 3°48 3°50 14 1 E | sth, 8.73) 375) 15, : i 330| 3235| 13| | Q ud 6th, 3:26 3:25 | 18 ð : 2:93 3:00| 12 i 4 | 7th, 3°32 3°25 13 1 Eos š $ 2:78 2:75 11 1 un à 8th, 2:24 2:25 9 l end n s e 2:66 2:50 10 0 9th, 2-03 2-00 8 3 ^ 2-50 250| 10| | ioth, 2:06 2:00 8 at: š 4 2°30 2°25 9 0 11th, 2:03 2-00 8 rb ; : 2:20 2:25 9 i | 12th, 2:14 2:25 9 : " i 1:98 2:00 8 31:07 | 30:75 | 123 | 14 3275 | 3250 | 130 | 11 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 553 Dimensions of the LUMBAR VERTEBRZ in the Bactrian Camel. Rostro-caudal Dimension (Length) Sterno-dorsal Dimensions (Height) in the Mesial Plane. in the Mesial Plane. k IV. III. Distance in the mesial plane from | Distance in the mesial plane from | Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the sternal} the rostral margin of the sternal] the rostral margin of the sternal surface, To the caudal margin of| surface, To the dorso-rostral ex- | surface, To the dorso-caudal ex- the same surface. tremity of the spinous process. tremity of the spinous process. ; Dimen- Dimen- Dimen- Actual Mea- Normal Di- Propor- | Diff, [Actual Mea- Normal Di- Propor- | Dift [Actual Mea- Nonmal Di- Propor- | Diff surements. | mensions. | tional surements. | mensions. | tional surements. | mensions. | tional Parts. Parts. Parts. fist, 2:58 2:50 | 10 8:55 8:50 34 " 7:72 7°75 31 3 g | 2nd, 2:60 1 7:48 750 | 30 à 7:00 7:00 28 | , ®© | 3rd, 2°60 6:90 7:00 28 9 6°45 6°50 26 ə = > 4 4th, 2:65 975 | 11 6:46 6:50 26 í 6:02 6:00 24 : S | sth, 2°65 1 5:90 600 | 24| | 5:82 575 | a3] | E 6th, 2°40 2:50 | 10 ò 5:62 5:75 23 9 5°74 5°75 23 3 7th, 2:00 2:00 8 5:31 5:25 21 5:02 5:00 20 17:48 46:22 4650 | 186 | 13] 43°77 43:75 | 175 | 11 VIII. VII. Distance in the mesial plane from | Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal margin of the sternal | the caudal margin of the sternal surface, To the dorso-caudalex-]| surface, To the dorso-rostral ex- tremity of the spinous process. tremity of the spinous process. fist, 7:25 7°25 29 3 8:50 8:50 34 $ g | end, | - 655 | 650) 26| | 785 | 775| aj, $ "OR 616 | 625 | as |, | 750] 750| 80] | Sd 4th, 5:67 $75 | 23| , 717 735 | a9), S | sth, ; A 5°34 550 | 22 i 6:54 650 | 26 ó E iil. du 540 | 525 | a1] | 60 | 60 | 24|, Us Ti : enn 5:08 5:00 20 5:70 5°75 23 41:45 4L 50 | 166 | 9 49:26 49:25 | 197 | 11 452 554 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the LUMBAR VERTEBRZ in the Bactrian Camel. Transverse Dimensions (Breadth). XV. XXI. XXII. Distance between the rostro-late- | Distance between the lateral sur- | Smallest distance between the la- ral margins of the sternal cylin-| faces of the extremities of the} tera! surfaces of the roots of the drical portions (the bodies) of the} rostral oblique processes. rostral oblique processes. lumbar vertebra. r E Dimen- 5 i Dimen- 8 " Dimen- ctu Men Poa | mOon$ I8 1... Dict] Mes Pupposec | Sons in| | tActual Meas PUPPI | Bons | semen rae | Genel | [suemene scons | onal | o | surement: ioo. | ional | Parts. Parts. Parts. e ist, 2°11 1:78 1°75 g 1 1:58 1:50 6 i g | 2nd, 1:98 2°00 8 1:92 2:00 8 : 1°66 1°75 7 Ü S| srd, | 195 en] Wr o) | t0] mm vl ŠJ ath, | 192 ,| 294| ajo |, | 207 | e0] ei 3 5th, 2°04 2:90 3:00 | 12 : 2:32 2-95 9|, 3 | 6th, 2°19 3°30 3°25 | 16 š 2:90 3°00 | 12 3 | 7th, 2:40 2:50 | 10 3:92 400 | 16 3:80 3°75 15 14°59 18°50 I |] 78 | 9 16:03 16°00 | 64 | 9 XX. XVI. XIX. Distance between the caudo-late- | Distance between the lateral ex- | Smallest distance between the si- ral margins of the sternal cylin- | tremities of the transverse pro-| nuosities that disjoin the trans- drical portions (the bodies) of| cesses. verse processes from the caudo- ` the lumbar vertebræ. lateral margins of the bones. 1st, | -204 2-00 g 9:30 925 | a7 , | 198 2:00 8 E 2nd, 2°05 : 13:65 13:75 55 E 2-02 E 9rd, 2-10 15:00 | 1500 | 60 i 209 1 Pa ath, | 2:20 9:95 9 1590 | 1600 | ea | | 212 € | 5th, 2:32 16:25 16:25 65 2:24 2:25 9 z 1 3 A | 6th, 2°46 15°55 15°50 62 13 2:33 1 | Tth, 2°52 2:50 | 10 12°15 12°25 49 2°50 2:50 | 10 15:69 97:80 98:00 | 392 | 44] 15:28 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. Dimensions of the SACRUM in the Bactrian Camel. Qt Qt Qt Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Length) in the Mesial Plane. Sterno-dorsal Dimensions (Height) in the Mesial Plane. Dimen- "m — siot M — ea Actual Measurements. Dimen. | Propor- | Diff. Actual Measurements. Dimen. | Propor- | Diff. sions, | tional "sions, | Sonal Parts. Parts. Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral y Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum, margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum, IV To the caudal margin of the same surface 6:70 | 6°75 | 27 To the summit of the corresponding spi- ^ ` Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral nous process of the rostral (1st) of four margin of the root of the spinous process vertebra that compose the bone . . . 4:45 | 450| 18 of the rostral (ist) of four vertebra that V. l |Distance in the mesial plane from the sum- 9 compose the sacrum, To the caudal mar- mit of the rostral (1st) of four vertebre that IV. gin of the root of the caudal (4th) of these compose the sacrum, To the nearest point four vertebrae, being over the nerval canal 6:55 | 6'50 | 26 on the sternal surface of the bone . 3:94 | 4'00| 16 Distance in the mesial plane from the rostro- Similar dimension from the spinous summit 3 dorsal extremity of the spinous process of of the 2nd vertebra of the sacrum . . 919] 3°25 | 198 the rostral (1st) of four vertebre that com- V. 2 | Similar dimension from the spinous summit - 4 pose the sacrum, To the caudo-dorsal ex- of the 3rd vertebra of the sacrum . . . 2:34 | 2°25 tremity of the caudal M of these four Similar dimension from the spinous summit 1 ee oe a . 7'02 | 7:00 | 28 of the caudal (4th) vertebra of the sacrum 1°96 | 2:00 Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral 1 Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal 9 margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum, I margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum, VIII To the caudo-dorsal extremity of the spi- To the summit of the corresponding spi- : nous process of the caudal (4th) of four nous process of the caudal (4th) of four vertebrae that compose the bone . 718, 725 | 29 vertebre that compose the bone . . 1°50 | 1°50 6 Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum, y VII 1 margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum, VIII. 3 To the rostro-dorsal extremity of the spi- ; To the caudal margin of the floor of the nous process of the rostral (1st) of four nervalcanl .. . . . 5 71 35 3 vertebra that compose the bone . 758 | 750| 30 Transverse Dimensions (Breadth). On the Sternal Aspect. On the Dorsal Aspect. Distance between the lateral terminations of XV the rostral margin of the sternal surface ofthe sacrum . . > >- » 950|. 850} 34 On the sternal surface of the sacrum. Dis- On the dorsal surface of the sacrum. Di- tance between the mesial margins of the XVI stance between the mesial margins of the XXV. | foramina intervening to the rostral (1st) : foramina intervening to the rostral (1st) and the 2nd of the vertebrz that compose 27 | and the 2nd of four vertebrz that compose thebone . ; . F «^. SOF thebone . . . 258 2°50 | 10 Similar dimension between the sternal fora- Similar dimension between the dorsal fora~ mina intervening to the 2nd and the 3rd mina intervening to the 2nd and the 3rd vertebra of the sacrum . . . . . 164] 175 7 vertebre of the sacrum . 2:37 3 Similar dimension between the sternal fora- 1 Similar dimension between the dorsal fora- mina intervening to the 3rd and the caudal mina intervening to the 3rd and the caudal (4th) vertebre of the sacrum . 1:49 | 1:50 6 (4th) vertebre of the sacrum . . . . 1°62] 1°75 7 Distance between the lateral extremities of x ; the caudal margin of the sternal surface ofthesacrum . . Es . 9:26 | 3:25 | 13 556 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the CAUDAL VERTEBRZ in the Bactrian Camel. Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Length) of the Vertebre of the Tail, in the Mesial Plane. Sterno-dorsal Dimensions (Height) of the Vertebrze of the Tail, in the Mesial Plane. I. Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the sternal surface of the vertebrz of the tail, To thecaudal margin of the same surface. IV. Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the sternal surface of the vertebrz of the tail, To the opposite dorsal margin, Being at the articulation of each vertebra with that preceding. VIII. Distance in the mesial plane from the summit of the spinous pro- cess of each vertebra of the tail, To the nearest point on the ster- nal surface of the vertebra. Dimen- Dimen- Dimen- Actual Mea! NOPD Di | Prosar. | pit [Actual Mea-| Nabbel Di- | Propor. | Dif [Actual Mea- Notai Di.| Propor. | Diff surements. | mensions. | tional surements. | mensions. | tional surements. | mensions. | tional Parts. Parts. Parts. (is, | 134 75 75 l| 8 r4s |- r50 | Ws 2nd, 1:32 "75 1:28 1:25 5 du. | Pie ‘78 1:20 1 34b, | 132 83 106 | ro | 4 = | 5th, 1:22 72 93 2165, 1:22 73 l :93 CH] r295-|-P35 | s 72 Jejai | 120 66 A Oth, 1:20 '66 2 | 10th, 1:15 1 "58 S | 1ith,{ 1°18 "58 12th,| 112 50 50 | 2 isth| — 1:05 43 [ 14th, 1:00 1:00 4 "836 16:61 9-05 | 6:88 Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) of the Vertebree of the Tail. XXI. XVI. Distance between the lateral extre- | Distance between the lateral extre- mities of the(rostral)obliquepro-] — mities of the transverse processes cesses of the vertebrz of the tail. of the vertebrz of the tail. dios dr: None. 3:35 3:95 13 | 4 iib 1. ‘ i 1:36 2:18 2°25 >ii oS ee ` 1:26 1:25 5 2°03 2:00 8 |i = |4th, |. aa FoI 1 1:65 1:75 719 by D. s. "ies *99 1:00 4 1:30 1:25 5 S 6th, Li 0o a RC A :89 9 1:14 2 *5 4 7th, sw. o's Ae . 63 '87 g 8th, Ege de P E 48 "50 2 73 75 3 A 9th, Cte eee ss 68 Elohis 3» i *61 1 S [11th,|. «s 4 : '54 12th, | . EO iu s 47 -50 2 19th, | . . : : pu 40 14th, ^ : : 34 6°82 16°29 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 551 Dimensions of the RIBS and of the Width of the THORA X in the Bactrian Camel. Dorso-sternal Dimensions (Length) of the Ribs. Distance from the summit of the | Greatest distance from the rostral ex- | Distance from the summit of the dorsal edge of the mesial articula-| tremity of the dorsal edge of the} caudal margin of the rostral (1st) tion of each rib with the rostro-| mesial articulation of each rib with} rib—in the 2nd and nine succeeding lateral margin of the sternal cylin- | the rostro-lateral margin of thester-| ribs, From the rostral extremity of drical portion of the dorsal verte-| nal cylindrical portion of the dor-| the elevated rostro-caudal ridge on bra of the same number, and like- | sal vertebra of the same number,| each rib, immediately laterad from wise with the similar caudo-lateral | and likewise with the similar caudo- | its articulation with the transverse margin of the preceding vertebra| lateral margin of the preceding ver-| process of the same number—the (in the rostral (1st) rib, with that] tebra (in the rostral (1st) rib, with| caudal (12th) rib having no trans- margin of the caudal, 7th cervical] that margin of the caudal, 7th cer- | verse articulation, From a slight vertebra), To the sternal termina-| vical vertebra,) To the sternal ter- | rostral enlargement on the summit tion of the rostral margin of each | mination of the caudal margin off of its curvature,—in all the twelve rib in its sternal cartilage. each rib in its sternal cartilage. ribs,—To the sternal termination of the caudal margin of each rib in its sternal cartilage. Actual imen- imen- Actual Measure- i mersi He ISu "t don i vum cie ape € ies te ments. 5 - rane Dined- ropor- | Diff Didieh- Propor- | Diff Diae Propor- | Diff. On the | On the | “gions, | tional On the | On the | ions, | tonal On the | On the | Siong, | tional right side. left side. Parts. right side.| left side. Parts. right side.| left side. Parts. fist, 840| 845| 850| 34 10 894| 9:04| 900| 36| şj:928 928| 925, 37 g and, | 10:97| 10:80| 11:00| 44 10 10:90| 11°00] 11°00) 44 | 1i 11:36| 1075| 11:25] 45 TI 3rd, | 19:70| 13°35] 13:50| 54 10 13:90| 139:58| 1375| 55 | jo 14:00| 13:70| 14:00| 56 10 4th, | 16°10; 15:80| 1600| 64 7 1637, 16:03| 1625| 65 | g 16°60} 16:20] 16:50} 66 " 5th, | 17°80} 1745| 1775| 71 4 1830| 1807| 1825] 73 | 5 18:40| 18:03| 18:25} 73 5 E J) 6th, | 1873| 1830| 1875| 75 3 19:58| 19:33| 19°50) 78 | 3 19:60| 19:17| 19:50| 78 3 e \ 7th, | 19°43} 19:33] 19:50] 78 2 20°22} 20700] 20°25} 81]| 3 20:20| 20:07 | 20°25; 81 0 8th, | 20°00} 19:82| 20°00} 80 1 20°45 | 20°30) 20°50} 82| 6 | 20°25) 2003| 2025| 81| | 9th, | 19°87} 19:50| 19°75| 79 1 20:50, 20°10} 20°50; 82 | | | 20°12) 1932| 2000| 80 9 10th, | 1970] 19:15| 19:50| 78 9 20°36 | 19°60} 20°25} 81]| 4 | 19°50 18°95| 19:50] 78 4 11th, | 19°13} 18°20} 19°00] 76 7 19:64| 1876| 19:50) 78 | g 18°50| 1787| 1850| 74 10 L12th, | 17:37| 17:03| 17:25] 69 17:54| 17742] 1750| 70 15°90} 15°90) 16:00] 64 201:20|197:18 |200:50| 802 | 57 [206 70 |203:20 |206:25 | 825 | 58 [203°71 |199°27 |203:25 | 813 | 61 Dorso-sternal Dimensions (Length) | Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth)| Dimensions of the Width of the of the Ribs (continued). of the Ribs. Thorax. Distance from the summit of the] Distance from the sternal termina- | Distance between the dorsal termi- dorso-lateral edge of the lateral ar- | nation of the rostral margin of each | nations of the lateral surfaces of the ticulation of each rib with the ster- | rib, To the opposite sternal termi- | right and the left rostral (1st) ribs; nal surface of the lateral extremity | nation of its caudal margin. between the caudo-lateral surfaces of the transverse process of the of the 2nd ribs; and between the same number, To the apparent caudal margins of seven right and termination of the middle of the left succeeding ribs; disregarding osseous lateral surface of each rib exostoses (from burden) on the in its sternal cartilage. 5th and 6th ribs. 1st, 9°20} 9:25| 9°25; 37 - 171i 1379 | 17D 7 1 5:92 600] 24 9 2nd, | 11:00| 11°00; 11°00; 44 10 2-00| 1°72 | 2:00 8 1 5:52 5:50] 22 4 3rd, | 13:50| 13:50] 13:50]. 54 | 1, 2:1| 2°22 | 2:25 9 3 6°55 650} 26 14 4th, | 16°50} 16:50) 1650| 66 8 3°02 | 2°98 | 3:00| 12 0 10°00 10:00] 40 14 5th, | 18:50| 18:00| 1850]. 74 | > 2:93 | 29:95 | 300 | 12 9 13:32 13°50| 54 19 g j 6th, | 19:00] 19°00; 19°00; 76 | 4 2°43 | 2:36 | 2:50 | 10 2 16:50 1650] 66 6 Z4 7th, |2000|2000|2000| 80| || 203, 1:86) 2001] s| g| 178 | 1800) 72| $ 8th, | 20700| 20:00| 20°00; 80| > 1:93 | 1:93 | 2:00 8 1 19:25 19:50| 78 6 9th, | 19°70} 1970] 19°50} 78 | 3 2°12 | 2°22 | 2°25 9 9 20°83 21:00] 84 10th, | 19:00; 19°00; 1900] 76 | 3 1°68 | L:84| 1°75 7 9 11th, | 18°50} 18°00; 1850| 74 | g 120| 1°37 | 1°25 5 1 19th, | 16:50| 16:50, 1650| 66 102 | r10| 1°00 4 201:40/|200:45 |201:25| 805 | 57 | 24:18 | 24:28 |2475 | 99 | 15 115776 116:50| 466 | 64 558 Dr. WALTER ÀDAM on the Dimensions of the STERNUM and of the Rostro-Caudal Dimensions (Length) of the separate Portions of the Dermo-pleural Dimensions Sternum, in the Mesial Plane. Dimen- Dimen- Supposed Pimen Supposed Dimen Actual Measurements. Dimen. | Propor- | Diff. Actual Measurements, Dimen. | Propor- | Diff sions. rem sions, Pate Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral extremity of the rostral (1st) bone of the sternum, To the caudal margin of its der- Fist, | mal (sternal) surface . . . 96 | 1:00 4 Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the dermal (sternal) surface, To g the caudal margin of the same surface; = That surface being smooth and round in the 8 S 2nd and 3rd bones; a smooth blunt ridge Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral x in the 4th; villous and bulging in the 5th; margin of the dermal (sternal) surface, To &4 in the 6th villous and bulging laterally, the opposite rostral margin of the pleural ‘s | 2nd,| smooth and deeply hollowed mesially . . 3:05| 3:00| 12 d dorh sufact - ou. a 38 5 3 1 Bm o eren rn rr e 956 250 14 || o roj 4], E mho : = 25 8°80 $55] 18 Eee 142 | 150] 6 |, Stii à 2. Bie eee ee 7229. 990 o Fae "s 1:98 | 2:00 8 i ROUGE ce ei oer s a” s. IHOFPFTOOTI NS 2-90 | 3:00| 12 21:50/21:25 | 85 | 26 825 | 33 | 9 Whole Length of the Sternum. Distance from the rostral extremity of the rostral (1st) bone of the sternum, To the caudal margin of the caudal (6th) bone . 22°64 |22-50| 90 Dimensions of the Depth of the Thorax. : Distance in the mesial plane from the der- 30 : mal (sternal) surface of the rostral (1st) : bone of the sternum, To the summit of the ; spinous process of the 7th cervical ver- 4 tebra . 30°00 |30:00 | 120 E Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal | margin of the caudal (6th) bone of the 58 5n sternum, To the summit of the epiphysis Tt of the spinous pedo of the 6th dorsal a vertebra . . . . . . . . . 15°50 15°50 62 | ; Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 559 Depth of the THORAX in the Bactrian Camel. (Thickness) of the separate Portions of the Sternum, in the Mesial Plane. | Dimen- | Di po siots id ; — on ln Actual Measurements. Dimen. | Propor- | Diff Actual Measurements. Dimen- Propor- | Diff. : tional . sions, | tonal sions- | Darts, Parts. Greatest distance from the dermal (sternal) scabrous surface of the rostral (1st) bone of the sternum, To the opposite dorsal surface, ist 1 at the sternal ends of the 1st ribs '56 '50 2 d 0 3 Smallest distance in the mesial plane from Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal S the dermal (sternal), To the pleural (dorsal) margin of the dermal (sternal) surface, LS. surface; interveningly to the rostral and the To the opposite caudal margin of the pleu- = caudal ends of each portion of the sternum 51 50 2 9 nidos ks TO] TOD E d and | 5 90] 100] aj |- .. 0145 150! @ | [su | 8 EC. 1:32] 1:25] s . 208| 200| 8 | , 4th B 3 Mo Wik omo di oP 29.1 M5 Oe 541 ok bal Wo Ws '50 2 6th J 3°29 | 3°25 | 13 | 3 8:15 | 825 | 33 | 20 Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) of the separate Portions of the Sternum. Distance: between the lateral scabrous sur- faces of the rostral (ist) bone of the ster- num, Being at the meeting of the sternal f ist,| endsoftheright and theleft rostral (ist) ribs *76 | °75 3 Smallest distance between the lateral sinuous R margins of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th bones of Distance between the rounded lateral mar- 8 the sternum, and between the smooth sinu- gins of the dermal (sternal) surface of the E ous surfaces of the 5th and 6th bones, in 3 | 6th bone of the sternum, at the dermal g the intervals of the junction of the carti- (sternal) termination of the cartilage of the ' e lages of the six rostral ribs with the liga- 6th rib; the cartilage of the 7th rib, the — «4 mento-cartilaginous connection of the ends last joined to the sternum Lt closely S | 2nd,} of the bones of the sternum . . . . 1:58] 1°50 6 $ caudad from that of the 6th § | sra, e e eS NEN ae £ | 4th, cup. UT . 240} 250} 10 : go z 5th,| . = s : a 40461 275 1 ir 2 - . = i ; | 6th, . 415 | 400| 16 eco. 6 274 8 04 Lun 1c MIST UI BE Distance between the lateral extremities of 19 the caudal margin of the caudal ied bone of he senmi . . cs . . .. 795] 300) 18 13:66 |13:75 | 55 | 18 VOL. XVI. 4c 560 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Dimensions of the SCA Dorso-sternal Dimensions (Length). Rostro-caudal Dimen n marghi CMM) Cour Cum EN Supposed) Dimen- Actual Measurements. ey Priport: Diff. Actual. sions. | Parts. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. | Distance from the osseous rostral angle of the Distance from the rostral edge of the glenoid dorsal expansion of the scapula, To the car- cavity, To the osseous rostral angle of the tilaginous dorso-caudal extremity of the ex- dorsal expansion of the scapula . . 15°10 . 15:45|15:50 | 62 pansion of the bone . 12-10 Distance from the hollow of the sinuous sur- face at the root of the scabrous and elon- 11 gated digital process of the lateral ridge Smallest distance from the thin and falciform (spine), To the extremity of the cartilagi- rostral margin of the scapula, To the firm nous dorsal margin (base) . . 18:36 .1828|18:25 | 73 and rounded caudal margin . . . 3:22 Distance from the digital extremity of the sca- f brous and elongated digital process of the lateral ridge (spine), To the extremity of . the cartilaginous dorsal margin (base) . . 20:00 . 19:90 | 20:00 | 80 Distance from the rostral extremity of the sca- o | brous rostral protuberance immediately over the glenoid — To the caudal Ape of- —' 28 thatcavity . > cda 4:74 Distance from the caudal edge of the glenoid . cavity, To the extremity of the cartilaginous dorsal margin (base) in the line of the dor- sal termination of the lateral ridge . . 19:50 . 19:45/]19:50| 78 Distance from the caudal edge of the glenoid , . cavity, To the cartilaginous dorso-caudal 6 | Distance from the rostral edge of the glenoid . extremity of the dorsal expansion of the cavity, To the apa caudal pig of that scapula... = . 1800/18:00| 72 eavit- 6.094 ‘ . Distance from the caudal edge of the glenoid . cavity, To the dorsal termination of the 8 osseous portion of the firm and rounded . 16:00 . 16:00 | 16:00 | 64 a. Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. | 561 PULA in the Bactrian Camel. sions (Breadth). Latero-mesial Dimensions (Thickness). Supposed Dimen- : Supposed) Dimen- ldem mes tw out Actual Measurements. Dimen- | Proport.| Dif sions. | Parts. sions, | Parts. On the Left Side, On the Right Side. On the Left Side. - 12°05 | 12:00 | 48 Distance between the margin of the lateral 35 | ridge of the scapula at the rise of the sca- brous and elongated digital process of that ridge, And the nearest EF on the mesial Rist ss |919 | ORS |. ae surface of the bone. . coe. fas yi OB 01: ae 290 ees 9 Distance between the rostro-lateral extremity of the scabrous and elongated digital pro- n cess of the lateral ridge, And the furthest .| point of the caudo-mesial rounding of the Su. 6] glenoid cavity . . 6004]. . ... . ^ **00] SOOT 80 Distance between the lateral marginal extre- | mity of the lateral and. larger portion of the scabrous rostral protuberance immediately l over the glenoid cavity, And the mesial ex- 11 tremity of the mesial and smaller portion of that protuberance, The separation being by 4:84 | 475) 19 a narrow proximo-digital groove. . . SUI. VS 1... . 9111-219 9 Smallest distance between the lateral and the mesial surfaces of the scapula; inter- - 3 veningly to the lateral ridge (spine) of the 7 | boneand the glenoid cavity . . . 215011... 3s ee Peer S Distance between the lateral extremity of the .. caudo-lateral enlargement of the glenoid ca- 5 vity, And the furthest opposite point of the 2:94 | 3:00| 12 mesial rounding of that cavity. .-. . . 2:68]. . . . . .- 2979] 2/75] a2 mm 4c2 562, Dr. WALTER AnaM on the Dimensions of the PEL Dimensions of the Pelvis in the Mesial Plane. Dimensions of the Pelvis on each side of, and parallel or nearly parallel to, the Mesial Plane. “ys Pe His poing — Actual Measurements. Sakan m Actual Measurements, Dinen- Propor: Diff, -n atin Propor- Di£ "U^ DIM right dde. left ^" E Sion$. | Parts, Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral Distance from the rostral extremity of the termination of the union of the ossa pubis, scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the To the caudal termination of that union . 6:15 | 625 | 25 right os ilium, To the rostro-lateral mar- Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral gin of the right thyroid foramen .11:20|11:00|11:25 | 45 termination of the union of the sternal 99 | Distance from the rostro-mesial extremity surfaces of the ossa pubis, To the rostral of the scabrous rostral margin (spine) of 5 termination of the union of their dorsal the right os ilium, To the sterno-caudal surfaces 2. ae 1°32 | 1:25 5 margin of the right acetabulum. . . 12°42 | 12°50 |12°50| 50 Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal Distance from the rostral extremity of the termination of the union of the sternal sur- 5 | _ scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the right faces of the ossa pubis, To the caudal tere os ilium, To the caudal sinuous surface 7 mination of the union of their dorsal sur- disjoining the scabrous caudo-mesial pro- Zl 1. d . ts SU Se , 280] 2001 320 cess of the right os ischii, and the large lateral protuberance of that bone . . . 14°46 | 14:18 | 14:25 | 57 Distance in the mesial piane from the rostral 49 | Distance from the rostral extremity of the termination of the union of the sternal scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the right 5 surfaces of the ossa pubis, To the summit os ilium, To the caudal extremity of the of the spinous process of the 1st (rostral) scabrous caudo-mesial process of the right : vertebra of the sacrum ‘ . 12:98 | 13°00 | 52 GOOD i ig 1e) xc 9o o. 4050 10/44 | 1030. | ee Distance in the mesial plane from ‘the rostral [| termination of the union of the sternal sur- 14 Smallest distance from the rostral surface of 57 [| faces of the ossa pubis, To the caudal mar- the right os pubis, To the rostral margin a0 gin of the floor of the nerval canal of the of the right thyroid foramen . . . . 1°22] 1°30] 1°25 5 iL HE qM S. d u.c. 9:45 | 9:50, 38 Smallest distance from the caudal margin of E | Distance in the mesial plane boi the rostral the thyroid foramen, To the caudal sinu- al termination of the union of the sternal ous surface disjoining the scabrous caudo- surfaces of the ossa pubis, To the dorso- 4 | mesial process of the right os ischii, and caudal extremity of the spinous process of the large lateral protuberance of that bone 1°95 | 1:93 | 2°00 8 the 4th (and caudal) vertebra of the sa- samma Sui 2c 1. s... -.— 10: : E? esas mins oc Oblique Dimensions of the Pelvis through the Mesial Plane. Distance in the mesial plane from the cau- TUI dal termination of the union of the sternal 18 | Distance from the rostro-lateral extremity of 4 surfaces of the ossa pubis, To the rostro- the scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the 1 .. dorsal extremity of the spinous process of right os ilium, To the hollow of the sinu- i the ist (rostral) vertebra of the sacrum . 15:02 | 15:00 | 60 ous surface immediately caudad from the ; Distance in the mesial plane from the cau- left acetabulum... - s . 16°75 | 16°67 | 16°75 | 67 t dal termination of the union of the sternal = g | Distance from the lateral extremity of the 1 surfaces of the ossa pubis, To the rostro- scabrous rostral margin of the right os ! | dorsal extremity of the spinous process of iium, To the caudo-lateral extremity of ; the 2nd vertebra of the sacrum . . 13:75 11975 | 55 the large lateral PM of the left i GN 2. - + . 21°15 | 20°93 | 21:00 | 84 Distance from the rostro-dorsal margin of 29 the right acetabulum, To the lateral ex- f tremity of the large lateral protuberance of the left os ischii RB 4 . 63€. ao NS 1 18-68 |1379 |] 99 - JUI VIS in the Bactrian Camel. Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 563 Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) of the Pelvis. Oblique Dimensions of the Pelvis on each side of the Mesial Plane, Supposed pets Actual Measurements. Supposed - Actual Measurements. Dimen- od" — e Dimen- pr Dit sions. | Parts, s _Onthe | On the | sions. Parts. right Side. |left Side. Distance from the rostral termination of the union of the sternal surfaces of the ossa pubis, To the summit of the scabrous ros- tral margin (spine) of the right os ilium . 13:66|13:59 |13:75 | 55 Distance from the caudal termination of the union of the sternal surfaces of the ossa ll pubis, To the rostro-mesial extremity of the scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the rightosilium . . . . . . . . .16:60/16:62 |16:50| 66 Greatest distance between the lateral extre- 18 Greatest distance between the lateral extre- mity of the scabrous rostral margin of the mities of the scabrous rostral margins right os ilium, And the furthest mesial ex- (spines) of the ossa ilium . 19:45|19:50| 78 tremity of that margin . . . 11:95 | 12-20 |12:00 | 48 : Smallest distance between the sterno-lateral rounded margin of the rightos ilium, And Smallest distance between the lateral sur- 40 | the opposite dorso-mesial rounded mar- 36 faces of the ossa ilium; interveningly to gin of the bone; interveningly to the ros- the rostral expansion of these bones and tral expansion of the os ilium and the ros- the rostral surfaces of the acetabula 9:50| 9:50 | 38 tral surface of the acetabulum . . . 3:04| 3°08 | 300 | 12 Greatest distance between the dorso-mesial surfaces of the ossa ilium, Being interve- 10 ningly to the rostral expansion of these bones and the rostral surfaces of the ace- ibo", ide . 7:00] 700] 28 Smallest distance between the mesial mar- 19 gins of the thyroid foramina. 2:26| 2:25 9 Smallest distance between the dorso-lateral 28 6 margins of the acetabula . : 9:35| 9:25 | 37 7 Smallest distance from the dorso-lateral mar- Smallest distance between the lateral sur- : gin of the right thyroid foramen, To the faces of the ossa ischii: interveningly to 6 | dorsal sinuous and fluted surface disjoin- the caudal surfaces of the acetabula and ing the dorso-caudal surface of the aceta- the large lateral protuberances of the ossa bulum, and the large lateral Signe ischis c 9 E54 o4 . 7751 7°75 | - 91 of the os ischii . . . - 155) 1°58} 1°50 6 Distance from the cuudo-liferal margin of is: Greatest distance between the lateral extre- 26 | the right thyroid foramen, To the lateral 15 mities of the large lateral protuberances of extremity of the large lateral protuberance i; ssa ischii . ... . .. 4. 5 oe ee ee. BT oftherightosischi . . . . . . . 5°22) 5:928 | 5:25 | 21 Í t Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Bones of Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Humerus. Proximo-digital Dimensions Suppose ins Actual Measurements. Dimèn Propor- | ifr, Actual sions, P On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. f| Distance from the proximal extremity of the prominent rostral margin of the lateral of g three rostral protuberances at the proximal Distance from the lateral margin of the E end of the humerus, To the digital ex- proximal articular surface of the cubitus, < tremity of the lateral margin of the digital To the lateral margin of the digital articu- 3 articular surface of the bone wists Om 1735 |17°50 | 70 lar surface of the bone (zy. e E 4 Distance from the most digital point late- ` 4 rally on the large hollow space disjoining S the summits of the rostro-proximal pro- 4 e tuberances of the humerus, and the ball of o its glenoid articulation, To the digital ex- tremity of the lateral margin of the digital || articular surface of the bone - 1652} . . . 1640 ] 16:50 |] 66 à $ e à Distance from the proximal extremity of the < |l process of the rostral articular margin of ; f: the cubitus received within the groove on T me the rostro-digital articular surface of the A humerus, To the digital extremity of the 2 rostral sharp and prominent ridge sepa- rating the lateral and the mesial wide $ grooves at the digital end of the cubitus . 21:90 14 i è : Distance from the most digital point in that tou petet the large proximal hollow of the W pu» adjoining to the rounded and Distance from the proximal scabrous summit BZ} middle of its three rostro-proximal pro- of the olecranon, To the digital extremity 1 8) belangen, To: the most pronus ponis „of the rostral sharp and prominent ridge aah pe: see ue -F denn — the uA wid tio | sa separating the lateral and the mesial wide Ner 1 E i iaaea teh niet digital point mei- grooves at the digital end of the cubitus . ... || ally on the large hollow space disjoining ; the summits of the rostro-proximal pro- tuberances of the humerus and the ball of - its glenoid articulation, To the digital ex- . tremity of the mesial margin of the digital L| articular surface of the bone . . . . 16°14 16:04 | 16°00 | 64 E Distance from the proximal acuminated ex- = E: ; veye see: ge Da ee margin of 6 FE Te of three rostral protuberances Distance from the mesial margin of the So n NP IN proximal articular surface of the cubitus, © 4t igital extremity of the mesial margin To the mesial margin of the digital arti- į VW ofthe digital articular surface of the bone 17:63 17°52 |17°50 | 70 cular surface of the bone . . . . - 21 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. the ATLANTAL LIMBS in the Bactrian Camel. (Length) of the Cubitus, Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Metacarpus. Measurements. Su ni dent Dimen- sions. | Tenens: sions in Propor- tional Parts. Diff Actual Measurements. | ‘Su Neel Dimen- sions. sed| Dimen- veh T- ien Parts. Diff. On the Left Side. . * LI 20:90 21:90 24:70 21:64 21:00 22°00 24°75 21°75 87 11 12 On the Right Side. Distance from the lateral margin of the arti- cular surface at the proximal end of the metacarpus, To the digital extremity of the articular surface of the latero-digital condyle of the bone . . 5... . +. M94 Distance from the rostral margin of the proximal articular surface of the lateral portion of the metacarpus, To the rostral margin of the digital articular surface of the latero-digital condyle of the bone . 14:22 Distance from the rounded rostral margin of the groove disjoining the proximal arti- cular surfaces of the lateral and the mesial portions of the metacarpus, To the rostral . angle of the digital bifurcation of the bone 12:54 Distance from the rostral margin of the proximal articular surface of the mesial portion of the metacarpus, To the rostral margin of the digital articular surface of the mesio-digital condyle of the bone `. 14:38 Distance from the mesio-caudal margin of . . the proximal articular surface of the lateral portion of the metacarpus, To the summit of the mesial of three tubercles on the caudal articular margin of the latero-digital condyleefthé bone . . .i. . . .1997 Distance from the blunt caudal margin of the inter-articular hollow, being the caudal enlargement of the groove disjoining the proximal articular surfaces of the lateral and the mesial portions of the metacarpus, To the caudal angle of the ww bifurca- tion of the bone . . septa Pare IT08 Distance from the caudal margin of the caudal extension of the proximal articular surface of the mesial portion of the meta- carpus, To the summit of the middle of three tubercles on the caudal articular margin of the mesio-digital m of the bone .. ^ 4 ~ . . 1408 Distance from the proximal extremity of the slight prominence of the mesial articular margin at the proximal end of the meta- carpus, in the interval of the two mesio- digital bones of the carpus, To the digital extremity of the articular surface of the mesio-digital condyle of the bone . . . 15:10 On the Left Side. 14:88 14:10 12:26 .. 14:04 13:68 12:48 13:83 14:91 15°00 14°25 12°50 14:25 14:00 14:00 15:00 12:50. 60 57 57 yu Jh. pe d [819471 ey UO ~J v^ ]unsoqr oq uo yoodsy spadsy [ppnw) og uQ — p A a spodsy [eIseyT ou UO 3)99dsy [e 566 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Provimo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Bones of * Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Femur. Proximo-digital Dimensions Supposed) sions n Actual Measurements. — P ne Diff. ‘Actual sions. ed On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. 1 Distance from the summit of the lateral Distance from the proximal extremity of (larger) trochanter of the femur, To the the slightly elevated lateral margin of the a most proximal point in the circular lateral proximal articular surface of the crus, To 9 cavity on the space disjoining the latero- the digital extremity of the lateral articular e digital condyle and the lateral margin of margin of the digital end of the bone, at Ps the patellar groove Scl; 1. 5s 5 2022 | 5 20°60 | 20°50 | 82 the caudal portion of that margin. . .. 17°61 E 4 Distance from the summit of the lateral 3 (larger) trochanter of.the femur, To the 3 $ digital extremity of the mesial rounded = margin of the articular surface of the la- & tero-digital condyle of the bone IU 21:20|21:25| 85 f Distance from the summit of the lateral 0 (larger) trochanter of the femur, To the digital extremity of the lateral margin of the patellar groove . . . . . . - 21°05]. . . 21°28 |21°25| 85 u Distance from the summit of the elevated E process of the lateral margin of the mesio- < proximal articular surface of the crus, for f receiving the mesio-digital condyle of the *- 4 femur, To the digital extremity of the pro- Z 0 cess of the rostro-digital articular margin 2 of the bone, disjoining the lateral and the a mesial curvatures of that margin . . 19:50 o Distance from the summit of the lateral (larger) trochanter of the femur, To the digital extremity of the mesial margin of . ; i the patellar groove . . i .21'10] . 23a 29 aL] 85 = : E Distance from the most digital point on the . Distance from the summit of the elevated iP H | depression of the proximal surfaee of the 7 | process of the mesial margin of the latero- I n femur uniting the globular articulation proximal articular surface of the crus, for d s with the lateral (larger) trochanter—the receiving the latero-digital condyle of the | S|| cervix —To the blunt caudo-digital margin femur, To the sharp sinuous caudal mar- 2 : Š of the hollow disjoining the lateral and the gin of the articular surface of the digital B : mesial condyles at the digital end of the end, over the caudo-lateral surface of T Bi eec 95 09-0: -,- 19°98 1725; .. 1065011960] 79 eters, CS 1. Wm 3 Distance from the summit of the elevated 252 process of the lateral margin of the mesio- EB j| proximal articular surface of the crus, To E BaL : 5 | the mesio-caudal extremity of the digital f- | Distance from the most digital point on the articular margin of the bone . . . - 19:22 $1 E || depression of the proximal surface of the d$ _ || femur uniting the globular articulation BL 4| with the lateral (larger) trochanter—the Ur $ -|| cervix, —To the digital extremity of the la- Distance from the mesial margin of the 3 2 l teral rounded margin of the articular sur- proximal articular surface of the crus, To 1 To 5.5 face of the mesio-digital condyle of the. the rostro-mesial extremity of the digital, ` — dines uu citi ein een 20:80.|.,—,—,-9086-|2075-| 86 articular margin of the bone . . . . 1928. Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. the SACRAL LIMBS in the Bactrian Camel. 567 (Length) of the Crus. Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Metatarsus. Measurements. Supposed Normal Dimen- sions. | Dimen- sions in Propor- tional Parts. Dif. Actual Measurements, Dimen. sions. Supposed) |; paee Diff. On the Left Side, LI 17:61 19:50 . 1850. 19:12 19:28 17:50 19:50 18:50 19:25 19°25 70 78 74 77 77 On the Right Side. Distance from the lateral margin of the ar- ticular surface at the proximal end of the metatarsus, To the digital extremity of the articular surface of the latero-digital con- dyle ofthe bb os we aa o eae 10 ` Distance from the mesio-rostral margin of the proximal articular surface of the lateral portion of the metatarsus, To the mesio- rostral margin of the digital articular sur- face of the latero-digital condyle of the DI. 2$. 4 . 14°32 Distance from the hollow of the groove dis- joining rostrally the articular surfaces of the lateral and the mesial portions of the meta- tarsus, To the rostral angle of the digital bifurcation of the bone . . . . . . 12°30 Distance from the mesio-rostral margin of the proximal articular surface of the mesial portion of the metatarsus, To the nearest point (at the middle) of the rostral margin of the digital articular surface of the mesio- digital condyle of the bone. . . . . 14:00 Distance from the latero-caudal margin of the proximal articular surface of the lateral portion of the metatarsus, To the summit of the middle of three tubercles on the cau- dal articular margin of the latero-digital GUI IV oov ovS Ves. ALSO Distance from the summit of the smooth proximal process closing caudally the groove that disjoins the proximal articular sur- faces of the lateral and the mesial por- tions of the metatarsus, To the caudal an- gle of the digital bifurcation of the bone . 13°25 Distance from the caudal margin of the cir- cular mesio-caudal articular surface of the proximal end of the mesial portion of the metatarsus, To the summit of the middle of three tubercles on the caudal articular margin of the mesio-digital condyle of the DN OM o o. o. . 13°88 Distance from the proximal extremity of the process of the mesial articular margin of the proximal end of the metatarsus, dis- joining the two mesial bones of the tarsus, To the digital extremity of the articular surface of the mesio-digital condyle of the BONG . . .. Se ug s UV ANNE On the Left Side. 15:18 14:30 14:00 14:20 13:30 13:86 14:98 15:25 14:25 12:25 14:00 14:25 13:25 13:75 61 57 56 57 53 55 15:00 60 | er pee o1 uo JG. NES spadsy [ensog ou uo diis N ‘podsy pepneg oy} uo e S grum ‘padsy V^ 39odsy persa ou uo VOL. XVI. 4D 568 Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth and Thickness), Girth and Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth). Rostro -caudal Dimen Actual Measurements. Suppo e Dimen- sions. = Dimen- sions in Propor- tional Parts. Diff. Actual At the Proximal end of the Bone di wai Intermediately to the Proximal and the Digital ends of the Bone At the Digital end of the ) cdBone. i . On the Right Side. At the proximal end of the humerus. Great- est distance between the lateral surface of the lateral of three rostro-proximal protu- berances, And the opposite mesial surface of the mesial of these three protuberances Smallest distance, interveningly to the proxi- mal end of the humerus and the lateral sca- brous and tuberous ridge; between the la- teral And the mesial surfaces of the rostro- caudal flattening of the bone . | | Greatest distance between the lateral margin of the lateral scabrous ridge of the hume- rus, And the lone mesial surface of the bone . . nO | Smallest distance between the lateral And the mesial surfaces of the humerus; inter- veningly to the lateral scabrous ridge and the digital end ofthe bone . . . . . At the digital end of the humerus. Distance . between the lateral surface of the scabrous _ ridge over the lateral condyle, And the op- . posite mesial surface of the smooth ridge over the mesial condyle . . . At the digital end of the humerus. Distance between the digital extremity of the lateral margin of the lateral condyle, And the op- posite digital extremity of the mesial mar- gin of the mesial condyle. . . ‘ At the digital end of the humerus. Greatest distance between the lateral And the mesial margins of the caudal cavity that receives the articular portion of the olecranon . . 5:30 . 3°92 . 414 2:32 4:10 3:50 On the Left Side. 5:23 3:88 4:18 2:32 4:00 3°45 1°50 5°25 4°00 4°25 2°25 4°00 3°50 1:50 21 16 17 16 14 On the Right Side. At the proximal end of the humerus. Great- est distance from the rostral surface of the rounded and middle of three rostro-proxi- mal protuberances, To the opposite caudal margin of the ball of articulation with the glenoid cavity of the scapula : At the proximal end of the humerus. Dis- tance from the hollow of the mesial of two proximo-digital grooves on the rostral sur- face; at the marginal termination of the groove digitad, To the opposite caudal mar- gin of the ball of articulation. . Smallest distance from the rostral surface of the humerus, To the opposite caudal sur- face, Being at the digital termination of the lateral scabrous ridge . . At the digital end of the humerus. Distance . 5°30 . 452 . 149 from the rostro-mesial margin of the me- . sial condyle, To the caudo-mesial promi- nent margin of the socket for receiving the articular portion of the olecranon . At the digital end of the humerus. Distance A rci from the rostral surface of the lateral con- ` dyle, To the caudo-lateral margin of the socket for receiving the articular portion of the olecranon . . . At the digital end of the humerus. Distance from margin To margin of the mesial sur- face of the articulation of the mesial con- oi ae d s . 262 7 2:78 — Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 569 Arterial Distances of the HUMERUS in the Bactrión Camel. sions (Thickness). Girth Supposed Dimen- i i i Normal m in vue . — — — red oat te Actual Measurements. irm Propor- | Diff. Parts. : sions, | tional Parts. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. 605 054 5254 525. 81 3 0. « £53) 450| 18 10 : Girth of the humerus at the digital termina- ; (5.51981 20901. 8 tion of the lateral scabrous ridge. . . 10°00] . . . . . . 1002/|10:00| 40 Smallest girth of the humerus, interveningly 10 to the lateral scabrous ridge and the digi- " tales De boe . 7. e v DO 7°61 | 750| 30 | Arterial Distance. | cr d De ONLUS UL Rae ahi - dissi Moindasinuhi | Nod. Proper. | Dir c On the Right Side. On the Left Side. €. ccs 2621-26002 ME Distance from the summit of the rounded and middle of three rostral protuberances l| at the proximal end of the humerus, To the digital margin of the entrance of the 2:78 | 2/75 | 11 medullary artery, on the rostral surface of P du ddibo Douce 9 ru 1985... ee 48 4p 2 510 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth and Thickness), Girth At the Proximal end of the Bone. At the Digital end of the Bone. ali r Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth). Rostro-caudal Dimen Wee . | 4X. eee Dimen- pams sions in| Actual Measurements. Dimen- grms Diff. Actual sions. Parts. On the Right Side. On the Left Side, On the Right Side, (| At the proximal (caudal) end of the olecra- non. Distance between the scabrous eleva- tion of the lateral surface, And the — PET LA mesial smooth surface : 1:78 , T Smallest distance from the rostral (dorsal) Smallest distance between the lateral And the [€ A of the olecranon, To its caudal mesial smooth surfaces of the olecranon; (sternal) margin; interveningly tothe prox- > . interveningly to the proximal (caudal) end, imal (caudal) end of the olecranon and the dnd the rukin with the digital end ut articulation with the digital end of the hu- E TN E a . merus . : pee 0s Se ee ois = At the proximal end of the cubitus. Smallest distance from the rostral surface of the mar- ginal process of the articular socket, re- . . Atthe proximal end of the cubitus, Distance 9 ceived within the articular groove sepa- between the lateral And the mesial margins rating the condyles of the humerus, To of the surface of articulation with the digi- the opposite caudal margin of the bone fal end of the humerus 3:39 . $32 | 3°25 13 extending digitad from the olecranon. . 3:50 At the proximal end of the cubitus. Distance between the lateral extremity of the lateral 4 scabrous protuberance, And the — mesial scabrous surface : 4:16 .422| 4'25 | 17 Smallest distance from the rostral surface of Smallest distance between the lateral And the g | thecubitus, To the opposite caudal surface; mesial surfaces of the cubitus; interve- interveningly to the proximal and the digi- . : ningly to the ooi and the ove ends tal ends of the bone, Being towards the di- of the bone . i 2-93 . , 931] 2:25 9 pude... S R . 1°45 (| At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance between the lateral And the mesial sca- 8 from the hollow of the lateral of two wide brous tuberosities; over the articulation ge grooves on the e sur- im with the proximal bones of the carpus. . 4°35 5 è ace, To the opposite caudal surface . . t99 © T aC EET At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance , from the rostral margin of the proximo-di- At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance be- 9 gital sharp and prominent ridge separating tween the lateral And the mesial margins the lateral and the mesial wide articular . of the surface of articulation with the prox- groove on the rostral sche anes tube- 9:58 imal bones of the carpus. . . x. See ; A rosity on the site caudal surface . . : PEST i At the digital ond eft the cubitus. Distance from the hollow of the mesial of two wide proximo-digital grooves on the rostral arti- > + cular surface, To the opposite smooth cau- %17 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel, 571 and Arterial Distances of the CUBITUS in the Bactrian Camel. sions (Thickness), Girth. Dimen- Dimen- Soppen ine in Su p inest Measurements. Dimen. | Propor- | Diff. Actual Measurements. Dimen. | Propor- | Diff. (ms e sions. c arts. On the Left Side, On the Right Side. On the Left Side. ESE ao 9001 9901 18 2 0. . 355 | 9:50| 14 8 Smallest girth of the cubitus, interveningly to the proximal and the digital ends of the : » 143| 150/ 6 bone, Being towards the digitalend . . 6°48 . 653 | 650 | 26 0 Arterial Distances. Distan- : + 4 1°46 | 1:50 |. 6 Supposed) ces in Actual Measurements. Distan- D Diff. oe} Parts 4 On the Right Side. . On the Left Side. E Distance from the rostro-proximal surface of . .258| 250) 10 . the unciform articular process of the cubi- | tus, received within the caudal articular 1 groove separating the condyles of the hu- merus, To the blunt proximal margin of the ; entrance of the medullary artery, on the = eo 239 |. 2251. 9 mesial side of the digital prolongation of hig ng olo o4 V. 50r «o. o MO + 8900] BO Distance from the rostro-proximal surface of the unciform articular process of the cubi- tus, received within the articular groove se- 2 parating the condyles of the humerus, To the blunt digital margin of the entrance of the proximal medullary artery . oo 500 . 5°35 | 5°50 | 22 Distance from the digital extremity of the latero-digital articular surface of the cubi- tus, To the digital margin of the entrance 7 of the digital medullary artery, on the cau- dal surface of the bone and towards the lateral margin of that surface | 940 . 9:97 | 3°75 | 15 1 512 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth and Thickness), Girth Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth). Rostro-caudal Dimen . Supposed) Sonsin | | Actual Measurements. Dos: ote Dif Actual — sions. Parts. L1 On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. At the proximal end of the metacarpus. Dis- = | At the proximal end of the metacarpus. Dis- tance from the lateral pitted surface imme- hs 3 tance between the lateral And the mesial diately digitad from the rostral articular | gs margins ofthe surface of articulation with margin, To the opposite and similar caudal 4 H dà the carpal bones : 3:02|. . 3:00 | 3°00 | 12 surface (3h V ice G6 n NN as < At the proximalend of the metacarpus. Dis- 95 At the proximal end of the metacarpus. Dis- tance from the rostral protuberance imme- = tance between the lateral And the mesial diately digitad from the rostro-mesial arti- < scabrous elevations immediately digitad cular margin, To the opposite caudal sca- from the articular margins . à 3:11 . 310 broussurface . 42 . 44:4 (NS og MN g : Greatest distance, interveningly to the prox- 2 imal and the digital ends of the metacarpus; * Greatest distance, interveningly to the prox- from the rostral surface of the lateral por- E imal and the digital ends of the metacarpus; tion of the bone (divided from the mesial 3 g between the lateral And the mesial surfaces portion by a furrow-like depression), To BS of the caudal margins of the groove occu- the opposite caudo-lateral margin of the . . 4 "o pying the caudal surface of the bone . 178 CTI Sc Ss a T groove occupying the caudal surface 1°45 23 as Greatest distance, interveningly to the prox- oS ; Smallest distance between the lateral And the imal and the digital ends of the metacarpus; S 3 mesial surfaces of the rostral and more 1 from the rostral surface of the mesial por- eA, solid portion of the metacarpus; interve- tion of the bone, To the opposite caudo- 33 ningly to the proximal and the digital ends mesial margin of the groove occupying the E | S.B || of the bone . : 1:55 cs BSTI P0] 6 caudal surface . EI EI Ba Smallest distance from the rostral surface E E of the metacarpus, To the opposite caudal Al t surface; over the digital bifurcation of the 1 m bone, Being the smallest distance interve- | ningly to the proximal and the digitalends. 1'04 ^. 11 E Atthe digital end ofthe metacarpus. Distance : from the rostro-lateral articular margin of E: | — the lateral condyle, To the hollow of the A | | At the digital end of the metacarpus. Distance disjunction of the lateral and the middle of 2 between the lateral And the mesial termina- three tubercles on the caudal articular mar- 2 tions of the rostral articular margins . 4°22 * | 4951 17 gin of that condyle . . . . . . 1'80 Rs At the digital end of the metacarpus. Distance At the digital endof the metacarpus. Distance : E between the sinuosity on the caudo-digital o | from the rostro-mesial articular margin of £< | extremity of the lateral articular margin, the lateral condyle, To the caudal extremity . £ And the opposite and similar sinuosity on of the mesial of three tubercles on the cau- = a the mesial articular margin . . c. 90 Oe T 30L 15 | dal articular margin of that condyle . . 201 2 2 F | At the digital end of the metacarpus. Distance : = from the rostro-lateral articular margin of < the mesial condyle, To the caudal extremity of the lateral of three tubercles on the cau- L dal articular margin of that condyle 1°95 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 513 and Arterial Distances of the METACARPUS in the Bactrian Camel. sions (Thickness). Girth. Supposed} Dimen- Dimen- | Supp dem Supposed) coms Measurements Dunes Propor- Dit Actual Measurements. Normal Propor Diff. sions. oem Dimen- |' tional arts. sions. Parts. ~ On the Left Side. f - On the Right Side. On the Left Side. * . . . 1:59 1:50 6 2 . . . 203} 200} 8 2 acs. .1481.150] 6 Greatest girth of the metacarpus interveningly . Q | to its proximal and its digital ends, Being at the greatest elevation of the sides of the T: groove that occupies the caudal surface of Bc cda A IET 3 Sealing: 24 ee es o. ooo BIB S . areae 0i $175. OS 2 | Smallest girth of the metacarpus interveningly 3 | to the proximal and the digital ends of the ote on vd100 E 00] E bone, Being over its digital bifurcation . —* € o diXasoLiueur MIOL DDE i ED Arterial Distances. 3 ! Distan- : — ces in Actual Measurements. Solel sta! Vite S uc i Dif €. + .,] 781 $928 3 3 Mi. | ces. m 1 On the Right Side. — On the Left Side. | Distance from the blunt caudal margin of the , : _inter-articular hollow at the proximal end o : i^ ETS |] 2007-8 of the metacarpus, To the proximal margin of the entrance of the lateral of two medul- o |] lay arteries in the groove occupying the camel surlace Of the hohe. 6.0. . 008] . . . Se 5| v5 | BÀ Distance from the blunt caudal margin of the is +s, toe} 4991] B inter-articular hollow at the proximal end of the metacarpus, To the proximal margin 0 of the entrance of the mesial of two medul- lary arteries in the groove occupying the "T mudd ae ot debe . —. . BUM] . |. . . . .. 06984] 55 | BÀ 574 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth and Thickness), Girth and Intermediately to the Proximal and the Digital ends of the oth. At the Proximal end of the Bone. Bone. oe At the Digital end of the Bone. a te Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth). Rostro-caudal Dimen ona i — — e. — Supposed Dimen- Normal sions in a Actual Measurements. Diren- | Propor- Diff. Actual | Mite: tional Parts. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. At the proximal end of the femur. Distance At the proximal end of the femur. Distance between the lateral surface of the lateral from the rostral scabrous surface of the (larger) trochanter, And the digito-mesial (larger) lateral trochanter, To the caudo- margin of the globular surface of articula- mesial margin of the (mesial) opening of . . tion with the acetabulum (the head) . = 517] 525| 21 the cavity within the trochanter . 2°30 At the proximal end of the femur. Smallest At the proximal end of the femur. Smallest distance between the lateral smooth surface 7 | distance from the rostral To the caudal immediately digitad from the lateral (larger) surface of the flattening of the bone that . trochanter, And the mesial smooth surface unites the globular articulation with the connecting the globular articulation of the lateral and the mesial trochanters (the bone with the mesial (smaller) trochanter 3°45 3:45 | 3°50 | 14 Gn: d cx Soe he At the proximal end of the femur. Distance from the rostral To the caudal surface of the globular articulation with the acetabu- ; lum-(the head) . . $^. 04 - D Smallest distance, interveningly to the proxi- Smallest distance between the lateral And mal and the digital ends of the bone, from the mesial surfaces of the femur; interve- the rostral smooth surface of the femur, ningly to the proximal and the digital ends To the opposite caudal ridge of the linea . = - (Gebh. Fe Boe s L80 1:78 | 175 7 wpa ee ee ee ee E At the digital end of the femur. Distance be- 1 [At the digital end of the femur. Distance tween the lateral And the mesial smooth from the lateral rostro-digital margin of à. surfaces of the rostral projection grooved the patellar groove, To the opposite caudal proximo-digitally rostrad for the motion of surface of articulation of the lateral con- P ae S c V. V... L8 2-06 | 2:00 8 BR. ^ 21. 0 M At the digital end of the femur. Distance between the smooth lateral surface of the 10 | At the digital end of the femur. Distance enlargement immediately over the lateral from the hollow of the patellar groove, To : condyle, And the mesial margin of the the opposite caudal surface disuniting the u$ indul ue s? 4501 . 474| 450| 18 lateral and the mesial condyles BR At the digital end of the femur. Distance from the mesial rostro-digital margin of . . . the patellar groove, To the opposite caudal surface of articulation of the mesial con- dyle tes oe 4°93 CMM. 7S Sisk EE AEE To! Ses near Lidia cereali oU Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 515 and Arterial Distances of the FEMUR in the Bactrian Camel. sions (Thickness). Girth. Supposed) sions in [Supposed ion in Measurements. Normal Propor- | Diff. ‘Athos’ Monumento Normal Propor- Dimen- | ‘tional s Dimen- | ‘tional sions. | Parts, sion. | Parts. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. 2°25 | 2:25 9 E [3s Op P8 5 4 2:22 | 2:25 9 3 Smallest girth of the femur, interveningly to the proximal and the digital ends of the 1°60 | 150 6 Se, es, Seer, ae ee o T . 5:50 | 5:50 | 22 13 Arterial Distance. | Dis- sed tance in P — — 40661 475] 129 Actual Measurements. goen | parë Parts. 6 On the Right Side. On the Left Side. . 0.757 9:98 1 925 3. 38 ; ? Distance from the most digital point on the proximal surface of the cervix of the femur, 7 | To the proximal margin of the entrance of the medullary artery, on the caudal surface of the bone, and within the scabrous en- = - — 881 6°00 | 20 largement of the linea aspera . . . 11°38 en” 8:48 |11:25 | 45 VOL. XVI. 576 Dr. WALTER AnaM on the Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth and Thickness), Girth At the Proximal end of the Bone. as Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth). Rostro-caudal Dimen jen, to the Proximal and the Digital ends of the Bone. Intermedi At the Digital end of the Bone. . I a Flies Diss Supposed sions in | Actual Measurements. tics pow Diff Actual sions. ced On the Right Side. On the Left Side. . On the Right Side. At the proximal end of the crus. Distance At the proximal end of the crus. Distance between the lateral: And the mesial pitted from the rostral projection of the lateral surfaces immediately digitad from the (fibular) surface of articulation, To the margins of the articulation with the digital opposite caudal projection of the same sur- KGEUUNNET To... .«49M1. 4:94 | 5°00} 20 facé d . . i . 2°53 At the proximal end of the c crus. " Distance from the rostral proximo-digital groove, separating the lateral (fibular) and the mesial (tibial) surface of articulation, To the opposite caudal rounded margin . 3M At the proximal end of the crus. Distance from the rostro-digital extremity of the scabrous prominence of the knee, To the smooth caudo-lateral extension of the 12 | mesial articular surface . . . 4'80 Smallest distance from the rostro-digital ex- tremity of the scabrous prominence of the Smallest distance between the lateral And knee, To the opposite plane caudal surface the mesial surfaces of the crus; interve- of the bone; the prominence of the knee ningiy to the — and the e digital ends. - being continued digitad in a sharp falciform ofthebone . . . zo o 1:99 | 2:00 8 ridge 43. . . 9:50 Smallest distance from ‘the rostral to the caudal surface of the crus; interveningly to the proximal and the digital ends of the bone; being towards the digital end . 1:20 5 At the digital end of the crus. Distance At the digital end of the crus. Distance between the lateral extremity of the sty- from the rostro-lateral scabrous surface loid termination of the rostral articular over the rostral margin of articulation, To margin, And the scabrous elevation over the opposite caudo-lateral scabrous surface .— . the mesial termination of that margin. . 3°22 3:08 | 3:95 | 13 over the caudal margin of articulation . . 1°74 At the digital end of the crus. Distance between the lateral extremity of the sca- brous tuberosity terminating the caudal | articular margin, And the similar mesial 1 termination of that margin; a denticular i process of the proximo-lateral bone of the At the digital end of the crus. Distance tarsus being interposed in the lateral dis- from the rostro-mesial scabrous elevation junction of the rostral and the caudal over the rostral articular margin, To the "n 0 ee 3:48| 3:50| 14 opposite caudal surface . . . . 1: 04 — A li a - Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 577 and Arterial Distances of the CRUS in.the Bactrian Camel. sions (Thickness). Girth. Supposed] Dimen- Di Normal Pron a Di pC any ate —20 0E Dit Actual Measurements Dimen- | Propor- * . i 0! Parts. i som | Parts. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. 2°53 | 2:50 | 10 3 (C opvu iR «ub RB 7 12 477 | 475| 19 cr. . 3949] 9900 | 14 9 Smallest girth of the crus; interveningly to SO UE I RET 5 the proximal and the digital ends of the bone, Being towards the digital end . . 5°20) . . . . . . 526| 525| BI Arterial Distances. 9 carte rmal a | Actual Measurements. Ms Poet ee ae 7 Parts. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. Distance from the caudal margin of the la- l | tero-proximal articular surface of the crus, To the digital margin of the entrance of the medullary artery, on the caudal surface of the bone, and towards the lateral margin of thats © SS ee QUEI. . .. - eS OT 4001 3168 2:04 | 2:00 8 4r2 518 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the — Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth and Thickness), Girth At the Proximal end of the Bone me WE Intermediately to the Proximal and the Digital ends of the Bone. P Ug NEST C At the Digital end of the Bone. Latero-mesial Dimensions ( Breadth). Rostro-caudal Dimen Actual Measurements. Supposed Nord Dimen- sions. Dimen- sions in Propor- tional Parts. Diff Actual On the Right Side. At the proximal end of the metatarsus. Dis- tance between the lateral And the mesial margins of the surface of articulation with te Gasak Welles. V... At the proximal end of the metatarsus. Dis- tance between the lateral scabrous surface immediately digitad from the articular mar- gin, And the extremity of the scabrous pro- tuberance on the opposite mesial surface . Greatest distance ; interveningly to the proxi- mal and the digital ends of the metatarsus, between the lateral and the mesial surfaces of the caudal margins of the groove occupy- ing the caudal surface of the bone . : Smallest distance between the lateral And the mesial surfaces of the rostral and more solid portion of the metatarsus; interve- ningly to the proximal and the digital ends (GENS. - $1. 1. : At the digital end of the metatarsus, Distance between the lateral And the mesial margins of the digital extremity of the surfaces of articulation with the plantar bones . |! At the digital end of the metatarsus. Distance between the sinuosity on the caudo-digital extremity of the lateral articular margin, And the opposite similar sinuosity on the mesial articularmargin . . . . . : . 2°47 2:65 1:56 1:25 On the Left Side. . 2°50 . 2°75 . 158 . 1:25 Pi 2 VA 2:50 2:75 1:50 1:25 3:50 3°25 10 11 14 13 On ihe Right Side. At the proximal end of the metatarsus. Dis- tance from the rostro-lateral articular mar- gin, To the opposite caudal extremity of the tuberous proximal elevation of the cau- dal articular margin . . : At the proximal end of the metatarsus. Dis- tance from the scabrous surface immedi- ately digitad from the rostro-mesial articular margin, To the opposite smooth and flat- tened surface of the enlargement and prox- imal elevation of the caudal articular mar- EM S. o5; Ae COE UO LM Greatest distance from the rostral surface of the lateral portion of the metatarsus (di- vided from the mesial portion by a furrow- like depression), To the caudo-lateral mar- gin of the groove occupying the caudal surface of the bone; interveningly to the proximal and the digital ends [5 Greatest distance from the rostral surface of the mesial portion of the metatarsus, To the caudo-mesial margin of the groove oce cupying the caudal surface of the bone; interveningly to the proximal and the digi- talends ;. . *. Smallest distance from the rostral ‘surface of the metatarsus, To the opposite caudal surface; interveningly to the proximal and the digital ends of the bone, "A over its digital bifurcation . . i Ai. At the digital end of the metatarsus. Distance from the rostro-lateral articular margin of the lateral condyle, To the hollow of the disjunction of the lateral and the middle of three tubercles on the caudal articular mar- gin of that condyle . . . . At the digital end of the metatarsus. Distance from the rostro-mesial articular margin of the lateral condyle, To the caudal extremity of the mesial of three tubercles on the cau- dal articular margin of that condyle Atthe digital end of the metatarsus. Distance from the rostro-lateral articular margin of the mesial condyle, To the caudal extremity of the lateral of three tubercles on the cau- dal articular margin of that condyle 2°05 1:96 1:72 1:48 ` 1:00 1:49 1:58 1:73 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. | 519 and Arterial Distances of the METATARSUS in the Bactrian Camel. sions (Thickness). Girth. | Dimen- Supposed ime | Supposed ons in Measurements. Den. Propor: Diff. Actual Measurements. m, Propor- Diff. sions. | Parts, sions. Por: On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. .2:00| 2:00, 8 0 l <- -197i T00|-8 1 e. 169} 175| 7 Greatest girth of the metatarsus interveningly l | to its proximal and its digital ends, Being at the greatest elevation of the sides of the s: groove occupying the caudal surface of the sor o P901] P390]. 8 bone . . Phim o: COR ty o. . . . a BOOT 06001 3 2 i i ‘ 5 Smallest girth of the metatarsus interveningly to the proximal and the digital ends of the - 100; 1:00} 4 bone, Being over its digital bifurcation . * Kieth: slime AAO kE 20: lake, 5 Arterial Distances. | Dis- Actual Measurements. ormal Piope- DIE .147| 150] 6 | Sone ‘ional | 0 On the Right Side. On the Left Side. Distance from the summit of the smooth 2 ^ caudal inter-condylar process at the proxi- I mal end of the metatarsus, To the proximal margin of the entrance of the lateral of two l | medullary arteries in the groove pot the caudal surface of the bone . . . 06901. ; —— ;—. "li D| a 180:1 1°75 E Distance from the summitof the smooth cau- : dal inter-condylar process at the proximal end of the metatarsus, To the proximal 0 — margin of the entrance of the mesial of two medullary arteries in the groove "ei d the caudal surface of the bone . . . Sites. ; 5. , ae T25 88 580 Dr. WALTER ADaM on the Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the PALMAR and of the PLANTAR Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Palmar Bones. | Dimen- poit sionsin| . Actual Measurements Dimen- Proto nm 5 sions. Parts. of the Lateral Fore Pasterns. of the Mesial Fore Pasterns. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. f| Distance from the lateral mar- | Similar dimension in the left gin of the proximal articular | lateral proximo-palmar bone surface of the lateral of the two proximo-palmar bones, To the lateral margin of the " digital articular surface of 5 the bone S aes 4°45 : 4'50 | 18 E Distance from the proximal ex- | Similar dimension in the left | Similar dimension in the corre- | Similar dimension in the corre- a trerùity of the rostro-proxi- | lateral proximo-palmar bone | sponding right mesial proxi- | sponding left mesial proxi- p mal articular margin of the mo-palmar bone mo-palmar bone 3 4 lateral of the two proximo- 4 E palmar bones, To the near- : g ra est point (at the middle) of | - 3 = the rostral margin of the di- EA gital articular surface of the E bone * Wad. | 5 | wee cn ay 20d . 5. 3°50 | 14 ò B Distance from the mesial mar- | Similar dimension in the left S gin of the proximal articular | mesial proximo-palmar bone e surface of the mesial of the 4] two proximo-palmar bones, To the mesial margin of the digital articular surface of the bone E 075.5% 4°41 450 | 18 (| Distance from the lateral mar- | Similar dimension in the left gin of the proximal articular} lateral digito-palmar bone surface of the lateral of the two digito-palmar bones, To the lateral margin of the E ungual (digital) articular — surface of the bone z c4 lio meom ETA S a (52 von DIT P T.H 2:75 | 11 i Distance from the proximal Similar dimension in the left | Similar dimension in the cor- | Similar dimension in the cor- a extremity of the rostro-proxi-| lateral digito-palmar bone | responding right mesial di-| responding left mesial digito- E mal articular margin of the gito-palmar bone palmar bone Sa || lateral of the two digito- 2 A g palmar bones, To the near- = Z= {| est point (at the middle) of 2E the rostral margin of the ae ungual (digital) articular sur- -] face of the bone à Nit .- go E He tse CN RE ei as his 2:17 2:25 9 El Distance from the mesial mar- | Similar dimension in the left a gin of the proximal articular | mesial digito-palmar bone surface of the mesial of the 21 two digito-palmar bones, To | the mesial margin of the un- gual (digital) articular sur- | face of the bone Hd FUR. . D Au . o. 2:75 | 11 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. BONES (the Pasterns of the Fore and of the Hind Feet) in the Bactrian Camel. 581 Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Plantar Bones, Di - m Actual Measurements Dimen- T Diff. of the Lateral Hind Pasterns. of the Mesial Hind Pasterns. sions: | Parts. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side, On the Left Side. Distance from the lateral mar- | Similar dimension in the left gin of the proximal articular | lateral proximo-plantar bone surface of the lateral of the two proximo-plantar bones, To the lateral margin of the = digital articular surface of > Se the bone ; ; 2 3:67 3:65 . £2, Ly Vos BIG T ph 5? A Distance from the proximal | Similar dimension in the left | Similar dimensionin the corre- | Similar dimension in the cor- F ay extremity of the rostro-proxi- | lateral proximo-plantar bone | sponding right mesial proxi- | responding left mesial proxi- : Bo mal articular margin of the mo-plantar bone mo-plantar bone ji CE lateral of the two proximo- 2 »- 4 . plantar bones, To the near- x ae est point (at the middle) of E au the rostral margin of the di- 8 gital articular surface of the i z bone | : A $910. e i 3:12 COSE So n] mé. 2! ODD 3:25 | 13 ^ 2 ^ B | Distance from the mesial mar- | Similar dimension in the left 2 gin of the proximal articular | mesial proximo-plantar bone m surface of the mesial of the 9 two proximo-plantar bones, To the mesial margin of the digital articular surface of the bone 3°78 ed 375 | 15 Distance from the lateral mar- | Similar dimension in the left gin of the proximal articular | lateral digito-plantar bone surface of the lateral of the i two digito-plantar bones, To the lateral margin of the un- 2 (digital) articular sur- = Les of the bone a io 8129-29 5. . FS. pe. Rr. NU. 73 NO] M S g Distance from the proximal | Similar dimension in the left Similar dimension in the cor- | Similar dimension in the cor- £ extremity of the rostro-| lateral digito-plantar bone responding right mesialdi-| responding left mesial digito- =. proximal articular margin gito-plantar bone plantar bone ST of the lateral of the two di- l D =< gito-plantar bones, To the PE nearest point (in the middle) ER of the rostral margin of the a. ungual (digital) articular 8 surface of the bone . 3 1:83 1:99 1:92 PS 5 2-00 8 Y Distance from the mesial mar- | Similar dimension in the left "Eb : gin of the proximal articular | mesial digito-plantar bone a surface of the mesial of the two digito-plantar bones, l To the mesial margin of the ungual (digital) articular surface of the bone c oao In v os 2°25 9 i 589 Dr. WALTER ADAM on the Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth) of the PALMAR and of the PLANTAR BONES (the Pasterns of the Fore Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth) of the Palmar Bones. Supposed on | Actual Measurements Dc Propor- | Dif | - | : tional s of the Lateral Fore Pasterns. of the Mesial Fore Pasterns. sons | Parts. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. | 2 f|At the proximal end of the lateral of the Similar dimensions in | Similar dimensions in | Similar dimensions in j S two proximo-palmar bones. Distance be- the left lateral proxi- | the corresponding | the corresponding left | - tween the lateral And the mesial margins mo-palmar bone right mesial proximo- | mesial proximo-pal- j " of the surface of articulation with the me- palmar bone mar bone : AA tacarpus . Poor. . 494. . .]. eS E. 149. | 400158 = g || Smallest distance “between ‘the lateral And | d» the mesial surfaces of the lateral of the ale | g 54 two proximo-palmar bones; interveningly P S = p to the proximal and the digital ends of the ES bone . . dE L6. 5 aoc bos nA os, + este 909. 2 a a € || At the digital end of the lateral of the t two d proximo-palmar bones. Distance between 3 & the lateral And the mesial margins of the E surface of articulation with the lateral of EI o .. 195 . 1/58. . ce. 135. ..] 125] 9 2 {| At the proximal end of the lateral of the two Similar dimensions in | Similar dimensions in | Similar dimensions in . ] S digito-palmar bones. Distance between the the left lateral digito- | the corresponding the corresponding E. E lateral And the mesial margins of the sur- palmar bone right mesial digito- left mesial digito- d face of articulation with the lateral of the palmar bone palmar bone ES two proximo-palmar bones . . Peet. << T399 vai I. .192.. oe eee .$ 9 | | Smallest distance between the hollows of the =e notches on the lateral And on the mesial E 2 5 margins of the lateral of the two digito- 3 m be s Eo a palmar bones; and, interveningly to the 3 E "m poumaxduUedosemwtwtebemne.: TSO) —.—. 1227 - —— |]. . 195. 15. . . 188 -. ED & %5 || At the digital end of the lateral of the two ri digito-palmar bones. Distance between the à lateral And the mesial margins of the sur- "Ep face of articulation with the lateral of the B U mouge bones . -.. 4FrHB[.. L6. r T. pe. . DPI Girth of the Proximo-palmar Bones. Supposed} `; ormal Actual Measurements. i Dimen- sions. On the Right Side. On the Left Side... On the Right Side. On the Left Side. Similar girth of the left | Similar girth in the cor- | Similargirth in the cor- -Smallest girth of the lateral proximo-palmar — lateral proximo-pal-| responding right me-| responding left me- bone, interveningly to its m and its mar bone sial proximo-palmar| sial proximo-palmar digital ends. . >. 9 SE POO TT NES. . 51 bone. 900. — | DU. TOS. .—1.900 Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. and of the Hind Feet) and Girth of the Provimo-palmar and of the Provimo-plantar Bones in the Bactrian Camel. 583 Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth) of the Plantar Bones. Su Dimen- Fab sions in : Actual Measurements Dimen- ye ^c Diff. of the Lateral Hind Pasterns. of the Mesial Hind Pasterns. "— A P On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. 2 [| At the proximal end of the lateral of the Similar dimensions in | Similar dimensions in | Similar dimensions in S two proximo-plantar bones. Distance be- the left lateral prox- | the corresponding | the corresponding left a tween the lateral And the mesial margins imo-plantar bone right mesial proxi- | mesial proximo-plan- = : of the surface of articulation with the me- mo-plantar bone tar bone LF tatarsus 1°64 . 1°64. . 1'66.. - 1°63 . 175] 7 SS Smallest Ün. betweeti ‘thé lateral ‘And S^ | the mesial surfaces of the lateral of the &.E4| two proximo-plantar bones; interveningly 4 E E to the proximal and the digital ends of the 8-8 pus 3. '83 38. , 778 ; ; 75. 75 | 8 S% || At the digital end of the lateral of the two EN proximo-plantar bones. Distance between 3 8 the lateral And the mesial margins of the E surface of articulation with the lateral of & L| the two digito-plantar bones . 1:50 UE. . 458. . » 150| 6 E At the proximal end of the lateral of the two Similar dimensions in | Similar dimensions in | Similar dimensions in S digito-plantar bones. Distance between the theleftlateraldigito- | the corresponding | the corresponding left £ lateral And the mesial margins of the sur- plantar bone right mesial digito- | mesial digito-plantar P face of articulation with the lateral of the plantar bone bone. BS two proximo-plantar bones . . 1:118 PM 9 Dig Be . « «4'920.. 125] 5 S € || smallest distance between the hollows of the So notches on the lateral And on the mesial 1 S.E margins of the two digito-plantar bones; a = interveningly to the proximal and the oe : oo talends ofthe bone . . . 1:06 ; 1*00 . .4*09.. «A00 s 1:00 4 $s || At the digital end of the lateral of the two Ej digito-plantar bones. Distance between the 9 d^ lateral And the mesial margins of the sur- E face of articulation with the lateral of the A L| twounguo-plantar bones. . 1:58 . 143. | UB 44... 50] 6 Girth of the Proximo-plantar Bones. Su Dimen- | pig Actual Measurements. ad at from Dimen- tional | the sions. | parts, | Fore. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. Similar girth of the left | Similar girth of the cor- | Similar girth of the cor- Smallest girth of the lateral proximo-plantar lateral proximo-plan- | responding right me-| responding left me- bone, interveningly to its proximal and its tar bone sial proximo-plantar| sial proximo-plantar digital ends . . SP x . 9:52 ^|» 44049 è bone . 2°53 . ,. bone . 2°53 . «1 250) 10 | 2 VOL. XVI. 4r 584 Dr. WALTER ADaM on the Dimensions of the PATELLA and of Length. s Ni Breadth. Pes "Thickness. Dimensions of the Patella. Dimen gamay a Actual Measurements. Din. P GL Diff. Actual SIONS. Parts. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. : Greatest distance from the extremity of the Distance from the proximal extremity of the rostral process of the lateral articular mar- proximal articular surface of the patella, gin of the calcaneum, To the extremity of To the digital extremity of the digital sca- the flattened and irregular surface at the ` brous and flattened surface of the bone 3°61 . 861 | 3:50 | 14 further end of the bone 6:42 Distance from the curvature of the mesial margin of the articular surface of the cal- caneum, To the extremity of the flattened and irregular surface at the further end of thebone . . . 437 7 , Distance between the lateral margin of the Greatest distance between the lateral margin surface of the calcaneum articulated with of the articular surface of the patella, And the proximo-lateral bone of the tarsus, And the opposite mesial scabrous surface of the the opposite curved mesial margin conti- bone, Being towards the proximal end. 1:78 E284. 1:75 7 guous to the astragalus . 2:32 Smallest distance between the lateral And the mesial smooth surfaces of the calca- neum; interveningly to the tarsal articu- lated surface and the further end of the bone . '88 At the further end of the calcaneum (digital end). Distance between the scabrous lateral 1 margin, And the opposite scabrous mesial surface of the bone : 1:68 Smallest distance from tbe rostral smooth Greatest distance from the irregular rostral surface of the calcaneum, To the opposite surface of the patella, To the opposite cau- caudal scabrous surface; interveningly to dal surface of articulation adapted to the the tarsal articulated surface and the further rostro-digital groove of the femur . . . 2°00 . 200} 200| 8 end of the bone. . 168 — PN Sa Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. the CALCANEUM in the Bactrian Camel. 585 sions of the Calcaneum, 3| Dimen- | Dimen- Normal, sions in = Supposed sion in Measurements. Dimen- pees Diff. Actual Measurements. Disa. Propor- * | Pir sion. | Parts. On the Left Side. On the Right Side. On the Left Side. ss « 0951] 6500] 80 9 0 oy - 84831 25] 19 8 (5 e T0] L2 9 6 A '88 5 3 4 = . 11581 175 7 0 Smallest girth of the calcaneum, interve- ningly to the tarsal articulated surface and 1:64 | 1°75 7 the further end ofthebone . . . . . 4'60 7. v. 4607 48001 EU 4r2 XXXII. Remarks XXXII. Remarks on a certain Kind of Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. By Charles Daubeny, M.D., F.R.S. and L.S., Professor of Chemistry in the University of Oxford. Read June 7, 1831. Tue general occurrence in certain thermal waters of a sub- stance which, from its general aspect, as well as from cer- tain of its chemical properties, is thought to possess a claim to be classed among animal products ; the medical importance that has often been attached to its presence; and the singular theories by which its existence has been explained,—are circum- stances, that combine to confer an interest on any observations calculated to throw light upon the real nature of such a phe- nomenon. Hence, though the present communication may, perhaps, be regarded as little more than a confirmation of what has been already affirmed with regard to the hot springs of Aix in Savoy, by Saussure*, and the cold sulphureous ones of this country, by Dillwynt,—yet the additional evidence to the same effect which I have to offer, derived from an examination of certain thermal waters in France last summer, will not be re- garded as superfluous, when it is recollected that, in defiance of the statements of the above-mentioned naturalists, several crude notions and erroneous hypotheses prevail concerning this * Vide Journal de Physique for 1790, p. 410. + Dillwyn’s British Conferve, p. 54. deposit, 588 Dr. DAvBENY on a certain Kind of deposit, which have served to throw a certain air of mystery over its nature and origin. I am therefore induced to lay before this Society a drawing *, which represents the appearances exhibited, under a micro- scope of Amici’s construction, by an organic substance which I obtained last summer at the hot spring of Greoulx in Pro- vence (departement des Basses Alpes). ‘This-matter was found everywhere on the pavements of the bathing-rooms, in parts exposed to the splashing of the thermal water, which, for the convenience of topical bathing, or the douche, is usually allowed to descend in a constant stream from an open pipe, communicating with the reservoir which receives the mineral water, and terminating just below the ceiling of the room, through which it passes in a direction nearly perpendicular. The substance alluded to, seen by the naked eye, has a green- ish tinge, and seems made up of bundles of filaments: under the microscope, however, the latter are magnified into long cylindrical tubes, almost transparent, and divided into articuli, the length and diameter of which appear nearly equal, filled with a darkish fluid, whilst the intervening spaces are nearly colourless. This appearance may, perhaps, be explained by supposing a double tube, the exterior one transparent and con- tinuous throughout, the interior composed of articulations filled with a coloured matter, and distinct one from the other, in con- formity to the general structure of Conferve, as laid down by Bory de St. Vincentt and others. ‘These same filaments are sometimes so disposed with reference one to the other, as to pre- sent a stellated appearance of greater or less regularity. . In fig. 5. of the plate representing Arthrodie, which is given in the 2nd volume of the Dictionnaire Classique d'Histoire * The drawing is deposited in the Library of the Society. + Dict. Classique d' Hist. Nat., article * Arthrodiées." Naturelle, ee a i Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 589 Naturelle, may be seen figured an Oscillatoria, the filaments of which are disposed a good deal in the same manner; and Vaucher, in his work on Conferve*, has depicted, under the name of Oscillatoria major, an appearance very similar in kind to the cylindrical tubes detected by the microscope in my spe- cimen. Now this particular species of Oscillatoria is one of those found by Saussure in the hot springs of Aix near Cham- bery, occasioning there a deposit in the canals and cisterns of the baths, which, notwithstanding the explanation thus long ago afforded of it by the above able naturalist, continues even at the present day to give rise to much speculation and wonder. The mineral water of Greoulx resembles in constitution that of Aix, being a hot sulphureous spring, possessing a tempera- ture of 31° Reaumur, and containing, according to the Report published by the proprietor of the baths, the following saline ingredients in the pint. | Common salt. . . . . 12:25 grains. Muriate of magnesia . . 1°75 Sulphate of lime . . . 1°66 Carbonate of lime . . . 3°00 Total... 4442-21800 The quantity of organic matter present in the water of Greoulx is estimated in the above document at no less than 6:66 grains to the pint; but the greater part of this quantity must have been merely suspended in the water; for a portion of it, which I collected on the spot, being evaporated to dryness, gave but very feeble indications of ammonia, or of any animal or vege- table matter whatsoever. A substance altogether similar to that from Greoulx was found * Geneva, 1803. In 590 Dr. DavuBEny on a certain Kind of in the analogous thermal spring of Digne in the same depart- ment. I met with it, as at the former locality, wherever the water was allowed to drop upon the floor of the bath. When examined under Amici's microscope, it presented a fibrous structure, the filaments being so interlaced as to form a kind of network. ‘These filaments by a stronger magnifying power exhibited the same appearance of tubes with granulations, as those did from the former locality. Among the hot springs which are so abundant in the Py- renees, I collected several samples of this same organic matter, and remarked, that when the spring from which it had been obtained was impregnated with sulphuretted hydrogen, the ap- pearances approached those already described. Thus, at Arles in the departement des Pyrenées Orientales, south of Perpignan, there occurs an abundant deposit of or- ganic matter, which, examined through the microscope, pre- sented a tubular structure, in which, however, the granulations were not very distinguishable. At Barege, one of the most powerful of the sulphureous springs, a substance is collected in the pipes and reservoirs receiving the water, which seems to consist of a cluster of little transparent irregular vesicles, having interspersed certain dark- coloured roundish bodies, that appears like the same vesicles, rendered opake by some kind of matter which fills their in- terior. As, however, there were signs of decomposition in this matter at the time when I was first enabled to submit it to the microscope, I considered it useless to obtain a drawing of the appearances it then presented,—and I allude to it at present, only in order to establish the general position, that the glairy or mucous-looking matter called baregine, which is met with in so many warm sulphureous springs, derives its origin from the growth of Conferve. This D --— Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 591 This proposition has indeed been contested by an eminent chemist at Montpellier, Professor Anglada, who is engaged in publishing an elaborate description of the thermal sulphu- reous waters of Roussillon *, in which he endeavours to show, that the baregine must be considered a chemical product, held in solution by the waters at the time they issue from the earth, and deposited by them in a flocculent form, when they come in contact with the external air. Others, on the contrary, and amongst the rest the celebrated Vauquelint, inclined to the opinion, that the substance in ques- tion had been extracted from the organic remains present in the rocks through which the mineral water found a passage, owing to the high temperature which the latter may be supposed to possess before it issues from the ground, just as gelatine is se- parated from bones by water under a high pressure, —a notion, unfortunately, inconsistent with the geological position of many of these springs, which proceed from granitic, or other rocks, totally destitute of all traces of organization. It will be time, however, to discuss the probability of these chemical theories, when any specimen of the substance alluded to has been submitted to us, in no part of which signs of an organic structure can be perceived: at present it may be suffi- cient to remark, that since, in all the situations in which I have collected it, the greater part at least of the mass appeared to be made up of a congeries of Conferve or Oscillatorie, we need not hesitate in ascribing the whole to the rapid growth of those or- ganic bodies, to which the temperature and constitution of the thermal waters alluded to might chance to be congenial. | Iam happy to be able to fortify this conclusion by the au- thority of Professor DeCandolle, who has assured me, that he * Mémoires pour servir à [ Histoire Générale des Eaux Minérales, &c.—Two vo- lumes have already appeared. t Annales de Chimie, vol. xxviii. VOL. XVI. 4G formerly 592 Dr. DavnzxY on a certain Kind of formerly examined the mucous matter deposited by the waters of Valdieri in Piedmont,—a thermal spring containing sulphu- retted hydrogen,—and that he fully satisfied himself, as to the whole being derived from bodies that once possessed organiza- tion, having traced the different stages of decomposition and change exhibited by the several parts of the same deposit, from a structure completely analogous to that of a Conferva, to a gelatinous mass in which no distinction of parts was visible. It has been remarked, indeed, by Anglada, Gimbernat, and others who have noticed this phenomenon, that a portion of the substance in question is chemically dissolved in these waters ; and although I cannot admit the proposition as a general truth, yet I have myself found, that the thermal waters of Aix in Savoy; and those of Chaudes-aigues in the department of Cantal in France, even when carefully filtered and: completely :transpa- rent, begin to exhibit traces of a substance. of this kind as soon as they are concentrated. 1*6 But this only proves, that the mucous matter dixived from such sources is soluble in water *, and that the growth of these bodies takes place, not only in the reservoirs which receive the water after it has escaped from the earth, but also:in the sub- . terranean canals through which it finds its way in reaching the surface ;—a notion which will be admitted without difficulty, when we reflect upon the luxuriant growth of many species belonging to the lower tribes of animals and vegetables in spots equally secluded from light and the external air. Neither, if the substance called zoogene by Gimbernat agree in its charac- ters with this product of the Pyrenean waters, (and I amin- duced to suspect that it does, from his enumerating Aix in Savoy as one of the spots in which he found it,) need: we * During the process of evaporation it seems to undergo some chemical We; for 1 it is no longer soluble in water, when once separated from it. be i F Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 593 be embarrassed to account for the fact he states, of his having met with it in the thermal waters of Ischia, or even in those temporary springs which are caused by the condensation of the steam disengaged from Vesuvius*. I have myself collected the water emitted from the spiracles of several volcanos, as at /Etna, Volcano, and the Solfatara of Puzzuoli; and have remarked, that it was in general perfectly pure, with the exception of a slight impregnation either of sul- phuretted hydrogen, sulphureous, or muriatic acid, and that it was entirely destitute of any ingredient to which an animal or vegetable origin could be ascribed. -The deposition of zoogene therefore, in such situations, must be supposed, as it may be without difficulty, to have arisen from the rapid generation of certain Oscillatorie or other living bodies allied to them, owing to the temperature and chemical constitution of the water derived from this source being favour- able to their existence. | - To show the impossibility. = supposing the organic matter to end been disengaged, according to Professor Anglada's notion, from a state of chemical solution, I may mention, that at Arles in Roussillon (the thermal water already alluded to), it occurs in great abundance, adhering in flakes to the rock, with which the hot spring comes in contact on first issuing from the earth : now this rock is inclined at so high an angle, that a substance deposited by the water could not possibly have adhered to its surface, but must inevitably have been washed down into the reservoir below, which receives the runnings from the spring, where, however, comparatively little of it is to be found. On the other hand, it is not more difficult to account for the growth of organic bodies in such a position, favoured, as it is, by * Bibliothéque Universelle, tom. xi. p. 410. He supposes ve animal matter to be carried up along with the steam in a state of vapour. 4G2 "de 594 Dr. DAvBENY on a certain Kind of the genial temperature and mineral constitution of the water that flows over it, than to understand the production of Alge on the abrupt escarpment of a cliff exposed to the waves of the sea. It would be natural to inquire, what degree of resemblance this product of warm sulphuretted springs may bear to that which Mr. Dillwyn has described, under the name of Conferva nivea*, as peculiar to the cold sulphureous waters of various parts of England and Wales. The latter was first discovered by Dr. Willant in the sulphureous water of Croft in Yorkshire, where a white hairy mucous matter is seen adhering to the sticks, grass, &c., which had been mistaken for sulphur, until Dr. Willan proved it to be of a vegetable nature, corresponding with Byssus of Linneust. He notices, as a remarkable circumstance, that this Byssus should be found below the spring no further than the water retains its sensible sulphureous qualities, as if the hepa- tic gas were necessary for its production and nourishment. It occurs also at Dimsdale in the same county, at Middleton- One-Row near Darlington, at Llanwrtyd in Wales,—all springs of the same quality. It grows, says Mr. Dillwyn, on roots and other substances, which it covers with white filaments two or three lines in length, and so extremely slender, that under the highest power of my microscope their thickness scarcely ap- peared equal to that of a horse-hair. Some of the filaments are simple, but most of them are singularly beset towards the middle with a whorl-like cluster of very simple branches, re- sembling proliferous shoots. Dissepiments with a high power are clearly discernible, and they divide the filaments into joints, the length and thickness of which are nearly equal. * C. filis ramosis, tenuissimis, rigidiusculis, niveis; ramis in verticillo confertis, articulis diametrum longitudine superantibus —Dillwyn’s Conferoe, p. 54. + Willan On Sulphureous Waters, p. 10. 1 I found it myselfthis autumn growing in great abundance at the old spring of Croft. Mr. ——- — san Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 595 Mr. Dillwyn adds, in a private communication with which he has favoured me, that he has since found Conferva nivea abun- dant in the hot springs about Aix la Chapelle, especially near Frankenburg. I leave it to the many better judges of such matters, than myself, that are to be found among the members of this So- ciety, to pronounce, whether the body, whose appearances under the microscope are faithfully depicted in the accompanying drawing, approaches near enough to the characters of Dillwyn's Conferva nivea to be regarded as the same, or as an allied spe- cies. To this, the want of resemblance as to colour must not be regarded an objection ; for the specimen I obtained at Digne, which appeared under the microscope to be the same kind of Oscillatoria as the one alluded to, was perfectly white; and M. Longchamp, in his treatise on the Waters of Vichy, informs us, that what he collected at Bareges was originally white, but became green when kept for a few days*, so that the discre- pancy as to colour ought not to be looked upon as establishing a distinction of species. Neither will the difference of tem- perature between the sulphureous water of Harrowgate and of Greoulx be considered inconsistent with the notion of the same Conferva growing in both, when we are reminded that it has also been found by Mr. Dillwyn himself in the thermal waters of Aix la Chapellet. At all events, it must be considered as a curious circumstance, that springs, of whatever temperature, which give out sulphu- * This change also took place very ro aa in the C, nivea a I collected at Croft in Yorkshire this autumn. + Dr. Hooker found close to the edge of the inca’ in Tatar, and within a few inches of the boiling water, Conferva limosa, Dillw., a new species of Oscillatoria, and the finest specimens of Jungermannia angulosa he ever saw. In water, also, of a very great degree of heat, were, both abundant and luxurious, Conferva flavescens of Roth, and a new species allied to C. rivularis. retted 596 » Dr. DAvBENY on a certain Kind of retted hydrogen;—a gas so noxious to most other living bodies,— should be eminently fitted to favour the growth of certain kinds of Conferve, whilst thermal waters destitute of this impregna- tion—if I may judge from those of the Pyrenees—would seem not to deposit any organic matter of the same description. I am aware, indeed, that similar appearances are noticed as occurring in hot springs of other kinds; but, judging from my own experience, I sliould be disinclined to attribute their ex- istence, in this asin the former instance, to any peculiar pro- perty of the waters 'Thus,.1 observed on the reservoirs which received the-water of the hot spring of Bagneres de. Bigorre, departement. des Hautes Pyrenees, a red coriaceous-looking scum covering the surface of the water, which appeared to de- rive its colour from a portion of oxide of iron entangled in the interstices of some kind of organic matter. It is easy to under- stand how it happens, that the ferruginous contents of the water, when no longer held in solution, are found to collect in this instance on the surface, and not at the bottom, of the reservoir. Every successive portion of the water, as it issues from the ground, being of a higher temperature than that which has been for some time exposed to the cooling influence of the external air, will, by virtue of its inferior specific gravity, rise to the sur- face, where it gives out a portion of that carbonic acid, with which it was surcharged whilst under pressure. But this gas having been the solvent of the carbonate of lime and oxide of iron which the water contained, a portion of both these ingre- dients will be separated at the moment of its disengagement ; and, supposing any vegetable or animal matter to be at the time floating near, the earthy and ferruginous particles will be . entangled within its interstices, and thereby be prevented from sinking to the bottom. In this way I likewise account for a red scum, which I have | found — n Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 597 found at Vichy*, and in several other warm springs, that liberate carbonic acid, but are destitute of sulphuretted hydrogen*, and notwithstanding the similarity of external appearance belonging to the specimens of this substance which are taken from different localities, I am inclined to doubt whether they possess anything in common, except the earthy and ferruginous matter with which they are respectively charged. In support of this opinion, I might appeal to a drawing exe- cuted by M. Heuland, to whom I am also indebted for that of the Oscillatoria from Greoulx, which represents the appearances exhibited under the microscope by a portion of the red coria- ceous-looking substance, already alluded to as having been found at Bagneres de Bigorre. From this it would appear, that the medium, by which the earthy and ferruginous matters disengaged from the water were in that instance held together, consisted of nothing more than the parenchyma of decayed leaves, some of the stomata of which were still visible. Without meaning indeed to deny, that Conferve are met with in thermal waters of all descriptions, I am inclined to believe, that they are peculiarly abundant in sulphureous ones ; for it has never occurred to me to witness, in any of the nume- rous mineral springs I have visited in different parts of Europe, an accumulation of organic matter at all comparable to that, which takes place in some of the sulphureous ones of the Py- renees already alluded to; and, whereas there are many of the purer kinds of hot springs, such as that of Buxton, which do not appear to contain, or to deposit, any organic matter whatsoever, Iscarcely know one containing sulphuretted hydrogen, that does not exhibit more or less of it. * Asthat of Campagne in Roussillon, on the road from Carcassone to Perpiguan. XXXIII. On (..399. ) XXXIII. On the Plant which the Gum Ammoniacum. By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. Read December 7, 1830. To discriminate and characterize those plants which more immediately administer to the wants and comforts of man, is one of the chief objects of practical botany; but it is a task replete with difficulties,—the countries whence many of the substances are derived, particularly those belonging to the Ma- teria Medica, being generally remote and often inaccessible to travellers. Although the gum Ammoniacum has held a place in the Ma- teria Medica from a very early period, yet the plant from which it is obtained has hitherto remained almost totally unknown ; and the same may be said of the analogous gum Galbanum, and many other articles derived from the vegetable kingdom enumerated in the Pharmacopeeia. It is true, Dioscorides and Pliny mention the plant which yields the gum Ammoniacum, the former under the appellation of Agasyllis, and the latter under that of Metopium, and give Libya as its native country: but if the gum was anciently imported thence, it must have been the produce of a different plant from the one I shall shortly describe; and probably identical with the species of Ferula represented by Jackson in his Account of Morocco, as the gum now comes to Europe by way of the Levant and India. Dioscorides, whose opinion is adopted by all subse- VOL, XVI. 4H quent 600 Mr. Dow on the Plant quent writers, derives the name Ammoniacum from Ammon or Hammon, the Jupiter of the Libyans, whose temple was situated ‘in the desert of Cyrene, near to which the plant was said to grow. But it appears to me that Dioscorides was altogether mistaken as to its native country ; and that the name Ammonia- cum or Armoniacum, as it is indifferently written, is really a corruption of Armeniacum, for it is now ascertained beyond all doubt that the plant is a native of Persia, and that the gum must have anciently been brought to Europe by way of Ar- menia; and we find in ancient authors the name of the apricot sometimes written Malum Armoniacum. Willdenow fancied he had obtained the plant itself; for having sown some seeds picked from the gum Ammoniacum, a species of Heracleum came up, of which he has published a figure and description in the ** Hortus Berolinensis," under the name of H. gummiferum; but as the plant possesses no smell analogous to Ammoniacum, and affords no gummy substance whatever, it is probable it was only an accidental weed, as it does not appear to be specifically different from Heracleum pyrenaicum. The materials from which I drew up the following descrip- tion were procured, by Lieut.-Colonel Wright of the Royal En- gineers, in the district where the gum Ammoniacum is collected, —namely, in the vicinity of Jezd Khast, a town of Irak El Ajam, the ancient Parthia, about forty-two miles south of Ispahan,— and presented by him along with other dried plants to the Linnean Society. Every part of the specimen is covered with drops of a gum possessing all the properties of Ammoniacum ; and this cir- cumstance alone, independent of any other evidence, would seem sufficient to remove all doubt on the subject: but besides, I have carefully compared the specimen with the portions of inflorescence and fruit, which are found abundantly intermixed with — 7 eee a - thich yields the Gum Ammoniacum. | 601 with the gum in the shops, and I find them to agree in every particular. The name applied to the plant by Dioscorides is already preoccupied by another genus of Umbellifere ; and that of Pliny is scarcely unexceptionable, as originating in a mistake, Metopium having been used by some ancient authors to denote the Galbanum, and by others the gum Arabic tree ; but most writers seem to agree in considering it the appella- tion of an ointment, or some oleaginous substance, rather than of a plant. To avoid any confusion, and as the plant proves to be a new genus, I propose to call it Dorema, from the Greek word dogenua, a gift or benefit; not that I consider the Ammo- niacum plant as pre-eminently deserving that title, but the name is at least a short one, and agreeable to the ear,— considerations not to be overlooked in nomenclature. I shall now proceed to give the essential character and a detailed description of the genus. DOREMA. | Syst. Linn. Pentannria DIGYNIA. Ord. Nat. UMBELLIFERZE. Juss. "Trib. vii. PEUCEDANEx. DeCand. Cuar. Essent. Discus epigynus cyathiformis, Achenia com- Psy pressa, marginata: costis 3 intermediis distinctis, filiformi- bus. Vallecule univittate. Commissura 4-vittata. Descr. Flores lanugini immersi, sessiles! Calycis margo 5- dentatus: dentibus ovatis, acutis, membranaceis, exiguis. Petala 5, ovata, acumine inflexo. Stamina 5, citò ca- duca: filamenta: complanata, basi dilatata: anthere in- cumbentes, biloculares: loculis longitudinaliter dehiscen- tibus, basi solutis, parüm divergentibus. Ovaria subte- retia, lineis 6 utrinque exarata: disco epigyno amplo, car- 4u 2 | noso, 602 Mr. Dow on the Plant noso, cyathiformi, margine plicato, sublobulato. Styli complanati, leviter canaliculati, basi dilatati, subconnati apice recurvati. Stigmata truncata. Fructus ellipticus, | à dorso valdé compressus, margine complanato, latius- { culo cinctus: raphe angustissima, seepe clausà. Achenia 2, parallela, 5-costata; costis intermediis 3, distinctis, filifor- mibus, equidistantibus ; lateralibus 2 cum margine conflu- entibus. Vallecule univittatw : vittis prominulis. Com- missura plana, dilatata, 4-vittata, sulco levissimo medio exarata. Columella filiformis, tenuissima, bipartita. Se- men complanatum : albumen corneum, continuum, testa adheerenti. Herba (Persica) robusta, glauco-viridis, radice perenni, pube glandulosa vestita, facie feré Opopanacis. Folia ampla, petiolata, subbipinnata, bipedalia: pinnis subtrijugis, per paria remotis: foliolis inferioribus distinctis ; superioribus confluentibus, inciso-pinnatifidis : segmentis oblongis, mucro- nulatis, integerrimis, v. raró sublobatis, coriaceis, subtüs ve- nosis, 1—5-pollicaribus, semunciam v. 2 uncias latis. Petiohli cum rachide teretiusculi, costati, pubescentes, basi valdé dila- tati, subvaginantes, margine superiore alato, stipulaceo, Um- bella prolifera, racemosa. Umbellule globose, breviter pe- dunculate, spicato modo scpé disposite, pilorum lane minorum instar. Pedunculi teretes, lanuginosi. Involucrum e£ In- volucellum nulla, Petala alba. Stamina et Styli flava. Ovaria densissimé lanata. Fructus nudus. MUTA . i SR a: " ^ aromas Ne eal 1. D. Ammoniacum. Habitat circa pagum Jezd Khast in Persià meridionali. D. -OWright.X . (v. s. sp. in Mus. Soc. Linn.) The large cup-shaped epigynous disk, and the solitary resi- niferous canals distinguish this genus from Ferula and Opopanaz, to qo —— — M which yields the Gum Ammoniacum. 603 to both of which it is closely allied. The flowers being com- pletely sessile is also a remarkable character. With respect to the plant which yields the gum Galbanum I am enabled to say but little, not having seen any part of it except the fruit, some of which, almost perfect, I have been so fortunate as to pick from the gum. ‘These, however, are quite sufficient to determine the most important characters of the plant, which appears to constitute a new genus allied to Siler, but differing essentially from it in the absence of dorsal resi- niferous canals, and the commissure being furnished with only two. I propose for the plant the appellation of Galbanum offici- nale, and shall conclude these few imperfect observations by adding a description of the fruit. Fructus à dorso compressus, ellipticus, unguicularis: raphe angustà apertà, nec clausá. Achenia 7-juga: jugis ele- vatis, compressis, obtuse carinatis, nec alatis; lateralibus distinctis, marginalibus. Vallecule latiuscule, concave, evittatee ! Commissura plana, dilatata, bivittata : vittis latis, subarcuatis. The plant, according to Dioscorides, is a native of Syria ; but it must be in some remote and inaccessible part of it, as it has not been observed by any of the numerous travellers who have visited that country. As the gum is partly imported from Smyrna, and partly from India, it is very probable that the plant is aie a native of Persia. The Bubon Galbanum of Linnzeus possesses eder the kel] nor the taste of Galbanum, but in these particulars agrees better with Fennel, and the fruit has no resemblance whatever to that found in the gum. How a plant differing so essentially from 604 Mr. Down on the Plant from Galbanum should yet have been retained so long in the Pharmacopceia may well be a subject of surprise, especially as the Bubon Galbanum, being so frequent in botanical collections, afforded abundant opportunities of settling the question. Since writing the above, I have been enabled, by the assist- ance of friends, to add the following information on the subject of the Ammoniacum plant. The first volume of the Dictionnaire Universel de Matière Médicale, by Mérat and De Lens, published at Paris in 1829, contains some valuable notices on the Ammoniacum plant, from which it appears that the plant was already known to Mr. Brown, and had been determined by him to constitute a new genus. We also learn from the same work, that M. Fontanier, a geologist sent into the Levant by the French Government, had visited the district where the plant grows spontaneously, and transmitted a drawing together with specimens of the herb and gum to the Museum of Natural History at Paris. M. Fontanier was informed that the plant grows likewise in Khorasan. In the Appendix to the first volume of the Transactions of the Medical Society of Calcutta, p. 369, is an extract of a letter addressed to Dr. Wallich by Lieut.-Colonel Kennett, ac- companied by a rude figure of the plant which yields the gum Ammoniacum, of which the following is a copy. < I have the pleasure to forward you a drawing and descrip- tion of the Oshac, a Persian plant that produces the gum Ammo- niac. It was procured by Captain Hart (of the 5th batallion Bombay native regiment) whilst on sick certificate in Persia ; and understanding it was a desideratum in botany, he has requested me to send it to you in his name. It is to be re- gretted that Captain Hart did not know enough of botany to give P —R—— A ea SS PCR E E | 3 E x i which yields the Gum Ammoniacum. 605 give a particular description of the plant, flower, and seed; but he brought away a root, with a piece of the stem and some dry leaves attached, and which I have forwarded in a box to your address. You will observe the account of the plant is dated in July 1822, though I only received it a short time ago. ** * Description of the Oshac, or Gum Ammoniac Plant. *** [t having been intimated to me while at Bushire, by the Resident, Captain Bruce, that the plant which produces the gum Ammoniac,—called by the Persians Oshac,—would be acceptable to botanists, as it was but imperfectly known, I procured the accompanying piece of stem, leaf, and flower, and took a drawing of one of the finest plants. Its height was seven feet two inches, and the circumference of the lower part of the stem four inches. It grows principally on the plains between Yerdekaust and Kumisha, in the province of Irauk, without cultivation. The gum is so abundant, that upon the slightest puncture being made, it instantly oozes forth, even at the ends of the leaves. When the plant has attained perfection, innumerable beetles, armed with an anterior and posterior probe of half an inch in length, pierce it in all directions; it soon becomes dry, and is then picked off, and sent vid Bushire to India and various parts of the world, and is an article of con- siderable export. I am of opinion it might be cultivated with success in many parts of Kattywar, and the experiment might be worth the consideration of Government. The gum might easily be procured by artificial means, which would answer the purpose equally well. __ ** * From the part of the stem attached to the roots of the spe- cimen I sent you, a considerable portion of the gum will be seen exuded, in which respect it resembles the Assafoetida plant, 606 Mr. Don on the Plant which yields the Gum Ammoniacum. plant, which abounds in the mountains in the south of Persia, particularly in the province of Lar.’” The gum is collected about the middle of June; a tenth is remitted as tribute to the Government; the rest is sent to Bushire on the Persian Gulf, and thence to Europe. Part of that imported to this country came from the Levant; but Mr. S. F. Gray, F.L.S. informs me that the largest quantity and the best comes by way of India. For the following particulars I am indebted to Major Wil- lock, who has visited the districts where the plant grows wild. ** The Ooshak or gum Ammoniacum plant grows in great abun- dance over the arid plains in the vicinity of the town of Jezud Khast, on the borders of the provinces of Fars and Irak. Jezud Khast is a district appertaining to the Government of Ispahan. The plant is perennial, and throws up from the root a cluster of leaves, and one or more strong vigorous naked stems, of three or four feet in height, divided into joints of five or six inches long, throwing out various branches of equal length. "The white juice which forms the gum pervades the whole plant, but exudes chiefly from the principal stems. It either remains on them in lumps, or, falling to the ground, is gathered by the villagers in the autumn, and is sold by them. The Ooshak plant is to be met with nowhere but in the province of Irak, growing in very dry plains, gravelly soils, and exposed to an ardent sun." | XXXIV. On (s 607.) XXXIV. On the Pausside, a Family of Coleopterous Insects. By Mr. J. O. Westwood, F.L.S. Read June 1, 1830. Inriurncep by the desire which every naturalist ought to entertain, that the treasures of Nature collected and discovered by his countrymen, or added to our museums and cabinets through tbeir zeal and assiduity, should also be made known by fellow-naturalists of his native rather than of foreign coun- tries, (although for the advancement of science it might even be wished that these treasures, rather than remain unnoticed and undescribed, should be thrown open to the examination of and be described by foreign naturalists ;) and considering it the duty of every member of the Linnean Society to add his mite, however scanty, to the stores of knowledge which are recorded in its Transactions,—it was my intention, on becoming ac- quainted with the interesting nondescript insect, subsequently described under the name of Pentaplatarthrus Paussoides, merely - to have offered to the Society its description, with a few ob- servations upon its affinities, to prove its relationship to the Pausside, one of the most interesting families of Coleopterous insects. On discovering, however, in our cabinets, in addition to this new genus, not only several other undescribed species belonging to the family, but also such a variation of structure in some of the known species as to warrant their separation from Paussus, and finding that confusion had been introduced into the nomenclature even of the few species composing the VOL. XVI. 41 family, 608 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoopn on the Pausside, family,— 1I considered that it might not be deemed uninteresting to extend my observations to the whole family, and which I trust will not be regarded as unworthy of attention, both from the great interest which the insects themselves possess from the extreme singularity of their structure, (for, as Latreille has observed in the Nouveau Dict. d'Hist. Nat. vol. xxv. p. 57: * Vainement chercherions nous dans tout l'ordre des Coléop- teres un genre qui nous offre des caractéres aussi bizarres et aussi insolites que les Paussus,") as well as from the circum- stance of the records of this Society already containing a va- luable paper by the learned Professor Afzelius upon the spe- cies known to him ; and from the opportunity thus afforded me of exhibiting the rapid strides which Entomology has since made ; and lastly, from the circumstance of the genus Paussus constituting the final entomological labour of that great man, whose name we have adopted as our own. But few remarks are requisite upon the his/ory of the family. The genus Paussus was established in the Dissertationes Aca- demice in the year 1775, and the genus Cerapterus by Swederus in the Swedish Transactions for 1788. These two genera con- tinued to be regarded as unconnected with other genera, or with each other, until Latreille inserted the former, as one of the genera composing the family Scolitaires, in his Histoire Naturelle &c. tom. xi. p. 204.—Afzelius, regarding only the genus Paussus, proposed for its reception in the Linnean Trans- actions, vol. iv. a distinct fifth section of the Coleoptera, cha- racterized ** Antennis clavà integra, inflata.” The genus Cera- pterus, however, remained unnoticed by entomologists until Donovan pointed out its affinity with Paussus in his work upon the Insects of New Holland; and Latreille, profiting by his observations, formed the two genera into a distinct family in the Genera Crustaceorum §c. vol, iii. p. 1, and Considerations Géné- l | rales a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 609 rales §c. p. 225, under the name of Paussili, and which he placed between the Bostrichide and the Ciside. This family name was altered in the Edinburgh Encyclopedia by Dr. Leach to Paussides. In the Règne Animal, the two genera considered a subgenera together form the second genus of the first section of the Xylophages between the Scolytide and the Bostrichide. And in the Analecta Entomologica, Dalman proposed to establish the species, previously named by him Paussus Bucephalus, into a distinct genus named Hylotorus. To these three genera I have now the pleasure of adding several others ; and the following may be regarded as the prin- cipal typical characters of the family. Ordo. COLEOPTERA. Sectio. Penramera? Latr. (CuriroropnowonPua? MacLeay.) Stirps. NrzcnornacaA? MacLeay. . Familia. Paussipa mihi Pavssirr. Latr., $c. PAvssipzrs. Leach, Edin. Encycl. ee ee Genus typicum. Pavssus. Linn. Familie Character typicus. Corpus oblongo-quadratum, subdepressum, antice subacumi- natum. Caput parvum, subtriangulari-globosum, poris collo in- structum. [OP ANTENN® permagne, crasse, articulis 2—10 pls ilis depressae (pro magnitudine insectorum). — Parr magni, coriacei, exserti, inequales. LABIUM magnum, coriaceum, planum. Tuonax Eis minüsve bipartitus. ErvrRA postice quadrata. - kia i 412 Pepes 610 Mr. J. O. Wxzsrwoon on the Pausside, Pepes subzquales, breves, compressi. Tarsi breves, articulis integris, articulo basali minuto, subtüs producto. ABDOMEN thorace multó majus et elytris longius. Insecta exotica, parva, duriuscula, longitudine 2—54 lin. Of the Aabits of the family we possess but little information, and that only upon two species of Paussus, which will be found noticed under that genus: it is, however, probable that the other genera are similar in their habits, and that in their pre- paratory states their habitat is either under the bark of trees or in timber. They are steady and slow in their movements, and nocturnal in their habits, and in their perfect state are met with in newly-built houses. "The species, however, must be of considerable rarity, since many of our richest cabinets do not even possess an individual of the family. With respect to the geographical distribution of the family it may be remarked, that they appear to inhabit the Old World exclusively, and that the tropical and southern portions of Africa and the East Indies and Indian islands, are their peculiar range. Cerapterus MacLeaii is, however, described by Donovan as an inhabitant of New Holland. | | From the singularity in the structure of these insects, it is difficult to speak of their affinities with precision. With respect to their relationship with Cerocoma, in which genus they were originally placed by Fabricius, there is, as Afzelius correctly conceived, no affinity, and indeed but little analogy beyond the singularity in the antenne. Afzelius, indeed, supposed that they approached nearest to Clerus, bearing to it, as he observes, at least upon the whole, so much natural resemblance, that their most proper place in the systematic arrangement will be next after that genus. It is to be wished, however, that this author had more precisely stated the points in which he sup- . posed a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 611 posed this natural resemblance to consist, since I can scarcely - conceive that these insects are more nearly allied to Clerus than they are to Cerocoma. Swederus was equally distant from their true aflinities, when he considered Cerapterus as intermediate between Silpha and Hispa; but the legitimate study of affinities was in the days of these authors in its infancy. Latreille, in the Histoire Naturelle &c. vol. xi. p. 206. “profitant de quelques rapports naturels qu'ont ces insectes avec les Scolites, les Bostriches, les Cis," adds, ** J'avois soupconné qu'on devoit réunir les uns et les autres dans une méme famille. De nouvelles considerations ont confirmé ce sentiment, et malgré que les or- ganes de la manducation des Pausses diffèrent de ceux des Sco- lites, on voit cépendant qu'il y a entre eux une grande aflinité." He accordingly places Paussus immediately between the Cur- culionide and the genus Scolytus (a location by no means tena- ble), forming the genera Paussus, Scolytus (including the modern groups Scolytus, Tomicus, Hylesinus and Hylurgus), Platypus and Phioiotribus, into the family Scoriratres; the genera Bostri- chus, Cis and Cerylon, into that of BosrR1cuiNr ; and the genera Colydium, Nemosoma, Bitoma, Lyctus, Latridius, Silvanus, Trogo- sita, Meryx and Mycetophagus, into the family XyLopuacr. In the Genera Crustacearum &c. the family Paussili was established and placed between the Scolitaires and the Xylophagi; which latter family was made to include the Bostrichini as well as the genera of which it was previously composed. In the Considera- tions Générales the Pausside were properly still further removed from the Scolitaires, being placed between the Bostrichini (in- cluding both the Scolitaires and the Bostrichini) and the Xylo- phagi of the Histoire Naturelle. In the Règne Animal, Familles Naturelles, and 2nd edition of the Régne Animal, all these genera and families are formed into one great family group, under the name of Xylophagi, by which Latreille endeavours, but as it appears 612 Mr. J. O. Westwoop on the Pausside, appears to me unsuccessfully, to establish the passage from the weevils to the capricorn beetles. In the first and last of these works the Pausside are placed between the Scolitaires and Bos- lrichini; and in the second, between the Bostrichini and the Tro- gositarii. When we consider the very discordant structure of the insects composing these families,——of which Mr. MacLeay has well observed in the Annulosa Javanica,that they at present form a most artificial assemblage, —it cannot be a matter of surprise that the situation of the Pausside should have been subject to such continued change. It cannot, however, be denied, that it is one of the most difficult, although most interesting tasks of the natu- ralist, and one in which (from the great number of links which remain to be discovered,) the greatest caution is requisite to trace the affinities of such anomalous animals as these, espe- cially when they have been employed to effect the transition between extensive groups of very distinct structure. —. ei Of the impropriety of Latreille's location of the majority of the insects composing these various families between the Curcu- lionide and Cerambycide, and upon their decided affinities with many of the Necrophaga of MacLeay, especially the Eugide, I shall refer the student to the various remarks of that author upon the genera of the latter family in the Annulosa Javanica.. 'T'o him the praise is due for pointing out these affinities, which Latreille himself appears willing to admit in the new edition of the Règne Animal, vol. v. p. 89. n. 4, where, speaking of the joints of the tarsi of his family Xylophagi, comprising all these subfamilies, he says: ** Leur nombre parait étre de cinq dans quelques. Ces insectes semblent se lier avec les Cryptophages et autres in- sectes analogues de la section des Pentaméres." The student may also consult with advantage Curtis's Bri- tish Entomology, genera Cryptophagus, Mycetophagus, Tetra- toma, Ciconis, and Bitoma. I cannot, however, here omit. to | remark, m—À Á x . The genus Bostrichus Geoffroy (Apate Fabr.) is the typical form of this family. a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 613 remark, with some degree of astonishment, that after the ob- servations of Mr. MacLeay in the Annulosa Javanica above referred to, Mr. Curtis should have stated, that ** we cannot help expressing some surprise, that out of the many systems that have been proposed, none should have released Myceto- phagus from its present unnatural situation, viz. from the Xylo- phagi or Trogositarii of Latreille." "The Systematic Catalogue, and Illustrations of British Entomology, of Mr. Stephens may also be consulted, in which the first attempt has been made to arrange these various genera in accordance with Mr. MacLeay’s views, although it may perhaps be considered that this arrange- ment has been made upon general considerations rather than upon strict analytical examination and dissection.. It should, however, be constantly borne in mind, that the characters pre- sented by the larve of these various genera will tend in a great degree to establish their affinities upon a sure foundation, and it is greatly to be regretted that so little is recorded concerning them: hence arises the absolute necessity of attentively study- ing and minutely recording the peculiarities of these preparatory states whenever opportunity presents itself. | Taking, therefore, the preceding observations into considera- tion, it is evident that in these groups Nature appears to have disregarded all decided regularity in the number of the joints of the tarsi; and hence, if the majority of Latreille's Xylophagi should be removed,—as it appears to me they ought to be,—to a situation in the stirps Necrophaga, the Pausside must also accompany them, notwithstanding the absence of the terminal clavation of the antennz; but between the Pausside and the true Scolytide (which are certainly most intimately allied to the Cur- culionide,) or the Bostrichide* (compare Mr. Curtis's Dissections * I exclude from this family (as Latreille indeed has done in some of his earlier works) the genus Cis, which has also, in my opinion, no immediate affinity with Mycetophagus, of 614 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, of Scolytus, Cossonus, and other curculionideous genera), I do not think that any natural affinity exists, either regarding struc- ture or habits: neither do I consider that any material affinity exists between them and the Mycetophagide*. On the other hand, in general appearance, in the consistency of their external structure, and probably also in their natural habits, they make the nearest approach to the Trogositarii* : but the trophi are very dis- similar, and the antenne of Pentaplatarthrus and Cerapterus pre- sent no appearance of a terminal clava ; which clearly shows the great hiatus existing between these insects and the Trogositarii, and appears to point the way to the Cucujide (the remaining family placed by Latreille between the Curculionide and the Cerambycide), and which may perhaps hence be considered as having the greatest affinity with the Pausside, particularly when we also notice the depressed bodies, the formation of the antennz, and * The genera composing the section Mycetophagés, as restricted by Latreille in the new edition of the Règne Animal, (with the exception of Colydium, which is placed alone in a distinct subdivision,) appear to agree more nearly in natural affinity than those of which the section is composed in any of his previous works, at least so far as I am able to judge from the genera which I have dissected :—they are Mycetophagus, Triphyllus, Meryz, Dasycerus, Latridius, and Silvanus. The situation of the last appears to me, however, doubtful. Mr. Curtis has also proved the intimate affinity between Tetratoma and Mycetophagus. T This family appears to me to be capable of demarcation, from the general appear- ance of the species, and from the structure of their trophi, especially the lower lip ;— in my opinion, founded upon the formation of the latter organs in many of these in- sects which I have dissected, it naturally includes the genera Trogosita, Megagnathus, Cerylon, Rhyzophagus, Nemosoma, Colydium, Monotoma, Bitoma, Cicones, Synchita, and probably Lyctus. To these groups must also be added the pentamerous genus Ips, which has recently been ably illustrated by Mr. Curtis, who however, taking Latreille for his guide, has placed the genus in the family Nitidulide, and merely stated the chief differences existing between it and Nitidula, thus evidently regarded as the genus most nearly allied to Ips. It is impossible, however, on examining the Ips ferrugineus, (which Mr. Curtis has considered the type of the genus,) not to be struck with its resemblance to some of the preceding genera, such as Cerylon, Nemosoma, &c., which T resemblance ML ons a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 615 and especially the pentamerous tarsi in many of the genera of that family ; such as Catogenus, Clinidium, Rhysodes, &c.; upon which point I further beg leave to refer the student to my paper **On the Aflinities of Clinidium," inserted in the 18th Number of the Zoological Journal. - The following is a Synoptical view of the T" belonging to the family, and subsequently described. K E Caput (ocellis duabus) thorace immersum..3. Hylotorus. í , f Palpi labiales articulo 2. P. Elytra subqua- rry kem cue iere ultimo elongato . . } fefc diata; palpilg-4 P/erueuame. nus) coto N Palpi labiales articulis - biales Lars murium. snes vv vi, Viu } $ Pietriepeine Antenne quasi 10-articulate ......... s.m so aiel; 5, Cerapterus. L Antenne quasi 6-articulate...... een n n tees 1, Pentaplatarthrus. ‘(Elytra subovata; palpi labiales brevissimi . .............. ses. 6. Trochoideus. . It will at once be perceived, that the characters laid down above tend, in some respects, to give us only an artificial result ; resemblance is fully confirmed by the similarity in the structure of the trophi, although the tarsi (according to the tarsal system) would remove the genera far asunder. Since the preceding observations were written, Mr. Curtis with his usual ability has illustrated the genus Nemosoma : but in bis observations upon its affinities, by again implicitly following Latreille as his guide, he has remarked, ** Nemosoma is placed by Latreille between Cis and Cerylon, and there can be no doubt that it belongs to the Bostricide ; but never having had an opportunity of examining this rare insect until now, I have arranged it in my Guide between Bitoma and Rhyzophagus, but its natural situation will be near Cis and Apate.”—Now I do not hesitate to state, that the rela- tionship of this genus with Cis or Apate is of the most remote and unnatural kind, whilst its affinity with Ips, Cerylon, Rhyzophagus, &c. is perfectly evident from Mr. Curtis's own delineations of several of these and allied genera, especially in the structure of the maxillae; and I am convinced that no one on comparing them together and with Sturm's dissections of Trogosita, and my own of Temnoscheila (Zool. Journ. no. 18.), can pos- sibly adopt Mr. Curtis’s views, or will doubt that Trogosita i is the type of a group of genera including: those above mentioned. But it is not in the perfect insect alone that we are to search for correct ideas of the affinities of the Coleoptera. The larve, as I have before stated, afford the most important clues to their discovery; and Mr. Curtis will be surprised to learn that Nemosoma is chilopodiform ; Cis cbionn eee lez- apod, forked-tailed ; and Scolytus an apod-larva. VOL. XVI. Ak indeed 616 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, indeed it does not appear to me (on comparing the charac- ters of the different genera and the observations upon their respective affinities subsequently detailed,) that a natural linear or circular disposition can at present be traced in the few genera composing the family. Thus if we look to the variation in the number of joints in the antennz, we shall find Trochoi- deus intervening between Paussus and Pentaplatarthrus, and the latter between Platyrhopalus and Cerapterus. . Again, if we re- gard the form of the antenne, we shall find the resemblance between Hylotorus and Paussus pilicornis Don., sufficient to separate Paussus from Pentaplatarthrus. Again, as the genera are numerically arranged above, the genus Hylotorus unnatu- rally separates the true Paussi with a continuous thorax from the Platyrhopali. If, also, we attempt to form a tabular ar- rangement of the genera from the structure of the trophi,— which, according to the Table given by Mr. MacLeay in the first part of the Hore Entomologice, are the organs susceptible of the least variation, and which consequently are of the first impor- tance in regulating the distribution of genera,— I fear that the result will not be more satisfactory : indeed, in some of the genera we are not acquainted with the structure of these organs. It appears, however, sufficiently natural to commence the series with Pentaplatarthrus, and to proceed thence to the true Paussi with a bipartite thorax ; thence, by means of P. sphero- cerus, to those with the thorax continuous, and to the Platyrho- pali, which evidently lead to the Cerapteri Genus 1. PzrzNwTAPLATARTHRUS* mihi. Type of the Genus, P. paussoides mihi. ' Corpus subdepressum ; capite parvo ; thorace majori ; abdomine bad Lives, quinque; maris, platus; dpSpov, articulus ;—in allusion to the formation of the antenne, latiore a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 617 latiore et corporis longitudinis dimidio paulld longiore. Caput thorace angustius, depressum, subquadratum, facie subtransversà, postice collo brevi instructum. Oculi me- diocres, laterales, ovales. Antenne ad marginem anticum capitis, inter oculorum partem superiorem inserte, capite cum thorace paulló longiores, quasi 6-articulate ; articulo Imo cylindrico, brevi, postice subemarginato, tunc articu- lus? parvus, subglobosus, in apicem prioris insertus, cui in- sidet articulus 2dus verus, brevis, transversus, subpunctatus, 1mo feré dupló latior, planus, apice truncato ; articuli 3, 4, et 5, longitudine primi at illo feré tripló latiores, plani, transversi; articulus ultimus planus, paulló major, apice circulari, margineque externo vel postico in angulum par- vum producto. Os inferum. Labrum crustaceum, parvum, subtriangulare margine antico rotundato, basi utrinque oblique truncato. Mandibule parve sub labro occurrentes et eo longitudine equantes, cornez, elongate, curvate, basi latiores, lobo basali externo, et interne excisione mi- nutá, apice acute, externe angulum formantes. Palpi, Maaille, Labiumque ex oris cavitatis margine infero et transverso parallelo prodeuntia; palpi longi; labiales cla- vati, maxillares longitudine equantes, porrecti. Mazille parv: subconicz, lobo magno apicali feré quadrato, supra externe subhirto, facie internà coriaceá ultra mandibulas protensi. Palpi mazillares longi, crassi, cylindrici, arti- culis 4 crassitie zequalibus, articulis 1mo 3tioque brevi- bus, 2do 4toque longioribus, hoc apice acutiori vel cy- lindrico-conico. Mentum transversum, rigidum, angulis anticis paulló productis. Labium internum, mentoque longius et angustius subtriangulare apice transverso. Palpi labiales in scapos vel lobos duos corneos inter mentum la- biumque inserti, articulis tribus, 1mo brevi, 2ndo illo du- 4x2 pló 618 Mr. J. O. Westwoop on the Pausside, pló longiori apice paulló crassiori, 3tioque magno, clavato, apice obliqué subtruncato. Thorax subquadratus et sub- cylindricus, antice latior, abdomine angustior. Scutellum parvum, trigonum, pedunculo abdominis immersum. Meso- stethium magnum, transversum, medio linea longitudinali etiam lineá transversá, margine postico parallelâ, impres- sum. Elytra elongato-quadrata, levia, dorso plana, ad latera deflexa, immarginata, postice truncata. Ale due. Core postice, transverse, apice majores. Abdomen in spe- cimine viso mutilatum. Pedes omnes similes, breves, valdé compressi, lati. Tibie omnes spina minutissimá terminali interne instructe. Tarsi breves, subcylindrici, articulis 5 integris, articulo 1mo brevissimo, tribus proximis brevibus eequalibus subtüs paulló villosis, articulo ultimo longitudine quatuor precedentium, cylindrico, apice paulló erassiori, unguibus duobus validiusculis, acutis, simplicibus. The characters of this genus are perhaps as interesting as any hitherto presented to the entomologist. ‘The various parts of the mouth, especially the development of the palpi and their basal scapes, and the internal labium, are worthy of notice, as is also the insertion and structure of the antenne. Between the upper part of the eyes there are two slightly raised tuber- cles, the centres of which appear excavated for the reception of a circular ball, probably capable of a rotatory motion, upon the . upper or exposed surface of which the lower part of the basal joint of the antenne is inserted. In general appearance and in the formation of the thorax, this genus resembles the first section of Paussus; whilst the formation of the antennz would lead towards Cerapterus. ‘There are four joints more in its antennz than in Paussus; while Cerapterus exceeds it by four joints more. In the incrassation of the labial palpi it approaches Cerapterus ; a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 619 Cerapterus; whilst the formation of the mentum and labium, and the insertion of the labial palpi vary very materially from the structure of Paussus. The only species with which I am acquainted being unde- scribed, I have (in consequence of its general appearance agree- ing with the typical species of Paussus) given it the name of PENTAPLATARTHRUS PAUSSOIDES mihi. (Tas. nostr. Fig.1—14.) P. totus rufo-piceus, thoracis angulis anticis utrinque in spinam obtusam productis, et in medio antice subcucullato, dorso centrali profundé excavato. Habitat in Africa? Long. corp. (antennis exclusis) lin. 31.— Lat. corp. (ad basin elytrorum) lin. 1+. Specimen unicum in Mus. Dom. T. W. Edwards, Soc. Linn. Sodal. &c. conservatum, et mihi benevole delineari descri- bique communicatum. | Nova species. Caput parvum, transversum, punctatum, piceum vertice paulló excavato. Antenne rufo-picez, articulo Imo punctato, 2do subpunctato, articulis reliquis lævis- simis. Thorax levis, nitidus, rufo-piceus, angulis anticis utrinque in spinam brevem obtusam productis, antice sub- cucullatus, disco centrali profunde excavato (sc. in medio elevatione magná, anticé rotundata, posticeque emarginata, culmen formante ad thoracis latera ductum), indé carina longitudinali ad marginem posticum, et utrinque linea elevata cum margine laterali parallela. Elytra rufo-picea, nitida, tenuissimé punctata, punctis ad suturam in lineas obscuras perpaucas dispositis. Subtus. Corpus et pedes picea. Unique in the cabinet of T. W. Edwards, Esq. F.L.S. &c., who, 620 Mr. J.O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, who, with a liberality as disinterested as rare, permitted me not only to examine, describe and figure, but also to relax his spe- cimen, thereby enabling me to render my paper more complete by adding figures of its various characters, especially of the trophi, which from their size I was able to effect with facility, and which, together with the other dissections figured by me, are the first representations which have been given in detail of those most valuable organs in the family. Of its locality that gentleman can give me no further information than that it came into his possession in a large box containing chiefly African in- sects. Genus 2. Pavssus. Linn., Fabr., Latr., $c. Pausus. Thunb., Afz., 4c. Type of the Genus P. microcephalus Linn. It is not my intention to detail the characters of this genus, the Transactions of this Society being already enriched with the elaborate details given by Afzelius. I however insert the cibarian characters, in consequence of the confusion existing in the writings of Afzelius and Latreille upon their nomenclature and formation. A considerable portion of the following cha- racters is indeed derived from their researches, but those of the lower lip and its appendages are the result of my own dis- sections. Corpus subdepressum. Caput mediocre, thorace angustius, pos- tice collo brevi instructum. Antenne magne, articulo 1mo minori, crasso, cylindrico-ovato, apice obliqué emarginato, tunc articulus ? parvus, subglobosus, emarginaturz prioris immersus, cui insidet articulus ultimus maximus sæpiùs ir- regulariter obtrigonus, compressus vel subdepressus, angulo infero et externo interdum uncinato. Labrum subcoria- ceum, parvum, transversum, angulis anticis rotundatis. Mandibule Cn ee ee a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 621 Mandibule cornez, parve, elongate, dimidio basali stipi- tali latiori, compresso, subelongato quadrato ad latus inter- num membranaceo producto; dimidio apicali in dentem sublunato-trigonum, acutum, formato. Maaille stipite crustaceo, processu terminali corneo, compresso, plano, mandibuliformi, subquadrato in dentem arcuatum brevem acutum desinente, externé subciliato, latere interno sub eodem apice obtuse uni- vel bi-dentato. Palpi maaillares magni, exserti, porrecti, labialibus e tertid parte longiores ad originem antennarum usque producti, maxillarum stipiti basin externam versus inserti; articulis 4, basilari parvo, tu- berculiformi; 2do maximo, compresso, subquadrato ; Stio valdé angustiore, tripló breviore, subcylindrico ; ultimo 3tio pauló minori, cylindrico-conico (ces deux palpes se rapprochent à leur extrémité supérieure, et forment une sorte d'arcade à la lèvre inférieure. Latr.). Mentum rect- angulari-triangulariforme (hypothenusá antice transversá, sc. inter oculos ductá) lateribus obliquis capite coalitis, nec basi articulatum, medio convexé subelevatum, et margine antico in medio paullulum producto; angulisque anticis late- ralibus (basi exarticulatis) porrectis, compressis, in dentem subacutum productis. Labium, os inferum claudens, palpis labialibus brevius, subquadratum, corneum, subplanum, vel medio longitrorsum subcarinatum, margine antico integrum (ut in P. spharocero, vid. Afz. Linn. Trans. iv. 252.), vel carin: apice in dentem parvum centralem producto (ut in P. microcephala, vid. Afz. loc. cit.) intàs subconcavum e marginibus ejus anticis lateralibusque intüs conniventibus. Palpi labiales maxillaribus breviores, ad ortum subconati inter mentum et labii basin inserti labiique faciem anticam velantes et marginem illius superum ultrà progressi, in- terdum reflexi, 3-articulati, articulis 2dis inferis brevissi- mis 622 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, mis (priori pauló majori, globoso); ultimo magno, longè ovato, aut cylindrico-subnlato, apice acuto. Thorax sub- cylindricus, pauló longior quàm latior, antice plerumque dilatatus, parte elevaté anticá plùs minüsve articuliformi. Elytra posticé truncata. The characters given above will at once separate the species of the genus from their immediate affinities, the palpi mate- rially assisting in tracing the boundaries of the genus. It will be observed that Afzelius (who, notwithstanding his admitted inability satisfactorily to examine the trophi of the genus, has given their characters drawn from an external com- parison of P. microcephalus and spherocerus,) has, as might have been expected, fallen into several errors, chiefly regarding the nomenclature of the different parts :—thus his palpi interiores are the labial palpi; his palpi exteriores, the anterior produced lateral lobes of the mentum; his mandibule, the maxillary palpi; his* maz- ille are the mandibles ; and his gula triangularis is the mentum. This author, however, most properly considered the flat plate- like part which closes the underside of the mouth, as the lower lip (labium); and (with the exception of the anterior lateral lobes of the mentum being incorrectly articulated, to represent palpi, as they were considered ; and the maxillary palpi being repre- sented as without joints, being regarded as the mandibles,) his figures of the underside of the heads of both species correctly exhibit the general structure of the various parts of the mouth as seen externally. Latreille, however, both in the Histoire Naturelle and Genera Crustaceorum, $c. appears to have regarded the organs, which Afzelius described as the external palpi, and which I have de- * [t must be borne in mind that Afzelius is not blameable for this variation of nomenclature, since it was in accordance with that of Fabricius, adopted by him.— See Kirby and Spence, vol. iii. p. 429. scribed "n Mu Lu c E eae —————— A" a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 623 scribed as the produced lateral angles of the mentum, as part of the labium, expressly stating in the latter work that there is no mentum. His description of the lower lip in the former work is as follows: “Cette dernière piece” (the **lévre inférieure") “est petite, cornée, presque carrée, un peu voutée, tridentée au bord supérieur, dont le milieu est un peu plus élevé; les dents laté- rales sont formées par les saillies des angles latéraux ; le milieu de la face antérieure de cette lévre est en caréne et se prolonge en pointe au sommet, d'ou résulte la dent intermédiaire." I shall, however, endeavour to prove that there is a mentum, and that these ** dents latérales" are in fact the produced angles of that organ, and that they are perfectly distinct from the labium. For this purpose it is necessary for me to state, that these pro- duced angles or **saillies" are not articulated at the base, but merely produced portions of the gula triangularis of Afzelius : indeed that author expressly says, that these parts seem to have neither joints nor motion, and to be of a very different structure and substance from the true palpi labiales: hence, therefore, they cannot be considered as parts of the labium, which, typi- cally regarded, is a distinct organ arising below the insertion of the palpi; and consequently the supposition of Latreille, that these spines are **formóes par les saillies des angles latéraux" of the labium, must be considered as incorrect. It may indeed per- haps be contended that these produced lateral spines are repre- - sentatives of the produced undersides of the head or under- cheeks particularly developed, as in Catogenus, Passandra, Me- gagnathus, 4c. and consequently, that they do not form part of the mentum, which must either be sought for in the more advanced or in the internal parts of the mouth, or must be, as Latreille states, wanting. I am induced, however, from the abhorrence which Nature entertains of such anomalies,—not- withstanding the absence of any articulation at the sides or VOL. XVI. 4L base } 624 Mr. J. O. Westwoop on the Pausside, base of the part which Afzelius terms the gula triangularis,—to consider that part, which Latreile has not noticed, as the representative of the mentum, and consequently, the ** dents latérales" of Latreille, or the external palpi of Afzelius, as the produced anterior angles of the mentum ; 1st, from the evident analogy between it and the mentum of Pentaplatarthrus and Platyrhopalus; 2ndly, because Latreille himself has shown that the mentum is not always articulated at the base, as in Siagona, which he describes in the Genera Crustaceorum, 4c. vol. iv. p. 208. as *'suturá nulla basilari et processu paginz infere capitis efformatum ;" 3rdly, because the labial palpi arise between it and the true lip, which appears to be the true typical structure of the Coleoptera; and 4thly, because the maxille arise at the outer sides of the produced spines and within the mouth ; in which respect this formation also agrees with the typical structure of the Coleoptera, where the base of the maxillae arises at the outer sides of the mentum; whereas in Catogenus, Passandra, Megagnathus, &c. the maxille arise within or between the produced lobes or spines. As to the ** dent intermédiaire" of the labium mentioned by Latreille, it appears from the observations of Afzelius, that it is not a constant generic character; its examination, however, in the various species is rendered more difficult in consequence of the peculiar arched formation of the maxillary palpi described by Latreille as above. The labial palpi are generally bent backwards, although, as may be observed from Afzelius's figures, they are occasionally stretched forward ; in which latter case they fill up the space formed by the arch of the maxillary palpi, and almost entirely conceal the lip. The paucity of joints in the antenne, and their comparatively immense size, are circumstances well worthy the attention of the Se Radar. c o s uns a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 625 the philosophical entomologist; and if observation were par- ticularly paid to the peculiar uses which the living insects make of them, it is not to be doubted that some light would be thrown upon the dubious nature of the general uses and senses of those organs. Latreille indeed says in the Nouveau Dict. d' Hist. Nat. vol. xxv. p. 57, **l'on soupconne que quelques espéces se tien- nent suspendues au moyen des dents ou des rochets du dernier article de leurs antennes." "This circumstance, however, appears to me to be extremely improbable. In describing the antenne of the species known to him, Fa- bricius, in order to state their peculiar structure, employed the term *'irregulares," upon which Afzelius has commented in his paper, considering that, as it must convey the idea of the clava being of a shape either not always uniform or deviating from the ordinary rules of Nature, its employment is improper, since he states neither of these circumstances to be the case. That the antennz of the Paussi materially differ from the ordinary structure of these organs, no one will be inclined to question ; although it cannot be admitted that Nature has here deviated from her ordinary rule of introducing variations in the charac- ters of her groups. "The term has, however, another definition, which the Professor has overlooked, which will convey a per- fect idea of their formation; namely, by translating the word, *uneven', or * with the surface irregular': this I doubt not is the sense in which it was employed by Fabricius. With rega; to the very interesting observations of Afzelius upon the luminosity of the second joint of the antennæ of P. spherocerus, I am under the necessity of stating the doubts which I entertain upon the existence of so extraordinary a cir- cumstance. Might not the light reflected from the wall, falling upon the semipellucid livid-coloured balls of the antennz, give them the appearance described, with expressions of doubt, by 4r2 Afzelius ? 626 Mr. J. O. Westwoop on the Paussidea, Afzelius? Without, however, venturing to question the correct- ness of his observations, I beg to be permitted to throw out this remark as a not unnatural cause of the appearance. Or may not the appearance be accounted for (regard being had to the globular and subpellucid structure of the clava,) precisely in the same manner as the light emitted by the shining moss mentioned in Loudon's Magazine of Natural History, No. xv. p. 463. (published since the preceding observations were written); where Mr. Bowman in explaining its cause observes: **A person ac- quainted with the laws of optics as exhibited in lenses, would, on examining its (the moss's) structure of innumerable perfect globules filled with a highly pellucid green fluid, have pro- nounced, à priori, that they would condense the rays of light, and appear luminous to an eye placed in the angle of incidence ; and the fact, that it is always most brilliant either in the cave, or in a room with only a single window, when the face is turned from the light, illustrates the theory in a singular manner." Of the ** differentize sexuales" of the family I am only.able to state, that according to Afzelius, the female of P. spherocerus differs chiefly from the male in having the labial palpi rather narrower, the produced lobes of the mentum glaucous, the max- illary palpi shorter, with the second joint narrower, the abdomen longer, and the posterior femora slenderer. | . Of the habits of the species we know but little. Latreille, in the Histoire Naturelle, states, ** Les Pausses doivent vivre dans les bois."—I need not occupy the valuable time of the Society with repeating the account given by Afzelius of the habits of P.spherocerus; and shall therefore merely add, that Dr. Hors- field has informed me that Mr. Arnold captured a species in Java under precisely similar circumstances. M. Dupont of Paris has also informed me, (subsequent to the commencement of the reading of this paper,) that the species | which a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 627 which I have subsequently introduced from his splendid collec- tion under the name of P. excavatus, was observed by his corre- spondent at Senegal, by whom the insect was captured, to make several repeated discharges of smoke, accompanied by a slight noise similar to that produced by the Bombadier Beetle (Brachi- nus), whence M. Dupont named it P. crepitans. I cannot, how- ever, help imagining that some mistake must have arisen with respect to this peculiarity. Afzelius, who captured several spe- cimens of the genus, has recorded nothing of the kind, and it may reasonably be doubted whether the internal structure of M. Du- pont's insect would so far differ from that of the other species as to enable it to produce these repeated discharges. Having con- sulted M. Latreile upon the subject, whose opinion corre- sponds with my own, I have not hesitated to propose another specific name for the insect in question in lieu of that proposed by the possessor of the specimen, which, but for the circum- stances stated above, I should with pleasure have adopted. The following observations comprise the details most worthy of notice regarding the history of this singular genus, upon which but few authors have treated. The genus was established under the name Paussus in the last entomological dissertation of the Academy of Upsal, under the presidency of Linnzus, the title whereof is ** Dig: Insectorum quas Preside DD. Car. v. Linne proposuit Andreas Dahl, Westragothus, Upsaliz 1775.” The only species described and figured was P. microcephalus, | which Linnzus had received in a collection of North American and African insects from Dr. Fothergill of London. In 1781, Thunberg described in the Swedish Transactions two new spe- cies of the genus discovered by himself in South Africa in the year 1772 (and which he had previously considered as forming a new genus), under the names Pausus lineatus and P. ruber, the former of which alone was indifferently figured. Fabricius in the 628 Mr. J. O. Westwoop on the Pausside, the Entomologia Systematica 1792, deviating from his general plan of adopting well-defined genera established by other au- thors, inserted the P. microcephalus of Linnzeus and the P. linea- tus alone of Thunberg in his genus Cerocoma, observing upon the former species, **ad ulteriorem examinationem hic insero insectum singulare, proprium genus uti videtur constituens, mihi haud rité notum." To these two species a third was added, named ruficollis. Afzelius is the next author who has treated upon the genus, and whose elaborate paper in the 4th volume of the Transactions of the Linnean Society, published in 1798, deserves the study of every naturalist. Leaving no part of his available materials to be elucidated by future ento- mologists, his remarks (from the advantages which, as a prac- tical collector, as one of the pupils of Linnæus, and as a pro- found naturalist, he possessed,) are entitled to the greatest con- sideration. ‘This author deemed it proper, with Thunberg, to alter the generic name Paussus into Pausus, in consequence of Linneus’s supposed derivation of the name from ** Pausa," and in which respect he has been followed by many entomologists. - Latreille and Fabricius, however, preserved (with great pro- priety according to my views of entomological nomenclature) the name as originally spelt by Linnzus. In addition to the very extended generic characters, to numerous interesting obser- vations upon its affinities, &c., as well as to the more detailed specific description of the Linnean species, he added the de- scription of a new species, which he named spherocerus, refer- ring also to the lineatus and ruber of Thunberg, and the ruficollis of Fabricius,—making together five species. Donovan, in his splendid Natural History of the Insects of India, described and figured not less than four new species belonging to the family, and placed by him in this genus; namely, Paussus denticornis Don. (Platyrhopalus denticornis mihi); nad g peal m a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 629 mihi); P.thoracicus Don.; P. Fichtelii Don.; and P. pilicornis Don. ; the second and third of which he conjectures may pro- bably be the sexes of the same species. In the Systema Eleu- theratorum 1801, Fabricius adopted the genus Paussus with this remark : ** Novum genus et distinctum, at mihi haud rité exa- minatum, nec mihi satisfacit character genericus a D. Afzelio, in A. S. Linn. datus, sed e novo conficiendus.” The species in- serted in this work in the genus are the microcephalus, lineatus, and ruficollis, with the addition of another insect named P. fla- vicornis, of which he says, ** Animalculum singulare vix hujus generis;" which, in fact, does not belong to the family, and which I have formed into the genus Megadius, described below. Latreille having received three species of the genus from Mr. MacLeay, (one of which he submitted to dissection for the pur- pose of giving a more detailed account of the formation of the trophi than had been given by Afzelius,) published the result of his observations in the Histoire Générale, &c. vol. xi., giving only the four species recorded in the Systema Eleutheratorum, with the same remark upon the P. flavicornis. In the Genera Crustaceorum, &c. vol.iii. p. 1., he again detailed the characters of the genus, giving as the type the microcephalus, and adding a description of Donovan's P. thoracicus, under the name of tri- gonicornis. Schönherr in the Synonymia Insectorum, vol. i. part 3. gives the following list of ten species belonging to the genus, as at that time constituted, (including two new species, but omitting those described by Donovan, except the P. thoracicus, which it is evident he was only acquainted with through Latreille's syno- nymical reference in the Genera Crustaceorum, &c.) ; 1. P.micro- cephalus Linn. ; 2. spherocerus Afz. ; 3. lineatus Thunb. ; 4. tri- gonicornis Latr. (thoracicus Don.) ; 5. denticornis (a new species described under this name by Gyllenhal in the Appendix to the 630 Mr. J. O. WrsTwoop on the Pausside, the volume, but distinct from Donovan's denticornis) ; 6. ruber Thunb.; 7. Bucephalus (a new species, also described in the Appendix by Gyllenhal); 8. ruficollis Fabr. ; 9. flavicornis Fabr. (without the expression of any doubt as to its belonging to this genus); and 10. the Hispa bihamata of Linnzus, with the re- mark, *An hujus generis?” Dalman in the Analecta Entomo- logica has published some observations upon the propriety of forming the Bucephalus into a new genus under the name of Hylotorus, and upon the affinities of the P. flavicornis Fabr. : and the same author, in a very interesting paper in the Swedish Transactions for 1825, upon insects found in the gum copal, has described an insect under the name of Paussus cruciatus, which, although evidently belonging to the family, materially recedes from the genuine Paussi, and which I have consequently considered as the type of the genus Trochoideus subsequently described. | The above are, I believe, the only works in which any mate- rial original matter has been published upon these insects ; and I cannot, therefore, but rejoice at being enabled to increase the lists given by Schonherr and Donovan by the addition of several other undescribed species. The species vary most materially from each other in the formation of the terminal joint of the antenne: these parts therefore, together with the size and colour of the insects, may be considered as affording the chief specific characters. The thorax may be employed for the purpose of dividing the species into two sections; viz. those in which it is more distinctly bi- partite with the margins produced into an angular spine on each side in front, and those with the thorax almost continuous, the anterior part being only separated from the posterior by a slight impression, with the lateral margins rounded in front. The P. spherocerus appears to unite the two sections. Sectio a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 631 Sectio I. Thorax quasi bipartitus. Species 1. Paussus MwicRocEPHALUs. Linn. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 21. P. obscuré niger, vel nigricanti-brunneus, elytris magis piceis, vel rufo-piceis, capite mutico, antennarum clavá per- magna, oblongo-sph:eroidzá, ineequaliter elevata, ad basin subelongaté pedunculata, latere externo quadri-tuberculato, infra in uncum obtusum unidentatum producto, thorace in medio profundé excavato, parte anticá strangulo distincto, valdé et transversé elevatá, illius margine supero acuto, tibiis linearibus, posticis pauló latioribus, apice subangus- tioribus. | | Paussus microcephalus. Linn. (Dahl. Diss. Acad. Bige Ins.) p. 6. tab. ann. f.6—10. Thunberg. Act. Suec. 1781. 170. 1. Fuess. Arch. Ins. Plag. iii. p. 1. sq. ; ed. Gall. p. 42. t. 13. Afzelius, Act. Soc. Linn. vol. iv. p. 263. t. 22. f. 1—5. Herbst. Coll. iv. p. 100. t. 39. f. 6. a, b. Gmel. Syst. Nat. vol. i. p. 4. p. 1737—1. Fab. Syst. Eleuth. ii. p. 75. 1. Weidem. Arch. 1.9. p. 997. 1. Latr. Hist. Nat. $c. t. 11. p. 208. Latr. Gen. Crust. §c. t. 3. p. 2. Nouv. Dict. d'Hist. Nat. vol. xxv. p. 58. Schonherr, Syn. Ins. vol. i. p. 3. p.18. Shaw, Gen. Zool. vi. part 1. p. 42. pl. 12. Encyclopedia Londinensis, vol. xix. Genus & tab. Pausus, fig.1,9,3. Rees’ Encycl. vol. xxvi. Pausus, no. 1.4 Cerocoma microcephala. Fabr. Ent. Syst. t.i. p. 2. p. 82. Leske, Naturg. i. t. 12. f. 19. « Habitat in Insula Bananas ejusdemque vicinitate." Afz. Magn. nat. Dermestes lardarii Linn.— Long. corp. lin. 31. In Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond. (olim Banks). Dom. MacLeay (olim Drury); etiam olim in Musso Linnei (Smith) ; etiam in Mus. Latreille (nunc Dejean). YOL. XVI. 4 M As 632. Mr J.O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, As this species has already been very fully described by Afzelius, I shall not recapitulate its specific characters. It is necessary, however, to make a few observations upon the species, in consequence of the Linnean cabinet at the present time not possessing the original Linnean specimen, a distinct species being attached to the Linnean generic label. For the purpose therefore of identifying the species, I beg to direct attention to the size of the insect, which is stated in the original description to be equal to Dermestes lardarius, and also to the original figures, which are sufficiently exact to convince the student that the specimen originally contained in the Banksian cabinet, and now belonging to the Linnean Society, is the P. microcephalus: it is true, that Afzelius states that he only casually examined the Linnean insect in the possession of our late lamented President; but it is not to be supposed that Afzelius, himself the capturer of one of the species, could have mistaken any other species which might at that time have been introduced into the Linnean cabinet when he examined it; and this is rendered more unlikely, from the circumstance of the original figures of the insect having been drawn by J. Afzelius. - Whence the first above-mentioned circumstance has arisen may perhaps be learned by tracing the history of the three specimens known to Afzelius. ‘That in the cabinet of Sir Joseph Banks now belongs to the Linnean Society (from which both Afzelius's and my own figures were drawn). The second, originally in the cabinet of Mr. Drury, I understand subsequently came. into the possession of Mr. MacLeay: but of the third spe- cimen, originally belonging to Linnæus, I can discover no trace. It appears, barare, in the Histoire Naturelle &c. that Latreille received from “un des naturalistes de l'Angleterre le plus estimable par ses connoissances, par ses communications amicales, Alexandre MacLeay,” three species of the genus, but - which _ à Family of Coleopterous Insects. 633 which are not named. In the Genera Crustaceorum $c. we learn, however, that Latreille received the P. microcephalus * ex dono generosissimi amici Domini Alex. MacLeay.” As; however, it is not probable that Mr. MacLeay would have for- warded this species to Latreille, unless the specimen forwarded were a duplicate in his collection, it appears to follow, either that Mr. MacLeay must have obtained other specimens of the insect from abroad, or that he had procured the original Lin- nean specimen from its then possessor, as well as that belonging to Mr. Drury, and had forwarded one of them to Latreille. Should this latter supposition be correct, it affords an additional instance of the want of that true spirit of veneration towards the scientific relics of Linnzus which every disciple of that great master ought to entertain, and which (although it was sufficiently strong to induce our late President, in consequence of his predilection for botanical studies, to preserve the botanical treasures of Linnzus untouched and iu their original and entire condition, and sacred for the interest of science,) it is greatly to be regretted did not also operate with him to prevent the incor- poration of the Linnean cabinet of insects with his own private collection. Had this, however, been the only cause of regret, the mischief might easily have been remedied ; but the entomologist has also to regret that the original Linnean specimens, and, as in this instance before us, even species, were in many instances allowed to be changed, probably for the purpose of renovating the collection, whereby the authenticity of the cabinet has un- fortunately been diminished to so great a degree, that amongst the minute insects it is now almost unsafe, without the greatest possible caution, to rely on the collection as a standard of re- ference. It is not, however, too late to remedy much of the mischief which has been thus occasioned ; and I state these cir- ‘cumstances in the hope of inducing the influential members of 4m 2 the 634 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, the Society to institute such an inquiry into the state of the Lin- nean cabinet of insects as will tend in the result to diminish the confusion which has so inadvertently been produced, —whereby the value of the cabinet has been diminished, and the increase of knowledge retarded,—by endeavouring, as far as may be possible, to reinstate the collection in its original form. Species 2. Paussus Linnai mihi. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 22—24. P. subcylindricus, rufo-piceus, elytris rufescentibus, antennarum clavá suprà lata subquadrata, apice valdé depresso, recurvo, subhirsuto. | Habitat ? Long. corp. (exclus. antennis) lin. 2. In Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond. (olim Smith ?). | Nova species. Parvus, subcylindricus, tenuissimé punctatissi- mus. Caput supra subconvexum, piceum, obscurum, por- rectum, subtriangulare, posticé in collum breve productum ; margine antico emarginato; vertice impressione parva, subrotundatá, in quà tuberculum minutum. Oculi parvi laterales. Palpi ut suprà descripti. Antenne magne, ob- scure, castanez vel rufo-picez, apice subpiloso, articulo 1mo cylindrico, brevi, apice obliquo, articulo ultimo max- imo, suprà subquadrato, inzqualiter elevato, basi pauló latiori, et obliqué truncato ; latere interno tuberculis tribus minutis, apice citó valdé depresso, acuto et suprà reflexo. Thorax longior, quasi bipartitus, et in medio profunde excavato, rufo-piceus, portio antica obscura capite latior strangulo distincta, valdé et transverse elevata, illius mar- gine supero acuto et in medio subemarginata, ejusdem angulis lateralibus acutis; portio postica nitida pauló an- gustior, lateribus rotundatis, vertice valdé depresso, de- pressione | a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 635 pressione postice bituberculata. Scutellum parvum con- color. Elytra thoracis parte antica pauló latiora, magis rufescentia, nitida, subconvexa, linearia, apice truncata, abdomine pauló longiora. Pedes longi tenues, castanei, parüm compressi. LiNN æo discipulus novissimus iino speciem inscribit. "This species appears to agree in size, colour, and general structure with the next, if indeed it be not specifically ideditical. The chief apparent differences between its characters and the description of P. ruber being, 1st, the formation of the head and thorax of the two species, and which, as I have suggested below, may not perhaps actually exist; and, 2ndly, the for- mation of the terminal joint of the antenne, which must I apprehend, on the other hand, be considered as indicative of a distinct species. ‘The circumstance of this species being pre- served in the. Linnean cabinet.and actually attached to the generic label in Linnzus's hand-writing,—the original Linnean species at the same time not being preserved in the cabinet,— renders it necessary to state that this is not the P. microcephalus. From Donovan's P. pilicornis it varies in colour, although when the antennz are seen sideways, there appears to be some spe- cific affinity. Species 3. Paussus RUBER. Thunb. P. totus obscure rufescens, elytris rufescentibus, capite in medio angustato et postice utrinque spinoso, thorace antice eroso, antennis clavá lata complanatá basi cordata, apice eroso- sulcato. Sr. ef. Paussus ruber. Thunb. Act. Holm. 1781. p. 170. 1; ed. Germ. 21. p.171. Herbst. Syst. Ins. Col. 4. p. 101. 2. Afzelius, Linn. Trans. vol. iv. 972. 1. Schonherr. Syn. Ins. 1. part 3. p. 19. Rees’ 636 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoopn on the Pausside, Rees Encycl. vol. xxvi. Genus Paussus, no. 3. Encycl. Londinensis, vol. xix. Genus Paussus, no. 3. Habitat Caput Bone Spei. Dom. Thunberg. — In Mus. ? Magn. nat. Notoai Rhinocerotis. Corpus oblongum depressum, obscuré rufescens, leve, glabrum. Caput antice margine elevato, in medio depressum et an- gustatum, postice transverse elevatum et dilatatum, in spinam lateralem utrinque exstantem, suprà anticé in me- dio est ruga elevata bifida inter oculos. Antenne antheri- formes biarticulate, articulus infimus minor cylindricus, extimus latus complanatus basi cordato, apice eroso-sulcato, antheram bifidam referente. Thorax antice erosus. Scu- tellum nigrum. Elytra magis rufescentia, margine exteriori deflexo, abdomine breviora, truncata. I am unacquainted with this insect, except through the de- scription of Thunberg, which I have detailed above; conse- quently it is with some hesitation that I venture from analogy to place it in this section of the genus, and to suggest that that author may have fallen into an error in his description of its head, inasmuch as it appears to me not improbable that he has regarded the anterior portion of the thorax as the hinder part of the head, such hinder part, according to his description, appear- ing to me to have precisely the same formation as the anterior part of the thorax in the preceding species, with which, if I am correct in the above opinion, it seems to possess considerable affinity. It is greatly to be regretted that Thunberg did not figure the insect. Species e ee a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 637 Species 4. Paussus EXCAVATUS mihi. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 56, 57. P. obscure rufescenti-fuscus, capite thoraceque pauld obscuri- oribus, antennarum clava latá latere interno acuto, externo crasso, excavatione oblongá. Paussus crepitans. Dupont Mss. Habitat in Africa occidentali ; Senegalia. Long. corp. lin. 2. Specimen unicum in Mus. Dupont, Parisiis. Nova species. Parvus, subcylindricus, tenuissimé punctatis- simus. Caput subquadratum suprà convexum, obscure rufescenti-fuscum, posticé in collum breve contractum, margine antico emarginato, vertice impressione parva rotundatá. Oculi mediocres. Antenne rufo-fusce, clava magna lata oblongo-trigonà apice subrotundato, margine interno acuto, impressionibus nonnullis parvis transversis infra marginem, posticé multó crassiori, margine externo in naviculam vel cavitatem oblongo-ovalem longitrorsüm excavato, serieque impressionum transversarum in pagi- nam inferiorem, qu in marginem ipsum in denticulatio- nibus 4 vel 5 desinunt : angulo basali subhamato, denteque parvo in medio marginis basalis. Thorax obscure rufo- fuscus, longior, bipartitus, portione anticà multó breviori et è posticá, excavatione profundá, separata, capite latiori, valdé et transverse elevatà, illius margine supero acuto et in medio subemarginato, ejusdem angulis lateralibus acutis, portione posticà longiori sed angustiori, antice utrin- que obliqué productá, lateribus posticis subinflexis, disco . valdé depresso, excavatione subheptangulari. Scutellum par- vum concolor. Elytra thoracis parte antica latiora, fusco- rufescentia, sub lente forti punctatissima subconvexa, ab- domine 638 Mr. J. O. WzsTwoop on the Pausside, domine pauló breviora. Pedes breves fusci, femoribus tibiisque valdé compressis. I am indebted for a knowledge of this pretty and very distinct little species to the liberality of M. Dupont, who obligingly allowed me to describe and figure it from his rich Coleopterous collection at Paris. In size and the structure of the thorax it agrees with the two preceding species, especially P. Linnai ; whilst the antennz resemble those of P. thoracicus and Fich- teli. It also agrees with the P. Linnai in having the circular impression on the crown of the head; but it wants the small central tubercle. I have already alluded to the alleged habits of this species, and the consequent change which I have been compelled to introduce in its specific name. : Species 5. Paussus RUFITARSIS. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 25—27. P. flavescenti-fulvus ; antennarum articulo basali, thoracis an- gulis posticis, elytrorum disco, pedibusque piceis; tarsis rufis, antennarum clava ovata, apice subacuto, basique in | spinam externe producto. Habitat ? Long. corp. lin. 3. In Mus. Brit. Specimen unicum sub nomine Ms. * rufitarsis" conserv. Novaspecies. Brevis, indé speciebus reliquis quasi latior et ob- tusior videtur, cylindricus, minutissimé punctatissimus et te- . muissimé pubescens. Caput porrectum, feré thoracis magni- tudine, subtriangulare, anticè truncatum, emarginatumque, pallide fulvo-flavescens, in vertice exstat excavatio parva rotundata inter quam et oculos utrinque excavatio alia mi- nutissima. m m a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 639 nutissima. Oculi mediocres laterales. Palpi ut in conge- neribus. Antenne articulo 1mo cylindrico, piceo, articulo ultimo magno lividé flavescenti, ovali globoso, apice sub- acuto latere interno tenué compresso, latere externo exca- vatione parva lineari-oblonga vel carináà in quà linee 4 elevate tranverse ; basi externé in spinam obtusam pro- ducto. Thorax subquadratus capite vix major, bipartitus, flavescenti-fulvus, lateribus vel angulis portionis postice piceis, portio antica angusta et elevata, in medio culmen acutum efformans, hoc in medio subemarginatum, ejusdem angulis lateralibus acutis, portio postica major, lateribus subrotundatis disco irregulari. Elytra fere cylindrica, ab- domen tegentia, basi thorace feré dupló latiora et illo quadrupló longiora, etiam posticé quàm anteriüs pauló latiora, nitida, basi fulvo-rufescentia, marginibus lateralibus posticisque rufis, disco piceo, obsoletissimé punctata, mar- gine externo et apicali fasciculis aliquot setarum rigidarum rufarum. Corpus subtüs pallide testaceum nitidum. Pedes nigro-picei, mediocres ; femoribus cylindricis, posticis cras- sioribus ; £ibiis vix compressis ; £arsis rufis. 3 Of this pretty nondescript species, which is nearly allied to P. thoracicus, I have seen only a single specimen contained in the cabinet of the British Museum, and which, solely in con- sequence of the wish expressed by me to describe and figure the new unnamed species of Paussus contained in that cabinet, was immediately designated by the manuscript name which I have adopted above, although I regret to state, that the species belonging to the neighbouring, and indeed I might add, to the majority of the genera of insects contained in that national repository, still for the most part remain unnamed and in con- fusion. VOL. XVI. 4N The 640 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoopn on the Pausside, The curious fascicles or bundles of short, rigid, red hairs which are observed on the margins of the elytra are peculiarly characteristic of the species. Species 6. Paussus rHoRACICUS. Donovan. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 28—30. P. ferrugineo-testaceus, elytris disco lateribusque fuscis, an- tennarum clavà oblonga compressa trigoná, latere interno acuto, externo excavato, cavitate ovali, marginibus den- ticulatis. Paussus thoracicus. Donovan, Epitome Ins. Ind. t. 4. f. X. Rees Encycl. Entomology, pl. 8. fig. 11. & 11*, sine de- scriptione. Paussus trigonicornis. Latreille, Genera Crustaceorum, 4c. vol. iii. p. 3. pl. 11. f. 8. Schonh. Syn. Ins. vol. i. p. 3. p. 19. Habitat India Orientali; Bengal. Dom. Fichtel. Long. corp. lin. 33. In Mus. Brit., Soc. Linn. Lond., Kirby, Haworth, B. Clark, Latreille (nunc Dejean). Subcylindricus, rufo-testaceus. Caput thorace antico subequé latum, margine antico acuto, emarginato, vertice arcu du- plici elevato, centroque varié impresso, et prominulo coro- nato. Palpi ut in congeneribus. Antenne articulo apicali compresso, oblongo trigono, latere interno acuto, externo vel postico in naviculam vel cavitatem oblongo-ovalem lon- gitrorsüm excavato, punctorum impressorum vel denticula- tionum serie ex illius utroque margine, angulo basali acuto. Thorax bipartitus, sulco postico; medio transversé profunde- que excavato, parte anticd et eminenti posticé in medio . emarginata ejusdem angulis lateralibus acutis. Elytra nigra, basi et apice rubro-ferrugineis, margine externo setis ali- quot rigidis hispido, ejusdem angulo apicali incrassato. Pedes cos m——aÓ—áno—À —À— a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 641 Pedes elongati; tibiis 4 anticis tenuibus ; posticis com- presso-sublatioribus ad apicem pauld angustioribus. This species appears to be the least rare of the genus. It varies in size, one of the three specimens in the British Museum cabinet being considerably smaller than the others. The legs are longer and slenderer than in the majority of the species. The dark colour of the disk of the elytra is more suffused than in the next species, extending to the sides. The observation of Latreille upon this species, (the name of which he has unnecessarily altered to *trigonicornis,) ** P. li- neato proximus et forte varietas elytris latids nigris," appears to me to be incorrect, that species belonging, as I imagine, to the second section, and in structure being nearly allied to P. affinis and Hardwicki. Species 7. Paussus FıcmTELII. Donovan. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 31—33. P. testaceus elytris fuscis, lateribus, basi apiceque testaceis, thorace subbipartito; antennarum claváà oblonga, latere interno acuto, externo excavato, cavitate pyriformi, mar- ginibus denticulatis. Paussus Fichtelii. Donovan, Epit. Ins. Ind. pl. 4. yo ae queer Encycl. vol. xxvi. sub genere ** Paussus,” pl. 8. fig. 12. 4. 12*, sine descriptione. Habitat India Orientali ; Bengal. Dom. Fichtel. Long. corp. (secundum figuram pee lin. 21. In Mus. Kirby. Parvus subcylindricus. Pausso thoracico maxime affinis. Dif- fert precipué magnitudine minori, antennarum articuli apicalis formå diversá et excavatione pyriformi nec ovali ; thorace sub-bipartito, elytrorumque marginibus lateralibus basi apiceque testaceis, pubescentibus. AN2 Not 642 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, Not having seen this species, I have been compelled to de- duce the character detailed above from Donovan's short specific description and figure; and I doubt not that they will be con- sidered sufficient to have warranted him in regarding this as specifically distinct from P. thoracicus, although Donovan was inclined to think they might ultimately prove to be the sexes of the same species. Of these characters, the most material are the variation in the form of the excavation of the last joint of the antennze, and in the thorax; and as it appears from A fzelius's description of P. spherocerus that the sexes do not vary in the formation of these organs, I am induced with Donovan to regard them as distinct, rather than run the hazard of uniting what Nature has apparently separated*. * Since the preceding observations were written, the Rev. William Kirby has, in the most obliging manner, brought up to London for my inspection his collection of Pausside, including two specimens which he purchased at the sale of Mr. Francillon's cabinet, one of them being the P. thoracicus, and the other a specimen which is decidedly the P. Fichtelii. From a minute comparison of these specimens, I now find that I did not err in considering the species as distinct. 1 have accordingly in- troduced into the plate several outline figures drawn from Mr. Kirby's specimen of P. Fichtelii in lieu of the tracing from Donovan's figure, which I had originally in- serted. On comparing these with the original figures which I have given of P. thora- cicus, other material specific differences will be perceived in addition to those stated above. The general shape of the antenne and the number of elevations on the ridge of the excavation of those organs are different; the keel-like anterior margin of the clava is acute, and extends to the base in P. thoracicus; butin P. Fichtelii its anterior margin is obtuse and irregular. The front of the head is more emarginate in P. tho- racicus, and is more distinctly quadrate behind the eyes than in P. Fichtelii ; whilst the excavation on the crown of the head of the latter is oval and much deeper than in P. thoracicus, in which it is somewhat square behind. "The difference in the forma- tion of the thorax will at once be perceived; its posterior angles in P. thoracicus are dark piceous. The colouring of the elytra scarcely affords a specific character, neither of the species being so strongly marked as in Donovan's figures; but in P. thoracicus the lateral margins of those organs are furnished with strong bristles, whilst in P. Fich- telii they are simply pubescent. Species a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 643 Species 8. Paussus PILICORNIS. Donovan. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 34. . P. testaceus, elytris piceis, thorace bipartito ; antennarum clavá oblongá, apice attenuatá, incurvá, pilis longis sparsis. Paussus pilicornis. Donovan, Epit. Ins. Ind. pl. Paussus, fig. e. Paussus pectinicornis. Rees Encycl. Entomology, pl. 8. fig. 13. § 13*. sine descriptione. Habitat Indià Orientali ; Bengal. Dom. Fichtel. Long. corp. (e fig. Donovani) lin. 2. Parvus, tenuior, testaceus. Caput thoracis portione anticá an- gustius. Antenne articulo ultimo oblongo, apice attenuato, incurvo, pilis longis sparsis. Thorax bipartitus, portio an- tica lateribus acuta, portioque postica multó angustior late- ribus rotundatis. Elytra thorace basi latiora, etiam postice - quàm anticé pauló latiora, picea. Pedes graciles. I have never seen this species, and have therefore been compelled to draw the above description from Donovan's short specific character and figure; and, as that author remarks, it altogether differs in the formation of the terminal joint of the antenne from the other species, being entire, not exca- vated, and slightly beset with hairs. It appears to be allied to P. Linnai. Sectio II. Thorax subcontinuus. Species 9. Paussus spumnocerus. Afzelius. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 35. P. rufo-castaneus, nitidissimus, angustior, subcylindricus ; ca- pite vertice cornu parvo conico, erecto, pilis terminato, in- structo ; 644 Mr.J. O. Wzsrwoopn on the Pausside, structo; antice subemarginato; antennarum clavá sphzricá, magnitudine capitis, vesice inflate simili, incarnata semi- pellucida sublividá, carina minuta, vertice tuberculo unico pilifero castaneo terminatà, instructa; etiam basi externe in hamulum conicum apice piloso, castaneum, producto. Palpis ut in speciebus reliquis, labio apice deflexo et fere truncato, carina sulco destituté ; thorace capitis latitudine, parüm inzquali, suprà subdepresso, et vix bipartito, parte anticà subelevatà, lateribus rotundatis, postice subemar- ginata, parteque postica lateribus rectis, margine anteriori, signo medio quadrato, depresso, nigrescenti posteriorique parüm elevaté; elytris abdomine brevioribus punctatis rufescentibus, pedibus longioribus gracilioribus subzequa- libus. P. spherocerus. Afzelius, Linn. Trans. vol. iv. p. 270. t. 22. f.1—6. Weidem. Archiv. 1—2. p. 297. 2. Schonh. Syn. Ins. 1. pt. 8. p. 18. Sturm, Catalog. meiner Ins. Samml. pl. 4. fig. 31. Rees, Encycl. vol. xxvi. genus Pausus, sp. 2. Encycl. Lond. vol. xix. genus Paussus, sp. 2. pl. fig. 4, 5, 6. P. spheroides. Donovan, Ins. Ind. sub genere Pausso. Habitat Sierra Leone. Dom. Afzelius. Long. corp. lin. 31. In Mus. Smith. olim (nunc Soc. Linn.), Marsham olim, et XE lius olim. I have not thought it necessary to detail the specific descrip- tion of this species, preferring rather to refer the entomologist to the original description of Afzelius of the six specimens stated by that author to have been brought by him from Sierra Leone: I have been able to inspect only that formerly con- tained in the cabinet of Sir J. E. Smith, and now belonging to the Linnean Society. To this insect is attached a label with the observations, ** Novum genus S. Leone, Afzelius. Antennis apice a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 645 apice globoso lucentibus." From this specimen the accom- panying sketch was taken. I may be here allowed to correct the reference to the parts of fig. 3. in the plate accompanying Afzelius's paper, in which b. represents the ball of the pedicle of the antennz, and not the hook of the clava, which is repre- sented by fig. d, and not, as stated in the description of the plate, by fig. 5. Species 10. Paussus armatus. Dejean. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 62—64. P. oblongus, angustior, obscuré rufescenti-fuscus, capitis vertice spina erectá acuta levi; antennarum clavá subrotundatá depressá, basi externé in spinam producto, thorace postice pauló angustiori et in medio valdé excavato. Paussus armatus. Dejean Mss. Habitat in Senegalia. In Mus. Dejean (e Mus. D. Latreille), Dupont. Long. corp. lin. 5. Nova species. Oblongus, angustus, subdepressus, toto obscure rufescenti-fuscus, punctatissimus, subpubescens, vix niti- dus. Caput magnum thoracis latitudine feré hexangulare, anticé emarginatum, subdepressum, ante oculos pauló plus productum quàm in speciebus reliquis; vertice inter oculos spina erecta acuta parva levi, lineaque tenui impressá ante oculos e margine capitis feré ad ejus verticem utrinque obliqué, ducta. Oculi magni. Antennarum clava thorace major, basi subemarginaté truncata, laté ovalis, margine externo prope basin emarginaté contracta, indè basis ipse externus in spinam acutam produci videtur; disco suprà subtüsque convexo, margine omni acuto setigero. Thorax pauló longior quàm latior, parte anticà (tertiam thoracis partem occupante) utrinque oblique recteque dilatatà indè postice 646 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, postice pauló latiori et elevatiori plana, in duabus partibus lined impressà longitudinali centralique divisá ; parte pos- ticà angustiori (presertim ad ejus basin) in medio exca- vatione oblonga. Elytra thorace latiora, lineari-oblonga, subdepressa, abdominis apicem non tegentia. Pedes me- diocres femoribus tibiisque subcylindricis hirsutis, tarsis tibiarum crassitudine hirtis. This is a very remarkable species: the elongation of the body, the structure of the antenne, thorax, tarsi, and spinous head at once distinguish it from all the other species, and are so remarkable, that I have no doubt, when the trophi are care- fully examined, sufficient variation from the typical formation will be discovered to warrant the establishment of it as a distinct genus. I regret that I was unable to examine these organs in the specimen preserved in the collection of M. le Comte Dejean, from which the above description and accompanying drawing were made, and which originally formed part of that of M. La- treille. It is therefore only provisionally that I place it amongst the Paussi near to P. spherocerus, to which in some respects it most nearly approaches. Species 11. Paussus arrFINIS mihi. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 36, 37. P. castaneo-rufescens, elytrorum disco nigro, thorace suprà in- æquali lateribus antice rotundatis; antennarum clavá sub- ovata, subconvex4, basi externé in spinam exeunte. Habitat ——? : Long. corp. lin. 31. In Mus. Brit. (sub nomine Ms. * lineatus”). Nova species. Subcylindricus, nitidus, tenuissimé punctatis- simus, et subpubescens. Caput thoracis latitudine, porrec- tum, a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 647 tum, subtriangulare, supra subconvexum, castaneo-rufum, postice in collo angustiori productum, margine antico pauló emarginato. Oculi magni laterales. Palpi ut in con- generibus rufo-castanei. Antenne rufo-castanezm, articulo lmo brevi cylindrico, apice obliquo, ultimo magno sub- ovato, subdepresso, basi truncato et externé in spinam obtusam producto, latere externo marginato. Thorax rufo- castaneus subcylindricus, anticé suprà pauló elevatus sub- depressus, lateribus rotundatis et postict parte anticá an- gustior. Elytra subdepressa ex oblongo-quadrata, thorace feré dupló latiora et abdominis longitudine tenuissimé pubescentia et punctatissima rufo-castanea, singuli disco nigro. Pedes rufo-castanei, longi, tenues, tibiis subcylin- dricis. It will be seen that this species (which now stands in the cabinet of the British Museum under the name of P. lineatus,) agrees in the majority of its characters with the description given by Thunberg of that species. The variation in the formation of the clava of the antennz and the rounded an- terior margins of the thorax are, however, characters sufficient to distinguish it as a species. I have seen but one specimen, and I regret that I have not been able to obtain any informa- tion respecting its habitat, &c. Species 12. Pavssus rrNEATUS. Thunberg. TAN NRA Dig 306. | 5... P. rufescens, elytrorum disco nigro, thorace inzequali lateribus antice unispinosis, antennarum clavá magna, apice obtusa, basi externé in spinam exeunte. Paussus lineatus. Thunb. Act. Holm. 1781. p. 171. pl. 3. fig. 4. & 5. Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. 2.75.2. Herbst, Syst. Ins. Col. VOL. XVI. 4 0 vol. 648 Mr. J.O. Westwoop on the Pausside, vol.iv. p. 102. t. 39. fig. 1 a. b. Afzelius, Linn. Trans. iv. 272. Schónh. Syn. Ins. v. 1. p. 3. pl. 19. Rees Encycl. vol. xxvi. Genus Pausus, no. 4. Encycl. Londinensis, vol. xix. Genus Pausus, no. 4. Cerocoma lineata. abr. Ent. Syst. 1. 2. 82. Habitat ad Caput Bone Spei. Dom. Thunberg. In Mus. ——? | * Magnitudo Carabi 4-pustulati." Thunb. Long. corp. (e fig. Thunbergii) nunc 31. Corpus oblongo-depressum, rufescens, glabrum. Caput sub- orbiculato-angulatum, punctis depressis, inæqualè margi- natum, oculis nigris, collo cylindrico a thorace separatum. Antenne biarticulate, articulus infimus sessilis subulatus, supremus dupló crassior (et e figura dupló longior), com- pressus, obtusus, basi truncatus, angulo exteriore in spinam exeunte. Thorax inæqualis, lateribus utrinque unispinosis, antice elevatus; posticé rotundatus, foveis in medio tribus impressus. Pedes unguiculati. I have been under the necessity of deriving the preceding characters from Thunberg’s original description and figure, not having met with this species in any of the cabinets which I have examined; the insect thus named in the cabinet of the British Museum (although it agrees with it in the majority of the cha- racters given above,) materially differing in the shortness and thickness of the club of the antennz, and in the thorax, which has the anterior sides rounded and not spinose, with one and not three central fovee. I am not convinced that this species ought not to be inserted in the first section of the genus; al- though I have, from its apparent general resemblance with the preceding and subsequent species, introduced it here. Species a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 649 Species 13. Paussus Harpwickxi1 mihi. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 39, 40. P. castaneo-rufus, elytris plagá longitudinali nigra, antennarum clavà elongata lineari subconvexá ; basi externe in hamum producto, apiceque rotundato. Habitat Nepalià, Ind. Orient. Dom. Hardwicke. In Mus. Hardwicke, Haworth. Long. corp. lin. 34. Nova species. Castaneo-rufus, subdepressus, nitidus, tenuissimé punctatus, subpubescens. Caput porrectum, subtrigonum, thoracis latitudine, anticé subemarginatum, utrinque inter oculos longitudinaliter obsolete canaliculatum, etiam im- pressione tenui, e clypeo ad verticem ductá, postice collo instructum. Oculi magni laterales. Palpi ut in congene- ribus. Antenne capite cum thorace pauló longiores, arti- culo basali nitido subcylindrico, apicali opaco punctatissimo elongato-lineari, utrinque tenue marginato, postice vel ex- terné subconvexo, margine antico magis depresso acuto recto; postico subrecto, antico subparallelo, tuberculis non- nullis rotundis minutis marginalibus, apice rotundato, basi obliqué truncato et in hamum subarcuatum obtusum, sub apicem setigerum, producto. Thorax capite pauld longior, posticé angustior; antice subconvexus elevatus, lateribus rotundatis, lined tenuissimá elevatá longitudinali in medio, portio postica in medio in fossulam transversam excavata, poné-versus convexa, lateribus posticis pauló divergentibus. Scutellum minutissimum. Elytra abdomine pauló breviora, thoraceque multó latiora et illo tripló longiora, postice pauló latiora, basi utrinque transverse depressa, disco sub- depresso, lateribus magis convexis, marginibus deflexis, castaneo-rufa, singuli disco plaga lata longitudinali nigra, 402 nitida 650 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, nitida punctissima subpubescentia. Abdomen segmento anali rotundato, marginato. Pedes longiores, tenuiores, subcompressi. Subtus testaceo-rufus. Three individuals of this species were brought from Nepaul by Major-General Hardwicke, with whose name I have in- scribed it All the specimens agree with each other in the formation of the antennz and other essential organs; and I have therefore considered it as distinct from P. affinis, (to which in its general characters it is nearly allied, and of which or of P. lineatus it has been suggested that it may be one of the sexes,) for the reasons which induced me to regard the P. tho- racicus and Fichtelii as distinct. From the P. lineatus it is distinguishable not only in the formation of its antennz and thorax, but also from its geographical situation. The Rev. F. W. Hope, in his ** Synopsis of the new Species of Nepaul Insects in the Collection of Major-General Hard- wicke,” inserted in ** Gray's Zoological Miscellany,” has adopted my specific name for this insect (p. 27). Species 14. Paussus RUFICOLLIS. Fabr. P. niger, thorace lxvi ferrugineo, elytris strigà media, margi- neque omni a strigá ad apicem ferrugineis antennis mag- nis, clavatis, irregularibus, ferrugineis, clavá elongata in- tegra. . E Cerocoma ruficollis. Fabr. Ent. Syst. 3. 1. part. 2. p. 83. Paussus ruficollis. Afzelius, Linn. Trans. vol. iv. p. 913. Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. 2. (5. Schonh. Syn. Ins. 1. part. 3. Rees Encycl. vol. xxvi. Genus Pausus, sp. 5. Encycl. Lond. . vol. xix. Genus Pausus, no. 5. Habitat ——? * In Mus. Dom. Lund,” Fabr. Magn.? Parvus, a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 651 Parvus, statura P. microcephali et lineati, niger. Caput mag- num. Antenne magne, clavate, irregulares, ferrugineo, biarticulate, clavà elongatd integra. Thorax levis, ferru- gineus, immaculatus. Elytra strigà media, margineque omni a strigá ad apicem ferrugineis. Pedes nigri. I have been compelled, in consequence of not having met with any specimen of the genus agreeing with the description given of this species by Fabricius in the Entomologia Systema- tica, (to which no additional description is given in the Systema Eleutheratorum,) to draw the above characters from the Fabri- cian specific description: I consequently place it in this section with doubt. In addition to the preceding species, Latreille in the Nouveau Dictionnaire d' Hist. Nat. vol. xxv. p. 58. states, that ** M. Gat- toire en a trouvé une espèce à l'Ile de France." "The species is not, however, mentioned, but from its geographical habitat it would appear to be a distinct species: indeed, in his new work, Cours d'Entomologie, vol.i. p. 298, Latreille mentions this as ** une espèce inédite." Genus 3. Hyvroronvs. Dalman, Latr. Paussus. Gyll., Schonh. Type of the Genus, Pausus Bucephalus, Gyll., Schonh. Corpus subdepressum, breve, obtusum, capite lato, in thoracem postice immerso; elytris vix thorace latioribus, apice trun- catis. Caput magnum, convexum, rotundatum, thoracis latitudine et in illo posticé feré ad oculos immersum ; collo nullo, foveá magná, ovata, impressione profunda inter oculos et antennarum basin, pro receptione clave anten- narum; ocellis vel tuberculis duobus, verticalibus, mamil- latis. 652 : Mr.J. O. Wzsrwoopn on the Pausside, latis. Oculi parvi depressi oblongi. T'rophi nondum de- scripti. Antenne capite vix longiores, articulo 1mo brevi, lato, in medio emarginato, 2do? parvo subgloboso, emar- ginature prioris inserto; ultimo magno (magnitudine ca- pitis dimidio,) ovato-lanceolato, compresso, subtüs vel posteriüs convexo, suprà vel anteriüs concavo, apice acuto antrorsüm flexo. Thorax brevis, transversus, anticé multó latior, capiti zequalis et illud ambiens, basi apiceque trun- catus, suprà inzequalis, prsesertim pone medium. Scu- tellum mediocre, triangulare. Elytra thoracis antico vix latiora, oblongo-quadrata, basi ipsá transversim impressa, lateribus inflexo-sinuata, apice truncata, anum occultantia, suprà convexa. Ale ample. Abdomen breve, retusum. Pedes breves, validi, femoribus tibiisque valdé compressis, dilatatis, tarsis brevibus, cylindricis, ut videtur 4-articula- tis, primis tribus brevissimis, coarctatis, pilosis; 4to lon- giore, nudo, unguibus duobus parvis arcuatis armato. The detailed specific description of Paussus Bucephalus given by Gyllenhal in the Appendix to Schonherr’s Synonymia In- sectorum, and the accompanying figure, together with the obser- vations upon the species by Dalman in the Analecta Entomolo- gica, and those by Latreille in the new edition of the Règne Animal, vol. v. p. 93. have enabled me to draw the preceding characters of this otherwise undescribed genus. Dalman ob- serves, ** Hanc speciem a reliquis Pausis nimis distare et vix ejusdem esse generis, facile sibi persuasius habebit, qui, in Schenherri Syn. iii. App. tab. 6. figuras hujus et Pausi den- ticornis" (Platyrhopalus unicolor mihi) ** comparare voluerit. Etenim in illo et ceteris veris Pausis, caput thorace multó est minus, oculi veró magni, et prominentes ; cum in Pauso Buce- phalo, caput thoracis latitudine, oculi minuti, et os etiam alis modo —— lia MEME E i - a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 653 modo conformatuim videatur, alias minoris momenti discrepan- tias, ut pretermittam. Accedunt characteribus suprà recusitis, ocelli, in paragrapho preecedenti laudati; undé satis ratio ap- paret quare hoc insectum proprii sit habendum generis, quod Hylotorus nobis nominatur; intermedium forté inter Pausos genuinos et Platypodes:;" And the following is the paragraph referred to in the preceding extract; * De ocellis Coleopte- rorum :—ocellos quosdam me observasse in Pauso Bucephalo, eosque satis accuraté depinxisse in Appendice ad Schcenherri Syn. Ins. i. tab. 6, 2, c etsi cl. Gyllenhal speciem describens non ocellos sed tubercula verticalia mamillata dixerit." Bearing in mind the observations upon the affinities of the family given above, I cannot consider the remark made by Dalman upon the situation of the genus as founded upon actual affinity. It is indeed to be regretted, that Gyllenhal has omitted to give any account of the structure of the trophi, which might have afforded some additional information upon the subject ; and the magnified figure given by Schonherr of the head is very obscure in regard to the structure of these organs. In addition to the distinguishing characters mentioned by Dalman may also be noticed the immersion of the head nearly to the eyes in the anterior cavity of the thorax, without the intervention of any neck,—a character not found in the two preceding or two subsequent genera, and sufficient of itself to show that the genus, if here placed, unnaturally separates — Paussus and Platyrhopalus. To both these genera, however, and especially to the latter, it is evidently allied, from the sub- bipartite formation of the thorax, which is evidently traceable in the deeply impressed transverse striga. . Species 654 Mr.J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, Species 1. Hyroronvus BvczPnuarvs. Gyll., Schonh. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 41, 42. H. totus pallidé testaceus, glaber, oculis nigris, thorace postice transverse sulcato. Pausus Bucephalus. Gyllenhal in Schonh. Syn. Ins. vol.i. p.3. App. p. 15. tab. 6. f. 2. & f. 2 c. caput magn. auct. Hylotorus Bucephalus. Dalman, Analect. Ent. p. 103. Latreille, Régne Animal, 2nde edit. vol. v. p. 93. Habitat Sierra Leone, Africa. Dom. Afzelius. In Mus. Schonherr. Long. corp. (e figura Schoenherri) lin. 21. Magnitudine Anobii mollis equalis, et colore similis, pallidé tes- taceus, glaber, nitidus. Caput fronte lined impress4, postice bifida, ramulis in tuberculis duobus vel ocellis desinentibus. Oculi nigri. Antenne corpore concolores, articulis ut suprà dictum. Thorax suprà inzequalis, pauló pone medium strigá angulaté, valdé profundá, et antice posticéque aliis obso- letissimis, transversim impressus. Scutellum concolor. Ely- tra testacea, nitida, levia. Ale fusco-hyaline. Corpus subtus testaceum, punctulatum. Pedes pallidé testacei. The specific characters given above are derived from Gyllen- als description. I have not seen the species, which is the only one with which I am acquainted belonging to the genus. Genus 4. PraTYRHOPALUS* mihi. Paussus. Donovan, Gyll., Schónh., Dalm. Type of the Genus, Paussus denticornis, Don. Corpus depressum. Caput thorace minus, porrectum, subqua- dratum, postice in collum breve angustatum. Oculi magni, * Haris, latus; and poradty, clava; in allusion to the broad flat terminal point of the antennz. prominuli, omer omg — è a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 655 prominuli, laterales. Labrum breve, subtriangulare, anticè rotundatum. Mandibule corneæ, tenuissimæ, valde ar- cuatæ, apice in dentem acutissimum terminato, internè uni- vel bi-dentate. Maxille parvæ, lobo basali crustaceo, processu terminali vel interno plano, acuto, corneo, valdè compresso, mandibuliformi, latere interno uni- vel bi- dentato. Palpi mazillares ut in Paussis. Mentum breve, transversum, crustaceum, angulis anticis in spinam longam productis, etiam in medio, anticè, paulò, subrotundè pro- ducto. Palpi labiales eàdem longitudine ut in Paussis, in lobos vel scapos duos, articuliformes, crassiores, internè connexos, insidentes, et inter mentum labiumque inserti, 3- articulati, porrecti, articulis longitudine subaequalibus, arti- culo 1mo crassiori, 3tio tenuiori, apice acuto. Labium subquadratum, externé planum, anticé integrum, angulis anticis rotundatis. Antenne magne, articulis quasi duobus, priori minori, compresso, apice oblique emarginato, angulo interiori suprà producto, feré conico; tunc articulus? par- vus, subglobosus, emarginature prioris immersus ; cui in- sidet articulus ultimus, maximus, planus, valdé depressus, et in priorem subtransversé impositus, margine omni com- presso, acuto, basi truncatus, et externé incisus, vel dentatus, etiam juxta basin superne transversim impressus, (articulo- rum divisionem referens,) nec basi uncinatus. Thorax planus, brevis, transversus, latior, lateribus anticis rotun- datis. Elytra thorace multó latiora, postice subtruncata, oblongo-quadrata, depressa. Pedes breviusculi, crassi, tibiis dilatatis; posticis externt in spinam parvam productis. Tarsi breves, articulis 4, (si articulus alius basalis ut in Pausso minutissimus est et vix discernendus,) articulis tribus basalibus, compressis, intùs pilosis; articulo ultimo VOL. XVI. 4p longiori, 656 Mr. J.O. Wesrwoopn on the Pausside, longiori, levi, tenuori, cylindrico, unguibus duobus. Ab- domen elytris pauló longius. I have considered myself warranted in regarding the charac- ters of the Paussus denticornis of Donovan and its affinities as indicative of a genus distinct from that of the true Paussi, not only in consequence of their dissimilar general external appear- ance or habit, but also of the variation exhibited in the lower parts of the mouth. The typical species appears to have been inserted in the genus Paussus by Donovan with a feeling of suspicion, since he states that, according to Afzelius's characters, it should not come into © that genus, the nuniber of joints in the tarsi being only, as he in- correctly states, 3: whereas, in the other species, the tarsi are 5- jointed, although, if not closely inspected, they appear 4-jointed. The essential generic characters of the insect were however omitted in Donovan's short specific description. - Gyllenhal, in the Synonymia Insectorum of Schonherr, vol. i. part 3; App. p. 14. tab. 6. fig. 1. (by a singular coincidence, evidently arising from similarity of structure,) described and figured a distinct species nearly allied to Donovan's P. denti- ‘cornis, under the same name. He, however, regarded it as a true Paussus, and thus shortly described its trophi: ‘Os in- flexum brunneum, palpis crassis, pilosis, conicis vel extrorsum attenuatis," evidently without noticing the peculiar structure of the latter organs. Dalman also in his observations upon the Paussus Bucephalus mentioned above, regarded the P. denticornis of Gyllenhal as a true Paussus, ** Etenim in illo et in ceteris veris Pausis, &c." From the true Paussi, however, these insects appear sufficiently generically distinct ; since the flat, depressed body and thorax ; the EDDA. a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 657 the regular shape of the latter, scarcely exhibiting any appearance of the bipartite structure observable in Paussus; the extreme flatness and breadth of the antennz ; the broad legs; the very hairy basal joints of the tarsi; and, above all, the formation of the lower lip (labium) and its equal-jointed palpi, and the scapes upon which they are inserted,—cannot be regarded otherwise than as intimating a group generically distinct from the true Paussi. It may also be noticed, that the transverse impression near the base of the clava of the antenn:e appears to exhibit a ten- dency to an articulate structure, which is confirmed by the den- ticulations of its outer margin. This circumstance is particu- larly noticeable in P. aplustrifer, in which there are two of these impressions with their corresponding contractions or denticula- tions. The situation of the genus in the family appears to be between the species composing my second section of Paussus, and Cera- pterus. In their biarticulate antenne and the formation of their maxillary palpi they approach the former; and in the general habit of their bodies, as well as in the formation of the basal joints of their tarsi, and in the tendency to articulation exhibited in the clava of their antennz, they approximate to Cerapterus. Species 1. PrATYxnHoPALUS DENTICORNIS. Don. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 43—48. P. brunneo-rufescens, elytris dorso fuscis, suturá, latè ad basin, maculáque utrinque postice, rufescentibus ; antennarum clavà magná, latere omni acuto, juxta basin externé in- cisà ; thorace antice utrinque rotundato-dilatato. Paussus denticornis. Donov. Epit. Ins. Ind. Paussus, mo. 1. * tab.5. fig. 1. Rees’ Encycl., Entomology, pl. 8. fig. 10. & 10*. sine descriptione. 4 P2 Habitat 658 Mr. J. O. Westwoop on the Pausside, Habitat in India Orientali. (Bengal. Dom. Fichtel.) In Mus. Brit.—Mus. Soc. Linn., Haworth, Vigors, Clark, De- jean, et Kirby. Long. corp. lin. 33 ad lin. 5. Brunneo-rufescens, suprà subdepressus, tenuiter pubescens, ni- tidus. Caput porrectum, subquadratum, transversum, an- tict emarginatum, et pauló deflexum ; longitudinaliter tenue canaliculatum, posticé in collum breve contractum. Oculi magni, laterales, prominuli, glauci. Palpi rufescentes, por- recti. Antenne brunneo-rufescentes, pilosze, articulo 1mo difformi, lato; apicali maximo, thorace majori, feré ovato, basi tamen subemarginaté truncato, suprà in disco parüm convexo, subtüs magis gibboso, margine omni compresso acuto, superne juxta basin (et cum eo parallelo) impres- sione transversà, que, margine superiori vel externo in incisionem profundam at angustiorem, desinit, angulo ba- sali vel postico (dentem formante) externé subrotundato, incisione interné feré rectá, indé dentis apex subobtusus apparet. Thorax brevis, transversus, basi apiceque trun- catus, anticé multó latior et elevatior, lateribus rotundato- dilatatis, juxta vel pauló ante basin, subemarginatis, ibique depressus et utrinque foveá transversá brevi parvá; totus brunneo-rufescens, obsolete et parcé punctatus, pubescens. Elytra thoracis antico latiora, et illo quadrupló longiora, oblongo-quadrata, subdepressa, basi transverse impressa, abdomine breviora, fusco-rufescentia, disco nigro, suturæ dimidio basali latè, maculáque posticá rotundá utrinque rufescentibus, subnitida, obsoletissimé punctata. Abdomen . elytris pauló longius, segmento anali rotundato. Pedes breviusculi, dilatati, tibiis latis, valde compressis, apice exteriore subspinosis. This a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 659 This species (which is easily characterizable from the macu- lation of its elytra) varies upwards of a line in length: the smallest individual which I have seen is contained in the cabinet of the Linnean Society, and is somewhat darker-coloured than the larger specimens. In consequence of the priority in the nomenclature of this species employed by Donovan, I have considered it proper to retain his specific name for it. The dissections of the genus represented in the plate were made from a duplicate specimen of this species contained in the cabinet of the Linnean Society, in which the various parts figured are deposited. The peculiar form of the external incision of the base of the antenne is carefully represented in the plate. Species 2. PLATYRHOPALUS UNICOLOR mihi. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 49. P. totus brunneo-castaneus, antennarum clavé magná ovata compressa juxta basin externé incisá, thorace antice utrin- que rotundato-dilatato. Pausus denticornis. Megerle, Illig. Mag. 3. p. 113. not. (abs- que descript. Gyllenhal in Schonh. Syn. Ins. tab. 1. p. 3. App. p. 14. tab. 6. fig. 1. Schónh. id. p. 19. no. 5. Dalman, Anal, Ent. p. 103. sub Hylotoro Bucephalo. Habitat in Indià Orient. Dom. Prof. Schumacher. Long. corp. (sec. fig. Schénherri) lin, 44, Mig nat. asia formicario latior sed in elytris brevior. | In Mus. Schönherr, G yllenhal, et Dejean. Totus brunneo-castaneus, suprà subdepressus, tenué pubescens, nitidus, obsoleté punctatus, P. denticornt Don. structurá valdé affinis. Caput subquadratum, brunneum, nitidum, suprà 660 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, suprà subdepressum, obsolete canaliculatum, et, e figura Schónherri, vix antice emarginatum. Oculi glauci. An- tenne articulo apicali maximo, fere plano, vel multüm com- presso, ovali, in margine superiori vel externo profunde incisus. Thorax brevis, transversus, anticé multó latior, lateribus rotundato-dilatatis, pone medium citd coarctatus, anteriàs convexus, posterius depressus, et stripà media transversá, abbreviatà, impressus. Elytra humeris an- trorsüm prominentibus, castanea, subnitida. Corpus sub- tùs brunneo-castaneum, nitidum. Pedes breviusculi, pal- lidiùs castanei, valdé compressi, tibiis dilatatis. The chief differences observable between this species (the material characters of which, in consequence of not having met with a specimen, I have abridged from Gyllenhal’s detailed specific description,) and Donovan's P. denticornis are, the uni- formity of colour in the former, the apparently rounded front of its head, the sudden coarctation of the base of its thorax, and its ** striga media transversa, abbreviata." In consequence of the priority of Donovan's specific name denticornis, applied to the preceding species, I have considered it expedient to give this a name referring to the uniformity of its colour. Amongst the insects brought from Nepaul by Major-General Hardwicke, is a mutilated specimen of an insect intimately allied to the two preceding species, but apparently distinct from either of them. As the elytra, legs, and abdomen of the specimen are wanting, I am unable satisfactorily to ascertain its specific identity. The head and thorax, however, are smaller and darker-coloured than in P. denticornis Don. ; the thorax is proportionably rather longer; the eyes are black; the head is rounded and subdepressed in front and not emarginate; the internal acd i a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 661 internal margin of the clava of the antenne exhibits a stronger contraction at the base than in that species, and the incision on its outer edge is much wider, and the basal tooth very acute. (Tasg. nostr. Fig. 50.) If ultimately found distinct, the species may receive the name of acutidens. I provisionally place in this genus the two following insects, not having had an opportunity of minutely examining their trophi: their general flattened appearance and the apparent in- dication of a rudimental notch at the base of the clava of their antenne approach the true Platyrhopali; whilst in some respects they agree with some of the Paussi, such as P.affinis, $c. I obtained a knowledge of them, as well as of the Paussus excavatus and P.armatus, during my visit to Paris in September 1830, subsequent to the reading of the commencement of this paper. Species3. PLATYRHOPALUS? LÆVIPRONS. Dejean. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 65—67. P. latus subdepressus toto obscurè rufo-castaneus, antennarum clavå ferè ovata depresså basi truncata, externè in unguem parvum producto, margineque externo quadri-subdentato, thorace utrinque anticè rotundato-dilatato. Paussus lævifrons. Dejean, Mss. Habitat in Africå occidentali, Senegalià. Dom. Dumolin. In Mus. Dejean, et Dupont. Long. corp. lin. 5. Species nova magnaque. Latus, subdepressus, punctatus, ob- scure rufo-castaneus, subhirsutus, levis, nitidus. Caput por- rectum, subquadratum, vertice convexo, levi, antice rotun- datum, postice in collum breve productum. Oculi medio- cres. Antennarum clava magna feré ovata depressa sc. suprà disco parüm convexo, subtüs etiam parüm convexo sed 662 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, sed in medio disci subacutius producta, basi subemarginate truncata, angulo postico basali in dentem parvum producto latereque postico impressionibus 4 brevibus transversis, que in dentibus minutissimis in marginem desinunt, margineque omni subacuto. Thorax fere quadratus, subdepressus, bi- partitus, portio antica e posticá lineá impressá separata, elevatior et latior, lateribus rotundato-dilatatis, portio pos- tica in medio elevationi transversá, lateribus rectis, at in medio utrinque paululim subacuté productis. Elytra tho- racis antico latiora, oblongo-quadrata, subdepressa, abdo- mine pauló breviora, levia, nitida, evidenter punctata. Pedes breves femoribus tibiisque dilatato-compressis. This fine species is unique in the magnificent collection of M. le Comte Dejean, who informs me that he now possesses between 20,000 and 21,000 species of Coleoptera. It is there- fore with the greatest pleasure that I take the present oppor- tunity of acknowledging my thanks to that distinguished ento- mologist for the kindness with which he allowed me to make use not only of this, but of various other valuable portions of his collections. Species 4. PrarvnHOPALUS? DENTIFRONS. Dejean. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 68—70. P. subcylindricus, ferrugineo-testaceus, antennarum clavá, brevi, lata, basi truncata et in spinam obtusam externe productá, apiceque rotundato; vertice spina erecta setigerà ; thorace . lateribus anticis rotundatis et dilatatis. Paussus dentifrons. Dejean, Mss. Habitat in Senegalià. Dom. Dumolin. In Mus. Dejean, et Dupont. Long. corp. lin. 35. ! Nova E a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 663 Novaspecies. Subcylindricus, toto ferrugineo testaceus, puncta- | tissimus, nitidus, subpubescens. Caput latum, thorace pauló | minus, suprà convexum, spiná erecta verticali, acuta, seti- | gerà; margine antico vix emarginato ; post oculos in col- hi lum contractum. Oculi magni laterales. Antenne articulo G basali crasso, dilatato, claváque brevi latå thorace pauló majori, subovatá, basi latiori, truncatáà et externe in spinam producta, suprà parüm convexá irregulari, eminentiis dua- bus (sc. basi et post medium,) subtüs multó convexiori presertim in regionem basalem, margine omni acuto. Tho- rav capite pauló latior, subconvexus et quasi bipartitus, portio antica major elevatior, latior, lateribus rotundatis et e portione posticáà impressione transversa tenui (at in medio profundiori, antice posticéque pauló productá) separata, portio postica brevis depressa, lateribus feré rectis vel pos- tice paululim oblique protensis. Elytra thorace latiora, subcylindrica, abdominis apicem non tegentia, oblongo- quadrata, nitida, evidenter punctatissima. Pedes breves, femoribus tibiisque compressis. I am indebted toM.le Comte Dejean for permission to describe and figure this species from his cabinet. It is with considerable doubt that I place it in the genus Platyrhopalus, (although the structure of the thorax and the flatness of the antenne approach the typical species of that genus,) the cornuted head appearing to give it an affinity with the Paussi, such as P.spAerocerus, §c.: E but from a note made in Paris, I have a slight idea that the : labial palpi have the joints of equal length. VOL. XVI. 4Q Species 664 Mr. J. O. Westwoop on the Pausside, Species 5. PLATYRHOPALUS? APLUSTRIFER mihi. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 51. P. depressus, totus rufo-fulvus, antennarum clavà lata, plana, externé spinis duabus acutis, thorace brevi plano, mar- ginibus anticis rotundatis, posticis dilatato-acutis, lobo transverso basali. Habitat ? In Mus. Brit. (sub nomine Mss. ** Paussus tridenticornis”}. Long. corp. lin. 32. Species nova insignisque. Depressus, levis, testaceo-fulvus, subpubescens. Caput subtriangulare, anticé vix emargi- natum, convexum, basi in collum citò contractum. Oculi laterales, mediocres, prominuli. Mandibule tenues, ar- cuate, acute. Palpi labiales breviores, triarticulati? arti- culis subzequalibus? Antenne pubescentes, articulo basali subcompresso, angulo superiori producto; apicali magno, valdé compresso, subovato, in articulum priorem subtrans- versé inserto, margine interno pauló rotundato-dilatato, apice rotundo, margineque externo ad basin impressioni- bus vel excisionibus duabus minutis subcontracto, (ad ar- ticulorum duorum basalium divisiones referentibus,) etiam ad medium marginis postici, spinis vel dentibus duobus longis acutissimis, basi latioribus, validis, instructo; inter quos spatium valdé emarginatum. Thorax planus, capite latior, brevis, lateribus dilatatis, marginibus anticis rotun- datis posticisque acuté productis et quasi truncatis, angulis paulo elevatis, foveá utrinque basi minime profundá, lobo basali transverso brevi e thoracis basi, foveá transversá tenuissima, separato (ut in genere Lebid). Elytra subde- pressa, oblongo-quadrata, basi thorace pauló latiora et illo feré quadrupló longiora levia, basi transversim impressa, capite a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 665 capite thoraceque colore fulviori. Pedes longiores, sub- tenues, tibiis apice compressis, et utrinque spina minutá armatis. Tarsi ut videtur 4-articulati. This remarkable species exhibits in its antennz and thorax a structure totally unlike that of any other individual in the family. At the base of the terminal joint of the former organs we perceive two transverse depressions with small corresponding contractions on its outer edge, evidently indicative of two basal rudimental joints. The singular acute horns which arm the clava of the antennz, as well as the rounded anterior margins and acutely dilated posterior angles of the thorax with its short transverse basal lobe,—similar to that found in the genus Lebia,— will not fail to attract the attention. I regret that the only specimen with which I am acquainted, and which is contained in the cabinet of the British Museum, has unfortunately been pierced through the centre of the head, so that I cannot state so accurately as I could have wished the formation of the trophi; one of the man- dibles, however, which is visible, is slender, acute, and bent at the tip. "The maxillary palpi appear to resemble those of this genus, and the labial palpi seem (at least as well as I could examine them,) shorter than in the typical species, and com- posed of three subequal joints. In this uncertainty, therefore, I place the species in the present genus with doubt, although .from its general appearance, depressed form, and the flatness and size of its antenne and thorax, it seems to be referable to this rather than to the genus Paussus. The specimen stands in the British Museum cabinet under the manuscript name of ** Paussus tridenticornis," a name so inappropriate, that I have not hesitated to alter it to that employed above, in allu- sion to the resemblance which the antenne bear to a small military double-tongued banneret. From the manner in whicli 4q2 the 666 Mr. J.O. Wzsrwoopn on the Pausside, the antenne are situated upon the head, it appears to me that when alive the insect carries them with the spines pointing upwards, so that, probably, their flat inner surfaces may be applied to each other. I regret not having been able to obtain any information respecting its habitat. Genus 5. CERAPTERUS. Swed., Don., Latr., $c. Corpus depressum, capite minori, thorace majori, abdomine la- tiori. Caput thorace angustius, depressum, subtriangulare, posticè collo brevi, cylindrico, instructum. Oculi mediocres, globosi, laterales, valdè prominuli. Antenne capitis fronte inserte, pubescentes, perfoliate, 10-articulate, capite cum thorace pauló longiores, articulo 1mo compresso, apice concavo clypeato, transverso; articulis reliquis depressis, latis, articuli 2—9 equalibus depressis, brevibus, latissimis, parallelis, et transversaliter impositis, ultimo in eodem cum reliquis plano, feré quartam partem antenne constituente, apice rotundato. Labrum, mandibule, mazilleque minute. Palpi elongati, inzequales; maaillares (maxilla, Swed. fig. 4. a, b.) longi, cornei, 4?-articulati, articulo penultimo apice crassiori, ultimo tenui acuto; labiales crassiores, articulo ultimo longiori, latiori, depresso, truncato. Thorax planus, immarginatus, lateribus dilatatis. Scutellum mediocre, tri- angulare. Elytra lata, planiuscula, elongato-quadrata, mar- ginibus lateralibus, inflexo-convolutis, apice subtruncata. Abdomen elytris pauló longius. Pedes breves, valdé com- pressi, lati. Tarsi angusti, filiformes, breves, articulis ba- salibus ciliatis, articulo ultimo longo, simplici. This genus was established by Swederus in the "Transactions of the Swedish Academy, vol. ix. 1788, p. 203, for the recep- tion of an insect which he had received from General Davies of Blackheath, a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 667 Blackheath. The genus, however, remained unnoticed until Donovan described a second species in his Natural History of the Insects of New Holland, and also recorded the existence of ‘a third, which had been consigned by Fichtel to the Imperial Cabinet at Vienna. The generic characters were not detailed by Donovan, with the exception of those drawn from the an- tenne. Latreille in his Genera Crustaceorum, §c., evidently guided by Donovan’s work, and unacquainted with the original description of Swederus, gave the genus with characters drawn merely from the antenne, and with Donovan’s species as the type: and it is through this slight description alone that the French entomologists appear to be acquainted with the genus, since in the Encyclopédie Méthodique the genus Cerapterus was entirely omitted in the Letter C.; and the only notice of it in the later volume of that work, under the article Paussus, omits all mention of the original species. It is with pleasure that I now give the characters of the genus in detail, which I have drawn from the generic and specific description of Cer. latipes given by Swederus, from the characters exhibited by Donovan's figure of Cer. MacLeaii, and from an examination of the insect con- tained in the cabinet of the East India House subsequently mentioned. This examination, although merely external, has enabled me to state the formation of the terminal joints of the palpi, and thus to exhibit their resemblance in general forma- tion with the Paussi, thereby also proving that the disagreement appearing in the figures of these organs given by Swederus (tab. 6. f. 2, 3 & 4.) is produced by the incorrectness of the delineation of the maxillary palpi in the two former figures. In the latter figure (to which the detailed generic description of these organs alone refers) they are, however, correctly repre- sented, although we find that description, which is as follows, to be incorrect: **Os maxillis palpisque, Palpi quatuor inzequales, ultimo 668 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoopn on the Pausside, ultimo articulo longiori, latiori, depresso, truncato, tab. 6. f. 4. c, d, e." (In the figure referred to, which is generally correct, there are, however, only ¢wo organs thus formed.) ** Maxilla (Mandibula Fabr.) brevis, apice cornea, arcuata, subulata, fig. 4. a, b." (although the figure exhibits a pair of organs thus formed, which are, in fact, the maxillary palpi). ‘The large size of the labial palpi compared with the maxillary, and their general structure, are singular characters. In respect to the former character they approach Pentaplatarthrus. 'The Cerapterus MacLeaii might indeed be considered as the connecting spe- cies between Paussus and Cerapterus; but, at the same time, the flattened thorax and antenne of Platyrhopalus evidently exhibits great affinity between that genus and Cerapterus, al- though the joints of the palpi are comparatively much larger. Swederus and Donovan were silent as to the number of joints in the tarsi; and I regret not being able to supply the de- ficiency, from the circumstance of the only individual which I have been enabled to examine being the single specimen in the Javanese collection, which I consequently was unable to inves- tigate so minutely as I could have wished, as also from the basal joints being retracted within the hollowed tip of the tibia ; the terminal joint is, however, longer and flattened, and appa- rently broader at the base than at the tip. The basal joint of the antennz is broad and compressed, with the tip emarginate, and the second joint is inserted in the centre of this emargina- tion at right angles. The second and following joints are flat, broad, and depressed, and exhibit as singular an appearance as any antenna with which I am acquainted, and which together with the other characters will instantly distinguish this genus not only from the rest of the family, but from every other known genus. In the formation of the underside of the body this genus does not a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 669 not materially disagree from Pentaplatarthrus and Paussus; and as both Swederus and Donovan have given figures of the under- sides of their respective species, I have not thought it material to add a similar representation of the Javanese specimen. Of the habits of the species nothing is recorded. Species 1. CERAPTERUS LATIPES. Swederus. C. latus, depressus, ‘‘ piceus, elytris macula flavescente,” api- cali majuscula, ** pedibus latissimis, tarsis intra tibias, re- tractilibus." ; C. latipes. Swed. Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. &c. T. 9. 1788. p. 203. | pl. 6. fig. 1. Don. Ins. New Holland (sub Cerapt. Mac- Leaü). Schonh. Syn. Ins. vol. i. p.3. part. 19. no. 1. Habitat, .... vid. infra. Long. corp. e figura Swederi, lin. 6. Magn. nat. Silphz 4-ma- culate. Swed. Corpus latum, depressum. ‘‘Caput nigrum subpunctatum. Oculi albescentes. Antenne ferrugineo-picez, hirte ; palpi fer- ruginei, parüm hirti. Thorax planiusculus, anticó et pos- ticé truncatus, lateribus dilatatis, rotundatis, ferrugineo- piceus, hirtus, postictque utrinque foveolatus. Scutellum majusculum, triangulare, glabrum, nigro-piceum. Elytra glabra, punctis minutissimis excavatis, inordinatis, apice truncata,” singula ** macula versus apicem majuscula, su- tura, margineque postico, flavescentibus. Pectus et Abdo- men ferrugineo-picea, parùm hirta. Pedes piceo-ferruginei, femoribus tibiisque brevissimis, latissimis, compressis, ele- vato-punctatis, parùm hirtis, tibiis intra femora retractilibus. Tarsi angusti, filiformes, breves, ciliati, intra tibias retrahi et celari possunt.” Obs. 1. Primum pedum par abfuit.. Obs. 2. In delineatione insecti Swederi (fig. 1 & 2.) maculæ ely- trorum 670 Mr.J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, trorum apicales quasi (at indistincte) quadrate, apparent, Fig. 1. Insectum magnitudine naturali suprà visum. Fig. 2. Idem, magnitudine auctum, laterè visum. Fig. 3. Caput et thorax magn. plùs auct., laterè visa, antennarum formatio- nem exhibens. Fig. 4. Idem, palpos exhibens. Fig. 5. Insectum magn. auct., subtüs visum. f. Antenna aucta, laterè visa. g, h. Pedes aucti. Obs. 3. In figura 5, pedes 4 postici, multüm contracti, deline- antur, indé perbreves videntur. | Obs. 4. In figuris 1 & 5. apex elytrorum subrotundatus nec trun- catus apparet. This species was described by Swederus as an inhabitant of Honduras in central America, from the Collection of General Davies of Blackheath in Kent. Mr. Donovan however states, upon the authority of that gentleman, that it came from Ben- gal. The specific characters introduced above in inverted commas, I have copied from the original description of the species, adding thereto such observations as appear necessary from a comparative consideration of the characters of the other species. Amongst the Javanese insects collected by Dr. Horsfield, and now deposited in the cabinet of the Museum of the East India Company, there is an individual belonging to this genus, of which, through the kindness of that gentleman, I am enabled to give the following description and accompanying figure. Tan. XXXIII. Fig. 52—56. C. latus, depressus, piceus, thorace brevi transverso, elytris ma- culà apicali, majuscul4, irregulari, fulva, pedibus latissimis, antennisque piceo-rufis. Habitat in Java. Dom. Horsfield. Long. a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 671 Long. corp. lin. 51. Lat. corp. 21. In Mus. Soc. Merc. Ind. Orient. Corpus latum, depressum, nitidum, hirtum. Caput porrectum, suprà transversum, piceum, subnitidum, pilosum, sub- punctatum. Oculi mediocres, prominuli, laterales. Os in- flexum ; palpis porrectis, crassis; mazillaribus piceo-rufis ; labialibus pallidioribus. Antenne magne, hirtz, piceo-rufe, articulorum 2—9 lateribus subparallelis. Thorax brevis, transversus, planus, capite latior, basi apiceque truncatus, antice latior, lateribus dilatatis, rotundatis, obscure rufo- piceus, obsolete punctatus, hirtus, postice utrinque subfo- veolatus. Scutellum mediocre, triangulare, piceum. Elytra thorace latiora, et illo quadrupló longiora, oblongo-qua- drata, basi e thorace pauló remota, lateribus inflexis, apice subtruncata, abdominis longitudine, suprà subdepressa, pi- cea, nitida, singula maculé versus apicem majusculà irre- gulari (sc. antice obtuse tridentata) fulva, sutura rufe- scenti, basi hirta, nec nisi obsoletissimé punctata. Corpus subtüs rufo-piceum, nitidum, hirtum. Abdomen piceum. Pedes similes, breves, piceo-rufi, valdé compressi, femo- ribus tibiisque dilatatis, brevibus, latissimis, subpunctatis, parüm hirtis, tibiis intra femora retractilibus. Tarsi rufo- picei, breves, ciliati, intra tibiarum apices excavatos re- tractilibus. The chief characters in which the insect last described appears to disagree with the original description and figure of C. latipes, are the irregular form of the spot at thé apex of the elytra, the apparently slight increase in the length of the legs, and in the suture being rufescent, and the apex of the elytra piceous. These differences may, however, be considered merely as apparent, since Swederus, as above observed, is not explicit VOL. XVI 4 R as 612 Mr. J.O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, as to the form of the apical spot in his species; and the legs appear very short in his figure in consequence of their being very much retracted. Should, however, these differences actu- ally exist, I can scarcely consider them otherwise than as indi- cative of a variety, and not of a distinct species; since in form, colour, and indeed in all other essential specific characters, Dr. Horsfield's insect certainly appears to agree with that of Swederus. If, on the contrary, it should ultimately be ascer- tained that this insect is specifically distinct from the C. latipes, I propose that a specific name should be given to it commemo- rative of its learned capturer, by whose researches so many interesting novelties have been added to our zoological trea- sures, designating it consequently Cerapt. Horsfieldii, Westw. Species 2. CrnAPTERUS MacLzar:. Donovan. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 57. C. angustior, subdepressus, integre brunneus, thorace subqua- drato, pedibus simplicibus. C. MacLeaii. Donovan, Insects of New Holland, Genus Cera- pterus, tab. 3. Latr. Genera Crustaceorum, $c. vol. iii. p. 4. Schönherr, Syn. Ins. vol. i. part.9. p. 19. Encycl. Méthod. sub art. ** Paussili”’. Habitat in Nova Hollandia. Long. corp. (e figura Donovani) lin. 51. In Mus. D. Francillon olim. Corpus angustius, subdepressum, nitidum, integré brunneum. Caput latum, porrectum, rotundatum ; oculi magni promi- nuli. Antenne majores, articulo ultimo permagno, punc- tato, apice rotundato. Thorax subquadratus, capite vix latior, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis acutis. Elytra oblongo-quadrata, thorace pauld latiora, apice subtruncata, abdomine —— € Eme. a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 673 abdomine pauló breviora. Pedes longiores, femoribus tibiis- que simplicibus. This species was received by the late Mr. Francillon from New Holland, and was figured by Donovan in his work upon the insects of that country. I am not aware in whose possession the original specimen is at present. It differs materially from the C. latipes not only in its uniform brunneous colour, but also in its narrow form and more slenderlegs. The preceding specific characters are chiefly derived from Donovan's figure of the species, his description being very short. Mr. Donovan also speaks of another species of this genus brought from Bengal by M. Fichtel, who consigned it to the Imperial Cabinet at Vienna, of which, however, he has unfortu- nately omitted to give the characters, and, as far as I have been enabled to ascertain, the entomologists of that city have not yet supplied the deficiency. Genus 6. 'TnocuHorpEUs* mihi. Pausus, Dalman. Corpus subovatum, subconvexum. Caput subtriangulare, apice tamen truncato, collo postico nullo. Os aliquantüm pro- ductum. Labrum integrum. Mandibule breves, labro fere tectze. Palpi mazillares filiformes, crassiusculi, 3-articu- lati, articulis zequalibus, 1mo 2doque breviter obovatis, apicali conoideo. Palpi labiales brevissimi. Antenne spadicez, clavà magná obovata, in capitis apice inserte, supra os, ab oculis aliquantim remote, longitudine circiter capitis cum thorace, articulus 1mus sat longus obovatus vel pyriformis, 2dus parvus breviter obconicus (ad articuli 2di basin, certo situ, articulus alius minutissimus apparere * Tooyouib;s, rotundus; in allusion to the rounded apex of the elytra. 4r2 videtur, 614 Mr. J. O, Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, videtur, qui vero, vix nisi precedentis radicula,) tota quee restat antennze pars, clavam format permagnam, cras- sam, parüm compressam, obovatam, summo apice tamen tumescenti. Hsc clava, sub oculo armato, articulata attamen videtur, scilicet articulo basali brevi, semilunari, 2do maximo clavam veram constituente, apicali brevi sub- mamillari tumido, his omnibus tamen sic intimé connatis, ut difficile distinguuntur. Clava subtüs visa, feré instar cochlez duplicatz. Oculi laterales, parvi, rotundati, integri, parüm prominuli. Ocelli nulli. Thorar quàm longus latior, marginatus, subcordatus, basi apiceque tamen truncatus, angulis anticis rotundatis posticis subrectis, suprà convexus, (canalicula dorsali?). Scutellum parvum triangulare. Ely- tra ferè obovata, scilicet, jam ad basin thorace manifeste latiora, versus medium aliquantüm dilatata, posteriàs an- gustata, apici rotundata dorso convexa. Pedes breviusculi, mutici, antici basi approximati, postici veró insertione a se invicem valdé distantes, femoribus subclavatis, elytrorum apicem haud attingentibus. Tibie mutice, compresse, posticæ pauló curvatz. Tarsi graciles, longitudine dimidie tibie, 4-articulati, articuli 1, 2, 3 minuti, brevissimi, api- calis longitudine praecedentium conjunctim, biunguiculatus. Abdomen planiusculum, segmentis 6, Imo reliquis multd majore, anali minuto. The preceding are the generic characters of an extremely interesting insect described by Dalman in his paper “Om In- sekter unneslutne i Copal, &c." published in the Transactions of the Swedish Royal Academy for 1825; but regarding which (notwithstanding Dalman has observed that the antenns are of the “forma singularis Pauso propria," adding, * De genere haud dubito, attamen characteres insecti genus proprie designan- tes, adjungere licet"), I feel convinced that no one, consider- ing ee cina, MM TP DM MR ERIT ns M eS Ei a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 615 ing its form and characters with reference to any of the pre- ceding genera, will be disinclined to admit that we should be sacrificing the principles adopted by all modern entomologists, were we to regard it as congenerous with the true Paussi. In- deed I cannot but think that its peculiar form, together with the structure of its palpi, clearly prove not only the correctness of such a step, but also show that, if we even consider it as belong- ing to the family, a very aberrant situation must be assigned to it, since it appears to me cléarly to point the way to some other group. And I likewise feel convinced that every friend of entomological science will rejoice that Dalman's “ specimen unicum," although ** copalo inclusum," was ** optimé conserva- tum et examinatu sat facile, nisi quod attinet ad pedes ante- riores sub corpore retractos." The generic characters given above are selected from Dal- man's detailed specific description, and exhibit several peculiar variations in structure. The general habit or facies of colour- ing of the insect, the form of the head, thorax and elytra, the length and slenderness of the legs, the formation of the maxil- lary, and the extreme minuteness of the labial palpi, are cha- racters which evidently intimate a connexion with other families; while at the same time the antennz (although the increased size of the second joint, and the rudimental articulations in the clava are worthy of notice,) evidently, as Dalman has remarked, ex- hibit the general “ forma singularis Pauso propria." Species 1. "TRocuorpEUs CRUCIATUS. Dalman. Tas. XXXIII. Fig. 58, 59. T. ferrugineus, elytrorum basi apiceque fuscis, sutura fasciá- que mediá brunneis. Pausus cruciatus. Dalman, Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 1825. . 400. sp. 3. tab. 5. . 9—11. if " fs Habitat 616 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, Habitat à Long. corp. vix lin. 14 Paris. Caput fusco-brunneum, leve. Os cum palpis lutescens, mandi- bule pallide. Antenne geniculis apiceque rufescentibus, oculo armato subtilissimé pubescentes. Oculi albi cum macula rufa. Thorax fusco-brunneus, margine laterali dor- soque dilutioribus, rufo-ferrugineis, subtilissimé pubescens. Scutellum ferrugineum. Elytra flavo-ferruginea, margine obscuriori et regione scutelli infuscata, per elytrorum me- dium fascia transversa, dorso brunnea, ad latera nigricans ; et versus apicem iterùm fascia nigro-fusca, relicto tamen ipso apice rufo-piceo, suturá rufo-piceá cum fascia media crucem formante. In singulo elytro stria obsoleta juxta su- turam, de cetero elytra omninó levia, nec punctata videntur, sed pube brevissima obducta. Corpus subtüs rufo-ferrugi- neum, immaculatum, læve, pectoris postici canaliculá tenui. Pedes ferruginei femoribus obscurioribus; farsi pallidé tes- tacei. In addition to the foregoing insects belonging to the family, Schónherr has included amongst his species of Paussus, but placed at the end of the genus with an expression of doubt, the Hispa bihamata of Linnzus (Syst. Nat. ed. 19. 1. p. 604. no. 3.). This insect, from the Linnean description of its 3-jointed antennz (the third joint of which is longer than the thorax), and the truncation of its elytra, appears to belong to the family ; but as I am not aware that anything further is known respecting its characters, except the original description, it is impossible to speak with precision upon the subject*. It is an inhabitant of India, and is stated to be of the size of Chrysomela cuprea. * The singular hooks which arm the exterior angles of the posterior part of the elytra (^ singula elytra posticé truncata sed angulo exteriore terminato spina magna incurva ") are characters not to be met with in any of the Pausside. It M — i a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 677 It only remains for me to add a few observations upon the only remaining insect which has been introduced into the family, but which does not appear referable thereto. Fabricius, in his Systema Eleutheratorum, comprised in the genus Paussus an insect under the name of P. flavicornis, with the remark, ‘‘ Animalculum singulare vix hujus generis." La- treille is the next author who mentions this insect, in his Histoire Naturelle &c. tab. 11. 209. no. 4. with the following ** Nota: Cet insecte, que nous n'avons pas été à méme d'examiner, doit sans doute former un autre genre, c'est aussi le sentiment de Fabricius." Schönherr, however, in his Syn. Inis. vol. i. p. 3. no. 9, notwithstanding these observations of Fabricius and La- treille, and evidently overlooking the specific description of the terminal joints of the antennz, has placed it amongst the species of Paussus without any expression of doubt. Dalman, in the notes inserted at the end of his Analecta Entomologica, agrees with Fabricius and Latreille, observing ** De Pauso flavicorni Fabr.: Hoc insectum minime Pausi est generis, tarsi enim omnes eviden- ter 5-articulati, elytris molliusculis, toto habitu atque colore ad Malachios nimis accedere videtur, et ipsa antennarum singularis forma sat bene congruit cum earundem structura in masculis Malachii enei et specierum affinum. Pausi flavicornis foemina nobis haud est visa, quare de ejus antennarum structura sumus inscii, sed insectum ad ulteriorem indagationem in muszo nos- tro, sub nomine Malachii flavicornis, militat."—pp. 103, 104. Latreille, profiting by these observations, adds the following note at the foot of his family Melyrides in the Familles Natu- relles: ** Le Pausus flavicornis de Fabricius parait devoir en former un nouveau genre près des précedens."—p. 353. The preceding remarks, added to an examination of a conge- nerous insect in Mr. Haworth's cabinet, under the manuscript name of Cerocoma marginata, subsequently mentioned, have sufficiently 678 Mr. J. O. Westwoop on the Pausside, sufficiently convinced me that the Paussus flavicornis does not belong to the Pausside, but that it is referable to the Telephoride ; since Dalman’s observations upon the tarsi clearly prove that it is not allied to the Cerocome. I therefore propose for the insects in question, the generic name of MEGADEUTERUS*. Corpus parvum, villosum. Antenne articulo 1mo incurvo, elon- gato; 2do magno rotundato compresso ; articulis reliquis brevibus, filiformibus. Elytra molliuscula. Tarsi 5-arti- culati. Species 1. MzGADEUTERUS FLAVICORNIS. Fabr. M. corpore nigro, elytris cyaneis, antennarum articulis duobus — . basalibus flavis. Habitat in Java. Mus. Dom. de Sehestedt. Paussus flavicornis. Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. 2. 15. 4. Dalman loc. cit. Sch. Syn. Ins. vol. 1. part. 3. p. 19. Corpus nigrum. Caput et thorax cinereo-villosa. Antenne arti- culis duobus basalibus flavis, reliquis nigris. Elytra cyanea, nitida. Species 2. My friend A. H. Haworth, Esq., F.L.S., &c. possesses in his cabinet an undescribed insect, evidently congenerous with the above, under the manuscript name of Cerocoma marginata. A casual examination of this insect enables me merely to state that it appears to agree with the Fabrician description of M. flavi- cornis in all respects, except that the suture and margins of the elytra are rufous. * peyas, magnus; and detrepos, secundus ;—in allusion to the large second joint of the antennz. EXPLA- - ie a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 679 EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXIII. Note, — The Figures are all more or less magnified. The lines near the Insects figured represent their natural size. 'The same small letters refer to the correspond- ing or analogous parts throughout the dissections, as follows : The labrum. The mandibles. The basal part of the maxilla. The apical lobe of ditto. " The maxillary palpi. The mentum. | The produced lateral angles of ditto. The labium. The triarticulate labial palpi. The basal scapes. The place of insertion of the antenna; with the exposed part of the circular moveable ball above mentioned, upon the upper surface of which, k. The basal joint of the antennz is inserted. 1. The small articulation? between the basal and terminal joints of the antennz. m. The apical portion or clava of the antenne. n. 'The eyes. o. The neck. Fig. 1. to 14. Pentaplatarthrus Pause, and een” _ Fig. 1. The insect magnified. = > 2. The head, seen above ; ‘exhibiting the formation Pond i in- sertion of the antenne. 3. The same, seen from the front, showing the elongation of the palpi and the flatness of the antenne. VOL. XVI. 4s Fig. 4. fas) es Tee ^ Se S 0 8 680 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, Fig. 4. The same, seen from below, exhibiting the structure of the lower parts of the mouth. 5. 'The labrum, mandibles, and lower part of the face, more highly magnified. 6. The mandible, ditto. 7. The maxilla and its palpus. 8. The mentum, labium, palpi, and their scapes, seen from below. 9. 'The same, seen from within the mouth. 10. 'The same, seen sideways. 11. The under-side of the trunk (thorax Linn.) 12. The head and prothorax, seen sideways. 13. The coxa (r), the biarticulate trochanter (s & s), and the femur of the hind leg. 14. The tarsus. 15.to 20. Details of a species of the genus Paussus of the 2nd section. ; 15. Under-side of the head. 16. The labrum. 17. The mandible. 18. The maxilla, showing its insertion on the outside of the produced lobe of the mentum. 19. The instrumenta labialia mihi, or lower organs of the mouth, seen from beneath: half of the mentum and neck is removed, to show the insertion of the labial palpi. 20. The lower organs of the mouth, seen from within, with one of the lobes of the mentum. 21. Head, thorax and base of the elytra of Paussus micro- cephalus. 22. Paussus Linnei. 23. Antenna of ditto, seen from the front. Fig. 24. —À— llli Y pae Fig. 24. . Paussus excavatus. . Antenna of ditto, seen rather obliquely from above. . Paussus rufitarsis. . Antenna of ditto, seen from behind. . Ditto, seen from above. . Head and thorax of Paussus thoracicus. . Clava of antenna of ditto, seen from behind. . Ditto, seen from the front. . Head and thorax of P. Fichtelii. . Antenna of ditto, seen from behind. . Ditto, seen obliquely in front. . Head, thorax, and base of elytra of P. pilicornis. (From a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 681 Antenna of Paussus Linnei, seen from behind. Donovan). . Ditto of Paussus spherocerus. . Paussus armatus. , . Portion of the head of ditto, seen sideways. . Antenna, seen sideways. . Paussus affinis. . Antenna of ditto, seen from behind. . Paussus lineatus. (From Thunberg.) . Paussus Hardwicküi. . Antenna of ditto, seen from the front. . Hylotorus Bucephalus. jen Schön- . Head of ditto, more highly magnified. . Head, thorax, and base of Me of Merc m den- herr.) ticornis. . to 48. Details of ditto. . The labrum. . The mandible. . The maxilla and its palpus. . The instrumenta labialia. 4s2 Fig. 48. 682 Fig. Mr. J.O. Wzsrwoop on the Pausside, 48. The tarsus. 49. Head, thorax, and base of elytra of Platyrhopalus uni- color. (From Schönherr.) 50. Head and thorax of the specimen of Platyrhopalus brought from Nepaul by Major-General Hardwicke, previously mentioned. 65. Platyrhopalus? levifrons. _ 66. Antenna of ditto, seen sideways. - — 67. The outer margin of ditto, showing the slight i Bu cd sions and teeth. 68. Platyrhopalus ? dentifrons. 69. Portion of the head, and one of the antenne, seen sideways. 70. 'The antenna of the same, seen obliquely. 51. Platyrhopalus ? aplustrifer. .52. Cerapterus latipes, drawn from the specimen in the East ‘India Company's Collection previously mentioned. 53. to 56. Details of ditto. 53. Head of ditto, seen from the front. | M. putt. exhibiting the flattened terminal joints of the an- _tennæ, the two maxillary, and one of the labial palpi. | 55. The parts of the mouth, seen from the front. . 56. The anterior leg of ditto. : — 57. Cerapterus MacLeaii. (From Donovan.) - 58. Trochoideus cruciatus. 59. Head, thorax, base of the elytra, x (From Dalman.) fore-leg of ditto, POSTSCRIPT. Trans: Lin: Soc: Vol. XVI. Tab: 33. p.679. 20 Wefwosd debo Engraved bu J. Swaine, - o T a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 685 POSTSCRIPT. Since the preceding sheets were printed, Mr. Melley of Man- chester, the possessor of a very fine collection of exotic Coleo- ptera, has liberally submitted to my examination a remarkable new species of this family ; and I am happy in being enabled to add the following description of it, although I regret that, in consequence of the Plate having been completed, I cannot add a figure of it, and the more especially, since the insect in question is one of the most extraordinary in the family. From the forma- tion of the antennz and palpi it is clearly referrible to my new genus P/atyrhopalus, and in the former of those organs most nearly resembles Pl. levifrons; but in the extraordinary breadth of its elytra (which considerably exceed, in proportion to its size, even those of the Cerapterus Horsfieldii), and in its very broad and flat retractile legs, it evidently approaches Cerapterus. Mr. Melley informs me that a description and figure of it will shortly appear in M. Guerin's Magazin de Zoologie. I am not, however, aware of the specific name which he is about to pro- pose for it, and am consequently restricted from introducing it in the ordinary manner with a nomen triviale, unless indeed its liberal possessor will allow me the honour of applying to it the name of PrATYRHOPALUS MELLEI, Westw. Pl. piceus, elytris castaneis, latissimis, ferè quadratis, anten- narum clavá latà compressà margine feré circulari basi externé angulum efformante, pedibus latissimis. Habitat in Malabaria. | In Mus. Melley. Long. corp. (antennis exclusis) lin. 44, lat. elytr. lin. 24. Species nova et valdé insignis. Latissimus, subconvexus, rufo- piceus, tenuissimé punctatus, nitidus, subhirsutus, thorace capiteque declivibus. Caput parvum, parüm nitidum, an- tice 684 Mr. J. O. Wzsrwoopn on the Paussida. tice emarginatum, posticé in collum breve contractum. Oculi magni, prominuli, laterales. Antenne articulo basali sat magno, depresso, apice externe oblique emarginato, clavá in emarginationis medium insidente, hzc clava per- magna est, feré circularis et compressa scil. facie anticá vel superá parüm concavá; posticáque vel externá parim convexáà presertim in medio, margine omni acuto; tres tubercule minutissime ciliate in marginem circuli exter- num, pauló ante apicem exstant, et clave basis interna subquadraté producitur. Palpi maaillares maximi, articulo antepenultimo permagno, lato, et ad apicem interné valdé producto. Palpi labiales cylindrici, hirsuti, articulo penul- timo quàm terminali pauló majori. Thorax brevis, declivis, transversus, capite fere dupló latior subopacus, marginibus lateralibus, rotundatis, portio postica brevissima, sed dis- tincta et multó angustior est, et e portione anticá, lineà transversà feré rectá, minimé elevatá, separata. Elytra castanea, tenuissimé punctata, nitidissima, parùm hirsuta, subconvexa, et thorace e tertid parte conjunctim latiora ; ferè quadrata, longitudine latitudinem conjunctam paulis- per superante ; in angulo postico externo, tuberculum par- vum mamillatum utrinque adest, et apex ipse elytrorum subobliqué utrinque producitur. Abdomen elytris vix lon- gius. Pedes breves, latissimi, depressi, femoribus excisione elongata internà pro tibiarum receptione efformatá. Tibie latissimz, apice interno bicalcaratz. Tarsi tibiis breviores, subcylindrici, subtüs ciliati, articulis 5 distinctis, articulo lmo crassiori, 4to breviori, 5toque longiori et tenuiori, unguibus 2 acutis instructo ; sed in pedibus 2 anticis arti- culus basalis brevior est quàm in 4 posticis. June 9, 1832. : XXXV. On ( 685 ) XXXV. On the Organs and Mode of Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. By Robert Brown, Esq., V.P.L.S., $c. Read November 1 and 15, 1831. Ix the Essay now submitted to the Society, my principal object is to give an account of some observations, made chiefly in the course of the present year, on the structure and economy of the sexual organs in Orchidez and Asclepiadew,—the two: families of phenogamous plants which have hitherto presented the most important objections to the prevailing theories of vegetable fecundation. : But before entering on this account, it is necessary to notice the various opinions that have been held respecting the mode of impregnation in both families: and in concluding the sub- ject of Orchidez, I shall advert to a few other points of struc- ture in that natural order. ORCHID EE. The authors whose opinions or conjectures on the mode of impregnation in Orchidezw I have to notice, may be divided into such as have considered the direct application of the pollen to the stigma as necessary: and those who,—from cer- tain peculiarities in the structure and relative position of the sexual organs in this family,—have regarded the direct contact of these parts as in many cases difficult or altogether impro- bable, 686 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of bable, and have consequently had recourse to other explana- tions of the function. In 1760, Haller, the earliest writer of the first class, in de- scribing his Epipactis, states that the antherz or pollen masses, after leaving the cells in which they are originally inclosed, are retained by the process called by him sustentaculum, the rostel- lum of Richard, from which they readily fall upon the stigma *. He adds, that both in this genus and in Orchis the stigma com- municates by a fovea or channel with the ovarium. But as in 1742 he correctly describes the stigma of Orchist, and in his account of Epipactis Ẹ notices also the gland derived, as he says, from the sustentaculum, and which is introduced between and connects the pollen masses, his opinion on the subject, though not expressed, is distinctly implied even at that period: or as indeed it may be said to have been so early as 17368, when he first described the channel communicating with the ovarium, and considered it as being in the place of a style. In 1763, Adanson|| states that the pollen masses are projected on the stigma, of which his description is at least as satisfactory as that of some very recent writers on the subject. He also de- scribes the flower of an Orchideous plant as being monandrous, with a bilocular anthera, containing pollen which coheres in masses (a view of structure first entertained, but not published, by Bernard de Jussieu) ; and he correctly marks the relation both of the stamen and placente of the ovarium to the divi- sions of the perianthium. _ In 1777, Curtis, in the Flora Londinensis in his figure and ~ * Orchid. class. constitut. in Act. Helvet. iv. p. 100: + Hail. Enum. p. 262. l Id. p. 274. § Meth. stud. bot. p. 21. || Fam. des Plant. ii. p. 69. S Juss. gen. pl. p. 66. account Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 687 account of Ophrys apifera, correctly delineates and describes the pollen masses, called by him antherz, the glands at their base in- closed in distinct cuculli or bursiculz, and the stigma, with the surface of which he represents the masses as coming in contact. In his second volume, the two lateral adnate lobes of the stigma, and the auriculz of the column of Orchis mascula, are distinctly shown; and these auricule, now generally denomi- nated rudimentary stamina, are also delineated in some other species of Orchis afterwards figured in the same work. In 1793, Christian Konrad Sprengel* asserts that the pollen masses are applied directly to the secreting or viscid surface on the front of the column, in other words to the stigma, and that insects are generally the agents in this operation. In 1799, J. K. Wachtert supports the same opinion, as far as regards the necessity of direct contact of the pollen masses with the female organ ; and this observer was the first who succeeded in artificially impregnating an Orchideous plant, by applying the pollen to the stigma of Habenaria bifolia. In 1799 also, or beginning of 1800, Schkuhr ł{ takes the same view of the subject, and states that the pollen masses, which resist the action of common moisture, are readily dissolved by the viscid fluid of the stigma. In 1800 Swartz§, in adopting the same opinion, notices various ways in which the application of the pollen may be effected in the different tribes of this family, repeats the state- ment of Schkuhr on the solvent power of the stigma, and in Bletia Tankervillie describes ducts which convey the absorbed fluid from that organ to the ovarium. | In 1804, Salisbury|| asserts that he had succeeded in im- * Enid. Geheim. p. 401. + Romer Archiv. ii. p. 909. i Handbuch ii. p. 192. § Act. Holm. 1800 p. 134. | Linn. Soc. Transact. vii. p. 29. VOL. XVI. 4T pregnating 688 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of pregnating many species belonging to different tribes of Orchi- dez, by applying the pollen masses to the stigma, whose channel communicating with the cavity of the ovarium, and first noticed by Haller, he also describes. In 1827, Professor L. C. Treviranus* published an account of several experiments made by him in 1824, which satisfacto- rily prove that impregnation in this family may be effected by the direct application of the pollen to the stigma. About the end of 1830 a letter from Professor Amicit to M. Mirbel was published, in which that distinguished micro- scopical observer asserts that in many phenogamous plants the pollen tubes, or boyaux, penetrate through the style into the cavity of the ovarium, and are applied directly to the ovula. In this important communication Orchidee are not men- tioned, but M. Adolphe Brongniart in a note states that he himself has seen the production of boyaux or pollen tubes even in this family ; that here, however, as well as in all the other tribes in which he had examined these tubes, he found them to terminate in the tissue of the stigma. Of the second class of authors the earliest is Linnzeusi, who, in 1764, not satisfied either with his own or any other descrip- tion then given of the stigma, inquires whether the influence of the pollen may not be communicated internally to the ovarium. | In 1770, Schmidel$, in an account which he gives of a spe- cies of Epipactis, describes and figures the upper lip of the stigma, the rostellum of Richard, with its gland both before and after the bursting of the anthera; and as he denominates that * Zeitschrift f. Physiol. ii. p. 225. + Annal. des Sc. Nat. xxi. p. 329. t Prelect. in Ord. Nat. ed. Giseke. p. 182. S Gesn. Op. Bot, hist. plant. fasc. ii. p. 15. tab. 19. . part, Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 689 part, before the pollen masses are attached to it, * stigma vir- gineum," he may be considered as belonging to the same class. Koelreuter, the next writer in point of time, and whose essay was published before Linnzus's query appeared, states, in 1775*, that the pollen masses, which he denominates naked anthere, impart their fecundating matter to the surface of the cells of the true anthera, regarded by him consequently as stigma, and that through this surface it is absorbed and conveyed to the ovarium. | In 1787, Dr. Jonathan Stokest conjectures that in Orchidee, as well as in Asclepiadez, the male influence, or principle of arrangement, as it is termed by John Hunter, may be conveyed to the embryo without the intervention of air: a repetition cer- tainly of Linneus's conjecture, with which however, as it was not published till 1791, he could not have been acquainted. In 1791, Batsch* states that in Orchis and Ophrys,—and his observation may be extended at least to all Satyrinze or Ophry- dez,—the only way in which the mass of pollen can act on the ovarium, is by the retrogradation of the impregnating power through the pedunculus or caudicula of the pollen mass to the gland beneath it, which he is disposed to refer rather to the stigma than to the anthera. The late Professor Richard, in 18028, expressly says that fecundation is operated in Orchidez and Asclepiadex without a change of place in the stamina; his opinion therefore must be considered identical with that of Batsch, and extended to the whole order. It might perhaps be inferred from the description which I gave of Orchidez in a work published in 1810|, that my opi- * Act. Phys. Palat. iii. p. 55. + With. Bot. Arrang. 9nd ed. ii. p. 964. i Botanische Bemerk. i. p. 3. S Dict. de Botan. par Bulliard ed. 2. p. 56. | Prodr. Flor. Nov. Holl. i, p. 310. 4T2 nion 690 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of nion respecting the mode of impregnation agreed with that of Batsch and Richard, though it is not there actually expressed, nor indeed very clearly in another publication of nearly the same date*, in which I had adverted to this family. But I have since on several occasions more explicitly stated that opinion, which, until lately, I always considered the most pro- bable hypothesis on the subject. At the same time its probabi- lity in this family appeared to me somewhat less than in Ascle- piadee. For in Orchidee a secreting surface in the female organ, apparently destined to act on the pollen without the in- tervention of any other part, is manifest ; and some direct evi- dence of the fact existed, though not then considered satisfactory. In Asclepiadez, however, I entertained hardly any doubt on the subject; the only apparently secreting surface of the stigma in that family being occupied by the supposed conductors of the male influence, and no evidence whatever, with which I was acquainted, existing of its action through any other channel. In 1816 or 1818 I received from the late celebrated Aubert du Petit Thouars some printed sheets of an intended work on Orchidez, which, with a few alterations, was completed and published in 1822f*. From the unfinished work, as well as that which was after- wards published, it appears that this ingenious botanist con- sidered the glutinous substance connecting the grains or lobules of pollen as the **aura seminalis" or fecundating matter; that the elastic pedicel of the pollen mass, existing in part of the family, but according to him not formed before expansion, consists of this gluten; and that in the expanded flower the gluten which has escaped from the pollen is, in all cases, in communication with the stigma. He describes the stigma as forming on the surface of the * Linn. Soc. Transact. x. p. 19. + Hist. des Orchid, p. 14. column Fecundation in Orchidee and. Asclepiadea. 691 column a glutinous disk, from which a central thread or cord of the same nature is continued through the style to the cavity of the ovarium, where it divides into three branches, and that each of these is again subdivided into two. The six branches thus formed, are closely applied to the parietes of the ovarium, run down one on each side of the corresponding placenta to its base, each giving off numerous ramuli, which spread themselves among the ovula, and separate them into irregular groups. Hence, according to this author, a communication is esta- blished between the anthera and the ovula, which he adds are impregnated through their surface, and not, as he supposes to be the case in other families, through their funiculus or point of attachment to the placenta. The remarkable account of the stigma here quoted, though coming from so distinguished and original an observer, and one who had particularly studied this family of plants, seems either to have been entirely overlooked, or in some degree discredited by more recent writers, none of whom, as far as I can find, have even alluded to it. And I confess it entirely escaped me until after I had made the observations which will be stated in the present essay, and which confirm its accuracy as to the exist- ence and coürse of the parietal cords, though not as to their nature and origin. In 1824 Professor Link* expresses his opinion that the rostel- lum of Richard is without doubt the true stigma. In 1829 Mr. Lindleyt, who for several years has particularly studied and has lately published part of a valuable systematic work on Orchideous Plants, states that in this family impregna- tion takes effect by absorption from the pollen masses through their gland into the stigmatic channel. In 1830, in his Introduction to the Natural System of Botany. * Philos. Bot. p. 298. t Synops. Brit. Flor. p. 256. the 692 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of the same statement is repeated ; and in this work it also appears that he regards the glands to which the pollen masses become attached in Ophryde» as derived from the stamen, and not belonging to the stigma *, as in 1810 I had described them. It would even appear, from a passage in his syste- matic workt published in the same year, that he considers the analogous glands, existing in most other tribes of Orchidee, as equally belonging to the stamen: in his ‘‘ Introduction,” however, he refers them to the stigma in all cases except in Ophrydee. Towards the end of 1830 the first part of Mr. Francis Bauer’ S Illustrations of Orchideous Plants, edited by Mr. Lindley, was published. From this work, of the importance and beauty of which it - is impossible to speak too highly, it may be collected that Mr. Bauer’s opinion or theory of impregnation in Orchidez does not materially differ from that of Batsch, Richard, and other more recent writers. From one of the figures it appears that this theory had occurred to him as early as 1792; and in another figure, bearing the same date, he has accurately repre- sented the structure of the grains of pollen in a plant belonging to Ophrydez, a structure which I had not ascertained in that tribe till 1806. Although Mr. Bauer's theory is essentially the same as that of Batsch and Richard, yet there are some points in which it may be considered peculiar; and chiefly in his supposing impregnation to take effect long before the expan- * “The pollen is not less curious. Now we have it in separate grains, as in other plants, but cohering to a mesh-work of cellular tissue, which is collected into a sort of central elastic strap; now the granules cohere in small angular indefinite masses, and the central elastic strap becomes more apparent, has a glandular extremity, which is often reclined in a peculiar pouch especially destined for its protection. ”—Introduct. to Nat. Syst. of Bot. p. 263. t Gen. and Sp. of Orchid., Part I. p. 3. : sion Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 693 sion of the flower, at a time when the sexual organs are so placed with. relation to each other that the fecundating matter, believed by him to pass from the pollen mass through its caudi- cula, where that part exists, to the gland attached to it, may be readily communicated to the stigma, with which the gland is then either in absolute contact or closely approximated. The more important points of this account may be extended to nearly the whole order, but it is strictly applicable only to Satyrinz or Ophrydez, a tribe in which Mr. Bauer seems, with Mr. Lindley, to consider the glands as belonging to the stamen and not to the stigma*. In those genera of this tribe in which the glands are included in a pouch or bursicula, he describes and figures per- forations in the back of the pouch, through which the fecun- dating matter is communicated from the glands to the stigma ; and one of the figures is intended to represent a gland in the act of parting with the fecundating matter. It is impossible to judge correctly of Mr. Bauer's theory until all the proofs and arguments in its favour are adduced. I may observe, however, that those already published are by no means satisfactory to me. * In the second part of Mr. Bauer's Illustrations, which has appeared since this paper was read, the explanation of Tab. 3. fig. 6. is corrected in the following man- ner ; * For 6. A pollen mass with its caudicula and gland taken out of the anther ; ** Read 6. A pollen mass with its caudicula and the internal socket of the stigmatic gland.” © Tt is evident, indeed, in the second part of the Illustrations, from figures 8, 9, 11, and 12, of Tab. 12. representing details of Satyrium pustulatum, and the drawings of which were made in 1800, that Mr. Bauer must, from that time at least, have correctly understood the origin of the glands in Ophrydew. There is nothing, however, in any of the figures in Tab. 3. of the first part at variance with their explanations, from which I judged of his opinion. It may therefore be concluded that Mr. Bauer had not examined these explanations before their publication. For, 694 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of For, in the first place, in the very early stage in which, according to this theory, impregnation is supposed to be effected, it appears to me that the pollen is not in a state to impart its fecundating matter, nor the stigma to receive it; and it may be added, though this is of less weight, that the ovula have neither acquired the usual degree of development, nor that position which they afterwards take, and which gives the apex of the nucleus or point of impregnation the proper direc- tion, with regard to the supposed impregnating surface. Secondly, in the figure which may be said to exhibit a de- monstration of the correctness of the theory,—in that, namely, representing the gland in the act of parting with the fecun- dating matter,—the magnifying power employed (which is only fifteen times,) is surely insufficient for the establishment of a fact of this kind; while the disengagement of minute granules, which no doubt often takes place when the gland is immersed in water, may readily be accounted for in another way*. Thirdly, I have never been able to find those perforations, re- presented by Mr. Bauer, in the bursiculz of Orchis and Ophrys, and the existence of which in these genera is essential to his hypothesis. And, lastly, the appearance of the stigma in Bletia Tanker- * 'This second observation ought not now to be taken into account, as in the second part of Mr. Bauer's Illustrations the following correction occurs respecting the figure alluded to (Tab. 3. fig. 8.) * This is in some measure an ideal figure to represent in what way the fecundating matter is supposed to leave the caudicula and stigmatic gland; for this reason there has been no attention paid to preserving a proportion between the pollen mass and the fecundating matter." I may here, however, remark, that it was evidently not my intention, in the observa- tion in question, to throw any doubt on the correctness of Mr. Bauer's figure, being aware that very minute granular matter, separating from the gland when immersed in water, is actually visible with a lens of about half an inch focus. I objected to it only as a satisfactory proof of the theory referred to. villie, Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 695 villie, after impregnation, as he believes, according to my view of the subject would rather prove that it was in a state capable of acting upon, but had not yet received the fecundating matter from, the anthera. In thus venturing to differ from so accurate and experienced an observer as Mr. Bauer on a subject which he has for many years minutely studied and so beautifully illustrated, I am well aware how great a risk I incur of being myself found in error. l am very desirous, however, that the perusal of this sketch of the various statements that have appeared on the question of impregnation, with the greater part of which he is at present probably unacquainted, should induce him to reexamine the facts and arguments by which his own opinion on this subject is supported. He will thus either succeed in establishing his theory on more satisfactory grounds, or, if the examination should prove unfavourable, he will, I am persuaded, from his well known candour, as readily abandon it. The notice here given of the opinions of botanists on impreg- nation in Orchidez brings the subject down to the spring of the present year, when from circumstances, which I may hereafter have occasion to advert to, my attention was directed to this family of plants, the particular study of which I had for a long time discontinued. In reviewing notes respecting them, made many years ago, I found some points merely hinted at, or imperfectly made out, which seemed deserving of further examination; and in the course of these inquiries, other observations of at least equal importance suggested themselves. | I now proceed to state, in some cases briefly, in others at greater length, the results of this investigation. The first question that occupied me was, the relation which VOL. XVI. 4 U the 696 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of the lateral and generally rudimentary stamina bear to the other parts of the flower. Into this subject I had in part entered in my Observa- tions on Apostasia, published by Dr. Wallich in his ‘ Plante Asiatice Rariores*," and had then considered it probable that in all cases these Stamina, in whatever state of development they were found, belonged to a different series from the middle and usually fertile stamen; in other words, were placed oppo- site to the two lateral divisions of the inner series of the perian- thium. In 1810, however, when I first advanced my hypothesis of the true nature of these processes of the column, I supposed, though the opinion was not then expressed, that they formed the complement of the outer series of stamina; a view which has been since very generally adopted, especially by Dr. Von Martius, who has given it in a. stenographic formula, and by Mr. Lindley, who has exhibited the relative position of parts in this family in a diagramt. A careful examination of the struc- ture of the column in various tribes of the order, chiefly by means of transverse sections, has fully confirmed the opinion I entertained when treating of Apostasia; and more particularly established the fact in Cypripedium, in miith these interp] stamina are perfectly developed. - | On the hypothesis of rudimentary stamina I may remark, that it presented itself to me some time before the publication of the Prodromus Flore Nove Hollandiz; and my belief is, that until the appearance of that work this view had not been taken by any other observer in England. Mr. Bauer at least, in a recent conversation on the subject, readily admitted, with his usual candour, that although acquainted with a case of acci- dental development, the general view had not occurred to him until stated by me. * Vol. i. p. 74. ~ +} Antroduct, to Nat. Syst. p. 964. In l'ecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadec. 697 In my mind it arose from contrasting the structure of Cypri- pedium with those genera of New Holland Orchidez— Diuris, Prasophyllum, and others—in which the lateral processes or appendages of the column are so remarkably developed; and l afterwards, in searching for additional confirmations of the hypothesis, believed I had found such in the more minute late- ral auriculz of the column present in most Ophrydez. These auricule however, though they might serve to confirm, would hardly have suggested the hypothesis, at the period espe- cially of which I speak. "They had indeed until then been altogether overlooked, except by Malpighi*, by Curtis in his Flora Londinensis, perhaps in Walcott's Flora Britannica, and by Mr. Bauer, whom they were not likely to escape. In my recent observations on Apostasia, referred to, I noticed a singular monstrosity of Habenaria bifolia, which, if such deviations from ordinary structure are always to be trusted, would throw great doubt on the hypothesis being applicable to these auriculae of Ophrydez. For in this case, in which three antherze are formed, auricule not only exist on the middle or ordinary stamen, but one is also found on the upper side of each of the lateral antherz, which are here opposite to two divisions of the outer series of the perianthium. I have lately met with another instance of a similar monstrosity equally unfavourable ; and I may add that this doubt is still further strengthened by my not being able to find vascular cords con- nected with these auriculz in the only plants of Ophrydes in which I have carefully examined, with this object, the structure of the column, namely, Orchis Morio, mascula, and latifolia. I do not indeed regard the absence of vessels as a complete proof of these auriculz not being rudimentary stamina. But I may remark, that in the other tribes of Orchidez, in many of * Op. Om. tab. 25. fig. 142. 4u2 whose 698 Mr. BnowN on the Organs and Mode of whose genera analogous processes are found, and in which tribes alone cases of their complete development have hitherto been observed, vessels not only generally exist in these pro- cesses, but may often be traced to their expected origins, namely, into those cords which also supply the inner lateral divisions of the perianthium. Although not necessarily connected with my subject, I may here advert to the remarkable monstrosity in the flowers of an Ophrys described and figured by M. His* upwards of two years before the appearance of my Prodromus. "This account I did not meet with till after that part of the volume relating to Orchidez was printed; and I have here only to observe re- specting it, that neither the monstrosity itself, consisting of the conversion into stamina of the three inner divisions of the peri- anthium, nor the author's speculation founded on it, has any connexion with my opinion which relates to the processes of the column. | M. His's paper, however, and the remarkable structure of Epistephium of M. Kunth, have together given rise to a third hypothesis, whose author, M. Achille Richardt, considers an Orchideous flower as generally deprived of the outer series of the perianthium, which is present only in Epistephium. He consequently regards the existing inner series of perianthium, or that to which the labellum belongs, as formed of metamor- phosed stamina. This hypothesis, although apparently sanctioned by the struc- ture of Scitaminez, I consider untenable; the external addi- tional part in Epistephium, which I have examined, appearing to me rather analogous to the calyculus in some Santalacez, in a few Proteacez, and perhaps to that of Loranthacez. * Journal de Physique, Ixv. (1807), p. 241. t Mém. de la Soc, d' Hist. Nat. de Paris, iv. p. 16, With Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 699 With reference to the support the hypothesis may derive from the monstrosity described by M. His, I may add that I have met with more than one case of similar conversion into stamina of the inner series of the perianthium, or at least of its two lateral divisions, with a manifest tendency to the same change in the labellum: and in one of these cases, namely Neottia picta, in addition to the conversion of the two lateral divisions of the perianthium, the lateral processes of the column were also completely developed. The next point examined was the composition of the Stigma with the relation of its lobes or divisions to the other parts of the flower, and especially to the supposed component parts of the ovarium. On this subject very little information is to be obtained from the writings of botanists, most of whom have contented themselves with describing the stigma as a disk, a fovea glutinosa, a secreting surface, or viscid space in front of the column. The late celebrated Richard however, who adverts to the occasional existence of two lateral processes of his gyni- zus, may be supposed to have had more correct notions of its composition: and it may also be observed, that in Curtis's plate of Ophrys apifera already referred to, and still more distinctly in Mr. Bauer's figure of Orchis mascula, the two lateral lobes are represented as distinct, corresponding very exactly with Haller's description, in 1742, of the stigma in this genus. The result of my examination of this point satisfied me that Orchidez have in reality three stigmata, generally more or less confluent, but in some cases manifestly distinct, and two of which are in several instances even furnished with styles of considerable length. These stigmata are placed R to the three outer divisions of the perianthium, and consequently terminate the axes of the supposed component parts of the ovarium, always regarded by me 700 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of me as made up of three simple ovaria united by their ovuli- ferous margins; a structure in which the ordinary relation of stigmata to placente is that here found. In Mr. Bauer's * Illustrations" already referred to, a very different account is given of the composition of the ovarium, which is there said to be formed of six pieces. This view of its composition seems to be founded on the existence of six vascular cords, on the apparent interruptions in the cellular tissue, and on the singular dehiscence of the capsule. But the mere number of vascular cords, which, being destined to supply all parts of the flower, may be said rather to indicate the divisions of the perianthium than those of the ova- rium, cannot be considered as affording an argument of much importance, and, if it were, would equally apply to many other families having trilocular ovaria, as lridez; while the inter- ruptions or inequalities of cellular tissue may be viewed as only the preparation for that dehiscence which, though very remark- able in this order, is in a great degree analogous to that taking place in most Crucifere, in several Leguminose, and in other families of plants. It may also be objected to Mr. Bauer's view of the composition of ovarium, that the arrangement of the parietal placente, which on this hypothesis would occupy the axes of the three alternate component parts, is contrary to every analogy; while the position of the stigmata, if my account should prove to be correct, affords evidence nearly conclusive of the ovarium being formed of only three parts. In those genera of Orchidez in which the lateral stamina are perfect, and the middle stamen without anthera, namely, Cypri- pedium and Apostasia, all these lobes or divisions of stigma are equally developed, are of nearly similar form and texture, and, as I have proved by direct experiment in Cypripedium, are all equally capable of performing the proper function of the organ. In Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 701 In most other cases the anterior lobe, or that placed opposite to the perfect stamen, and deriving its vessels from the same cord, manifestly differs both in form and texture from the other two. To this anterior, or upper lobe, as it generally becomes in the expanded flower, the glands always belong to which the pollen masses become attached, but from which they are in all cases originally distinct, as may be proved even in Ophrydez. According to my view, therefore, of the mode of impreg- nation, its office is essentially different from that of the two lateral lobes or stigmata, which in various degrees of develop- ment are always present, and in all cases, when the ovarium is perfect, are capable of performing their proper function. The greatest development of these lateral stigmata takes place in the tribe of Satyrinze or Ophrydez, as in many species of Habenaria, those especially which are found near or within the tropics; and still more remarkably in Bonatea speciosa, a plant hardly indeed distinguishable from the same extensive genus. It would seem that in Bonatea the extraordinary development and complete separation ‘of these lateral stigmata, have effec- tually concealed their true nature; and accordingly they have uniformly been considered as forming parts or appendages of the labellum, with which indeed their bases cohere. ‘That they are really stigmata, however, I have proved by a careful exa- mination of the tissue of their secreting surface, by the action of the pollen artificially applied to this tissue, by the descent of its tubes, hereafter to be described, along the upper sur- face of the styles which is destitute of epidermis, and -by the consequent enlargement of the ovarium. Diplomeris of Mr. Don*, which may also be regarded as a species of Ha- benaria, is another example of nearly the same kind; and the * Prodr. Flor. Nepal. p. 26. description 102 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of description of stigma which, in 1813, I introduced into the character of Satyrium*, implies an analogous development in that genus. On the relative position of stamina and stigmata in the column of an Orchideous plant, it may be remarked that there is hardly an instance of a perfectly developed stamen and stigma placed opposite to each other, and consequently deriving their vessels from the same cord. é For, in the ordinary structure of the family in which only one perfect stamen is produced, the corresponding stigma loses entirely or in great part its proper function, which it recovers, so to speak, in those cases where this stamen becomes imperfect, or is destitute of an anthera: and hence, perhaps, it may be said that to obtain in any case the complete development of the lateral stamina, and, what is of greater importance, to ensure in all cases the perfection of the lateral stigmata, these organs are never placed opposite, but uniformly alternate with each other. The general conformation of the ovarium, with regard to the number and relative position of the parietal placenta, and the arrangement of their numerous ovula, has long been well under- stood. But the early structure and evolution of the unimpreg- nated ovulum have not yet, as far as I know, been in any degree attended to. In its gradual development, the pe exhibits ; a series of changes nearly agreeing with those which M. Mirbelt has described and illustrated as taking place in other families. In the earliest state in which I have examined the ovulum in Orchidez, it consists merely of a minute papilla projecting * Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. vol. v. p. 196. t Annal. des Sc. Nat, xvii. p. 309. ;—and in Mém. de? Acad. des Sc. de l Instit. ix. p. 212. from Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 703 from the pulpy surface of the placenta. In the next stage the annular rudiment of the future testa is visible at the base of the papilliform nucleus. The subsequent changes, namely, the enlargement of the testa, the production of a funiculus, which is never vascular, and the curvature or inversion of the whole ovulum, so as to approximate the apex of its nucleus to the sur- face of the placenta, take place in different genera at different periods with relation to the development of the other parts of the flower. In general when the flower expands, the ovulum will be found in a state and direction proper for receiving the male influence. But in several cases, as in Cypripedium and Epipactis, genera which in many other respects are nearly allied, the ovulum has not completed its inversion, nor is the nucleus entirely covered by its testa until long after expansion, and even after the pollen has been acted on by the stigma, and its tubes have penetrated into the cavity of the ovarium. The tissue of the perfect stigmata in Orchidez does not materially differ from that of many other families. In the early state the utriculi composing it are densely approximated, having no fluid interposed. In the more advanced but unim- pregnated state, these utriculi enlarge, and are separated from each other by a copious and generally viscid secretion. The channel of the style, or stigma, whose parietes are similarly composed, undergoes the same changes. Both these states are represented in one of Mr. Dauer's plates, who however con- siders the more advanced stage as subsequent to impregnation. In the advanced but still unimpregnated state of the ovarium, the upper portions, which are in continuation with the axes of the three placenta, but do not produce ovula, are of a texture somewhat different from that of the greater part of the cavity, but still more obviously different from that of the cavity of the style, being neither apparently secreting nor consisting of VOL. XVI. 4x similar 104 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of similar utriculi. A narrow line of like surface is found extend- ing on each side of every placenta nearly as far as it is ovuli- ferous. The three lines occupying the upper part of the axes, and the six lines marginal to the three placentæ, may, for a reason which will hereafter appear, be called the conducting surfaces of the ovarium. | The female organ, as now described, is in a proper state to be acted upon by the pollen applied to the stigma, and for the transmission of the fecundating matter into the cavity of the ovarium, in a manner and form which I shall presently attempt to explain. ; In reflecting on the whole evidence existing in favour of the direct application of the pollen mass to the stigma, and espe- cially on the recent experiments of Professor Treviranus*, I could no longer doubt that in this manner impregnation was actually effected in Orchideze; and the sole difficulty in my mind to its being the only way arose from adverting to a cir- cumstance that must have been remarked by every one who has particularly attended to this family, either in Europe or in tro- pical regions ; namely, that all the capsules of a dense spike are not unfrequently ripened: a fact which at first seems hardly reconcileable with this mode of fecundation, at least on the sup- position that the pollen mass is applied to the stigma by insects. Without going fully into the question at present, I shall here only remark, that in several such cases I have satisfied myself, by actual examination of the stigmata belonging to capsules taken at many different heights in the spike, that pollen, by whatever means, had actually been applied to them*t. * Zeitschrift, f. Physiol. à. p. 225. + It may also be observed, that the same difficulty applies to many other cases of dense inflorescence, as to the female spikes or strobili of Couifere, Zamia, and Zea; in all of which the symmetry of the ripe fruit is generally perfect, although partial failures of impregnation might be at least equally expected. Believing, Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 705 Believing, therefore, this to be the only mode in which im- pregnation is effected, I proceeded to examine the immediate changes produced by the application of the pollen masses to the stigma. From numerous observations and experiments made with this view, chiefly in Satyrine or Ophrydez, and Arethusez, not however confined to these tribes, it was ascertained that the grains of pollen, soon after being applied to the stigma, either in the entire mass or separately, produce tubes or boyaux ana- logous to those first observed in one case by Professor Amici*, and afterwards in numerous others, and in many families, by M. Adolphe Brongniart*t. In Orchidez one tube only is emitted from the absolutely simple grain, while the number of tubes generally corresponds with that of the divisions or cells of the compound grain. These tubes are of extreme tenuity, their diameter being gene- rally less than 1-2000th of an inch, and they acquire a great length, even while adhering to the grains producing them. From these, however, they separate generally while still in- volved in the secretion and mixed with the utriculi of the stigma ; and I have never observed an instance of a tube with its grain attached to it lower than the tissue of the stigma. In form they are perfectly cylindrical, or of equal diameter, neither dilated at the apex nor sensibly contracted in any part of their course. J have never found them either branched or jointed ; but have frequently observed apparent interruptions in the tube, probably caused by partial coagulations of the contained fluid. Even in their earliest stage, while in length hardly equal to the diameter of the grain, I have not been able to observe them to contain distinct granules in employing a magnifying * Atti della Soc. Ital. xix. par. 2. p. 254. Annal. des Sc. Nat. ii. p. 66. + Annal. des Sc. Nat. xii, p. 34. 4x2 power 106 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of power of 150. With a power of 300 or 400 indeed, extremely minute and very transparent granular matter may be detected ; but such granules are very different from those which have been supposed to belong to the grains of pollen. As an entire pollen mass is usually applied to the surface of the stigma, and as a great proportion of the mass so applied is acted upon by the fluid in which it is immersed, the tubes pro- duced are generally very numerous, and together form a cord which passes through the channel of the stigma or style. On reaching the cavity of the ovarium this cord regularly divides into three parts, the divisions being closely applied to those short upper portions of the axes of the valves which are not placentiferous ; and at the point where the placenta com- mences each cord again divides into two branches. ‘These six cords descend along the conducting surfaces already described when speaking of the unimpregnated ovarium, and generally extend as far as the placentz themselves, with which they are thus placed nearly but perhaps not absolutely in contact. The cords now described, both general and partial, seem to me to be entirely composed of pollen tubes, certainly without any mixture of the utriculi of the stigma, or, as far as I can © ascertain, of the tissue of the conducting surfaces. In two cases, namely Ophrys apifera and Cypripedium spec- tabile, I at one time believed I had seen tubes going off laterally from the partial cords towards the placente and mixing with the ovula; but I am not at present entirely satisfied with the exactness of these observations, and I have never been able to detect similar ramifications in any other case *. 'That the existence of these tubes in the cavity of the ovarium is essential to fecundation in Orchidez, can hardly be questioned. But the manner in which they operate on, or whether they come * See Additional Observations. actually Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 707 actually in contact with, the ovula, are points which still remain undetermined. I am aware that Professor Amici*, who discovered in several plants the remarkable fact of the penetration of the pollen tubes into the cavity of the ovarium, and who regards this economy as being very general, likewise believes that in all cases a pollen tube comes in contact with an ovulum. M. Du Petit Thouars also, in his account already quoted of these cords, supposed by him to belong to the stigma of Orchide:, describes their ulti- mate ramifications as mixing with the ovula. I do not however consider myself so far advanced as these observers in this very important point* ; and what I shall have to adduce on the subject of Asclepiadez, makes me hesitate still more to adopt their statements. I may also remark that in Orchidez the six cords are to be met with even in the ripe capsule, in which, allowance being made for the effect of pressure, they are not materially reduced in size; and the statement by M. Du Petit Thouars, of the late- ral branches separating the ovula into irregular groups, is cer- tainly not altogether correct; these groups being equally distinct before the existence of the cords. With regard to the question of the origin of the pollen tubes, several arguments might be adduced in favour of M. Brongni- art's opinion ; which is, that they belong to the inner membrane of the grain, the intimate cohesion of the two membranes being assumed in most cases, and the no less intimate union of the constituent parts of compound grains in some others. That an inner membrane does occasionally exist is manifest in the pollen of several Conifere, in which the outer coat regularly bursts and is deciduous; and it will hereafter appear, that the structure in Asclepiadez confirms the correctness of this view. * Annal. des Sc. Nat. xxi. p. 399. 1 See Additional Observations. B : ut 708 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of - But whatever opinion may be entertained as to the origin of the tube, it can hardly be questioned that its production or growth is a vital action excited in the grain by the application of an external stimulus. The appropriate and most powerful stimulus to this action is no doubt contact, at the proper period, with the secretion or surface of the stigma of the same species. Many facts, however, and among others the existence of hybrid plants, prove that this is not the only stimulus capable of pro- ducing the effect; and in Orchidez I have found that the action in the pollen of one species may be excited by the stigma of another belonging to a very different tribe. The elongation of the tubes, so remarkable in this family, and their separation from the grain long before their growth is com- pleted, render it probable that they derive nourishment either from the particles contained in the grain, or from the conducting surfaces with which they are in contact. The first visible effect of the action of the pollen on the stigma is the enlargement of the ovarium, which, in cases where it was reversed by torsion in the flowering state, generally un- twists and resumes its original position. Of the changes produced in the ovulum consequent to im- pregnation, the first consists in its enlargement merely ; and in the few cases where the nucleus is at this period still partially exposed, it becomes completely covered by the testa, the ori- ginal apex, but now the lower extremity of which continues open. The next change consists in the disappearance of the nucleus, probably from its acquiring greater transparency, and becoming confluent with the substance of the testa. Soon after, or perhaps simultaneously with, the disappearance of the ori- ginal nucleus, and while the enlargement of the whole ovulum is gradually proceeding, a minute opake round speck, generally seated about the middle of the testa, becomes visible. The opake Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 109 opake speck is the commencement of the future embryo. At this period, or until the opake corpuscle or nucleus has acquired more than half the size it attains in the ripe seed, a thread may be traced from its apex very nearly to the open end of the testa, or as it may be supposed, to the apex of the original nucleus of the unimpregnated ovulum. This thread consists of a simple series of short cells, in one of which, in a single instance only however, I observed a circu- lation of very minute granular matter; and in several cases I have been able to distinguish in these cells that granular areola so frequently existing in the cells of Orchideous plants, and.to which I shall have occasion hereafter to advert. The lowermost joint or cell of this thread is probably the original state of what afterwards, from enlargement and depo- sition of granular matter, becomes the opake speck or rudiment of the future embryo. The only appreciable changes taking place in this enki rudiment of the embryo are its gradual increase in size, and at length its manifest cellular structure. In the ripe state it forms an ovate or nearly spherical body, consisting, as far as I have been able to ascertain, of a uniform cellular tissue covered by a very thin membrane, the base of which does not exhibit any indication of original attachment at that point; while at the apex the remains of the lower shrivelled joints of the cellular thread are still frequently visible. This cellular body may be supposed to constitute the Embryo, which would therefore be without albumen, and whose germi- nating point, judging from analogy, would be its apex, or that extremity where the cellular thread is found ; and consequently that corresponding with the apex of the nucleus in the unim- pregnated ovulum. The description here given of the undivided embryo in Orchi- deous 710 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of. deous plants as forming the whole body of the nucleus, and consequently being destitute of albumen, agrees with the ac- count first I believe published by M. Du Petit Thouars*, and very soon after by the late excellent Richardt. The only other remark I have to make on the fructification of this family, is, that the seed itself, as well as its funiculus, is entirely without vessels, and that the funiculus, which in the ripe seed is inserted into the testa close to one side of its open base, can hardly be traced beyond that point. I shall conclude my observations on Orchidez with a notice of some points of their general structure, which chiefly relate to the cellular tissue. In each cell of the epidermis of a great part of this family, especially of those with membranaceous leaves, a single circular areola, generally somewhat more opake than the membrane of the cell, is observable. This areola, which is more or less distinctly granular, is slightly convex, and although it seems to be on the surface is in reality covered by the outer lamina of the cell. There is no regularity as to its place in the cell; it is not unfrequently however central or nearly so. As only one areola belongs to each cell, and as in many cases where it exists in the common cells of the epidermis it is also visible in the cutaneous glands or stomata, and in these is always double,—one being on each side of the limb,—it is highly pro- bable that the cutaneous gland is in all cases composed of two cells of peculiar form, the line of union being the longitudinal axis of the disk or pore. This areola, or nucleus of the cell as perhaps it might be termed, is not confined to the epidermis, being also found not only in the pubescence of the surface, particularly when jointed, * Hist. des Orchid. p. 19. T Mém. du Mus. d' Hist, Nat. iv. p. 41. as Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 711 as in Cypripedium, but in many cases in the parenchyma or internal cells of the tissue, especially when these are free from deposition of granular matter. In the compressed cells of the epidermis the nucleus is in a corresponding degree flattened ; but in the internal tissue it is often nearly spherical, more or less firmly adhering to one of the walls, and projecting into the cavity of the cell. In this state it may not unfrequently be found in the substance of the column, and in that of the perianthium. The nucleus is manifest also in the tissue of the stigma, where, in accordance with the compression of the utriculi, it has an intermediate form, being neither so much flattened as in the epidermis, nor so convex as it is in the internal tissue of the column. | I may here remark, that I am acquainted with one case of apparent exception to the nucleus being solitary in each utricu- lus or cell, namely in Bletia Tankervillie. . In the utriculi of the stigma of this plant I have generally, though not always, found a second areola apparently on the surface, and composed of much larger granules than the ordi- nary nucleus, which is formed of very minute granular matter, and seems to be deep seated. Mr. Bauer has represented the tissue of the stigma in this species of Bletia, both before and as he believes after impreg- nation; and in the latter state the utriculi are marked with from one to three areole of similar appearance. The nucleus may even be supposed to exist in the pollen of this family. In the early stages of its formation at least a minute areola is often visible in the simple grain, and in each of the constituent parts or cells of the compound grain. But these areolz may perhaps rather be considered as merely the points of production of the tubes. VOL. XVI. 4x This 712 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of This nucleus of the cell is not confined to Orchidez, but is equally manifest in many other Monocotyledonous families ; and I have even found it, hitherto however in very few cases, in the epidermis of Dicotyledonous plants; though in this primary division it may perhaps be said to exist in the early stages of development of the pollen. Among Monocotyledones the orders in which it is most remarkable are Liliaceze, Heme- rocallidez, Asphodelez, Irideze, and Commelinee. In some plants belonging to this last-mentioned family, espe- cially in Tradescantia virginica and several nearly related spe- cies, it is uncommonly distinct, not only in the epidermis and in the jointed hairs of the filaments*, but in the tissue of stigma, in * 'The jointed hair of the filament in this genus forms one of the most interesting microscopic objeets with which I am acquainted, and that in three different ways : lst. Its surface is marked with extremely fine longitudinal parallel equidistant lines or strie, whose intervals are equal from about 1-15,000th to 1-20,000th of an inch. It might therefore in some cases be conveniently employed as a micrometer. 2ndly. The nucleus of the joint or cell is very distinct as well as regular in form, and by pressure is easily separated entire from the joint. It then appears to be exactly round, nearly lenticular, and its granular matter is either held together by a coagulated pulp not visíbly granular,—or, which may be considered equally probable, by an en- veloping membrane. The analogy of this nucleus to that existing in the various stages of development of the cells in which the grains of pollen are formed in me: same species, is sufficiently obvious. 3rdly. In the joint when immersed in water, being at the same time freed from air, and consequently made more transparent, a circulation of very minute granular matter is visible to a lens magnifying from 300 to 400 times. This motion of the granular fluid is seldom in one uniform circle, but frequently in several apparently independent threads or currents: and these currents, though often exactly longitudinal and consequently in the direction of the striz of the membrane, are not unfrequently observed forming va- rious angles with these strie. The smallest of the threads or streamlets appear to consist of a single series of particles. The course of these currents seems often in some degree affected by the nucleus, towards or from which many of them occasionally tend or appear to proceed. They can hardly however be said to be impeded by the nucleus, for they are occasionally observed passing between its surface and that of the cell; a proof Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 113 in the cells of the ovulum even before impregnation, and in all the stages of formation of the grains of pollen, the evolution of which is so remarkable in those species of Tradescantia*. The few indications of the presence of this nucleus, or areola, that I have hitherto met with in the publications of botanists, are chiefly in some figures of epidermis, in the recent works of Meyen and Purkinje, and in one case in M. Adolphe Brongni- art's memoir on the structure of leaves. But solittle importance seems to be attached to it, that the appearance is not always referred to in the explanations of the figures in which it is represented. Mr. Bauer however, who has also figured it in the utriculi of the stigma of Bletia Tankervillie, has more particu- larly noticed it, and seems to consider it as only visible after impregnation. proof that this body does not adhere to both sides of the cavity, and also that the number and various directions of the currents cannot be owing to partial obstructions arising from the unequal compression of the cell. * [n the very early stage of the flower bud of Tradescantia virginica, while the an- there are yet colourless, their loculi are filled with minute lenticular grains, having a transparent flat limb, with a slightly convex and minutely granular semi-opake disk. This disk is the nucleus of the cell, which probably loses its membrane or limb, and, gradually enlarging, forms in the next stage a grain also lenticular, and which is marked either with only one transparent line dividing it into two equal parts, or with two lines crossing at right angles, and dividing it into four equal parts. In each of the quadrants a small nucleus is visible; and even where one transparent line only is distinguishable, two nuclei may frequently be found in each semicircular division. These nuclei may be readily extracted from the containing grain by pressure, and after separation retain their original form. | In the next stage examined, the greater number of grains consisted of the semicir- cular divisions already noticed, which had naturally separated, and now contained only one nucleus which had greatly increased in size, ——— In the succeeding state the grain apparently consisted of the nucleus of the former stage considerably enlarged, having a regular oval ‘form, a somewhat granular surface, and originally a small nucleus. This oval grain continuing to increase in size, and in the thickness and opacity of its membrane, acquires a pale yellow colour, and is now the perfect grain of pollen. » 4v2 The 714 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of The second point of structure in Orchidez to which I shall at present more briefly advert, is the frequent existence, parti- cularly in the parasitical tribes, of fibrous or spirally striated cells in the parenchyma, especially of the leaves, but also in the white covering of the radical fibres. In the leaves, they are either short spirally striated cells whose longer diameter is at right angles to the surface, as in Stelis and Pleurothallis, and whose fibres or stria are connected by a broader membrane; or, being greatly elongated and run- ning in the direction of the leaf, resemble compound spiral vessels of enormous diameter, and consisting entirely of the spiral fibres with no visible connecting membrane: the real spiral vessels in the same species being, as they generally are in the family, very slender and simple. In the white covering of the radical fibres the shorter striated cell is met with in many genera, especially I think in Oncidium and Epidendrum, in one species of which they have been remarked and figured by Meyen*. My concluding observation on Orchidee relates to the very general existence and great abundance, in this family, of Ra- phides or acicular crystals in almost every part of the cellular tissue. In each cell where they exist these crystals are arranged in a single fasciculus, which is generally of a square form. The individual crystals,—which are parallel to each other, — are cylindrical, with no apparent angles, and have short and equally pointed extremities. The abundance of these fasciculi of crystals in the cellular tissue of the auriculæ of the column or supposed lateral stamina in Ophrydeæ, is very remarkable, giving these processes exter- * Phytotomie, tab. 11. f. 1 & 2. nally Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 715 nally a granular appearance, which has been noticed though its cause seems to have been overlooked. In the recent work of Meyen *, also, some examples of these crystals in Orchidee are given. ASCLEPIADE. The various statements and conjectures on the structure and functions of the sexual organs in this family were collected, and published in 1811, by the late Baron Jacquin, in a se- parate volume, entitled, ** Genitalia Asclepiadearum Contro- versa." To this work, up to the period when it appeared, I may refer for a complete history, and to the tenth volume of the Linnean Society's Transactions, along with the first of the Wernerian Natural History Society's Memoirs, published somewhat earlier, for a slight sketch, of the subject. I shall here therefore only notice such statements as Jacquin has either omitted or imperfectly given, and continue the history to the present time. _ In 1763, Adanson correctly describes the stamina in Asclepias as having their filaments united into a tube surrounding the ovaria, their anthere bilocular and cohering with the base of the stigma, and the pollen of each cell forming a mass composed of confluent grains as in Orchidez. He is also correct in con- sidering the pentagonal body as the stigma; but he has entirely overlooked its glands and processes, nor does he say anything respecting the manner in which the pollen masses act upon or communicate their fecundating matter to it. — In 1779, Gleichen t, although he expressly says that in young flower buds the pollen masses are distinct from those glands of the pentagonal central body to which they afterwards are at- * Phytotomie. + Microscop. Entd. p. 73, et seq. ked tached, 716 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of tached, yet considers both masses and glands as equally belong- ing to the anthera, the mass being the receptacle of the pollen. He further states that before the masses unite with the glands they are removed from the cells in which they were lodged, and are found firmly implanted by their sharp edge into the wall of the tube which surrounds the ovaria; that in this state a white viscid substance hangs to them, which when highly magnified appears to consist of very slender tubes containing minute globules; and these tubes with their contents he considers as constituting the early preparation for the formation of pollen. He also asserts that the tops of the styles are not originally connected with the pentagonal body to which the glands belong, —the stigma of Adanson, Jacquin, and others; and that there- fore the true stigmata are those extremities of the styles on which, he adds, vesicles and threads are observable. And lastly, he supposes that impregnation, which he says is of rare occurrence in this family, does not usually take place until those stigmata have penetrated through the substance of the pentagonal body, and are on a level with its apex; at the same time he is disposed to believe that insects may occasionally assist in this function, by carrying the fecundating matter directly to the stigmata, if I understand him, even before they enter the pentagonal body. His conclusion therefore is, that in Asclepiadez impregnation may be effected in two different ways. Y This description, in several respects so paradoxical, and of which Jacquin has overlooked some of the most important parts, is too remarkable to be here either omitted or abridged. - It is not indeed strictly correct in more than two points, namely, in the pollen masses being originally distinct from the glands, and in the masses, when found implanted in the membrane surrounding the ovarium, having minute tubes filled with gra- nular Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 717 nular matter hanging to them. The remaining statements, however, though essentially erroneous, are so far founded in fact, that had Gleichen either opened or rather dilated the opening which must have existed in the pollen mass when these tubes were found hanging to it, and more carefully attended to the state of the other parts of the flower when the mass was seen implanted in the tube, he must necessarily have obtained a cor- rect view of the whole structure, and consequently have greatly advanced,— by at least half a century,—not only our knowledge of this particular family, but also the general subject of vege- table impregnation. In 1793, Christian Konrad Sprengel, who adopts the opinion of Jacquin both with respect to the pollen masses and pentagonal stigma, further states, that this stigma has a secreting upper sur- face or apex, and is formed of two united bodies, each of which conveys to its corresponding ovarium the fecundating matter, consisting of the oily fluid which exudes from the surface of the pollen mass. He also considers insects as here essentially neces- sary in impregnation, which they effect by extracting, in a manner particularly described, the pollen masses from the cells, and applying them to the apex of the stigma. And lastly, as extraordinary activity of the insect is necessary, or at least advantageous in the performance of this operation, that activity is, according to him, produced by the intoxicating secretion of the nectaria *. In 1809, an essay on Asclepiadez was published in the first volume of the Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History So- ciety, in which one of my principal objects was to establish the opinion, more or less conjectural, of Adanson, Richard, Jussieu, * [t may here be remarked, that the prevailing form of inflorescence in Asclepiadex is well adapted to this economy ; for the insect so readily passes from one corolla to another, that it not unfrequently visits every flower of the umbel. ; and 718 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of and Schreber, respecting the structure of the stamina and stigma. With this view I appealed to the remarkable fact, that in the early state of the flower-bud the pollen masses are absolutely distinct from the glands and processes of the stigma, to which they in a more advanced stage become attached. This proof of the real origin of parts I then believed to be entirely new. It has however been already seen that the fact was noticed by Gleichen, and it will presently appear that it was also well known to another original observer. | In the essay referred to, I had not very minutely examined the texture of the pollen mass, and in true Asclepiadez I had failed in ascertaining its real internal structure; not having been then aware of the existence of the included grains of pollen, but believing, until very lately, that the mass in its most advanced state consisted of one undivided cavity, filled with minute granular matter mixed with an oily fluid; and hence concluded that the fecundating matter was conveyed from the mass through the arm and gland to the stigma. In the month of April last I saw, for the first time, draw- ings of several Asclepiadeze made between 1805 and 1813 by Mr. Bauer, who, aware of the interest I took in this subject, with his accustomed liberality and kindness, offered me any part of them for publication. Among these drawings, exceeding perhaps in beauty and in the completeness of the details all the other productions with which I am acquainted even of this incomparable artist, an extensive series, exhibiting the gradual development of the parts of the flower in Asclepias curassavica, were the most important. In this series, made in 1805, and commencing when the pollen is just separable in a pulpy mass from its cell, the glands of the undivided stigma being still invisible, the fact of Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 719 of the distinct origins of these parts is very satisfactorily shown, in accordance with my observations in the essay referred to*. But in these drawings Mr. Bauer has gone further than I did, having also represented the internal structure of the pollen mass as cellular; each cell in the flower-bud just before expan- sion being filled with a grain of pollen, marked with lines indi- cating its quaternary composition ; while in the expanded flower this grain is exhibited as shrivelled, having discharged its con- tents, which consist of a mixture of an oily fluid and minute granules. From this, the concluding stage of the series, it may be inferred that Mr. Bauer's opinion respecting the mode of impregnation in Asclepiadez agrees with that which I had adopted, and which, though probably originating with Richard in 1779*, and briefly stated by him in 18021, was first distinctly expressed as a conjecture in 1789 by M. de Jussieu. In 1817, Mr. Stephen Elliott states that he observed, in his Podostigma§,—a genus nearly allied to Asclepias,—a fibre or cord extending through the centre of the corpuscular pedicel or attenuated base of the stigma, and communicating from the anthera to the ovarium. He adds, that Dr. Macbride has since seen it in some species of Asclepias. There can be no doubt that the cord here noticed is of the same nature with that which Gleichen has described in a diffe- rent state, and of which I shall presently have occasion to speak. * In a flower-bud much earlier than the commencement of Mr. Bauer's series 1 have found the pistilla to consist merely of two distinct very short semicylindrical bodies, the rudiments no doubt of the future stigma. ; In this stage also the antherz are flat, nearly orbicular or ovate, greenish, rather thick and opake, but petal-like, with no inequality of surface, or any other appearance of the future cells, which in a somewhat more advanced stage are indicated by two less opake areole, and at the same time the two semicylindrical bodies unite to form the stigma. (Pl. 36. fig. 7—11.) i + Encycl. Botan. i. p. 212. + Bulliard, Dict. de Bot. ed. 2. p. 56. § Bot. of Carol. and Georg. i. p. 397. VOL. XVI. 4z In 190 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of In 1824, Professor Link *, while he admits the distinct origins of the pollen masses and glands or corpuscula seated on the angles of the stigma, yet considers both these parts as equally belonging to the anthera. In this respect his opinion is iden- tical with that of Gleichen. ‘The pollen mass, he adds, is composed either of a cellular tissue, or manifestly of grains of pollen: the former part of the description being no doubt meant to apply to true Asclepiadez, the latter to Periplocee. Professor L. C. Treviranus in 1827 * published some obser- vations on this family, in which his account of the structure of the pollen differs in several points from that exhibited in Mr. Bauer's drawings, which he states he had seen three years before this publication. Ín Asclepias curassavica, the species more particularly ex- amined by Treviranus, he describes the pollen mass as filled with compressed, nearly round but obtusely angular, colourless, - simple grains, containing minute granules; the pressure of the external grains, or those in contact with the general covering, giving it the appearance of being cellular. In speaking of the mode of impregnation, he says, that the pollen mass, at the time when its connexion is established with the process or arm of the gland, which is then very viscid, undergoes manifest changes, from being ventricose and opake becoming flat, hard, and transparent. These changes he thinks are probably owing to the extraction of its fecundating matter by the process through which it passes to the glands, and by : them to the angles of the stigma, whence it may be easily com- municated to the styles and ovaria. His opinion, therefore, in every respect agrees with that which originated with Richard and Jussieu, and which I had adopted. The celebrated traveller and naturalist, Dr. Ehrenberg, in * Phil. Bot. p. 300. + Zeitsch. f.. Physiol. ii. p. 230. 1829 Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. TH - 1829* has given a very interesting account of the structure of the pollen masses in Asclepiadez, from observations commenced in 1825, and others made in 1828. In this account he describes the pollen mass as consisting of a proper membrane bursting in a regular manner, the cavity being not cellular but undivided and filled with grains of pollen, each grain having a cauda or cylindrical tube often of great length, and all these tubes being directed towards the point or line of dehiscence. 'This appendage or cauda he considers analogous to the boyau of Amici and Brongniart, differing however in its forming an essential part of the grain in Ascle- piadez ; whereas in other families the application of an external stimulus is necessary for its production. He is entirely silent as to the manner in which these caudate grains communicate with or act upon the stigma; and does not in any case remark,—what must, I think, have been the fact, at least in several of the plants in which this structure was observed, and especially in those with pendulous pollen,—that the mass examined was no longer in the cell of the anthera, but had been removed and probably applied to some part of the stigma. In the month of July last I examined several species of As- clepias, with reference to Mr. Bauer's drawings and Dr. Ehren- berg's account of the pollen ;—the first object, therefore, was to ascertain the structure of the pollen mass. Although on this subject my earliest observations essentially agreed with Mr. Bauer's figures of the mass, which represent it as having a subdivided cavity with a grain of pollen in each cell; yet a further examination had led me to adopt the opinion of 'freviranus and Ehrenberg, who describe its cavity as being undivided and filled with distinct grains. * Linnea iv. p. 94. 422 ] was 722 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of I was confirmed in this opinion on considering the state of the mass after the production of the pollen tubes : for it appeared very improbable that the cells, unless they were of extreme tenuity, could be either suddenly removed or sufficiently rup- tured to admit of the passage of the tubes from its more distant parts to the point or line of dehiscence. The appearance however occasionally met with, of lacerated membranes proceeding, as it seemed, from the margins of the areolz of the inner surface of the mass, added to the facts which had originally led me to adopt Mr. Bauer's view, determined me to re-examine the subject. The result of this examination, made on specimens of Ascle- pias phytolaccoides and purpurascens, but especially the former, proved that the mass in these species is really cellular in all stages, as Mr. Bauer has represented it in A. curassavica, and that in the advanced flower-bud, as in the expanded flower, the cells may be seen, though not without difficulty, after their grains are removed. The pollen mass in several species of Asclepias, particularly in Asclepias phytolaccoides* (and in A. curassavica, as figured by Mr. Bauer), consists of cells disposed in three series parallel to its sides, the middle series being often more or less interrupted. The cells of the outer layer of each side have their oppo- site walls very unequal both in colour and thickness. The outer wall of each of these cells, which is formed by one of the areolz of the surface, is of a deep yellow colour, nearly opake, and of such thickness as to prevent external bursting ; the inner is of a paler yellow, semi-transparent, and so much thinner as to determine internal rupture, which ‘n these cells, after the production of the tubes, seems to take place without regularity, and to such an extent, that after the removal of * Tab. 35. fig. 8. the Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 1723 the grain the remains of the inner wall are not very readily distinguishable. Sections of the mass indeed, both transverse and longitudinal, exhibit an appearance of cellularity ; but there is here a source of fallacy, unless the contained grains are also visible in the sec- tion: and the best proof of its being cellular is derived from the state of the central or middle series after the bursting of the mass. The cells of this central layer are of equal thickness through- out, and on the production of the tubes burst in a definite man- ner towards the convex edge of the mass, and at the same time generally separate from each other. They continue however to inclose the grain, or, as it may be considered, the inner membrane of the grain of pollen, whose outer membrane is formed by the cell itself ; and the tenacity of this outer mem- brane is such that it may easily be removed from the inner without further apparent rupture. These central grains, thus covered by their respective cells, may readily be distinguished, by their pale yellow colour and a certain degree of opacity, from the naked grains or inner mem- branes, which, like their tubes, are entirely colourless, and transparent *. In Asclepiadez, therefore, it may be said that the greatest development of the pollen grain exists ; namely, a grain having an undivided cavity, whose membranes are entirely distinct, and the pollen tubes of which seem to possess the highest de- gree of vitality yet met with. In the perfectly developed state of the pollen mass, the grain, considered as distinct from its outer membrane or containing cell, is nearly round, but slightly and obtusely angular, much com- pressed, with an undivided cavity, and exhibiting no indication of its being composed of four or any other number of united * Tab. 35. fig. 9. i Cells. 124 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of cells. Its membrane is transparent and colourless, made up of two united coats, and the cavity is filled with spherical granules of nearly uniform size, among which a few oily particles are occa- sionally observable*. In this state no appearance or indication of the tubes or appendages described by Dr. Ehrenberg is found. On the 16th of July, in repeating my examination of Asclepias purpurascenst, I observed in several flowers one or more pollen masses removed from their usual place, namely the cell of the anthera, and no longer fixed by the descending arm to the gland of the stigma, but immersed in one of the fissures formed by the projecting ale of the anthera:, and in most cases separated from the gland, a small portion of the arm or process, generally that only below its flexure, remaining attached to the mass]. In the cases now described, the mass, which in general is entirely concealed by the alz, was so placed in the fissure, that its inner or more convex edge was in contact with the outer wall of the tube formed by the united filaments, and the gibbous part of the edge closely pressed to that point where this tube is joined to the base of the corresponding angle of the stigma§. These masses, at the point of contact, in most cases adhered firmly to the tube or base of the stigma, and on being sepa- rated, a white cord or fasciculus of extremely slender threads or tubes, issuing from the gibbous part of the edge, which had then regularly burst, came into view. On laying open the pollen mass,— which in this state was easily done, by first dilating the aperture that gave issue to the cord,—each of the tubes composing it was found to proceed from a grain of pollen. "These grains retained nearly their original form, but were become more transparent, and had generally lost a great portion of their granules; and these * Tab. 34. fig. 6; and Tab. 56. fig. 3, & 13. t Tab. 34. t Tab. 35. fig. 9,3, 4, & 7. À S Tab. 34. fig. 7. granules Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 725 granules were not often to be found even in the tube, especially after it had acquired considerable length*. Almost every grain in the mass had produced its tube, and the tubes were directed from all parts of it towards the point of dehiscence. In this state the mass had become more convex from the increased bulk of its contents. The tube so produced from each grain of pollen cannot be said to be emitted from it, but is manifestly an elongation of its mem- brane. "These tubes are transparent, cylindrical, about 1-2000th of an inch in diameter, neither branched nor jointed, with no apparent interruption in their cavity, and when of great length, which they often attain, are frequently without granular matter. I next proceeded to examine the course of the cord, which in most cases,—and indeed in all where the mass had remained a sufficient length of time in the fissure,—had opened a passage for itself through the membrane, or rather had separated the upper edge of this membrane from the base of the stigma, to which it was before united. Having effected this separation, it was found to proceed along the surface of the base of the stigma in a line exactly opposite to the glands seated on the apex of the same bevelled angle. The cord having passed along the surface of the attenuated base of the stigma until it arrives at its articulation with the two styles, then inclines towards the inner side of the apex of the style nearest to it, and actually introduces itself, wholly or in part, into the hollow of the apex, which in this stage is in some degree exposedt. But as the partial separation of the styles from the stigma, then taking place, is not always suflicient for the free admission of the whole cord, a few of the tubes not unfrequently become bent, in some cases even zigzag, doubtless in consequence of * Tab.35. fig. 7, & 10; and Tab. 34. fig. 12. t Tab. 34. fig. 7—9; and Tab. 35. fig. 4, & 10. the 726 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of the obstacles opposed to them; and such tubes very seldom enter the style, but along with others hang down externally be- low the joint. This introduction of part of the tubes into the apex of the style is soon followed by a manifest enlargement of the ovarium, and of the style itself, which, in Asclepias purpu- rascens, then exhibits a discoloured blackish line, visible even on the surface of its inner side. On opening the cavity or body. of the style in this stage, a fasciculus of tubes was constantly seen passing down the centre, which was originally pulpy, and the walls of the cavity formed by the passage of these tubes was always found indurated and blackened, having every ap- pearance of being absolutely killed. I have never been able hitherto to follow these tubes further than the commencement of the placenta, where they really ap- pear to terminate*. I have not at least yet succeeded in tracing any of them either on the surface or in the substance of the pla- centa, though with this object I have examined it not only in its first degree of enlargement, but also in some of its more ad- vanced stages. The same series of appearances, with very slight modifications only, were observed in all the species of Asclepias (not indeed more than seven in number) which I had opportunities of ex- amining during the summer. For in those species in which the pollen mass was not found transferred from its original position to the fissure, and in contact with the base of the style, no doubt by means of insects, it was not difficult to place it there; and in doing so I never failed to obtain the same results. I now turned my attention to the base of the stigma, expecting to find there such a modification of surface as might serve to account for the rupture and production of the tubes in the mass brought in contact with it. I have, however, in no case been * 'Tab. 34. fig. 10, & 11; and Tab. 35. fig. 5, & 6. able Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 727 able to observe the slightest appearance of secretion, or any dif- ference whatever in texture, between that part and the general surface of the stigma. The bursting of the mass in Asclepias is uniformly on the more rounded edge; and this, it may be observed, is the inner edge or margin of the mass, with reference to the cell of the anthera in which it is formed; and I may further remark, that in the only case in which I have hitherto observed dehiscence in an erect pollen mass, namely, in Hoya carnosa, it also takes place along the inner margin. In Asclepias the bursting always commences at the most pro- minent point of the convex edge, and to this part it is generally confined : it is sometimes however found extending through the greater part of its length. | On carefully examining the convex edge, and more particu- larly its most prominent portion, I have not been able to ob- serve in it any change or peculiarity of texture, or even any obvious difference in the form of the meshes of the reticulated surface. Notwithstanding this apparent want of secretion in the base of the stigma, and of difference of texture in the covering of the mass of pollen at the point where it comes in contact with that organ, it must still be supposed that there is some peculiarity both in the surface of the stigma and in the promi- nent edge of the mass, on which the effects in question depend. These effects are indeed very remarkable; the stimulus here supposed to be derived from the surface of the stigma, and ap- plied to the prominent point of the convex edge of the pollen mass, producing its appropriate action not only in those cells or grains of pollen in immediate contact with that point, but gene- rally in every grain in the mass. But as there are no visible con- ductors of this stimulus within the mass, it must either be sup- posed to be propagated from one cell to another, or conveyed SNOL? XVI: 5A from 128 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of from the prominent point of the edge to every other part of the surface of the covering itself. To ascertain whether contact of the convex edge of the pollen mass with this point of the stigma was absolutely necessary for the rupture of the mass and the production of tubes, I in the first place introduced a mass into the fissure, but with its convex edge outwards.. In this position no change whatever took place. I next removed one of the glands of the angles of the stigma, and applied the convex edge of a mass to the surface thus ex- posed, which even in this stage—to facilitate the removal of the gland by insects—continues to secrete. In this case, dehiscence and protrusion of pollen tubes did follow, more slowly however, and less completely, than when brought in contact with the non- secreting base. On applying the pollen mass of one species of Asclepias to the base of the stigma of another, the usual changes generally took place; but still, as it seemed, less perfectly, and only after a longer interval. i Pollen masses of Asclepias purpurascens being applied to the stigma of Epipactis palustris, and immersed in its viscid secre- tion, the dehiscence, contrary to expectation, not only took place, but even more speedily than usual, that is within twenty- four hours. Some of the grains were also found discharged from the mass unchanged, while others, both discharged and still inclosed, had begun to produce tubes. The greater number of these observations were also made with A. phytolaccoides, which, on account of the greater size of its flower, I at first preferred. I found, however, with reference to such experiments, an objection to employing this species, arising from the great excitability, so to speak, of its mass, which in some cases produced its tubes merely on continued immersion in water. I even found that in this species, in the _ gradual Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 129 gradual decay of the flower, where the parts remain soft, the rupture and protrusion of tubes took place while the mass was still in its original position, immersed in the cell of its an- thera*. The tubes produced in this situation often acquire a great length, but coming, immediately on their protrusion from the mass, in contact with the membrane of the anthera, their course is necessarily altered ; and in their new direction, which is generally upwards, they not unfrequently arrive at the top of the cell, or even extend beyond it. In addition to the several species of Asclepias already referred to, Cynanchum (Vincetoxicum) nigrum is the only plant of this family in which I have observed the whole of the appearances ; namely, the rupture of the mass, the production and protrusion of the pollen tubes, their union into a cord, with the course and entrance of this cord into the cavity of the style. The present essay therefore, as far as regards this family, might with greater propriety have been entitled, ** On the mode of impregnation in the genus Asclepias." It seems, however, allowable to conclude, that in all the genera having pendulous pollen masses, the same economy, slightly modified perhaps in some cases, is likely to be found. But among those with erect pollen masses, there are several in which more considerable dif- ferences may be expected. Of this section of the family I have hitherto had the opportunity of submitting only one plant to careful examination, namely, Hoya carnosa ; and even here my observations are incomplete. In Hoya carnosa lhave never found the pollen tubes pro- duced, or masses ruptured, while remaining in their original position; but I have succeeded in producing these effects by bringing them in contact with certain parts of the corona. The rupture and protrusion of pollen tubes, then, take place * Tab. 35. fig. 11. 542 through 730 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of through the whole length of the inner edge of the mass, which, as in all the genuine species of Hoya, is truncated and pellucid*. But I have not yet been able so to place the mass as to produce a cord of tubes communicating with the stigma, nor can I at present conjecture how this is to be effected. I shall conclude with some observations equally relating to both the families that have been treated of. It is in the first place deserving of remark, that while Ascle- piadez and Orchidez so widely differ in almost every other respect, there should yet be an obvious analogy between them in those points in which they are distinguished from all other Phaenogamous plants. It is unnecessary here to state the numerous and important differences existing between these two families: but it may be of some interest to make a few remarks on their points of agree- ment or analogy. l These are chiefly two: The first being the presence of an * [n the tubes of Hoya carnosa I have been able to confirm Professor Amici’s ob- servation with respect to circulation taking place in the boyaux of the grains of pollen, In this case the membrane being very transparent, and the granules, before the tube has acquired any considerable length, not being so numerous as to obscure the view of the opposite currents, they were very distinctly seen. I have also observed circulation in the pollen tubes in a few other cases ; especially in Tradescantia virginica, in which, while the tube was still very short, the circle partly existing in the tube was completed in the body of the grain. The circular cur- rent in grains of pollen before the production of the tube may likewise, in some cases, but not very readily, be distinguished, as in Lolium pérenne. lt might perhaps be supposed that the molecular motion, which in a former essay I stated I had seen within the body of the grain of pollen, might have been merely an imperfect view of the circulation of granules, and such I am inclined to think it really was in Lolium perenne. I have however also very distinctly seen within the membrane of the grain of pollen in some species of Asclepias, vivid oscillatory motion of granules without any appear- ance of circulation, apparently Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 131 apparently additional part, not met with in other families ; the second, the cohesion of the grains of pollen, and their applica- tion in masses to the female organ. With regard to the first peculiarity it may be observed, that there is no real addition made to the number of organs in either family, and that in both families the apparent addition consists in a modification or production of the stigma; the modified part of which loses the proper function of that organ. This production of the stigma,—which is generally present, and wanting only in certain Orchidezx, where its place is some- times supplied by an analogous modification of the male organ, —though differing very remarkably in appearance in the two families, agrees in being originally distinct from the pollen masses, and in the advanced stage becoming firmly attached to them ; in adhering but slightly to the point of its formation after the attachment to the pollen takes place; and in being so constructed as to be readily removed by insects from its original position along with the pollen masses. As to the second point of agreement; namely, the cohesion of the grains of pollen into masses of considerable size, and the application of these masses to the stigma,— it is obviously con- nected with that which might perhaps be termed a third pecu- liarity; the apparent necessity for an unusual number of pollen tubes which are to act in concert ; in the one family to penetrate to and regularly arrange themselves in the cavity of the ova- rium*; in the other, to open a communication with the stigma, and then to pass along a non-secreting surface, until they arrive ata distant point, where they are to be introduced into the cavity or body of the style. With respect to the agency of Insects in fecundation in those two orders, there can be no doubt that it is very frequently em- ployed in Orchidee ; at the same time there are evidently cases * See Additional Observations. in 732 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of in that family in which, from the relative position of the organs, the interposition of these agents is not always required. But in those Asclepiadee at least that have been fully examined, the absolute necessity for their assistance is manifest. Two questions still remain. The first regards the proof of the actual penetration of the pollen tubes into the cavity of the ovarium in both families. In Asclepiadez I shall only observe, that I consider the evi- dence complete; but in Orchidez it may be admitted that it is not altogether so satisfactory." Of the descent of pollen tubes through the cavity of the stigma in Orchidez, the evidence ap- pears to me unquestionable. With respect, however, to the origin of the cords formed of similar tubes, so numerous and so regularly arranged in the cavity of the ovarium, and which are in contact with surfaces not altogether incapable of secre- tion, it might perhaps be alleged, either that they wholly ori- ginate from the supposed conducting surfaces, or that they con- sist of a mixture derived from both sources. That mucous threads, or capillary tubes, in most respects similar to pollen tubes, and certainly altogether belonging to the style, exist in some plants, there is no doubt; and such I have observed in Didymocarpus, Ipomopsis, and in Allamanda, before the application of the pollen to the stigma. I am still, however, of opinion, that those found in the cavity of the ova- rium in Orchidez are really derived from the pollen*; an opinion which receives some confirmation from the manifest descent of the pollen tubes in the style in many other families, as in seve- ral Scrophularine, Cistinez, Viola, and Tradescantia. The second question is, Whether the granules originally fill- ing the grain of pollen, and which may often be found in the tubes, especially in their nascent state, both in these and in many other families, are the essential agents in the process. * See Additional Observations. of Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadea. 133 of fecundation ; the tubes being merely the channels conveying them to the organ or surface on which they are destined to act. The arguments which might be adduced in favour of this, the generally received, opinion, would probably be the variety in the formi and size of the granules in different plants, with their great uniformity in these respects in the same species; added to the difficulty of conceiving in what manner the tubes themselves can operate. On the other hand, their great diminution in number, or even total disappearance, in Asclepiadez and Orchidez, long before the tubes have finished their growth, would afford an ar- gument of some weight at least against their essential import- ance in any case; and it may be added, that in Asclepiadex there appears to be no other source of nourishment for the tube until it has penetrated into the style, than these granules. Nor is it necessary to suppose that the tubes themselves act directly, it being even probable that they also contain a fluid or granular matter much more minute than that originally filling the cavity of the grain *. Our knowledge indeed appears to me not yet suflicient to warrant even conjectures as to the form of the immediate agent derived from the male organ, or the manner of its application to the ovulum in the production of that series of changes consti- tuting fecundation. I may however be allowed to observe, that . at present, with respect to this function, we are at least as far advanced in these two families, hitherto considered so obscure, as we are in any other tribe of Phanogamous plants: and I even venture to add, that in investigating the obscure subject of generation, additional light is perhaps more likely to be de- rived from a further minute and patient examination of the structure and action of the sexual organs in Asclepiadec and Orchidez, than from that of any other department either of the vegetable or animal kingdom. * See Additional Observations. ExPLANATION 194 Fig. 1. e 8. Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Tas. 34. AsCLEPIAS PURPURASCENS. A branch in flower : —natural size. An expanded flower, of which two of the foliola coronz and one of the anthere are removed :—moderately magnified. A front or inner view of an anthera, to show the extent of bursting, particularly with relation to the pollen mass, of which the greater part is included in the non- dehiscent portion :—magnified as fig. 2. A pollen mass, more highly magnified, separated from its gland and arm, and divided transversely, to show its cellular structure (first discovered in Asclepias cu- rassavica in 1805 by Mr. Bauer), with grains of pollen, their granules, and some drops of an oily fluid. A pollen mass entire, with a small portion of the arm adhering to its apex :—magnified as fig. 4. A transverse section of a pollen mass, still more highly magnified, in one of the cells of which is seen the single grain (or inner membrane), also separately ex- hibited to show that it is simple and slightly angular. - . The pistillum with pollen masses, that have burst and protruded their tubes, applied to the base of the stigma, the glands and their arms being removed. The cords formed by the pollen tubes have passed along the corresponding sides of the conical base of the stigma, and have reached the tops of the styles. A longitudinal section (more highly magnified) of the conical base of the Stigma with the two styles, to show more distinctly the course of the pollen tubes. Fig. 9. Fig. 9. 10. I1. 12. Fig. 1. Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 735 A pollen mass after bursting, with its cord formed of the pollen tubes, entering the apex of the style, which is there lacerated. The two Ovaria with their styles, one being somewhat enlarged in consequence of impregnation, and opened longitudinally ; exhibiting pollen tubes extending from the apex of the style to the commencement of the pla- centa. The same two ovaria and styles, both opened, to show that in one (the left), which is somewhat smaller, no pollen tubes are contained; the other (the right), which is impregnated, shows the tubes reaching the ovula, but not extending further. Two grains of pollen (or rather grains deprived of their outer membranes,) with portions of their tubes and contained spheroidal granules; proving that the tubes are extensions of this (the inner) membrane :—very highly magnified. Tas. 35. ASCLEPIAS PHYTOLACCOIDES. An expanded flower (magnified), from which two of the foliola coronz and one anthera have been removed. . The complete Pistillum, and on one side two of the antherz, the membrane formed by the united fila- ments being cut off a little below the stigma ; on the other side, a naked pollen mass applied to the stigma, with its gland and arm adhering. . A longitudinal section of fig. 2, to show on the left side a pollen mass, with a small portion only of the arm adhering, applied to the base of the stigma, and which, having burst, shows the protrusion of the cord formed by the pollen tubes. VOL. XVI. 5B Fig. 4. 136 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of Fig. 4. A longitudinal section of one half of the Stigma and the corresponding. style transversely cut near the base, showing more distinctly the position of the pollen mass with the protrusion and course of the tubes. 5. The. Style of fig. 4. laid open lengthways, exhibiting within its cavity and beyond it the pollen tubes reach- ing the apex of the placenta, a reflected portion of which, with three of its ovula, is also shown. 6. An impregnated Pistillum, of which the style is laid open longitudinally, and the placenta, thickly covered with ovula, exposed, to show the descent and course of the pollen tubes. 7. A Pollen mass, to the apex of which the base of the arm adheres, with pollen tubes protruding from the point of dehiscence :—more highly magnified. 8. A transverse section of a Pollen mass, showing an ar- rangement of the cells somewhat different from that of A. purpurascens, there being here a middle irre- gular series, the cells of which in some cases appear to separate and cover the grains after the production of the tubes. 9. 'Two grains of pollen with portions of their tubes, very highly magnified, the grain to the left having its outer . covering or membrane, which is removed from the grain to the right, and shown separately further to the left. 10. A Pollen mass which ns burst and protruded its tubes, exhibited as entering the cavity of the style, which is laid open to show the commencement of their de- scent. 11. Two Pollen masses (with their arms and gland,) which have burst and protruded their tubes while still in- closed Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 737 closed in the cells of the anthera; this happening in A. phytolaccoides in that particular kind of decay mentioned in (p. 729 of) the text. Tan. 36. Fig. 1; Two Pollen masses of Asclepias purpurascens with pro- truded tubes; the only instance met with in which both cords are introduced into the.same style. 2. A grain of pollen, of the same species, with a portion of its tube; the unusual form probably caused by the pressure of other grains and their tubes. | 3. A grain of pollen of Asclepias purpurascens containing numerous minute granules and two larger drops or globules of an oily fluid. 4, 5, & 6. Various combinations of pollen masses of Ascle- pias purpurascens. In these it is supposed that the insect having removed and applied to the stigma some of the masses, has extracted, by means of the arms still adhering to it, other masses with their glands and arms, | x A combination of the same kind, different from and more remarkable than any of these, but perhaps not very accurately represented, is given, in his Micro- scop. Entdeck., tab. 36. fig. 8, by Gleichen, who ap- pears (op. cit. p. 81.) to have also met with other combinations, without suspecting in any case the real cause of such apparently anomalous structures. 7. A flower-bud of Asclepias curassavica in the earliest stage in which I was able to distinguish its parts; the unopened corolla in its place with one of the sepala, the other four being exhibited separately :—highly magnified. 5522 Fig. 8. o 138 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of Fig. 8. The Corolla of fig. 7. opened and in part removed, to show the state of the contained organs: the figure exhibiting two petals hardly cohering at base; within these, two distinct petal-like bodies, alternating with them, and which are the antherze; and two other smaller bodies, which are the pistilla as yet uncon- nected. 9. An Anthera taken from fig. 8, and more highly mag- nified, to show that in this early stage it is entirely petal-like, there being no indication of the two cells, of which the first appearance in a somewhat more advanced stage is given at Fig. 10. 11. A Petal of fig. 8. more highly magnified. 12. The Pistilla of fig. 8, as yet distinct, scarcely at all angular, and with no manifest cavities; so that these two bodies may be regarded as chiefly or entirely the component parts of the stigma. 13. 'Two Grains of pollen taken from the pollen mass of the expanded flower of Asclepias curassavica. Additional Trans. Linn, Soc. Val. XVI. Tab. 34 p. 723. IDA Sawer Ay: Fritt Trans Linn. Soc. Vot. XVI. Tah. 35. p733. : XD CSoverby Fatt. i Bx, To Trans. Linn. Soe. Fol. XTI Tab. Gop A 7. Se eX eS She Se im RE * L e S à z wa M te S N Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 739 Additional Observations on the Mode of Fecundation in Orchidee. Read June 5, 1832. Tue following additions to the Paper, which was communicated to the Society in November last, on the Sexual Organs and Mode of Fecundation in Orchidez and Asclepiadew, relate entirely to the former family. In the essay itself I had ascertained from the examination of a considerable number of species belonging to different tribes of Orchidex, that in the expanded flower of this family, how- ever long it had remained in that state, no appearance what- ever existed of those tubes which form the mucous cords, either in the tissue of the stigma or in the cavity of the ovarium, anterior to the application of the pollen to the stigma ; and that in all cases where pollen had been applied to that organ and enlargement of the ovarium had followed, the mucous cords were to be found. From these facts I had concluded that the tubes forming the cords were entirely and directly produced from the grains of pollen; and hence I accounted for the cohesion of the pollen into masses, and its frequent application in that state to the stigma. | Some cases, however, in which a few lobules or even grains of pollen only were observed on the stigmata of impregnated flowers, had led me to express myself doubtfully on this point. And since my paper was read, I have had opportunities of making several observations and experiments which prove that the application of a very small portion of a pollen mass to the stigma is sufficient for the production of mucous cords of the ordinary size in the cavity of the ovarium. x y 140 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of My observations on this point and on the gradual production and descent of these cords have been made chiefly on Bonatea speciosa, perhaps the most favourable subject for such experi- ments in the whole family. My first observation on Bonatea related to the probability of a single insect impregnating several or even many flowers with one and the same mass of pollen. To effect this, it is only necessary that the viscidity of the retinaculum or gland with which the pollen mass becomes inse- parably connected, and by means of which the mass is removed from its cell and adheres to the insect, should exceed that of the surface of the stigma, and that the viscidity of the stigma should be sufficient to overcome the mutual cohesion of the lobules composing the mass. These different degrees of viscidity are very manifest in Bo- natea speciosa, in which, imitating the supposed action of the insect, I have succeeded in impregnating most of the flowers of the spike with a single pollen mass. I believe they exist also in the greater number of Ophrydez, as well as in many Neottez and Arethusez. But even in Ophrydez they are not universally met with, a very remarkable exception existing I believe in the whole genus Ophrys, in which the resemblance of the flower to an insect is so striking, and in which also the retinacula, whose viscidity hardly equals that of the stigma, are included and protected by concave processes of the upper lip of that organ. It may also be remarked, that in the genus Ophrys impreg- nation is frequently accomplished without the aid of insects, and in general the whole pollen mass is found adhering to the impregnated stigma. Hence it may be conjectured, that the remarkable forms of the flowers in this genus are intended to deter not to attract insects, whose assistance seems to be unne- cessary, | RTOs Te : Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 741 cessary, and the action of which, from the diminished viscidity of the retinaculum, might be injurious. On this subject I will also hazard another remark, that the insect forms in Orchideous flowers, resemble those of the insects belonging to the native country of the plants. The next object I had in view was to determine the first ap- pearance and progress of the mucous tubes. My observations on the origin of these tubes are not alto- gether satisfactory. It appeared, however, in Bonatea, which was also the plant most particularly examined, that they first become visible soon, but not immediately, after the production of the pollen tubes from the lobules or grains of the mass applied to the stigma; and that their earliest appearance is in the tissue of the stigma, in the immediate vicinity of the pollen tubes, from which they are with difficulty distinguishable, and only by their being less manifestly or not at all granular in their surface or contents, and in general having those interruptions in their cavity, which I have termed coagula, and which I have never yet met with in tubes actually adhering to the grain of pollen. . But even these characters, in themselves so minute, might be supposed to depend on a difference in the state of the contents of the pollen tube, after it has quitted the grain producing it. It is possible therefore that the mucous cords may be entirely derived from the pollen, not however by mere elongation of the original pollen tubes, but by an increase in their number, in a manner which I do not attempt to explain. The only other mode in which these tubes are likely to be generated, is by the action of the pollen tubes on the coagulable fluid, so copiously produced in the stigma at the only period when impregnation is possible. The obscurity respecting the origin of these mucous tubes does 742 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of does not however extend to their gradual increase and progress, both of which may be absolutely ascertained. In Bonatea they are, in the first stage of their production, confined to the stigma, with the proper tissue of which they are -more or less mixed. Soon after they may be found on the an- terior protected surface of the style, at first in small numbers ; but gradually increasing, they form a mucous cord of consider- able size, in which very few or none of the utriculi of the stigma are observable. This cord, which is originally limited to the style, begins, though sometimes not until several days have elapsed, to appear in the cavity of the ovarium, where it divides and subdivides in the manner I have described in my paper, its descent being gradual until the cords nearly equal the length of the placenta, to which they are parallel and approximated. That these cords are not in any degree derived from those portions of the walls of the cavity of the ovarium, to which they are closely applied, and which I have termed the conducting surfaces, is manifest from the identity in state of those sur- faces before and after the production of the cords. In Bonatea the first evidence of the action of the pollen con- sists in the withering of the stigma; a similar decay of the greater part of the style soon follows, and the enlargement of the ovarium generally begins before the withering of the style is completed. When the enlargement of the ovarium is consi- derable, and the mucous cords are carefully formed in its cavity, a corresponding enlargement of the ovula takes place, and the nucleus becomes first visible. I have no satisfactory observations in Bonatea respecting any tubes going off from these cords and mixing with the ovula ; but in Orchis Morio I have repeatedly and very clearly observed them scattered in every part of the surface of the placenta, and in not a few cases have been able to trace them into the aper- : | ture i A F'ecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 143 ture of the ovulum, to which they adhere with considerable firmness *. At what period they reach the foramen of the testa, whether before or immediately after the first faint appearance of the nu- cleus, I have not yet been able to determine. ‘That the tubes thus traced to the foramen of the ovulum are of the same nature as those which I have called mucous tubes, and not those di- rectly produced by the pollen, is proved by their exact agree- ment with the former in every respect, except in their being re- markably and irregularly flexuose, apparently from the nume- rous obstacles they have to overcome after leaving the cords and beginning to mix with the ovula; for in the cords themselves, where the course of the tubes is not at all impeded, they are very nearly or altogether straight. - The two most important facts stated in the present commu- nication are ; first, the production of tubes not directly emitted from the grains of pollen, but apparently generated by them ; and, secondly, the introduction of one or sometimes more than one of those tubes into the foramen of the ovulum, the point corresponding with the radicle of the future embryo. The principal points remaining to be examined, and which we may hope, by careful investigation, to ascertain, are the precise state of the ovulum at the moment of its contact with the tube, and the immediate changes consequent to that contact. * Since these additional observations were read, I have found in several other Or- chidez, especially Habenaria viridis and Ophrys apifera, tubes scattered over the sur- face of the placenta, and not unfrequently inserted, in like manner, into the apertures of ovula. VOL. XVI. 5c Supple- .. 744 ~ Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of Supplementary Note. Since the Paper on Fecundation in Orchidez and Asclepiadex was read before the Society, and a Pamphlet containing all its more important statements was distributed in the beginning of November 1831*, two essays have appeared on the same sub- ject. The first on both families by M. Adolphe Brongniart, in the numbers of the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for October and November 1831, but which were not published until Ja- nuary and February 1832: the second, by Dr. Ehrenberg, on Asclepiadez alone, in the Transactions of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, before which it was read in November 1831. M. Brongniart's statements respecting Oncurpzzx to a great extent agree with those of my essay. "They differ, however, in the following important points: : 1st, He does not seem to be aware of the operation of insects in the fecundation of this family. 2ndly, He considers the mucous cords in the cavity of the ovarium (first seen by M. Du Petit Thouars, with whose obser- vations he seems to be entirely unacquainted,) as a continuation of the tissue of the stigma and style, and as existing before the application of the pollen to the female organ. And 3rdly, He supposes that the male influence reaches the ovula in Orchidex before the inversion of the nucleus; an opi- nion founded, as it seems, on his observations on Epipactis, in which, as well as in some other genera of the order, this is the state of the ovulum in the expanded flower. .In AscrEgPrADEZ M. Brongniart’s observations, made chiefly in Asclepias amena and Gomphocarpus fruticosa, accord with my statements as far as relates to the application of the more convex * | may also refer to an excellent abstract of the Paper which appeared on the 1st of December 1831 in the Philos. Mag. and Annals of Philosophy. edge Fecundation in Orchidee and Asclepiadee. 745 edge of the pollen mass to the base of the stigma, its consequent dehiscence, the protrusion of the pollen tubes, and their pene- tration into the cavity of the style. The chief differences are, Ist, His not even suspecting the agency of insects in the fecundation of this family, and particularly in the plants ex- amined by him, in which I have regarded their assistance as absolutely necessary. 2ndly, In his assuming that the pollen mass in these two genera of Asclepiadee is ruptured, and comes in contact with the base of the stigma without leaving the cell of the anthera. Srdly, His conjecturing that the secretion visible in the ex- panded flower on the angles of the stigma after removing the glands, is absorbed by the glands and conveyed through their arms or processes to the pollen mass, which it excites to the pro- duction of pollen tubes. Dr. Ehrenberg on the subject of Asclepiadex, repeats, with some slight modifications, his former statements quoted in my paper, and illustrates them by figures. In addition, he suspects that the pollen masses (which with Professor Link he regards as the true anthera, and the cells in which they are lodged as pro- cesses of the perigonium,) are not originally distinct from the glands of the stigma, regarded by him as the filaments of his supposed anthera. The central pentangular body he considers as the stigma, but he has no observations on the mode in which the pollen is applied to it. And lastly, His original statement respecting the grains of pollen is so far modified, that he now believes them to be in the early stages without tubes or boyaur, which, according to him, make their appearance at the period of impregnation. 5c2 XXXVI. De- C ISi.) XXXVI. Description of a new Species of the Genus Pinus. By Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. Communicated by the Horticul- tural Society. | Read April 3, 1832. Ix the autumn of 1826, in the country southward of the river Columbia, in northern California, I had the good fortune to make some valuable additions to the highly ornamental and useful genus Pinus. The object of this paper is to put on record one of the most curious and interesting species of that genus, the specimens of which, together with the description made on the spot, I had the misfortune to lose in the course of my travels four years ago. I cannot recall to my recollection, without feelings of deep regret, the loss I then sustained of the . greatest and most important part of my collections. So remark- able a tree I could then, perhaps, have described from recollec- tion accurately, but I was fearful lest errors might unavoidably have crept into it; and having found it a second time in the greatest perfection, I now venture to send the present short notice of it for the purpose of insertion in the Transactions of the Linnean Society, should it be considered as deserving a place in their valuable records. This tree, so far as I have yet observed, attains to but a small size as compared with those species of the genus which inhabit the northern and western parts of this continent. The trees are of a tapering form, straight, and of regular growth, 40 to 120 feet in height, 2 to 12 feet in circumference, clothed with branches 148 Mr. DovGras on a new Species branches to the ground, when standing far apart or solitary. Some few I have measured 140 feet in length, but never E. larger in circumference than that just cited. The largest and most handsome trees inhabit the alluvial deposits on the western flanks of the Cordilleras of New Al- bion, at a very great elevation above the level of the sea, being 1600 feet below the range of perpetual snow in the parallel of 40? N. On the less elevated mountains near the coast, where the temperature is higher but more uniform, in the parallel of 37° N. in decomposed granite, schist, or gravelly soils, the trees are smaller and fewer, inhabiting the summit of the moun- tains only. The wood is white, soft, coarse-grained, and, I think, not very durable. A copious transparent resin issues from the wounds. Leaves in threes, very rarely in fours, 11 to 14 inches long, con- vex and smooth on the underside, channelled above, with an elevated ridge, pointed, and furnished at the margin with mi- nute teeth, which become more distant and conspicuous towards the extremity ; erect in summer; flaccid and drooping during winter. Sheath 1:5 inch long, light brown, chaffy, and torn at the top. Stipule lanceolate, rigid. Male and female catkins erect. Cone (which abounds in pellucid resin) ovate, recurved, pressing on the branch for support, 3 to 9 in number, surrounding the same stem, persistent, and remaining on the tree for a series of years, like P. Banksiana; 9 to 11 inches long, 16 to 18 inches round. Scales spathulate, 2:25 inches long, having a very strong, sharp, incurved point, which near the base exceeds the length . ofthe scale. Seed somewhat oblong, tapering to the base, flattish on the inside, :875 inch long, nearly :500 inch broad. Shell thick, hard, brown. Wing short, stiff, one fourth the length of the seed, which it nearly encompasses. Kernel pleasant. Coty yledons 7—12 in number. The * a TNT EON EI of the Genus Pinus. 749 The first year the cone measures from 6 to 8 inches round, and is of a more rounded form than when perfect in November of the following year. The colour of the young cone is bright green. The specific character may be thus framed : P. Sasrnrana. Foliis ternis (raró quaternis quinisve) præ- longis, strobilis recurvis ovatis: squamis spathulatis: acu- mine incurvo. The active and enlightened zeal which Joseph Sabine, Esq. has ever taken, as Secretary of the Horticultural Society, for the introduction of new, choice and useful plants, more especially of those natives of countries of similar temperatures as En- gland, induces me to affix his name to one of the most beau- tiful objects in nature, and which I hope will shortly become one of the greatest ornaments in the British Sylva. Mission of St. John's, Upper California, February 4, 1831. XXXVII. Ex- (4515: XXXVII. Extracts from the MiwvTE-Boox of the LINNEAN Society of LONDON. 1827. Nov. 6. Tuomas Bett, Esq., was chosen by ballot to fill up the vacancy in the Council, occasioned by the death of Samuel Lord Bishop of Carlisle, the Society having been specially summoned for the purpose of filling up such vacancy. Nov. 20. Mr. Brookes, F.L.S., exhibited specimens of Gy- paétos barbatus, two species of Larus, and a gigantic variety of the Rabbit (Lepus Cuniculus, Linn.). Mr. Lambert, V. P., exhibited cones of Pinus syl- vestris, Linn., found at considerable depths in the peat- bogs of Armagh, Ireland, in perfect preservation. The Secretary read a letter from John Cresswell, Esq., F.L.S., to Joseph Sabine, Esq., F.R.S. and L.S., informing him that a fish unknown to the oldest fish- ermen had been taken in the river Exe, weighing one - hundred weight, proving identical with that known at Gibraltar by the Spanish name of Umbrina (Sciena cirrhosa, Linn.). Dec. 4. Mr. Dillwyn, F.L.S., exhibited a series of speci- VOL. XVI. 5D mens 752 Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. Dec. 18. 1828. an. 15. mens of the lanthina fragilis of Lamarck, the Helix Ianthina of Linnzus, collected from Oxwich Bay, to the west of Swansea, accompanied by a letter stating that the same shell, which is abundant in the Medi- terranean, had been found once before there in some abundance. Mr. Dillwyn considered the recording such facts of importance, as being likely to throw some light on the under-currents of the ocean. Mr. Bell exhibited three undescribed species of Land Tortoises, two of them very much resembling Testudo geometrica. 'To one of the present species, which Mr. Bell certainly thinks furnished La Cepéde with his erroneous description of T. geometrica, he has given the name of T. actinodes. It differs in the ab- sence of the small single plate at the anterior part of the margin. To another specimen, with conical scute, he has assigned the specific name of tentoria ; and to the third specimen (which he has had alive for some time,) he has given the name of pardalis: this, although resembling the Testudo indica, differs from it not only in colour, but also in the less revolute margin, and in the situation of the areole of the costal plates, which, instead of being exactly central as in T. indica, are in this species placed very near the superior margin. Mr. George Townshend Fox, F.L.S., exhibited from the Newcastle Museum the original specimen of the Green-headed Bunting, Emberiza Tunstalli of Latham, the E. chlorocephala of Gmelin, which now proves to be identical with E. hortulana, Linn. Mr. Yarrell, F.L.S., exhibited two specimens of Emberiza Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. 753 March 4. Emberiza miliaria of Linnwus, one of them entirely white. Mr. George Townshend Fox, F.L.S., sent for exhi- bition, specimens of the following Birds, viz. 1. Anas rutila of Pallas, the Anas Casarka of Gme- lin, or Grey-headed Duck of Brown's Illustrations of Zoology, t. 41. It is on the authority of this specimen that the bird has been received into the Dritish Fauna. 2. Loxia cantans of Gmelin, the Brown Grosbeak of Brown’s Illustrations, t. 27. 3. Loxia ferruginea of Gmelin, the Brown-headed Grosbeak of Latham. 4. Loxia aurea of Gmelin, the Gold-backed T beak of Brown's Illustrations, t. 25. These, together with the specimen of the Loria crassirostris, Gm., exhibited at a former meeting, are the original authorities for the species. They formed part of the late Messrs. Tunstall and Allan's collection, which is now incorporated with the Museum belonging to the Literary and Philosophical Society of Newcastle- upon-Tyne. The Rev. Leonard Jenyns, F.L.S., exhibited speci- mens of the British species of Plecotus, supposed to have been confounded under the name of Long-eared Bat; and also a specimen of Vespertilio mystacinus of Leisler, taken at Bottisham, Cambridgeshire, on the 29th of April 1827, being the second instance of its having been found in Great Britain. March 18. In consequence of the lamented death of Sir James 5p2 Edward 754 Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. Edward Smith, (the President of the Society,) the 1 Meeting was adjourned to Tuesday the first of April. - April 15. Read a letter, addressed to the Secretary, from Charles Lucien Bonaparte, Prince of Musignano, F.M.L.S., and dated on board the Delaware, near Gibraltar, March 20th, 1828, containing some curious facts relative to the migratory habits of certain species of Hirundo and Sylvia. The following are extracts : ** [n closing my letter I happen to think that the fol- lowing fact may be thought interesting to some of your ornithological gentlemen. A. few days ago, being 500 miles from the coasts of Portugal, 400 from those of Africa, &c., we were agreeably surprised by the appearance of a few Swallows (Hirundo urbica and rustica). ‘This, however extraordinary, might have been explained by an easterly gale, which might have cut off the swallows migrating from the main to Ma- deira, only 200 miles distant from us; but what was my surprise, in observing several small warblers hop- ping about the deck and riggings. "These poor little strangers, exhausted as they were, were soon caught and brought to me. The following is a list of the species :—1. Sylvia Trochilus. 2. Sylvia Erithacus, Lath. (Tithys, Temm.). 3. Sylvia suecica, or rather a similar species which I have already received from Egypt and Barbary. 4. A species new to Europe, and perhaps even a non-descript, having the plumage of an Anthus, and which I think belongs (as Sylvia Cisticola and others) to the Aitherto African genus Malurus. This, however, must rest undecided, my specimen WC TNNT ee NECEM IM NUNT UE po— Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. 155 May 6. May 24. specimen having lost its tail, which had been pulled off by the sailor who caught the bird." Mr. Brookes, F.L.S. exhibited a specimen of the cream-coloured Courier (Cursorius isabellinus, 'emm.), said to have been shot in Great Britain; and Mr. G. B. Sowerby exhibited a specimen of a new species of Cyprea, which he has named C. Leucodon. The Council having had an offer of the late re- spected President's Collections in Natural History, consisting of the Collections and Library of Linnzus and his Son, and the President's own Collections and Library, submitted the proposal to the consideration of the Society,—when a subscription was entered into by the undermentioned members for the purpose of purchasing the same ; viz. s Wo» ah Edward, Lord Stanley, M.P. President . 23 2 0 Aylmer Bourke Lambert, Esq. V.P. . .23 2 0 William George Maton, M.D. V.P.. .23 2 0 Robert Brown, Ess VP... —. 07-3159. 9 Edward Forster, Esq. Treasurer . . .25 4 O0 Preview Boot, M Doc. us o0 435 4.90 James E. Bicheno, Esq. Secretary . .21 0 0 Mr. Geotge Loddiges ^ © . 70027557790: 9.08 Major-General Hardwicke. . . . . 21 0 O0 Lawrence Brock Hollinshead, Esq. . . 21 0 O0 The Lord Bishop of Bath and Wells . . 10 10 0 Nicholas Aylward Vigors, Esq. > . . 21 0 0 Ricbwrd TR Beg — c. 2 SXP$9950 William Kent, Esq. ae MEDS PO BOY +. :0 296 4 0 Richard 756 Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. Joseph Sabine, Esq. . . . . . .21 0 Alexander. MacLeay, Esq... .-—. .21. 0 John Morgan, Fsq. . . . +.» .10 10. Sse decd Brought forward 296 4 0 Richard Horsman Solly, Esq... . . .21 0 O0 Jobn Curtiss Eén.. n. > terre sie m William Horton Lloyd, Esq. . . . .10 0 O0 John Blackburne, Esq. M.P. . . . .10 0 O0 mou ehe MIA 301 . .—. 90 5 U gunn. Cage; BARES |. VM N 0 Bemus E Odrey; Tq... 7 199-0 Richard: Warn, MD- . . .. 5. 10.0.90 Thomas Horsfield, BM iyen X 6 5 0 Mr. William Anderson 4:29 Mr. George Charlwood 2,112.40 Mr. Robert Sweet 2. 3.0 Mr, George Sinclair i yee See, John Eddowes Bowman, Esq. . 5 5 0 Wam Gitu jun, Faq. .. . 0 5 d Archibald Menzies, Esq. 0 0 William Yarrell, Esq. . TOY Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater . AN c5 59 Edward Turner Bennett, Esq. . . . 1010 0 John Joseph Bennett, Esq. . . . . 1010 O William Peete, Esq. . 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 Thon Dee Gs. se 14.11 Rev. John Montgomery Traherne . e i Joshua Brookes, Keq. . — sss 7. 54.90 John Crawfurd; Esq. -.. .-. .—...455. 0 Jehaddudgly, Esq... .. 2-2 24 9 Johu.Smimove;Esq. .. 2: 55 B Johu Latham; M.D. —... . 8 0 Sir Thomas Gery Cullum, Bart. . . 110 O0 Se-OndeSeot, But. . . . . .21 O0 692 18 ^o — iud ~-~* ee Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. 757 Brought forward Mr. Donald Munro Mr. David Douglas Michael Bland, Esq. John Caley,. Esq. à Mr. David Don, Libr. L. S. . Mr. Abel Ingpen, Associate William Henry Fitton, M.D. . Rev. William Kirby Samuel Merriman, M.D. . . . à Sir Thomas Mantell ‘ John Obadiah Westwood, Esq. Charles John Thompson, Esq. Thomas Castle, Esq. John Guillemard, Esq.. . . Henry Beaufoy, Esq. George Bellas Greenough, Esq. Charles Stokes, Esq. . ek uas Joli Boitóck, M.D. . 1.523 Lisig Rev James Yates, M.A... ...: —. Thomas Lister Parker, Esq. . . Robert Barclay, Esq. A. T. Thomson, M.D. . John Richardson, M.D. . . . Algernon Peckover; Esq. . . `. J. C. Acherley, Esq. : domme Pieming, Eq. -.- .... X SM MIL S. s soria Rev. R. M. White, M.A. . Rev. W. Stockdale, M.A. . Captain Edmund Sheppard, R.A. . Mr. John Mackay Rev. James Barlow, M.A. . £3 692 18 5:5 A! Bus BEX 10 10 615 r3 5 5 10 0 5 6$ ag | Um d 5 5 2-79 & 0 5 5 10 0 10 0 eo 5 0 5 0 46 0 2- ig 5 5 0 0 0 5 0 0 5 0 d. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 947 10 0 His 158 Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. E X Brought forward 947 10 His Grace the Duke of Bedford . . .21 0 Nathaniel B. Ward, Esq. -. . -siao d 55.5 d. 0 0 0 John Edward Gray, Esq. . .. . . .1010 O0 Rev. Edmund Goodenough, D.D. . . 10 10 0 Johu Ford Davis, M.D. 2...) .=8. o7 0605.10 George Williams, M.D. . . . . .21 0 0 Arthur Aiki, Esq. > . GÆ acu. vino 05.0: 70 Joh Windsor, Esq... ss hA 219 90:9 William Bridgman, Esq. . . . . . 2 2 0 Revi Thomas Bitt . . 7. = Ue wow TU William Withering, Esq. . . . . . 5 5 O0 His Grace the Duke of Somerset. . . 20 0 0 Sir Abraham Hume, Bart.. .. . . .10 10 O0 Lieutenant-Colonel Durnford . . . . 5 0 0 William Beatty, M.D. . . . . eri 2: 9.4.0 ‘Thomas Purton, Esq. 4.5.7. se 2 2 0 Joseph Whidbey, Esq. . . . . . . 5 5 0 Sir Thomas Frankland, Bart... . . .21 0 O0 3. © Dale Esd. .... .- ATS tee A000 Davies Gilbert, Esq. M.P. c- todisti 1010 2.0.50 j Go Children, Esq, -. 7.5. evo OO Daniel Sharpe, Esq. ..—... T M.m Ta 20.0 Mr. Edwin Dalton Smith . . . . . 2 2 0 Messrs. J. D. C. & C. E. Sowerby . . 2 2 0 CHev.Danel Lysons, M.A.. =- c: o6 55 0 George Austen, Esq... sem 5750 | William Mathew, Esq. . . P 6 70.50 b C Lomoh, Esd: . 51.5 6 56.46 Toos Salter, Esq, . ..4.'f «95049979. 18.708 Willan Dorrer, Esq. 5.70 o6 de $010 ob... 0 Rev. John Stevens Henslow, M.A. . . 5 5 0 . Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. 6.56. «0 1188 8 0 Louis Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. 759 il ENEE Xo 74 X Brought forward 1188 8 0 Louis Hayes Petit, Esq. M.P. . . . 1010 O0 Roger Pettiward, Eaq.-.. -isda si 9,7 2995 c 520 Rev. Charles Smith Bird, M.A. . . . 5 0 0 Rev. Charles Parr Burney, D:D.. . 10 10 0 John Shute Duncan, Esq... . . . ..2. 0. 0 Rev.Henry Hasted, M.A... 27 .. 075 6570-0 Uhanes Gyell, Esq. . -.P5 00574 270710 Baie William Younge, M.D. et ath 410. 07:79 Rev. Joseph Goodall, p. D., Páoviást of Eton = .-. .. Cer. voage ag OSU Rev. William Buckland, DD: = Fe PEN PRE) Rev. Revett Sheppard, M.A... . . . 2 0 0 Rev. Thomas Gisborne, M.A.. . . . 1010 0 Johit Flint South, Esq? i478 O - 0. 6 00 William Jackson Hooker, LL.D. . . . 5 5 O0 Goote Milne, Bs... c... 270 7059 Joseph Janson, Bag. —. 4. 5. 0-0 Rev: Sackville Bale, M.A. -..——. :10. 0: 0 Rev. John Howson, M.A. . 1^0 Edmund Allen Crouch, Esq. L9 Thomas Kuowlton,-Esq. -.-.-..7?— 5^ 6-0 Jonathan Couch, Esq. . . . . fees eG The Most Noble the Marquis of Bath £60 "gU Right Honourable Earl Brownlow. . . 25 0 0 Rev. James Dalton, M.A. . 5- 0.59 Rev. Patrick Keith . LP L9 Richard Cotton, Esq. (Lors: d 2 DE Rev: Thomas Newton, M.A. .. 7-1 .—^8- 5-0 B^ John Blackwall, Esq. =. -P -r o 9 a Robert Cole, Esq. . . por sp Ug N Rev. Thomas Elton Miller, M. Es Horon9g Sao 1424 4 0 VOL. XVI. 5E Rev. 760 Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. E & d Brought forward 1424 4 0 Rev. Henry John Wollaston, M.A. 2:31 25.0 Rev. Thomas Salwey, M.A. z 8G Band barret Langley, Esq. -p i5 but akira e 1005, 98 William Mills, Esq. . 5 5.0 Rev. R. B. Francis, M.A. . des PEE Alexander Erskine, Esq. . . ... .1010 QO Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq.. . . .26 5 O0 Samuel Kershaw, Esq. . 2.2: 0 Thomas Brightwell, Esq. 2 2.0 Simon Wilkin, Esq. 25x: Pune Jann, Shaw, Esq- -— 4d 0 WashiosWH 250595340 John Hogg, Esq. 355958 Thomas Wilson, Esq. a rani val Rev. William Lloyd Baker, M.A.. . . 10 10 O0 Rev. Alexander Power, M.A. . ..: ...4. 2.2.0 Barn bed begs .—. . 3 75.0.9 mt. gee M ALS —7.—. .39 9. .0 A HR Haworth, Eq. -= à 12$ e oui Dopo f Edward Holme, M.D... a. 77 10,10..0 Rey. Mr. Jenkyns, Fellow of Magdalen College; Oxford... 2 — og. AH Samuel Peace Pratt, Esq... . zT; Edward Barnard, Baat 205 314.710 Lewis Weston Dillwyn, Esq. . William John Broderip, Esq. . 5 M. A. Robinson, Esq. . . NEU ENS Patgck Newly... a ee. Marmaduke Ramsay, Esq.. 3 James Lowe Wheeler, Esq.. 1 Robert Younge, Esq. 2 George Bentham, Esq. : : mit William Jardine, Bat. . , . . 5 Q.O UM 00.0929. INN C Qv o'o Oo 00 0828S OC O 1593 oo © June Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. 761 June 17. Read a Letter, addressed to the Secretary, from William Cooke, Esq., on the Preservation of Vegetable Substances in a Solution of Muriate of Soda,—of which the following is an extract. ‘* On the 30th of October 1829. April 7. 1826, Mr. B. M. Forster brought to me a specimen of Clavaria muscoides of Sowerby, with a desire that I would preserve it in the same way that I preserve ana- tomical preparations.—(Vide Med. and Phys. Journ. March 1816.) I put it into brine a little below satu- ration, suspending it by a delicate thread of silk, and closing the bottle by means of glass. Since that time it has remained in the solution, and, with the exception of having become a little deeper in colour, it is un- changed. As spirits are not only expensive, but usu- ally deprive plants of all colour, the discovery of a cheap and effectual solution for the preservation of plants is a desideratum." Mr. Brookes, F.L.S., exhibited a living specimen of Lacerta ocellata. The President read the following extracts from the Minutes of Council, dated February 24, viz. * Resolved,— **'That the By-Laws contained in Sections 2, 3, and 4, Chapter II. of the By-Laws of the Society, as also the By-Law made on the 18th day of February 1823, (all of which said By-Laws relate to the admission and annual fees to be paid by Fellows,) be revoked and repealed; and that the following By-Laws be substituted, viz. * All Fellows elected after the 24th day of May 5E2 1802, 762 Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. 1802, and before the 24th day of May 1829, who shall have already paid their admission fees, but have not paid Twenty Guineas in lieu of all annual payments, shall pay to the use of the Society the annual contri- bution of Two Guineas as heretofore. Provided, how- ever, that every such Fellow may at any time com- pound for all future annual payments, by paying the said composition of Twenty Guineas, including the annual contribution which may be due at the time such composition shall be paid. ** All Fellows who shall be elected after the 24th day of May 1829, shall, before they be admitted, pay to the use of the Society the sum of Six Pounds for their admission fee; and if any person refuse or fail to pay the said sum, his election shall be void, unless the same be remitted, in whole or in part, by special order of the Council. * Every Fellow elected after the 24th day of May 1829, shall, besides the admission fee, further contri- bute towards the funds of the Society, previous to his admission, by paying the sum of Thirty Pounds in lieu of all future payments ; or he shall sign an obli- gation for the regular payment of Three Pounds per annum to the Society so long as he shall continue a Fellow. — * Every such Fellow so elected may at any time compound for his future contributions, by paying the sum of Thirty Pounds in one year, instead of the annual contribution for that year; in which case, his obliga- tion to make annual payments shall be void. Pro- vided, nevertheless, that in case any Fellow be not usually resident within the United Kingdom of Great : Britain Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. 763 May 5. Nov. 1T. Britain and Ireland, such person shall not be permitted to enter into an obligation for the payment of annual contributions, but shall, within two months after his election, or such other time as the Council shall permit, and before he be admitted, pay, or cause to be paid, into the hands of the Treasurer, the sum of Thirty Pounds, in lieu of such contributions. ` * Resolved,— “ That it be proposed to the General Meeting of April 7th, for confirmation to revoke and repeal the By-Laws contained in Sections 2, 3, and 4, of the Second Chapter of the Society's By-Laws, and also the By-Law relative to the payment of Fellows, made on the 18th day of February 1823, and to substitute in their stead the By-Laws above specified ; and that they be read at the above and following General Meeting, and be balloted for in the manner directed by the By-Laws of the Society." The President then gave notice that those altera- tions in the By-Laws will be decided upon by Ballot on Tuesday the 5th of May. The alterations of the By-Laws contained in Sec- tions 2, 3, and 4, of Chapter II. of the Society's By- Laws, and also the By-Law relative to the payment of Fellows, made on the 18th day of February, 1823, having been read at the two last General Meetings, as directed by the Charter, were balloted for and con- firmed. The Vice-President, in the Chair, gave notice that the Library will be open on Mondays, Tuesdays, and Thursdays, 164 Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. 1830. April 20. June 1. June 15. .1831. . Feb. 15. Thursdays, from 12 till 4 o'clock, and that the Museum will be open during the same hours on Wednesdays and Fridays. Mr. N. B. Ward, F.L.S., exhibited a remarkable specimen of exfoliation of the entire hand and foot, which happened five different times in the same person from fever. Mr. John Gould, A.L.S., exhibited, by permission, the Skeleton of the Camelopardalis Giraffa belonging to His Majesty. Mr. William Pamplin, jun., A.L S., exhibited a Fruit of the Carica Papaya, which ripened in a hot- house belonging to John Barker, Esq., at Aylesbury. Read an extract of a Letter from Mrs. Smith, dated Moradabad, July 20th, 1829, to a gentleman in Somersetshire, giving an account of a quantity of Fishes that fell in a shower of rain at that place. Many were observed by Mrs. Smith from the win- dow of her residence, springing about on the grass immediately after the storm. The letter was accom- panied by a drawing taken on the spot, which repre- sents a small species of Cyprinus, two inches and a quarter in length, green above, silvery white below, with a broad lateral line of bright red. Mr. Westwood, F.L.S., exhibited drawings of two Insects illustrating the connexion between the Coleo- pterous families Prionide and Lucanide, in opposition to the tarsal system. March Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. 765 March 1. Read the following Letter from Dr. James Lindsay, addressed to Roderick Impey Murchison, Esq. F.R.S. & L.S. &c., giving an account of the Helix obvoluta of Lamarck being found, apparently indigenous, in Hamp- shire. * Sir,—Last May, when searching for land shells, I was surprised to meet with the Helix obvoluta, hitherto considered a foreign species, and, I believe, never before noticed in Great Britain. ** I discovered it, along with other Helices, such as the Helix nitida and rufescens, amongst the moss near the roots of trees in Ditcham Wood, near Buriton, Hants. This shell is found for a considerable distance along the chalk escarpment of the South Downs facing to the north ; and, although more rare than the other species above mentioned, I have collected above twenty indi- viduals. ** Lamarck describes the French shell as having the margin of the lip white; but in the Hampshire speci- mens, when fresh, that part is tinged with red. La- marck takes no notice of the smooth, tooth-like pro- cesses on the inner side of the lip, which in this species are always present. The aperture is triangular; the mouth a little reflected, forming a distinct sinus ex- ternally, and in every other respect answering to the Lamarckian description. * Should you consider these observations worthy the notice of the Linnean Society, I shall feel gratified in your presenting them. ** I am, your most obedient Servant, T 4 10th November, 1830, James LINDSAY. Nursted House, near Petersfield.” May 766 Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. May 3. Read the following Letter, addressed to the Secre- tary by John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S., containing remarks on the habits of some Land Shells : * Grove Place, May 2, 1831. * Dear Sir,—On my return from France I brought home some Land Shells, which I collected near the celebrated fountain of Petrarch at Vaucluse, on the 8th of last July, at which time they were close packed in a pill-box ; and from the high temperature of that part of France, and being kept for several weeks in my trunk, and afterwards in a dry place at home, they appeared, as might be expected, quite dead. ** [ was induced however, a few days since, to try if they could be re-animated, although I almost thought it an useless experiment. l put the shells into an earthen vessel, close covered, and containing some wet : moss, when, to my astonishment, in less than twenty- four hours these little animals were reanimated and crawling about, after having been shut up without food or moisture for nine months. ** The shells appear to be the Pupa tridens and the Clausilia rugosa, which renders it more remarkable, since they are species destitute of opercula. I ob- served that only one of the shells was adhering to another, and the others were quite loose in the box. ** It is not only the extraordinary fact of these little animals being able to remain so long in a torpid state, that has induced me to request that you will do me the favour to lay these observations before the Linnean Society ; but I think it may be of service to those who collect shells, to know that the species inhabiting the land may be preserved for so long a period ; for it may in Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. 767 Dec. 6. in many instances enable those conchologists who wish to describe and draw the inhabitants of shells, to ac- complish that desirable object, and probably, by se- curing them in a well-stopped bottle, they might be kept alive much longer, and be transported from very remote parts of the globe. ** I remain, &c. * Joun Curtis. * P.S. I have been informed by Mr. Lyell that some shells brought from South America by Lieute- nant T. Graves, were seventeen months without food, and are now alive and inhabiting their native plants in the conservatories of Messrs. Loddiges at Hackney. * But shells closed by an operculum have been known to remain thus hermetically sealed in cabinets for very long periods,—it has been said for forty years,—and afterwards been reanimated by mois- ture." | Some live specimens of the species referred to in the letter were exhibited at the Meeting. Read a Letter addressed to the Secretary by John Blackwall, Esq. F.L.S., correcting his representation, in his Notice of several recent Discoveries in the Struc- ture and Economy of Spiders, and Remarks on the Pulvilli of Insects, respecting the mode by which in- sects are supported on the sides of highly polished surfaces. | . In experimenting upon the House-fly, he observed that individuals frequently remained fixed to the sides of an exhausted glass receiver after they had entirely lost the power of locomotion, and an evident distention VOL. XVI. 5 F of 168 Eatracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. of the abdomen had been occasioned by the exhaustion of the aériform fluids it contained. To detach them from those stations, the employment of a small degree of force was found requisite. In prosecuting this subject, clean ** phials of trans- parent glass, containing spiders and various insects in the larva and imago states, capable of walking on their upright sides, were breathed into till the aqueous va- pour expelled from the lungs was copiously condensed. on their inner surface. The result was remarkable. The moisture totally prevented those animals from ob- taining any effectual hold on the glass; and the event . was equally decisive if a small quantity of oil was sub- stituted for the aqueous vapour. A similar consequence ensued also, when the flour of wheat, or finely pul- verised chalk, or gypsum, was thinly strewn on the interior surface of the phials, the minute particles of those substances adhering to the tarsal brushes of the spiders, the pulvilli of the perfect insects, and the under side of the feet of the larve. These facts, far from corroborating the mechanical theory, appeared quite inexplicable, except on the supposition that an adhesive secretion is emitted by the instruments em- ployed in climbing. The next point to be determined, therefore, was whether spiders, and insects in the larva and imago states, when moving in a vertical direction on clean glass, leave any visible track behind them. Careful and repeated examinations, made with lenses of moderately high magnifying powers, in a strong light, and at a favourable angle, speedily convinced me that my conjecture was well founded, as I never failed to discover unequivocal evidence of its truth; though Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. 769 though in the case of the spiders considerable diffi- culties presented themselves, in consequence of the exceedingly minute quantity of adhesive matter emitted by the brushes of those animals. On submitting this secretion to the direct rays of the sun, in the month of July, and to brisk currents of air, whose drying power was great, I ascertained that it did not suffer any per- ceptible diminution by evaporation under those cir- cumstances. ** Now it is reasonable to infer, from the foregoing researches, that the hair-like appendages constituting the brushes of spiders, and occurring in such profu- sion on the inferior surface of the pulvilli of insects, are tubular. ‘The delicate membrane also, on the under side of the prolegs, and the tarsi of the perfect legs of various larve capable of traversing polished perpen- ] dicular bodies, without the aid of lines produced hy a spinning apparatus, must be provided with numerous » pores, or minute papilla, from which an adhesive se- cretion is emitted. Some larve which are not sup- plied with prolegs, those of the Coccinelle for example, have the inferior part of the tarsi of their perfect legs thickly covered with hair-like appendages resembling in figure, and in the function they perform, those on the pulvilli of insects in the imago state; while others, altogether destitute of legs, emit.a viscid mucus from both their extremities, and by advancing and attach- ing each alternately, are thus enabled to ascend smooth bodies with facility. ** According to my observations, the instrument is composed of several branched membranous papille included in a common envelope. They are extremely 5r2 flexible 770 Eatracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. flexible and extensile, and, either separately or collec- tively, can be protruded beyond the caudal segment, or retracted within it, at the pleasure of the animal. Their efficiency as a cleaning apparatus, and an organ of adhesion and progression, depends principally upon the mucus they emit, which is secreted in great abun- dance, and not upon the power of producing a vacuum. When this instrument is applied to the body of the insect, any extraneous matter immediately becomes attached to it, and the impurities thus collected are ultimately expelled by a fresh discharge of mucus and a peculiar motion of the papillz." CATALOGUE E T11:) CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY, Continued from Page 526 of Vol. XV. of the Society s Transactions*. N.B. To Books which are Continuations of Works included in any of the former Parts of the Catalogue, the original Numbers are here affixed ; and the other Books are numbered in regular progression. remeras — 1356. Acnrr (J. G.) Preside, Dissertatio Medica De Cholelithis, resp. A. M. Wadsberg. Upsalie, 1788, 4to. 1357. Afzelii (A.) De Rosis Suecanis Tentamen 3ium. Upsaliz, 1806, 4to. 1358. Arnott's (G. A. W.) Article ** Botany " from the new edition of the Encyclo- pedia Britannica. Edinburgh, 1832, 4to. 1359. Artis's /E. T.) Antediluvian Phytology. London, 1825, 4to. 1360. Audouin (V.) et Milne-Edwards (H.) Recherches Anatomiques et Physiolo- giques sur la Circulation dans les Crustacées. Paris, 1827, 4to. 1361. Recherches Anatomiques sur le Sy- stéme nerveux. Paris, 1828, 8vo. à 1362. Audubon (J. J.) The Birds of America, no. 1—20. London, 1827—31, fol. 1363. Ornithological Biography ; or An Account of the Habits of the Birds of the United States of North America. Edinburgh, 1831, 8vo. 1364. Banks's (G.) Plymouth and Devonport Flora, no. 1—7. Devonport, 1830 —381, 8vo. 1365. Batüta's (Ibn) Travels; translated from the abridged Arabic Manuscript Copies, preserved in the Public Library of Cambridge; with Notes, by the Rev. Samuel Lee, B.D. London, 1829, 4to. 1366. Baxter (W.) Stirpes Cryptogamse Oxonienses; or, Dried Specimens of Cry- ptogamous Plants, collected in the Vicinity of Oxford, fasc. 1—2. Oxford, 1825—28, 4to. * This Catalogue does not include the extensive additions made to the Library bythe purchase of the late President's collections and library, including those of Linnzus andhis Son. It only contains such books as have been presented to the Society since the publication of the fifteenth volume. 1367. Benett’s. 172 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 1367. Benett's (Miss E.) Catalogue of Wiltshire Fossils. (From Sir R. C. Hoare's Modern Wilts.) fol. 1368. Bennett (E. T.) The Gardens of the Zoological Society delineated. Chis- wick, 1830—31, 2 vols. 8vo. : 1369. Bennett's (G.) Notices on the Botany of New Zealand. (From the London Medical Gazette.) 8vo. 1370. Account of the Medicinal Properties of Piper Mahina Nauclea Gambir, and Ignatia amara. (From the Same.) 8vo. 1371. Account of the Islands Erromanga and Tanna, New Hebrides Group. (From the Same.) 8vo. 1372. Bennett’s (J. W.) Fishes of Ceylon, no. 1—6. London, 1828—30, 4to. 1373. Treatise on the Cocoa-nut Tree. London, 1831, 8vo. 1374. Billberg (G. J.) Synopsis Faunge Scandinaviee, tom. 1. pars 1. Holmie, 1828, 12mo. 1375. Bischoff (G. W.) Kryptogamische Gewachse; Lieferung 1—2. Chareen und Equiseteen. Nürnberg, 1828, 4to. 1376. Blume (C. L.) Flora Javæ, no. 1. Bruxellis, 1828, fol. 1377. Blumenbach (J. F.) Specimen Historia: Naturalis antique Artis. Gottingee, 1808, 4to. 1378. Bonaparte (C. L.) Specchio comparativo delle Ornitologie di Roma e di Filadelphia. Pisa, 1827, 8vo. 1379. Genera of North American Birds; and a Synopsis of the Species found within the Territory of the United States, (From Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. of New York.) 8vo. 1380. | - Osservazioni sulla Seconda Edizione del Regno Animale del Barone Cuvier. Bologna, 1830, 8vo. 1381. Saggio di una Distribuzione metodica degli Animali Verte- brati. Roma, 1831, 8vo. 1382. ——- Cenni sopra le Variazioni a cui vanno Soggette le Farfalle del gruppo Melitzea. (Estratto dall Antologia, no. 125, Maggio 1831.) 8vo. 1383. Booth’s (W. B.) History and Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea, and of the Varieties of the Camellia Japonica that have been imported from China. (From the Hort. Trans.) 4to. 1384. Bostock's (J.) Translation of the 1st and 23rd Books of Pliny's Natural Hi- story. London, 1828, 8vo. 1385. Brayley's (E. W.) Remarks on the Existence of Salts of Potash in Rock-salt. (From the Phil. Mag.) 8vo. 1386. Nature of Vision in Invertebrate Animals. (From tke Same.) 8vo. 1387. Brayley 1387. 1388. 1389. 1390. 1391. 1392. 1393. 1394. 1395. 1396. 1 397. 1398. 1399. 1400. 1401. 1402. 1403. 1404. 1405. 1153. Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 778 Brayley (E. W.) On the probable Connexion of Rock-basins with an internal concretionary Structure in the Rocks on which they occur, (From the Phil. Mag.) 8vo. The Utility of the Knowledge of Nature considered, with reference to the Introduction of Instruction in the Physical Sciences into the general Education of Youth. London, 1831, 8vo. Brongniart ( Ad.) Histoire des Végétaux Fossiles, livr. 1—6. Paris, 1828 —30, 4to. Brookes (J.), Catalogue of the Zootomical Collection of, 8vo. Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society of London, Nov. 29, 1828, 8vo. ————— Thoughts on the best Means of lessening the destructive Progress of Cholera. London, 1831, 8vo. Brown (R.) Vermischte Botanische Schriften von Dr. C. G. Nees von Esenbeck, band 1—4. Leipzig, 1825—30. Microscopical Observations on the Particles contained in the Pollen of Plants, &c. London, 1828, 8vo. Buffon (G. L. Comte de) Histoire Naturelle, tom.1—42. Paris,1749— 88, 4to. Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux; ed. nouvelle, tom. 1—10. Paris, 1770—86, 4to. Bullock’s (W.) Journey through the Western States of North America. London, 1827, 8vo. Cavanilles (A. J.) Observationes in quintum Fasciculum D. L'Heritier. 4to. Children's (J. G.) Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Zoolo- gical Club of the Linnean Society of London, November 29th, 1827. 8vo. Christol (M. de) Notice sur les Ossemens humaines fossiles. Montpellier, 1829, 8vo. Churchill’s (J. M.) Effects of Acupuncturation in Rheumatism, &c. London, 1828, 8vo. Clark's (Bracy) Description of a new Horse-shoe. London, 1827, 4to. On the Foot of the Horse and Shoeing, 2nd edit. part 1—6. London, 1829, 4to. Essay on the Knowledge of the Ancients respecting the Art of Shoeing the Horse, and of the probable Period of the Commencement of this Art. London, 1831, 4to.. Coddington (H.) On the Improvement of the Microscope. (Zrom Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc.) 4to. Colla (Al.) Illustrationes et Icones rariorum Stirpium que in ejus Horto Ripulis 114 1038. 1406. : 1158. 1407. 1163. 1408. 1409. 1410. 1411. 1168. 1412. 1418. 1414. 1415. 1416. 1417. 1418. 1419. 1420. 1421. Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. Ripulis florebant, Anno 1826, addita ad Hortum Ripulensem append. 3. (From Mem. Acad. R. di Torino, tom. 33.) 4to. Curtis’s (J.) British Entomology, no. 48—100. London, 1827—32, 8vo. - Guideto an Arrangementof British Insects. London,1829—30, 8vo. Curtis’s (W.) Botanical Magazine, new series, by Dr. Hooker, vol. 2—5.: London, 1827—31, 8vo. Cuvier (G.) et Valenciennes (A.) Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tom. 1—8. Paris, 1828—31, 8vo. Cuvier (F.) et Geoffroy St. Hilaire. Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres, livr. 57—65. Paris, 1827—32, fol. Dallas (J. H.) Dissertatio physiologica de Vite Indole. Edinb. 1828, 8vo. Decandolle (A. P.) Mémoire sur la Famille des Combretacées. Genéve, 1828, 4to. — Note sur quelques Plantes observées en fleur, au Mois de Janvier 1828, dans la Serre de M. Saladin. Genève, 1828, 4to. Notice sur la Longévité des Arbres, et les Moyens de la constater. (Bibl. Univ., Mai 1831.) 8vo. Dejean (Le Comte de) Species général des Coleoptéres, &c. tom. 3—5. Paris, 1828—31, 8vo. De la Beche's (H. T.) Geological Manual, 2nd edit. London, 1832, 8vo. Delise (D.) Histoire des Lichenes. (Genre Sticta.) Planches en 4to. Caen, 1825, 8vo. i Dillwyn's (L. W.) Unpublished Memoranda relating to the Insects of Swansea. Swansea, 1829, 8vo. Don's (D.) Descriptions of Columellia, Tovaria, and Francoa, &c. (From the Edinburgh New Phil. Journ. 1829.) 8vo. —— — — On the Characters of Darwinia, Brunsfelsia, &c. (From the Same, 1829.) 8vo. | — An Attempt at a New Classification of the Cichoraces. (From the Same, 1829.) 8vo. ——— — On the Affinities of Vellozia, Glaux, &c. (From the Same, 1830.) 8vo. Monograph of the Family of Plants called Cunoniacez. (From the Same, 1830.) 8vo. On the Characters and Affinities of certain Genera of the Flora Peruviana. (From the Same, 1831.) 8vo. —— Descriptions of some new Species of Malesherbia, Kageneckia, and Quillaja, and of a new Genus of the Order Salicarize. (From the Same, 1832.) 8vo. © tá — 1422. Don's 1422. 1423. 1424. 1425. 1426. 1427. 1428. 1429. 1430. 1181. 1431. 1432. 1433. 1434. 1187. 1435. 1436. 1437. 1438. 1439. 1440. 1441. Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 775 Don’s (G.) General System of Gardening and Botany, arranged according to the Natural System: vol. 1. London, 1831, 4to. Dulau and Co.’s Catalogue of Foreign Books. London, 1828, 8vo. Dumortier (B. C.) Florula Belgica. Tornaci Norviorum, 1827, 8vo. Dunal (M. F.) Considérations sur la Nature et les Rapports de quelques-uns . des Organes de la Fleur. Paris, 1829, 4to. Considérations sur les Fonctions des Organes floraux colorés et glanduleux. Paris, 1829, 4to. Duncan’s (A.) Supplement to the Edinburgh New Dispensatory. Edinburgh, 1829, 8vo. Duncan’s (J. S.) Botanical Theology, 2nd edit. Oxford, 1826, 8vo. — Analogies of Organized Beings. Oxford, 1831, 8vo. Edwards (H. Milne-) Mémoires sur quelques Crustacées nouveaux. (Zr. des Ann. des Sc. Nat. tom. 18°.) Svo. Edwards’s (S.) Botanical Register, no. 153—156, and vols. 15, oh 17, & 18. London, 1827—32, 8vo. Ellis (J.) Diss. de Dionzea Muscipula, cur. J. C. D. Schreber. Erlange, 1771, 4to. Erman (Adolphe) Positions Geographiques de l'Oby depuis 'Tobo!sk jusqu'à la mer glaciale. Berlin, 1831, 8vo. Featherstonhaugh's (G. W.) Monthly American Journal of Geology and Natural Science, no. 1. Philadelphia, 1831, 8vo. Férussac (J. D. de) Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques; Famille des Aplysiens nis M. Rang. Paris, 1828, fol. —— Bulletin Universel des Sciences Naturelles et de Géolo- gie, tom. 12—26. Paris, 1827—31, 8vo. Fischer (F. E. L.) Notice surle Fruit du Pothos, &c. (From Mem. de la Soc. de Mosc.) 4to. Genera Plantarum duo. 4to. Die Existenz der Monocotyledoneen und der Polyco- tyledoneen betreffend. Zurich, 1812, 4to. Fischer (Gotth.) Essai sur la TI et sur la — edit. 2°. Moscou, ..1818, 8vo. Notice sur les Polypiers tubipores Fossiles. Moscou, 1828, 4to. Oryctographie du Gouvernement de Moscou. Moscou, i830, fol. Sur le Tettigopsis, nouveau Genre d' pud ce de la Russie. Moscou, 1830, 4to. VOL. XVI. 5G 1061. Fischer 776 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 1061. Fischer (Gotth.) Entomographie de la Russie, tom. 3. Moscou, 1825, 4to. 1442. Freake's (A.) Observations and Experiments on the Humulus Lupulus of Linnzus, with an Account of its Use in Gout and other Diseases. London, 1806, 8vo. 1443. Fries (El.) Lichenographia Europza reformata. Lunde, 1831, 8vo. - 1444. Frost's (J.) Observations on the Properties and Effects of the expressed Oil of the Seeds of Croton Tiglium. London, 1827, 8vo. Oration delivered before the Medico-botanical Society of London, October 28, 1828. ^to. 1446. Godman's (J. D.) Description of a new Genus and new Species of extinct mammiferous Quadruped. (from Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.) 4to. 1447. Goldfuss (A.) Petrifacta Musei Universitatis Regi; Borussice Rhenanæ Bonnensis, &c.; Lieferung 1—3. Düsseldorf, 1826—32, fol. 1448. Gordon’s (W.) Academical Examinations on the Practice of Surgery. Edin- burgh, 1828, 8vo. 1449. Gould's (J.) Century of Birds, hitherto unfigured, from the Himalaya ' Mountains, no. 1—20. London, 1830—32, fol. 1450. Grant (R. E.) On the Existence and Use of Ciliæ in the Young of the Gas- teropodous Mollusca, &c. (From the Edinb. Journ. of Sc.) 8vo. 1445. 1451. On the Generation of the Lobularia digitata, Lam. (Alcyonium lobatum, Pall.) (From the Same, No. 15.) 8vo. 1452. Notice of the Structure and Mode of Generation of the Virgularia mirabilis and Pennatula phosphorea. (From the Same, No. 14.) 8vo. 1453. On the Viscera of the Common Sword-fish ( Xzphias Gladius, Linn.) (From the Edinb, Medico- Chirurg. Trans. for 1827.) 8vo. 1454. Observations on the Structure and Functions of the Sponge, (From the Edinb. New Phil. Journ.) 8vo. 1455. On the Structure and Nature of Flustræ. (From the Same.) 1456. -On the Structure of some calcareous Sponges. (From the Same.) 8vo. : | 1457. —— On the Structure of some siliceous Sponges. (From the Same.) 8vo. 1458. —- On the Structure &c., of the Octopus ventricosus, (Sepia octo- podia, Penn.) (From the Same.) 8vo. 1459. Notice of a new Zoophyte (Cliona celata) from the Firth of r Forth. (From the Same.) 8vo. 1460. On the Structure of the Eye of the Sword-fish (Xiphias Gladius, Linn.) (From Wern. Mem.) 8vo. 1461. Grant 1461. 1462. 1463. 1464. 1465. 1466. 1199. 1467. 1468. 1469. 1470. 1471. 1472. 1473. 1474. 1475. 1476. 1477. 1478. Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. TTT Grant (R. E.) On the Anatomy of the Paca of Brazil, (Cœlogenus, F. Cuv.) (From Wern. Mem.) 8vo. Essay on the Study of the Animal Kingdom; being an intro- ductory Lecture delivered at the University of London. London 1828, 8vo. Gray (J. E.) Spicilegia Zoologica, part 1. London, 1828, 4to. Zoological Miscellany, no. 1. London, 1831, $vo. Synopsis Reptilium ; or Short Descriptions of the Species of Reptiles. London, 1831, 8vo. Greville (R. K.) Algae Britanniez. Edinburgh, 1830, 8vo. Griffith's (Ed.) Animal Kingdom, part 10—14. London, 1827, 8vo. Guillemin (J. B. A.) Icones Lithographicee Plantarum Australasiz rariorum, Decades 2. Parisiis, 1829, fol. Gussone (J.) Plantes rariores quas in Itinere per Oras Ionii ac Adriatici Maris, &c. collegit. Neapoli, 1826, 4to. Hall’s (M.) Critical and Experimental Essay on the Circulation of the Blood ; especially as observed in the minute and capillary Vessels of the Batrachia and of Fishes. London, 1831, 8vo. Halleri (Alb.) Icones Plantarum Helvetiæ, ed. nova, curâ J. S. Wytten- bach. Berne, 1813, fol. Hancock's (T.) Researches into the Laws and Phenomena of Pestilence. London, 1821, 8vo. Essay on Instinct, and its Physical and Moral Relations. London, 1824, 8vo. Hanson’s (N.) Letter addressed to the Government, and Royal College of Surgeons, setting forth the Necessity of placing Anatomical Schools on a different Footing. London, 1831, 8vo. Hardwicke (T.) and Gray’s (J. E.) Illustrations of Indian Zoology, part 1—10. London, 1828—32, fol. Harlan’s ( R.) Description of a new Species of Orang, from the North Eastern Province of British India. (From the Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. 4.) 4to. Description of the Fossil Bones of the Megalonyx, discovered in * White Cave," Kentucky. (From Journ. Acad. N. Sc. Philadelphia, vol. 6.) 8vo. Haworth’s (A. H.) Monograph of the Narcissinee. (From Brit. Fl. Garden, vol. 1. new Series.) Svo. Hays's (Is.) Description of a Fragment of the Head of a new Fossil Animal from New Jersey. (From the Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.) 4to. 562 1479. Hill's 118 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 1479. Hill's (J.) Sleep of Plants, and Cause of Motion in the Sensitive Plant ex- plained. London, 1757, 12mo. 1480. Hoefft (F. M. S. V.) Catalogue des Plantes qui croissent spontanement dans le District de Dmitrieff sur la Svapa, dans le Gouvernement de Koursk. Moscou, 1826, 8vo. 1481. Heeninghaus (F. W.) Beitrag zur Monographie der Gattung Crania. Düssel- dorf, 1828, 4to. 1482. Hoeven (J. van der) Dissertatio de Sceleto Piscium. | Lugduni Batavorum, 1822, 8vo. — Handboek der Dierkunde, Deel 1, St. 1—2. Delft, 1827. Deel 2 St. 1, Rotterdam, 1828—30, 8vo. with 4to Atlas of Plates. 1484. Hogg's(J.) Natural History of the Vicinity of Stockton-on-Tees. Stockton, 1483. 1827, 8vo. 1485. Hooker's (W. J.) British Flora, vol. 1. London, 1830, 8vo. 1486. — Botanical Miscellany, part 1, 4 and 5. London, 1829—31, 8vo. 1487. Hooper (R.) The Morbid Anatomy of the Human Brain. London, 1828, fol. 1488. Horsfield’s (T.) Zoological Researches in Java and the neighbouring Islands. » London, 1824, 4to. 1489. Catalogue of Lepidopterous Insects in the Museum of the E. I. Company, part 1 and 2. - London, 1828— 29, 4to. 1490. Hosack's (D.) Memoirs of Dewitt Clinton. New York, 1829, 4to. 1491. Jæger (G. F.) Observationes de quibusdam Pini sylvestris Monstris. Stutt- gardiz, 1828, 4to. 1492. Jardine (Sir W.) and Selby's (P. J.) Illustrations of Ornithology, part 1— 5. Edinb. 1829—30, fol. 1493. Jenyns's (L.) Observations on the Natter Jack of Pennant, with a List of Reptiles found in Cambridgeshire. (From Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc.) to. 1494. Johnston’s (G.) Flora of Petwickerpon- T weed, 2 vols. Edinburgh, 1829—31, 8vo. 661. La Cepéde (B. G. E. Comte de) Histoire Nitarello des Poissons, tome 5. Paris, an 11, 4to. 1495. Lachmann (W. L.) Flora Brunsvicensis, Theils 1—2. Braunschweig, 1827 i —28, 8vo. 1496. La Gasca (Mar.) Genera et Species Plantarum. Matriti, 1816, 4to. | 1497. - Amenidades Naturales de las Espafias, tom. 1, no. 2. Ma- drid, 1821, 8vo. 1498. La Gasca T) ] , Verc Coton t 1498. 1499. 1500. 1501. 1502. 1503. 1504. 1505. 1506. 1507. 1508. 1509. 1510. “1511. 1512. 1513. 1514. 1515. 1273. 1516. 1517. 1518. 1519. 1520. 1521. Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 779 La Gasca (Mar.) Observaciones sobre la Familia de las Plantas Asparaso- lades. Londres, 1826, 8vo. Lance (E. J.) The Golden Farmer. London, 1831, 8vo. Latham's (J.) Index to the General History of Birds. Winchester, 1828, 4to. Lea's (Is.) Description of Six new Species of the Genus Unio. (From Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.) Observations on the Genus Unio, with Descriptions of Eighteen new Species; and on Symphonota. (From the Same, vol. 3. N. S.) Phila- delphia, 1829, 4to. Lear's (Ed.) Illustrations of the Family of Psittacidee.. London, 1830—82, fol. Lefebure (Alex.) Insectes inédits. Paris, 1831, 8vo. Lehmann (J. G. C.) Pugilli 4 novarum Plantarum in Botanico Hamburgen- sium Horto. Hamburgi, 1828—32, 4to. Semina in Horto Botanico Hamburgensi in 1820 collecta. Hamburgi, 1821, 4to. Lindley's (J.) First Principles of Botany. London, 1830, 12mo. Introduction to the Natural System of Botany. London, 1830, 8vo. Genera and Species of Orchideous Plants, part 1—2. London, 1830—31, 8vo. Illustrations in 4to. Lindo’s (A. A.) Injurious Tendency of the Modifying of our Navigation Laws made manifest. London, 1828, $vo. Link (H. F.) Hortus Botanicus Berolinensis, tom 1. Berol. 1827, 8vo. Linnezi (C.) Termini Botanici. Lipsiz, 1767, 8vo. Systema Vegetabilium, ed. nova, curant. I. I. Roemer et I. A. Schultes, tom. 1—6, cum Mantissa. Stuttgardia, 1817—22, 8vo. ed. 16, curante C. Sprengel, vol. 1—5. Gottingze, 1825—28, 8vo. — Genera Plantarum, ed. 9, curante C. Sprengel, tomi 2. Got- tinge, 1830—31, 8vo. Loudon (J. C.) Gardener’s Magazine, no. 11—37.. London, 1828—32, 8vo. Magazine of Natural History, no.1—25. London, 1828—32, 8vo. Encyclopedia of Plants. London, 1829, 8vo. Hortus Britannicus. London, 1830, 8vo. Mackay's (J.) Catalogue of Plants. Chelsea, 1828, 8vo. Main's (J.) Village and Cottage Florist's Directory. London, 1830, 12mo. Marley (Miles) On the Nature and Treatment of the most frequent Diseases of Children. London, 1830, 8vo. 1522. Maycock 190 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 1522. Maycock (J. D.) Flora Barbadensis. London, 1830, 8vo. 1523. Meckelii (J. F.) Ornithorhynchi Paradoxi Descriptio Anatomica. Lipsis, 1826, fol. 1524. Morgan (J.) and Addison's (T.) Essay on the Operation of Poisonous Agents upon the Living Body. London, 1829, 8vo. 1525. Morton's (S. G.) Essays on the Geology of Part of the United States. Phi- Jadelphia, 1829, 8vo. 1526. Organic Remains of the Ferruginous Sand Formation of the United States. (From vol. 6. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil.) 8vo. 1527. Mudie (R.) The Botanic Annual for 1832. London, 1832, 8vo. 1528. Murchison's (R. I.) Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society of London on the 17th February 1832, 8vo. 1529. Murray's (J.) Glance at some of the Beauties and Sublimities of Switzerland. London, 1829, 12mo. 1530. ——— ———— Treatise on Atmospherical Electricity, including Lightning Rods and Paragréles. London, 1830, 8vo. 1531. Nees ab Esenbeck (C. G.) Enumeratio Plantarum Cryptogamicarum Javee, et Insularum adjacentium. — Vratislaviee, 1830, 8vo. 1532. Newman (E.) Sphinx vespiformis: an Essay. London, 1832, 8vo. 1533. Olin (J. H.) et Ulfsberg (J. E.) Plante Suecans. Upsalize, 1797, 4to. 1534. Palisot de Beauvois (A. M. F. J.) Planches de l'Agrostographie. Paris, 4to. ! 1535. Paxton (J.) and Harrison's (J.) Horticultural Register, no. 1—10, London, 1831—32, 8vo. 1536. Phillipps (Sir T.) Catalogus Manuscriptorum in Bibliotheca publica apud Lille in Gallia. Medio-montanis, 1828, 8vo. - 1537. Ponceau's (P. S. du) Eulogium in commemoration of William Tilghman, LL.D. President of the American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia, 1827, 8vo. ! 1538. Pouchet (A. F.) Histoire Naturelle et Medicale de la Famille des Solanées. Rouen, 1829, 8vo. : 1529. Raffles (Sir T. S.) Memoirs of the Life and Public Services of. By his Widow. London, 1830, 4to. 332. Raii (J.) Catalogus Plantarum Anglia, ed. 2. London, 1677, 8vo. 1540. Ranzani (Cam.) Elementi di Zoologia, tomo 3, parte 9. Bologna, 1826, 8vo. 1541. Rennie's (J.) Insect Architecture. London, 1830, 12mo. 1542. Retzii (A. J.) Observationes Botanice, fasc. 1—6. Lipsiæ, 1779—91, fol. 1543. Richardson (J.) Fauna Boreali-Americana. London, 1829, 4to. | 1544. Roeper 1544 1545 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 181 . Roeper (J.) Enumeratio Euphorbiarum que in Germania et Pannonia gignuntur. Gottingse, 1824, 4to. . Roscoe's ( W.) Monandrian Plants of the Order Scitamineze. Liverpool,18928, fol. 1546. Rüppell (Ed.) Atlas zu der Reise im Nórdlichen Afrika. Abth. Zoologie. 1547. Frankfurt am Main, 1826, fol. Sagra (R. dela) Memorias para servir de Introduccion á la Horticultura Cubana. Nueva York, 1827, 8vo. 1548. Anales de Ciencias, Agricoltura, Commercio y Artes, tomo 2*. Habana, 1828, 8vo. 1549. Samouelle's (G.) Entomological Cabinet, no. 1—4. London, 1832, 12mo. 1550. 1551. 1091. 1552. 1308. 1553. 1554. 1555. Schleicher (J. C.) Catalogus Plantarum in Helvetia sponte nascentium. Bex, 1815, 8vo. Schrader (H. A.) Blumenbachia, novum e Loasearum Familia Genus. Gottinge, 1827, 4to. Schweegrichen (Fr.) Species Muscorum Frondosorum, Suppl. 3. Lipsiz, 1827, 4to. Schweigger ( A. F.) De Plantarum Classificatione Naturali. Regiomonti, 1820, 8vo. Selby's (P. J.) Illustrations of British Ornithology. Water Birds. No. 4—9. Plates, fol. Letter-Press, 4to. Edinburgh, 1828—30. Seringe (N. C.) Bulletin Botanique, no. 1—2. Genéve, 1830, 8vo. Sinclair's (Sir J.) Hints on Vegetation. Edinburgh, 1831, 8vo. On the Means of improving the Condition of the industrious Labourers in Husbandry, and effectually relieving their Distresses. Edin- burgh, 1831, 8vo. 1093. Smith's (Sir J. E.) English Flora, vol. 4. London, 1828, 8vo. 1556. Compendium Flore Britannice, ed. 4. Londini, 1829, 12mo. 1557. Compendium of the English Flora of. London, 1829, 12mo. : 1558. Flora Greeca Sibthorpiana, vol. 7. pars 1. Londini, 1830, fok 1559. South’s (J.) Reply to a Letter relative to the Interest taken by the British Go- vernment in the Promotion of Astronomical Science. London, 1829, 8vo 1560. — Refutation of a Paper by Dr. Young. London, 1829, $vo. 781. Sowerby's (J.) Mineral Conchology, no. 101 and 102. London, 1828, 8vo. 1561. Sowerby's (J. D. C. and C. E.) Supplement to English Botany, no. 1—30. London, 1829—32, 8vo. 1005. Sowerby's 782 1005. 1562. 1563. 1564. 1565. 1566. 1567. 1311. 1568. 1569. 1312. 1570. 1571. 1010. 1315. 1316. 1098. 1319. 1572. = 1573. 1574. 1575. Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. Sowerby's (G. B.) Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells, no. 28—37. London, 1828—31, 8vo. Species Conchyliorum, no. 1. London, 1830, 4to. Sowerby (James, jun.) The Mushroom and Champignon illustrated, com- pared with, and distinguished from, the Poisonous Fungi that resemble them. London, 1832, 4to. Spix (I. B. de) et Martius (C. F. Ph. de) Delectus Animalium Articulatorum, quee per Brasiliam collegerunt, fasc. 1. Monachii, 1830, 4to. Sprengel ( Ant.) Tentamen Supplementi ad Systematis Vegetabilium Linnzani editionem 16. Gottingze, 1828, 8vo. Stanhope's (Earl) Address at the Anniversary Meeting of the Medico-Bo- tanical Society of London, Jan. 16th, 1831. 8vo. Stanley's (E.) Heads for the Arrangement of local Information in every Department of Parochial and Rural Interest. London, 1830, 8vo. Stephens’s (J. F.) Illustrations of British Entomology, no. 9—52. London, 1828—32, 8vo. Systematic Catalogue of British Insects. London, 1829, 8vo. Nomenclature of British Insects. London, 1829, 8vo. Stephenson (J.) and Churchil's (J. M.) Medical Botany, no. 12—47. London, 1827—30, 8vo. Steven (C.) Observationes in Plantas Rossicas, et Descriptiones Specierum novarum. (From Mém. de la Soc. Nat. Mosc.) Stokes’s (J.) Botanical Commentaries, vol. !. London, 1830, 8vo. Swainson's (W.) Zoological Illustrations, no. 1, second series. London, 1829, 8vo. Sweet (R.) Flora Australasica, no. 8—12. London, 1827, 8vo. Cistinee, no. 16—28. London, 1828, 8vo. British Warblers, part 2 & 3. London, 1828, 8vo. 3 Temminck (C. J.) et Laugier (M.) Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d'Oiseaux, livr. 74—78. Paris, 1827, 4to. Tenore (M.) Memoria sulla Pruno Cocumiglia di Calabria. Napoli, 1828, 4to. Thompson's (J. V.) Zoological Researches and Illustrations, no. 1—5. Cork, 1829—31, 8vo. Thomson (J.) Dissertatio Medica inauguralis de Febri Endemica Batavie. Edinburgi, 1828, Svo. Thunberg (C. P.) Praeside, Diss. de Hydrocotyle, resp. J. P. Ponten. Upsaliz, 1798, 4to. Tilesius (A.) Naturhistorische Abhandlungen und Erläuterungen besonders ' die Pretrefactenkunde betreffend. Cassel, 1826, Ato. 1577. Tookes Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 783 1577. Tooke's (J. H.) Diversions of Purley, new edition, revised, &c. by R. Taylor. London, 1829, 8vo. 1578. Turton’s (W.) British Fauna, vol. 1. Swansea, 1807. 8vo. 1579. Wade’s(W.) Syllabus of a Course of Lectures on Botany. Dublin, 1802, 8vo. 1580. Walckenaer (C. A.) Faune Françoise, livr. 28 & 29. - Paris, 8vo. 1581. - Les Aranéides de France. Paris, 8vo. 1582. Wallich (N.) Plante Asiaticee Rariores, part 1—10. London, 1829— 32, fol. 1583. List of Indian Woods. (From vol. 48 of the Trans. of Soc. of Arts.) 8vo. | 1584. Upon the Preparation and Management of Plants during a Voyage from India, 4to. (From Trans. Hort. Soc.) 1585. Weatherhead’s (G. H.) Account of the Saline Spring at Norwood, Surrey. London, 1832, 8vo. 1586. Wesselio (J.) Praeside, Diss. Inaug. de Anatomia et CEconomia Plantarum, resp. Ad. van Royen. Lugduni-Batavorum, 1728, 4to. 1587. Whitaker's (J. S.) Notice of the Fucus natans. Lewes, 1830, 8vo. 1588. Willdenow (C. L.) Historia Amaranthorum. Turici, 1798, fol. 1589. Wilson's (J.) Illustrations of Zoology, no. 6. Edinburgh, 1829, 4to. 1590. Winch's (N. J.) Remarks on the Distribution of the Indigenous Plants of Northumberland and Durham, as connected with the Geological Structure of those Counties. (From Trans. of Newcastle Soc.) 1830, 4to. 1591. Flora of Northumberland and Durham. Newcastle, 1831, 4to. 1592. Withering (W.), Miscellaneous Tracts, and Memoir of. London, 1822, 8vo. 1593. Arrangement of British Plants, 7th edit. 4 vols. London, 1830, 8vo. 1594. Wood’s (W.) Catalogue of Books on Natural History. London, 1832, 8vo. 1595. Wright (Dr. William), Memoir of, with a Selection of his Papers on Medical and Botanical Subjects. Edinburgh, 1828, 8vo, 1596. Yates's (J.) Remarks on the Formation of Alluvial Deposits. ( From the Edinb. New Phil. Journ, 1831.) 1597. Abhandlungen der Kónigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem Yahre 1827. Berlin, 1830, 4to. 1598. African (South) Quarterly Journal, no. 1—3. Cape 'Town, 1830, 8vo. 1599. Annalen der Gewachskunde, band 1-—5. Regensburg, 1828—31, 12mo. 1339. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, par MM. Audouin, Adolphe Brongniart, et Dumas, tom. 12—24. Paris, 1827—31, 8vo. 1338. Annales de la Société Linnéenne de Paris, vol. 6. livr. 3—5. Paris, 1827, 8vo. 528. Asiatic Researches, vol. 16 & 17 part 1.. Calcutta, 1828—29, 4to. VOL. XVI. C On 1600. The 784 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 1600. The Athenzeum, a Journal of Literature, &c. parts 37—48. London, 1831, 4to. 1601. Brookesian Museum, Prospectus of. London, 1827, 4to. 1602. Bulletin. de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, premiére année, no. l—10. Moscou, 1829, 8vo. 1603. Bulletin de la Société de Statistique Universelle, livr. 1—2, with List of Members, &c. 1604. By-Laws of the Horticultural Society of London. London, 1830, 8vo. 1605. By-Laws of the Medico-Botanical Society of London. London, 1828, 8vo. 1606. Catalogue of the Hunterian Collection in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, part 1—5. London, 1830—31, 4to. 1607. Catalogue ofthe Library of the Royal Collegeof Surgeons. London, 1831, 8vo. 1608. Catalogue of the late William Phillips’s Collection of Minerals.. London, 1829, 8vo. 1609. Catalogue of the Museum of the Dublin Society. 1831, 8vo. 1610. Catalogue of the Printed Books in the Royal Asiatic Society’s Library. London, 1830, 4to. 1611. Contributions of the Maclurian Lyceum to the Arts and Sciences, vol. 1, no. 1—6. Philadelphia, 1827, 8vo. 1612. Edinburgh Journal of Natural and Gigih! Science, edited by W. Ainsworth and H. H. Cheek, no. 1—12, and new series 1—6. Edinburgh, 1829—31, 8vo. - 1340. Flora oder Botanische Zeitung, for 1828, 1829, 1830, & 1831, Regensburg, 8vo.: 1613. Index Plantarum Horti Botanici Melitensis, 1806, 8vo. 1341. Isis von Oken, band 21—24. Jena, 1828— 31, 4to. 1614. Journal of a Naturalist. London, 1829, 8vo. 1615. Journal of the Royal Institution of Great Britain, no. 1—5. kohdan, 1830 —31, 8vo. 919. Kongl, Veika i ondemiens Handlingar, for 1826, 1827, & 1828. Stockholm, 1827—29, 8vo. — Kongl. Vetenskaps- Academiens Arsberitilser for 1826, 1827, & 1828. Stockholm, 8vo. 1616. List of the Members of the Zoological Society: London, 1829, 8vo. 1617. Magnetisme, sa Vérité prouvée par les Faits. Paris, 1829, 8vo. 620. Mémoires de l'Académie Royale des Sciences de l'Institut de France, tom. 7—10. Paris, 1827—31, 4to. | | —— Mémoires présentées par divers Savans à l'Académie Royale des Sciences de l'Institut de France, tom. 2. Paris, 1830, 4to. 802. Mémoires 802. 586. 803. 440. 1344. 1618, 1024, 1619. 1620. 1621. ` 1026. 438. 1622. 1353. 1623. 1 354. 1117. = 1695. 1626. Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 185 Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, par les Professeurs de cet Établissement, tom. 12—17. Paris, 1825— 28, 4to. Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, tom. 32—34. . Torino, 1828—30, 4to. Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society, vol. 6. Edinburgh, 1832, 8vo. i Memoifs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester, vol. 5, second series. London, 1831, 8vo. Memoirs of the Astronomical Society of London, vol. 3—4. London, 1828 —29, 4to. Notice of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 2rd edit. Philadelphia, 1831, 8vo. Nova Acta Physico-Medica Academize Ceesareze Naturae Curiosorum, tom.13 et 14, Bonne, 1826— 928, 4to. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, no. 1—23. 1828—32, 8vo. Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoolo- gical Society of London, no. 1—14. London, 1830—32, 8vo. Qusestiones quas Academis Regie Scientiarum Borussice Classis Physico- mathematica certamini Litterario in A. 1833 proponit 1831. 8vo. Philosophical Magazine and Annals of Philosophy, new series, no. 13—64. London, 1828—30, 8vo. Philosophical Transactions for 1828, 1829, 1830, & 1831. London, 4to. Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. York, 1832, 8vo. Reports of the Committee of Accounts, a of the Council of the Horticul- tural Society, for 1830—31. London, 1831, 4to. Reports of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd General Meeting of the Subscribers to the Oriental Translation Fund. London, 1828—30. Report of the Committee of the Portsmouth and Portsea Literary and Phy- losophical Society, 1827—28. Portsmouth, 1828, 8vo. Reports 8—10 of the Council of the Leeds Philosophical and Literary So- ciety. Leeds, 1828—30, 8vo. Report of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of N. S. Wales, for 1828. Sydney, 1828, 8vo. Report of the Royal Dispensary for the Diseases of the Ear. London, 1830, 8vo. Reports of the Council of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society for 1828 and 1830, with List of Members. York, 1829— 1831, 8vo. 5n2 1627. Reports 786 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 1627. Reports of the Auditors of the Accounts and of the Council of the Zoological Society for the Year 1880. London, 1831, 8vo. 1628. Société anonyme du Bulletin Universel. Paris, 1828, 4to. 1629. Salictum Woburnense: or, A Catalogue of Willows, Indigenous and Foreign, in the Collection of the Duke of Bedford, at Woburn Abbey ; Systematically arranged. London, 1829, 8vo. 585. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, vol. 3, part 3 & 4. new series. Philadelphia, 1827—30, 4to. 439. Transactions of the Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce, vol. 45—48, London, 1827—31, 8vo. 527. Transactions of the Royal Society of ee vol. 4—8, and vol. 11. Edinburgh, 1798—1831. 584. Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. 12, 15, & 16. Dublin, 1828— 31, 4to. 665. Transactions of the Horticulturai Society of London, vol. 7. part 2 & 3, and . vol. 1. part 1. second series. London 1829—31, 4to. 804. Transactions of the Geological Society of London, vol. 2. part 3, vol. 3. part 1. second series. London, 1829, 4to. 1113. Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society, vol. 2. London, 1829—30, 4to. 1025. "Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, vol. 3 & 4, part 1 & 2. Cambridge, 1829—32, 4to. 1630. Transactions of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol. 1. Serampore, 1829, 8vo. 1631. Transactions of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, vol. 1. Que- bec, 1829, 8vo. 1632. United Service Journal, and Naval and Military Magazine, no. 38—41. London, 1832, 8vo. 1633. Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft Naturforschenden Freunde in Berlin, band 1. Berlin, 1829, 4to. 1634. Verzeichniss der Bücher der Gesellschaft Naturforschenden Freunde in Berlin. Berlin, 1828, !2mo. | 1114. Zoological Journal, no. 11—18. London, 1828—30, 476: (3 781453 LIST OF DONORS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY, With References to the Numbers affixed iu the foregoing Cata- logue to the Books presented by them respectively. 'T HE Royal Society of London, 438. The Royal Society of Edinburgh, 527. The Asiatic Society, 528. The Royal Irish Academy, 584. The Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1113, 1610. The Imperial Academy Nature Curiosorum, 1024. The Royal Academy of Sciences of Paris, 620. The Royal Academy of Sciences of Stockholm, 919. The Royal Academy of Sciences of Turin, 586. The Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, 1597, 1621. The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1618. The American Philosophical Society, 585. The Society for the Encouragement « of Arts, Manufactures, and Com- = merce, 439. The Royal Astronomical Society of London, 1344. The Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, 1630. The Agricultural and Horticultural Society of New South Wales, 1624. The Cambridge Philosophical Society, 1025. The Geological Society of London, 804, 1619. The Horticultural Society of London, 665, 1353, 1604. The Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moscow, 1602. The 188 Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society. Au E HOS BT EM din op act a E a The Linnean Society of Paris, 1338. The Literary and Philosophical Society of Leeds, 1117. The Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester, 440. The Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, 1631. The Medico-Botanical Society of London, 1445, 1566, 1605. The Natural History Society of Berlin, 1633, 1634. The Portsmouth and Portsea Literary and Philosophical Society, 1354. The Statistical Society of Paris, 1603. The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, 1626. The Zoological Society, 1616, 1620, 1627. The South African Institution, 1598. The Maclurian Lyceum of New York, 1611. The Administration of the Museum of Natural History of Paris, 802. The Committee of the Oriental Translation Fund, 1365, 1623. The Royal College of Surgeons, 1606, 1607. The Managers of the Royal Institution of Great Britain, 1615. The Wernerian Society of Edinburgh, 803. Zoological Club of the Linnean Society, 1391, 1399. British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1622. The Editor of the Athenzeum, 1600. The Editor of the United Service Journal, 1632. The Editors of the Zoological Journal, 1114. William Ainsworth, Esq. and Henry Hulme Cheek, Esq. P.L.S. 1612. George A. Walker-Arnott, Esq. F.L.S. 1358. MM. Audouin et H. Milne-Edwards, 1360, 1361. J. J. Audubon, Esq. F.L.S. 1362, 1363. Mr. George Banks, F.L.S. 1364. Mr. William Baxter, A.L.S. 1366. His Grace the Duke of Bedford, F.L.S. 1629. Thomas Bell, Esq. F.L.S..1470, 1542, 1588. JA Miss Etheldred Benett, 1367. Edward Turner Bennett, Esq. F.L.S. 1368. ^. George Bennett, Esq. F.L.S. 1369, 1370, 1371. John Whitchurch Bennett, Esq. F.L.S. 1372, 1373. George Bentham, Esq. F.L.S. 1425, 1426. DISTRITO NEST NIE J. E. Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society. 789 J. E. Bicheno, Esq. Sec. L.S. 1486, 1578. Le Chevalier Billberg, 1374. C. L. Blume, M.D. 1376. Charles Lucien Bonaparte, Prince of Másigahi, F.M.L.S. 1378, 1379, 1380, 1381, 1382. Mr. William Beattie Booth, A.L.S. 1383. John Bostock, M.D. F.L.S. 1384. Mr. Edward William Brayley, A.L.S. 1385, 1386, 1387, 1388. Joshua Brookes, Esq. F.L.S. 1390, 1392, 1601. Robert Brown, Esq. V.P.L.S. 1394, 1558. Mr. William Bullock, F.L.S. 1397. M. de Christol, 1400. . James Morss Churchill, Esq. F.L.S. 1401. Bracy Clark, Esq. F.L.S. 1402, 1403, 1404. Henry Coddington, Esq. M.A. 1405.. M. Colla, 1153. John Curtis, Esq. F.L.S. 1038, 1406. John Harrison Curtis, Esq. 1624. James Henry Dallas, M.D. F.L.S. 1408. . Professor DeCandolle, F.M.L.S. 1409, 1410, 1411. Henry Thomas De la Beche, Esq. F.L.S. 1412. M. Delise, 1413. Lewis Weston Dillwyn, Esq. F.L.S. 1414. Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. 1415, 1416, 1417, 1418, 1419, 1420, 1421. Mr. George Don, F.L.S. 1422. Messrs. Dulau and Co. 1423. M. B. C. Dumortier, 1424. Andrew Duncan, M.D. A.L.S. 1427. John Shute Duncan, Esq. LL.D. F.L.S. 1428, 1429. M. H. Milne-Edwards, 1430. . M. Adolphe Erman, 1432. G. W. Featherstonhaugh, Esq. 1433. M. Le Baron de Férussac, 1434, 1628. | Gotthelf Fischer de Waldheim, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1061, 1439, 1440, 1441. John Frost, Esq. F.L.S. 1444. The 190 Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society. The late John D. Godman, M.D. 1446. William Gordon, M.D. F.L.S. 1448. Mr. John Gould, A.L.S. 1449. Robert Edmond Grant, M.D. F.L.S. 1450, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458, 1459, 1460, 1461, 1462. John Edward Gray, Esq. 1463, 1464, 1465. Robert Kaye Greville, LL.D. F.L.S. 1466. Edward Griffith, Esq. F.L.S. 1199. — M. Guillemin, 1467. J. Gussone, M.D. 1468. Marshall Hall, M.D. 1469. Thomas Hancock, M.D. 1471, 1472. N. Hanson, M.D. 1473. Richard Harlan, M.D. 1475, 1476. Adrian Hardy Haworth, Esq. F.L.S. 1477. Isaac Hays, Esq. 1478. F. M. S. V. Hoefft, M.D. 1480. M. Heeninghaus, 1481. J. van der Hoeven, M.D. 1482, 1483. John Hogg, Esq. M.A. F.L.S. 1484. William Jackson Hooker, LL.D. F.L.S. 1485. Robert Hooper, M.D. F.L.S. 1487. Rey. Frederick William Hope, M.A. F.LS. 1356, 1357, 1377, 1398, 1431, 1435, 1436, 1437, 1438, 1442, 1479, 1496, 1498, 1512, 1533, 1534, 1550, 1552, 1570, 1575, 1576, 1579, 1586, 1613. David Hosack, M.D. F.L.S. 1490. G. F. Jeger, M.D. 1491. Sir William Jardine, Bart., F.L.S. and Prideaux John Selby, Esq. F.L.S. 1492. The Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. 1493. George Johnston, M.D. 1494. . John Leonard Knapp, Esq. F.L.S. 1614. W. L. Lachmann, Jun. M.D. 1495. - | Don Mariano Lagasca, F.L.S. 1497. Mr. E. J. Lance, 1499. John Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society. John Latham, M.D. F.L.S. 1500. Isaac Lea, Esq. 1501, 1502. Mr. Edward Lear, A.L.S. 1503. M. Alexandre Lefébure, 1504. Professor Lehmann, 1505, 1506. John Lindley, Esq. F.L.S. 1507, 1508, 1509. Mr. A. A. Lindo, 1510. H. F. Link, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1511. John Claudius Loudon, Esq. F.L.S. 1273, 1516, 1517, 1518. Æneas MacIntyre, LL.D. F.L.S. 1557. Mr. John Mackay, F.L.S. 1519. Mr. James Main, A.L.S. 1520. Miles Marley, Esq. F.L.S. 1521. C. F. Ph. von Martius, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1564. James Dottin Maycock, M.D. F.L.S. 1522. John Morgan, Esq. F.L.S. 1524. S. G. Morton, M.D. 1525, 1526. Mr. Robert Mudie, 1527. R. I. Murchison, Esq. F.L.S. 1528. John Murray, Esq. F.L.S. 1529, 1530. C. G. Nees von Esenbeck, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1531. Mr. Edward Newman, 1532. Mr. Joseph Paxton, F.L.S. and Mr. Joseph Harrison, 1535. Sir Thomas Phillipps, Bart., F.L.S. 1536. P. S. du Ponceau, Esq. 1537. A. F. Pouchet, M.D. 1538. Lady Raffles, 1539. Professor Ranzani, 1540. Mr. James Rennie, M.A. A.L.S. 1541. John Richardson, M.D. F.L.S. 1543. J. Roeper, M.D. 1544. William Roscoe, Esq. F.L.S. 1545. Edward Rüppell, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1546. Don Ramon de la Sagra, 1547, 1548. Mr. George Samouelle, 1549. VOL. XVI. 5I 791 792 _ Donors to the Library of the Linnean P. CCRN H. A. Schrader, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1551. J. A. Schultes, M.D. 1513. F. Schwægrichen, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1091. Prideaux John Selby, Esq. F.L.S. 1308. M. Seringe, 1553. The Rt. Hon. Sir John Sinclair, Bart. F.L.S, 1554, 1555. The late Sir James Edward Smith, M.D. Pres. L.S. 1093, 1556. Sir James South, Kt. F.L.S. 1559, 1560. ; Mr. George B. Sowerby, F.L.S. 1005, 1562, 1608. Mr. James De Carle Sowerby, F.L.S. and Mr. Charles Edward Sowerby, A.L.S. 781, 1561. Mr. James Sowerby, Jun. 1563. The Rev. Edward Stanley, M.A. F.L.S. 1567. James Francis Stephens, Esq. F.L.S. 1311, 1568, 1569. John Stephenson, M.D. F.L.S. and James Morss Churchill, Esq. F.L.S. . 1312. Jonathan Stokes, M.D. A.L.S. 1571. William Swainson, Esq. F.L.S. 1010. Mr. Robert Sweet, F.L.S. 1098, 1315, 1316. Richard Taylor, Esq. Under Sec. L.S. 1026, 1577. Professor Tenore, 1572. John Vaughan Thompson, Esq. F.L.S. 1573. John Thomson, M.D. F.L.S. 1574. M. Walckenaer, 1580, 1581. Nathaniel Wallich, M.D. F.L.S. 1582, 1583, 1584. G. H. Weatherhead, M.D. 1585. James S. Whitaker, Esq. F.L.S. 1587. James Wilson, Esq. 1589. Nathaniel John Winch, Esq.F.L.S. 1590, 1591. William Withering, Esq. LL.D. F.L.S. 1592, 1593. Mr. William Wood, F.L.S. 1594. Mr. Henry Woods, A.L.S. 332. William Yarrell, Esq. F.L.S. 661. Rev. James Yates, M.A. F.L.S. 1596. DONATIONS A e TE o — MAÁzÀ -- oa! ny 6:489 25 uo laa e. a DONATIONS TO THE MUSEUM OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY, Exclusive of Presents of single Specimens of Ameis. Plants, and Minerals. Continued from Page 533 of Vol. XV. of the Society s Transactions. DONATIONS. Donors. A Litnocrapuic Print of the Head of Bos fossilis of Cuvier, found near Crefeld in : Germany ; and an Bngraving. of a TELE ae Heeninghaus. of Productus. . . Specimens of Janthina fragilis Helix ‘Tanthina Lewis ‘Weston. Dill P L.), found in the River near Swansea " E.LS. x: wyn, Esq Drawing ofa Cluster of the Jargonelle Pear in a state of monstrosity, from the ee Mr. Edwin Dalton Smith, F.L.S. of Mr. Dennis at Chelsea . A Collection of 33 Species of AEE EY front the Firth of Forth . : ; j Robert E. Grant, M.D. F.L.S. | Specimens of 247 Species of fccit: A Specimen of Aquila fucosa, Cuv., from New Holland; and of a Species of Palate s Mrs. Howley, or Lambeth Palace. A small Collection of dried Plants, from the | The Committeeof the African As- banks of the Bahr-el-abiad, or White Nile sociation. A Collection of Shells made during the late : expedition under Captain Beechey, R.N. } Alexander Collie, Esq. F.L.S. A Collection of Drawings of Indian Insects ma The Rev. William: Carey, D.D. Plants F.L.S. -i 12 36 Spe- Professor Gravenhorst. 794- . Donations to the Museum of the Linnean Society. Donations. Donors. 36 Specimens of dried Plants from the Coast David James Hamilton Dickson, ee oes o x8 M.D. F.L.S. A small Collection of dried British Plants, | The late Rev. John Holme, M.A. mostly from Cambridgeshire. . . . . F.L.S. An extensive Assortment of dried Plants, being | The Hon. Court of Directors of a part of Dr. Wallich's Indian Collections the East India Company. Dried Specimens of Ceylon Fishes John Whitchurch Bennett, Esq. F.L.S. Lithographic Prints of sees ae Rev. William Buckland, D.D. phyla . ... . F.L.S. Alexander MacLeay, Esq.F.L.S. Colonial Sec. N. S. Wales. not before in the Society's Collection ; and a Specimen of a new Species of Bat Specimens of 4 New Holland Birds . . . . Mrs. Huskisson. 12 Bird-skins from New Holland, of Species | Edward Deas Thomson, Esq. not before in the Society's Collection . . F.L.S. 34 Bird-skins from New Holland, most of an | A Collection of several Hundred dried Plants | The late Robert Lyall, M.D. Bri- from Madagascar . . . . . . . . tish Resident in Madagascar. A Collection of dried Plants, chiefly from Greece Charles Smith, Esq. F.L.S. 2 ES sj —— — — Parry White, Esq. A Collection of Specimens of dried Plants, formed principally in New Zealand, Tate George Bennett, Esq. F.L.S. and the Sandwich Islands . ` Skins of 6 Species of Birds from New Holland Allan Cunningham, Esq. F.L.S. Specimens of dried Plants collected on der | John Barrow, Esq. F.L.S. Sec. West Coast of Africa by Commander to the Admiralty. Belcher of H. M. Ship Ætna 2 Birds, 4 Lizards, 1 Snake, 4 Fishes, and the Skin and Skeleton of a young odis from + Samuel Merriman, M.D. F.L.S. New Holland Eg Specimens of 50 Plants, collected in Peru . . Mr. Andrew Mathews, A.L.S. 659495 «) DIRECTIONS FOR PLACING THE PLATES OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME. — Tas. l. Plecotus auritus and brevimanus . . . . tofacepage 60 2. | 3 4. 5. p Mammary organs of the Kangaroo . . . . . . . 84 6. 7 E 8. J 9. Lagostomus trichodactylus . . . . . . . . . . 104 E 10. Agama Douglasu -< . — |. 5 ee ooo | : ll. Tringa rufescens - 70. 00 TE S Sese ir o EIU E 12. Margarodes formicarum . . . - + s s s.: 119 we. Phalangista gliriformis . . . . - . + ++ + . 128 15. Phasianus Amherstize 131 16. Enerthenema elegans 152 fie 18. 19. + Organs of voice in Birds . . 322 20. 21. J ar Lathrzea Squamaria 419 24. Organs of voice in Cygnus Bewickii 453 454 25. Ditto gau ; Tan. 196 Directions for placing the Plates. Tas. 26. Mammary organs of the Kangaroo . . . to face page 463 27. 28. oS a9. ( Organs of deglutition in Hydrocherus Capybara . . 469 30. 31. Illustrations of the structure and ceconomy of Spiders. . 485 32. Fungia agariciformis and Paumotensis . . . . . . 498 E Ses > -o — — — —— — -- — — . . UIN c Organs of fecundation in Asclepias purpurascens, phy- tolaccoides and curassavica . . . . . . . . 733 The Binder is requested to observe, that as a general Title-page and a Table of Contents for the whole Volume are now given, the Title-pages to the separate Parts, and the Tables of Contents for Parts I. and II. are to be cancelled. END OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME. img gb a Aide Seu d: 1: Nl ERRAT A. Page 11. For de ces côtes read de ses côtés Page 14. For Bullo read Buteo Page 19. Erase the word Aquila from the second column of the lower He and insert Bernicla a£ the bottom of the third co- umn. Page 41. For *but the remarkable relation existing between the larvee of Neuroptera, such as Myrmeleon, has not escaped the notice of naturalists," read ** but the remarkable re- lation existing between the larve of Neuroptera, such as Myrmeleon, and the Arachnida, has not escaped the vcr. pm 45. No break s e place between the i = with the words “ Birds of Prey,” and that beginning wi the words “ The backward position,” &c. Page 17), line 15, for folia mutata read foliis mutatis Page 532, line 10, for Proportionals read Proportionates PRINTED BY RICHARD TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, ALERE FLAMMAM.